European treaties bearing on the history of the United States and its dependencies

European Treaties bearing on the History
of the United States and its Dependencies

EDITED BY

FRANCES GARDINER DAVENPORT

VOLUME II

1650—1697

WASHINGTON, D. C.
Published by Carnegie Institution of Washington

1929

CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WASHINGTON

Publication No. 254, Vol. II

Papers of the Department of Historical Research
J. Franklin Jameson, editor

DM
v.2

BALTIMORE, MD., U. 3. A.

PREFACE.

The first volume of Miss Davenport's Treaties, extending to the year 1648
and the treaty of Munster, was published in 191 7. From that time till a fort-
night before her lamented and untimely death on November 11, 1927, she was
constantly occupied, in London, in the American Cambridge, and in Washing-
ton, in the continuance of her editorial work to later dates. In spite of failing
health, she succeeded in carrying it through the nexus of treaties that culmi-
nated, in the year 1713, in the treaties of Utrecht. The manuscript which she
left is the equivalent of two volumes of print, of which the first is here pre-
sented. It embraces the European treaties bearing on the history of the United
States and its dependencies, of dates from 1650 to 1697, ending with the famil-
iar landmark of the treaty of Ryswyk.

The plan of the volume is the same as that which was followed in the case
of its predecessor — to present, in the case of each treaty, a careful introduction
explaining fully its position in the complicated diplomatic history of Europe
and especially its relation to the history of colonial America ; bibliographical
notes as to manuscript sources of text, previous prints, printed translations,
and sources of information ; the text of the treaty as ratified (and including
the ratifications), derived in almost all cases from photographs or from personal
collation of originals, and a translation of the treaty unless its text is in French
— for it is hardly supposed that anyone who can not read French will engage
in the study of European diplomatic history.

Thanks should be given, on Miss Davenport's behalf, to the authorities of
the library of the British Museum, of the London Public Record Office, of the
Library of Congress, and of that of Harvard University, for the facilities
afforded to her work ; and to the archivists of the Rijksarchief in the Hague,
the Geheimes Staatsarchiv in Berlin, the Archivo Historico Nacional in Madrid,
and the Torre do Tombo in Lisbon, for photostats received since the cessation
of her work and used in its revision.

The reader should remember that, during the period embraced in this volume,
Catholic countries and the province of Holland followed the Gregorian or new
style of chronology, while Protestant countries, with the exception of the
province of Holland, made use of the Julian or old style.

Miss Davenport spared no pains to secure complete accuracy of text and
translation, and full knowledge of whatever had been printed, in any of the
languages of Western Europe, on any of the negotiations with which she was
concerned or the diplomatic manoeuvres which formed their background. It
proved to be impossible for her, in her latter days, to prepare the introduction
which she had intended to prefix to the volume, giving a general survey of the
course of European diplomacy respecting America during the second half of
the seventeenth century. Neither was she able, during those later weeks, to go

111

iv Preface

hack, from 1713, over the ground covered by the present volume, most of which
was completed some years ago, and pick up suggestions for small amendments
and modifications from monographs or articles more recently published.

The unfaltering courage, however, with which Miss Davenport continued
her work, in all simplicity and as a matter of course, to the last day on which
continuance was possible, her gallant and steadfast devotion to the high stand-
ards of scholarship which had marked her whole studious life, and her quiet
acceptance of impending fate made association with her last days a deeply
impressive experience to those who, in some cases for twenty-three years, had
been her colleagues in the work of this department. They will cherish the
memory of unostentatious learning, of conscientious devotion to duty, of trans-
parent integrity of mind and character, of unselfish friendliness, and, at the
last, of undaunted fortitude.

J. Franklin Jameson.

Washington, May 15, 1928.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PAGE
iii

Preface

Documents

41. Articles of agreement between the delegates of the Commissioners of the
United Colonies of New England and the delegates of the Director-
General of New Netherland, concluded at Hartford, September 19,
1650, O. S 1

« 42. Treaty between the United Netherlands and Great Britain, concluded at

Westminster, April 5/15, 1654 7

J 43. Treaty of alliance and commerce between Great Britain and Sweden, con-
cluded at Upsala, April 11/21, 1654 21

*J 44. Articles touching Guinea and America concluded by the plenipotentiaries of

Great Britain and Sweden at Upsala, May 8 or 12, 1654, O. S 27

45. Treaty of peace and alliance between Portugal and Great Britain, concluded

at Westminster, July 10/20, 1654 31

46. Treaty of peace and alliance between Denmark and Great Britain, concluded

at Westminster, September 15/25, 1654 36

j 47. Treaty of peace between France and Great Britain, concluded at West-
minster, November 3/13, 1655 40

^48. Treaty between Great Britain and Sweden, concluded at Westminster, July

17/27, 1656 48

49. Treaty of amity and commerce between Virginia and New Netherland, con-

cluded at Jamestown, April (?) 1660 53

50. Treaty of peace and alliance between Portugal and Great Britain and of

marriage of Charles II. with the Infanta of Portugal, concluded at
London, June 23, 1661, O. S. ; secret article 57

51. Treaty of friendship and commerce between Great Britain and Sweden,

concluded at Whitehall, October 21, 1661, O. S 63

52. Treaty of alliance, commerce, and navigation between the United Nether-

lands and France, concluded at Paris, April 27, 1662, N. S 67

53. Treaty of friendship between Great Britain and the United Netherlands,

concluded at Whitehall, September 4/14, 1662 73

54. Treaty of defensive alliance between Great Britain and Sweden, concluded

at Stockholm, March 1, 1664/5, O. S 86

55. Treaty of peace, alliance, and commerce between Spain and Great Britain,

concluded at Madrid, May 23, 1667, N. S 94

56. Treaty of friendship and alliance between Sweden and the United Nether-

lands, concluded at the Hague, July 18/28, 1667 no

57. Treaty of peace and alliance between the United Netherlands and Great

Britain, concluded at Breda, July 21/31, 1667 H9

58. Treaty of peace between Great Britain and France, concluded at Breda,

July 21/31, 1667 T32

59. First treaty of partition of the Spanish dominions between France and the

Emperor, concluded at Vienna, January 20, 1668, N. S M3

60. Treaty of peace between Portugal and Spain, concluded at Lisbon, Febru-

ary 13, 1668, N. S., by the mediation of Great Britain J57

61. Treaty of guaranty of all the states of the King of Spain, concluded

between Great Britain, Sweden, and the United Netherlands at the
Hague, May 7, 1669, N. S l66

v

vi Table of Contents

Documents — Continued PAGE

62. Treaty of commerce between Great Britain and Savoy, concluded at Flor-

ence, August 30/September 9, 1669 I/O

63. Secret treaty between Great Britain and France, concluded at Dover,

May 22/June 1, 1670 177

64. Agreement concluded between the English governor of Nova Scotia and

the commissioner of France at Boston, July 7, 1670, O. S 183

* 65. Treaty between Great Britain and Spain, concluded at Madrid, July 8/18,

1670 187

66. Treaty of alliance and commerce between Great Britain and Denmark, con-

cluded at Copenhagen, July II, 1670, O. S 197

67. Treaty between Sweden and the United Netherlands, concluded at the

Hague, April 22/May 2, 1673 206

68. Treaty between the United Netherlands and Spain, concluded at the

Hague, August 30, 1673, N. S 212

69. Treaty of peace between Great Britain and the United Netherlands, con-

cluded at Westminster, February 9/19, 1673/4 229

70. Marine treaty between Great Britain and the United Netherlands, concluded

at London, December i/ll, 1674 241

71. Treaty of defensive alliance for ten years between the United Netherlands

and Brandenburg, concluded at Coin on the Spree, February 26/
March 8, 1677/8 247

72. Treaty of neutrality between subjects of Great Britain and subjects of

France in the West Indies, concluded between the governors of the
English and French parts of the island of St. Christopher, at Sandy
Point, May 9/19, 1678 256

73. Act for the cessation of hostilities in America, concluded between the

plenipotentiaries of France and Brandenburg at Nymwegen, May 6/16,

1679 261

74. Treaty of defensive alliance between Great Britain and Spain, concluded

at Windsor, June 10/20, 1680 266

75. Treaty between France and Brandenburg, concluded at Coin on the Spree,

January 1/11, 1681 275

76. Treaty of alliance between France and Brandenburg, concluded at Coin on

the Spree, January 12/22, 1682 280

77. Truce for twenty years between France and Spain, concluded at Ratisbon,

August 15, 1684, N. S 286

78. Treaty between Brandenburg and Denmark concerning the island of St.

Thomas, concluded at Copenhagen, November 24/December 4, 1685.. 293

79- Treaty of neutrality in America between Great Britain and France, con-
cluded at Whitehall, November 6/16, 1686 309

80. Agreement between France and Great Britain respecting peace in America,

concluded at Whitehall, December 1/11, 1687 324

81. Convention between the United Netherlands and Great Britain concerning

the fitting out of a fleet, concluded at Whitehall, May 11/21, 1689
(antedated April 29, O. S., 1689) 330

82. Interim treaty between Brandenburg and Denmark in regard to the island

of St. Thomas, concluded at Coin on the Spree, April 11/21, 1692 334

83. Recess supplementary to the interim treaty of April 11/21, 1692, signed by

the commissioners of Denmark and Brandenburg at Copenhagen on
June 10/20, 1692 346

84. Treaty of peace between Great Britain and France, concluded at Ryswyk,

September 10/20, 1697 350

41.

Articles of agreement between the delegates of the Commissioners
of the United Colonics of New England and the delegates
of the Director-General of Nezv Netherland, concluded at
Hartford, September ip, 1650, O. S.

Introduction.

In 1632 the detention by the English of a Dutch ship returning from New
Netherland gave occasion to both governments to assert explicitly their con-
flicting claims to the region situated between Plymouth and Virginia.1 Im-
mediately thereafter the colonists of both nations pressed forward to occupy
that portion of the disputed territory lying along the Connecticut River. The
Dutch, the discoverers and for a long time the sole traders in these parts,
sought to strengthen their claim by purchasing from the Indians the lands near
the river and erecting a fort there. A few months later the English also built
a house on the river, and began to settle the country.2 In vain did the Dutch
protest against this intrusion. The westward trend of the English settlements
harmonized with the advice given in 1642 by Sir William Boswell, minister at
the Hague, " to crowd on, crowding the Dutch out of those places which they
have occupied ".3 Perceiving the English policy, the board of accounts of the
Dutch West India Company urged the necessity of encouraging immigration
to New Netherland, of promoting the cultivation of the soil, and of coming to
an agreement with the English respecting a boundary.4 Already indeed the New
Englanders had proposed to refer their differences with their Dutch neighbors
to disinterested arbitrators.5 In 1646 Governor Eaton of New Haven again
proposed an adjudication of pending disputes either in England or America,
and the English diplomatic agent at the Hague asked for a settlement.6 Un-
fortunately for themselves the Dutch West India Company postponed action
until there ceased to be any recognized authority in England, where the king,
Charles I., was a prisoner. Remarking upon their error, the Company wrote
to Stuyvesant advising him, since the English colonists were far stronger than
the Dutch, to avoid any contention with them ; and to " fix upon a provisional

1 Cf. Doc. 33, introduction, in the preceding volume, European Treaties, I. 292.

2 Governor Winslow of Plymouth, who went to the Connecticut River in 1632 and " had
a place given ", claimed that " the Dutch came in by way of prevention ". W. Bradford,
History of Plymouth Plantation (ed. Mass. Hist. Soc), II. 167, note 2.

3 J. H. Trumbull, Public Records of the Colony of Connecticut (1850), app. no. I, p. 565.

4 J. R. Brodhead, Documents relative to the Colonial History of the State of Nezv York
(1853, etc.), I. 106, 152, 153.

5 See the proposals of Rev. Hugh Peters to the West India Company, in Brodhead,
op. cit., I. 567-568.

6 Records of the Colony of New Plymouth, IX., Acts of the Commissioners of the
United Colonies, I. 63 ; Fernovv, Documents . . . Long Island, p. 85.

2 Doc. 41. New England — New Netherland

boundary, to be approved of by each principal ".7 In pursuance of these in-
structions, in September, 1650, Stuyvesant went in person to Hartford, where
the commissioners of the United Colonies were then in session, to " treat with
them respecting- the usurpation " of the English in the Connecticut valley ; the
settlement of a boundary ; the detention of fugitives by the New Haven author-
ities ; the repeal of an act passed by the commissioners in the preceding year,
prohibiting subjects of the Dutch government from trading with the Indians
within English jurisdiction, and some minor grievances.

During the conferences the English commissioners complained of various
injuries received from the Dutch, especially of Kieft's expulsion of some New
Haven colonists from the Delaware region, and of Stuyvesant's seizure of a
Dutchman's ship in New Haven harbor. They based their own title to the
Connecticut region on " purchase, patent, and possession ". Stuyvesant, on
the other hand, offered to produce evidence of the purchase of the land by the
Dutch, whose title embraced all the territory between Cape Henlopen and Cape
Cod. He suggested that each party appoint two impartial persons to make an
award, the English to choose representatives from Massachusetts and Ply-
mouth. In accordance with this proposal the commissioners gave full power to
treat and conclude to Simon Bradstreet and Thomas Prence, while Stuyvesant
empowered, for the like purpose, George Baxter, his English secretary, and
Thomas Willet, a Plymouth merchant who traded with New Amsterdam.8

The award of these arbitrators left both parties " in state quo prius to plead
. . . theire just interests " in respect to trade and settlement in the Delaware
region ; declared that New Haven should accept Stuyvesant's explanation of
his seizure of a Dutchman's ship in the harbor of New Haven ; and fixed the
boundary line between the United Colonies and New Netherland, until a final
determination should be agreed on in Europe. On the mainland the Dutch
were not to build within six miles of the line, and, for the time being, were to
retain jurisdiction over Greenwich and the lands of which they were actually
possessed at Hartford. Provision was also made respecting the return of fugi-
tives from one nation to the other, and respecting a closer alliance. The out-
come of Stuyvesant's negotiations was highly displeasing to the New Nether-
landers. They complained that he had treated without the concurrence of other
officials of the colony ; had failed to report to his council ; had surrendered
enough land to form fifty colonies and had appointed as arbitrators Englishmen
who were friends of the English.9

The directors of the West India Company, on the other hand, wrote Stuyve-
sant that they had " no objections to the provisional agreement . . . about the
boundaries " and that envoys who had recently gone from the Hague to London
had " been instructed to come to an agreement about it with the government
there, if possible ".10 At the date of this letter, April, 1652, the two mother

7 Fernow, op. cit., pp. 85, 105, 122, 124, 126.

8 Records of the Colony of Nezv Plymouth, IX. 171-188. An article by C. W. Parsons,
on " Thomas Willett, the First Mayor of New York City ", is in the Magazine of American
History. XVII. (1887) 233-242.

9 Brodhead, op. cit., I. 442, 443, 451, 456.

10 Fernow, op. cit., p. 172.

Hartford, 1650 3

countries were on far from cordial terms, and they soon entered into war. It
was not till February 22, 1656, nearly two years after peace was restored,
that the States General ratified the treaty of Hartford, or rather its provisions
respecting boundaries, fugitives, and union.11 The English government having
failed to ratify it, the Dutch embassy sent to England in 1660 again tried in
vain to arrange for a settlement of the boundaries in America.12 Commissioners
despatched by Stuyvesant to Hartford in 1663 on the same errand found new
and insuperable difficulties. The committee appointed to treat with them took
the ground that the royal charter granted to Connecticut in 1662 fixed the
limits ; that the provisional settlement of 1650 was a nullity ; that " they knew
of no New Netherland ", and could not be hindered from taking possession of
land not actually occupied by the Dutch ; and that Long Island was included in
their patent.

Bibliography.

Text : MS. Ratification of an extract of the treaty is in the Acte-Book of
the States General, in the Rijksarchief at the Hague, f. 339. Manuscript
volumes of the Acts of the Commissioners of the United Colonies of New
England, containing the English text printed below, are in the state ar-
chives at Boston and at Hartford.

Text: Printed. Records of the Colony of New Plymouth in New England
(ed. N. B. Shurtleff and D. Pulsifer, 1855-1861), IX. Acts of the Com-
missioners of the United Colonies of New England, I. 188-190 ; X. Acts,
etc., II. 18-21, 465: E. Hazard, Historical Collections (1792-1794), II.
170-173, 218-220 ; E. B. O'Callaghan, History of New Netherland (second
ed., 1855), II. 151-155. Incomplete text in B. Trumbull, A Complete
History of Connecticut (1818), I. 191-193.

Translations : Translations of the ratification by the States General of the
boundary line appear in : Hazard, op. cit., II. 549-551 ; J. R. Brodhead,
Documents relative to the Colonial History of the State of New York
(1853-1883), I. 611, 612.

References: Contemporary and early writings. Records of the Colony
of New Plymouth (ed. cit.), IX. Acts of the Commissioners, I. 61-65, 76-
79, 107, 108, 112-115, 140, 141, 146-149, 171-190, 209-215 ; X. Acts, II. 13-
22, 54, 55, 60, 62, 72, 73, 174, 175, 221, 299-302, 444-446; J. R. Brodhead,
op. cit., I. 126-131, 137, 152, 153, 161, 260, 261, 268, 269, 283 ff., 295, 312,

318, 359, 442-444. 451, 456-461, 464, 471, 472. 474, 496, 497, 539 ff-, 610,
III. 18, 19; B. Fernow, Documents relating to the History of the Early
Colonial Settlements principally on Long Island (1883) in Documents
relating to the Colonial History of the State of New York, XIV. 40, 41 ,
85, 105, 106, 108, 122, 124, 126, 133, et passim; C. J. Hoadly, Records of
the Colony and Plantation of New Haven from 1638 to 1649 (1857), pp.

507-536. "
References : Later writings. F. B. Dexter, " Early Relations between New
Netherland and New England ", in Papers of the New Haven Colony
Historical Society, III. (1882) 443-469; J. R. Brodhead, History of the
State of New York (1853, 1871), I. 362, 363, 429-431, 478"48i, 496-501,

11 Brodhead, op. cit., I. 611, 612.

12 See below, Doc. 53, introduction.

4 Doc. 41. New England— New Netherland

Si8-S2i, 527 ff., 539; E. B. O'Callaghan, op. cit., vol. I., p. 375 ff-. vol. II.,
chs. II., VI., IX. ; B. Trumbull, op. cit., I. 189-193, 196, 197, 202, 228, 229
258, 259, et passim.

Text.13

Articles of agreement made and concluded at Hartford upon Conecticott
September 19th, 1650, betwixt the deligates of the honered comissioners of
the United English collonies and the deligates of Peeter Stuijvesant, governor
generall of New Netherland. .

1. Upon serius consideracon of the differences and greivances propounded
by the two English colonies of Conecticot and New haven and the answare
made by the honered Duch governor Peeter Stuijvesant Esqr., according to
the trust and power comitted unto us as arbetrators or deligatts betwixt the said
parties ; wee find that most of the offences or greivances were things done in
the time and by the order and comaund of Monsr. William Keif t, the former
governor, and that the present honered gover[nor] is not duly prepared to
make answare to them. Wee therfore think meete to respet the full consid-
eration and judgment conserning them tell the present governor may aquamt
the H. M. States and Westindia Companie with the perticulars that soe due
reparacon may accordingly bee made.

2. The comissioners for New Haven complained of severall high and hostile
injuries which they, and others of that jurisdicon have receved from and by
order of the aforsaid Monsr. Keift in Delaware bay and river, and in theire
returne thence as by theire former propositions and complaints may more fully
appeere ; 14 and besids the English right claimed by pattent^ presented and
shewed severall purchases they have made on both sids the river and bay of
Delaware of severall large tracts of land unto and somwhat above the Duch
house or Fort there with the consideracon given to the said sachems and theire
companies for the same acknowlidged and cleared by the hands of the Indians
whom they affeirme were the true propriators, testifyed by many wittnesses ;
they allso affeirmed that according to theire apprehensions they have sustained
1000 1. damage, partly by the Swedish governor but cheifly by order from
Monsr. Keift, and therfore required due satisfaction and a peacable possession
of the aforsaid lands to injoy and improve according to theire just right. The
Duch gover[nor] by way of answare affeirmed and asserted the right and title
to Delaware on the South river, as they call it, and to the lands there as belong-
ing to the H. M. States Westindia Companie, and professed hee must protest
against any other claime ; but is not provided to make any such prof er as in such
a treaty might bee expected ; nor had hee comission to treat or conclude any
thinge therin, upon consideracon whereof wee, the said arbitrators or deligates,
wanting sufficient light to issue and determine any thinge in the premises, are
nessesitated to leave both parties in state quo prius to plead and improve theire
just enterests at Delaware for planting or trading as they shall see cause ; onely
wee desire that all proseedings there as in other places may bee carried on in

13 The text is taken from the printed Acts of the Commissioners of the United Colonies
of New England, in Records of the Colony of New Plymouth, IX. 188-100.

14 In the spring of 1641 some merchants of New Haven sent agents to buy lands from
the Indians on the Delaware River, where the Swedes and Dutch were establishing them-
selves. The agents purchased two large tracts from the Indians, one at Varkens Kill,
east of the river, and the other at Schuylkill, west of the river. In the following year, in
accordance with orders from the authorities at New Amsterdam, the Dutch commissary
at Fort Nassau burned the houses erected at Schuylkill, and carried the English settlers
back to New Amsterdam. A. Johnson, Szvedish Settlements on the Delaivare (1911),
I. 208 ff .

Hartford, 1650 5

love and peace tell the right may bee further considered and justly issued either
in Europe or heere by the two states of England and Holland.

3. Conserning the seyzing of Mr. Westerhouse 15 shipp and goods about 3
yeares sence in New Haven harbor upon a claime to the place ; the honered
gover[nor] Peeter Stuijvesant Esqr., professing that which pased in writing
that way was through the error of his secretary, his intent not beeing to lay
any claime to the place, and withall affeirming that hee had order to seize any
Duch shipp or vessell in any of the English collonies or harbors which should
trade there without exprese lycence or comission ; wee therefore thinke it meet
that the comissioners of Newhaven accept and acquiesse in this answare.

Conserning the bounds and lymitts betwixt the English United Collonies

and the Duch Provence of New Netherland wee agree and determine as

f olloweth :

1. That upon Long Hand a lyne runne from the westermost part of the
Oyster Bay soe and in a straight and directe lyne to the sea shalbee the bounds
betwixt the English and Duch there, the easterly part to belong to the English,
the westermost part to the Duch.10

2. The bounds upon the mayne to begine at the west side of Greenwidge Bay,
being about 4 miles from Stanford, and soe to runne a northerley lyne twenty
miles up into the cuntry, and after as it shalbee agreed by the two goverments
of the Duch and of Newhaven, provided the said lyne com not within 10 miles
of Hudsons river.

And it is agreed that the Duch shall not at any time heerafter build any house
or habitacon within six miles of the said lyne, the inhabitants of Greenwidge
to remayne tell further consideracon therof bee had under the goverment of
the Duch.17

[3.] That the Duch shall hold and enjoy all the lands in Hartford that they
are actually possessed of, knowne or sett out by sertayne marks and bounds,

15 Mr. Westerhuysen was a Dutch merchant, resident at New Haven.

16 Before and after the treaty the ownership of Oyster Bay remained in dispute. By
reason of purchase from the Indians, the Dutch claimed Long Island as far as this bay.
In 1635 the Council for New England granted Long Island to William Lord Alexander,
son of the Earl of Stirling (Calendar of State Papers, Colonial, 1574-1660, p. 204). Four
years later Alexander's agents granted permission to one Matthew Sinderland to buy land
in Oyster Bay. In 1659 Stuyvesant wrote that with regard to the boundaries established
by the treaty of Hartford " The question ... is only about the location of Oyster Bay ;
the oldest inhabitants of New Netherland place it at 2.y2 leagues further east than the
oldest residents of New England" (Fernow, Documents, p. 440). The boundary lines of
the treaty of Hartford correspond roughly with the delimitation of the counties of Nassau
(formerly part of Queens) and Suffolk, on Long Island, and of Connecticut and New
York at the Sound. On the later boundary disputes between Connecticut and New York,
see Report of the Regents of the University on the Boundaries of the State of Nezv York,
passim, and S. E. Baldwin, " The Boundary Line between Connecticut and New York ",
in Papers of the New Haven Colony Hist. Soe, III. (1882) 271-291.

17 The first settlers at Greenwich had come in 1640 as agents for the New Haven
colony, but two years later they transferred their allegiance to the government of New
Netherland. In 1653, when England and the United Netherlands were at war, the Com-
missioners for the United Colonies complained that, although at the time of the conclusion
of the treaty of Hartford Governor Stuyvesant had solemnly promised " that Greenwich
should without delay be settled within New Haven jurisdiction", he showed a disposition
to evade that promise. Stuyvesant replied that he had not meddled with Greenwich or
placed magistrates therein, "but left them as neutrals . . . till such time as they shall be
disposed of by their superiors in Europe, according to agreement " (Plymouth Records,
X., Acts, II. 2T, 22, 63: cf. also Brodhead, op. cit., I. 450). In 1655, in consequence of
complaints by the Stamford deputies, the Court at New Haven required them to submit
to that jurisdiction, which they did in the following year (C. J. Hoadly, Records of the
Colony of New Haven, 1858, pp. 144, 145, 216). Part of the present boundary line
between Connecticut and New York coincides with the western boundary of Greenwich.

6 Doc. 41. New England — New N ethcrland

and all the remaynder of the said land on both sids Conecticott River to bee
and remayne to the English there.18

And it is agreed that the aforsaid bounds and lymites both upon the iland
and mayne shalbee observed and kept inviolate both by the English of the
United Collonies and all the nacion without any incroachment or molestacon
untcll a full and finall determinacon bee agreed upon in Europe by the mutuall
consent of the two states of England and Holland.
Conserning fugitives.
It is agreed that the same way and course shalbee observed betwixt the Eng-
lish of the United Collonies and the Duch within the provence of New Neth-
erlands as according to the 8th article 19 of confederacon betwixt the English
collonies as in that case provided.

Conserning the proposition of a nearer union of friendshipp and amity be-
twixt the English and Duch nacon in these parts, especially against a common
enimie, wee judg worty of due and serius consideracon by the severall juris-
dictions of the United Collonies and accordingly desire it may bee comended
to them that soe a resolucon may bee had therin at the next yearly meeting of
the comissioners.

And in testimony of our joynt consent to the severall forgoeing conclusions
wee have hereunto sett our hands this 19th day of September, anno Dom[in]i,
1650.

Symon Bradstreet.

Tho: Prence.

Tho : WlLLET.

Gorg Baxter.

18 During the Anglo-Dutch war the Dutch fort and lands at Hartford were seized by
Captain Underbill, commander-in-chief of the land forces of the colony of Providence
Plantations for the war against the Dutch. In April, 1654, the General Court at Hartford
sequestered and reserved the fort and lands in behalf of the Commonwealth of England.
Subsequently, however, they were sold by Underhill (Trumbull, Records of the Colony
of Connecticut, 1850, pp. 254, 275).

19 This article provided for the delivery to their pursuers of fugitive servants or pris-
oners who had escaped to another colony. The English of New Haven had complained
that the authorities of New Amsterdam had published a placard offering freedom and
protection to those liable to civil or criminal prosecution in New England. The Dutch
West India Company replied that the New England colony had protected the company's
runaway servants and freemen (Brodhead, op. cit., I. 312, 335, 339, 342).

42.

Treaty between the United Netherlands and Great Britain, con-
cluded at Westminster, April 5/13, 1654. [Ratified by the
States General of the United Netherlands on April 11/22,
1654, and by Cromwell on April 19/29, 1654.]

Introduction.

The negotiation leading to the treaty of Westminster was preceded by two
ineffectual negotiations for a treaty, conducted respectively at the Hague in
the spring and early summer of 1651, and at London from the end of Decem-
ber, 1 65 1, to the latter part of June, 1652.

The negotiations at the Hague in 1651 marked a renewal of diplomatic re-
lations between England and the United Provinces, consequent upon the death
of the Prince of Orange and the shifting of political ascendancy from the
Orange to the Holland party. The English negotiators, St. John and Strick-
land, besides seeking assurances that the Dutch would not harbor or aid enemies
of the English Parliament, tried to conclude the closest possible alliance, if
feasible a political union, a coalition of interests, on the ground that these were
common in respect to religion, political liberty, and commerce.1 The Dutch,
withholding assent to an " intrinsical union ", the precise nature of which
was obscure, put forward a pro jet of 36 articles, chiefly with a view to gaining
recognition for certain principles that should govern commerce and navigation.
These were that the sea should be free to all for navigation and fishing (in
opposition to the British claim of sovereignty over the " British Seas ") ; that
contraband goods should be limited to instruments of war (not money or
food) ; that goods, not contraband, on neutral ships, should be free from
capture; that letters of reprisal should not be granted; and that Dutch mer-
chants should have the same privileges as English in the English dominions,
including those in America.2 These proposals were embodied in 36 articles,3
dated June 14/24, 1651, which included several relating to America, as
follows :

11. The inhabitants and subjects of the said republic of England and of the
States General of the United Netherlands may also freely and without hin-
drance sail and trade to the Caribbean Islands and places in Virginia, as
hitherto they have sailed and traded thither, without distinction whether those
islands or places were first occupied or possessed, or shall be hereafter oc-

1 Aitzema, Saken van Stact, III. 657.

2 Thurloe, "A Review of the Severall Negotiations ", English Historical Review, XXI.
(1906) 320-322.

3 Aitzema, op. cit., III. 694-698 ; in English, in P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaty Papers,
no. 46; also in abstract in Hist. MSS. Comm., Portland MSS., I. 604-607.

8 Doc. 42. United Netherlands — Great Britain

cupied or possessed by the inhabitants and subjects of the said republic, or of
the United Netherlands, notwithstanding any prohibition to the contrary made
or published by either of them against it.

12. And likewise in order to keep all good friendship, peace, and neighbor-
hood between the two said nations on the mainland in North America, a just,
firm, and infrangible distinction of bounds shall as soon as possible be there
taken in hand and effected.

32. It is further bespoke, that the subjects and inhabitants of either side
may not transport or carry any Portuguese goods, wares, or merchandise out
of America, Asia, or Africa, or out of or into Europe, or from one part there-
of to another, nor vice versa from Europe to America, Asia, or Africa, nor
from one part of them to another, upon penalty of loss of the same ships.

The eleventh article expressed the demands of Dutch merchants,4 who,
having acquired some control of the most important branches of the English
colonial trade,5 during the period of English imperial decentralization, coinci-
dent with the Civil War, found their commerce with the English colonies
threatened by the " Act for prohibiting trade with the Barbadoes, Virginia,
Bermuda, and Antigua ", passed by Parliament on October 3, 1650.6 Avowedly
to prevent enemies of the English Parliament from being transported to the
rebellious colonies, the act prohibited " all ships of any foreign nation whatso-
ever to come to, or trade in, or traffic with any of the English plantations in
America, or any islands, ports, or places thereof, which are planted by, and in
possession of, the people of this commonwealth, without license first had and
obtained from the Parliament or Council of State ". Dissatisfied with the 36
articles, the English ambassadors, whose time-limit had almost expired, re-
turned home without having reached an agreement.

Shortly after the close of these negotiations, the Dutch government decided
to send ambassadors to England to continue negotiations on the basis of the 36
articles. They did not arrive until the close of the year 1651, and meanwhile
Dutch grievances had become increasingly serious. Angry at the treatment
accorded him at the Hague, St. John, it is said,7 had brought about, on October
9/19, 1651, the enactment of the " Act of Navigation ",8 which was calculated
to ruin Dutch commerce. This act provided that products of Asia, Africa,
or America might be imported into England, her colonies or dependencies, only
in English (including colonial) ships of which the master and a majority of
the crew were English ; that European products might be imported thither only
in ships pertaining to England or her colonies or to the countries where the
goods were produced; that foreign goods should be shipped only from the
places of their production, or from their usual port of first shipment, except
in the case of the colonial products of Spain and Portugal, which might be
brought from the ports of their respective mother countries.

4 See the " Petition of certain Dutch merchants to the States General ", in Brodhead,
Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y., I. 436, and in Aitzema, op. cit., III. 659.

5 G. L. Beer, Origins of the British Colonial System, 1 578-1660 (1908), p. 356.

6 C. H. Firth and R. S. Rait, Acts and Ordinances of the Interregnum, 1642-1660 (1911),
I. 425, 429.

7 Aitzema, op. cit., III. 667.

8 The text is in Firth and Rait, op. cit., II. 559-562.

Westminster, 1654 9

The Dutch ambassadors, Cats, Schaep, and Van de Perre, were instructed
before all else to propose the suspension of this act until the end of their con-
ferences ; 9 but at their first audience the Council of State declared the Naviga-
tion Act irrevocable.10 The English commissioners on the other hand, on
March 15/25, 1652, presented demands for reparation of injuries sustained
from the Dutch in Greenland, the East Indies, and Brazil, stated that " the
English should have the right of trading with all parts of the East and West
Indies not belonging to the Dutch, in accordance with the right common to all
peoples " ; u and answered the eleventh and twelfth of the 36 articles as follows :

11. For answer to the eleventh we say, That the people of the Commonwealth
of England having been always strictly forbidden Trade in all Plantations and
places belonging to the people of the United Provinces that are not within the
Netherlands ; We shall acquiesce therein and shall therefore forbear to sail or
trade with any of their plantations abroad ; and shall not interrupt or disturb
them in their sailing to them. And as for their trading to any of the English
plantations it is forbidden by the late act for encrease of the navigation of this
nation, from which we think fit not to recede.

[12.] To the 12th we say that the English were the first planters of the north-
ern firm land of America, and have plantations there from the southernmost
part of Virginia in 37 deg. N. lat., to Newfoundland in 52 deg. ; and not
knowing of any plantation of the Netherlanders there save a small number up
Hudson's River, we thinke it not necessary at present to settle the limits,
which may be done hereafter in convenient tyme.12

In May the States General instructed their ambassadors to use all imaginable
arguments to obtain the eleventh article or else to postpone the matter until an
agreement could be reached respecting commerce outside Europe. The settle-
ment of the boundary of New Netherland was to be postponed until a more
favorable opportunity.13

Meanwhile feeling between the two countries grew more and more bitter,
especially on account of English interference with neutral Dutch shipping
under pretext of letters of reprisal granted against the French, with whom
England was engaged in an " informal maritime war ",14 When the Dutch
government, in answer to their merchants' appeal for protection added 150
ships to the Dutch fleet, England became alarmed. A misunderstanding over
the striking of the flag, claimed by the English from Dutch ships, led to a naval
engagement on May 12/22, 1652, and to the interruption of negotiations.
Dutch overtures were met by demands on the part of England (presented June
25/July 5) for reimbursement of charges, and security that the two states
should form a firm alliance and identify their interests.15

Since it was impossible to come to an agreement, the Dutch ambassadors
returned home and the war continued.

9 Aitzema, op. cit., III. 698.

10 Gardiner, Commonzvealth, II. 107.

11 Geddes, De Witt, I. 199, 200.

12 Brodhead, op. cit., I. 486, 487.

13 Ibid., p. 475 ; Aitzema, op. cit., III. 708, 709.

x* S. R. Gardiner, Letters and Papers relating to the First Dutch War, I. 49 ff (Publi-
cations of the Navy Records Society, vol. XIII., 1899).
15 Aitzema, op. cit., III. 718, 719; Geddes, op. cit., I. 222.

10 Doc. 42. United Netherlands — Great Britain

The States General of the United Netherlands and the directors of the Dutch
West India Company dreaded the extension of the war to North America. In
accordance with instructions Stuyvesant tried to maintain friendly relations
and commerce with the New England colonies and Virginia, at the same time
putting New Amsterdam into a better state of defense.10 His friendly over-
tures to the magistrates of the English colonies were coolly received. The
English government enjoined,17 and some of the New England colonies desired,
war upon the Dutch. Aware of the vastly superior strength of New England,
eager to expand their territory, and avowedly apprehensive of attack, New
Haven and Connecticut sought to persuade the United Colonies to begin hos-
tilities. Their design for confederate action was blocked for a time by Massa-
chusetts, which regarded as inconclusive their reasons for an offensive war.
In the spring of 1654, however, Connecticut seized the Dutch fort at Hartford,
and Cromwell sent four ships under command of Major Robert Sedgwick
and Captain John Leverett to co-operate with the New Englanders against
Manhattan and the other Dutch settlements. When the expedition was almost
ready to sail from Boston harbor, at the end of June, 1654, news arrived of
the signing of the treaty of peace between the English and the Dutch, and the
project had to be abandoned.18

Cromwell, as the champion of Protestantism averse to war with the Dutch,
and De Witt, the leading statesman of a nation exhausted by the war, both
desired peace.

About the end of June, 1653, peace negotiations began in London. The
Dutch ambassadors, Van Beverningh and Nieupoort for Holland, Van de Perre
for Zeeland, and Jongestall for Friesland, again put forward the 36 articles ;
and at his first audience Van Beverningh demanded access to England's Ameri-
can colonies.19 Once more the English insisted upon reparation and security.
The security they sought was a union of the two states that, among other

10 Brodhead, op. cit., I. 487, 488 ; Fernow, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y ., XIV. 179-242, passim.
Full accounts of the Anglo-Dutch relations in North America at this period are given by
J. R. Brodhead, History of the State of New York, vol. I., chs. XV.-XVIL, and E. B.
O'Callaghan, History of New Netherland, vol. II., bk. V., chs. I.-IV.

17 Cal. St. Pap. Col, 1574-1660, pp. 386, 387.

18 Records of the Colony of New Plymouth, X., Acts, II. 43-57 et passim ; Records of
Massachusetts, III. 311-316; Thurloe, State Papers, I. 564, 565, 721, 722, II. 418-420, 425,
426, 583, 584; Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1675-1676, Addenda, 1574-1674, p. 89.

19 London P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Archives, no. 98, p. 15. Proposition of Lord Bever-
ningk at first audience, 20/30 June, 1654 : "And to the end that both nations may joyne and
unite together more strictlye then ever; that the people reciprocally entreateinge each
other with all kind of civilitye, there may be within all the jurisdictions of the one
and the other within Europe, alsoe in the islands of Caribdie and Virginia, a free
accesse in the lands, cittyes, roades, ports and havens of the one and the other, aswell
for the ships of warre and those which shalbe provided with due commissions as for
the merchants and their factors and servants with leave and libertye there to buy and
sell to import and export all kind of merchandizes and victuals without any distinction,
to travell, passe, and repasse thither with all manner of securitye and libertye as the
natives, inhabitants of the countryes reciprocally, and may enjoy the same priveledges
and exemptions, as well in regard of the tolls, customes, dutyes, and other like imposts
and charges concerneing trade and navigation, as in regard of their dwellings in the
countryes of the one or the other, buying goods and lands, and what may any wise
depend thereupon."

Westminster, 1654 11

consequences, would prevent commercial rivalry and hence the recurrence of
war, and would render unnecessary the commercial provisions of the 36 articles.
Cromwell held that while both nations should retain their own municipal laws,
they should " be under one supreme power to consist of persons of both
nations " and should " enjoy the like privileges and freedom in respect of
habitations, possessions, trade, ports, fishing, and all other advantages what-
soever in each others countries as natives, without any difference or distinc-
tion ".20 In mid-August Nieupoort and Jongestall returned to the Hague for
instructions on this radical proposal ; and soon after the English brought for-
ward terms to be substituted for the union in case that were rejected. These
terms called for an alliance of the Protestant powers and France against the
papal countries ; the appointment of eight commissioners, one-half English and
one-half Dutch, to reside in each state and determine differences between them ;
a joint fleet to secure the sea ; liberty to the inhabitants of both countries to
trade anywhere in Europe and Africa ; the assigning of the Asiatic trade exclu-
sively to the Dutch, whose East India Company was to pay a sum of money to
the English Company ; the assigning of the trade to North and South America,
except Brazil, to England ; the division of Brazil between the two nations ;
assistance to England from the Dutch, who with 25 warships should aid Eng-
land to win such places in America as she might wish to occupy.21 The two
Dutch ambassadors would not assent to the rupture with Spain which the last
of these interesting proposals required.22

In November Nieupoort and Jongestall returned with instructions to reject
the proposed fusion, but to seek the closest alliance compatible with the main-
tenance of independent sovereignty. Later in the month the English presented
a draft of a treaty.23 Its 27 articles contained no reference to trade outside
Europe ; 2i but their intention to retain the Navigation Act appeared from the
thirteenth and twentieth articles, printed below, which provided that subjects
of the two countries might trade in each other's dominions in England, Scot-
land, and Ireland, and the United Provinces, respectively, saving the lazvs and
ordinances of either commonwealth.

The Dutch wished to modify these two articles by adding phrases that would
permit them (contrary to the Navigation Act) to ship goods without reference
to the place of their production ; and that would free them from the observance
of laws that did not apply equally to both confederates.25 They also proposed the
following extension to the thirteenth article : " And that concerning the domin-
ions and plantations in other parts out of Europe, the trade and commerce shall

20 Verbacl, p. 62.

21 This proposal in its essence seems to have originated with Sir Cornelius Vermuyden.
See Thurloe, State Papers, II. 125, 126, and Gardiner, Commonwealth, II. 351-352.

22 Verbacl, pp. 153, *54-

23 Ibid., pp. 198-214.

24 Gardiner suggests that the English negotiators may have wished to keep in hand
such a valuable asset as the Navigation Act, "to barter for the aid whichthey still hoped
to receive from the Dutch in their projected attack upon Spanish America". Commoti-
wealth, II. 353.

25 Verbael, pp. 236, 238.

12 Doc. 42. United Netherlands — Great Britain

be settled and regulated between the two nations by commissioners of both
parties chosen to that purpose as shall be fittest and most convenient." 26 In
the midst of this debate on oversea commerce, the Dutchman who had it most
at heart. Van de Perre, the representative of Zeeland and the Dutch West
India Company, died.

The modifications of the articles proposed by the Dutch were not acceptable
to the English, who, on the other hand, suggested three new articles, of which
the last provided for the appointment of commissioners to regulate the East
India trade, and adjust the wrong done by the Dutch to the English in the East
and elsewhere.

This article did not please the ambassadors, who declared that rules should
be prescribed not only for the East India trade but for all commerce outside
Europe, and that both parties should be compensated for injuries received in
the East and elsewhere.27 To which the English answered that it was unreason-
able for the Dutch to demand admission to England's colonies while excluding
the English from their own.28 Finally it was agreed not to mention in the article
the regulation of oversea trade, and to make compensation for injuries re-
ciprocal.29

The treaty seemed nearly finished when questions connected with the in-
clusion of the King of Denmark in the treaty, and the exclusion of the Prince
of Orange from office, threatened to wreck it. In mid- January, 1654, the
Dutch deputies departed for the Netherlands, but returned in the course of a
few weeks. On March 24 Cromwell empowered six members of his Council to
conclude the treaty. For the next few days they and the Dutch ambassadors
adjusted unsettled points, making important changes in the third of the added
articles, which formed article 30 of the final treaty.30 On April 5/15 the treaty
was signed, and within a fortnight ratified by both principals.

In accordance with the thirtieth article, the States General ordered the Dutch
West India Company to bring its claims before the commissioners in London.31
To their ambassadors, who continued at London negotiating for a marine
treaty which should repeal the Navigation Act,32 they sent instructions to urge
the ratification of the Hartford agreement of 1650,33 respecting the New
Netherland boundary.34 The ambassadors however were unable to secure either
the desired treaty, or the ratification of the agreement.

26 " Points wherein the Deputies from the States General differed from the English
Commissioners. Presented in Council, 23 Dec, 1653." London P. R. O., St. Pap. For.,
Archives, no. 98, p. 67.

27 Verbael, pp. 279, 284.

28 Ibid., p. 284.

29 Ibid., pp. 286-289.

30 Ibid., pp. 318-325; British Museum, Add. MSS. 17677, vol. V., f. 297.

31 Verbael, p. 389.

32Thurloe, "Review of Negotiations", English Historical Review, XXI. (1906) 324;
Verbael, p. 575.

S3Doc. 41.

34 Verbael, p. 575 ; Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y., I. 559, 569, 574 ; Fernow, op. cit.,
pp. 316, 340 ff.

Westminster, 1654 13

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the protocol is preserved in the
London Public Record Office, State Papers, Foreign, Treaties, no. 300.

Text: Printed. J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VI.,
pt. II., pp. 74-79; Verbael gehouden door de Heeren H. van Beverningk,
W . Nienpoort, J. van de Perre, en A. P. Jongcstal, als Gedepnteerden en
Extraor dinar is Ambassadeurs van de Heeren Staeten Generael der Vere-
enigde Nederlanden, aen de Republyck van Engelandt ( 1725) , pp. 357-367.

Translations: English. A General Collection of Treatys (1732), III. 67-86.
Dutch. L. van Aitzema, Saken van Staet en Oorlogh (1669-1672), III.
918-925.

References : Contemporary and early writings. Verbael gehouden, as
above; L. v.an Aitzema, op. cit. III. 803 ff., 813 ff., 837, 853 ff., 868 ff.,
903 ff., et passim; John Thurloe, Collection of the State Papers (1742),
I. and II., passim ; R. Fruin, G. W. Kernkamp, Brieven van Johan de Witt,
I. (1906) 91-257, in Historisch Genootschap te Utrecht, Werken, third
ser., no. 18; J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y. (1856-1858), I. 475,
486, 487, 541 ff., 556 ff. ; Secrete Resolutien van de Edele Groot Mog.
Heeren Staten van Holland en Westvrie stand, genomen zedert den Aan-
vang der Bedieninge van den Heer Johan de Witt als Raadpensionaris
van den zelven Lande (1717), passim; J. Thurloe, " A Review of the Sev-
erall Negotiations which have been between England and the United Prov-
inces of late Yeares ", Eng. Hist. Rev., XXI. (1906) 320-327; Historical
Manuscripts Commission, Thirteenth Report, Appendix, pt. I., Manu-
scripts of the Duke of Portland, I. (1891) 557-654, passim.

References : Later writings. James Geddes, History of the Administration
of John de Witt, I. (1879), bks- HI.-V. ; S. R. Gardiner, History of the
Commonwealth and Protectorate, 1649-1660 (1894-1901), I. 352 ff., II.
80 ff., 107 ff., 182 ff., 329 ff., 340-373; P. J. Blok, History of the People
of the Netherlands (1898-1912), vol. IV., ch. VIII.; C. Firth, Oliver
Cromwell (1900), ch. XVIII., XIX ; J. P. Arend, O. van Rees, and W. G.
Brill, Algemeene Geschiedenis des Vaderlands (1840, etc.), vol. IV., pt.
II., pp. 337-339, 356-422; A. van Wicquefort, Histoire des Provinces-
Unies des Pdis-Bas (ed. 1861-1874) , II. 209 ff., 229 ff. ; L. von Ranke, A
History of England principally in the Seventeenth Century (1875), III.
68, 69, 124-127 ; G. A. Lefevre-Pontalis, John de Witt, Grand Pensionary
of Holland (1885), vol. I., ch. III. ; A. P. Newton, Colonizing Activities of
the English Puritans (1914), pp. 319 ff. ; G. L. Beer, " Cromwell's Policy
in its Economic Aspects", Political Science Quarterly, XVI. (1901)
590-601 ; Sigismund von Bischoffshausen, Die Politik des Protectors
Oliver Cromwell in der Auffassung und Thatigkeit seines Ministers des
Staatssecretars John Thurloes (1899), pp. 17-25, and appendix, passim;
N. Japikse, Johan de Witt (1915), in H. Brugmans, Nederlandsche His-
torische Bibliotheek, IX. 44 ff., 65 ff.

Text.35

Articuli pacis, unionis et confoederationis perpetuo duraturae inter Serenis-
simum et Celsissimum Dominum Olivarium, Dominum Protectorem Reipubli-
cae Angliae, Scotiae, et Hiberniae, etc. ab una, et Celsos Potentesque Dominos
Ordines Generales Foederatarum Belgii Provinciarum ab altera parte conclusae.

35 From the protocol in the P. R. O., St. Pap. For., no. 300.

14 Doc. 42. United Netherlands — Great Britain

[1.] Imprimis conventum, concordatum, et conclusum est, quod ab hoc die
sit vera, firma, et inviolabilis pax, amicitia, sincerior, intimior, atque arctior
arfinitas, confoederatio, et unio inter Rempublicam Angliae atque Ordines
Generales Foederatarum Belgii Provinciarum, terrasque, regiones, civitatesque,
sub utriusque ditione sine distinctione locorum positas, earumque populum et
incolas, cujuscunque demum gradus fuerint.

[2.] Item uti inposterum omnis inimicitia, hostilitas, discordia, et bellum
inter dictas respublicas earumque populares et subditos cessabit, atque utraque
pars omnibus laesionibus, direptionibus, depraedationibus, injuriisque per ter-
rain, mare, et aquas dulces, in omnibus suis terris, regionibus, dominiis, locis, et
praefecturis quibuscunque deinceps abstinebit.

[3.] Item, quod omnes offensae, injuriae, sumptus, et damna quae pars una
ab altera pertulit, post 18/28 mensis Maii anni 1652, delebuntur atque e mem-
oria eradentur, eo modo quo neutra dictarum partium alteri negotium facesset
ob aliquod istiusmodi damnum, offensam, injuriam, aut sumptus, sed omnis et
cujuscunque eorum perfecta erit hunc in usque diem abolitio, atque omnes eo
nomine lites actionesque cassae nullaeque erunt ; exceptis iis depraedationibus,
quae in Maribus Britannicis committentur post spatium duodecim dierum, atque
intra Maria Brittannica et Promontorium Sancti Vincentis post spatium sex
hebdomadum, et inde in Mari Mediterraneo et ad equatorem usque post spatium
decern hebdomadum, atque ultra equatorem post spatium octimestre, a pub-
licatione pacis numerandum, vel immediate post sufficientem notitiam pacis in
dictis locis factam, atque omnes depraedationes damnorumque illationes quae ab
alterutra parte post tempora praefinita vel notitiam antedictam f actae ceu com-
missae fuerint, in rationum reddendarum tabulas referentur, quaeque ablata
sunt restituentur, damnaque inde nascentia compensabuntur.

[12.] Item, quod Respublica Angliae, populusque Anglicanus, omnesque ejus
Reipublicae incolae, item praedictae Foederatae Provinciae earumque populus
et incolae, cujuscunque ordinis et conditionis fuerint, ad sese mutuo rebus
omnibus humaniter atque amice tractandum obligabuntur, uti terra vel aqua,
alterutrius regiones, oppida, pagos, sive muro incincta ceu non incincta, sive
munita ceu non munita, portus etiam, et universam partis utriusque ditionem in
Europa, libere et secure adire possint, in iisque versari et commorari quamdiu
voluerint, ibique sine ullo impedimento commeatum suis usibus, quantum
necesse erit, coemere atque etiam negotiari et mercaturam facere, quocunque
mercium genere ipsis videbitur, easque advehere suo arbitratu, aut exportare,
dummodo quae statuta sunt portoria solvant, salvis etiam alterutrius pariter
reipublicae legibus et statutis omnibus.36 Ita tamen ut populus et incolae utrius-
que partis, commercium suum exercentes in alterutrius regionibus et ditionibus,
non obligentnr in posterum plus portorii, census, vectigalium, aut aliorum
tributorum solvere, quam pro rata proportione, quam alii extranei solvunt, in
iisdem locis mercaturam exercentes.

[16.] Item, quod si acciderit ut quam diu foedus, amicitia, et societas haec
duraverit ab ullo ex populo aut incolis alterutrius partis contra hoc foedus aut
ullum ejus membrum mari, terra, aut aquis dulcibus quidquam fiat aiit tentetur,
amicitia haec, foedus, et societas inter has nationes non idcirco interrumpen-
tur aut infringentur, verum integra nihilominus perstabunt, vimque suam plen-
ariam obtinebunt. Tantummodo illi ipsi qui contra foedus praedictum com-

36 Including of course the Navigation Act.

Westminster, 1654 15

miserint singuli punientur, et nemo alius; justitiaque reddetur et satisfactio
dabitur illis omnibus, quorum id interest, ab iis omnibus qui terra, mari, aut
aliis aquis contra hoc foedus quidquam commiserint, ulla in parte Europae, aut
ubivis locorum intra Fretum Gaditanum, sive in America, vel per Africae
litora, ullisve in terris, insulis, aequoribus, aestuariis, sinubus, fiuminibus
ullisve in locis cis caput Bonae Spei intra anni spatium quam justitia postul-
abitur. In omnibus autem uti supradictum est ultra praedictum caput locis intra
menses octodecim quam justitia praedicto modo poscetur. Quod si vero foederis
ruptores non comparuerint, neque se judicandos submiserint, neque satisfac-
tionem dederint intra hoc vel illud temporis spatium pro loci longinquitate modo
constitutum praedicti illi utriusque partis hostes judicabuntur, eorumque bona,
facultates, et quicunque reditus publicabuntur, plenaeque ac justae satisfaction
impendenda erunt earum injuriarum, quae ab ipsis illatae sunt ipsique prae-
terea cum in alterutrius partis potestate fuerint iis poenis obnoxii erunt, quas
suo quisque crimine commeruerit.

[17.] Item quod populares Rei-publicae Angliae quique sub ejus ditione
fuerint possint libere, tuto, ac secure in Foederati Belgii Provinces et singulis
suis ditionibus in Europa perque eas, terra vel aqua, ad ulla in iis loca vel ultra
eas iter facere, perque ulla earum oppida, praesidia, munimenta transire quae
ullis in locis Foederatarum Belgii Provinciarum, aut alibi in earum ditionibus in
Europa sunt vel erunt mercaturam in omnibus illis locis facientes, eorumque
negotiatores, institores, famulive armati sive inermes (armati autem non am-
plius quadraginta simul) tarn sine bonis suis et mercimoniis quam cum iis quo-
cunque ire voluerint; poterito item populus et incolae Foederatarum Belgii
Provinciarum eadem libertate frui in omnibus Rei-publicae Angliae ditionibus
in Europa, dummodo in hujus modi commercio et mercatura singuli alterutrius
rei-publicae legibus et statutis utrinque pareant moremque gerant.

[30.] Item, conventum est ut supra quod commissarii utrinque quatuor,
tempore quo ratihabitiones extradendae sunt, nominabuntur, qui ad decimum
octavum mensis Maii proximi stylo Anglico, hie Londini conveniant, qui eodem
tempore instructi atque authoritate muniti erunt, quemadmodum hisce prae-
sentibus instruuntur, et ea authoritate muniuntur, ut omnes eas injurias eaque
damna examinent et definiant, quae anno millesimo sexcentesimo undecimo,
et deinceps usque ad decimum octavum Maii, anno 1652, styli Anglici, tarn in
Indiis Orientalibus, quam in Groenlandia, Moscovia, Brasilia vel ubivis_ lo-
corum, pars una ab altera se pertulisse causatur. Et quorum omnium particu-
laria ante praescriptum diem decimum octavum Maii praedictis commissariis ita
nominatis exhibebuntur ; ea cum restrictione ut post praef atum diem nulla
omnino nova admittantur. Si autem praefati commissarii de praedictis dififer-
entiis ita particulariter scripto exhibitis et expressis, non conveniant intra
trium mensium spatium a praefato decimo octavo Maii die numerandum, quod
eo casu praedictae differentiae submittentur, sicut et his praesentibus submit-
tuntur, judicio et arbitrio cantonum Helvetiae Protestantium, qui instrumento
eo, de quo simul cum hisce conventum est, requirentur, ut eo casuarbitrium
illud assumant, et similes commissarios in eundem finem delegent, ita instructos,
ut post expiratos illos tres menses intra sex proxime sequentes de iis judicium
ferant, et quidquid ejusmodi commissarii, aut major eorum pars, intra praedic-
tos sex menses determinaverint, utramque partem obligabit, et rite perficietur.

In quorum omnium fidem et testimonium tarn nos commissarii Celsitudinis
suae Domini Protectoris quam legati extraordinarii Dominorum Ordinum
Generalium Foederatarum Provinciarum, vi et vigore nostrarum respective

16 Doc. 42. United Netherlands — Great Britain

commissionum et procurationum, presentem tractatum manu propria subsi-
gnavimus et sigillis nostris manualibus munivimus. Actum Westmonasterii,
quinto die Aprilis, anno millesimo, sexcentesimo quinquagesimo quarto.

He. Laurence, Praes.87 P. Lisle.89 H. Beverningk.

J. Lambert. Gil. Pickering. Wilm. Nieupoort.

E. Mountagu.88 Wal. Strickland. All : P : Jongestall.40

Cum in tertio articulorum pacis, unionis, et conf oederationis initae, stabilitae,
et promulgatae inter Serenissimum Dominum, Dominum Protectorem Reipub-
licae Angliae, Scotiae, et Hiberniae, et Dominos Ordines Generales Unitarum
Provinciarum conventum sit, quod omnes injuriae, sumptus, et damna, quae
pars una ab altera pertulit post 18/28 mensis Maii, anno 1652, delebuntur
atque e memoria eradentur, eo modo, quo neutra dictarum partium alteri nego-
tium facesset ob aliquod istiusmodi damnum, injuriam, aut sumptus, sed omnis
et cujuscunque eorum perfecta erit hunc in usque diem abolitio, omnesque eo
nomine lites actionesque cassae nullaeque erunt, exceptis iis depraedationibus,
quae in Maribus Britannicis comnittentur post spatium duodecim dierum, atque
intra Maria Britannica et Promontorium Sancti Vincentis post spatium sex
hebdomadum, et inde in Mari Mediterraneo et ad ^Equatorem usque post spa-
tium decern hebdomadum, atque ultra yEquatorem post spatium octimestre a
publicatione pacis numerandum, vel immediate post sufficientem notitiam pacis
in dictis locis factam ; Et cum de praedictis verbis questiones nonnullae f orsi-
tan oriantur, quas litibus et disceptationibus ansam praebeant, praefatus Domi-
nus Protector et praefati Ordines Generales, quo omnis controversia tollatur
quae occasione alicujus in praedicto articulo contenti accidere poterit, unanimi
consensu convenere et conclusere, atque his praesentibus declarant, omnibusque
et singulis popularibus et subditis suis respective palam faciunt, quod immedi-
ate post tractatus pacis promulgationem, quae jam facta est, omnes hostilitatis
actus ubicunque in omnibus locis, in dicto tertio articulo expressis, et ubique
alibi, cessabunt, et quod omnes depraedationes, damna, et injuriae, quae ab una
parte contra alteram facta seu commissa fuerint, post quartum diem Maii (stilo
veteri) proximo sequuturum in quibusque locis quorum in praedicto articulo
mentio facta est, vel alibi, tarn citra, quam ultra ^Equatorem in rationum red-
dendarum tabulas referentur, et quae ablata erunt post praedictum diem Maii,
sine aliqua forma processus restituentur, nee non et damna inde nascentia
compensabuntur. Et quo stipulatio haec et conventio magis innotescat, utraque
pars eandem in jurisdictionibus et territoriis suis publicabit, et navibus suis
bellicis aliisque, tarn quae in portu quam quae super mari sunt, eandem obser-
vare firmiter mandabit. In cujus rei fidem et testimonium tarn domini com-
missarii Celsitudinis suae, quam legati extraordinarii praedictorum Ordinum
Uniti Belgii praesentes hasce manibus suis propriis subsignarunt. Actum 28
Aprilis, stilo Angli[co], anno 1654.

He. Lawrence, Praes.

Gil. Pickering.

E. Montagu.

Wal. Strickland.

H. van Beverningk.

Will. Nieupoort.

All. P. Jongestall.

37 All of the English commissioners were members of the Protector's Council of State
that first met in December, 1653. Gardiner, op. cit., II. 298 ff.

38 Afterwards earl of Sandwich.

39 Philip Sidney, viscount Lisle, later earl of Leicester.

40 The manuscript of the protocol in the Public Record Office, St. Pap. For., no. 300,
ends here. What follows is from Thurloe, State Papers, II. 256-267.

Westminster, 1654 17

Translation.

Articles of peace, union, and perpetual confederacy concluded between the
Most Serene and Noble Oliver, lord protector of the Republic of England,
Scotland, and Ireland, etc., on the one part, and the High and Mighty Lords,
the States General of the United Provinces of the Netherlands, on the other
part:

[1.] First, it has been agreed, accorded, and concluded, that from this day
there shall be a true, firm, and unalterable peace, a more sincere friendship, and
a more intimate and nearer alliance, confederacy, and union, than heretofore,
between the Republic of England, and the States General of the United Prov-
inces of the Netherlands, and the respective lands, countries, and cities under
their obedience, and between their respective people and inhabitants, of what-
ever condition they may be.

[2.] Also, that in future, all enmity, hostility, discord, and war between the
said republics and their peoples and subjects shall cease; and each party shall
hereafter abstain from all offenses, spoils, depredations, and injuries, as well
by land as sea and fresh waters, in all their lands, countries, dominions, places,
and governments whatsoever.

[3.] Also, that all offenses, injuries, charges, and damages, that either
party has sustained from the other since the 18/28 day of May, 1652, shall
be blotted out and forgotten, in such manner as that neither of, the said parties
shall trouble the other on account of any such damage, offense, injury, or losses,
but that there shall be a perfect abolition of all and every of them until this
very day, and all suits and actions for the same shall be null and void, except-
ing such depredations as shall be committed in the British seas after the space
of twelve days ; and between the British seas and Cape St. Vincent after the
space of six weeks ; and thence in the Mediterranean and as far as the Line
after the space of ten weeks ; and beyond the Line after the space of eight
months, to be reckoned from the publication of the peace ; or immediately after
sufficient notice of the peace has been given in the said places. All depredations
and spoils done or committed by either party after the times or notice aforesaid
shall be accounted for and restitution made of the same and of the damages
springing therefrom.

• ••••••••••■•a

[12.] Also, that the Commonwealth of England and the English people and
all the inhabitants of the Commonwealth, and the said United Provinces and the
subjects and inhabitants thereof, of whatever quality and condition they be,
shall be bound to treat each other on both sides with all love and friendship.
That they may come by land or water into each other's lands, towns, or villages,
walled or unwalled, fortified or unfortified, their havens and all the dominions
of both parties in Europe, with freedom and security, and in them remain
and continue as they please, and there without hindrance buy provisions for
their necessary use, and may also trade and traffic in any kind of goods they
please, and bring in and carry out the same, at their pleasure, provided they
pay the customs that are settled, and saving all the laws and ordinances of
either commonwealth respectively; but so that the people and inhabitants of
both parties, practising their commerce in the countries and dominions of the
other, shall not be obliged, henceforth, to pay higher customs, tax, toll, or other
tribute than according to the proportion that other foreigners pay, trafficking
in the same places.

IS Doc. 42. United Netherlands — Great Britain

[ 16] Also, that if it shall happen that during this confederation, amity,
and alliance, anything shall be done or attempted, by any of the people or in-
habitants of either party against this treaty or any part thereof, either by sea
or land or fresh waters, this amity, confederation, and alliance, between these
nations, shall not be interrupted or infringed on this account, but shall continue
and remain in its full and whole force.

Only those particular persons who have offended against the aforesaid treaty
shall be punished, and no other. And justice shall be done and satisfaction
made to all persons concerned within the space of a year, after demand thereof
made upon all such persons who shall have done anything against this treaty,
by land, sea, or other waters in any part of Europe, or any place within the
Straits of Gibraltar, or in America, or upon the coasts of Africa, or in any
lands, islands, seas, creeks, bays, rivers, or any other places on this side of the
Cape of Good Hope, and in all places, as aforesaid, beyond the aforesaid Cape,
within eighteen months next after demand of justice shall, as aforesaid, be
made. And in case that the violators of the treaty shall not appear and
submit themselves to justice and make satisfaction, within the terms respectively
appointed according to the remoteness of the place, the said persons shall be
declared enemies to both parties, and their goods, property, and revenues shall
be confiscated, and employed to a full and due satisfaction for the wrongs
which have been done by them, and they themselves shall be liable to such
further punishment, when they shall come within the power of either party, as
the quality of their offense shall deserve.

[17.] Also, that the people of the Republic of England, and all under its
government, may freely, unmolested, and securely, travel in and through the
United Provinces of the Netherlands and its several dominions in Europe, by
land or water, to any places in them or beyond them, and pass through any of
their towns, garrisons, or forts, which are or shall be in any parts of the United
Provinces of the Netherlands or elsewhere in their dominions in Europe, to
follow their traffic in all those places, together with their agents, factors, or
servants, armed or unarmed (but if armed, not more than 40 together), as
well without as with their goods and merchandise, whither they please. Like-
wise, the people and inhabitants of the United Provinces of the Netherlands
may enjoy the same liberty in all the dominions of the Republic of England in
Europe, provided that they and either of them observe and conform in such
trade and traffic to the laws and ordinances of each republic respectively.

[30.] Also, it is agreed as above that four commissioners shall be named on
both sides at the time when ratifications are to be exchanged, to meet here at
London on the eighteenth of May next, English style. At this time they shall
be instructed and authorized, as by these presents they are instructed and
authorized, to examine and adjust the injuries and damages, which are alleged
to have been done by one party to the other in the year 161 1, and thereafter
to the eighteenth of May, 1651, English style, both in the East Indies, and in
Greenland, Muscovy, Brazil, or anywhere else. And the particulars of all those
injuries and damages shall be exhibited to the said commissioners so named
before the said eighteenth day of May, with the restriction that after the said
day no new ones shall be admitted. But if the said commissioners shall not
agree respecting the said differences thus particularly exhibited and expressed
in writing, within the space of three months, to be reckoned from the said
eighteenth day of May, in that case the said differences shall be submitted, as

Westminster, 1654 19

by these presents they are submitted, to the judgment and arbitration of the
Protestant cantons of Switzerland, who, by an instrument at this same time
agreed on with them, shall be requested to assume that arbitration and to ap-
point similar commissioners for that purpose, so instructed that within the six
months next following the expiration of the said three months, they shall give
judgment : and whatever such commissioners, or the majority of them, shall
determine within the said six months, shall bind both parties, and shall be duly
performed.

In faith and testimony whereof, both we, the commissioners of his Highness
the Lord Protector, and we, the ambassadors extraordinary of the Lords States
General of the United Provinces, by virtue and on the strength of our respec-
tive commissions and powers, have signed the present treaty with our own
hands, and sealed it with our seals manual. Done at Westminster on the
fifth day of April, 1654.

Henry Lawrence, president. Walter Strickland.

J. Lambert. H. Beverningk.

E. Montagu. Willem Nieupoort.

P. Lisle. Allard Peter Jongestall.

Gilbert Pickering.

Whereas in the third of those articles of the peace, union, and confederation,
made, established, and promulgated between the Most Serene Lord, the Lord
Protector of the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, and the
Lords the States General of the United Provinces, it is agreed that all injuries,
charges, and damages that either party has sustained from the other since
the 18/28 of May, 1652, shall be blotted out and forgotton, in such man-
ner that neither of the said parties shall trouble the other on account of any
such damage, offense, injury, or loss, but that all and every of them shall
be completely abolished up to this very day, and all suits and actions for the
same shall be null and void, excepting such depredations as shall be commit-
ted in the British seas after the space of twelve days, and between the British
seas and Cape St. Vincent after the space of six weeks, and thence in the
Mediterranean and as far as the Line after the space of ten weeks, and beyond
the Line after the space of eight months to be reckoned from the proclamation
of the peace, or immediately after sufficient notice of the peace has been given
in the said places, And whereas some questions may perhaps arise about the
said words which may give occasion for controversies and disputes, the said
Lord Protector and the said States General, in order that all contention may
be removed, that might arise by reason of anything contained in the said article,
have unanimously agreed and concluded, and by these presents declare and
make known to all and singular their people and subjects respectively, that
immediately after the proclamation of the treaty of peace already made, all
hostilities shall cease everywhere, in all places mentioned in the said third
article, and in all others wheresoever, and that all depredations, damages, and
injuries made or committed by one party against the other after the fourth
of May next, old style, in any of the places mentioned in the said article, or
elsewhere, as well on this side as beyond the Line, shall be accounted for ; and
spoils taken after the said day of May shall be restored without any form of
process, and damages arising thence shall be compensated. And in order that
this stipulation and agreement may be the more widely known, both parties
shall publish the same in their jurisdictions and territories, and shall order as

20 Doc. 42. United Netherlands — Great Britain

well their ships of war as others, whether in port or at sea, to observe it firmly.
In faith and testimony whereof, both the lords commissioners of his Highness
and the ambassadors extraordinary of the said States General of the Nether-
lands have signed these presents with their own hands.
Done on April 28, English style, in the year 1654.

Henry Lawrence, president. H. van Beverningk.

Gilbert Pickering. Willem Nieuport.

E. Montagu. Allard Peter Jongestall.

Walter Strickland.

43.

Treaty of alliance and commerce betzveen Great Britain and
Sweden, concluded at Upsala, April 11/21, 1654. Ratified
by Cromwell on July 31/ August 10, 1654, by Queen Chris-
tina on May p/ip, 1654/ and by Charles X. on August

5/15(0, 1654-

Introduction.

A main inducement to the formation of the Anglo-Swedish alliance of 1654
was the desire on the part of these powers to offset the confederacy between
Denmark and the United Netherlands, which Denmark, humiliated and isolated
by the peace which she had concluded with Sweden at Bromsebro in 1645, had
sought. A Danish-Dutch treaty of the year 1649 2 seemed inimical to England's
interests in the Baltic trade ; and even more disadvantageous to both powers
was the Danish-Dutch treaty of 1653, whereby Denmark promised to close
the Sound against all English vessels.3 The Baltic, including the Swedish, trade
was highly important to England, since it supplied her with materials for the
building and rigging of ships ; 4 and it is interesting to notice that she put for-
ward the possibility of obtaining such supplies from her American colonies
as an argument why Sweden should endeavor to maintain friendly relations
with her.5 Sweden made the first friendly advances, through agents despatched
to London. In the summer of 1653 one of these agents, Israel Lagerfeldt, osten-
sibly sent to mediate between the English and Dutch, had proposed that the
Swedes should enjoy free navigation and commerce not only in respect to the
British Isles, but also in " the islands and ports subject and belonging to the
Commonwealth of England in Virginia, New England, Guiney, and else-
where ". To this the Council of State replied that the trade and navigation of
both nations should be free " except in the Barbadoes and such plantations,
ports and places in America, belonging to the Commonwealth of England,
whereunto trade and traffic is prohibited without special license, both sides
observing the laws, customs and ordinances of each place respectively ".6 Thus
the Navigation Act debarred Swedes as well as Dutch from the American
trade.7

1 Whitelocke " desired that the Queen would ratify all that should be done here before
her resignation, and keep the ratification by her until the Protector should seal letters of
ratification on his part ". Journal, II. 167.

2 Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, torn. VI., pt. I., pp. 535-539.

3 Dumont, op. cit., torn. VI., pt. II., pp. 40-46; Geddes, History of the Administration
of John de Witt (1879), I. 275, 276.

4 Geddes, op. cit., I. 176, 177.

5 Thurloe, State Papers, I. 227 ; and cf. Whitelocke, Journal, I. 412.

6 Johnson, Swedish Settlements, II. 620, 621.

7 Cf. Doc. 42, introduction.

21

22 Doc. 43- Great Britain — Sweden

1 .ater in 1653 Cromwell despatched Bulstrode Whitelocke as ambassador
extraordinary to Sweden to form an alliance, treat of means " to open a free
trade through the Sound ", and settle other commercial matters.8

Reaching Upsala in December, Whitelocke promptly entered into negotia-
tions with Queen Christina, with the old chancellor Axel Oxenstierna, and
later with his son Eric, but for several weeks made little headway, partly be-
cause the Swedes wished to learn the outcome of the Anglo-Dutch peace
negotiations before committing themselves.9 Among other commercial matters
the question of trade with America was discussed. When the queen inquired
whether the American seas might not be named with the Baltic and others as to
free navigation, and Eric Oxenstierna urged that permission to trade " omnibus
in locis quibus hactenus commercium exercebatur " should include England's
American colonies, Whitelocke maintained the position previously taken by
the Council of State in respect to Lagerfeldt's above-mentioned request, and
stated the principle " that the treaties of the Commonwealth were compre-
hended within the bounds of Europe ".10 Unable to assent to the opening of
the American trade and other specific demands, he urged an agreement upon
" general amity and commerce between the two nations ", and the postpone-
ment of negotiations touching American commerce until an ambassador from
Sweden might treat of it with Cromwell.11

The suggestion to defer the settlement of this and other specific matters was
adopted, and embodied in the sixteenth article of the treaty. The question of
the Guinea trade was also deferred. The articles were signed on April 28,
1654, but antedated April 11, "because then they were fully agreed ".12

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by Cromwell is in
the Riksarkiv at Stockholm, Originaltraktater, England, no. 1. A copy
of the ratification by the Queen of Sweden, May 9/19, 1654, is in P. R. O.,
St. Pap. For., Treaty Papers, no. 69.

Text: Printed. L. van Aitzema, Saken van Staet en Oorlogh (1669-1672),
III. 1086-1088; J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VI.,
pt. II., pp. 80-82. The text should be included in C. Hallendorff, Traites
de la Suede: Sverges Traktater med Frdmmande Magter jemte andra dit
horande Handlingar (Stockholm, Norstedt), of which the latest part
issued (1915), of the series for the seventeenth century, comes down to
1648.

Translations : English. Lewis Hertslet, A Complete Collection of the Trea-
ties . . . between Great Britain and Foreign Pozvers, and of the Laws
. . . concerning the same, so far as they relate to Commerce and Navi-
gation ( 1827- ) , II. 310-316 ; A General Collection of Treatys ( 1732) ,
III. 89-97 ; Bulstrode Whitelocke, A Journal of the Swedish Embassy in
the Years 1653 and 1654 (ed. H. Reeve, 1855), n- 168-175, note. Dutch.
Aitzema, op. cit., III. 1088-1091.

8 Whitelocke, op. cit., I. 89-90 et passim.

9 Ibid., I. 443 et passim.

10Thurloe, op. cit., II. 157, 172; Whitelocke, op. cit., II. 21, 30, 31.

« U?u-V}T\op- Cit- ?L t1?2' J73 ' Whitelocke, op. cit., II. 31, 35, So, 51.
12 whitelocke, op. at., II. 169.

Upsala, 1654 23

References : Contemporary and early writings. B. Whitelocke, op. cit. ;
John Thurloe, State Papers (1742), II. 41-44, 82-84, in, 112, 133-135,
155-158, 171-173, 202-204, 216-218, 231-233, 243, 244, 254, 255, 266, 267,
279-282, et passim ; Sigismund von Bischoffshausen, Die Politik des Pro-
tectors Oliver Cromwell, appendix, pp. 146 ff. (letters from Thurloe to
Whitelocke).

References: Later writings. Guernsey Jones, The Diplomatic Relations
between Cromwell and Charles X. Gustavus of Szveden (Lincoln, Neb..
1897), PP- 14~I7' S. R. Gardiner, Commonzvealth and Protectorate,
(1894-1901), II. 377-380; A. Johnson, Swedish Settlements on the Dela-
ware (1911), II. 620, 621 ; L. von Ranke, History of England (1875),
III. 1 19-128; S. von Bischoffshausen, op. cit., pp. 27-29; A. Heimer,
Diplomatiska Forbindelserna mcllan Sverige och England, 1633-1654
(Lund, 1893), pp. 111-155.

Text.

13

Olivarius, Dominus Protector Reipublicae Angliae, Scotiae, et Hiberniae
earumque ditionum, constare volumus universis et singulis quorum interest,
aut quomodolibet interesse poterit; quod cum justo desiderio ac propensa
voluntate moti simus, cum Serenissima Potentissimaque principe ac domina.
Domina Christina, Dei gratia Suecorum, Gothorum, Vandalorumque regina,
magna principe Finlandiae, duce Esthoniae, Careliae, Bremae, Verdae, Stetini,
Pomeraniae, Cassubiae, et Vandaliae, principe Rugiae, necnon domina Ingriae
et Wismariae etc., regnoque Sueciae foedus arctioremque amicitiam contra-
hendi et ineundi, ideoque necessarium duximus ad Regiam Majestatem suam
ablegare Dominum Bulstrodum Whitlock constabularium castri de Windsor,
atque unum e custodibus magni sigilli Angliae, extraordinarium legatum
nostrum, ut cum Regiae Majestatis suae plenipotentibus commissariis con-
veniret de stricta, firma, sincera, et mutua amicitia et confoederatione utrin-
que observanda. Illi igitur cunctis accurate deliberatis et discussis nomine
utriusque partis foederis mutui leges sanciverunt ad hunc modum qui sequitur
verbo tenus insertus videlicet :

[1.] Inter dictum Dominum Protectorem praedictamque rem publicam et
Reginam regnumque Sueciae, atque universas et singulas utriusque ditiones.
regna, regiones, provincias, insulas, terras, colonias,14 urbes, oppida, populos,
cives, incolas, et omnes omnino subditos et inhabitantes. bona in posterum,
sincera, firma, atque perpetua sit maneatque pax, amicitia, benevolentia, et
correspondent adeo ut pars utraque amore et affectu integerrimo se invicem
complectatur.

[4.] Concessum inprimis liberumque sit utrique praedictorum confoedera-
torum et incolis ac subditis illorum terrestri vel maritimo et quocunque denique
itinere in alterius confoederati regna, regiones, provincias, terras, insulas,
urbes, villas, oppida murata vel non murata, munita vel immunita. portus,
dominia et ditiones quascunque libere ac secure absque licentia vel salvo con-
ductu generali aut speciali ingredi, ire atque inde redire, ibidem commorari,

13 The text is taken from the original manuscript of the ratification by Cromwell,
preserved in the Riksarkiv at Stockholm.

14 Whitelocke, writing to Thurloe, Apr. 7, 1654, remarked, " I did a little stick upon
the word ' colonias ' in this article, lest it might tend to anything of commerce in America ;
but finding it only to relate to the amity, I passed it over". Journal, II. 102.

24 Doc. 43. Great Britain — Sweden

aut easdem transire et omnia interim victui usuique suo necessaria emere, atque
pretio pro lubitu comparare, omnique benevolentia tractentur. Etiam sit fas
utrique confoederatorum subditisque eorum, civibus ac incolis, mercari, mer-
caturam facere, et commercia exercere in omnibus locis quibus hactenus com-
mcrcium exercebatur uspiam quibuscunque in rebus ac mercibus^ allubescit,
easdemque importandi exportandique pro arbitrio cuj usque copia dabitur,
solutis tamen teloniis debitis, et observatis legibus ac ordinationibus praedictae
rei publicae et regni praedicti, sive mercaturam, sive jus aliud respicientibus,
quibus praesuppositis populus, subditi, ac incolae unius confoederatorum
habeant ac possideant in regionibus, terris, dominiis, ac regnis alterius tarn
larga et ampla privilegia, tantasque relaxationes, libertates, immunitatesque
quantas peregrinus quilibet possidet vel possidebit in dictis utrinque dominiis ac
regnis.

[10.] Fas sit Reginae regnique Sueciae subditis ac incolis quibuscunque tuto
ac sine molestia iter facere in Anglia, Scottia, et Hybernia, omnibusque illarum
ditionibus et easdem transire, terra vel mari quocunque libuerit, ad gentes alias
quascunque atque cum illis commercium instituere et mercaturam in omni
mercimoniorum genere liberrime exercere, illaque isthuc advehere indeque
evehere. Iisdem fruatur libertatibus populus reipublicae^ praedictae in regnis,
dominiis, ac territoriis Reginae regnique Sueciae, ea conditione, ut observentur
utrinque leges, ordinationes, ac jura peculiaria cujusque gentis, quae commercia
et mercaturam concernunt.

[16.] De commoditatibus aliis quibus frui poterint et legibus secundum quas
se gerere tenebuntur naves bellicae, quae in portus vel stationes alterius con-
foederatorum appulerint ; de commercio in America f aciendo ; item de com-
moditatibus piscationis halecum et piscium quorumcunque, de stapulis et em-
poriis commerciorum constituendis ; deque aliis rebus et conditionibus quae
ad majorem superiorum articulorum evidentiam requiri poterint, statuetur,
prout in posterum peculiari tractatu vel contractu invicem conveniet.

Ad corroboranda haec omnia quae supra scripta sunt atque in fidem suffi-
cientem, fore, ut ex parte Regiae Majestatis dominae nostrae clementissimae,
sanctissime ac integerrime observentur, atque intra praefinitum diem ratiha-
beantur, haec propriis manibus subscripsimus et sigillis nostris munivimus.
Actum Upsaliae, die undecima Aprilis, anno 1654.

Axelius Ericus Oxenstierna,

OxENSTIERNA. AxELII.

Proinde praedictum ac supra hie insertum pacti, foederis, atque articulorum
conventorum instrumentum cum Serenissimae Potentissimaeque principis ac
dominae, Dominae Cristinae, Dei gratia Suecorum, Gothorum, Vandalorumque
reginae, magnae principis Finlandiae, ducis Esthoniae, Careliae, Bremae,
Verdae, Stetini, Pomeraniae, Cassubiae, et Vandaliae, principis Rugiae, nee
non dominae Ingriae et Wismariae etc. plenipotentibus commissariis per dictum
extraordinarium legatum nostrum in ordinem redactum in omnibus punctis
et clausulis approbavimus et ratum habuimus prout tenore ac vigore praesen-
tium illud nostro et dictae Reipublicae nomine approbamus et ratum habemus,
spondentes nos atque successores nostros dictum instrumentum in omnibus
punctis et clausulis suis inviolabiliter servaturos ac impleturos, neque passuros

Upsala, 1654 25

ut a nostratibus vel aliis quibuscunque infringatur vel violetur, in quorum
fidem et robur hasce manu nostra subscripsimus et magno sigillo Angliae
muniri fecimus. Dabantur in Alba Aula trigesimo primo die Julii, anno mil-
lesimo sexcentesimo quinquagesimo quarto. Husey.

Oliverus P.

Translation.

We, Oliver, lord protector of the Commonwealth of England, Scotland,
and Ireland, and of the dominions thereof, desire it to be known to all and
singular whom it concerns or may in any way concern, that whereas we have
been moved by a proper desire and favorable will to contract and enter into a
league and closer friendship with the Most Serene and Most Potent princess
and lady, the Lady Christina, by the grace of God queen of the Swedes, Goths,
and Vandals, great princess of Finland, duchess of Esthonia, Carelia, Bremen,
Verden, Stettin, Pomerania, Cassubia, and Vandalia, princess of Riigen, and
lady of Ingria and Wismar, etc., and with the kingdom of Sweden; therefore
we have thought it necessary to send to her Royal Majesty Lord Bulstrode
Whitelocke, constable of Windsor Castle, and one of the keepers of the great
seal of England, our ambassador extraordinary, in order that he may agree
with the commissioners plenipotentiary of her Royal Majesty, upon a close,
firm, sincere, and mutual friendship and confederacy, to be observed on both
sides. Therefore, after everything had been carefully deliberated and discussed
in the name of both parties, they sanctioned the regulations of a mutual treaty,
after the manner which follows literally inserted, to wit :

[1.] Between the said Lord Protector and the aforesaid Commonwealth,
and the Queen and kingdom of Sweden, and all and singular their dominions,
kingdoms, countries, provinces, islands, lands, colonies, cities, towns, peoples,
citizens and residents, and in general all their subjects and inhabitants, there
shall be and remain henceforth a good, sincere, firm, and perpetual peace, amity,
good-will and correspondence, so that both parties shall mutually cherish each
other with the most complete love and affection.

[4.] Imprimis, it shall be granted and permitted to either of the aforesaid
confederates, and to their people and subjects, freely and securely, without
license or safe conduct, general or special, to enter by land or sea, or by any
route whatsoever, into all the kingdoms, countries, provinces, lands, islands,
cities, villages, towns, walled or unwalled, fortified or unfortified, the havens,
dominions, and jurisdictions of the other confederate, to go thither or return
thence, to stay there, or to pass through them ; and meanwhile to buy at will
all things necessary for their provision and use, and to procure them at a
just price ; and they shall be treated with all good-will. Moreover, either of
the confederates, their subjects, citizens, and people may trade, traffic, and
carry on commerce in all places where commerce was carried on hitherto, and
in whatever goods they please. They may import and export the same at
discretion and in whatever amount, provided the customs which are due have
been paid, and the laws and ordinances of the aforesaid Commonwealth and
kingdom, whether concerning commerce, or any other right, have been observed.
These conditions being presupposed, the people, subjects, and inhabitants of
either confederate shall have and possess in the countries, lands, dominions,
and kingdoms of each other, as large and ample privileges, and as great exemp-
tions, liberties, and immunities, as any foreigner possesses or shall possess in
the said dominions and kingdoms of both parties.

26 Doc. 43. Great Britain — Sweden

[10.] The subjects and inhabitants of the Queen and kingdom of Sweden
may travel safely and without molestation in England, Scotland, and Ireland,
and all of the dominions thereof, and pass through them by land or sea, when-
ever they please, to any other nations, and open trade with them, and engage
in traffic with all freedom, in all kinds of commodities, and import them
thither, and export them thence. The people of the aforesaid Commonwealth
shall enjoy the same liberties in the kingdoms, dominions, and territories of
the Queen and kingdom of Sweden. Provided that the laws, ordinances, and
special rights of each nation concerning trade and traffic shall be observed on
both sides.

[16.] As to the other advantages to be enjoyed by warships arriving in the
ports and harbors of either confederate, and the rules by which they shall
govern themselves ; concerning the exercise of commerce in America, and
also the benefits of the herring and other fisheries, the establishment of staples
and emporia for commerce, and other things and conditions which may be
required for greater clearness of the foregoing articles, it shall be determined
as shall be mutually agreed upon hereafter by special treaty or contract.

To confirm all that is written above, and in sufficient witness that it will
be most sacredly and completely observed by her Royal Majesty, our most
gracious lady, and ratified within the aforesaid period, we have subscribed
these presents with our own hands, and sealed them with our seals. Done at
Upsala, on the eleventh day of April, 1654.

Axel Oxenstierna. Eric Oxenstierna,

son of Axel.

Therefore we have approved and confirmed in all points and passages the
aforesaid and above-inserted instrument of compact, treaty, and articles of
agreement concluded and reduced to order by our said ambassador extra-
ordinary with the commissioners plenipotentiary of the Most Serene and Most
Potent princess and lady, the Lady Christina, by the grace of God queen of
the Swedes, Goths, and Vandals, great princess of Finland, duchess of Esthonia,
Carelia, Bremen, Verden, Stettin, Pomerania, Cassubia, and Vandalia, princess
of Rugen, and lady of Ingria and Wismar, etc., as, by the tenor and force of
these presents, we do approve and confirm it, solemnly promising in our name
and in that of the said Commonwealth that we and our successors will inviol-
ably preserve and fulfill the said instrument in all its points and passages, and
will not suffer it to be infringed or violated by our countrymen or by others.
In faith and support whereof, we have signed these presents with our hand,
and have caused them to be sealed with the great seal of England. Given in
Whitehall on the thirty-first day of July, in the year one thousand six hundred
and fifty-four. Husey.

Oliver, Protector.

44.

Articles touching Guinea and America concluded by the pleni-
potentiaries of Great Britain and Sweden at Upsala, May 8
or 12, 1654, O. S.1

Introduction.

The Anglo-Swedish treaty of April 11/21, 1654,2 left the method of deter-
mining matters touching the American trade to be settled by future agreement.
Similarly, the negotiators of that treaty postponed the settlement of questions
relating to Guinea.3

In respect to Guinea differences had arisen between the merchants of the
two nations. The English Company trading to Guinea, founded in 1630,4 had
complained to the Council of State that the Swedish African Company, organ-
ized in 1647,5 had encroached upon their factories on the Guinea (Gold) Coast,
and expelled their factors from places bought for the use of the company.0
Whitelocke set forth these grievances to the Swedish queen and chancellor.
The queen proposed that the English company buy out the Swedish interest,
and prevent the King of Denmark from trading there. The chancellor's son,
producing counter complaints from the Swedish company, suggested that the
whole matter be referred to commissioners appointed by both sides,7 and his
suggestion was embodied in the articles signed in May.

In America the Swedes, first planted by the New Sweden Company on
the Delaware in 1638, disputed the trade and territorial possessions with their
English and Dutch neighbors.8 New Sweden was overlapped by grants pre-
viously made by English sovereigns to Lord Baltimore, Sir Edmund Plowden,
and others. Before the arrival of the Swedes, Englishmen had repeatedly
visited the district, and the coat-of-arms of England had been erected there.9
After 1 641, when traders from New Haven settled near the Swedes, troubles
became acute. In 1647, indeed, the governor of New Sweden reported that

1 Although the articles signed by Whitelocke are dated May 8, it would seem from his
own statements that they were signed by the commissioners of both sides on May 12.
Thurloe, State Papers, II. 280, 281 ; Whitelocke, Journal, II. 240.

2 Doc. 43.

3 Whitelocke, op. cit., II. 126.

4 W. R. Scott, Constitution and Finance of English, Scottish, and Irish Joint-Stock
Companies to 1720 (1910-1912), II. 14-17.

5 Johnson, Swedish Settlements, I. 49; for the history of the company, see Granlund,
" Svensk Koloni i Afrika", in Historiskt Bibliotek, VI. 285-420.

6 Cat. St. Pap. Col., 1574-1660, p. 409.

7 Whitelocke, Journal, I. 449, 450, II. 160, 161, 189, 190.

s There is some inconclusive evidence that in 1634 or earlier Charles I. of England
issued a document " either granting Swedish vessels the right to visit English colonies
in America, or giving privileges to Sweden to erect trading posts on unoccupied territory,
or both". Johnson, op. cit;, I. 178.

9 Ibid., I. 167 ff.

27

28 Doc. 44. Great Britain — Sweden

he had rid himself of the English Puritans,10 but when the treaty of Hartford xl
seemed to secure the New Englanders from Dutch interference near the
Delaware, they endeavored to return there. In 1651 the governor of New
Haven and the commissioners of the court of Massachusetts Bay complained
about the Swedes to Edward Winslow in London; and the governor of New
Sweden expressed his fears of the New Englanders to Chancellor Oxen-
stierna, who was the head of the New Sweden Company.12 About the time of
Whitelocke's arrival in Sweden a new governor, Rising, sailed thence for New
Sweden, instructed to keep the peace with English and Dutch.13 Shortly after
Rising's arrival he established cordial relations with Maryland, conferring
with her representatives about territorial claims and a boundary line, and he
" endeavored to establish friendly correspondence with the New England
settlements ".14 In September, 1654, the commissioners of the United Colonies,
informed of the alliance concluded at Upsala in the preceding April, expressed
to Rising their hope that the peace and good accord in Europe between England
and Sweden would have a powerful influence upon the relations of the two
peoples in America.15 This letter was in harmony with the articles signed at
Upsala in May, which provided that, pending the settlement by commissioners,
of boundary and other disputes, the colonies of the two countries should cul-
tivate true friendship.

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original, signed by B. Whitelocke, is in the Riksarkiv at

Stockholm.
Text : Printed and facsimile. A facsimile of the original in the Riksarkiv

is in A. Johnson, Swedish Settlements (1911), vol. II., following p. 620.

The treaty is printed in V. Granlund, " En Svensk Koloni i Afrika eller

Svenska Afrikanska Kompaniets Historia ", in Historiskt Bibliotek, vol.

VI. (1879), app. 2, pp. 404, 405.
Translation. A. Johnson, op. cit., II. 753-755 ; B. Whitelocke, Journal of the

Stvedish Embassy (ed. H. Reeve, 1855), II. 240-242, note.
References: Contemporary and early writings. B. Whitelocke, op. cit.,

I. 449, 450, II. 17, 119, 125, 126, 160, 161, 189-191, 197, 200, 203-205, 210,

240; John Thurloe, .State Papers {1J42), II. 232, 266, 280, 281.
References : Later writings. A. Johnson, op. cit., II. 621, 622 ; V. Granlund,

op. cit., pp. 302, 303.

Text.16

Serenissimi ac Celsissimi Domini Olivarii domini protectoris Reipublicae
Angliae, Scotiae, et Hiberniae earumque ditionum atque ejusdem reipublicae
commissarius, procurator, deputatus, et legatus extraordinarius ego infra scrip-
tus Bulstrodus Whitelockius, constabularius castri de Windsor, et unus cus-

10 Tohnson, op. cit., I. 399.

11 Doc. 41.

12 Johnson, op. cit., I. 230, 402-404.

13 Ibid., II. 499.

14 Ibid., II. 572 ff.

15 Records of New Plymouth, X., Acts, II. 127-128.

16 The text is taken from the photographic facsimile of the original in the Riksarkiv
at Stockholm, published in Johnson, op. cit., vol. II., following p. 620.

Upsala, 1654 29

todum magni sigilli Reipublicae Angliae, notum testatumque facio quod cum
ipso foederis tractatu inter praedictum Serenissimum ac Celsissimum domi-
num meum Olivarium dominum Protectorem ac Serenissimam Potentissimam-
que principem ac dominam, Dominam Christinam Dei gratia Suecorum, Go-
thorum, Vandalorumque reginam, magnam principem Finlandiae, ducem
Esthoniae, Careliae, Bremae, Verdae, Stetini, Pomeraniae, Cassubiae, et Van-
daliae, principem Rugiae, nee non dominam Ingriae et Wismariae, etc. stabilita
sit firma pax et amicitia, eidem congruere potissimum judicavi modum reperire,
amovendis nonnullis subditorum, populorum, ac civium invicem gravaminibus,
et praeripere materiam et occasionem unde in posterum enascantur ; proinde de
motis quibusdam quaestionibus ita cum praedictae suae Regiae Majestatis, reg-
nique Sueciae senatoribus ac plenipotentibus commissariis illustrissimis atque
excellentissimis dominis Domino Axelio Oxenstierna regni cancellario et judice
provinciali occidentalium Norlandiarum, Lapponiaeque, Herredaliae, et Temp-
tiae, comite Moreae Australis, libero-barone in Kimitho, domino in Fiholm
et Tydoen, equite aurato, et domino Erico Oxenstierna Axelii Generalis
Collegii Commerciorum praeside, comite Moreae Australis, libero-barone in
Kimitho, domino in Tydoen, Vi[s]by, et Gorweten conveni quemadmodum
sequentibus exprimitur et explicatur.

Inprimis cum Anglicana quaedam societas in Guinaea mercaturam exercens
conquesta sit de quodam Henrico Carelovio, qui directorem agens nomine
Suecanae Societatis in dictis oris loca nonnulla ab Anglis habitata iisdem erip-
uerit, aliisque molestiis affecerit, praedicta vero Societas Suecana non tantum-
modo nominati directoris ac suam culpam nullam esse probandam susceperit,
verum etiam sua iterum gravamina contra praedictae Societatis Anglicanae
ministros reposuerit, hae autem controversiae mercatorum particulares hac
vice ob certas rationes penitus aboleri non potuerint ; consultissimum utrinque
visum est ut quantocius coram certis utrinque commissariis amicissime et
sine ambagibus componantur ; interim autem convenit nulli praejudicio alterutri
parti hanc moram fore, adeo ut neque societatum praedictarum participes ac
ministri, neque ulli utriusque status subditi ac cives se invicem ulla, aut in
Guinaea liberrimoque ibidem commercio, aut in itinere injuria vel molestia
afficiant, verum delata, prout superius indigitatum est, ad superiores utriusque
controversiarum diremtione amice inter se vivant et ea se complectantur benev-
olentia quae foederi utrinque concluso consentanea est. Idem etiam observetur
in America inter Novae Sueciae et Anglorum colonias ut amicitiam sinceram
colant, et ab omnibus molestiis ac injuriis utrinque abstineant. Inprimis autem
conservationi mutuae studeant donee de Iimitibus coloniarum, et aliis si quae
sint amicitiae legibus simul cum caeteris particularium negotiis coram depu-
tatis utrinque commissariis rite conveniri poterit. Quae omnibus et singulis
utriusque status subditis ac civibus quorum interest injungenda, ab iisque
observanda fore, hisce praesentibus vi commissionis meae in me integerrime
recipio, et, subscriptione manus meae sigilloque corroboro. Actum Ubsaliae
8° mensis Maii, anni 1654.

bulstrode whitelocke.

Translation.

1. I, the undersigned Bulstrode Whitelocke, constable of Windsor Castle
and one of the keepers of the great seal of the Commonwealth of England,
commissioner, attorney, deputy, and ambassador extraordinary of the Most
Serene and Most High lord Oliver, lord protector of the Commonwealth of
England, Scotland, and Ireland, and the dominions thereof, and of the said

30 Doc. 44. Great Britain — Sweden

Commonwealth, do make known and testify that whereas by the treaty of
alliance between the said Most Serene and Most High my lord Oliver, lord
protector, and the Most Serene and Most Potent princess and lady, the Lady
Christina, by the grace of God queen of the Swedes, Goths, and Vandals, great
princess of Finland, duchess of Esthonia, Carelia, Bremen, Verden, Stettin,
Pomerania, Cassubia, and Vandalia, princess of Riigen and also lady of Ingna
and Wismar, etc., a firm peace and amity is established, I have judged it
especially consonant therewith to find means for mutually removing some
grievances of the subjects, peoples, and citizens of either state, and for taking
away the cause and occasion from which hereafter grievances might spring.
Therefore in respect to certain questions that have been raised, I have agreed
with the most illustrious and most excellent lords, senators, and commissioners
plenipotentiary of her said Most Royal Majesty and of the kingdom of Sweden,
the Lord Axel Oxenstierna, chancellor of the kingdom and provincial judge
of West Norrland, Lappland, Harjedal. and Jamtland, count of Sodre More,
free baron in Kimitho, lord in Fiholm and Tido, golden knight, and the Lord
Eric Oxenstierna, son of Axel, president of the General Commercial College,
count of Sodre More, free baron in Kimitho, lord in Tido, Visby, and Gor-
weden, as is expressed and explained in the following :

In the first place, whereas a certain English company carrying on trade in
Guinea has complained of one Hendrik Carloff who, acting as governor of
the Swedish Company, and in its name, has taken from the English some
places inhabited by them on the said coasts, and has otherwise molested them,
while the said Swedish Company has not only maintained that no guilt on its
part or on that of the said director can be proved, but has also retorted its
charges against the servants of the said English Company, and whereas, at
this time, it has not been possible, for certain reasons, to abolish entirely these
individual controversies of merchants, it has seemed wisest to both sides that
they should be settled as soon as possible in a most friendly and straightfor-
ward way before certain commissioners from both sides. In the meantime,
however, it is agreed that this delay shall not be prejudicial to either party,
so that neither the partners and servants of the said companies, nor the subjects
and citizens of either state, shall injure or annoy one another, either in Guinea
or on the voyage thither, and that in the freest traffic there ; but, as above indi-
cated, referring the decision of disputes on both sides to their superiors, they
shall live in mutual amity and shall treat each other with that good-will which
is conformable to the treaty concluded by both sides. The same rule shall also
be observed in America between the colonies of New Sweden and of the Eng-
lish, that they cherish sincere friendship, and abstain from all annoyances
and injuries on both sides. And especially they shall labor for their mutual
preservation until the question of the boundaries of the colonies and other
regulations for amity, if there be any, together with the remaining business of
individuals, shall be decided before the commissioners duly appointed by both
sides. These things in their entirety, I accept by these presents, in virtue of my
commission, to be enjoined upon all and singular the subjects and citizens of
either state, whom it concerns, and to be observed by them, and I ratify them
by the subscription of my hand and by my seal. Done at Upsala, May 8, 1654.

BULSTRODE WHITELOCKE.

45.

Treaty of peace and alliance between Portugal and Great Britain,
concluded at Westminster July 10/20, 1654. Ratification by
the King of Portugal, June 9, 1656. [Ratification by Crom-
zv ell, February 20 /March 10, i6j^(?).]

Introduction.

In 1 649- 1 650 John IV. of Portugal displayed his hostility to the English
Commonwealth by sheltering Prince Rupert's fleet in the Tagus, and allowing
him to dispose of English prizes and refit his ships there. Moreover, English
merchants in Lisbon who were persistently loyal to the Commonwealth were
deprived of their liberty and property. For these injuries and losses Blake's
capture of part of the homeward-bound Brazil fleet partially compensated.

Late in the year 1650 the King of Portugal sent Guimaraes to treat with
Parliament concerning the differences between the two nations, and for peace.1
Guimaraes agreed to six preliminary articles 2 providing for the release of Eng-
lish prisoners, the restitution of English ships and goods, and the payment by
Portugal of a large sum of money ; but since he did not satisfy Parliament in
regard to the method of performing these stipulations he was dismissed.8 His
successor, Count Peneguiao, arriving in England as ambassador extraordinary
in the autumn of 1652, adjusted and concluded the preliminary articles with
the commissioners of the Council of State.4 Before the dissolution of the Long
Parliament in April, 1653, a treaty of peace and commerce was agreed on ; 5 but
more than a year elapsed before the treaty, somewhat altered,6 was actually
signed. The delay was partly due to the fact that Peneguiao was unable to
pay the money-compensation promised by Portugal to England. Meanwhile
the ambassador's brother became implicated in a murder, and on the morning
of the young man's execution the Portuguese ambassador signed the treaty
and hastily left London.7

Highly favorable to English merchants, the treaty has been said to mark '
the beginning of Portugal's " commercial vassalage " to England.8 Involved

1 Hist. MSS. Comm, Portland MSS., I. 540, 541.

2 The six preliminary articles, as modified and finally adopted, are in Borges de Castro,
Collecqao dos Tratados . . . de Portugal, I. 162-167.

3 Journals of House of Commons, VI. 570-575. passim.

4 Ibid., VII. 243, 245. The commissioners were Whitelocke, Lisle, Scott, Sir Henry
Vane, Bond, Purefoy, Sir William Masham, Colonel Sidney, Walter Strickland, Alleyn,
and Sir John Trevor. Santarem, Quadro Elementar, XVII. 75.

5 Ibid., pp. 79 ff.

6 John Thurloe, State Papers, II. 248.

7 Gardiner, Commonwealth, II. 383-386 ; Thurloe, op. cit., II. 439-

8 Guernsey Jones, " Oldest European Alliance ", Annual Report of Am. Hist. Assn.
(1916), I. 407-418.

31

32 Doc. 45. Portugal — Great Britain

in war with Spain, Portugal was in no position to stand out against England s
claims. Especially noteworthy were her concessions in respect to colonial
trade, which were much greater than in the treaty of 1642.0 Englishmen were
permitted to engage in trade between Portugal and Brazil and " the other con-
quests of the . . . King [of Portugal] in the West Indies ", except in certain
specified commodities wherein only the Brazil Company might traffic. English-
men might also trade to the East Indies, Guinea, Binney, and St. Thome,10
paying only the usual customs. If Portuguese merchants, including the Bra-
zil Company, needed foreign ships for the colonial trade they might hire
them only from England, provided that she could supply a sufficient number
(art. 11).

In the second article, which conceded mutual freedom of commerce in the
lands and colonies of either party, a saving clause, providing for the observance
of the ordinances of both countries, and hence of the English Navigation Act,
debarred the Portuguese from trade with the English plantations in America.
In this trade they had to some extent been engaged.11 The English, on the
other hand, were permitted by the terms of this article to continue their import
of fish from New England into Portugal. In 1661 they complained that con-
trary to this second article their ships laden with fish from New England were
not allowed the liberty of Portuguese ports unless they could produce a bill of
lading, which was often impossible.12

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by the King of Portu-
gal is in the London P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 386.

Text: Printed. J. F. Borges de Castro, Collccgao dos Tratados . . . de
Portugal, . . . desde 1640 ate 0 Presente (1856-1858), I. 168-203 ; L. van
Aitzema, Saken van Staet en Oorlogh (1669-1672), III. 938-942 ; J. Du-
mont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VI., pt. II., pp. 82-85 : J. A.
de Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccion de los Tratados de Espana . . . Reynado
de Phelipe IV. (1744-1751), VI. 261-287.

Translations: English. L. Hertslet, Complete Collection of the Treaties
. . . between Great Britain and Foreign Powers, and of the Lazvs . . .
concerning the same, so far as they relate to Commerce and N avigation
(1827- ), II. 8-19; A General Collection of Treatys (1732), III. 97-
iii. Portuguese. De Castro, loc cit. Spanish. Abreu y Bertodano, loc.
cit.

References: Contemporary and early writings. Great Britain, Journals
of the House of Commons, VI., VII., see index under " Guiamaras " and
" Portugal " ; Hist. MSS. Comm., Thirteenth Report, appendix, pt. I.,
Portland MSS., I. (1891) 540-574, passim; Viscount de Santarem,
Quadro Elementar das Relacoes Politicas e Diplomaticas de Portugal,
continued by L. A. Rebello da Silva (1842-1876), XVII. 73 ff.

9 Cf. Doc. 38, note 20, in vol. I. of this series.

10 Not " St. Thomas in the West Indies ", as Gardiner states. Commonwealth, II. 387.

11 Edward Johnson, Wonder-Working Providence (ed. J. F. Jameson, 1910), pp. 71,
247. in Original Narratives of Early American History.

12 London P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaty Papers, no. 57.

Westminster, 1654 33

References: Later writings. V. M. Shillington and A. B. Wallis Chapman,
Commercial Relations of England and Portugal, pp. 198-204 ; S. R. Gar-
diner, Commonwealth and Protectorate (1894-1901), II. 382-387; H.
Schaefer, Geschichte von Portugal (1836- 1854), IV. 571 ff., in Heeren
and Ukert, Geschichte der Europaischen Staaten ; Guernsey Jones, " The
Beginnings of the Oldest European Alliance ", in the Report of the Ameri-
can Historical Association, 1916 (1919), I. 407-418.

Text,

IS

Joannes, Dei gratia [rex] Portugalliae et Algarhiorum, citra et ultra mare in
Africa, dominus Guineae atque Adquisitionis, Navigationis, et Commercii
^theopiae, Arabiae, Persiae, ac Indiae etc.

Notum facimus universis praesentes nostras literas patentes approbationis,
ratihabitionis, et confirmationis visuris et inspecturis, quod die 10/20 mensis
Julii, anni millesimi sexcentesimi quinquagesimi quarti, Wesmonasterii. inter
Joannem Rodriquez de Sa e Meneses, comitem de Penaguias, a nostris con-
ciliis status et belli, nostrumque cubiliarchum atque ad Rempublicam Angliae
legatum extraordinarium, et admodum illustres Nathanaelem Fennes, armi-
gerum, Antonium Ashley Cooper baronetti, Gilbertum Picherig baronetti, et
Gualterum Stridand, armigerum, omnes a secretioribus conciliis Serenissimi
Domini Oliverii, protectoris Reipublicae Angliae, Scotiae, et Hiberniae, ejus-
demque procuratores, commissarios, et deputatos, tractatus bonae, verae,
firmae, et perputae pacis, et amicitiae factus, initus, et conclusus fuit, cujus
tenor hie inseritur :

[2.] Item uti inter Rempublicam Angliae et Regem Portugalliae, eorumque
populos, subjectos, incolasque, tarn per terram quam mare, flumina, et aquas
dulces in omnibus et singulis regionibus, terris, dominiis, territoriis, provinciis,
insulis, coloniis, urbibus, oppidis, pagis, portubus, et finibus sit liberum com-
mercium quibus in locis commercium aut ante fuit aut nunc est, ita ut absque
ullo salvo conductu, aliaque licentia generali aut speciali. tarn per terras
quam per mare, flumina, et aquas dulces populus, subjecti, incolaeque alterutrius
possint in praedicta dominia et regna omnesque eorum urbes, oppida, portus,
littora, sinus, locaque venire, intrare, et navigare, et cum plaustris, equis, sar-
cinis, navigiis tam onustis quam onerandis, merces importare, emere. vendere,
in iisdem' quantum voluerint commeatum resque ad victum et profectionem
necessarias justo pretio sibi parare, reficiendis navigiis et vehiculis propriis
vel conductis aut commodatis operam dare, atque inde cum bonis, mercibus,
aliisque rebus quibuscunque cum eadem libertate discedere. indeque ad patrias
proprias vel alienas quomoducunque velint et sine impedimento exire; salvis
tamen utriusque loci legibus, et statutis omnibus.

[16.] Item si acciderit ut, quandiu foedus, amicitia, et societas haec duraverit,
ab ullo ex populis aut incolis alterutrius partis praedictae contra hoc foedus
aut ullam ejus partem, mari, terra, fluminibus, aut aquis dulcibus quicquam
fiat aut tentetur. amicitiam hanc, foedus, et societatem inter hasce nationes non
idcirco interrumpi aut infringi, verum integram nihilominus durare plenamque
vim suam obtinere, tantummodo illos ipsos, qui contra foedus praedictum com-
miserint, singulos puniri, aliumque neminem ; justitiamque reddi et satisfac-

13 From the original manuscript of the ratification by Portugal, preserved in the
P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 386.

3-t Doc. 45. Portugal — Great Britain

tionem dari illis omnibus quorum id interest, ab iis omnibus qui terra, mari,
fluminibus, aut aquis dulcibus contra hoc foedus quicquam commiserint ulla in
parte Europae, aut ubivis locorum intra fretum Gaditanum, sive in America,
vel per Af ricae littora, ullisve in terris, insulis, aequoribus, aestuariis, sinubus,
fluminibus, ullisve in locis cis Caput Bonae epei intra anni spatium quam
justitia postulabitur ; in omnibus autem locis, ut supra, trans dictum Caput infra
menses octodecim quam justitia praedicto modo poscetur. Et si foederis rup-
tores non comparuerint, neque se judicandos submiserint, neque satisfactionem
dederint, intra hoc vel illud temporis spatium pro loci longinquitate modo
limitatum, praedicti illi utriusque partis hostes judicabuntur, eorumque bona,
facultates, et quicunque reditus publicabuntur, plenaeque ac justae satis-
factioni impendendi erunt earum injuriarum quae ab ipsis illatae sunt, ipsique
praeterea, cum in alterutrius partis potestate fuerint, iis poenis obnoxii erunt.
quas suo quisque crimine commeruerit.

Proinde praefatum tractatum bonae, verae, firmae, et perpetuae pacis et
amicitiae, octo supra viginti articulos continentem, bene a nobis inspectum,
omniaque et singula in ipsis comprehensa per praesentes nostras literas paten-
tes approbamus, rata habemus, et confirmamus. In cujus rei testimonium has
literas manu propria nostra signavimus, sigilloque nostro majori in chancellaria
nostra ornari jussimus. Dat. Alcantarae nono die Junii. Vincentius de
Guzman Soarez fecit, anno de Nativitate Domini nostri Jesu Christi millesi-
mo sexcentessimo quinquagesimo sexto. Petrus Vieira Lasybra, a con-
siliis sacrae Regiae Majestatis statusque ejus secretarius, subscripsi.

Joannes Rex.

Translation.

John, by the grace of God [king] of Portugal and of the Algarves on this
side of and beyond the sea in Africa, lord of Guinea, and of the conquest,
navigation, and commerce of Ethiopia, Arabia, Persia, and India, etc.

We make known to all who shall see and inspect our present letters patent
of approval, ratification, and confirmation, that on the 10/20 day of the month
of July of the year one thousand six hundred and fifty-four, at Westminster,
between Joao Rodriques de Sa e Menezes, count of Peneguiao, member of our
councils of state and war and our lord chamberlain, and ambassador extra-
ordinary to the Commonwealth of England, and the very illustrious Nathaniel
Fiennes, knight, Anthony Ashley Cooper, baronet, Gilbert Pickering, baronet,
and Walter Strickland, knight, all members of the more secret councils of the
Most Serene Lord Oliver, protector of the Commonwealth of England, Scot-
land, and Ireland, and his attorneys, commissioners, and deputies, a treaty of
good, true, firm, and perpetual peace and amity was made, begun, and con-
cluded, whose tenor is here inserted :

• •••••••••a •■•

[2.] Also, that between the Commonwealth of England and the King of
Portugal, and their peoples, subjects, and inhabitants, both by land and sea,
rivers, and fresh waters, in all and singular the countries, lands, dominions,
territories, provinces, islands, colonies, cities, towns, villages, ports, and fron-
tiers, there shall be free commerce, in those places in which commerce was
previously or is now carried on, so that without any safe conduct or other
license, general or special, both by land and sea, rivers, and fresh waters, the
people, subjects, and inhabitants of either party may pass to, enter, and navi-
gate in the said dominions and kingdoms, and in all their cities, towns, ports,

Westminster, 1654 35

shores, bays, and places, and with wagons, horses, packs, and vessels, both
laden or to be laden, may import merchandise and buy and sell and, at a just
price, procure for themselves as much as they wish of supplies and necessities
for their sustenance and journey ; and may look after the refitting of ships and
vehicles, whether their own or hired or lent, and with the same liberty depart
thence with goods and all other merchandise, and go thence to their own or
foreign countries as they wish and without hindrance ; saving nevertheless all
the laws and statutes of either place.

[16.] Also, if it shall happen that while this treaty, friendship, and alliance
last, anything be done or attempted by any of the peoples or inhabitants of either
of the said parties contrary to this treaty or any part of it, by sea, land, rivers,
or fresh waters, this friendship, treaty, and alliance between these nations
shall not be interrupted or infringed on this account, but shall, nevertheless,
remain entire and keep its full force, provided only that those who violate the
said treaty shall be individually punished, and no one else ; and justice shall be
done, and satisfaction given to all those concerned by all those who shall do
anything contrary to this treaty by land, sea, rivers, or fresh waters, in any part
of Europe, or elsewhere, within the Straits of Gibraltar or in America or along
the coasts of Africa, or in any lands, islands, seas, estuaries, bays, rivers, or in
any places on this side of the Cape of Good Hope, within the space of a year
after justice shall be demanded ; but in all places, as above, beyond the said
Cape within eighteen months after justice shall be demanded in the manner
aforesaid. And if the violators of the treaty shall not appear or give themselves
up to trial, or give satisfaction, within this or the other space of time, now
prescribed according to the distance of the place, they shall be judged enemies
of both parties, and all their goods, property, and revenues shall be confiscated,
and applied to the full and just satisfaction of those injuries which were done
by them ; and the offenders, when they shall be in the power of either party,
shall be subject to those penalties which on account of their offenses they shall
severally deserve.

Therefore, by our present letters patent, we approve, ratify, and confirm
the said treaty of a good, true, firm, and perpetual peace and amity, containing
the above twenty-eight articles, well inspected by us, and all and singular the
things comprehended therein. In testimony whereof we have signed these letters
with our own hand, and have ordered them to be furnished in our chancellery
with our greater seal. Given at Alcantara, on the ninth day of June, in the year
of the nativity of our Lord Jesus Christ, 1656. Vicente de Gusmao Soares
made it. I, Pedro Vieira Lasybra, member of the councils of his Sacred
Royal Majesty and his secretary of state, have signed it.

Joao, King.

46.

Treaty of peace and alliance between Denmark and Great Britain,
concluded at Westminster September 15/25, 1654. Ratifica-
tion by Cromwell, February 20, 16 54/ March 2, 1655. [Ratifi-
cation by Denmark, October 1, 1654.]

Introduction.

Soon after the beginning of the Anglo-Dutch war the Danes showed their
friendship for the United Provinces by detaining at Copenhagen and Elsinore
twenty-two English ships, laden with shipbuilding materials.1 By the treaty
of peace concluded between the English and Dutch on April 5/15, 1654,2 the
States General guaranteed the restitution of the detained ships and goods or
their value (art. 28), and England, on the other hand, agreed to include Den-
mark as a friend in the treaty and alliance after such restitution had been
made (art. 29) . By these articles the way was prepared for Cromwell's recep-
tion of the Danish agent, Rosenvinge, who reached London in the middle of
April, 1654. On September 2, Nathaniel Fiennes, Sir Anthony Ashley Cooper,
Sir Charles Wolseley, and Walter Strickland were empowered to negotiate
a treaty,3 which was signed at Westminster on September 15/25, 1654. The
third article of this treaty, which permitted subjects of both parties to trade with
each other's countries, except in colonies to which trade was prohibited, with-
out special license, provided for the observance of the Navigation Act and
thus excluded the Danes from trading with England's colonies in America.

Bibliography.

Text : MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by Cromwell is pre-
served in the Rigsarkiv at Copenhagen.

Text: Printed. L. Laursen, Danmark-Norges Traktater, 1523-1750 (1907-),
V. 152-159; L. van Aitzema, Saken van Staet en Oorlogh (1669-1672),
III. 1094-1096; J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VI.,
pt. II., pp. 92-94.

Translation. A General Collection of Treatys (1732), III. 136-143.

References: Contemporary and early writings. John Thurloe, State
Papers (1742), II. 214, 234, 395, 446, 619.

References: Later writings. L. Laursen, op. cit., V. 134-152 ; S. R. Gardi-
ner, Commonwealth and Protectorate (1894-1901), II. 367, 379, 381 ; J.
A. Fridericia, Ad el sva eld ens Sidste Dage: Danmarks Historic fra Chris-
tian IV. 's D0d til Enevaeldens Indf0relse, 1648-1660 (1894), pp. 216-218.

1 Thurloe, State Papers, II. 402 ff.

2 Doc. 42.

3 London P. R. O., Treaty Papers, no. 3.

36

Westminster, 1654 37

Text.

Olivarius protector Reipublicae Angliae, Scotiae, et Hiberniae etc., Omnibus
et singulis quorum interest aut quomodocunque interesse poterit constare vol-
umus, quod postquam Serenissimus ac Potentissimus princeps ac dominus,
dominus Fridericus Tertius Dei gratia Daniae, Norvegiae, Vandalorum, Goth-
orumque rex, dux Slesvici, Holsatiae, Stormariae, et Dithmarsiae, comes in
Oldenburgh et Delmenhorst, ad nos miserit et deputaverit praenobilem virum
dominum Henricum Willemsen Rosewinge, praefectum monasterii Drax-
marchiensis et deputatum suum extraordinarium, sufficienti auctoritate muni-
tum, qui de pace, amicitia, liberoque commerciorum intercursu inter rempub-
licam Angliae etc. et regnum Daniae et Norvegiae etc. stabiliendis et firman-
dis tractaret et concluderet, Nos eodem amicitiae concordiaeque studio pariter
ducti et affecti, nominavimus et constituimus commissarios nostros fidelissimos
et praedilectos nobis Nathanaelem Fiennes armigerum, Antonium Ashley
Cooper baronettum, Carolum Wolseley baronettum, Gualterum Strickland ar-
migerum, dominos a secretioribus nostris consiliis, qui virtute auctoritatis et
plenipotentiae sibi datae, cujus tenor infra sequitur, cum praedicto domino
deputato extraordinario, pluribus ultro citroque habitis colloquiis, in sequentes
pacis, unionis, et confoederationis articulos consensere, videlicet :

3. Utriusque confoederatorum populus, subditi, ac incolae, cujuscunque gra-
dus aut conditionis fuerint, sese mutuo rebus omnibus humaniter atque amice
tractabunt, uti terra vel aqua alterutrius regiones, pagos, oppida, sive muro
cincta sive non cincta, munita vel non munita fuerint, portus etiam et dominia
libere adire possint, quandiu voluerint, ibique sine ullo impedimento com-
meatum suis usibus, quantum necesse erit, coemere, exceptis iis coloniis, insulis,
portubus, ac locis sub alterutrius ditione positis ad quae navigare aut mercatu-
ram facere, absque speciali facultate seu licentia ab altera parte prius impe-
trata ad quam ejusmodi coloniae, insulae, portus et loca pertinuerint, inter-
dictum est. In reliquis vero utrique nationi integrum erit negotiari et com-
mercium exercere quocumque mercium genere ipsis videbitur easque advehere,
distrahere ac suo arbitratu exportare, dummodo quae statuta portoria solvant :
salvis etiam alterutrius dominii legibus et statutis omnibus.

In quorum omnium et singulorum praemissorum fidem et testimonium nos
Serenissimi ac Celsissimi Domini Protectoris Reipublicae Angliae, Scotiae et
Hiberniae etc., consiliarii ac commissarii, et ego Serenissimi ac Potentissimi
Regis Daniae et Norvegiae deputatus extraordinarius praesentem tractatum
septendecim articulis comprehensum manu et sigillo nostro subscripsimus et
subsignavimus. Actum Westmonasterii decimo quinto Septembris, anno mil-
lesimo sexcentesimo quinquagesimo quarto.

Itaque nos probantes et ratihabentes ea omnia et singula quae praedicti nostri
commissarii virtute commissionis seu procurationis suae superius insertae cum
prefato domino deputato tractaverint et concluserint, suprascriptos pacis un-
ionis et confoederationis articulos, habita de iis matura in consilio nostro de-
liberatione, in omnibus suis clausulis, membris et contentis, virtute praesentium,
omni meliore forma et modo approbamus, ratificamus, et confirmamus, spon-
dentes et promittentes pro nobis et successoribus nostris nos omnia et singula

4 The text is taken from the original manuscript of the ratification by Cromwell, in
the Rigsarkiv at Copenhagen.

38 Doc. 46. Denmark — Great Britain

in iis contenta firmiter atque inviolabiter esse observaturos, utque ab iis omni-
bus qui sub hujus reipublicae ditione sunt pariter observentur efficaciter man-
daturos. In quorum fidem et firmamentum has praesentes ratihabition! s literas
propria manu signavimus, magnique Angliae sigilli appendice muniri fecimus.
Datum ex aula nostra Westmonasterii vicesimo Februarii, anno supra millesi-
mum sexcentesimum quinquagesimo quarto juxta computationem Anglicam.

Husey.
Oliver P.

Translation.

We, Oliver, protector of the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and
Ireland, etc., desire it to be made known to all and singular whom it concerns
or may in any way concern, that after the Most Serene and Most Potent prince
and lord, Frederick the Third, by the grace of God king of Denmark, Norway,
the Vandals and Goths, duke of Sleswick, Holstein, Stormarn, and Ditmarsh,
count of Oldenburg and Delmenhorst, sent and deputed to us the illustrious
lord Henrik Villumsen Rosenvinge, administrator of the monastery of Drags-
mark, and his deputy extraordinary, armed with sufficient authority to treat
and conclude concerning the establishing and strengthening of peace, friend-
ship, and commercial intercourse between the Commonwealth of England, etc.,
and the kingdom of Denmark and Norway, etc., We, equally moved and incited
by the same desire of amity and concord, have named and constituted as
commissioners our most faithful and well-beloved Nathaniel Fiennes, esquire,
Anthony Ashley Cooper, baronet, Charles Wolseley, baronet, and Walter
Strickland, esquire, lords of our Privy Council, who by virtue of the authority
and full powers given them, whose tenor follows below, have agreed with the
said lord deputy extraordinary, after many conferences had been held by both
sides, on the following articles of peace, union, and alliance, viz. :

3. The people, subjects, and nationals of both confederates, of whatsoever
station or condition they may be, shall treat each other kindly and amicably
in all things, so that whenever they wish they may go freely by land or water
to each other's countries, districts, towns, walled or open, fortified or un-
fortified, harbors, and also, dominions, and there, without any interference,
buy whatever supplies may be necessary for their use ; except in those colonies,
islands, harbors, and places, under the dominion of either, to which it has been
forbidden to sail or trade without special leave or license previously obtained
from the other party, to whom such colonies, islands, harbors, and places may
belong. But elsewhere, both nations shall be at liberty to trade and traffic in
whatever kinds of wares they please, and to carry, sell, and export them at
will, provided they pay the customs of the ports ; and saving also, all the laws
and statutes of either sovereign.

In faith and attestation of all and singular the aforesaid, we, councillors and
commissioners of the Most Serene and Most Noble Lord Protector of the
Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, etc., and I, the deputy
extraordinary of the Most Serene and Most Potent King of Denmark and
Norway, have subscribed and undersigned with our hands and seals the
present treaty, comprised in seventeen articles. Done at Westminster on the
fifteenth of September, in the year 1654.

Westminster, 1654 39

Therefore we, approving and ratifying those things, all and singular, that
our aforesaid commissioners by virtue of their commission or full powers in-
serted above have treated and concluded with the aforesaid lord deputy, do
approve, ratify, and confirm the above-written articles of peace, union, and
alliance (after having maturely considered them in our council), in all their
clauses, members, and contents, by virtue of these presents, in their improved
form and manner, engaging and promising for ourselves and our successors,
that we shall observe their contents, all and singular, firmly and inviolably,
and shall effectually command that they be equally observed by all who are
under the authority of this Commonwealth. In faith and support whereof we
have signed with our own hand the present letters of ratification, and have
caused them to be strengthened by appending the great seal of England. Given
from our palace of Westminster, February 20, in the above year 1654, ac-
cording to the English computation.

Husey.
Oliver, Protector.

47.

Treaty of peace between France and Great Britain, concluded at
Westminster, November 3/13, 1655. Ratification by Cronv-
well at Westminster, November 7/17, 1655. [Ratification by
Louis XIV. at Compiegne, November 16, 1655.]

Introduction.

In April, 1654, the English government seemed at last determined to come
to a decision respecting its relations with Spain and France. The Dutch war
was over, and the English had 160 brave ships at sea, " and store of land
forces, all which required either to be lessened and laid down, or to be employed
in some advantageous design ".1 On April 4, the day preceding the conclusion
of the Dutch treaty,2 the protector's Council of State commissioned Ashley
Cooper and Walter Strickland to treat with the French ambassador, Bordeaux ;
and Lambert, Pickering, and Montague to treat with the Spanish ambassador,
Cardenas.3 Both Spain and France, at war with each other since 1635,4 had
long sought alliance with the Republic. Philip IV., unfriendly to Charles I.
on account of the latter's French marriage and tendencies, and his recognition
of Portugal,5 had retained Cardenas in London, and, alarmed by Blake's vic-
tories in the Mediterranean,6 was the first sovereign to recognize the Republic.
France, on the other hand, threatened to be dangerous to the Commonwealth.
She sheltered the Stuarts, close kin to Louis XIV. ; forbade the import of
English woollen manufactures; and permitted Royalist privateers to dispose
of their prizes in French ports. By seizing ships of the Levant Company,
the French fleet seriously injured English trade,7 and, in various quarters,
French ships, sometimes under commission from Charles II., preyed upon
English commerce. The English government retaliated by issuing letters of
marque and reprisal, and by authorizing the commanders to make general
reprisals against the ships, goods, and subjects of the French king.8

These hostilities, however, did not lead to formal war, since France, engaged
in both civil and foreign strife, could not afford another enemy. Fearing lest
the Republic should join the Spaniards or Frondeurs, Mazarin, early in 1651,

1 Clarke Papers, III. 203.

2 Doc. 42.

3 Cal. St. Pap. Bom., 1654, p. 7s.

4 Cf. vol. I., p. 324, of this work.

5 Doc. 38 in vol. I. of this series.

6 J. S. Corbett, England in the Mediterranean (1904), I. 221.

7 Cal. St. Pap. Dom., 1649- 1650, pp. 11, 12.

s Ibid., pp. 563-566; R. G. Marsden, Documents relating to Law and Custom of the
Sea, II. (1916) 3 ff .

40

Westminster, 1655 41

made advances to England ; but not until Blake had helped Spain to seize Dun-
kirk did Mazarin, near the close of the year 1652, properly accredit M. de
Bordeaux to the English Parliament.

During the year 1653 the English government fluctuated between a Spanish
alliance, a French alliance, and peace with both states. The discovery of Royal-
ist plots, hatched in France, and the ill-treatment of the Huguenots, irritated
Cromwell ; and in the early months of 1654 a majority of the Council favored
war against Louis XIV. It was at this time, in February-March, 1654,9 that
Major Robert Sedgwick and Captain John Leverett were sent to New Eng-
land with instructions to organize an attack against the Dutch in Manhattan,10
and with authority to make reprisals on French shipping.11 Possibly, also,
Sedgwick had instructions, or at least permission, to operate against the
French posts in " Acadia ".12 At any rate, upon learning at Boston of the
Anglo-Dutch peace, he abandoned the expedition against Manhattan, and turned
his equipment against New England's Catholic neighbors, to whose territory
both England and New England advanced some claims. With little difficulty
Sedgwick took the forts of St. John, then under the command of La Tour,
Port Royal, and Penobscot, or Pentagoet.13

Spain and France, meanwhile, were desperately endeavoring to outbid one
another for England's favor. On April 20, 1654, the Council of State balanced
the advantages of an enterprise against the Spanish Indies with war against
France.14 The former, it was argued, would benefit Protestantism more than
direct aid to the Fluguenots, would be less difficult, far more profitable, and
more popular with the English people, and would not necessarily lead to war
in Europe. Cromwell preferred it. On May 1 he laid before De Baas, who
assisted Bordeaux in the negotiations, the following proposals : France should
not succor any of the English royal family except the queen mother ; the
Huguenots' privileges should be confirmed ; losses suffered by subjects of
either country should be referred to commissioners, and meanwhile English
merchants should be reimbursed from a sum — fixed at £200,000 — to be depos-
ited by the French king; negotiations concerning hostilities against Spain were
to be postponed till other matters had been disposed of.15

The English tried to force an acceptance of these conditions by threatening
an alliance with Spain. The discovery of De Baas's implication in a plot against
the protector, and his consequent expulsion, scarcely interrupted negotiations,
and during the summer England's adoption of the " Design " against the
Spanish Indies put new life into the conferences with Bordeaux. Yet the
English, hoping to confine hostilities to America, refused to ally themselves

9 Cal. St. Pap. Dom., 1654, p. 140.

10 Mass. Hist. Soc. Collections, fourth ser., II. (1854) 230-232.

11 Thurloe, State Papers, II. 419, 426.

12 Memorials of the English and French Commissaries concerning the Limits of Nova
Scotia or Acadia (1755), I. 579-580.

13 Thurloe, op. cit., II. 583, 584.

14 Clarke Papers, III. 203-208.

16 Gardiner, Commonwealth, II. 440, 441.

42 Doc. 47. France — Great Britain

with France against Spain. They desired, at this time, to conclude a treaty
dealing mainly with commercial matters. Some stipulations concerning the
expulsion of Royalists from France occasioned delays, and for several months
negotiations dragged. In October Bordeaux learned of Sedgwick's attack on
the " Canadian " forts.10 In February, 1655, discussion centred about the
selection of ultimate arbitrators for the evaluation of prizes, the engagements
not to aid each other's enemies, and the restitution of the forts. To make the
last easier for the English Bordeaux minimized the conquest, alleging a lack
of resistance, and that the commerce of that country did not meet the expense
of defending it.17 He argued that restitution was just since letters of reprisal
could not entitle to the seizure of fortified places, and that treaties of peace
had as their principal aim the restitution of seizures made during the war.
He advised submitting the question to arbitrators, as in a similar dispute with
the Dutch.

But Cromwell was very reluctant to surrender places whose conquest had
passed for important. The English commissioners justified the seizure of the
forts on the ground that the English were the first discoverers of the whole
coast, and by the maxim " that every one could act for his own advantage in
those quarters ",18 They were unwilling to submit the question to arbitrators,
unless these should also be empowered to terminate all outstanding disputes
respecting Canada, Acadia, and New France, and these involved large sums
of money claimed by the English. This proposal was rejected by the French
on the ground that only damages suffered since 1640 were to be considered.19
Near the end of May, when the treaty seemed imminent, negotiations were
again interrupted by reports of the massacre of the Vaudois of Piedmont, in
which French troops had participated. Not until Mazarin had pressed the
government of Piedmont to stop the persecution would Cromwell resume
negotiations. Then, in July, the Protector recalled all letters of marque issued
against the French.20 In the same month news of the defeat of the English
at Hispaniola, and of the capture of Jamaica, reached England.

The tension with Spain, developing into war in October, made England eager
to conclude a treaty with France. Near the end of September negotiations
were resumed, and within a fortnight resulted in an agreement respecting New
France.21

On November 3/13 a treaty of 28 articles was signed. It stipulated peace
between the two powers ; no aid by either to rebels or enemies of the other ;
free commerce in each other's dominions in Europe ; reciprocal liberty for
British and French to import their woollen and silk manufactured goods into
each other's territories, and for the French to import their wines into " the
harbours, citys and towns " of the English republic ; and various regulations to

16 Bordeaux to Brienne, Oct. 16/26, 1654, in Archives fitrangeres, Corr. Pol., Angle-
terre, vol. 64, f. 231.

17 Same to same, Feb. 4, 1655, ibid., f. 351.

18 Same to same, Feb. 18, 1655, ibid., f. 367.

19 Same to same, Apr. 5, 1655, ibid., f. 424.

20 Gardiner, op. cit., III. 422.

21 Bordeaux to Brienne, Oct. 14, 1655, A. E., Angl., vol. 67, f. 45.

Westminster, 1655 43

encourage and facilitate trade between the confederates. The twenty-fourth
and twenty-fifth articles provided for the appointment of commissioners to
determine the compensation due for prizes taken and losses suffered by either
side, and for settling the question of restoring the forts captured in America.
Since France was content that each side should hold what it possessed, no
arbitrators were appointed,22 and until the treaty of Breda England kept
Acadia.

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The ratification by Cromwell at Westminster, Nov. 7/17, 1665,
is in the bureau of the archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs, in
Paris. The ratification by Louis XIV. at Compiegne, Nov. 16, 1655, is
in the Bodleian Library, at Oxford, Clarendon State Papers.

Text: Printed. Latin. L. van Aitzema, Saken van Staet en Oorlogh (1669-
1672), III, 1165-1168; J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731),
torn. VI., pt. II., pp. 121-124; French. F. Leonard, Recueil des Traitez
de Paix (1693), V. From these sources both texts are reprinted in Me-
moires des Commissaires du Roi et de ceux de Sa Majeste Britannique
(1755), II. 10-31.

Translation. A General Collection of Treatys (1732), III. 149-161.

References: Contemporary and early writings. John Thurloe, State
Papers (1742), I. -IV., see indexes under Bordeaux, Baas, French, Treaty,
etc. ; F. P. G. Guizot, History of Oliver Cromwell and the English Com-
monwealth (1854), vol. I., app., II., app., passim; Lettres du Cardinal
Mazarin pendant son Ministere, ed. A. Cheruel, in Collection de Docu-
ments Inedits sur VHistoire de France (1872-1906), V. 91-96, 194, 306,
307, VI., passim, VII. 91-93, 127, 131, 132, 138, 167; Sigismund von
Bischoffshausen, Die Politik des Protectors Oliver Cromwell (1899),
app., pp. 190-224; Letters and Speeches of Oliver Cromzucll (ed. S. C.
Lomas, 1904), II. 359, 360, note, III. 300, 301, 454-456; The Clarke
Papers (ed. C. H. Firth for Royal Historical Society, 1899), III. app., pp.
197-208 ; see Commons' Journals, VII., passim ; Calendar of State Papers,
Domestic, 1649-1650, and 1655, passim; Calendar of State Papers, Colo-
nial, 1574-1660, pp. 423, 424, 441, 444, 447; id., 1675-1676, Addenda,
1 574-1674, pp. 89, 90, 92.

References : Later writings. S. R. Gardiner, Commonwealth and Protecto-
rate, 1649-1660 (1894-1901), vol. I., pp. 346-350, vol. II., chs. XXL,
XXXIII. , XXXIV., and pp. 129-132, 185-189. 327-329, 354-357. vol.
III., chs. XLV., XLVL, XLVII. ; Guizot, op. cit., II. 90 ff., 190 ff. : S.
von Bischoffshausen, op. cit., pp. 30-42, 59, 60, 65, 66; A. Cheruel, His-
toire de France sous le Ministere de Mazarin (1882), I. 60-68, 178-180,
275, 276, II. 349-393 ; G. L. Beer, Origins of the British Colonial System,
1578-1660 (1908), pp. 376-379; id., " Cromwell's Policy in its Economic
Aspects", in Political Science Quarterly, XVI. (1901) 604-611, XVII.
(1902) 46-50; Frank Strong, " Causes of Cromwell's West Indian Ex-
pedition ", in Am. Hist. Rev., IV. (1899) 228 ff. ; A. P. Newton, Colonis-
ing Activities of the English Puritans (1914), pp. 314 ff. ; M. C. Moreau,
Histoire de I'Acadie Franqaise (1873), ch. XVIII. ; F. X. Garneau, His-
toire du Canada (1913), pp. 194, 195; B. Murdoch, History of Nova
Scotia (1865-1867), I. 126-139; W. F. Ganong, " Evolution of the Boun-
daries of New Brunswick ", in Transactions of the Royal Society of
Canada, second ser. (1901-1902), vol. VII., sect. II., pp. 181-184.

22 Gardiner, op. cit., III. 423.

44- Doc. 47. France — Great Britain

Text.

28

Olivarius Dei gratia protector Rei Publicae Angliae, Scotiae, et Hiberniae,
etc. Omnibus et singulis quorum interest aut quomodocunque interesse poterit
constare volumus, quod cum ad bonam et firmam amicitiam inter Angliam et
Galliam renovandam, liberumque commerciorum intercursum, qui aliquandiu
nuperum interruptus esset restabiliendum, Serenissimus Potentissimusque
princeps ac dominus, dominus Lodovicus Decimus Quartus, rex Gallorum
et Navarrae Christianissimus, ad nos miserit et legaverit praenobilem virum
Antonium de Bordeaux, equitem, dominum de Neufville, Majestatis suae
consiliarium status, supplicum libellorum magistrum etc. legatum suum, suffi-
cient! auctoritate, cujus tenor infra sequitur, munitum atque instructum, qui de
praedictis ageret et concluderet ; Nos eodem pariter studio ducti atque affecti
nuo, remotis iis omnibus quae tarn laudabili proposito impedimento esse pote-
rint, publica quies mutuumque ditionum alterutrinque commodum promove-
atur, nominavimus et constituimus sincere nobis fideles et praedilectos_ Na-
thanaelem Fiennes unura e custodibus magni sigilli nostri Angliae, Dominum
Philippum vicecomitem Lisle, Gilbertum Pickering, baronettum, et Gual-
terum Strickland, armigerum, dominos a secretioribus nostris consiliis, com-
missarios et deputatos nostros, qui virtute auctoritatis et plenipotentiae sibi
datae, cujus tenor infra sequitur, variis ultro citroque desuper habitis collo-
quiis, tandem, benedicente Deo, cum praedicto domino legato in sequentis trac-
tatus articulos convenere, videlicet :

[1.] Uti ab hoc tempore sit firma pax, amicitia, societas, atque foedus inter
rempublicam Angliae, Scotiae, et Hiberniae, etc. et regnum Galliae, necnon
inter omnes terras, dominia, urbes, atque loca, quae in alterutrius fide ac ditione
sunt: utque populus et subjecti utriusque nationis possint tuto ac libere in por-
tubus ac navium stationibus, perque urbes, prout ipsis visum erit, absque illato
sibi ullo damno aut injuria versari atque iter facere, imo uti potius faveatur
iis ubique, jusque omne praebeatur, idque eorum locorum judicious et officiariis
curae uti sit.

• ••■•••••* ••••

[24.] Et quandoquidem ab anno 1640 plurimae praedae mari captae multaque
utrique nationi, populo, et subditis invicem damna inflicta fuere, conventum est,
quod tres commissarii immediate post ratificationem praesentis tractatus ab
utraque parte nominabuntur, sufficienti auctoritate muniti ad ejusmodi praedas
et damna consideranda, examinanda, aestimanda, liquidanda, eorumque compen-
sationem, solutionem, et satisf actionem determinandam et statuendam secundum
postulata, quae intra trimestre spatium, post publicationem hujus tractatus
numerandum, coram iis ab alterutra parte subditis et popularibus suis pro-
ducentur et exhibebuntur. Cui rei, dicti commissarii intra sex hebdomadas
post dictam publicationem in urbe Londini coibunt, dictasque controversias
intra quinque menses proxime sequentes, si fieri possit, determinabunt : Quod
si dicti commissarii intra praedictum spatium sex mensium et duarum heb-
domadum non consenserint, turn dictae controversiae, quae indecisae pende-
bunt, remittentur, sicut hisce praesentibus remittuntur ad arbitrium reipublicae
Hamburgensis, definiendae intra quatuor menses ab expiratione praedicti
temporis spatii praefatis commissariis praestituti proxime numerandos. Et
quod dicta respublica Hamburgensis rogabitur, sicut his praesentibus rogatur,
ut id arbitrium assumere velit, et commissarios deleget, qui in tali convenienti

23 The text is from the original manuscript of the ratification by Cromwell, preserved
in the bureau of the archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris.

Westminster, 1655 45

loco, qui per eosdem commissarios fuerit constitutes, super praedicta judicium
ferant, et quicquid ab ejusmodi arbitris ceu commissariis determinatum fuerit,
utramque partem devinciet, atque intra sex menses proxime sequentes, bona fide
praestabitur ; ita tamen si intra tempus praescriptum tarn dicti commissarii ab
utraque parte nominati, quam praedicti arbitri, dictas controversias non deter-
minaverint, nemo propterea molestiae subjicietur, neve praedictae literae mercae
vigori suo restituentur, aut aliae novae concedentur intra quadrimestre spatium
post expirationem eorum quatuor mensium, qui civitati Hamburgensi ad
dictarum controversiarum determinationem praefiniuntur.

[25.] Cumque a supra nominato domino praedictae suae Majestatis legato
tria fortalitia, scilicet, de Pemptacoet, St. Jean, et Port-Royal, nuperrime capta
in America, simulque bona in iis inventa, repeterentur, et domini commissarii
Suae Celsitudinis nonnullis rationibus contenderent, ea retineri debere, con-
ventum est quod hujusmodi controversia referetur, sicut et his praesentibus
refertur, ad eosdem commissarios et arbitros, iisdem modo et tempore de-
finienda quibus damna utrique parti ab anno 1640 inflicta in articulo proxime
praecedenti referuntur.

In quorum omnium et singulorum praemissorum fidem et testimonium nos
Majestatis suae Christianissimae legatus plenipotentiarius vi et vigore supra-
scriptae commissionis et potestatis nostrae praesentem tractatum 28 articulis
comprehensum propria manu subsignavimus sigilloque nostro munivimus.
Actum Westmonasterii tertio die Novembris styl[o] novo, anno millesimo
sexcentesimo quinquagesimo quinto.

Proinde nos probantes et ratihabentes ea omnia et singula quae praedicti
nostri commissarii virtute commissionis seu procurationis suae superius in-
sertae cum praefato domino legato tractaverint et concluserint, suprascriptos
tractatus articulos, habita de iis matura in consilio nostro deliberatione, in
omnibus suis clausulis, membris et contentis virtute praesentium omni meliore
forma et modo approbamus, ratificamus et confirmamus, spondentes et promit-
tentes, pro nobis et successoribus nostris, nos omnia et singula in iis contenta
firmiter atque inviolabiter esse observaturos, utque ab iis omnibus qui sub hujus
reipublicae ditione sunt pariter observentur efficaciter mandaturos. In quorum
fidem et firmamentum has praesentes ratihabitionis literas propria manu signav-
imus magnique Angliae sigilli appendice muniri fecimus. Dab. ex Aula Nostra
Westmonasterii Novemb. septimo anno supra millesimum sexcentesimum
quinquagesimo quinto.

Oliver P.
Jo. Thurloe.

Translation.

We, Oliver, by the grace of God protector of the Commonwealth of Eng-
land, Scotland, and Ireland, etc., desire to make known to all and singular
whom it concerns, or may in any way concern, that whereas, for the purpose
of renewing a good and firm friendship between England and France, and
re-establishing freedom of commerce, which of late has been temporarily inter-
rupted, the Most Serene and Most Potent prince and lord, Lord Louis the
Fourteenth, the Most Christian king of France and Navarre, has sent and
despatched to us the illustrious Antoine de Bordeaux, chevalier, lord of Neuf-
ville, one of his Majesty's council of state, master of requests, etc., his ambas-
sador, provided and armed with sufficient authority, whose tenor follows

4G Doc. 47. France — Great Britain

below, to treat and conclude concerning the aforesaid, [we,] equally moved
and incited by the same desire, in order that, after the removal of all possible
impediments to so laudable a proposal, the public tranquillity and mutual
advantage of the dominions of both powers may be promoted, have named
and constituted our sincerely faithful and well-beloved Nathaniel Fiennes,
one of the keepers of our great seal of England, Lord Philip, viscount Lisle,
Gilbert Pickering, baronet, and Walter Strickland, esquire, lords of our
Privy Council, our commissioners and deputies, who, by virtue of the authority
and full powers given to them, whose tenor follows below, after various con-
ferences thereonon both sides, at length, by God's blessing, agreed with the
aforesaid lord ambassador on the articles of the following treaty, viz. :

[i.] That there shall be henceforth a firm peace, amity, alliance, and league
between the Commonwealth of England, Scotland, and Ireland, etc., and the
kingdom of France, as well as between all the lands, dominions, cities, and
places, under the protection and dominion of either ; and that the people and
subjects of both nations shall be able to remain safely and freely in the ports
and roadsteads, and travel through the cities, just as they please, without
incurring any harm or injury, but on the contrary they shall be favored every-
where, and every kind of justice shall be rendered them, and the judges and
officers of those places shall take care that this is done.

[24.] And whereas since the year 1640 a great many captures have been
made at sea and heavy losses have been inflicted upon each nation, its people
and subjects, by the other, it has been agreed that immediately after the ratifi-
cation of the present treaty, three commissioners shall be named by each side,
armed with sufficient authority to consider, examine, estimate, and liquidate
such captures and losses, and fix and determine the compensation, payment,
and satisfaction for them, according to the claims produced and presented
before them by either party, their subjects, and peoples, within a period of
three months, to be reckoned from the publication of this treaty. For this
purpose the said commissioners shall assemble in the city of London within
six weeks after the said publication, and, if possible, shall determine the said
controversies within the five months next ensuing. But if the said commis-
sioners shall not reach an agreement within the aforesaid period of six months
and two weeks, then the said controversies that await decision shall be re-
ferred, as by these presents they are referred, to the arbitration of the republic
of Hamburg, to be decided within four months, to be reckoned from the
expiration of the aforesaid period of time prescribed for the aforesaid com-
missioners. And that the said republic of Hamburg shall be asked, as by these
presents it is asked, to consent to undertake this arbitration, and to delegate
commissioners, who, in a convenient place to be selected by the commissioners,
shall give judgment regarding the premises, and whatever shall be determined
by such arbitrators or commissioners shall bind both parties and shall be per-
formed in good faith, within the six months next ensuing. Provided never-
theless that if neither the said commissioners named by both parties, nor the
aforesaid arbitrators shall decide the said controversies within the prescribed
period, no one shall be troubled on that account, nor shall the aforesaid letters
of marque be restored to their full force, or other new ones be granted within
a period of four months after the expiration of the four months prescribed to
the city of Hamburg for the determination of the said controversies.

{2$.'] And whereas three forts, namely Pentagoet, St. John, and Port
Royal, very recently captured in America, together with the goods found in

Westminster, 1655 47

them, are demanded back by the aforesaid lord, the ambassador of his afore-
said Majesty, and the lords commissioners of his Highness contend with
various arguments that they should be retained, it has been agreed that this
controversy shall be referred, as by these presents it is referred, to the com-
missioners and arbitrators to whom the damages inflicted on both parties from
the year 1640 are referred in the article next preceding — to be determined
in the same manner and at the same time.

In pledge and testimony of these premises, all and singular, we, the ambas-
sador plenipotentiary of his Most Christian Majesty, have, by virtue of and on
the strength of our above written commission and power, signed with our
own hand the present treaty, comprised in 28 articles, and sealed it with our
seal. Done at Westminster, November 3, new style, 1655.

We, therefore, approving and ratifying these things, all and singular, that
our aforesaid commissioners, by virtue of their commission and power inserted
above, have negotiated and concluded with the aforesaid ambassador, do now,
by virtue of these presents, approve, ratify, and confirm the aforesaid articles
of treaty, previously thoroughly considered in our council, in all their clauses,
members, and contents, in the best manner, engaging and promising, for our-
selves and our successors, that we shall observe their contents, all and singular,
firmly and inviolably, and that we shall effectively command them to be observed
in like manner by all those who are under the jurisdiction of this Common-
wealth. In pledge and confirmation whereof, we have signed these present
letters of ratification with our own hand, and have caused them to be secured
by the appendage of the great seal of England. Given at our Hall of West-
minster, November 7, 1655.

Oliver, Protector.

John Thurloe.

48.

Treaty between Great Britain and Sweden, concluded at West-
minster, July ifhj, 1656. Ratification by England, Novem-
ber 5/15, 1656. [Ratification by Sweden, November 14,
1656.}

Introduction.

Soon after his accession to the Swedish throne, Charles X. Gustavus sought
to realize his military ambitions and enrich the national treasury by beginning
war against Poland. It seemed likely that the extension of Swedish control
over the Baltic would lead to a conflict with the Dutch, who were commer-
cially dominant in those waters. Hence Charles needed support from a strong
maritime power, and sought alliance with England. At the same time he
desired to reach an agreement with that country concerning various matters
of navigation and commerce, which the treaty of Upsala x had left undeter-
mined. For these two purposes he despatched several agents to Cromwell.
The first to arrive was an officer of the Commercial College, Peter Julius
Coyet, who reached London in March, 1655. Coyet was instructed to ask
for Cromwell's ratification of the treaty of Upsala, and to bring about a
settlement of the postponed questions. Among these was that of trade to
English colonies in America, which Coyet was instructed to demand. In re-
turn for this concession he was to offer commercial advantages in the Baltic,
that would enable England to trade with Russia by way of Swedish harbors,
thus avoiding the long and dangerous voyage to Archangel. Coyet was also
to recommend good correspondence and friendship between the colonists of
both nations in America and Africa ; and, to prevent future disputes, to
arrange means for determining the limits between New Sweden and Virginia.2

In respect to America, the Commercial College, which had taken over the
management of the New Sweden Company,8 gave Coyet the same directions
with some additional details. Their memorial 4 stated that Vice-President
Lagerf eldt 5 had deemed the English not unwilling to concede free navigation
and trade to Barbados and the other American colonies, and that the English
ambassador in Sweden, Whitelocke, had likewise inspired good hopes in that
direction. In case such commerce should not be permitted with the native

1 Doc. 43.

_ 2 His instructions are summarized by Pufendorf, De Rebus a Carolo Gustavo Gestis,
lib. I., sect. 9, and lib. II., sect. 86; and by Carlbom, Sverige och England, pp. 1-6.

3 Johnson, Swedish Settlements, II. 469.

4 The Memorial is printed as an appendix to Carlbom's above-cited work.

5 See Doc. 43, pp. 21-22.

48

Westminster, 1656 49

Indians it might not be refused with the English. Coyet was " to present the
case of the boundaries between New Sweden and Virginia, in order that certain
commissioners might be appointed for this purpose, who should inspect the
boundaries and place certain limits and landmarks [between the two colonies] ,
that the good friendship and confidence which have been renewed and con-
solidated between the two nations here in Europe might be transplanted and
enlarged [over] there in America, also that a free trade there no less than
here might be commenced and established ".6

In July, 1655, Coyet was joined by Christer Bonde, ambassador extraor-
dinary, who was instructed to strive for an alliance and for various privileges
respecting navigation and commerce, including the American trade.7 Bonde
was warmly received but made small progress in his negotiations until the
English had signed their treaty with France. But from December onwards the
Swedish envoys were favored with frequent conferences. On December 28
Nathaniel Fiennes, Bulstrode Whitelocke, Walter Strickland, and Sir Gilbert
Pickering were commissioned to treat with themi. The negotiations for an
alliance failed ; for while the Protector desired a Protestant league, in which
Sweden must play the leading part, the secular ambitions of Charles X. involved
hostility to the Dutch, which Cromwell would not sanction. On the other hand,
the difficult negotiations respecting commerce and navigation bore fruit in the
treaty of July 17, 1656. This instrument supplemented the treaty of Upsala by
specifying contraband goods, furnishing a form of ships' certificates or safe-
conducts, and providing for the appointment of three commissioners by each
side to determine the satisfaction to be given for losses sustained by both parties
during the Anglo-Dutch war. It also provided for the raising of soldiers or hir-
ing of ships in each other's dominions, the sending of warships in each other's
ports, the enjoyment by the English of the most-favored-nation privileges in the
King of Sweden's dominions in Prussia and Poland, and freedom for the
Swedes to fish unmolested in British seas, if not employing over a thousand
ships there. Regarding commerce in America, the exclusive provisions of the
Navigation Act were confirmed, but with the proviso that, so far as possible,
the Protector should grant licences for that trade to Swedish subjects who
should privately solicit them.

The question of the limits of New Sweden and Virginia was probably not
discussed in the negotiations.8 In December, 1655, the Swedish Commercial
College sent Bonde copies of letters from Rising, governor of New Sweden, in
which he referred to the danger from the Dutch and English.9 At the same
time the College instructed the ambassador to try to effect some settlement " in
the disputes about the limits and titles of land in America, so that no confusion
may arise from it in the future ".10 But about the time of the arrival of these

6 The translation is from Johnson, op. cit., II. 621, 622.

7 For Bonde's instructions, see Carlbom, op. cit., p. 43, note, and Pufendorf, De Rebus a
Carolo Gustavo Gestis, lib. II., sect. 88.

8 Carlbom, op. cit., pp. 130, 131.

0 A. C. Myers, Narratives of Early Pennsylvania (1912), pp. 158, 159.
10 Johnson, op. cit., II. 636.

50 Doc. 48. Great Britain — Szveden

instructions, the astonished ambassador received a visit from Rising himself,
who informed him that he had been compelled to surrender New Sweden to
the Dutch.11

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the ratification is in the Riksarkiv

at Stockholm.
Text: Printed. S. Pufendorf, De Rebus a Carolo Gustavo Sueciae Rcge

Gestis (1696), app., pp. 3-10; J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-

1731), torn. VI., pt. II., pp. 125-127.
Translation. A General Collection of Treatys (i732)> m- 162-175; British

and Foreign State Papers, I. 696-701 ; L. Hertslet, Treaties between

Great Britain and Foreign Powers (1827- ), II. 317-323.
References : Contemporary and early writings. B. Whitelocke, Memorials

of English Affairs (1853), IV. 219-270; John Thurloe (1742), III.-V.,

passim; S. Pufendorf, op. cit., liber II., sects. 86-92, liber III., sects.

75-8i.
References: Later writings. J. L. Carlbom, Sverige och England, 1655-

Aug. 1657 (Gothenburg, 1900) ; Guernsey Jones, Cromwell and Charles
X. Gustavus (Lincoln, Neb., 1897), pp. 19-47; S. R. Gardiner, Common-
wealth and Protectorate, 1649-1660 (1894-1901), III. 425-447; C. H.
Firth, Last Years of the Protectorate, 1656-1658 (1909), I. 302-312; A.
Johnson, Swedish Settlements (1911), II. 616, 621, 622, 636; P. Kalling,
Riksradet Frih. Christer Bondes Ambassad till England, 1655 (Akad.
Upsala, 1851).

Text.12

Olivarius Dei gratia protector Reipublicae Angliae Scotiae et Hiberniae etc.

Omnibus et singulis quorum interest aut quomodocunque interesse poterit
constare volumus, Quod cum Serenissimus ac Potentissimus princeps ac dom-
inus dominus Carolus Gustavus Dei gratia Suecorum, Gothorum Vandalorum-
que rex, magnus princeps Finlandiae, dux Esthoniae, Careliae, Bremiae,
Verdae, Stetini, Pomeraniae, Cassubiae, Vandaliae, princeps Rugiae, dominus
Ingriae et Wismariae, nee non comes palatinus Rheni, Bavariae, Juliaci,
Cliviae, et Montium dux etc. ad nos miserit et legaverit excellentissimum dom-
inum Christiernum Bonde suum regnique sui senatorem et collegii commer-
ciorum consiliarium, liberum baronem de Laijhela, dominum de Ymsioholm,
Bordsioo et Springestadh etc., legatum suum extraordinarium, qui de negotiis
tarn mutuae amicitiae stabilimentum quam commoditates commerciorum ac
navigationis concernentibus nobiscum tractaret et concluderet, Nos in eundem
finem nominavimus et constituimus commissarios nostros praefideles nobis
et praedilectos Nathanaelem Fiennes unum e custodibus magni sigilli Angliae
et a secretioribus nostris consiliis, Bulstrodum Whitelock militem, unum e
commissariis thesaurarii nostri atque constabularium castri de Windsor, et
Gualterum Strickland armigerum et a dictis nostris secretioribus consiliis, qui
virtute auctoritatis et plenipotentiae sibi datae, cujus tenor infra sequitur, cum
praedicto domino legato extraordinario, pluribus ultro citroque habitis collo-
quiis, in articulos infra scriptos consensere vizt.

11 Johnson, op. cit., II. 616.

12 The text is taken from the original manuscript of the ratification by Cromwell,
preserved in the Riksarkiv at Stockholm.

Westminster, 1656 51

9. Quod ad commercium in America habendum, id quidem lege diserte
cautum est, ne cujusvis praeterea rei publicae subditis, sine peculiari licentia,
commercium illic promiscue habendi potestas fiat ; siquis autem subditorum
Serenissimi Regis Sueciae ejusdem literis commendatitiis munitus hanc sibi
licentiam privatim ad eas quaslibet colonias petiverit, Dominus Protector, quo
ad rerum ac rei-publicae status pro tempore permiserit, haud invitus hac in
parte desiderio Serenissimae Regiae Majestatis Sueciae satisfaciat.

Ttaque nos, probantes et ratihabentes ea omnia et singula quae praedicti
nostri commissarii virtute commissionis seu procurationis suae superius in-
sertae cum praefato domino legato extraordinario tractaverint et concluserint,
supra scriptos articulos, habita de iis matura in consilio nostro deliberatione,
in omnibus clausulis, membris et contentis virtute praesentium omni meliore
forma et modo approbamus, ratificamus, et confirmamus, spondentes et
promittentes pro nobis et successoribus nostris, nos omnia et singula in iis
contenta firmiter atque inviolabiliter esse observaturos ; utque ab iis omnibus
qui sub hujus rei-publicae ditione sunt pariter observentur efficaciter manda-
turos. In quorum fidem et firmamentum praesentes ratihabitionis literas
propria manu signavimus, magnique Angliae sigilli appendice muniri fecimus.
Datum e palatio nostro Westmonasterii quinto die Novembris, anno millesimo
sextentesimo quinquagesimo sexto.

Oliver P. Husey.

Translation.

Oliver, by the grace of God protector of the Commonwealth of England.
Scotland, and Ireland, etc.

To all and singular whom it concerns or whom it may in any way concern,
we desire it to be made known that whereas the Most Serene and Most Power-
ful prince and lord, the lord Charles Gustavus, by the grace of God king of
the Swedes, Goths, and Vandals, great prince of Finland, duke of Esthonia,
Carelia, Bremen, Verden, Stettin, Pomerania, Cassubia, and Vandalia, prince
of Riigen, lord of Ingria and Wismar, count palatine of the Rhine, duke of
Bavaria, Julich, Cleves, and Berg, etc., despatched and deputed to us the most
excellent lord, Christer Bonde, senator of his kingdom and councillor of the
Commercial College, free baron of Laihela, lord of Ymsjoholm, Bordsjo, and
Springestad, etc., his ambassador extraordinary, to negotiate, treat, and con-
clude with us respecting the establishment of mutual friendship, and matters
advantageous to commerce and navigation, We have named and appointed
as our commissioners for the same purpose our very loyal and beloved Na-
thaniel Fiennes, one of the keepers of the great seal of England, and member of
our Privy Council, Bulstrode Whitelocke, knight, one of the commissioners
of our treasury and constable of the castle of Windsor, and Walter Strick-
land, esquire, member of our Privy Council, who. by virtue of the authority
and full power given to them, the tenor of which follows below, after many
conferences had been held by both sides, agreed with the aforesaid ambas-
sador extraordinary upon the articles written below.

9. As to commerce to be carried on in America, that is indeed clearly for-
bidden by law, so that it is not permitted to the subjects of any other common-
wealth besides to trade there indiscriminately without special license. But
if any of the subjects of the Most Serene King of Sweden, furnished with his

52 Doc. 48. Great Britain — Sweden

letters of recommendation, shall privately solicit license for himself, to go to
any of these colonies, the Lord Protector, not unwillingly, shall satisfy the
desire of the Most Serene Royal Majesty of Sweden in this matter, so far as
the state of affairs and of the Commonwealth may at the time permit.

We, therefore, approving and ratifying these, all and singular, which by
virtue of their commission or power, inserted above, our aforesaid commis-
sioners have treated and concluded with the aforesaid lord ambassador extra-
ordinary, do, after mature deliberation thereon in our council, approve, ratify,
and confirm the above-written articles in all clauses, members, and contents, by
virtue of these presents, in the best form and manner, engaging and
promising for ourselves and our successors, that we shall observe their con-
tents, all and singular, firmly and inviolably, and shall effectually command
that they be equally observed by all who are under the authority of this Com-
monwealth. In faith and support whereof we have signed with our own hand
the present letters of ratification and have caused them to be strengthened by
appending the great seal of England. Given from our palace of Westminster,
on the fifth day of November, in the year 1656.

Oliver, Protector: Husey.

49.

Treaty of amity and commerce between Virginia and New
Netherland, concluded at Jamestown in April (?), 1660.

Introduction.

The colony of Virginia considered freedom of trade, particularly with the
Dutch in Europe and America, essential to its existence.1 On the other hand,
the British government, straining to acquire for its people a larger share of the
carrying trade which was mostly in Dutch hands, made various attempts to re-
strict the trade of Virginia, as well as of other colonies, to English vessels and
ports.2 During the Civil War Virginia, predominantly Royalist, welcomed
Dutch traders,3 and, after the establishment of the Commonwealth, defied the
act of October 3, 1650, which prohibited foreigners from trafficking with Vir-
ginia and other rebellious colonies.4 When, in March, 1652, Virginia surren-
dered to Parliamentary forces, one of the articles of capitulation provided
" That the people of Virginia have free trade as the people of England do enjoy
to all places and with all nations according to the lawes of that Commonwealth,
and that Virginia shall enjoy all priviledges equall with any English plantations
in America ".5 This article, which was confirmed by Parliament,6 was inter-
preted by the Virginians as freeing them from the restrictions of the afore-
mentioned act and apparently from the Navigation Act of October 9/19, i65i.T
Despite the outbreak of the Anglo-Dutch war in the spring of 1652, trade
between Virginia and New Netherland continued and developed.

It was greatly to the interest of the Dutch West India Company that New
Netherland should cultivate friendship and trade with her stronger English
neighbors. In pursuance of this policy, in May, 1653, while the Anglo-Dutch
war was in progress, Stuyvesant sent an embassy to Virginia to conclude
with that colony a close " alliance, correspondence, and commerce ". The
governor and council of Virginia consented merely to refer the proposal
to the English government. Near the end of the year, Stuyvesant despatched
another envoy, Rev. Samuel Drisius, to learn what reply had come from Eng-

1 Cf. the petition of the House of Burgesses to the Privy Council drawn up at the
session of 1631/2, in Journals of the House of Burgesses of Virginia, 1619-1658/9 (1915),
p. 55 ; the burgesses' answer to the king's proposition, made at the session of 1637/8, ibid.,
PP- 58, 59; and the letter from the governor and council in Virginia to the Privy Council,
March, 1631, ibid., p. 125.

2 G. L. Beer, Origins of British Colonial System, pp. 231 ff.

3 Ibid., pp. 350-356; Journals of House of Burgesses, 1619-1658/9, p. 74.

4 Ibid., p. 76.

5 Ibid., p. 79.

6 Commons' Journals, VII. 172, 173.

7 For this act see Doc. 42, p. 8. Evidence that the Virginians interpreted the article
as giving them freedom of trade is in Hening, Statutes, I. 535 ; Journals of House of
Burgesses, 1619-1658/9, p. 87.

S3

54 Doc. 49. Virginia — New Netherland

land ; or, if none had been received, to ask for a provisional continuation of
commerce between the two places and a pass for some Dutch merchants and
their yachts " to pay and collect debts among inhabitants of Virginia ".8 This
embassy was the inducement for extensive trade and sale of merchandize ; ° yet
because of the high price of all kinds of goods, the low price of tobacco, and
the danger of interference by England, Stuyvesant feared that the traffic would
not be of long duration.10 In the spring of 1658, indeed, it appeared to be
threatened by an act of the Virginia assembly imposing a duty of ten shillings
a hogshead on tobacco bartered for Dutch goods shipped in any Dutch or other
vessel, bound to any port of America or elsewhere, excepting English vessels
directly bound to England.11 Probably with a view to overcoming this handi-
cap, a New Netherland ordinance enacted in April, 1658, provided for the
exemption of tobacco from the 10 per cent, duty laid upon other imports.12
Certainly the export of Virginia tobacco to the United Netherlands by way of
New Netherland continued.13

In January, 1660, when England was in the state of anarchy marking the
period between the resignation of Richard Cromwell and the accession of
Charles II., Governor Mathews of Virginia died. Nicholas Varleth, Stuyve-
sant's brother-in-law, had an interest in the late governor's estate, and wished to
attend to it in Virginia.14 Stuyvesant seized this opportunity to commission
him and Captain Bryan Newton as envoys to the colony to condole the death
of Governor Mathews, propose an offensive and defensive alliance against the
Indians, and request permission to enlist 25 to 30 freemen as soldiers. Doubt-
less the most important object of their mission was to " propose with all
possible persuasive reasons a mutual correspondence and unmolested com-
merce and traffic, back and forwards, of the yachts, as both nations enjoy
them in the Fatherland, with goods and wares from their own countries and
places ".10

The envoy's instructions are dated March 1, 1660. About three weeks later,
on March 13/23, the assembly of Virginia convened. With this assembly and
with the governor whom it elected — Sir William Berkeley — the envoys con-
cluded the articles printed below. These allowed the Dutch liberty to traffic
with Virginia, and stipulated that traders of either colony should have " equal
despatch and justice in each other's courts " ; that runaway servants should
be mutually returned and creditors permitted to sue absconding debtors in the
colony to which they had fled. The articles did not provide for an alliance
against the Indians, or for the enlistment of soldiers in Virginia by the Dutch.
To give effect to the articles the Virginia assembly passed an act " For the pay

8 Fernow, Documents relating to the History of Long Island, pp. 202, 217, 241, 242.

9 Ibid., p. 301.

10 Ibid., p. 350.

11 Hening, Statutes, I. 469.

12 Laws and Ordinances of New Netherland, 1638-1674, I. (1868) 348.

13 Fernow, op. cit., pp. 428, 451, 453.

14 B. Fernow, Documents relating to the Towns along the Hudson and Mohazvk Rivers
(1881), p. 144.

15 Ibid., pp. 145-147-

Jamestown, 1660 55

of Dutch masters bringing in runaway servants " ; and an act which decreed
that the Dutch and other foreigners should have liberty to trade with the
Virginians and should be protected there, provided they gave bond and paid
the impost of 101 per hogshead laid upon all tobacco exported to any foreign
dominions, and provided also that the duty should be lowered to 2 s. per hogs-
head for tobacco exchanged for negro slaves.16

About the middle of April Varleth and Newton returned to New Amster-
dom.17 Thither, two months later, they were followed by Sir Henry Moody,
who came as envoy from Virginia to receive the signatures of Stuyvesant and
the council to the treaty concluded at Jamestown.18

Pleasing though it was to both colonies, the treaty had little effect. For
the English royal government was determined to enforce the new Navigation
Act of 1660 by debarring the Dutch from the Virginia trade.19 The instruc-
tions given to Berkeley in 1662 required him not to permit any tobacco to be
shipped from Virginia except in English vessels and to punish offenders against
the Act of Navigation.20

Bibliography.

Text : MS. A contemporary manuscript of the text is preserved at Albany,

N. Y., Dutch MSS., vol. 9, Council Min., p. 400.
Text: Printed. E. B. O'Callaghan, New Netherland (second ed., 1855),

II. 413-414.

References: Contemporary and early writings. B. Fernow, Documents
relating to the History and Settlements of the Towns along the Hudson
and Mohawk Rivers, in Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y '., XIII. (1881) 144-147,
163; id., Documents relating to the History of the Early Colonial Settle-
ments principally on Long Island, in Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y '., XIV. (1883)
350, 482 ; W. W. Hening, The Statutes at Large; being a Collection of all
the Laws of Virginia (1819-1823), I. 535, 536, 539, 540, II. 11 ; E. B.
O'C&Wzghan, Calendar of Historical Manuscripts in the Office of the Secre-
tary of State, Albany, N. Y. (1865), [pt. I.,] pp. 207, 213, 217, 292, 293.

Later writings. J. R. Brodhead, Hist. St. N. Y. (1853-1871), I. 682-685;
E. B. O'Callaghan, New Netherland, II. 408, 413-415 ; G. L. Beer, British
Colonial System, 1 578-1660 (1908), I. 396; P. A. Bruce, Economk
History of Virginia in the Seventeenth Century (1895), I. 349-358, II.

314, 3*5-

Text.21

[Articles of amitie and commerce agreed and concluded on between the
Right Honnourable the Governour and Assembly of Virginia and Mr. Nich-

16 Hening, Statutes, I. 539, 540.

17 Fernow, op. cit., p. 163.

18 E. B. O'Callaghan, Calendar of Historical MSS., Albany, I. 213.

19 Reasons to prove that the admission of the Dutch to the trade in Virginia would
cause loss to the king and prejudice the plantation are in J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist.
N. Y. (1853-1858), III. 43. The remonstrance against the Navigation Act made by John
Bland on behalf of the people of Virginia and Maryland is in the Virginia Magazine of
History and Biography, I. 142-155 (1893-1894).

20 Ibid., III. 18 (1895-1896).

21 The text is from a contemporary manuscript preserved at Albany, Dutch MSS.,
vol. 9, p. 400. The manuscript had been damaged by fire. In the following text, words
illegible in it have been supplied from the version printed by O'Callaghan, op. cit., TI.
4I3-4I4-

56 Doc. 49. Virginia — New Netherland

olas] Varleth, Capt. L[ieut. Brian Newton, agents for] the Right Honnour-
able Peter St[uyvesant, Governour] Generall of the N. Netherlands, Curagoa,
[Bonaire], Aruba and Counsell of Staet there established.

First, it is concluded and agreed [that] a free trade [and] commerce shall
be permitted to the inhabitans of the New Netherlands provyded they pay unto
the right honnourable governour of Virginia for the tobacco by them exported,
such rates and customes as others neightbouringe English and strangers doe or
shall pay ; all trade and commerce with the Indians beinge one each syde
prohibited.

Secondly, it is concluded that the inhabitans of Virginia and the New
Netherlands tradinge each with other shall have equall dispatch and justice
in each others courts of judicature as theire owne nation have, and that uppon
complaint of injustice done one either syde, in any inferior court, the governour
of each place shal be pleased to graunt a rehearing in his owne person, and if it
shal be sufficiantly proved that there hath bene wronge judgement given
against any partye of either nation and no redresse made, it shall be esteemed
as a breach of this article.

Thirdly, that all servants that formerly have made escapes and at present
are resident in each others provinces or theire limites, or such that may heere
after macke escapes and run away, into each others jurisdictions, uppon com-
plaints and notice given they shal be secured and returned with the first con-
venient passadge and for the apprehendinge transportation and other expences
shal be given satisfaction either by the master or else by the tresurer of the
country.

[Fourthly, it is agreed and concluded, that if any person being indebted in
this country shall remove or transporte himselfe to the New Netherlands]
or any person in[debted in the New] Netherlands shall transport himselfe to
Virginia, it shall be lawfull for the creditors of each such person or persons
to tacke out processe in the forsaide places of Virginia and the N : Netherlands,
and bringe it to tryal and judgement, as if the debts ware made properly in that
place where the debtors are in beinge; unlesse the debtor uppon demaunde
doe give securitie to macke due and just payment of the said (debt or debts ;)
and uppon default of none paiment thereof the securitie shal be oblidged to
macke satisfaction.

50.

Treaty of peace and alliance between Portugal and Great Britain
and of marriage of Charles II. zvith the Infanta of Portugal,
concluded at London, June 23, 1661, O. S.; secret article.
Ratification by Portugal, August 28, 1661, N. S.

Introduction.

The key-note of Charles II.'s foreign policy was the encouragement of Eng-
land's commercial and colonial expansion. This policy, supported by Claren-
don and Downing, as well as by public opinion, bore early fruit in the treaty
with Portugal.1

One of the most momentous decisions that Charles had to make after his
restoration to the English throne in May, 1660, concerned the attitude that
England should take toward Spain. Four years previously he had signed a
treaty with Philip IV. providing that the Anglo-Spanish treaty of 1630 2 should
be renewed ; that from the day of his restoration the interests of the two
crowns should be inseparably united ; that in the year 1656 and under certain
conditions Philip should aid him to recover his crown ; that after his return
to England he should help Philip to regain Portugal, should renounce friend-
ship with and prohibit assistance to the Duke of Braganza, should forbid his
subjects to make any new plantations in the West Indies or occupy any islands
or places on the mainland there, and should restore places occupied by the Eng-
lish later than the year 1630 and particularly in the time of Cromwell, both
in America and elsewhere.3 The reference in the last clause was especially to
Jamaica and Dunkirk. Charles may have regarded this treaty as annulled by
Philip's failure to aid in his restoration. At any rate, although on September 7,
1660, he proclaimed that hostilities with Spain had ceased from the date of his
arrival in England,4 yet, contrary to the treaty, he had already received the

1 In his patent constituting a Council for Trade, Nov. 7, 1660, the King declared that
he would recommend to his Privy Council and all his ministers of state " that in all
treaties and leagues with forraigne Princes and allies the securitie and prosperitie of
trade and commerce shall be tenderly considered and provided for ". J. R. Brodhead,
Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y. (1853-1883), III. 31-

2 Doc. 35, in vol. I. of this series.

3 " 7. Iten su Magestad de la Gran Bretana promete y se obliga a que no consentira
que sus Subditos hagan nuevas plantaciones en las Indias Occidentals, ni en ellas ocupen
Islas, ni Puestos en Tierra firme ; y que hara restituir todo lo que Ingleses huvieren
ocupado desde el aho de mil seiscientos y treinta en adelante, assi en la America, como
en otra qualquiera parte del mundo, y particularmente en el tiempo que ha gobernado
Oliverio Cromwel con titulo de Protector." Abreu y Bertodano, ColecciSn de los Tra-
tados de Espana: Reynado de Phelipe IV., pt. VI. (1751), pp. 307, 308. The treaty was
signed at Brussels on Apr. 12, 1656, by the Conde de Fuensaldana and D. Alonso de
Cardenas on the part of Philip IV., and by the Marquis of Ormond and the Earl of
Rochester on the part of Charles II. It was ratified by Philip on June 5, 1656. Calendar
of Clarendon State Papers, III. 136.

4 A copy of the proclamation is in the London P. R. O., Treaty Papers, no. 65. _ It
declares " that there is as full and entire a peace and amity between us and . . . the King
of Spain, as there was by the last treaty between our Father and our Brother ", 1". e., the

58 Doc. 50. Portugal — Great Britain

Portuguese ambassador, and he listened to his offer of the hand of the Infanta
Catherine.

Involved in a war of independence with Spain, and in a colonial war with
the United Netherlands, Portugal stood in desperate need of England's support.
The peace of the Pyrenees, concluded between France and Spain in 1659,6
permitted the concentration of Spain's military forces against Portugal, and,
if its terms were observed, would deprive Portugal of any further aid from
France. At the Hague, moreover, the efforts of the Portuguese ambassador
to negotiate a peace were blocked by the Dutch East and West India Com-
panies, which hoped for further conquests from Portugal in the East Indies
and for the recovery of Brazil. Threatened with the almost certain loss of
her independence and colonies unless she secured an ally, Portugal made large
offers to Charles. Besides a great sum of money as the Infanta's dowry, she
proffered Tangier,6 (later, Bombay), and that dominant position in the East
India trade which she herself could not maintain against the Dutch. She also
proposed to renew the very liberal treaty of 1654, which gave the English
equal rights with the Portuguese in the trade of Brazil and other possessions
that Portugal might have in America.7 In return she desired Charles to aid
her against Spain and the United Netherlands, to mediate a peace between her
and the States General and the Dutch East and West India Companies, to
refuse to surrender Dunkirk or Jamaica to Spain, and to go to war with Spain,
if necessary for the preservation of Portugal.

The English merchants enthusiastically approved of Portugal's proposals
and in September, 1660, the Commons passed a bill to annex Dunkirk and
Jamaica to the crown. The king did not feel prepared to break with Spain.
Philip IV. was making strenuous efforts to outbid Portugal, threatened war
if the Portuguese match were concluded, and seems even to have agreed to
renounce his claims to Dunkirk and Jamaica.8 The Dutch also opposed the
Portuguese match, and, despite England's remonstrances, persisted in equip-
ping a fleet to be used against Portuguese possessions in the East Indies.

Louis XrV., on the other hand, determined to aid Portugal in violation of
the treaty of the Pyrenees, and entrusted the matter to Fouquet. The superin-

treaty of 1630. Whether the proclamation referred to America as well as to Europe was
questioned. In February, 1661, the governor of Jamaica, D'Oyley, " acting under the
instructions of the English Ambassador at Madrid, had published an order for the cessa-
tion of hostilities in the West Indies, though his council were of opinion that the procla-
mation only applied to Europe. The English government seemed to be of the same
opinion ". A few months later D'Oyley was succeeded by Lord Windsor, who appears to
have been instructed to establish a trade with the Spanish Islands, "by force or other-
wise ". In 1662 an expedition was sent from Jamaica against Santiago. C. H. Firth,
"The Capture of Santiago, in Cuba, by Captain Myngs, 1662", in Eng. Hist. Review,
XIV. (1899) 536-540.
8 The text is in H. Vast, Les Grands Traites du Regne de Louis XIV. (1893), I.

93-I75-.

6 This place was considered valuable not only as a magazine for the Levant and
a shelter from Mediterranean pirates, but also as "a port which would be used by the
Spanish West India fleet homeward bound to Seville or Cadiz, in order to avoid the high
duties imposed by the crown of Spain in its own ports ". E. Routh, " English Occupation
of Tangier", in Transactions of the Royal Historical Society, n. s., XIX. 61 ff. (1905).

7 Doc. 45.

8 Santarem, Quadro Elementar, XVII. 153.

London, 1661 59

tendent's agent, La Bastide, arriving in England in the middle of March, 1661,
offered Charles the secret assistance of France if he would wed the Infanta.
He also suggested that the two governments keep one another informed of
the negotiations that each was then carrying on with an embassy from the
States General, and he pressed for the restoration of Canada.9

With Louis as an ally Charles dared openly offend Spain. In May, 1661,
he communicated to Parliament his resolution to marry the Infanta,10 and on
June 23, the marriage articles, embodying Portugal's liberal offers, were signed.
A secret article obligated the King of England to mediate a peace, favorable
to England and Portugal, between Portugal and the United Provinces and
the Dutch East and West India Companies, or, failing this, to defend Portu-
gal's dominions and conquests.

Charles's hostility to the Dutch West India Company, and the use he would
make of Portugal's friendship, were known to the States General ; for their
ambassadors had warned them " of the expedition that the English Company
of Royal Adventurers in Africa (given a monopoly of the West African
trade by King Charles) had sent, in December, 1660, against the Dutch Com-
pany's posts at Cape Verde and the Gambia.12 Nevertheless, they accepted
English mediation. Downing was appointed mediator. Reaching the Hague
in mid- June, he strove to prevent the Dutch from securing from Portugal
commercial advantages equal to those that she had given England in 1654.13
While the province of Holland was bent on accepting the Portuguese terms,
partly by reason of her unwillingness to offend England and France,1'1 yet
Guelders and Zeeland, on the other hand, because of their especial interest
in the West India Company, were bitterly opposed to a peace that involved
the loss of the territory of Brazil, though not of its trade. They demanded
that the territory in Brazil and Africa taken from the company by Portugal
be restored. Lacking their approval the treaty was signed on August 6, 1661.15
It ruined the Dutch West India Company, whose destruction was soon com-
pleted by the loss of its African stations and of New Netherland.

Bibliography.

Text : MS. The ratification by Portugal of the secret article is in the London
P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 545.

Translation: English. George Chalmers, Collection of Treaties betzveen
Great Britain and other Powers (1790), II. 295, 296, and thence in de
Castro, op. cit., I. 255, 257. Portuguese. J. F. Borges de Castro, Col-
leccao dos Tratados de Portugal (1856-1858), I. 254, 256; A. C. de
Sousa, Provas da Historia Genealogica da Casa Real Portugueza (173S-
1748), IV. 834-835-

9 J. de Boislisle, Memoriaux du Conseil de 1661 (1905-1907), I. 39, 40, 42, 43, II.
325-327 ; Clarendon State Papers, vol. III., supplement, p. 1.

10 Parliamentary History of England, vol. IV. (1808), col. 180.

11 Japikse, pp. 164, 165.

12 Cf. Cat. St. Pap. Col., 1661-1668, p. 120. The best account that the editor has seen of
conditions on the west coast of Africa at this time is in an unprinted history of the
Royal African Co., by Professor, now President, George F. Zook.

13 Doc. 45.

14 A. van Wicquefort, Histoire des Pr ovine es-Unies, III. 66, 67.

15 The text is in Borges de Castro, Collecqao dos Tratados, I. 260-293.

60 Doc. 50. Portugal — Great Britain

References: Contemporary and early writings. Viscount de Santarem,
Qnadro Elementar (1842-1876), XVII. 124-130, 144-228; Great Britain,
Hist. MSS. Coram., /. M. Heathcote MSS. (1899), pp. 16-30; id., Fifth
Report (1876), Sutherland MSS., pp. 156-160, 170, 171; T. H. Lister,
Life and Administration of Edward, First Earl of Clarendon (1837-
1838), III. 112 ff. ; Parliamentary History of England, vol. IV. (1808).
cols. 179-181, 189-191 ; State Papers collected by Edward, Earl of Claren-
don (1767-1786)^01. III., suppl., pp. i-xiv ; Dom Luiz de Menezes, Conde
da Ericeira, Historia de Portugal Restaurado (third ed., 1751), torn. III.,
pt. II., liv. V., pp. 325-397, passim; L. van Aitzema, Saken van Staet
(i66g-i6y2), IV. 765 ff. ; A. van Wicquefort, Histoire des Provinces-
Unics des Pais-Bas (ed. 1 861-1874), III. 43"45> 65-72; J. de Boislisle,
Memoriaux du Conseil de 1661 (1905-1907), I., II., passim.

References : Later writings. F. R. Harris, Life of Edzvard Mountagu, K.
G., First Earl of Sandwich (1912), I. 195 ff. ; V. M. Shillington and A.
B. W. Chapman, Commercial Relations of England and Portugal (1907),
pp. 206-213; N. Japikse, De Verzvikkelingen tusschen de Republiek en
Engcland van 1660-1665 (1900), pp. 90-92, 115-127; T. H. Lister, op.
cit., vol. II., ch. VI.

Text.16

Alfonsus Dei gratia rex Portugalliae et Algarbiorum citra et ultra mare in
Africa, dominus Guineae atque adquisitionis, navigationis, et commercii iEthi-
opiae, Arabiae, Persiae, ac Indiae, etc. Notum facimus universis praesentes
nostras literas patentes approbationis, ratihabitionis, et confirmationis visuris
et inspecturis, quod vicesimo tertio die mensis Junii anni praesentis millesimi
sexcentesimi sexagesimi primi, apud Palatium Aulae Albae, factus, innitus,
et conclusus fuit articulus quidam secretus inter Franciscum de Mello, comi-
tem de Ponte, a nostris conciliis belli et generalem tormentorum bellicorum in
provintia Transtagana, nostrumque ad Serenissimum Carolum Secundum Mag-
nae Britanniae etc. regem legatum extraordinarium, et admodum illustrissimos
Eduardum comitem Clarendeni, summum Angliae cancellarium, Thoman
comitem Southampthoniae. summum Angliae thesaurarium, Georgium ducem
Albemarlae, equorum regis magistrum et exercituum in Magna Britannia
et Hibernia capitaneum generalem, Jacobum ducem Ormondiae, domus regiae
seneschallum, Eduardum comitem Mancestriae, domus regiae camerarium,
Eduardum Nicholas, equitem auratum, unum, atque Guilielmum Morice, equi-
tem auratum, alteram primariorum secretariorum regis, ex parte illius com-
missarios et deputatos, cujus tenor hie inseritur :

Secretus Articulus. Supra omnia et singula quae pacta et conclusa sunt in
tractatu de matrimonio inter Serenissimum et Potentissimum principem Caro-
lum Secundum, Magnae Britanniae regem. et Serenissimam dominam Catha-
rinam, infantam Portugalliae, hoc secreto articulo amplius conclusum et con-
cordatum est :

Quod dictus Rex Magnae Britanniae summos conatus adibebit, totasque
vires et facultates suas applicabit, quo bona et firma pax inter Serenissimum
Portugalliae Regem et Ordines Generales Foederati Belgii conficiatur, dictum-
que Regem Portugalliae includet in tali confoederatione quam cum dictis
Ordinibus inibit, qui si ejusmodi conditionibus quae justae, tutae, et honori-
ficae pro dicto Rege Portugalliae esse possint concedere recusaverint, tunc

16 The text is taken from the ratification of the marriage treaty and this article, in the
London P. R. O., State Papers Foreign, Treaties, no. 545.

London, 1661 61

dictus Rex Magnae Britanniae, cum classem suam ad capiendam possessionem
insulae et portus Bombaim miserit, tales ac tantas copias simul mittet quae
satis instructae erunt, tarn viribus quam mandatis, ad defendendum et protegen-
dum Lusitanorum possessiones in Indiis Orientalibus ; et si acciderit quod dicti
Ordines Generales Foederati Belgii aut subditi eorum, intra vel post illud
tempus quo Rex Magnae Britanniae mediationem suam dictis Ordinibus obtu-
lit ad pacem faciendam inter ipsos et Regem Portugalliae dictique Ordines
oblatam mediationem acceptarunt, vel jam ceperint vel posthac capturi sint
ulla oppida et territoria a Rege Portugalliae, dictus Rex Magnae Britanniae
efficaciter instabit ut restitutio omnium et singulorum dictorum oppidorum et
territoriorum Regi Portugalliae fiat, summisque viribus suis conabitur ut simil-
iter restituantur. Pro quibus singulis subsidiis et auxiliis Regi Portugalliae in
praedictos fines praestitis Rex Magnae Britanniae nullam satisfactionem aut
compensationem reposcet.

Item conventum et conclusum est, quod articulus praedictus et omne in eo
contentum a dictis dominis Serenissimis Magnae Britanniae et Portugalliae
Regibus, utriusque partis sigillo magno munitus, debita forma et authentica,
infra tres menses proxime insequentes confirmabitur et ratihabebitur, mutua-
que instrumenta infra praedictum tempus hinc inde extradentur. In cujus
fidem et testimonium nos, commissarii Serenissimi domini Regis Magnae
Britanniae, vi et vigore commissionis nostrae, praedictum articulum secretum
manibus propriis subsignavimus et sigillis nostris munivimus. Actum apud
Albam Aulam vicessimo tertio die Junii, anno millessimo sexcentissimo sex-
agesimo primo.

Clarendon, C. T. Southampton. Albemarle. Ormond.

Manchester. Edu. Nicholas. Guil. Morice.

Proinde praefactum articulum bene a nobis inspectum, omniaque et singula
in ipso comprehensa, per praesentes nostras literas patentes approbamus,
ratihabemus, et confirmamus, in cujus rei testimonium has literas manu propria
signavimus, sigilloque nostro majori regio in cancellaria nostra ornari jussimus.
Datum in curia et urbe nostra Ulyssiponensi die vigesimo octavo mensis Au-
gusti. Ludovicus Teixeira de Carvalho fecit, anno a nativitate Christi mil-
lesimo sexcentesimo sexagesimo primo. Gaspar de Faria Severim a consiliis
Sacrae Regiae Majestatis statusque ejus secretarius subscripsi.

Ludovica Regina.17

Translation.

We, Affonso, by the grace of God king of Portugal and of the Algarves
this side the sea and beyond the sea in Africa, lord of Guinea and of the
conquest, navigation, and commerce of Ethiopia, Arabia, Persia, and India, etc,
make known to all those who shall see and inspect our present letters patent
of approval, ratification, and confirmation, that on the twenty-third day of
June of the present year 1661, at the palace of Whitehall, a certain secret
article was made, entered into, and concluded between Francisco de Mello,
conde da Ponte, of our council of war, general of artillery in the province of
Alemtejo, and our ambassador extraordinary to the Most Serene Charles
the Second King of Great Britain, and the most illustrious Edward, earl of
Clarendon, high chancellor of England, Thomas, earl of Southampton, high
treasurer of England, George duke of Albemarle, master of the royal horse
and captain general of the armies in Great Britain and Ireland, James duke
of Ormonde, steward of the royal household, Edward earl of Manchester,

17 Donha Luisa de Guzman, widow of Joao IV.. acting as regent for her son Affonso VI.

G2 Doc. 50. Portugal — Great Britain

chamberlain of the royal household, Edward Nicholas, knight, and William
Morrice, knight, the two chief secretaries of the king, commissaries and depu-
ties for his part, whereof the tenor is here inserted :

Secret article. Over and above the things, and each one of them, agreed and
concluded in the treaty of marriage between the Most Serene and Most Potent
prince Charles the Second, king of Great Britain, and the Most Serene lady
Catharina, Infanta of Portugal, it is further concluded and agreed by this
secret article,

That the said King of Great Britain shall do his utmost, and shall apply
all his strength and powers, that a good and firm peace be made between the
Most Serene King of Portugal and the States General of the United Nether-
lands, and shall include the said King of Portugal in the confederation which
he shall make with the said States ; but if the latter refuse to grant such con-
ditions as may be just, secure, and honorable for the said King of Portugal,
then the said King of Great Britain, when he sends his fleet to take possession
of the island and port of Bombay, shall at the same time send such and so
great forces as shall go sufficiently prepared in strength and in instructions to
defend and protect the possessions of the Portuguese in the East Indies. And
if it shall so happen that the said States General of the United Netherlands or
their subjects, within or after the time in which the King of Great Britain
offers his mediation to the said States to make peace between them and the
King of Portugal, and the said States accept the mediation which is offered,
shall have taken, or shall afterward take, any towns and territories from the
King of Portugal, the said King of Great Britain shall effectively insist that
restitution shall be made to the King of Portugal of all and every of the said
towns and territories, and shall with its best forces endeavor that they be thus
restored ; and for all these succors and aids given to the King of Portugal for
the said purposes the King of Great Britain shall not ask any satisfaction or
compensation.

It was further agreed and concluded that the aforesaid article, and all_ that
is contained therein, sealed by the said Most Serene kings of Great Britain
and Portugal with their respective great seals, in correct and authentic form,
shall be confirmed and ratified within the next three months following; and
within the said period copies shall be exchanged on the one and the other part.
In faith and testimony whereof, we, the commissioners of the Most Serene
lord the King of Great Britain, in virtue and force of our commission have
signed this secret article with our hands and sealed it with our seals. Done
at Whitehall on the twenty-third day of June, in the year one thousand six
hundred and sixty-one.

Clarendon, Chancellor. Southampton, Treasurer. Albemarle.
Ormond. Manchester. Edw. Nicholas. Wm. Morrice.

Wherefore by your present letters patent we approve, ratify, and confirm
the aforesaid article, well inspected by us, and all and singular what is therein
contained. In testimony whereof we have signed these letters with our own
hand, and have ordered them to be adorned with our royal great seal in our
chancery. Given at our court and city of Lisbon on the twenty-eighth day of
the month of August. Done by Luiz Teixeira de Carvalho, in the year of
the nativity of Christ 1661. I, Gaspar de Faria Severim, counsellor of his
Sacred Royal Majesty, and his secretary of state, have subscribed.

Luisa, Queen.

51.

Treaty of friendship and commerce between Great Britain and
Sweden, concluded at Whitehall, October 21, 166 1, 0. S.
Ratification by Charles II., April 15, 1662.

Introduction.

In the early autumn of 1661 the Swedish regency acting in the minority of
Charles XL sent Count Brahe as ambassador extraordinary to England to
congratulate Charles II. on his accession, and to sign a treaty of mutual friend-
ship and commerce. Three weeks after Brahe's arrival the treaty was con-
cluded.1 Its terms had been previously settled by the Swedish envoy, J. F.
von Friesendorff,2 and the English commissioners. They were almost identical
with those of the treaty of 1654 3 and the supplementary treaty of 1656,4 but
omitted the provisions for licensing subjects of the Swedish king to trade in
America.5

The first article of the treaty of 1661, like that of the treaty of 1654, expressly
extended the mutual pledge of peace and amity to the colonies, where the
friendly relations existing between Great Britain and Sweden already caused
anxiety to the Dutch. After Stuyvesant's conquest of New Sweden in 1655,
the Dutch officials, who lived in perpetual dread of an attack from New Eng-
land, Virginia, or Maryland, feared that the Swedes might join with the
English against them. In 1659, when agents of Lord Baltimore advanced a
claim to the entire South River, Stuyvesant wrote to the directors of the
Dutch West India Company that " he was not without suspicion that if the
alliance between Sweden and England and the difficulties with our State
should continue long, something may not be done under the Swedish flag and
name against our State ".6

After the Restoration and the confirmation of Lord Baltimore's charter
by Charles II., fears for the safety of New Netherland continued, and the
directors of the company urged Stuyvesant to keep the strictest watch until
the Maryland boundary question should be settled between the Dutch envoys
and the King of England.7

1 On the arrival of the Swedish ambassador in London, Sept. 30, 1661, a contest for
precedency took place between the French ambassador, D'Estrades, and the Spanish
ambassador, Vatteville, which was witnessed by Pepys and fully described by John
Evelyn, Diary, ed. Dobson (1906), II. 411-417; see also Jusserand, A French Ambassador
at the Court of Charles II. (1892), pp. 17-32.

2 Charles X. had sent Friesendorff to England in 1657 for the purpose of inducing
Cromwell to aid him against the Danes and to dissuade the Dutch from helping them.
G. Jones, Diplomatic Relations between Cromzvell and Charles X. Gustaznis of Szvcden

(1897), PP. 55 ff.

3 Doc. 43.

4 Doc. 48.

5 They also omitted the provision for permitting Swedish subjects to fish on the English
coast, and they added foodstuffs to the list of contraband articles.

6 B. Fernow, Documents relating to the History of the Dutch and Szvcdish Settlements
on the Delaware River, in Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y '., XII. 242, 250, 271.

7 Ibid., pp. 326, 347, 359- ,

63

64 Doc. 51. Great Britain — Sweden

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by the King of Great
Britain is in the Riksarkiv at Stockholm, Originaltraktater, England, no. 3.

Text: Printed. L. van Aitzema, Saken van Staet, IV. 832-835 ; J. Dumont,
Corps Diplomatique (1 726-1731), vol. VI., pt. II., pp. 384-387.

Translation: British and Foreign State Papers, I. (1841) 701-709; L. Herts-
let, Treaties and Conventions, II. 324-333.

References: Later writings. F. F. Carlson, Geschichte Schwedens, IV.
(i855)4i8.

Text.8

Cum Serenissimus ac Potentissimus princeps ac dominus, dominus Carolus
Dei gratia Magnae Britanniae, Franciae, et Hiberniae rex, Fidei defensor etc.
post nuperas regnorum suorum discordias divina benignitate feliciter com-
positas, regalem authoritatem suam animumque eo adjecerit, ut externa quoque
foedera temporum iniquitate collapsa denuo restitueret ac redintegraret, et
imprimis cupiens ut pristina amicitia inter coronas Britannicam et Suecicam
non tantum stabiliretur, sed novis etiam incrementis ad majores utriusque regni
utilitates confirmaretur, cumque Serenissimus ac Potentissimus princeps ac
dominus, dominus Carolus Dei gratia Suecorum, Gothorum, Vandalorumque
rex, et princeps haereditarius, magnus princeps Finlandiae, dux Schaniae,
Esthoniae, Livoniae, Careliae, Brehmae, Verdae, Stetini, Pomeraniae, Cassu-
biae, et Vandaliae, princeps Rugiae, dominus Ingriae et Wismariae, nee non
comes palatinus Rheni, Bavariae, Juliaci, Cliviae, et Montium dux, eodem
studio et desiderio permotus plenipotentiaries suos ad Sacram Regiam Majes-
tatem Magnae Britanniae miserit, ut solenni gratulationis officio perfuncti
praedictae amicitiae fundamenta per mutui foederis tabulas ponerent ad seros
posteros duratura ; sua Sacra Regia Majestas Magnae Britanniae nominavit
ac constituit deputatos sive commissarios suos illustrissimos ac honoratissimos
viros e sanction consilio suo dominum Thomam comitem de Southampton, sum-
mum Angliae thesaurarium, dominum Johannem baronem Robartes custodem
privati sigilli, dominum Edvardum comitem Mancestriae camerarium hospitii
regii, dominum Georgium comitem Norvici capitaneum satellitii regii, domi-
num Arthurum comitem de Angleseii, dominum Fridericum baronem Corn-
wallis thesaurarium hospitii regii, dominum Anthonium baronem Ashley can-
cellarium scaccarii regii, dominum Georgium Carteret equitem auratum et
baronettum, vice-camerarium hospitii regii, Edvardum Nicholas equitem aura-
tum, unum, et Guilielmum Morice equitem auratum primariorum regis secre-
tariorum alterum, ut sermones haberent et tractatum concluderent cum illus-
trissimo atque excellentissimo domino Nicolao Brahe Sacrae Regiae Majestatis
et regni Sueciae senatore, admiralio et collegii admiralitatis consiliario, comite
in Wisingsburg, 1. barone de Cajana, domino de Ridboholm et Sessuegen,
Sacrae Regiae Majestatis Sueciae legato extraordinario ad Sacram Regiam
Majestatem Magnae Britanniae, et cum perillustri ac nobilissimo domino
Johanne Friderico de Frisendorfe domino in Heerdicke et Kyrup etc. eiusdem
Sacrae Regiae Majestatis Sueciae consiliario status, et ad Sacram Regiam
Majestatem Angliae ablegato extraordinario. Supradicti igitur Sacrae Regiae
Majestatis Magnae Britanniae deputati sive commissarii cum praenominatis
Sacrae Regiae Majestatis Sueciae plenipotentiariis congressi, habitis ultro
citroque variis consultationibus, tandem Divino Numine consiliis et conatibus
eorum obsecundante, in sequentes articulos dare, perspicue et firmiter cum
ipsis convenerunt.

8 The text is from the original manuscript of the ratification by Charles II., preserved
in the Riksarkiv at Stockholm.

Whitehall, 1662 65

[1.] Inprimis conclusum et concordatum est, quod inter Sacram Regiam
Majestatem Magnae Britanniae ab una, et Sacram Regiam Majestatem Sueciae
ab altera parte, atque universa et singula utriusque regna, ditiones, regiones,
provincias, insulas, terras, colonias, urbes, oppida, populos, cives, incolas, et
omnes omnino subditos et inhabitantes, bona inposterum, sincera, firma, atque
perpetua sit maneatque pax, amicitia, benevolentia, et correspondentia, adeo
ut pars utraque amore et affectu integerrimo se invicem complectatur.

In quorum omnium et singulorum fidem majusque robur praesens tractatus ab
altissime memoratae Sacrae Regiae Majestatis Magnae Britanniae commis-
sariis, aut a majore parte eorum, subscriptus sigillorumque impressione munitus
fuit. Actum apud palatium Aulae Albae vicesimo primo die mensis Octobris,
anno Domini millesimo sexcentesimo sexagesimo primo.

Nos igitur Carolus Dei gratia Magnae Britanniae, Franciae, et Hiberniae
rex, Fidei Defensor etc. superius expressos et foederis instrumento insertos
articulos, tanquam ad mandata nostra confectos, in omnibus suis clausulis laud-
avimus, approbavimus, et ratihabuimus, quemadmodum vigore harum eosdem
laudamus, approbamus, et omni meliori modo ratihabemus, spondentes nostro
nee non successorum nostrorum nomine, ac verbo regio, nos inviolabiliter et
bona fide eos servaturos et impleturos, nee passuros esse ut a nostratibus aut
aliis quibuscunque ullo modo violentur. In quorum fidem majorem his prae-
sentibus manu propria subscriptis magnum nostrum Angliae sigillum apponi
fecimus. Actum apud palatium nostrum de Whitehall decimo quinto die Aprilis,
anno Domini millesimo sexcentesimo sexagesimo primo.

Carolus R.

Translation.

Whereas the Most Serene and Most Potent prince and lord, lord Charles,
by the grace of God king of Great Britain, France, and Ireland, Defender
of the Faith, etc., after the recent discords of his kingdoms were, by the divine
favor, happily composed, has directed his royal authority and attention to re-
storing and renewing the foreign treaties, lapsed by reason of the iniquity of
the times, and especially has desired that the pristine friendship between the
British and Swedish crowns should not only be established but should even be
further confirmed by new additions for the greater advantage of both king-
doms; and whereas the Most Serene and Most Potent prince and lord, lord
Charles, by the grace of God, king and hereditary prince of the Swedes, Goths,
and Vandals, great prince of Finland, duke of Scania, Esthonia, Livonia,
Carelia, Bremen, Verden, Stettin, Pomerania, Cassubia, and Vandalia, prince
of Riigen, lord of Ingria and Wismar, also count palatine of the Rhine, duke
of Bavaria, Julich, Cleves, and Berg, moved by the same intention and desire,
has sent his plenipotentiaries to his Sacred Royal Majesty of Great Britain,
in order that, having performed the solemn ceremony of congratulation, they
might by means of a recorded alliance lay foundations of the aforesaid friend-
ship that should endure to remote posterity, His Sacred Royal Majesty of
Great Britain has named and constituted as his deputies or commissioners the
very illustrious men, members of his Privy Council, the lord Thomas, earl of
Southampton, lord high treasurer, lord John, baron Robartes, keeper of the
privy seal, lord Edward, earl of Manchester, chamberlain of the royal house-
hold, Lord George, earl of Norwich, captain of the king's guard, lord Arthur,
earl of Anglesey, lord Frederick, baron Cornwallis, treasurer of the royal

66 Doc. 51. Great Britain — Sweden

household, lord Anthony, haron Ashley,9 chancellor of the exchequer, Sir
George Carteret, knight baronet, vice-chamberlain of the royal household, Sir
Edward Nicholas, knight, and Sir William Morice, knight, the king's two
principal secretaries, that they may confer and conclude a treaty with the
most illustrious and most excellent lord, Nicholas Brahe, senator, admiral, and
counsellor of the College of Admiralty of his Sacred Royal Majesty and of the
kingdom of Sweden, count of Visingsborg, lord baron of Kajana, lord of
Rvdboholm and Sesswegen, ambassador extraordinary of his Sacred Royal
Majesty of Sweden to his Sacred Royal Majesty of Great Britain, and with the
very illustrious and very noble lord, Johan Fredrik von Friesendorf, lord in
Heeredyk and Kyrup, etc., counsellor of state of his Sacred Royal Majesty
of Sweden and ambassador extraordinary to his Sacred Royal Majesty of
England. Accordingly the aforesaid deputies or commissioners of his Sacred
Royal Majesty of Great Britain have met with the above-named plenipotentia-
ries of his Sacred Royal Majesty of Sweden, and after various consultations had
been held on both sides, at length, by the divine favor, they have agreed with
them clearly and firmly upon the following articles :

[ 1.] First, it is concluded and accorded, that there shall be and remain hence-
forth a good, sincere, firm, and perpetual peace, amity, good will, and corre-
spondence between his Sacred Royal Majesty of Great Britain on the one part,
and his Sacred Royal Majesty of Sweden on the other part, and all and singu-
lar their kingdoms, dominions, countries, provinces, islands, lands, colonies,
cities, towns, peoples, citizens, residents, and in general all their subjects
and inhabitants ; so that each part shall treat the other with the most complete
friendship and affection.

In pledge and greater confirmation of these premises, all and singular, the
present treaty has been signed by the commissioners of his aforesaid most
exalted Sacred Royal Majesty of Great Britain, or by the greater part of them,
and supported with the impression of their seals. Done at the palace of White-
hall, on the twenty-first day of October, in the year of our Lord 1661.

We, therefore, Charles, by the grace of God, king of Great Britain, France,
and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, etc., have commended, approved, and rati-
fied in all their clauses the articles above expressed and inserted in the instru-
ment of the treaty, as drawn in conformity with our commands, as by virtue of
these presents we do commend, approve, and in the best manner ratify them,
promising in our own name and in that of our successors and on our royal
word that we will observe and perform them inviolably and in good faith and
will not allow them to be violated in any way by our people or by any others
whatsoever. For the greater faith of which we have caused our great seal
of England to be affixed to these presents, signed with our own hand. Done
at our palace of Whitehall, on the fifteenth day of April, in the year of our
Lord 1662.

Charles, King.

9 Anthony Ashley Cooper, created Earl of Shaftesbury in 1672.

52.

Treaty of alliance, commerce, and navigation between the United
Netherlands and France, concluded at Paris, April 2J, 1662,
N. S. Ratification by the States General, July 18, 1662.

Introduction.

In the spring of 1660, the States General of the United Provinces determined
to send embassies to France and England to negotiate a triple defensive alliance,
or failing that, an alliance with each power separately, and to conclude with
each government articles of trade and navigation. They were alarmed by the
efforts of the French superintendent of finances, Fouquet, to stimulate French
trade, shipping, and colonial enterprises, at the expense of the United Nether-
lands. Since most of the ships used in French commerce were Dutch, Fouquet's
edict of June, 1659, imposing a tax of 50 sous per ton on all foreign ships
entering and leaving French ports was especially obnoxious. Contrary to their
interests also were his creation of a Company of the North, exclusively privi-
leged to import whale-oil and whalebone into France, and his project of a
commercial company that should take from the Dutch their commerce with the
West Indies.1

Near the end of the year 1660 the Dutch ambassadors extraordinary, Conrad
van Beuningen of Amsterdam, John van Ghent of Guelders, and Justus de
Huybert of Zeeland, arrived at Paris, where the resident ambassador, W.
Boreel, concurred with them in treating with the French commissioners,
Marshal Villeroy, Le Tellier, Hugues de Lionne, the Counts de Brienne, and
later Colbert and Seguier.2 Owing to Mazarin's illness, which terminated in
his death on March 9, 1661, negotiations were delayed. The matters most diffi-
cult of adjustment were connected with the Dutch demands for the abolition of
the tonnage tax and of the exclusive privileges of the whaling company, and for
the reciprocal guaranty of each other's navigation and fishing rights and terri-
torial possessions in Europe. The Dutch desired to limit to Europe also the
promise of mutual freedom of commerce and navigation.3

The French, on the other hand, demanded that the freedom of the ports
should be extended to all parts of the world; 4 that " all subjects of the king

1 F. V. D. de Forbonnais, Recherches et Considerations sur les Finances de France
(1758), II. 120, 121; G. Marcel, " Le Surintendant Fouquet, Vice-roi d'Amerique ", in
Revue de Geographie, XVI. 131-142 (1885) ; S. L. Mims, Colbert's West India Policy
(1912), pp. 52, 53.

2 Fouquet was arrested Sept. 5, 1661. Like his successor, Colbert, and like Lionne, he
was hostile to the United Netherlands, to which the two Comtes de Brienne, Seguier,
and Le Tellier were friendly. Boislisle, Memoriaux du Conseil de 1661, I. xlvii.

3 The instructions to the Dutch ambassadors are in Aitzema, Saken van Staet, IV.
720 ff. ; Secrete Resolutien, II. 202 ff.

4 Boislisle, Memoriaux du Conseil de 166 1, II. 19.

67

68 Doc. 52. United Netherlands — France

should have freedom of commerce, and their vessels free and favorable re-
ception in all the ports, harbors, and roadsteads belonging to the States in the
East and West Indies ".B

Some three months later, in September, 1661, Van Beuningen wrote De
Witt that the French would not contend for the desired privilege except in a
modified form, viz., that subjects of both powers might provide themselves with
necessaries in each other's ports outside Europe. Any concession from the
Dutch East India Company would be very acceptable to them, but in case it
were not forthcoming he did not think that negotiations would be blocked.6

The treaty, as concluded on April 27, 1662, stipulated peace between the
two powers within and without Europe, but confined to Europe the mutual
guaranty of each other's territories, rights, and liberties, enjoyed by virtue
of treaties or of common law, including liberty of commerce, navigation, and
fishing. It exempted Dutch ships from paying the tonnage tax on leaving (but
not on entering) French ports ; 7 and preserved the French whaling company's
monopoly. The duration of the treaty was fixed at twenty-five years.

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by the United Nether-
lands is in the bureau of the archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs
in Paris.

Text: Printed. F. Leonard, Recueil des Traitez de Paix (1693), V. ; L. van
Aitzema, Saken van Staet (1669-1672) , IV. 863-871 ; J. Dumont, Corps
Diplomatique (1726-1731), vol. VI., pt. II., pp. 412-419; Comte d'Es-
trades, Lettres, Memoires, et N egociations (1743), II. 1-28.

References : Contemporary and early writings. J. de Witt, Bricven, 1652-
1669 (1723-1725), I. 327-531; in French translation, Lettres et
N egociations (1725), II. 1-412; Secrete Resolutien van de . . . Staten
van Holland en Westvriesland, 1653-1668 (1717), II., passim; J. de
Boislisle, Memoriaux du Conseil de 1661 (Societe de l'Histoire de France,
1905-1907), I.-IIL, passim; L. van Aitzema, op. cit., IV. 689-691, 699,
700, 720-729, 735-742, 851, 862-887; A. van Wicquefort, Histoire des
Provinccs-Unies (ed. 1861-1874), II. 683, 684, III. 2-23; Memoires du
Comte de Brienne, in Michaud and Poujoulat, Nouvelle Collection des
Memoires (1836-1839), troisieme ser., III. 159 ff . ; J. Basnage, Annates
des Provinces-Unies (1726), I. 620, 621, 637, 638, 642-644, 650-652;
C. J. Haje, De Geheime Correspondentie van A. de Wicquefort (the
Hague, 1901).

References : Later writings. P. de Segur-Dupeyron, Histoire des Negocia-
tiones Commerciales et Maritimes du Regne de Louis XIV. (1863- ),
I. 1-55; G. A. Lefevre-Pontalis, John de Witt (1885), I. 271-277; J. de
Boislisle, op. cit., I. xlvi-xlix ; E. C. Molsbergen, Frankrijk en de Repub-
lick der Verecnigde Nederlanden, 1648-1662 (Rotterdam, 1902), pp.
194-21 1.

5 Boislisle, Memoriaux, II. 20.

6 De Witt, Brieven, I. 426, 428, 429; Lettres, II. 170, 171, 174, 175; Secrete Resolutien,
II. 327; Aitzema, op. cit., IV. 737, 745.

7 This provision is contained in a separate article. Dumont, op. cit., vol. VI., pt. II.,
pp. 418, 419.

Paris, 1662 69

Text.

Les Estats Generaux des Provinces Unies du Pais Bas, A tous ceux qui ces
presentes verront, salut. Comme ainsy soit, que le xxvii8 jour d'Avril dernier,
un traicte de renouvellement d'alliance ayt este faict et accorde a Paris, entre
les sieurs commissaires du Serenissime Roy de France et de Navarre au nom
de sa Majeste et ses royaumes, et les sieurs nos ambassadeurs extraordinaires
et ordinaire, a ce commis et authorisez en nostre nom, et de nostre estat, et que
quelques declarations particulieres ayant este donnees sur quelques articles
dudit traicte, dont la teneur s'ensuit :

L'affection que le Roy tres Chretien a tousjours eue pour le bien et la pros-
perite de 1'Estat des Provinces Unies des Pays Bas, suivant l'exemple des
roys ses predecesseurs et la passion que les Seigneurs Estats Generaux desdites
provinces ont tousjours conservee pour la grandeur de la France avec des
sentimens de reconnoissance pour les obligations et les avantages considerables
qu'ils ont recues, ont maintenu de telle sorte la bonne intelligence entre sa
Majeste et lesdits Seigneurs Estats, et une si libre et parfaite correspondance
entre leurs subjects depuis plusieurs annees que Ton pouvoit esperer qu'elle se
continueroit d'elle mesme, sans qu'il fust besoin de confirmer les precedentes
confederations par aucun nouveau traitte. Neantmoins comme sa Majeste
ne veut rien obmettre de ce qui peut affermir et perpetuer cette ancienne liaison,
et que lesdits Seigneurs Estats Generaux souhaitent de la rendre plus estroicte,
ayans a cette fin recherche sadite Majeste par leurs ambassadeurs extraordin-
aires d'un renouvellement d'alliance pour la manutention de la paix, qu'elle et
lesdits Seigneurs Estats ont a present avec tous les potentats et estats de
l'Europe, et pour regler les interests des particuliers subjects de part et d'autre
au faict du commerce, navigation, et marine, par des loix et des conventions
les plus propres a prevenir tous les inconveniens qui pourroient alterer la
bonne correspondance, les Seigneurs Jean baron de Gent, seigneur d'Oster-
weede, lieutenant des fiefs et primat du pays de Fauquemont ; Conrad de
Beuningen, conseiller de la ville d'Amsterdam ; Juste de Huybert, conseiller et
pensionnaire de la ville de Ziericzee, et Guillaume Boreel, chevalier, baron de
Urenhove, Urendic, seigneur de Steelant, Duinbeke, et Pereboom, etc., ambas-
sadeurs extraordinaires desdits Seigneurs Estats des Provinces Unies Pays
Bas, auroient a cet effet exhibe aux ministres de sa Majeste leurs pouvoirs
dont la copie est cydessous inseree pour la negociation et conclusion de ladite
alliance : Surquoy ayant plu a sa Majeste de nommer Messire Pierre de Seguier,
comte de Gien, due de Villemur, pair et chancelier de France, les seigneurs
Nicolas de Neufville, due de Villeroy, pair et mareschal de France, chevalier
des ordres de sa Majeste, et chef du Conseil Royal des Finances, Henry
Auguste de Lomenie, comte de Brienne et de Montbron, et Michiel ie Tellier,
marquis de Louvoy, seigneur de Chaville, tous deux conseillers, ministres et
secretaires d'estat, et des commandements de sa Majeste et commandeurs de
ses ordres, Hugues de Lyonne, marquis de Fresne. seigneur de Berny, aussi
conseiller et ministre d'estat, et commandeur desdits ordres, et Louis Henry
de Lomenie, chevalier, comte de Brienne et baron de Pougy, aussi conseiller
et secretaire d'estat et des commandemens de sa Majeste, et Jean Baptiste
Colbert, conseiller de sa Majeste en tous les conseils, et intendant des finances,
pour commissaires de sa part avec pouvoir, duquel ils ont represente l'original,
et dont copie est cy-desous transcrite, pour conferer et traitter de ladite alliance.

8 The text is taken from the ratification by the States General, preserved in the bureau
of the archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris.

70 Doc. 52. United Netherlands — France

et la conclurre avec lesdits seigneurs ambassadeurs, il a este convent! et accorde
entre lesdits seigneurs commissaires, au nom de sa Majeste d'une part, et
lesdits seigneurs plenipotentiaires desdits Seigneurs Estats Generaux d'autre,
ce qui ensuit.

1. II y aura a l'avenir entre le roy et ses successeurs roys de France et de
Navarre et ses royaumes d'une part, et les Seigneurs Estats Generaux des
Provinces Unies des Pays Bas, d'autre, et leurs estats et terres appartenantes,
et leurs subjects reciproquement une sincere, ferme, et perpetuelle amitie et
bonne correspondance, tant par mer que par terre, en tout et par tout, tant
dehors que dedans l'Europe.

2. De plus il y aura entre sa Majeste et ses successeurs roys de France et
ses royaumes, et lesdits Seigneurs Estats Generaux et leurs estats et terres
appartenantes, une alliance estroicte et fidelle confederation, pour se maintenir
et se conserver mutuellement l'un l'autre en la tranquillite, paix, amitie, et
neutralite, par mer et par terre, et en la possession de tous les droicts, fran-
chises, et libertez dont, ils jouissent ou ont droit de jouir, ou qui leur sont
acquis, ou qu'ils acquerront par les traittez de paix, d'amitie et neutralite qui
ont este fait cy-devant, et qui seront faict cy-apres conjoinctement et de com-
mun concert avec des autres roys, republiques, princes, et villes ; le tout pour-
tant dans l'estendue de l'Europe seulement.

3. Et ainsi ils promettent et s'obligent de se guarantir l'un l'autre, non
seulement tous les traittez, que sa Majeste et lesdits Seigneurs Estats Generaux
ont desja faict avec d'autres roys, republiques, princes, et estats, lesquels
seront exhibez de part et d'autre avant l'eschange des ratifications, mais aussy
tous ceux qu'ils pourront faire cy-apres conjoinctement et de commun concert,
et de se defendre, assister, et conserver reciproquement dans la possession
des terres, villes, et places qui appartiennent presentement et qui appartien-
dront cy-apres tant a sa Majeste et ses successeurs roys de France, qu'auxdits
Seigneurs Estats Generaux par lesdits traittez, ou dans lesquelles lesdits Estats
Generaux ont leurs guarnisons, en quelque endroit de l'Europe que lesdites
terres, villes, et places soient situees ; en cas qu'en tout ce que dessus sa Majeste
ou lesdits Seigneurs Estats Generaux viennent a estre troublez ou attaquez
par quelque hostilite ou guerre ouverte.

4. L'obligation reciproque de s'entr'ayder et defendre s'entend aussy pour
estre sa Majeste et lesdits Seigneurs Estats Generaux, leurs pays et subjects,
conservez et maintenus en tous leurs droicts, possessions, immunitez, et libertez
tant de navigation que de commerce et pesche, et autres quelconques, par mer
et par terre, qui se trouveront leur appartenir par le droit commun, ou estre
acquis par des traitez faicts ou a faire en la maniere susdicte envers et contre
tous roys, princes, republiques, ou autres estats souverains ; en sorte que si au
prejudice de ladite tranquillite, paix, amitie, et neutralite presente ou future, sa
Majeste ou lesdits Seigneurs Estats Generaux viennent a estre cy-apres attac-
quez ou en quelqu' autre sorte que ce soit troublez en la possession et jouissance
des estats, terres, villes, places, droits, immunitez, et libertez de commerce,
navigation, pesche ou autres quelconques, dont sa Majeste ou lesdits Seigneurs
Estats Generaux jouissent presentement ou auront droict de jouir, ou par le
droict commun, ou par les traittez desja faits, ou qui pourront estre faicts
comme dessus : sa Majeste et lesdits Seigneurs Estats Generaux en estans ad-
vertis et requis, l'un par l'autre, feront conjoinctement tout leur possible pour
faire cesser le trouble ou hostilite, et reparer les torts ou injures qui auront este
faicte a l'un des alliez.

5. Et en cas que ladite attaque ou trouble soit suivye d'une rupture ouverte,
celuy des deux alliez qui ne sera pas attaque, sera oblige de rompre quatre mois

Paris, 1662 71

aprez la premiere requisition de celuy d'entr'eux qui sera desja en rupture,
durant lequel temps il fera tous devoirs par ses ambassadeurs ou autres minis-
tres pour moyenner un accomrnodement equitable, entre l'aggresseur ou tur-
bateur, et l'attaque ou trouble, et neantmoins donnera pendant ledit temps un
puissant secours a son allie tel qu'il en sera convenu par des articles, separez
entre sa Majeste et lesdits Seigneurs Estats Generaux. Lesquels, bien qu'il n'en
soit fait aucune mention au present traitte, seront tenus et observez comme
s'ils y estoient inserez ou escrits. Demeurant touttefois apres ledit temps de
quatre mois expire au choix de celuy des alliez qui sera en rupture, de con-
tinuer a jouir du fruict du mesme secours au cas que la conjoincture du temps
et la constitution de ses affaires luy en fist preferer 1'effect a celuy de la rup-
ture ouverte de son allie.

• ••••••••• ••••

19. Les subjects et habitans des pays de l'obeissance de sa Majeste et des-
dits Seigneurs Estats Generaux vivront, converseront, et f requenteront les uns
avec les autres en toutte bonne amitie et correspondance et jouiront entr' eux
de la liberte du commerce et navigation dans l'Europe en touttes les limites des
estats de l'un et de l'autre de touttes sortes de marchandises et denrees dont le
commerce et le transport n'est deffendu generallement et universellement
a tous tant subjects qu'estrangers par les loix et ordonnances des estats de l'un
et de l'autre.

■ ••••••••••••a

50. Et afin que tant sadite Majeste que lesdits Seigneurs Estats Generaux
puissent estre entierement asseurez de l'effet et de l'execution reelle et vigou-
reuse de la presente confederation, ils declarent qu'ils n'ont point de traittez
ny conventions, contraires a cette confederation, qui les puissent empescher en
aucune maniere d'executer de bonne foy ce present traitte en tous ses poincts
et articles.

51. Le present traitte tant d'alliance que de commerce, navigation, et marine
durera vingt cinq ans a commencer du jour de la signature ; bien entendu
neantmoins que, si d'avanture on estoit entre dans la prestation actuelle de la
garantie, par rupture ou assistance en f aveur de son allie en vertu de ce traitte,
avant l'expiration desdits vingt cinq ans, le traitte continuera et subsistera dans
sa force et vigueur en tous ses poincts jusques a ce qu'on sera sorty de la
guerre en la maniere cy-dessus specifiee.

52. Les ratifications de ce traitte seront donnees en bonne forme et es-
changees de part et d'autre dans l'espace de trois mois, a compter du jour de
la signature.

En foy de quoy nous commissaires et ambassadeurs susdits, en vertu de nos
pourvoirs respectifs, avons esdits noms signe ces presentes de nos seings ordi-
naires et a icelles apposez les cachets de nos armes. A Paris le vingt septiesme
d'Avril, 1'an mille six cents soixante deux. Signe

Seguier. J. de Gent.

VlLLEROY. C. VAN BEUNINGEN.

De Lomenie. J. de Huybert.

De Tellier. G. Boreel.

De Lionne.
De Lomenie.
Colbert.

72 Doc. 52. United Netherlands — France

Nous ayans ledit traitte aggreable en tous et chacuns ses poincts avec lesdittes
declarations, avons iceux poincts en general et en particulier et icelles declar-
ations accepte, approuve, ratine et confirme, les acceptons, approuvons, ratifions,
et confirmons par ces presentes, promettans les garder, entretenir, et observer
inviolablement sans aller ny venir au contraire, directement ou indirectement,
en quelque sorte et maniere que ce soit, soubs l'obligation et hypotheque de
tous les biens et revenus desdittes Provinces Unies en general et en particulier,
presens et advenir. En tesmoing de quoy nous avons faict sceler ces presentes
de nostre grand seel, parapher par nostre president et signer par nostre gref-
fier. A la Haye le dixhuitiesme Juillet, mille six cens soixante deux.

M. Stabenisse v[idi]t.

Par ordonnance desdits

Seigneurs Estats Generaux.

N. Ruysch.

53.

Treaty of friendship between Great Britain and the United
Netherlands, concluded at Whitehall, September 4/14, 1662.
Ratification by Charles II., December 24, 1662/ January 3,
1663.

Introduction.

The treaty concluded between the United Netherlands and Great Britain in
1654 1 by no means terminated the disputes between the two nations. During
the remaining years of the Protectorate, the Dutch ambassador in London,
Nieupoort, continued his attempts to persuade the English government to
adopt a commercial policy favorable to Dutch trade and navigation. In par-
ticular he urged the repeal of the Navigation Act and the making of a marine
treaty advantageous to neutral commerce. His efforts were fruitless. Relations
between the two countries became more and more embittered by mutual seizures
of each other's vessels.2 The English were especially irritated by the action of
the Dutch East India Company, which in 1658 took three English ships trading
to the East Indies; but in February, 1659, representatives of both govern-
ments signed an agreement providing for compensation by the Dutch Com-
pany and the consequent extinguishment of all English claims against it, and
for reciprocal amity between the two nations " tant aux Indes Orientales
qu'ailleurs dedans et dehors l'Europe ".3

Soon after the restoration of Charles II., the States General resolved to send
an embassy to England to negotiate a defensive alliance and articles of trade
and navigation.4 The ambassadors were two able Hollanders — Louis of
Nassau, lord of Beverweert, whose daughter married a son of the Marquis
of Ormonde, and Simon van Hoorn, burgomaster of Amsterdam and confidant
of De Witt, Michael van Gogh, a Zeelander, and Joachim Ripperda of Gron-
ingen. Beverweert landed in England on July 1, 1660; his colleagues, who
waited for the completing of their instructions, not until the first of November,
after the British Parliament had renewed the Act of Navigation,5 despite the
opposition of the Dutch,6 and to their alarm.7

The instructions 8 included the projet of a treaty with articles of alliance
similar to those in the instructions of the Dutch ambassadors to France;9
articles on trade, based on the principle of commercial freedom, embodied in

1 Doc. 42.

2R. C. H. Catterall, "Anglo-Dutch Relations, 1654-1660", in Annual Report of the
American Historical Association for 1910 (1912), pp. 103-121.

3 The text of the agreement is in Aitzema, Sakcn van Staet, IV. 504.

4 Cf . Doc. 52, introduction.

5 12 Car. II. c. 18. The text is in Statutes of the Realm, V. 246.

6 Japikse, De Republiek en Engeland, p. 77.

7 Brieven, IV. 30, 33, 37 ; Japikse, op. cit., app., p. ii.

8 In Aitzema, op. cit., IV. 605-612.

9 See above, p. 67.

6 73

74 Doc. 53. Great Britain — United Netherlands

the Magnus Intercursus of 1495 ; 10 and articles on navigation, resembling
those of the Dutch-Spanish marine treaty of 1650.11 Among the stipulations
were mutual friendship within and also without Europe (art. 1) ; a defensive
alliance with mutual guaranty of each other's lands in Europe only (art. 2) ;
reciprocal freedom of trade (also restricted to their European territories) ;
and equal tolls for subjects of the two powers in the territory of either — pro-
visions which implied the repeal of the Navigation Act (arts. 8 and 9). Ad-
ditional instructions based on a memorial of the Dutch West India Com-
pany, of November 5, 1660, were " to terminate and determine according to
equity with the [King of England], the differences which have arisen respect-
ing the division of boundary, etc., between the English and the Dutch in New
Netherland ".12

In December negotiations began. The English commissioners— George
Monk, duke of Albemarle, the Earl of Manchester, lord chamberlain of the
household, Lord Robartes, the comptroller, Sir Charles Berkeley, Secretaries
Nicholas and Morrice, Arthur Annesley viscount Valentia, Anthony Ashley
Cooper, and the Marquis of Ormonde 13 — opposed various objections to the
Dutch pro jet. Like the French commissioners for the treaty with the Nether-
lands 14 they queried why the defensive alliance called for in the second article
should be restricted to Europe, whereas the first article referred to possessions
outside Europe as well. With regard to the provisions conflicting with the
Navigation Act, they urged that the Act could be repealed only by Parliament,
and that as the States endured the Act in the time of Cromwell, so must they
in the time of Charles.15 They refused as firmly as in 1654 the demands re-
specting navigation, and the proposals for free fishing on the English coast ; 16
and they supported claims of the English East India Company against the Dutch
East India Company, most of which the Dutch regarded as settled by the
treaties of 1654 and 1659.

They proposed an article providing, inter alia, for free commerce between
the two peoples in all their lands, including their colonies, " wherein there
previously was, or now is, trade ", but " saving the laws and statutes of both
countries " — meaning of course the Navigation Act ! 17 The Dutch were ready

10 The text is in Rymer, Foedera, XII. 578-591.

11 Japikse, op. cit., p. 61. The text of the treaty of 1650 is in Dumont, Corps Diplo-
matique, vol. VI., pt. I., p. 570.

12 J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y. (1853-1883), II. 164.

13 The ambassadors to the States General, Dec. 3/13, 1660. British Museum, Add.
MSS. 17677, X, f. 585.

14 Cf. Doc. 52, introduction.

15 Japikse, op. cit., pp. 80-82; B. M., Add. MSS. 17677, Y.

16 T. W. Fulton, The Sovereignty of the Sea (1911), p. 451.

17 ... " item uti inter dictum Regem et dictos Ordines eorumve populos incolasve,
tarn per terram quam per mare, flumina, et aquas dulces, in omnibus et singulis regionibus,
terris, dominiis, territoriis, provinciis, insulis, coloniis, urbibus, oppidis, pagis, portubus,
et finibus sit liberum commercium, quibus in locis commercium aut antea fuit aut nunc
est ; ita ut absque ullo salvo conductu aliaque licentia generali vel speciali, tarn per terras
quam per mare, flumina et aquas dulces, populus subjecti incolaeque alterutrius possint
in praedicta dominia et regna omnesque eorum urbes, oppida, portus, littora, sinus,
locaque venire, intrare, et navigare et cum plaustris, equis, sarimis, navigiis, onustis quam

Whitehall, 1662 75

to accept this article provided the English would agree to certain of their
demands respecting trade, navigation, and the fishery,18 and would strike out
the contradictory saving clause. But they objected to extending the mutual
guaranty to the colonies on the pretext of their remoteness, but doubtless be-
cause they did not wish to have interests in common with the English in the
East Indies, where the Dutch Company was able to protect itself.19 They were
indignant at the English for presenting a draft of thirteen articles relative to
the East India trade, stipulating that the demands of the English East India
Company upon the Dutch Company should be satisfied as a prerequisite to a
treaty of alliance.20 By midsummer of 1661 it was clear that an alliance could
not be agreed on. The aim of the negotiations was therefore shifted to a simple
treaty of friendship, for which the English produced a projet almost entirely
made up of articles from Cromwell's treaty of 1654,21 except for a new article
requiring the surrender of Pulo Run in accordance with the treaty of 1623,
and the appointment of commissioners to adjust the pretensions of the Eng-
lish East India Company.22 Thereafter the chief points of difference related
to the commissioners. De Witt wished to leave to the commissioners only ques-
tions that could not be settled by agreement, and that involved the state —
such as those concerning Amboyna, Pulo Run, and the boundaries of New
Netherland. The Dutch also urged that claims should be made only for
damages or losses sustained since 1659. The English accepted this date as the
terminus a quo for claims originating east of the Cape of Good Hope, but
insisted that for the region west of that Cape, the terminus a quo should be
1654. After the Dutch had conceded this point, the English insisted on ex-
cepting two ships — the Bonaventure and the Bonn Esperansa — from the general
annulment of claims prior to 1654. Again the Dutch yielded. The treaty was
signed in London on September 4/14, 1662.

During the long course of the negotiations various events, such as Charles
II.'s treaty of marriage with the Infanta of Portugal; 23 his interference with
the Dutch East India Company's preparations for attacking the Portuguese in
the East ; 2i his charter to the Company of Adventurers in Africa ; 25 and his
treaty with Sweden,26 revealed more and more clearly the opposition between
English and Dutch policies respecting colonies and commerce.

onerandis, merces importare, emere, vendere, in iisdem quantum voluerint, commeatum
resque ad victum necessarias justo precio sibi parare, reficiendis navigiis et behiculis
propriis vel conductis vel commodatis operam dare; atque inde cum bonis, mercibus,
aliisque rebus quibuscunque cum eadem libertate discedere et ad patrias proprias vel
alienas quomodocunque velint et sine impedimenta exire, salvis tamen utriusque loci
legibus et statutis omnibus." Japikse, op. cit., app., p. v.

18 Secrete Resolutien, II. 288, 289.

19 The pretext of the Dutch is given ibid., II. 282, 283, and in Aitzema, IV. 745 ; but cf.
Wicquefort, Histoire des Provinces-Unies, IIL 46, 47, and Japikse, op. cit., p. 100.

20 Japikse, op. cit., app., pp. vi, vii.

21 See above, Doc. 42. Articles 2, 3, 4, 28, 29, and 30 were omitted. Japikse, op. cit.,
p. no, note 5.

22 The provision regarding the commissioners resembled in principle that of article 30
of the treaty of 1654.

23 Doc. SO.

24 Aitzema, IV. 748.

25 Doc. 50, note 12.
28 Doc. 51.

7G Doc. 5J. Great Britain — United Netherlands

This opposition was coming to a clash in America, where the question of the
limits of the English and Dutch settlements grew increasingly troublesome.
English claims and encroachments in the upper Hudson region, on Long Island,
and in the Dutch district on the Delaware, alarmed Stuyvesant and the West
India Company. The Company had hoped that Charles II. might favor them,
and they desired the Dutch negotiators in London to urge the king (i) to
cause Lord Baltimore to desist from his pretensions at least until commis-
sioners in England should agree on a boundary between Maryland and New
Netherland ; (2) to order restored to the Company the Connecticut river " and
the lands on both sides thereof, together with a part of Long Island, unjustly
usurped ... by the English of the North"; (3) to make a boundary line
between the said northern English and the Company ; and (4) to renew the
act of 1627 permitting mutual freedom of trade in the colonies in accordance
with the treaty of Southampton.27

The British did not comply with any of these demands. Events proved that
they preferred to safeguard their customs receipts and the monopoly of their
colonial trade by absorbing New Netherland. But meanwhile the treaty of
London served to allay for a few months the fears of Stuyvesant and the
Company,28 and later its fifteenth article became the basis for protests against
the seizure of the Dutch colony.29

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by Charles II. is pre-
served in the Rijksarchief at the Hague.

Text: Printed. L. van Aitzema, Saken van Staet (1669-1672), IV. 915-920;
J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VI., pt. II., pp. 422-
428.

Translations: English. British Museum, 595 + 26 (published in 1662).
Dutch. L. van Aitzema, op. cit., IV. 908-915.

References: Contemporary and early writings. T. H. Lister, Edward,
First Earl of Clarendon (1837-1838), III. 134-220, passim; L. van Ait-
zema, op. cit., IV. 605-612, 615-619, 745-749, 752-758, 761-764, 891-895,
899-907, 921 ; A. van Wicquefort, Histoire des Pr ovine es-Unies (ed. 1861-
1874), II. 680-682, III. 41-64, 76-85; Origineel Historisch Verhael van't
gene binnen den tijt van ses weken herwaerts tot 31 January 1662 tusschen
Engelant ende Hollant zvegens de nieuw te maken Tractaten gepasseert is
(Rotterdam, 1662) ; Hollandtsche Mercurius, 1661 (1662), id., 1662
(1663), passim; J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y. (1853-1883),
II. 121, 122, 125, 131, 132, 164, 287, 302, 325, 332, 334, 335; B. Fernow,
Documents relating to Lona Island (1883), in Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y '.,
XIV. 481, 487, 503, 506, 508, 525, 527, 534.

References: Later writings. N. Japikse, De Republiek en Engeland (Lei-
den, 1900), pp. 155-229; H. L." Schoolcraft, " The Capture of New Am-
sterdam ", in Eng. Hist. Rev., XXI. 677-683 (Oct., 1907) ; A. Lefevre-
Pontalis, John de Witt (1885), I. 263-267; Sir Henry Craik, Edward.
Earl of Clarendon (1911), II. 176-182.

27 See the Remonstrance of the West India Company to the States General, Nov. 5.
1660, in Brodhead, op. cit., II. 132. For the act of 1627, see Treaties, I. 292.

28 Fernow, Documents relating to Long Island, pp. 525, 526.

29 See Doc. 57, introduction.

Whitehall, 1662 77

Text.

30

Carolus Dei gratia Magnae Britanniae, Franciae, et Hiberniae rex, Fidei
Difensor, etc. Constare volumus omnibus et singulis quorum intererit, aut
quomodocunque interesse poterit, quod, quum desiderio renovandae nobiscum
amicitiae antiquae foederisque mutui pangendi Celsi ac Praepotentes Domini
Ordines Generales Foederati Belgii legatos suos extraordinarios ad nos mise-
rint, factum est, ut a nostra quoque parte constitutis et plena potestate munitis
commissariis de amicitia consolidanda et foedere pangendo congressus discep-
tationesque hinc inde Londini haberentur, atque negotiurn ipsum eo provehere-
tur ut in sequentem tractatum in eoque comprehensos articulos rite convenire-
tur:

Postquam Divina providentia nuperos in Anglia motus suaviter composuerat,
et Serenissimum Magnae Britanniae Regem ad avita regna ac dominia sua
admirabili quodam populorum applausu reduxerat, dictus dominus rex eo
statim curas et cogitationes applicuit ut pacem amicitiamque cum vicinis et
confoederatis suis vel continuaret vel redintegraret ; ex omnibus autem genti-
bus quae cum dicto domino rege, vel cum regiis praedecessoribus suis unquam
sociatae sunt, nullas Celsis ac Praepotentibus Ordinibus Generalibus Foederati
Belgii praeferendas esse censuit, turn quod dictus dominus rex ej usque praede-
cessores propensum semper et benevolum animum erga dictos dominos Ordines
eorumque rempublicam ostenderint, turn quod mutua subditorum dicti domini
regis dominorumque Ordinum Generalium commoda et commercia, et prae-
sertim ejusdem religionis professio, singularem quandam affectus et consilii
unionem ad utriusque populi stabilimentum et incrementum postulare videantur.
Cumque dicti domini Ordines moti supra memoratis rationibus nihil antiquius
habuerint, quam ut omnimodo pristina foedera inter dictum dominum regem
d'ictosque dominos Ordines renovarentur et firmiori nexu stringerentur, ideoque
legatos suos extraordinarios in Angliam miserint, dominum Ludovicum de
Nassau dominum de Lecq, Beverwaert et Odijck, Simonem van Hoorn con-
sularem et consiliarium urbis Amstelrodamensis, deputatum in Consilio Ordin-
ario Hollandiae et Westfrisiae, Michael em van Gogh antehac syndicum et con-
siliarium urbis Flissingensis, deputatum ad rationes provinciales Zeelandiae,
Joachimum Ripperda dominum de Farmsum, urbis Appingadam, Helm,
Scilvolda, Sidecbuiren, Oosterwijckweert, Olweerda, Vitweerda, Marsum,
Birsum, Salweert, et Eversum, deputatos Hollandiae, Selandiae, et Groeningae
et Omlandiae in Consessu Ordinum Generalium, ad arctiorem firmioremque
pacem et amicitiam cum dicto domino rege ineundam ; placuit dicto domino regi
deputare ex parte sua commissarios et procuratores suos e secretiori sacrae
Majestatis Consilio, Johannem baronem Robarts custodem privati sigilli,
Georgium ducem Albemarlae exercituum in Magna Britannia et Hibernia
capitaneum generalem et equorum regiorum magistrum, Eduardum comitem
Mancestriae hospitii regii camerarium, Hieronymum comitem Portlandiae,
Denzillum baronem Hollis, Antonium baronem Ashley scaccarii regii cancel-
larium et subthesaurarium, Carolum Berkeley equitem auratum hospitii regii
thesaurarium, Georgium Carteret equitem auratum et baronettum hospitii regii
vicecamerarium, Eduardum Nicholas equitem auratum, unum, et Guilielmum
Morice equitem auratum, alterum primariorum regis secretariorum, ut super
proposito foedere cum dictis legatis tractarent concluderentque secundum
literas plenae potestatis utrimque exhibitas, quarum exemplar in fine hujus

30 The text is taken from the original manuscript of the ratification by Charles II.,
preserved in the Rijksarchief at the Hague.

78 Doc. 53. Great Britain — United Netherlands

tractatus insertum est : tandemque inter dictos Regiae Majestatis commissarios
ab una, dominorumque Ordinum legatos ab altera parte, conventum et con-
cordatum est:

1. Imprimis, quod ab hoc die sit vera, firma et inviolabilis pax, amicitia
sincerior, intimior atque arctior confoederatio et unio inter Serenissimum
Magnae Britanniae Regem atque Celsos ac Praepotentes Ordines Generales
Foederatarum Belgii Provinciarum, terrasque, regiones, civitatesque sub utrius-
que ditione sine distinctione locorum positas, earumque subditos et incolas
cujuscunque demun gradus fuerint.

9. Item, quod dictus dominus Rex Magnae Britanniae, subditique ejus,
omnesque Majestatis suae dominiorum incolae, item praedictae Foederatae
Provinciae, earumque subditi et incolae, cujuscunque ordinis et conditionis
fuerint, ad sese mutuo rebus omnibus humaniter atque amice tractandum
obligabuntur, uti terra vel aqua alterutrius regiones, oppida, pagos, sive muro
cincta sive non cincta, sive munita sive non munita, portus etiam, et universam
partis utriusque ditionem in Europa libere et secure adire possint, in iisque ver-
sari et commorari quamdiu voluerint, ibique sine ullo impedimento commeatum
suis usibus quantum necesse erit coemere, atque etiam negotiari et mercat-
uram facere quocunque mercium genere ipsis videbitur, easque advehere suo
arbitratu aut exportare, dummodo quae statuta sunt portoria solvant, salvis
etiam alterutrius dominii legibus et statutis omnibus : ita tamen ut subditi et
incolae utriusque partis commercium suum exercentis in alterutrius regionibus
et ditionibus, non obligentur in posterum plus portorii, census, vectigalium,
aut aliorum tributorum solvere, quam pro rata proportione quam alii extranei
solvunt in iisdem locis mercaturam exercentes.

14. Item, quod si acciderit ut quamdiu foedus, amicitia, et societas haec dura-
verit, ab ullo ex subditis aut incolis alterutrius partis contra hoc foedus aut
ullum ejus membrum mari, terra, aut aquis dulcibus quicquam fiat aut ten-
tetur, amicitia haec, foedus, et societas inter has nationes non idcirco interrump-
pentur aut infringentur, verum integra nihilominus perstabunt, vimque suam
plenariam obtinebunt ; tantummodo illi ipsi qui contra foedus praedictum com-
miserint, singuli punientur et nemo alius ; justitiaque reddetur et satisfactio
dabitur illis omnibus quorum id interest ab iis omnibus qui terra, mari, aut aliis
aquis contra hoc foedus quicquam commiserint ulla in parte Europae, aut
ubivis locorum intra f return Gaditanum, sive in America, vel per Af ricae littora,
ullisve in terris, insulis, aequoribus, aestuariis, sinubus, fluminibus, ullisve in
locis cis caput Bonae Spei, intra anni spatium quam justitia postulabitur ; in
omnibus autem (uti supradictum est) ultra praedictum caput locis, intra
menses octodecim quam justitia praedicto modo poscetur. Quod si vero foederis
ruptores non comparuerint, neque se judicandos submiserint, neque satisfac-
tionem dederint intra hoc vel illud temporis spatium pro loci longinquitate modo
constitutum, praedicti illi utriusque partis hostes judicabuntur, eorumque bona,
facilitates, et quicunque reditus publicabuntur, plenaeque ac justae satisfaction!
impendenda erunt earum injuriarum quae ab ipsis illatae sunt, ipsique praeterea,
cum in alterutrius partis potestate fuerint. iis poenis obnoxii erunt quas suo
quisque crimine commeruerit.

15. Item, conventum et conclusum est inter dictum dominum Regem Magnae
Britanniae, ac dictos dominos Ordines Foederati Belgii, quod insula Pularon
restituetur dicto domino Regi, aut iis qui ad hoc diploma a rege sub magno
Angliae sigillo acceperint, idque simul ac aliquis tali instructus diplomate illuc

Whitehall, 1662 79

pervenerit, ac illam restitutionem petierit ; et quo illud f acilius ac certius ad
exitum perducatur, ab Ordinibus Generalibus et Societate Indica quae est apud
Belgas diplomata ad hoc necessaria ipsi tradentur statim post ratificationem
hujus tractatus ; et quod per restitutionem istius insulae Pularonis actiones ac
praetensiones omnes quas subditi unius et alterius partis ob damna, injurias,
et offensiones invicem in India illatas et in Anglia cognitas ante decimum/vige-
simum Januarii anni millesimi sexcentesimi quinquagesimi octavi/noni sibi com-
petere putant, (hoc excepto, quod scilicet qui si jacturam passos dicunt in
duabus navibus, videlicet, Bona Avantura et Bona Esperansa, poterunt litem
inceptam prosequi) cessabunt, extinguentur, et annihilabuntur eo quo sequitur
modo ;

Ut omnes offensae, injuriae, damna ac dispendia (excipiendo prius excepto)
quae pars una ab altera pertulit, aut quomodolibet se pertulisse causari posset
in Indiis Orientalibus quorum quidem notitia aliqua f uerit Londini apud Anglos,
aut Hagae Comitum apud Belgas, ante vigesimum diem Januarii anni millesimi
sexcentesimi quinquagesimi noni stylo novo, aut decimo Januarii anni millesimi
sexcentesimi quinquagesimi octavi stylo veteri ; in caeteris vero mundi plagis
ex Capite quarumcunque actionum aut verum quae contigere ante publicationem
et notitiam pacis inter utramque gentem initae die quarto /quatuordecimo Mar-
tii anni millesimi sexcentesimi quinquagesimi tertii/quarti penitus deleta atque
extincta remanebunt, ita ut neutra dictarum partium alteri negotium facesset ob
aliquod istius modi damnum, offensam, injuriam, aut dispendia (excipiendo
prius excepto) sed eorum omnium singulorumque perfecta erit remanebitque
abolitio, omnesque eo nomine lites actionesque cassae nullaeque erunt : caetera
autem damna, offensae, injuriae, et dispendia quae gens Anglicana seu publico
seu privatorum nomine affirmare poterit sibi obvenisse aut illata esse a Foedera-
torum Belgarum regimine, aut a societatibus vel privatis eidem regimini sub-
jectis, uti et vicissim quae Foederati Belgae seu publico seu privatorum nomine
sibi obvenisse aut illata esse causari poterunt ab Anglorum regimine, aut a
societatibus vel privatis eidem subjectis, in Indiis Orientalibus post diem deci-
mum/vigesimum Januarii anni millesimi sexcentesimi quinquagesimi octavi/
noni aut saltern quorum notitia ante eum diem Londini aut Hagae Comitum non
fuerit, atque in caeteris mundi partibus post publicationem et notitiam pacis
praedictae anni millesimi sexcentesimi quinquagesimi tertii/quarti absque ulla
personarum seu loci et temporis ulteriori distinctione aut exceptone submitten-
tur, sicut hisce tabulis submittuntur, examini, arbitrio et decisioni commissa-
riorum, modo et conditionibus ut sequitur :

Ut commissarii in res praeteritas tantum constituantur, neutiquam vero in
futuras quae post diem conclusi tractatus accidere poterunt ;

Uti commissio eorum in praeterita solummodo (ut jam dictum est) directa
clausulam ullam generalem nequaquam contineat, sed expresse circumscri-
batur ac limitetur catalogo speciali qui commissioni adjungetur, ita ut praeter
actiones eodem catalogo descriptas de nulla alia recognoscere ipsis integrun
sit ;

Ut autem de eo utriusque conveniat, catalogus ab utraque parte conficietur,
ac utrimque commutabitur, ut hinc inde rite et debite examini subjici possit ; ac
si vel in hoc vel in illo inveniantur res qualescunque ad Indias Orientales
spectantes quae ante diem decimum /vigesimum Januarii anni millesimi sex-
centesimi quinquagesimi octavi/noni Londini notae fuerunt quoad actiones
Anglorum, aut eodem tempore Hagae Comitis quoad actiones Foederatarum
Provinciarum, vel quae in caeteris mundi plagis ante publicationem et notitiam
pacis praedictae anni millesimi sexcentesimi quinquagesimi tertii/quarti acci-

80 Doc. 5 j. Great Britain — United Netherlands

derunt, aut etiam aliae actiones ejus naturae, ut hujus modi arbitrio submitti
minus aptae censeantur, eae ex catalogis expungentur.

Postquam itaque de hisce catalogis utrimque conventum erit, annus integer
constituetur quo inter Serenissimae suae Majestatis ministrum atque Ordinum
Generalium commissarios Hagae Comitis negotia omnia iisdem catalogis con-
tents per arnica colloquia componantur, et praetendentes vel eorum mandatarii
hunc in finem speciali mandato muniti ante exitum sexti mensis praedicti anni
Hagae Comitis sistere sese tenebuntur ;

Hoc autem anno elapso, omnes eae actiones ob quas praetendentes vel eorum
mandatarii Hagae fuerint eo intuitu ut de iis amicabiliter transigeretur (quod
per legitimum testimonium ablegati Regis Magnae Britanniae et commis-
sariorum Ordinum Generalium aut alterutrius probare tenebuntur) et de qui-
bus tamen antea ita transactum non f uerit, ad dictos commissarios remittentur ;
ut tandem per eos aut componantur aut decidantur : qui quidem commissarii post
dictum annum elapsum, si aliquae actiones tunc temporis ita amice non fuerint
compositae, eo fine Londinum convenient, eruntque quaterni ab utraque parte ;
instruentur autem et munientur authoritate ; fietque porro haec ipsa submissio
et progressus in omnibus et per omnia eodem prorsus modo quo anno millesimo
sexcentesimo quinquagesimo quarto factum fuit, ita tamen ut hisce super arbi-
trium Protestantibus Helvetiorum cantonibus non deferatur.

16. Item, quod dicti domini Regis subditi, quique sub ejus ditione fuerint,
possint libere, tuto, ac secure in Foederati Belgii Provinciis et singulis suis
ditionibus in Europa, perque eas, terra vel aqua ad ulla in iis loca, vel ultra eas
iter facere, perque ulla earum oppida, praesidia, munimenta transire quae ullis
in locis Foederatarum Belgii Provinciarum, aut alibi in earum ditionibus sunt
vel erunt, mercaturam in omnibus illis locis facientes, eorumque negotiatores,
institores famuli ve, armati sive inermes (armati autem non amplius quadra-
ginta simul) tarn sine bonis suis et mercimoniis quam cum iis, quocunque ire
voluerint. Poterit item populus et incolae Foederatarum Belgii Provinciarum
eadem libertate frui in omnibus dicti domini Regis ditionibus in Europa, dum-
modo in hujusmodi commercio et mercatura singuli alterutrius dominii legibus
et statutis utrimque pareant moremque gerant.

28. Item, conventum, conclusum, et concordatum est, quod praesens tracta-
tus, atque omnia et singula in eo contenta et conclusa, a dicto domino Rege
Magnae Britanniae, dictisque dominis Ordinibus Generalibus Foederatarum
Provinciarum per patentes utriusque partis literas sigillo magno munitas debita
et authentica forma intra tres menses proxime insequentes (aut citius, si fieri
poterit) confirmabuntur et ratihabebuntur, mutuaque instruments intra prae-
dictum tempus extradentur ; nee non et tractatus hie et conf oederatio statim
a traditis et permutatis instrumentis forma et loco solitis publicabuntur.

In quorum omnium fidem maj usque robur, nos praedicti legati extraordinarii

dictorum dominorum Ordinum Generalium praesentem tractatum subscripsi-

mus, eidemque sigilla nostra apposuimus. Actum apud Whitehall quarto-

/decimo quarto die Septembris anni millesimi sexcentesimi sexagesimi secundi.

V. Hoorn. M. Vangogh.

Nos igitur Carolus, Dei gratia Magnae Britanniae, Franciae, et Hiberniae
rex, Fidei Defensor, etca. tractatum superius expressum et singulos ejusdem
articulos, nee non articulum separatum eidem annexum, tanquam ad mandata
nostra confectos, in omnibus suis clausulis laudavimus, approbavimus, et
rati-habuimus, quemadmodum vigore praesentium eosdem laudamus, appro-

Whitehall, 1662 81

bamus, et omni meliori modo rati-habemus, spondentes nostro et successorum
nostrorum nomine ac verbo regio, nos inviolabiliter et bona fide eos servaturos
et impleturos, nee passuros esse ut a nostratibus aut aliis quibuscunque ullo
modo violentur. In quorum fidem praesentes literas manu nostra subscriptas
majori Angliae sigillo muniri jussimus. * Actum apud, Westmonasterium
vigesimo quarto die Decembris, anno millesimo sexcentesimo sexagesimo
secundo, et regni nostri decimo quarto.

Carolus R.

Translation.

Charles, by the grace of God king of Great Britain, France, and Ireland,
Defender of the Faith, etc. We wish to make known to all and singular whom
it shall concern or may in any way concern, that whereas, with a desire of re-
newing their ancient friendship with us, and of concluding a mutual league, the
High and Mighty lords, the States General of the United Netherlands, have
sent their ambassadors extraordinary to us, it has been brought to pass that,
after commissioners had been appointed on our part also, and armed with full
powers, conferences and discussions about confirming friendship and con-
cluding a treaty were held on both sides in London, and the matter was so
far advanced that the following treaty and the articles comprehended therein,
were duly agreed on :

After Divine Providence had quietly composed the recent commotions in
England, and had brought back the Most Serene King of Great Britain to his
ancestral kingdoms and dominions with wonderful popular applause, the said
lord king at once turned his attention and thought to continuing or renewing
peace and amity with his neighbors and confederates ; and of all the nations
ever associated with the said lord king or his royal predecessors, he thought
that none should be preferred to the High and Mighty States General of the
United Netherlands, both because the said lord king and his predecessors have
always shown a favorable and kindly feeling toward the said lords the States
and their republic, and also because the mutual advantage and trade of the
subjects of the said lord king and of the lords the States General, and especially
the profession of the same religion, seem to call for a certain singular union
of sentiment and purpose for the stabiliment and development of both peoples.
And whereas the said lords the States, moved by the reasons aforesaid, have
deemed nothing more important than that the former treaties between the said
lord king and the said lords the States should be entirely renewed and made
more closely and firmly binding, and for that reason have sent their ambassadors
extraordinary into England, the lord Louis of Nassau, lord of Lek, Bever-
waert, and Odijk, Simon van Hoorn, ex-burgomaster and councillor of the
city of Amsterdam, deputy in the ordinary council of Holland and West
Friesland, Michael van Gogh, formerly syndic and councillor of the city of
Flushing, deputy to the provincial estates of Zeeland, Joachim Ripperda,
lord of Farmsum, of the town of Appingedam, Helium, Schildwolde, Sidde-
buren, Oosterwijtwerd. Holwierda, Uitwierda. Marsum, Birsum, Solwerd, and
Eversum, deputies of Holland, Zeeland, and Groningen and the Ommeland in
the assembly of the States General, for the purpose of entering into a closer
and firmer peace and friendship with the said lord king, it has pleased the said
lord king to depute on his part as his commissioners and deputies members
of his Sacred Majesty's Privy Council, John, baron Robartes, keeper of the
privy seal, George, duke of Albemarle, captain general of the armies in Great

82 Doc. 55. Great Britain — United Netherlands

Britain and Ireland, and master of the royal horse, Edward, earl of Manchester,
chamberlain of the royal household, Jerome, earl of Portland, Denzil, baron
Hollis, Anthony, baron Ashley, chancellor of the exchequer and subtreasurer,
Charles Berkeley, knight, treasurer of the royal household, George Carteret,
knight baronet, vice-chamberlain of the royal household, Edward Nicholas,
knight, and William Morice, knight, the king's two principal secretaries, in
order that they may treat and conclude with the said ambassadors in respect to
the proposed treaty, in accordance with the letters of full powers exhibited on
both sides, a copy of which is inserted at the end of this treaty. And at length
between the said commissioners of his Royal Majesty on the one hand, and the
ambassadors of the lords the States on the other hand, it has been covenanted
and agreed :

1. First, it is concluded and agreed, that from this day forth there shall
be a true, firm, and inviolable peace, a more sincere friendship, a more intimate
and close confederacy and union between the Most Serene King of Great
Britain and the High and Mighty States General of the United Provinces of
the Netherlands, and the lands, countries, and cities under the obedience of
each, without distinction of places, together with their subjects and inhabitants
of whatsoever rank they be.

9. Also, that the said lord King of Great Britain and his subjects, and all
the inhabitants of his Majesty's dominions, and also the said United Provinces
and their subjects and inhabitants, of whatsoever rank or condition they may
be, shall be bound to treat each other with humanity and friendliness in all
respects, so that they may freely and safely pass by land or by water into
each other's countries, cities, towns walled or unwalled, fortified or not forti-
fied, and their havens, and all their dominions in Europe, to continue and abide
therein so long as they shall please, and may there buy so many provisions as
are necessary for their use, without any hindrance : and that likewise they may
trade and traffic in whatever sorts of goods and commodities shall seem to them
fit, and may import and export them at their pleasure, paying the usual duties,
but saving all the laws and statutes of both countries ; provided nevertheless,
that the subjects and inhabitants of either side exercising their trade in each
other's countries and dominions shall not be obliged hereafter to pay any more
customs, dues, imposts, or other duties than in that proportion which other
foreigners trading in the said places pay.

• •••••••••••••

14. Also, that in case it shall happen that during this league, friendship, and
alliance, anything shall be done or attempted by any of the subjects or inhabi-
tants of either party against this treaty, or any part thereof, by sea, land, or
fresh waters, that nevertheless this amity, league, and alliance between the said
nations shall not thereby be interrupted or broken, but shall remain and con-
tinue in its full force ; and that only those particular persons shall be punished,
who have offended against this treaty, and none else; and that justice shall
be rendered, and satisfaction given to all persons concerned, by all those that
have committed anything contrary to this treaty, on land or sea, or other waters,
in any part of Europe, or in any places within the Straits of Cadiz, or in
America, or upon the coasts of Africa, or in any lands, islands, seas, creeks,
bays, rivers, or in any places on this side the Cape of Good Hope, within the
space of a year after justice shall be demanded ; and in all places whatsoever
beyond the said Cape (as aforesaid) within eighteen months after justice shall
be demanded in the manner aforesaid. But in case the offenders against this

Whitehall, 1662 83

treaty shall not appear, nor submit themselves to judgment and give satisfaction
within the respective times above fixed proportionable to the distance of the
places, they shall be declared enemies of both parties, and all their goods,
estates, and revenues shall be confiscated for due and full satisfaction of the
injuries inflicted by them ; and their persons also, when they come within the
power of either party, shall be liable unto such punishments as each may
deserve for his respective offense.

15. Also, it is agreed and concluded between the said lord King of Great
Britain, and the said Lords States of the United Netherlands, that the island
of Pulo Run shall be restored to his said Majesty, or to those whom he shall
appoint for this purpose by a commission under the great seal of England ;
and [it shall be restored] so soon as any one provided with such a commission
shall arrive there and demand the said restitution ; and in order that the restora-
tion may be effected with the more ease and certainty, commissions necessary
for that end shall be delivered unto him from the States General and the Neth-
erlands India Company, immediately after the ratification of this treaty. And
[it is agreed] that by the restitution of the said island of Pulo Run, all actions
and pretensions wherein the subjects of either party think they have right for
losses, injuries, and offenses committed upon each other in India, and taken
notice of in England before January 10/20, 1658/9 (with this exception,
that they who say they have suffered loss in two ships, to wit, the Bonaventure
and the Bona Esperansa, may prosecute the suit already begun), shall cease.
be extinguished, and annulled in the manner following:

That all offenses, injuries, and losses (except those before excepted) which
one party has suffered, or can in any way pretend to have suffered from the
other in the East Indies, whereof any notice shall have been given to the Eng-
lish at London, or to the Netherlanders at the Hague, before the twentieth
of January, 1659, new style, or the tenth of January, 1658, old style; but in
other parts of the world on this side the Cape, any actions or things whatso-
ever that happened before the publication and notice of the peace concluded
between both nations on March 4/14, 1653/4, shall remain utterly cancelled
and extinguished, so that neither party shall trouble the other on account of any
such damage, offencs, injury, or detriment (except the before excepted) but
there shall be and remain a perfect abolition of all and every one of them,
and all suits and actions upon such account shall be void and null : but other
damages, offenses, injuries, and detriments, which the English nation, either
upon public or private account, can affirm to have fallen or have been brought
upon them by the government of the United Netherlands, or by the companies
or private persons subject to that government, as on the other side what the
United Netherlanders can upon public or private account pretend to have fallen
or been brought upon them by the government of the English, or by the com-
panies or private persons subject thereunto, in the East Indies, after January
10/20, 1658/9, or at least whereof there was no notice at London or at the
Hague before that day ; and in other parts of the world after the publication
and notice of the aforesaid peace of the year 1653/4. without any further dis-
tinction or exception of persons, place, or time, shall be submitted, as by this
treaty they are submitted, unto the examination, arbitration, and decision of
commissioners or arbitrators, after the manner and under the conditions fol-
lowing :

That commissioners be appointed only for matters past, but not at all for
matters to come, which may happen after the day whereupon this treaty is
concluded ;

84 Doc. 55. Great Britain — United Netherlands

That their commission, directed unto past things only, as has been already
said, is not to contain any general clause, but is to be expressly confined and
limited to a special catalogue, which shall be annexed unto the commission, so
that they may by no means take cognizance of any other thing besides the
actions set down in that catalogue ;

But that they may mutually agree thereupon, a catalogue shall be made
by each party and interchangeably delivered, so that it may be properly and
duly examined by either side ; and if there be found in either of the catalogues
any things whatsoever relating to the East Indies which were known in Lon-
don before January 10/20, 1658/9, as to actions of the English, or at the same
time at the Hague as to actions of the United Provinces, or which happened
in other parts of the world before the publication and notice of the aforesaid
peace of the year 1653/4, or other actions of such a nature as may not be
thought fit to be referred unto such arbitration, they shall be expunged out of
the catalogues ;

Accordingly after each side has agreed upon these catalogues, a whole year
shall be appointed wherein all cases contained in those catalogues may be
accommodated and composed by friendly conferences between his Majesty's
minister and the commissioners of the States General at the Hague; and the
claimants or their deputies thereunto appointed by special letters of attorney,
shall be bound to make their appearance at the Hague before the end of
the sixth month in the aforesaid year ;

But that year having expired, all those cases about which the claimants
or their deputies were at the Hague with an aim or purpose to have them
brought unto a friendly issue (which they shall be bound to prove by lawful
testimony of the envoy of the King of Great Britain, and of the commissioners
of the States General, or either of them) and which nevertheless have not been
by that time brought to such an issue, shall be referred to the said commis-
sioners, that they may be at last composed or decided by them. These com-
missioners, moreover, after the said year has expired, if there remain any
cases not composed in such friendly manner at that time, shall meet for that
purpose at London, and there shall be four on either side, instructed and pro-
vided with authority, and thenceforward this submission and progress in and
through all matters shall be carried on in the same manner as it was in the
year 1654, but so as the arbitration upon these matters be not referred to the
Protestant cantons of Switzerland.

16. Also, that the subjects of the said lord king and those who are under
his jurisdiction may freely, safely, and securely travel in the provinces of the
United Netherlands and all their dominions in Europe, and pass through them
by sea or land to any or other places in or beyond them, and through any of their
cities, forts, or garrisons whatsoever, which are or shall be in any parts of the
United Provinces of the Netherlands, or elsewhere in their dominions, they
themselves carrying on trade in all those places, and also their agents, factors,
and servants, armed or unarmed (but if armed, not above forty in company),
either without their goods and merchandise or with them, wheresoever they
please. The people also and the inhabitants of the United Provinces of the
Netherlands shall enjoy the same liberty in all the dominions of the said
lord king in Europe ; provided that they and every of them do in their trade
and merchandising yield obedience to the laws and statutes of either nation
respectively.

[28.] Also, it is agreed, concluded, and accorded that the present treaty,
and all and singular therein contained and concluded, shall be confirmed and

Whitehall, 1662 85

ratified by the said lord King of Great Britain, and the said lords the States
General of the United Provinces, by letters patent on both sides, sealed with
the great seal in due and authentic form, within three months next ensuing
(or sooner if it can be done), and that within the said time the instruments
on both sides shall be exchanged ; and that immediately after the delivery and
exchange, this treaty and alliance shall be published in such places and manner
as is usual.

In witness and confirmation of all these, we the said ambassadors extraordi-
nary of the said lords the States General have signed the present treaty and
thereto affixed our seal. Done at Whitehall on the 4/14 day of September, 1662.
V. Hoorn. M. van Gogh.

We, therefore, Charles, by the grace of God king of Great Britain, France,
and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, etc., have commended, approved, and rati-
fied in all their clauses the treaty exhibited above, and its separate articles, and
the separate article annexed thereto, as drawn in conformity with our com-
mands, as by virtue of these presents we do commend, approve, and in every
good manner ratify them, promising in our own name and in that of our suc-
cessors and on our royal word that we will keep and fulfill them inviolably
and in good faith and will not allow them to be violated in any way by our
people or by any others whatsoever. In pledge of which we have ordered the
present letters, subscribed with our hand, to be secured with the greater seal of
England. Done at Westminster, on the twenty-fourth day of December, in the
year 1662, and of our reign the fourteenth.

Charles, King.

54.

Treaty of defensive alliance between Great Britain and Sweden,
concluded at Stockholm, March I, 1664/5, O. S. Ratification
by Great Britain, May 15, 1665. [Ratification by Sweden,
May 31, 1665.}

Introduction.

Towards the end of the year 1663, ill feeling between the United Netherlands
and England revived. The treaty concluded between these powers in the
preceding year had stipulated (art. 15) that claims for losses sustained by the
trading companies and merchants of either nation from the subjects of the
other should be submitted to commissioners or arbitrators.1 Both sides delayed
in drawing up their " lists of pretensions " and when, in the autumn of 1663,
Sir George Downing presented the English list at the Hague, the failure of
the Dutch to satisfy its demands irritated the English.2 At the same time,
rivalry between the merchants of the two nations in the Far East, on the
West African Coast, and in North America, as well as in Europe, occasioned
new disputes. Especially important in its international bearings was the strug-
gle for control of the Gold Coast, the chief source of supply of slave labor,
now recognized by Europeans as essential to the development of their West
India colonies. As the successors of the Portuguese at Elmina, the principal
fort on the Gold Coast, the Dutch claimed the monopoly of the entire coast,
and their efforts to enforce this claim against the Danes, Swedes, English,
and other competitors aroused bitter resentment.3 During the Dano-Swedish
war in 1658, Cabo Corso (Cape Coast Castle), the fort second in strength
on the Coast, was taken from the Swedes by the Danes, one of whose agents
sold it to the Dutch West India Company. It was soon after recovered by the
natives. Under pretext of war with the natives, the Dutch declared a blockade
of the entire Gold Coast, obstructed the trade of the Danes with a neighboring
Danish fort, and seized merchant ships belonging to the English and Swedes.
They also recaptured Cabo Corso, to the great disappointment of the English,
particularly the members of the Company of Royal Adventurers trading into
Africa.4 To protect the interests of this company, Charles II. in the autumn
of 1663 secretly despatched to the Coast an expedition under Sir Robert
Holmes, which dispossessed the Dutch of Cape Verde, Cabo Corso, and other

1 Doc. 53, art. 15.

2 Japikse, V erwik kclingen, pp. 278 ff.

3 Accounts of the international rivalry and of the Dutch blockade are in G. F. Zook,
The Company of Royal Adventurers trading into Africa, ch. III., passim; also in the
Journal of Negro History, IV. (1919) ; Japikse, op. cit., pp. 280, 281; Lister, Life of
Clarendon, III. 279-286.

4 Zook, op. cit., pp. 41, 42.

86

Stockholm, 1665 87

forts, besides several ships. In February an expedition against New Nether-
land was ordered ; in March this Dutch colony was granted to the Duke of
York ; in April Charles II. secretly instructed Colonel Richard Nicolls and the
other commissioners for New England to take possession of Long Island, re-
ducing the Dutch there to the obedience of the Duke of York, and securing the
whole trade to the English.5 In the same month the House of Commons took
a more open step toward belligerency by resolving that the Dutch were " the
greatest obstruction to our foreign trade ", and pledging their lives and fortunes
to help the king to obtain redress from them.6

Since war was inevitable, Charles II. sought to form alliances with Sweden
and Denmark — powers with which in 1663 Downing seemed to wish England
to unite in order that each government might support the others' interests in
Guinea.7

In May, 1664, Downing took up with Appelboom, the Swedish resident at
the Hague, the question of an Anglo-Swedish alliance.8 In the following
autumn negotiations for such an alliance against the Dutch were formally
opened at Stockholm by the Earl of Carlisle, and continued there by the envoy
extraordinary, Henry Coventry.9 At the same time Sir Gilbert Talbot was
despatched to Copenhagen to conclude an alliance with Denmark. With both
Sweden and Denmark England hoped to make a commercial treaty that would
close the Baltic to Dutch shipping; and in order to relieve Denmark of the
fear of being attacked by the Swedes while engaged against the Dutch, she
was ready to guarantee the Dano-Swedish treaty of Copenhagen to each of the
signatory powers.10

Coventry's negotiations at Stockholm were favored by the many differences
existing between the Swedish and Dutch governments. Sweden resented the
aid given by the Dutch to the Danes in the Dano-Swedish wars and the re-
fusal of the Dutch to abolish the Elucidation Treaty of 1659, which deprived
Sweden of certain commercial advantages conceded to her by the treaty of
Elbing in 1656. Among other grievances was the refusal of the Dutch West
India Company to restore New Sweden to the Swedish American Company.
In the spring of 1664, when the Swedish government realized the seriousness
of England's dispute with the Dutch in regard to New Netherland, including
Sweden's former colony on the Delaware, Appelboom was instructed " to
give heed to the negotiations between the disputing nations, ' that the Dutch
might not secure any advantage which might afterwards tend to the damage
of their [the Swedes'] pretensions ', and to protest against the formal aban-
donment of the colony to any one before the payment of the indemnification to

*J. R. Brodhead, Hist. St. N. Y. (1853-1871), II. 15-19.

6 Commons' Journals, VIII. 548.

7 Lister, op. cit., III. 255, 259, 260 ; Japikse, op. cit., p. 3106. But the Swedish resident
in London, toward the end of 1662, vainly tried to secure aid from England in reinstating
the Swedes in Cabo Corso (Granlund, " Svenska Afrikanska Kompaniets Historia ",
pp. 360 ff.). In the spring of 1664, also, the Swedish government tried to obtain help from
England. Sprinchorn, " History of New Sweden ", in Pa. Mag. Hist., VIII. 250.

8 Granlund, op. cit., pp. 376 ff.

9 An account of Carlisle's embassy by G. Miege is noted in the Bibliography.

10 Schoolcraft, "England and Denmark", in Eng. Hist. Rev., XXV. 461 (1010).

88 Doc. 54. Great Britain — Sweden

Sweden "-11 In June he had memoralized the States General for the speedy
restoration of New Sweden and the reimbursement of the Swedish Company
for all its losses and damages ; and he had not received satisfaction.12

Despite its many grievances against the Dutch, the Swedish government was
in no haste to conclude a treaty with England. It suspected the sincerity of her
pretended desire to increase Swedish trade by excluding the Dutch from the
Baltic, when she refused to permit the Swedes to trade with her American
colonies.13 Appelboom, who was inclined more favorably to the Dutch than
to the English, urged that Sweden should not make any treaty with England
that failed to stipulate free trade for the Swedes in the English colonies. Free
trade limited to Europe would be an unequal bargain, since Sweden supplied
England with necessities, while England sent less essential commodities to
Sweden. He suggested that the treaty provide that England recover New
Sweden and Cabo Corso for the Swedes, and help the Swedes to defend these
colonies against Dutch aggression. He was anxious that Sweden should remain
neutral in the conflict between England and the United Provinces, and did not
wish England to gain an ascendancy of the seas that would mean the destruction
of Holland."

By November the Swedish commissioners — Biornklou, Coyet, and Lager-
felt — had agreed in principle to a defensive alliance, but on account of Coven-
try's lack of satisfactory powers negotiations were suspended until the end of
January.15 Although the Dutch, and the French at their instigation,16 endeav-
ored to prevent the consummation of the negotiations, the treaty was con-
cluded on March 11. At about the same time, the Swedish chancellor must
have learned that the English had captured the colony of New Sweden from
the Dutch in America.17

The only provisions of the treaty respecting America were contained in the
first article, which stipulated everlasting amity without as well as within
Europe, " especially in Africa and America ", and that neither power was to
trouble the colonies of the other or permit others to do so. Subsequent articles
related to a defensive alliance, operative only in Europe, for a period of ten
years, and to various commercial regulations and concessions. A secret article
provided for the annulment of the Treaty of Elucidation.

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by Charles II. of
England is in the Riksarkiv at Stockholm, Originaltraktater, England, no.
4. Chalmers (I. 18) refers to a ratification in the " Paper Office ", H. 3.

11 Sprinchorn, op. cit., pp. 248, 249.

12 Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y., II. 238-242, 246, 247, 258-260. On Aug. 15, 1664,
the States General agreed to settle the African claims amicably. Ibid., p. 246.

13 London P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaty Papers, no. 69.

14 G. W. Kernkamp, " Memorien van den Zweedschen Resident Harald Appelboom ",
in Bijdragcn en Mededeelingen van het Historisch Genootschap te Utrecht, XXVI.
361, 362 (1905) ; Granlund, op. cit., pp. 377-380.

15 Schoolcraft, op. cit., pp. 464, 465.

16 Comte d'Estrades, Lettres, Memoires, et Negociations (1758), III. 10, 22, 27, 43,
71, etc.

17 Johnson, op. cit., II. 653.

Stockholm, 1665 89

Text: Printed. The text will doubtless be included in O. S. Rydberg and
C. Hallendorff, Sverges Traktater med Fr'dmmande Magter (1877- )•

References : Contemporary and early writings. The Life of Edward, Earl
of Clarendon: a Continuation of his History of the Grand Rebellion, by
himself (1827), II. 315-318, 412-415, 425, HI. 195, 196; T. H. Lister,
First Earl of Clarendon (1837-1838), III. 364-368; G. W. Kernkamp,
" Memorien van den Zweedschen Resident Harald Appelboom ", in Bij-
dragen en Mededeelingen van het Historisch Genootschap gevestigd te
Utrecht, XXVI. (1905) 361-367; J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y.
(1853-1883), II. 238-242, 246, 247, 258-261, 276, 277, 305, 308; L. van
Aitzema, Saken van Staet (1669-1672), V. 239 ff., 534 ff. ; A. van Wic-
quefort, Histoire des Provinces-Unies (ed. 1861-1874), III. 164 ff., 227
ff ., 280 ff . ; [G. Miege] , A Relation of Three Embassies from Charles II.
to the Great Duke of Muscovie, the King of Sweden, and the King of
Denmark, performed by the Earl of Carlisle in the Years 1663 and 1664
(London, 1669), pp. 351 ff., or, in French, La Relation de Trois Am-
bassades de M. le Comte de Carlisle, in Bibliotheque Elzevirienne, XXXIX.

(1857).
References : Later writings. F. F. Carlson, Geschichte Schzuedens, translated

by J. E. Petersen (1855), IV. 478-483, in A. H. L. Heeren and F. A.
Ukert, Geschichte der Europaischen Staaten ; C. K. S. Sprinchorn, " His-
tory of the Colony of New Sweden ", translated by G. B. Keen in Pennsyl-
vania Magazine of History and Biography, VIII. (1884) 241, 248-251 ;
A. Johnson, Swedish Settlements (1911), II. 653, 654; T. H. Lister, op.
ctt., II. 337, 338, 342 ; H. L. Schoolcraft, " England and Denmark, 1660-
1667 ", in Eng. Hist. Rev., XXV. (1910) 461-467 ; V. Granlund. " Sven-
ska Afrikanska Kompaniets Historia ", in C. Silfverstolpe, Historiskt
Bibliotek,VI. (1879) 356-387, passim.

Text.18

Nos Carolus Dei gratia Magnae Britanniae, Franciae, et Hyberniae rex,
Fidei Defensor, etc. constare volumus omnibus et singulis quorum interest aut
quomodolibet interesse poterit, quod cum Serenissimo et Potentissimo principi,
fratri consanguineo, amico et foederato nostro charissimo, domino Carolo, ea-
dem Dei gratia Suecorum, Gothorum, Vandalorumque regi et principi haere-
ditario, magno principi Finlandiae, duci Scaniae, Esthoniae, Livoniae, Careliae,
Bremae, Verdae, Stetini, Pomeraniae, Cassubiae et Vandaliae, principi Rugiae,
domino Ingriae et Vismariae, nee non comiti palatino Rheni, Bavariae, Juliaci,
Cliviae, et Montium duci etc., visum fuerit, ad promovendum commune inter
nostra respectiva regna, status, et subditos emolumentum, commissarios suos
justa munitos authoritate et plenipotentia (quemadmodum ilia ad calcem
hujus tractatus subjuncta est) constituere ad tractandum et concludendum cum
ablegato nostro extraordinario, ad eundem finem in Sueciam misso, ac plena
pariter potestate munito ; qui quidem commissarii et dictus ablegatus noster
extraordinarius congressi sunt ac, cunctis utrinque deliberatis, tandem pro bono
et securitate mutua arctiorem contrahere amicitiam easque foederis leges quae
in sequentibus monstrantur articulis, condere agressi sunt.

Serenissimi ac Potentissimi principis ac domini, domini Caroli Dei gratia
Magnae Britanniae, Franciae et Hyberniae regis, Fidei Defensoris, etc., domini
mei clementissimi, ablegatus ad Serenissimum itidem ac Potentissimum princi-

18 The text is taken from the manuscript ratification by Charles II., in the Riksarkiv
at Stockholm, Originaltraktater, England, no. 4.

7

90 Doc. §4. Great Britain — Sweden

pern ac dominum, dominum Carolum, eadem Dei gratia Suecorum, Gothorum
Vandalorumque regem et principem haereditarium, magnum principem Fin-
landiae, ducem Scaniae, Esthoniae, Livoniae, Careliae, Bremae, Verdae, Stetini,
Pomeraniae, Cassubiae et Vandaliae, principem Rugiae, dominum Ingriae et
Wismariae, nee non comitem palatinum Rheni, Bavariae, Juliaci, Cliviae, et
Montium ducem, extraordinarius, ego Henricus Coventry dicto Serenissimo
Magnae Britanniae regi a cubiculis intimis, in supremo Angliae concilio sive
Parlamento senator, et in Hyberniae regno ad res agrarias adjudicandas com-
missarius, notum testatumque f acio : quod cum, ratione habita pristinae amici-
tiae inter utraque Magnae Britanniae et Sueciae regna, a multis retro seculis
initae atque conservatae, Serenissimo Magnae Brittanniae Regi, domino meo
clementissimo, me in Sueciam cum plena agendi, tractandi, et concludendi potes-
tate ablegare placuerit, turn ut eandem amicitiam in gradum eximium magis
curarem promovendam, turn ut fraternos Serenissimae ejusdem Majestatis
erga Serenissimum ac Potentissimum Suecorum Regem affectus testarer, atque
omnia insimul quae ad mutuas utriusque regni utilitates spectare possent officia
peragerem; atque siquidem ipse Serenissimus Sueciae Rex, ad pares erga
Serenissimum Magnae Brittanniae Regem testandos affectus, non tantum istam
mei a clementissimo domino meo ablegationem benigne et clementissime
exceperit, sed et quo occasione ista quam maxime posset ad amicitiam eandem
confirmandam et corroborandam frueretur atque ut ipse Serenissimi Regis
clementissimi domini mei mandata facilius possem exsequi, dignatus sit com-
missarios suos cum plena itidem agendi, tractandi, et concludendi potestate con-
stituere illustrissimum atque excellentissimum ut et perillustres et nobilissimos
dominos, dominum Matthiam Biorenklow, haereditarium dominum in Elma-
hof, Wannestad, et Kunghampn, Sacrae Regiae Majestatis regnique Sueciae
senatorem et consiliarium cancellariae ; dominum Israelem Lagerf eld, haeredi-
tarium de Wigbyholm et Lagerlunda, vice praesidem regii Collegii Commercio-
rum Generalis ; et dominum Petrum Julium Coyet, haereditarium in Liungby-
gardt et Bengtsboda, equitem auratum, Sacrae Regiae Majestatis consiliarium
status aulicum, et Generalis Collegii Commerciorum assessorem ; idcirco cum
ipse dictus Serenissimi Magnae Brittanniae Regis ablegatus cum dictis dominis
Serenissimi Suecorum Regis commissariis et plenipotentiary saepius congres-
sus fuerim, sermone et colloquiis cum eisdem in finem praedictum variis insti-
tutis, habitis in super consultationibus rationibusque nine inde prolatis serio
perpensis, in sequentes tandem hosce arctioris unionis et foederis articulos
unanimiter convenimus, ac nomine summe memoratorum regum nostrorum
consensimus.

1. Sit inter Sacram Regiam Majestatem Magnae Brittanniae, ejusque haere-
des et successores reges, ab una, et Sacram Regiam Majestatem Sueciae, ejus-
que haeredes et successores reges, ab altera parte, atque universa et singula
utriusque regna, ditiones, provincias, insulas, terras, colonias, urbes, oppida,
populos, cives et incolas, atque adeo omnes omnino subditos et vasallos, tarn qui
nunc sunt quam qui imposterum erunt, tarn in Europa quam extra earn, prae-
primis in Affrica et America, tarn terra quam mari et aquis dulcibus, sincera
et constans in perpetuum amicitia, foedus, et bona correspondentia, ita ut neque
ipsi sibi invicem vel alter alterius regnis, provinciis, coloniis ubicunque sitis, et
subditis, ullum incommodum inferant, neque hoc ab aliis fieri permittant et
consentiant, sed se invicem sincero affectu, omni benevolentia et amore com-
plectantur.

32. Quemadmodum haec pacta vi acceptae potestatis et mandatorum utrinque
conclusa sunt, ita eadem ab utraque sua Regia Majestate Magnae Brittanniae

Stockholm, 1665 91

et Sueciae in debita et solenni forma approbari et ratihaberi, eorumque rati-
ficationis instrumenta, Anglicum nimirum suae Regiae Majestatis Sueciae
ministro Londini, Suedicum vero suae Regiae Majestatis Magnae Brittanniae
ministro hie Holmiae intra duorum vel trium mensium spatium a tempore
hujus subscriptionis numerandorum exhiberi debent.

In majorem omnium supradictorum certitudinem, et robur hujus tractatus
sive arctioris foederis, bina exemplaria conf ecta sunt ; quorum unum ego able-
gatus Anglicus subscripsi ac sigilli mei impressione munivi, ac cum altero,
quod domini plenipotentiarii Suedici itidem subscripserant et sigillis suis firm-
averant commutavi. Datum Stockholmiae die primo Martii, anno Domini supra
millesimum sexcentesimum sexagesimum (secundum Angliae stilum) quarto,
vel (secundum Sueciae stilum) quinto.

Henricus Coventry.

Nos igitur Carolus, Dei gratia Magnae Brittanniae, Franciae et Hyberniae
rex, Fidei Defensor, etc. supradictos foederis articulos tanquam ad mandata
nostra confectos, in omnibus suis clausulis laudavimus, approbavimus, et rati-
habuimus, quemadmodum vigore harum eosdem laudamus, approbamus, et
ratihabemus, spondentes nostro regnique nostri nomine ac verbo regio, omnia
inviolabiliter et bona fide nos servaturos et impleturos, nee passuros esse ut
a nostratibus aut aliis quibuscunque ullo modo violentur vel contraveniantur.
In quorum fidem majorem hasce manu nostra subscriptas magno Angliae sigillo
communiri jussimus. Actum apud Westmonasterium decima quinta die Maii,
anno supra millesimum sexcentesimum sexagesimo quinto, regnique nostri
decimo septimo.

Carolus R.

Translation.

We, Charles, by the grace of God king of Great Britain, France, and Ireland,
Defender of the Faith, etc., wish to make known to all and singular whom it
concerns or may in any way whatever concern, that whereas it has seemed good
to the Most Serene and Most Potent prince, our dearest brother, friend, and
ally, the lord Charles, by the same grace of God king and hereditary prince of
the Swedes, Goths, and Vandals, great prince of Finland, duke of Scania,
Esthonia, Livonia, Carelia, Bremen, Verden, Stettin, Pomerania, Cassubia,
and Vandalia, prince of Riigen, lord of Ingria and Wismar, also count palatine
of the Rhine, duke of Bavaria, Julich, Cleves, and Berg, for the purpose of
promoting the common advantage of our respective kingdoms, states, and sub-
jects to appoint commissioners with proper authority and full powers (as they
are annexed to this treaty) to treat and conclude with our ambassador extra-
ordinary, sent to Sweden for the same purpose, and similarly vested with full
power — these commissioners indeed and our said ambassador extraordinary
have met, and after everything had been discussed by both sides, finally under-
took for their mutual good and security to conclude a closer friendship, and to
frame the terms of alliance which are set forth in the following articles :

I, Henry Coventry, gentleman of the bedchamber of the said King of Great
Britain, senator in the supreme council or Parliament of England, and land
commissioner in the kingdom of Ireland, ambassador extraordinary of the
Most Serene and Most Potent prince and lord, lord Charles, by the grace of
God king of Great Britain, France, and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, etc.,
my most clement master, to the also Most Serene and Most Potent prince and
lord, lord Charles, by the same grace of God hereditary king and prince of

92 Doc. 54. Great Britain — Sweden

the Swedes, Goths, and Vandals, great prince of Finland, duke of Scania,
Esthonia, Livonia, Carelia, Bremen, Verden, Stettin, Pomerania, Cassubia,
and Vandalia, prince of Riigen, lord of Ingria and Wismar, also count palatine
of the Rhine, duke of Bavaria, Julich, Cleves, and Berg, do declare and testify
that whereas, on account of the pristine friendship between the two kingdoms
of Great Britain and Sweden, begun many centuries ago and preserved, it has
pleased the Most Serene King of Great Britain, my most clement master, to
send me as ambassador to Sweden, with full powers to act, treat, and conclude,
both in order that I might take the more pains to promote this friendship to an
unusual degree, and that I might demonstrate the fraternal affection of his
Most Serene Majesty towards the Most Serene and Most Potent King of the
Swedes, and perform all the offices making for the mutual welfare of both king-
doms ; and whereas the same Most Serene King of Sweden, disposed to like
manifestations of affection towards the Most Serene King of Great Britain,
not only has received this my embassy from my most clement master benevo-
lently and kindly, but also as far as possible has used this occasion to confirm
and strengthen this friendship, and in order that I might the more readily
execute the mandates of the Most Serene King my most clement master, has
deigned to appoint as his commissioners, with full powers to act, treat, and
conclude, the most illustrious and excellent lord and the most distinguished
and noble lords, the lord Matthias Biornklou, hereditary lord in Elmehof , Van-
stad, and Kongshamn, senator of his Sacred Royal Majesty and of the kingdom
of Sweden, and councillor of the chancellery; the lord Israel Lagerfelt, heredi-
tary lord of Wigbyholm and Lagerlunda, vice-president of the Royal General
Commercial College, and Peter Julius Coyt, hereditary lord in Liungbygardt
and Bengtsboda, knight, aulic councillor of state of his Sacred Royal Majesty,
and assessor of the General Commercial College; therefore when I the said
envoy of the Most Serene King of Great Britain had met frequently with the
said lords commissioners and plenipotentiaries of the Most Serene King of the
Swedes, and after various discussions and conferences begun with them for this
purpose had been held, and also the considerations and reasons brought for-
ward by either side had been seriously weighed, at length we unanimously
agreed upon the following articles of closer union and alliance, and consented
to them in the name of our aforesaid kings :

1. Between his Sacred Royal Majesty of Great Britain and his royal heirs
and successors on the one part, and his Sacred Royal Majesty of Sweden and his
royal heirs and successors on the other part, and all and singular the kingdoms,
dominions, provinces, islands, lands, colonies, cities, towns, peoples, citizens
and inhabitants of both, and also in general all their subjects and vassals, as well
those that now are, as those that shall be hereafter, there shall be a sincere,
constant, and everlasting friendship, alliance, and good correspondence, both
in Europe and outside it, especially in Africa and America, both by land and
by sea and fresh waters, so that neither shall at all trouble the other, or the
other's kingdoms, provinces, colonies, and subjects, wheresoever situated, nor
shall they permit or consent that this be done by others, but they shall treat
each other with sincere affection and with all love and benevolence.

32. These pacts having been concluded by virtue of the accepted powers
and mandates of both parties, they are to be ratified and approved by both their
Royal Majesties of Great Britain and of Sweden in due and solemn form,
and the instruments of their ratification are certainly to be presented within the
space of two or three months reckoned from the time of the signing — the Eng-
lish ratification to the minister of his Royal Majesty of Sweden at London,

Stockholm, 1665 93

and the Swedish ratification to the minister of his Royal Majesty of Great
Britain here at Stockholm.

To give greater certainty to all the aforesaid, and to strengthen this treaty
or closer alliance, two copies have been made, one of which I, the English am-
bassador, have signed and secured with my seal, and I have exchanged it with
the other, which the Swedish lords and plenipotentiaries had also signed and
confirmed by their seals. Given at Stockholm on the first day of March, in the
year of our Lord 1664 (according to the English style) or 1665 (according to
the Swedish style).

Henry Coventry.

We, therefore, Charles, by the grace of God king of Great Britain, France,
and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, etc., have commended, approved, and rati-
fied in all their classes the aforesaid articles of alliance, as drawn in conformity
with our commands, as by virtue of these presents we do commend, approve,
and ratify them, promising in our own name and that of our kingdom, and by
our royal word, that we will keep and fulfill all things inviolably and in good
faith and that we will not allow them to be violated or contravened by our people
or by any others whatsoever in any way. For the greater faith of which we
have ordered these presents, signed by our hand, to be secured with the great
seal of England. Done at Westminster, the fifteenth day of May, in the year
1665, and of our reign the seventeenth.

Charles, King.

55.

Treaty of peace, alliance, and commerce between Spain and Great
Britain, concluded at Madrid, May 23, i66f, N. S. Ratifica-
tion by Spain, September 21, 1667. [Ratification by Great
Britain, September 11/21, 166/.]

Introduction.

After the marriage treaty of Charles II. with the Portuguese Infanta 1 had
assured to Great Britain a great part of the East India trade, the British gov-
ernment sought to secure the trade of the West Indies by means of a treaty
with Spain. Deeply interested in the success of the Company of Royal Adven-
turers trading into Africa, whose second charter (January 10, 1663) gave it
a monopoly of the traffic in negroes on the West African coast, Charles desired
to open to its cargoes the markets of Spanish America. But even if Spain could
swallow such grievances as Britain's retention of Jamaica and the " rebel city "
of Tangier, it could scarcely be friendly so long as British troops gave invaluable
aid to Portugal in her protracted war of independence against Spain. There-
fore, in the latter part of 1662, the British ambassador at Lisbon, Sir Richard
Fanshawe, tried to adjust a peace between the Portuguese and Spanish

crowns.2

Spain seemed headed for disaster. Louis XIV. designed to seize the Spanish

Netherlands, and eventually to override his queen's renunciation of the succes-
sion to the Spanish throne; and it looked as though the contest for the suc-
cession would begin soon ; for the King of Spain was in failing health, and
the heir-apparent a weakling. In May, 1663, the Spanish army was routed
by Anglo-Portuguese forces. Spain's maritime strength had so declined that
she could not defend her American colonies from the attacks of Jamaican
privateers, or furnish them with the goods that the Dutch of Curasao were
glad illicitly to provide. She had relaxed her rules so far as to concede to
two Genoese, Grillo and Lomelin, the sole right of supplying these colonies
with slaves, and even of procuring these, if necessary, from the French, Eng-
lish, and Dutch.3 In Europe, the skillful diplomacy of Louis XIV. and De
Lionne had left her politically isolated.

In spite, therefore, of her grievances against the British, both in Europe
and in the West Indies, she welcomed Fanshawe when he came as ambassador

1 Doc. 50.

2 Fanshawe wrote to Clarendon on Oct. 21/31, 1662: " I assure your Lordship I see no
hopes of effecting anything unless the Spaniard be either treated or beaten into a peace.
... I know many wise men think it would be better for our king to await the death of
the king of Spain and then do what we like in the West Indies while the Spaniards are
at broils among themselves, but before that Portugal might be overrun or have her hands
tied by a peace." Hist. MSS. Comm., Heathcote MSS. (1899), pp. 38, 39.

3 On the asiento of Grillo and Lomelin, see Scelle, La Traite Ncgricre, I. 495-527.

94

Madrid, 1667 95

to Spain in the spring of 1664. Fanshawe was instructed i to ask Spain to send
an ambassador to England ; seek reparation for wrongs done to English mer-
chants trading to the Iberian peninsula ; and adjust a treaty of peace and com-
merce. He was to lay stress on Spain's inability to maintain intercourse with
the West Indies, and on the unprecedented maritime strength of Great Britain,
which put her in a position to demand not only the greatest advantages granted
by Spain to any other nation, but also such further concessions as might in-
duce her to support the tottering Spanish throne. Arguing that France, in-
tending to attack Spain, desired the continuance of the Spanish- Portuguese
war, he was to persuade Spain to conclude a peace or truce with Portugal,
by the mediation of Great Britain. In return for England's alliance with
Spain, he was to demand free trade to the West Indies, at least for a certain
number of ships ; and he was also authorized on behalf of the Royal Adven-
turers trading into Africa to offer to supply Grillo with more negroes than
were called for in a contract made in the preceding year. He was to impress
Grillo with the importance of the company. If opportunity arose, he was to
persuade the Spanish government to give the asiento to the English, in ex-
change for some equivalent. He was to point out that it was better that the
British should be permitted to trade with the West Indies, than that the
Spanish Americans should themselves open their ports to all nations.

After his first private audience with Philip IV., on June 15/25, Fanshawe
treated with Spain's principal minister, the Duke of Medina de las Torres.
As the basis for articles of peace and commerce, Medina offered the treaty of
1630, the last concluded between the crowns.5 He asked for nothing more
than the observance of this treaty, which he maintained that the English had
violated by aiding Portugal, contrary to the stipulation that neither power was
to assist the rebels of the other, and by committing depredations in the West
Indies or even, he implied, by entering those seas.6 Fanshawe refused to accept
the treaty of 1630 as a pattern for the new.7 Moreover he took the position that
it had not established peace beyond the Line, i. e., the tropic of Cancer. Evi-
dence for this was the fact that the English were not at liberty to enter or trade
in the Spanish ports in those regions.8 There the rule had always prevailed
that the stronger nation did violence to the weaker without breach of treaties.9
He expressed to his home government the fear lest the orders given by King
Charles and the governor of Jamaica for the restraint and punishment of the
privateers might seem an acknowledgement that the West Indies were em-

4 His instructions are printed in Original Letters of Sir Richard Fanshawe (1702),
pp. 1-21. The text in Arlington's Letters (II. 1-12) is very incomplete, as are indeed
many other of the documents in that untrustworthy collection.

5 Original Letters of Sir Richard Fanshawe, pp. 125, 231, 247. The treaty of 1630 is
printed in part in Davenport, Treaties to 1648, Doc. 35.

6 Original Letters, pp. 128, 150-154, and cf. pp. 312-313. For accounts of these depreda-
tions, see Haring's Buccaneers, pp. 104 ff., and Barbour's " Privateers and Pirates ", in
Am. Hist. Rev., XVI. 542 ff.

7 Original Letters, pp. 213, 250, 251.

8 Ibid., p. 112.
n Ibid., p. 250.

I

96 Doc. 55. Spain — Great Britain

braced in the peace. Why, he argued, should not the English have the right
of reprisal in those seas while the Spaniards claimed it? 10

On November 4, 1664, Fanshawe sent Medina articles for a treaty. They
were almost identical with those that in 1652 the Council of State of the
Commonwealth had offered to the Spanish ambassador Cardenas.11 They per-
mitted the English to import into Spain the products of the English colonies,
and commodities bought by English factors on this side or beyond the Cape
of Good Hope (art. 7), and stipulated that the subjects of either crown might
freely enter and trade in each other's dominions, not only in Europe but also
in America, Asia, and Africa, any law to the contrary notwithstanding (art.
8). On the last day of the year, Medina, who had previously revived the
question of restoring Jamaica to Spain, for compensation, and was treating
Fanshawe with growing coolness, rejected these proposals.12

Meanwhile Fanshawe, blocked elsewhere and threatening to return home,
was trying to adjust articles on behalf of Portugal. Taking up the matter with
Medina in October, he declared that Britain, although willing to conclude peace
and commerce with Spain, would never enter into a strong alliance with her
so long as she remained at war with Portugal.13 It was replied that unless
England ceased to aid Portugal, Spain would make war on her ; 14 yet Philip
IV. permitted Fanshawe to despatch an agent to Portugal to learn her king's
mind in regard to peace with Spain.16

For some months of the year 1665, negotiations were at a standstill. Fan-
shawe displeased his master by overdoing his threats to withdraw ; 16 yet he
obtained no concessions from Spain, which saw England in conflict with the
Dutch and in unstable relations with France.

On June 18, Anglo-Portuguese forces shattered Spain's military strength
at Villa Vicosa, a mortal blow to the King of Spain, who died on September 17,
leaving the government in the hands of the queen mother Mariana of Austria
and a small Council of State.

After the death of Philip IV. and probably also on account of English suc-
cesses against the Dutch, the Spanish government became more pliable.17 On
December 7/17, Fanshawe and Medina signed a treaty of peace and com-
merce.18 This stipulated that the treaty of 1630 should remain in force, and
added new articles for its better explication and extension. Its concessions
relative to the West Indies fell short of those proposed by Fanshawe on No-
vember 4, 1664, yet were considerable, for the twenty-first article provided that
the British should enjoy in both Indies, as well as in all other parts, all that the

10 Original Letters, pp. 149 ft., 174, 235, etc.

11 Fanshawe's articles are in Original Letters, pp. 326-343 ; those proposed to Cardenas
are ibid., pp. 469-510. References to Cardenas are in Doc. 47, introduction.

12 Original Letters, p. 391.

13 Ibid., p. 281.

14 Ibid., pp. 304, 305.

15 Ibid., p. 453-

16 Ibid., pp. 404-464, passim.

17 Arlington's Letters, II. 97.

18 The test is ibid., II. 1 14-160, and in Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccion dc Tratados:
Reynado de Carlos II., I. I-I7-

Madrid, 1667 97

crown of Spain had granted to the Dutch by their treaty of Munster in 1648.19
Since the fifth article of that treaty stipulated that the States should remain in
possession of the lands and commerce that they actually possessed in the East
and West Indies, Fanshawe's article acknowledged the right of the English
to retain Jamaica and their other American possessions.

His treaty conceded to the English as ample privileges in all other respects
also as had been granted by Spain to the Dutch. In addition to the treaty of
peace and commerce were secret articles providing that England should ad-
just a thirty years' truce with Portugal.20

Fanshawe had signed his treaty in ignorance of the progress of parallel nego-
tiations carried on between the Spanish ambassadors in London and English
commissioners.21 Some important despatches concerning these negotiations,
and instructions for himself, failed to reach him until long after his treaty
was signed.22 Great, then, was his chagrin when his articles were not rati-
fied,23 and when, in May, 1666, Lord Sandwich arrived in Madrid as ambas-
sador extraordinary to take over the negotiations.

Sandwich had a threefold mission — to conclude a treaty of peace and com-
merce, based on Fanshawe's, but with corrections and amplifications ; to pro-
cure an accommodation between Spain and Portugal; and finally, after ac-
complishing these objects, to form an offensive and defensive alliance.24 With
regard to the articles of peace and commerce, no considerable difficulties arose.
Far otherwise with respect to Portugal. That country demanded peace, and
Spain's recognition of the right of her ruler to the title of king. The Spanish
commissioners — the Duke of Medina, the Count of Penaranda, and the in-
quisitor general, Everard Nithard, an Austrian and confessor to the queen-
urged that the King of England was in honor bound to ratify Fanshaw's articles
for a truce.25 They would not assent to a peace, and demanded that England
agree not to assist Spain's enemies or rebels. The diplomatic efforts of Sand-
wich at Madrid and of Sir Robert Southwell at Lisbon were continually ham-
pered by the activities of the representatives of France at these courts. At
Madrid, D'Embrun's 26 protestations of friendship won amazing credence ; at
Lisbon Saint-Romain 27 achieved important results. In August, 1666, the

19 The text is printed in part in Treaties to 1648, Doc. 40.

20 The articles are in Abreu y Bertodano, op. cit., pp. 17-27.

21 The ambassador was the Count de Molina, who arrived in London in April, 1665.
The commissioners were the Chancellor (Lord Clarendon), the Duke of York, the Lord
Treasurer (the Earl of Southampton), and Lord Arlington, Secretary of State.

22 Memoirs of Ann Lady Fanshawe (ed. 1907), app. IV., pp. 234 ft. _ #

23 Reasons alleged for not ratifying them were that they were written in Spanish
instead of in Latin ; that the commercial treaty contained " many things . . . very incon-
venient and perplext"; and that it might be so construed as to permit Spain to evade
the Navigation Act, and the Dutch to develop their carrying trade at England's expense.
Harris, Life of Sandwich, II. 46-48.

24 The originals of Sandwich's instructions are in the Carte MSS. Cf. Harris, op. ctt.,
pp. 45-48.

25 P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Spain, no. 52. From Sandwich, Sept. 14, Sept. 19/20, 1606.

26 Much of D'Embrun's correspondence is in Mignet, Negociations relatives a la Suc-
cession d'Espagne sous Louis XIV., vol. I., passim.

27 For Saint-Romain's embassy, see Vicomte de Caix de Samt-Aymour, Fortugal
(1886), pp. 87-115, in the Recueil des Instructions donnees aux Ambassadeurs et Mmi-
stres de France.

98 Doc. 55. Spain — Great Britain

French bride of the King of Portugal entered Lisbon; and French influence
became uppermost. On March 31, 1667, Portugal signed an offensive and de-
fensive league for ten years with France against Spain.28

Towards the end of the year 1666, the Spaniards, disillusioned at last as to
France, turned to Great Britain. They would sign the treaty of commerce, if
Britain would admit a separate article stipulating that neither power aid the
other's enemies. Under the changed circumstances, the English readily con-
sented.29 A treaty providing for a forty-five years' truce between Spain and
Portugal, to be mediated by Great Britain, was also arranged. On May 13/23,
1667, the two treaties and the separate article were signed.30

In the treaty of peace and commerce, the seventh article, permitting the
British to carry into Spain English colonial products and goods bought by
their agents on either side of the Cape of Good Hope, was an amplification of
the seventh article of Fanshawe's draft of November 4, 1664, which was omit-
ted from his treaty. The eighth article, based on the twenty-first of Fanshawe's
treaty, allowed the British to import the products of their East Indian colo-
nies into Spain, and extended to them in all parts of the world the privileges
granted to the Dutch by the treaty of Miinster. The concession to the subjects

2S The text is in J. F. Borges de Castro, Colleccdo dos Tratados de Portugal desde
1640 _ (1856-1858), I. 338-353; and Abreu y Bertodano, op. cit., pp. 118-128. The treaty
provided inter alia that, as soon as peace was signed between France and England, or at
latest within thirty months, France should attack Castile; that the treaty should be in
force for ten years ; that there should be an offensive and defensive alliance between
France and Portugal against Castile and her adherents (except England and Sweden)
from the beginning of the Franco-Castilian war to the end of the ten-year period, until
a common peace should be made which should give France satisfaction touching the
places in the Low Countries claimed by the Queen of France by right of succession and
devolution, and which should recognize the royal dignity of Portugal by public treaty as
between equal kings, and should restore to Portugal and France respectively the places
belonging to them and occupied by Castile. During the said ten years neither king was
to negotiate or conclude any peace or truce with Castile save by common consent.
French subjects, particularly merchants, were to enjoy in all places, subject to the King
of Portugal on both sides of the Line, all the privileges accorded to the English and
Dutch in their most recent treaties with Portugal. Vice versa, the Portuguese should
enjoy in all places subject to the King of France all the privileges accorded in Portugal
to the French by this treaty. The King of Portugal was to receive within all his ports,
in all parts of the world, all French ships, and expressly those of the East and West
India Companies, and was to favor the trade of these companies, and of the French
nation. Princes and states desiring to enter into this alliance were to be admitted, espe-
cially the kings of England and Sweden. Before and after the conclusion of peace with
England, the King of France would try to compose the differences between the United
Provinces and Portugal, and especially to bring about the restoration of Cochim and
Cananor to the King of Portugal, and to have a special article about it inserted in the
treaty of peace between the English and Dutch.

29 On Aug. 23, 1666, Arlington instructed Sandwich that if the Spaniards continued
to refuse Portugal's demands he was to lay that point aside and offer a treaty of common
alliance and commerce. Arlington's Letters, II. 191.

30 The treaty for a truce with Portugal is printed in Arlington's Letters, II. 236-254,
and in Abreu y Bertodano, op. cit., pp. 194-200. During the forty-five years of the truce
all hostilities were to cease between Spain and Portugal in their dominions, and their
subjects were to enjoy the benefit of it, without exception of places or persons. Each
crown should retain the places in its possession; the subjects of each might freely enter
and trade in the dominions of the other in Europe, or elsewhere where subjects of other
states freely exercised the same right. Peace would not begin within the Indies for a
year. The separate article is printed in Abreu y Bertodano, op. cit., pp. 189-191, and in
Arlington's Letters, II. 254-256.

Madrid, 1667 99

of either power of all the privileges granted to any other nation was more
fully expressed in the thirty-eighth article than in the twenty-first of Fan-
shawe's treaty.

The treaty was received with the greatest satisfaction by the statesmen and
merchants of England.31 It benefited the East India Company, for whose
ships Sandwich later obtained the right to provision in the Philippines.32 It is
of prime importance in American history since, by conceding to the British
the prerogatives earlier yielded to the Dutch, Spain hereby acknowledged for
the first time Great Britain's right to the trade and territory possessed by her
in America.

Bibliography.

Text: MS. Original manuscripts of the protocol and ratification are in the
London P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaties, nos. 466, 467.

Text: Printed. J. A. de Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccion de los Tratados de
Espana (1751-1752), I. 145-189.

Translations : English. G. Chalmers, Collection of Treaties between Great
Britain and other Powers ( 1790), II. 5-34 (see note 37, post) ; L. Hertslet,
Complete Collection of Treaties (1827- ), II. 140-157. French.
J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VII., pt. I., pp. 27-33.
Spanish. Abreu, loc. cit.

References : Contemporary and early writings. Sir Richard Fanshawe,
Original Letters during Embassies in Spain and Portugal (1702) ; Original
Letters and Negotiations of Sir R. F., the Earl of Sandwich, the Earl of
Sunderland, and Sir W. Godolphin, with the Several Letters and Answers
of the Lord Chancellor Hyde, the Lord Arlington, etc. (two vols., 1724;
the first volume is the same as Original Letters, 1702, except the title-
page) ; Ann Harrison Fanshawe, Memoirs of Lady Fanshative, with Ex-
tracts from the Correspondence of Sir Richard Fanshawe (ed. Sir N. H.
Nicolas, 1830) ; Memoirs of Ann Lady Fanshawe (ed. 1907), app. IV.,
passim; Hist. MSS. Comm., /. M. Heathcote MSS. (1899), pp. 140-255,
passim (Fanshawe correspondence) ; T. Bebington, The Right Honour-
able the Earl of Arlington's Letters ( 170 1 ) , II. 1-270 ; A Secret Collection
of the Affairs of Spain: the Letters of Lord Sandwich and others ( 1720) ;
T. H. Lister, Edward, First Earl of Clarendon (1838), III. 436-440, 460,
465, 466 ; F. A. A. Mignet, Negociations relatives a la Succession d'Es-
pagne sous Louis XIV. (1835-1842), I. 421-549, passim, in Collection de
Documents Inedits sur I'Histoire de France.

References: Later writings. F. R. Harris, Life of Edzvard Mountagu,
K. G., First Earl of Sandivich (1912), vol. II., chs. X., XL ; Memoirs of
Ann Lady Fanshawe (ed. 1907), app. IV., pp. 234-251 ; F. A. A. Mignet,
loc. cit. ; V. Barbour, Henry Bennet, Earl of Arlington (1914), pp. 74, 75,
81-92, passim, 119, 120; id., " Privateers and Pirates of the West Indies ",
in Am. Hist. Rev., XVI. (1911) 542-554; C. H. Haring, Buccaneers in
the West Indies in the XVII. Century (1910), pp. 120-142.

31 Harris, op. cit., II. 107 , 108.

32 Ibid., p. 103.

100 Doc. 55. Spain — Great Britain

Text.88

Carolus Secundus Dei gratia Hispaniarum etc., rex, et Serenissima Regina
Maria Anna Austriaca, etc., Notum facimus per praesentes nostras literas ap-
probationis, ratihabitionis, et confirmationis, quod vicesimo tertio die mensis
Maii anni praesentis millesimi sexcentesimi sexagesimi septimi apud palatium
nostrum Matriti tractatus pacis, commercii atque arctioris amicitiae inter nos
praefatum Serenissimum ac Potentissimum Regem atque Reginam Hispan-
iarum ab una, et Serenissimum ac Potentissimum Carolum Secundum Magnae
Britanniae regem, etc., fratrem consanguineum et amicum nostrum charissimum
ab altera parte factus, initus, et conclusus fuit tenore sequenti :

Quandoquidem post excessum Serenissimi ac Potentissimi Philippi Quarti
Hispaniarum Regis gloriosae memoriae Serenissimus ac Potentissimus Rex
Catholicus Carolus Secundus ejus filius in regna, status, et dominia monarchiae
paternae Deo Optimo Maximo ita disponente successit, Serenissimaque Regina
Catholica Domina Maria Anna Austriaca in tutricem et curatricem ad eorundem
gubernationem et regimen, durantibus regis minoribus annis, vocata est, exop-
tatissimum utrinque mutuoque studio ac desiderio permotis Serenissimis ac
Potentissimis Regi ac Reginae Catholicis, et Serenissimo ac Potentissimo Ca-
rolo Secundo Magnae Britanniae Regi visum est bonam illam correspondentiam
et amicitiam reciprocam coronas inter, hinc Hispaniarum, illinc Magnae Britan-
niae ab antiquissimis temporibus vigentem, usquedum rerum vicissitudines
concordiam et necessitudinem quae alteri genti cum altera intercesserat, labe-
f actarunt, renovare tandem et novis accessionibus confirmare, tarn quod mutua
commerciorum frequentia, ac commoda, quam utriusqne gentis ingenia singu-
larem quandam animorum ac consilii unionem postulare videantur, eumque in
finem dictus Serenissimus Rex Magnae Britanniae virum excellentissimum Ed-
wardum comitem de Sandwich, vice-comitem de Hinchingbrooke, baronem
Montacutium de Sancto Neote, Angliae vice admirallum, magnae guarderobae
regiae magistrum, consiliarium status et nobillissimi celeberrimique Ordinis
Periscelidis equitem, legatum suum extraordinarium ad Catholicas Majes-
tates misit, ut non tantum pristina inter dictas coronas necessitudinis vincula,
iniquitate temporum dissoluta, redintegraret denuo, sed et arctiori nexu con-
stringeret, et nova ad hue stabiliori amicitiae fundamenta per mutui foederis
tabulas poneret, ad seros usque posteros duratura, dictumque legatum plenis-
sima facultate munivit, cujus copia infra inseretur.

Ea autem animorum propensione negotiatio dicti legati extraordinarii in aula
Catholica excepta est, ut Serenissimae Reginae tutrici et gubernatrici Regis
visum fuerit ad tractatum cum ipso ineundum et concludendum nominare ex-
cellentissimos viros dominum Joannem Eberardum Nidardum confessarium
Serenissimae Reginae Catholicae, inquisitorem generalem et consiliarium status,
dominum Ramirum Phelipez Nunez de Guzman, ducem de San Lucar la Mayor
et de Medina de las Torres, conciliarium status et praesidem Italiae, et dominum
Gasparem de Bracamonte et Guzman, comitem Penarandae, consiliarium status
et praesidem Indiarum, quibus concessa est facultas et commissio cujus tenor
talis est :

[Here follow the full powers granted by the King of Spain to his com-
missioners on June 15, 1666; and by the King of Great Britain to his ambas-
sador extraordinary on February 16/26, 1665/6.]

33 The test is from the original ratification, in the London Public Record Office, St.
Pap. For., Treaties, no. 467.

Madrid, 1667 101

In nomine Sanctissimae Trinitatis, Patris, Filii, et Spiritus Sancti, trium
distinctarum personarum, et unius solius veri Dei.

1. Imprimis conventum et concordatum est, quod inter coronam Hispaniar-
um ex una, et coronam Magnae Britanniae ex altera parte, ut et inter terras,
regiones, regna, dominia, et territoria ad regum praedictorum alterutrum
spectantia, eisdemve obtemperantia, universalis, bona, sincera, vera, firma, ac
perfecta amicitia, confoederatio, et pax erit, quae ab hoc die in perpetuum
durabit, et tarn terra quam mari atque ubivis aquarum inviolabiliter observa-
bitur: Quodque regum praedictorum subditi, populi, ditionumque suarum in-
colae, cujuscunque gradus aut conditionis fuerint, mutua hinc inde opera, mutuis
auxiliis, mutuisque benevolentiae et amicitiae omne genus officiis invicem de-
merebuntur.

4. Quod inter Regem Hispaniarum, et Regem Magnae Britanniae, ut et in-
ter utriusque subditos, populos, et incolas, tarn mari quam terra atque ubilibet
aquarum, per universa et singula regna, regiones, territoria, provincias, insulas,
colonias, civitates, oppida, pagos, portus, fluvios, crepidines, sinus, freta, et
aquarum fluenta alterutrius regis imperio obtemperantia, ubi negotiatio aut
commercium ullo antehac tempore exerceri consuevit, libera dabitur hinc inde
negotiandi copia, et commercia omnis generis instituendi et exercendi f acultas ;
ita ut absque Uteris salvi-conductus, aut alia licentia sive generalis sive specialis
forma [e], populi et subditi alterutrinque possint tarn per terram, quam per
mare et aquas lenes libere navigare et iter facere in regiones, regna, dominia,
civitates, portus, aquarum fluenta, aestuaria, districtus, et alia loca quaecunque
conf oederatorum alterutri obtemperantia, portus etiam quoscunque visum fuerit
intrare et ingredi cum navibus, sive onustis sive vacuis, aliisque onerariarum
et vehiculorum speciebus quibuscunque, necnon ubi intraverint mercimoniis
cujuscunque demum generis emendis, vendendis, permutandis, ad quantum libet
valorem seu quantitatem vacare; victualia etiam et omne genus commeatum,
sive vitae sustinendo sive itineri faciendo necessarium, aequo et consueto pretio
sibi comparare ; navibus item suis aliisque onerariis et vehiculis turn resarcien-
dis turn instruendis incumbere ; migrare item loco, et cum navibus suis aliisque
onerariis, bonis, mercimoniis, et facultatibus, quocunque visum fuerit, libere dis-
cedere, sive ad suos redeundum sive alio migrandum duxerint, sine ulla moles-
tatione, inquietatione, aut impedimento dato, salvis semper hinc illinc juribus,
vectigalibus, et portoriis imperandis et solvendis, salvis etiam legibus et ordi-
nationibus per dominia et ditiones singulas utriusque regis sancitis et observatis.

7. Quod licitum erit et integrum subditis Regis Magnae Britanniae tarn in
mercibus importandis quam exportandis per Hispaniam, aliasque terras et
dominia Regi Hispaniarum obtemperantia quaecunque, ubi negotiationem et
commercia exercere ante hac consueverunt, mercaturam facere ; merces item
omnis generis, pannos, res, et mercimonia manufacta e Britanniarum insulis
advecta, necnon mercimonia manufacta, bona, fructus, et species insulis, urbi-
bus, aut coloniis Regis Magnae Britanniae imperio subditis oriundas, ut et
omnia ilia bona, quae a subditorum praedictorum factoribus seu negotiorum
gestoribus, vel cis promontorium illud Caput Bonae Spei (de Buena Esperanca
vulgo vocatum) vel etiam ultra illud promontorium coempta fuerint, venundare
et distrahere absque ulla obligatione significandi vel manifestandi quibusnam
personis quove pretio mercimonia ilia, aut commeatum quern habebant, vendi-
derint ; ut et absque vexatione aut molestia ulla cuiquam illata ob errores, qui
a navarchis aut aliis quibuscunque circa mercium seu bonorum istius modi in

102 Doc. 55. Spain — Great Britain

publicas tabulas relationem committi solent. Subditi etiam praedicti e dominiis
Regis Hispaniarum pro libitu suo remeabunt, et in quaecunque velint Regis
Magnae Britanniae territoria, insulas, dominia, aut regiones, aut in ulla alia,
si maluerint, loca cum omnibus suis bonis, facultatibus, et mercimoniis, solutis
prius vectigalibus et portoriis juxta praecedentes articulos exigendis, libere
discedent. Porro siquid forte mereium, quas devehunt, ad hue restat in
portu ubi subsistunt, quod exoneratum nollent, illud penes se detinere et ser-
vare secumque in navibus suis aut navigiis quibuscunque auferre poterunt,
nihilo prorsus nomine vectigalis aut portorii soluto, pari omnino cum im-
munitate ac si portus aut oras maritimas Regis Catholici nullatenus attigissent
aut appropinquassent. Omnia denique bona, facultates, merces, naves, aut alia
navigia intra dominia et loca Regis Magnae Britanniae nomine praedae adducta,
et pro praeda legitima judicialiter pronunciata et condemnata, tanquam merces
et bona Britanniarum insulis oriunda vigore huius articuli censebuntur et
reputabuntur.

8. Quod subditi et vassalli Serenissimi Regis Magnae Britanniae fructus,
merces, et mercimonia quaecunque Indiae Orientalis in quaecunque velint
dominia Regi Hispaniarum Serenissimo obtemperantia advehere et importare
libere possint, modo constiterit ex testimonio deputatorum nomine societatis
Indiae Orientalis praedictae Londini agentium quod fructus et mercimonia
praedicta ex conquaestubus, coloniis, vel factoriis Anglorum advecta vel oriun-
da sunt, pari prorsus ratione et privilegio atque secundum formam, tenorem, et
effectum ordinationum et concessionum, quae in favorem vassallorum Provin-
ciarum Belgii Inferioris Foederatarum in schedulis regiis circa merces pro-
hibitas sive contrabandae, vigesimo septimo Junii et tertio Julii anno millesimo
sexcentisimo sexagesimo tertio datis, et trigesimo Junii et quarto Julii anni
praedicti promulgatis, emanarunt. Quod autem ad utrasque Indias aliasque
partes quascunque attinet, corona Hispaniarum omne id concessum et imper-
titum vult Regi Magnae Britanniae et vassallis ejus, quod Ordinibus Provin-
ciarum Belgii Inferioris Confoederatarum per tractatum Monasterii 34 anno
millesimo sexcentesimo quadragesimo octavo celebratum concessum est, non
minus firmiter et ample quam si de capitulo in capitulum et puncto in punctum,
nihilo prorsus omisso, Iiuc transcriberetur : Observandis iisdem legibus quibus
subditi dictorum Ordinum tenentur et restringuntur, mutuaque amicitia hinc
inde colenda.

9. Subditi Regis Magnae Britanniae negotiationi, emptioni, et venditioni
mereium quarumcunque vacantes intra dominia, praefecturas, insulas, aut
territoria Regis Hispaniarum gaudebunt et fruentur privilegiis illis omnibus
et immunitatibus quae per Regem Catholicum in gratiam mercatorum An-
glorum per Andaluziam diversantium in schedulis regiis sive ordinationibus
decimo nono die mensis Martii, vigesimo sexto Junii, et nono Novembris anno
Domini millesimo sexcentesimo quadragesimo quinto datis, concessae, et con-
firmatae sunt: Quas quidem schedulas sua Majestas Catholica ratihabitas et
tanquam hujus tractatus partem integralem receptas et confirmatas esse jubet.
Quo autem universis hoc innotescat, conclusum est quod praedictae schedulae
sive ordinationes regiae (quoad earundem substantialia sive vim et effectum)
in numerum horum articulorum migrabunt et cooptabuntur, et in usum atque
commodum omnium et singulorum subditorum Regis Magnae Britanniae, qui

34 Treaties to 1648, Doc. 40, pp. 361-366.

Madrid, 1667 103

in loco quocunque ad dominia Regis Catholici spectante commorantur aut
negotiantur, maximo quam fieri potest cum favore extendentur.35

2Q. Quod regis alterutrius subditi, populi, et incolae mercimonia sua intra
dominia, territoria, regiones, aut colonias alterius regis venum exposita, nummis
aereis aut cupreis vendere aut distrahere nullatenus cogentur; neque eadem
nummis aut rebus aliis quibuscunque quam quae ipsis allubuerit permutare
aut pretium rei venditae ulla alia specie quam ilia de qua stipulatum et con-
ventum est recipere, lege aut consuetudine quacunque, quae tenori hujus artic-
uli adversari possit, non obstante.36

38. Conventum et conclusum est quod populi et subditi alterutrius con-
foederatorum praedictorum in terris, maribus, portubus, navium stationibus,
aestuariis, et territoriis alterius, aliisque quibuscunque locis, iisdem plane
privilegiis, securitatibus, libertatibus, et immunitatibus, sive personas eorum
sive negotiationes spectantibus, gaudebunt et fruentur, quae jam concessae
aut imposterum concedendae sunt per regum praedictorum alterutrum aut
Regi Christianissimo aut Ordinibus Generalibus Provinciarum Belgii Foeder-
atarum, aut civitatibus Hanseaticis, aut regno vel statui alii cuicunque per
suos tractatus aut schedulas regias, cum omnibus istiusmodi concessionum
sententiis et clausulis, sive beneficium aliquod sive favorem spondentibus, in
modo et forma adeo ampla, atque ad omnem contractus initi et ratihabiti affec-
tum valente, ac si eaedem in hunc tractatum verbatim transcriptae et insertae
essent.

39. Sin autem controversiam aliquam super dictis articulis de commerciorum
ratione statuentibus ab officiariis admiralitatis aut aliis personis quibuscunque
in alterutro regno agentibus moveri contingat, querela per partem interesse
habentem ad Regiam Majestatem, aut saltern aliquem consiliarium regium
delata, rex coram quo agitur curabit ut damna sine mora resarciantur, et ut

35 Annexed to the treaty of peace and commerce is the copy of a patent setting forth
the privileges mentioned in and confirmed by this article. The patent, as translated by
Godolphin, contains the following passage :

"And forasmuch as many of you do treat to bring into the ports of Andaluzia, the
city of Sivil [Seville] and other places, great quantity of Newfoundland fish and other
sorts of dry and salted fish, because they are victuals which are very necessary ; and
that you have been and are put to great charges, and are much troubled, I do will and
command to be kept the Ordinance of the city of Sivil, whereby it is ordained, that those
which come in with dry or salted fish, there shall not be any price or rate set upon them,
but they shall be permitted to sell at such a price as they shall think good, and it shall
not be necessary to manifest them any more than unto my officers which receive my Royal
rents ; and if the ships wherein the said fish is brought be great ships, that they can not
go up the river, and that the same be put into barques or lighters, the judge of the
Admiralty nor any other person may not put any waiters or keepers into the barques or
lighters, at the charge of the owners of them.

"And I do also command that if the said fish shall appear to be rotten, and that it
cannot be spent, that it be burnt, or thrown into the sea, and that for this cause there
shall not be any cause or action commenced against the owners thereof or persons which
shall sell it ; nor they shall not be imprisoned nor informed against, and forasmuch as
the administors of the Customs, and others of diverse duties which are receiv'd for the
fruits and merchandises, do use when any body does inform, to have the person impris-
oned which shows himself to be party, whereby happeneth to men of trade great discredit,
charges and vexations, my will is. and I do command, that in the said information, there
shall be only proceeded against the merchandises and not against the persons ; but they
shall be permitted (as I do permit them) to make, and they shall make their defences in
the said vexation."

36 The currency was greatly debased at this time. M. Colmeiro, Histnria de la Eco-
nomic! Politico, en Espaha, II. 492.

104 Doc. 55. Spain — Great Britain

singula, sicuti superius concordatum est, executionem et effectum debitum
sortiantur. Et si forte tractu temporis fraudes aliquae aut inconvenientiae se
prodant in commerciis et navigatione, quibus non satis ex his articulis provisum
sit et cautum, aliae praecautiones adhiberi poterunt, quae rationi consonae
utrinque videbuntur, manente tamen praesente tractatu in sua vi et vigore.

40. Item concordatum et conclusum est, quod dicti Serenissimi Reges His-
paniarum et Magnae Britanniae omnia et singula capitula in praesenti tractatu
conventa et stabilita sincere ac bona fide observabunt, per suosque subditos et
incolas observari et custodiri f acient, neque illis directe vel indirecte contraven-
ient aut per suos subditos et incolas ut contraveniantur consentient ; Omniaque
et singula, ut supra conventa, per patentes utrinque literas in sufficienti, valida,
et efficaci forma conceptas et confectas ratahabebunt et confirmabunt, eas-
demque reciproce tradent tradive facient bona fide et realiter intra quatuor
menses a data praesentium numerandos, et curabunt exinde praesentem pac-
em et amicitiam locis et forma consuetis (quam primum fieri poterit) publicari.
In quorum omnium et singulorum fidem nos, supramemorati commissarii Sere-
nissimorum Regis ac Reginae Hispaniae et legatus extraordinarius Serenis-
simi Regis Magnae Britanniae, praesentem tractatum manibus nostris et
sigillis mutuis sub-signavimus et munivimus. Matriti vigesima tertia die Maii
anno Domini millesimo sexcentesimo sexagesimo septimo.
J. Eberardo Nidardo. El Duque, Duque, y Conde de Onate. El Conde de

Penaranda. Sandwich.

Quern tractatum superius exaratum et insertum nobis a praefatis commis-
sariis ac plenipotentiariis nostris exhibitum, postquam visus et in consilio
nostro mature examinatus esset, pro nobis et Serenissimo Hispaniarum etc.,
Rege Carolo Secundo filio nostro charissimo, proque haeredibus et successori-
bus ejus necnon vassallis, subditis, et incolis regnorum, ditionum, ac dom-
iniorum nostrorum, et totum ejus contentum et quodcunque ejus punctum
separatim ut bonum, firmum, et stabilem acceptavimus, approbavimus, et
ratificavimus, et per praesentes acceptamus, approbamus, et ratificamus, spon-
dentes verbo ac fide regia, et dicti Serenissimi Regis filii nostri nomine locoque
nee non haeredum ac successorum ejus, dictum nos tractatum juxta formam
et tenorem suum constanter ac inviolabiliter observaturos et perfecturos, atque
ut observetur et perficiatur curaturos esse, eo modo ac si eundem in propria
persona nostra tractassemus, neque ulla quacunque tandem ratione sive directa
sive indirecta contraventuros, neque ut ab aliis contraveniatur permissuros esse :
Et siquidem ulla contraventio facta sit vel ad hue fieret, quo vis modo, illud
nos reparaturos sine ulla difficultate vel mora ; quinetiam transgressores gravi
supplicio affecturos, vel ut afficiantur curaturos esse ; cum obstrictione in eum
finem atque obligatione dicti Serenissimi Regis Catholici filii nostri charissimi,
atque haeredum, successorum, posterorumque ejus, quinetiam omnium et singu-
lorum regnorum, regionum, et dominiorum nostrorum nullis exceptis, ut et
omnium aliorum bonorum nostrorum praesentium et futurorum. Quo autem
supradicta obligatio eo magis confirmetur, legibus, consuetudinibus, et excep-
tionibus quibuscunque contra facientibus vel adversantibus renunciamus. In
eorum autem omnium quae supradicta sunt fidem et testimonium jussimus
expediri praesentes literas propria nostra manu subscriptas ac sigillo nostro
secreto munitas manuque secretarii nostri status subsignatas, die vigesimo
primo mensis Septembris anno Domini millesimo sexcentesimo sexagesimo

septimo. ,r „

Yo la Reyna.

D. Pedro Fernandez del Campo

y Angulo.

Madrid, 166/ 105

Translation.37

We, Charles the Second, by the grace of God king of Spain, etc., and the
Most Serene Queen Mariana of Austria, etc., make known by our present
letters of approval, ratification, and confirmation, that on the twenty-third
day of May of the present year 1667, in our palace at Madrid, a treaty of peace,
commerce, and closer friendship between us the aforesaid Most Serene and
Potent King and Queen of Spain on the one hand, and the Most Serene and
Potent Charles II., king of Great Britain, etc., our brother and most dear
friend, on the other hand, was made, entered into, and concluded as follows:

Inasmuch as after the death of the Most Serene and Potent Philip IV., of
glorious memory, king of Spain, the Most Serene and Potent Catholic King
Charles II. his son succeeded to the kingdoms, states, and dominions of the
paternal monarchy, God the Best and Greatest so disposing, and the Most
Serene and Catholic Queen Lady Mariana of Austria was called as guardian
and curator to the command and guidance of the same, during the minority of
the king, it was a thing greatly desired on both sides, and seemed good to
the Most Serene and Potent Catholic King and Queen and the Most Serene
and Potent Charles II., king of Great Britain, moved by mutual desire and
longing, to renew at length that good correspondence and reciprocal friendship
between the crowns of Spain on the one hand, and of Great Britain on the
other hand, flourishing from the most ancient times up to the time when
the vicissitudes of affairs disturbed the harmony and friendship which had
existed between the two nations, and to confirm it by new agreements, be-
cause both the great amount and profits of trade enjoyed by both sides and
the genius of both nations seem to demand a certain singular union of minds
and counsel ; and for this purpose the said Most Serene King of Great Britain
has sent the most excellent Edward earl of Sandwich, viscount Hinchin-
broke, baron Mountagu of St. Neots, vice-admiral of England, and master
of the great royal wardrobe, councillor of state, and knight of the most
noble and celebrated Order of the Garter, as his ambassador extraordinary
to their Catholic Majesties, in order that he might not only renew the bonds of
former friendship between the said crowns, dissolved by the iniquity of the
times, but also that he might bind them by a stronger tie and lay new founda-
tions for a still stronger friendship through the articles of mutual alliance, which
would last even to the remote future, and he has provided the said ambassador
with fullest powers, a copy of which is inserted below.

And moreover, with such propensity of mind the negotiation of the said
ambassador extraordinary was received in the Catholic court, that it seemed
good to the Most Serene Queen, guardian and governor of the king, to nomi-
nate for undertaking and concluding a treaty with him the most excellent men,
Don Juan Everard Nithard, confessor of the Most Serene Catholic Queen,
inquisitor general and councillor of state, Don Ramiro Phelipe Nunez de
Guzman, duke of San Lucar la Mayor and of Medina de las Torres, councillor

37 The translation in G. Chalmers, A Collection of Treaties between Great Britain and
other Powers, II. 5-34, is, except for a few slight alterations, that made by William
Godolphin, Latin secretary to Lord Sandwich, and preserved in manuscript in the P.
R. O., Treaty Papers, no. 66. On June 7/17, 1667, Godolphin wrote to his brother :
" I have sent to my Lord a translation of the articles into English adjusted as neare as I
could both to the Latin original and to their Spanish translation here, which you may
correct as you find cause, and will save you some labour when the treaty after ratification
and publication comes to be printed for the use of the merchants." P. R. O., St. Pap.
For., Spain, no. 52.

8

106 Doc. 55. Spain — Great Britain

of state and president of Italy, and Don Gaspar de Bracamonte and Guzman,
count of Penaranda, councillor of state and president of the Indies, to whom
have been granted the powers and commission whose tenor is as follows :

[Here follow the full powers granted by the King of Spain to his com-
missioners on June 15, 1666; and by the King of Great Britain to his ambas-
sador extraordinary on February 16/26, 1665/6.]

In the name of the Most Holy Trinity, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, three
distinct persons, and one only true God.

1. First, it is agreed and concluded, that from this day forward there shall
be between the two crowns of Spain and Great Britain a general, good, sincere,
true, firm, and perfect amity, confederation, and peace, which shall endure
forever, and be observed inviolably, as well by land as by sea and fresh-waters ;
and also between the lands, countries, kingdoms, dominions, and territories,
belonging unto, or under the obedience of either of the said kings ; and that
their subjects, people, and inhabitants respectively, of what degree or con-
dition soever, from henceforth, shall serve each other well by mutual help, aid,
kindness, and all manner of friendship.

4. That between the King of Spain and the King of Great Britain, and their
respective subjects, people, and inhabitants, as well upon sea as upon land
and fresh water, in all and every their kingdoms, countries, territories, prov-
inces, islands, plantations, cities, towns, villages, ports, rivers, creeks, bays,
straits, and currents under the dominion of either king, where hitherto trade
and commerce have been accustomed, there shall be free trade, and permission
to begin and carry on any kind of commerce, in such way and manner, that
without safe conduct and without general or particular licence, the people
and subjects of each other may freely, as well by land as by sea and streams,
navigate and go into their said, countries, kingdoms, dominions, cities, ports,
currents, bays, districts, and other places thereof, and may enter into any port
with their ships laden or empty, or any other carriage, and, wherever they
may enter, to be free to buy, sell, and exchange merchandise of any sort, of
what value and quantity they please, and also at just and reasonable rates
provide themselves with provisions and other necessary things for their sub-
sistence and voyages ; and also may repair their ships and carriages, and from
thence, again freely depart with their ships, carriages, goods, merchandise,
and estates, and return to their own countries, or to such other place as they
shall think fit, without any molestation, disturbance, or impediment, so that
they pay on either part the duties and customs which shall be due, and saving
the preservation and observation on either side of the laws and ordinances of
the lands of either king.

7. That it shall be lawful for the subjects of the King of Great Britain to
bring out and carry into Spain and all or any lands and dominions of the King
of Spain (where heretofore they have used trade and commerce), and trade
there with, all kind of merchandise, cloths, manufactures, and things brought
out of the British Isles, and the manufactures, goods, products, and kinds
originating in the islands, towns, and plantations under the rule of the King
of Great Britain, and to sell or take away what shall have been bought by
factors or agents of the said British subjects on this side or on the other side
of the Cape of Good Hope (commonly called de Buena Esperanqa), without
being forced to declare to whom or for what price they have sold their said
merchandise and provisions, or being molested for the errors which the masters

Madrid, 1667 107

of the ships or any others may have committed in the public entry of the
goods. Moreover, the aforesaid subjects may, at their pleasure, return again
out of the dominions of the King of Spain, with all or any goods, estates and
merchandise to any of the territories, islands, dominions, and countries of the
King of Great Britain or to any other place, if they should prefer, first paying
the taxes and imposts mentioned in the antecedent articles ; and the rest of
all their lading which remains in the harbor where they are and which they do
not wish to unload they may detain, keep, and carry away in their said ship
or ships, vessel or vessels again, without paying any tax or imposition whatso-
ever for it, as if therewith they had never been within or near any bay or port
of the Catholic King. And all goods, estates, merchandise, ships or other ves-
sels, introduced into the dominions or places of the King of Great Britain as
prizes, and judged and condemned as lawful prize, shall by the intention of this
article be taken for merchandise and goods of the British Isles.

8. That the subjects and vassals of the Most Serene King of Great Britain
may freely bring and carry to any of the dominions of the King of Spain any
products and commodities of the East Indies, provided it appears by testimony
of the deputies acting in the name of the said East India Company in London,
that they are of, or have come from the English conquests, plantations, or fac-
tories, with like course and privilege as, and according to what is allowed to,
the subjects of the United Provinces of the Netherlands by the royal cedulas
concerning prohibited goods or contraband, bearing date the 27th of June and
the 3rd of July, 1663, and published on the 30th of June and the 4th of July
in the same year. And for what may concern both the Indies, and any other
parts whatsoever, the crown of Spain grants to the King of Great Britain
and his subjects all that is granted to the States of the United Provinces of the
Netherlands and their subjects in their treaty of Miinster, 1648, in as full and
ample manner as if the same were herein particularly inserted, article for
article and point for point, with nothing omitted ; the same rules are to be
observed whereunto the subjects of the said States are held and obliged, and
mutual offices of friendship are to be performed from one side to the other.

9. The subjects of the King of Great Britain, trading, buying, and selling
in any of the kingdoms, governments, islands, or territories of the King of
Spain shall use and enjoy all the privileges and immunities which the Catholic
king has granted and confirmed to the English merchants that reside in Anda-
luzia, by his royal cedulas or orders dated the nineteenth day of March, the
twenty-sixth day of June, and the ninth day of November, 1645. These cedulas
his Catholic Majesty orders to be ratified, received, and confirmed as an integral
part of this treaty. And to the end that it be manifest to all, it is consented
that the said schedules or royal ordinances (as to their substances or force and
effect) be passed and transferred to the body of the present articles, and be
extended with the utmost favor possible to the use and benefit of all and singu-
lar the subjects of the King of Great Britain, residing and trading in any places
whatsoever within the dominions of the Catholic kins:.

29. That the subjects, people, and inhabitants of one kingdom in the do-
minions, territories, countries, or colonies of the other, shall not be compelled
to sell their merchandise for brass or copper coin, or exchange them for other
coin or other things against their will ; or having sold them to receive the pay-
ment in other species than what they bargained for, any law or other custom
contrary to this article notwithstanding.

108 Doc. 55. Spain — Great Britain

38. It is agreed and concluded that the people and subjects of either of the
aforesaid confederates shall have and enjoy in the respective lands, seas, ports,
roads, havens, and territories of the one or the other, and in all places whatso-
ever, the same privileges, securities, liberties, and immunities, whether they
concern their persons or trade, with all the beneficial or favorable provisions
and clauses which have been granted or shall be hereafter granted by either of
the said kings, by treaties or royal decrees, to the Most Christian King, the
States General of the United Provinces of the Netherlands, the Hanse Towns,
or any other kingdom or state whatsoever, in manner as full, and as equivalent
to a ratified contract as if the same had been particularly mentioned and inserted
in this treaty.

39. In case any difference or dispute shall be raised on either side, concern-
ing these articles of trade and commerce, by either the officers of the admiralty
or other persons whatsoever, in the one or the other kingdom, the complaint
being presented by the party concerned to their Majesties or to any of their
council, the king to whom it is so presented shall cause the damages forth-
with to be repaired, and all things as they are above agreed, to be duly executed ;
and in case that in process of time any frauds or inconveniences be discovered
in the navigation and commerce between both kingdoms, against which suffi-
cient provision has not been made in these articles, other provisions may be
hereafter mutually agreed on, as shall be judged reasonable, the present treaty
remaining nevertheless in full force and vigor.

40. It is likewise accorded and concluded, that the said Most Serene Kings
of Spain and of Great Britain shall sincerely and faithfully observe and cause
to be observed and kept by their subjects and inhabitants respectively all and
singular the capitulations agreed and established in the present treaty ; neither
shall they directly nor indirectly infringe the same, or consent that they shall
be infringed by their subjects and inhabitants. And they shall ratify and con-
firm all and singular the conventions above accorded, by letters patent re-
ciprocally, in sufficient, full, and effectual form, and they shall interchangeably
deliver the same, so formed and made, or cause them to be delivered, faithfully
and really, within four months after the date of these presents, and they shall
then, as soon as conveniently may be, cause this present treaty of peace and
amity to be published in the places and manner accustomed.

In faith of these, all and singular, we, the above-mentioned commissioners
of the Most Serene King and Queen of Spain and the ambassador extra-
ordinary of the Most Serene King of Great Britain, have mutually undersigned
and secured the present treaty with our hands and seals. At Madrid, May 23,
1667.

J. Everard Nithard. The Duke, Duke and Count of Onate. The Count

of Penaranda. Sandwich.

This treaty, set down and inserted above, and exhibited to us by our afore-
said commissioners and plenipotentiaries, we have accepted, approved, and
ratified (after it was seen and ripely examined in our Council), together with
all its contents and every separate article of it, as good, firm, and stable, and
by these presents we do accept, approve, and ratify it, on behalf of ourselves
and of the Most Serene King of Spain, etc., Charles II., our most dear son,
and of his heirs and successors, and also of the vassals, subjects, and inhabi-
tants of our kingdoms, jurisdictions, and dominions, promising on our royal
faith and word, and in the name and place of the said Most Serene King our
son, as well as of his heirs and successors, that we will constantly and inviolably

Madrid, 1667 109

observe and execute it, and take care that it is observed and executed, in the
same way as if we had negotiated it in our own person. Nor will we con-
travene it for any reason whatsoever, whether directly or indirectly, nor
permit it to be contravened by others. And if any contravention be com-
mitted or has been committed, in any way whatsoever, we will repair it with-
out any difficulty, or delay. Moreover we will punish transgressors severely,
or take care that they be punished ; binding and pledging to that end our most
dear son, the said Most Serene Catholic King, and his heirs, successors, and
descendants, and indeed all and singular our kingdoms, regions, and dominions,
without any exception, as well as all our other goods, present and future. And
in order that the aforesaid obligation may be the better confirmed, we renounce
all laws, customs, and exceptions contrary or opposed thereto. In pledge and
testimony of all the aforesaid, we have commanded the present letters to be
prepared, signed by our own hand and secured by our privy seal and counter-
signed by the hand of our secretary of state, on the twenty-first day of Sep-
tember in the year of our Lord 1667.

I, the Queen.

Don Pedro Fernandez del Campo
y Angulo.

56.

Treaty of friendship and alliance between Sweden and the United
Netherlands, concluded at the Hague, July 18/28, 1667.
Ratification by the States General of the United Netherlands,
October 21, i66j.

Introduction.

In the war between the English and Dutch that began in Europe early in
1665, each belligerent was eager to secure the alliance of the Northern powers,
and thereby the exclusion of its enemy from the Baltic. Accordingly, in Feb-
ruary, 1665, the States General appointed Ysbrandts ambassador extraordinary
to Sweden to negotiate an alliance against England. For some months after
his arrival in June, he remained unaware that in the preceding March the
Swedish regency government had already concluded a defensive alliance with
the British crown.1

Ysbrandts's proposals were met by demands from the Swedish commission-
ers, of which the chief were that the instrument of Elucidation of the treaty
of Elbing be rescinded, since the Dutch had forced Sweden to accept it to her
great commercial disadvantage ; that Sweden be subsidized ; that contraband
and other maritime matters be regulated anew ; and that the ships and places
seized by the Dutch West India Company in Africa and America be restored.2

The questions involving the Dutch West India Company presented diffi-
culties. For several years preceding, the Swedish agents at the Hague, Silfver-
crona and Appelboom, had labored to obtain redress for the losses inflicted by
this company upon the Swedish trading companies in Africa and America. In
1664, Appelboom had energetically but vainly pressed for the restoration of
New Sweden, seized by Stuyvesant nine years before.3 In March, 1665,
Silfvercrona had agreed to articles whereby the King of Sweden and the
Swedish African Company renounced all their claims against the West India
Company, turned over to the States General and the West India Company all
their rights to the forts at Cabo Corso and elsewhere on the African coast,
and forbade Swedish subjects to navigate or trade along the coast of Guinea.
For this and the surrender of Swedish claims to the ship Christina, seized by
the Dutch off the Guinea coast, the Dutch were to pay 140,000 rixdollars.4
The Swedish government was unwilling to sanction Silfvercrona's agreement,
partly because the general renunciation in the first article might be interpreted

1 Doc. 54.

2 Aitzema, Saken van Staet, V. 539. The commissioners were Senator Jorran Fleming,
Israel Lagerfelt, vice-president of the Commercial College, Peter Julius Coyet, counsellor
of the chancery and assessor in the Commercial College, E. Ehrensteen, secretary of
state, and A. Hirschenstierna, aulic councillor and secretary of the queen mother.

3 Cf. above pp. 87-88.

4 Aitzema, op. cit., V. 538.

no

The Hague, 1667 111

as a relinquishment of New Sweden.5 They suggested modifications, which the
States General, in December, 1665 (after they had learned of the Anglo-
Swedish treaty), accepted, and empowered Ysbrandts to treat of these colonial
matters at Stockholm.8

In the first two months of 1666 the Dutch government was strengthened by
Louis XIV.'s declaration of war against England, and by its conclusion of
several treaties with Denmark — Sweden's traditional enemy — including an
alliance against England, provisions for the cessation of hostilities between the
Dutch West India Company and the Danish African Company, and the settle-
ment of the conflicting pretensions of the Dutch and Danes to the Guinea
forts and commerce. The treaty permitted the Danes to continue their trade
to Guinea.7

In the following month, the Swedish commissioners presented a " project
of reconciliation", including two provisions bearing on America: article II.,
that the States General pay a fixed sum in settlement of Sweden's claims to
subsidies, and in compensation for the injuries done to the Swedish African
and American Companies ; 8 and article IX., which permitted Swedes to trade
as freely as the other allies of the United Netherlands in Dutch possessions in
the East Indies, Africa, and America, or elsewhere.9 These proposals were un-
acceptable to Ysbrandts : the first, on the ground that consideration of matters
relating to New Sweden should be postponed until proofs of the respective
claims of English and Dutch were exhibited ; the second, because it contradicted
Sweden's renunciation of trade to Cabo Corso.10 The Swedish chancellor
acknowledged the force of Ysbrandts's objection to the ninth article and it
was stricken out.11 Ysbrandts renewed " seriously and earnestly " his sug-
gestion that Swedish and Dutch forces unite to liberate New Netherland and
New Sweden from the English, who had seized them in the late summer and
autumn of 1664.12

In these Swedish-Dutch negotiations, Louis XIV. of France took an active
part. He tried to persuade Sweden to favor Holland rather than England,
on the ground that England's naval victory over the Dutch at Lowestoft in
June, 1665, gave cause to fear that the English might become masters of the
sea, and of all the commerce of the world. To prevent her from acquiring de-

5 Granlund, " Svenska Afrikanska Kompaniets Historia ", p. 385, no. 3.

6 Aitzema, op. cit., V. 554; Granlund, op. cit., p. 387. The first article (art. 5, "/", of
the concluded treaty )_ was amended by inserting after the words, in Societatem Indiae
Occidentalis Foederati Belgii, the words, circa dictum Fortalitium Cabo Corso, et dictam
navim Christina.

7 The texts of the Danish treaties are in Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, torn. VI., pt.
III., pp. 59-82.

8 Near the end of February, 1666, the Swedish commissioners had shown Ysbrandts a
statement of the claims of the Swedish American Company, amounting to 260,000 rix-
dollars (Aitzema, op. cit., p. 867). Again in February, 1667, the Swedish College of
Commerce estimated that the indemnity with interest for the wrongs done by the Dutch
to the Swedish American Company equalled the aforesaid amount. Sprinchom, " History
of the Colony of New Sweden", in Pa. Mag. Hist., VIII. 251, 252.

9 Aitzema, op. cit., V. 869, 870.

10 Ibid., pp. 872.

11 Ibid., pp. 874.

12 Ibid., p. 882. Ysbrandts had made the same suggestion some months before. Sprin-
chorn, op. cit., p. 251.

112 Doc. $6. Sweden — United Netherlands

cisive maritime preponderance, he wished to strengthen the United Netherlands
by bringing t;hem and Sweden together.13 His ministers, D'Estrades at the
Hague, Terlon and Pomponne at Stockholm, labored for this. Yet towards
the end of the year 1666 important points of controversy remained unsettled;
for Sweden, deeming that her neutrality was already sufficiently manifest,
since her offer to mediate between the belligerent powers was accepted, refused
to consent to the Act of Neutrality which the States General demanded ; and
the States, on the other hand, having already made the important concession
of agreeing to cancel the obnoxious Elucidation, would not consent to deprive
themselves of further commercial advantages by altering the treaty of Elbing
itself, as the Swedes desired. Ysbrandts was therefore recalled, and the Swed-
ish government appointed the Count of Dohna ambassador extraordinary to
continue negotiations at the Hague.

Dohna reached the Hague in March, 1667. Appelboom was associated
with him in his labors. The proje.t which they presented to the Dutch com-
missioners contained the provision that Swedish pretensions on account of the
injuries which the Swedish American Company claimed to have sustained
from the Dutch West India Company ought to be examined with the Swedish
envoy at the Hague according to the rules of equity, and satisfaction be given
immediately to the injured party.14 To this as to many other provisions the
Dutch commissioners found objections. In their own projet they altered this
article so as to include a reference to the counter-claims of the Dutch West
India Company,15 and in this form the article was incorporated in the treaty.

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by the States General
of the United Netherlands is in the Riksarkiv at Stockholm, Original-
traktater, Holland.

Text: Printed. L. van Aitzema, Saken van Staet (1669-1672), VI. 225, 226 ;
J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VII., pt. I., pp. 39,
40. The text will doubtless be included in O. S. Rydberg and C. Hallen-
dorff, Sverges Traktater med Frammande Magter (1877- ).

Translation. Dutch. Aitzema, op. cit., VI. 226-228.

References : Contemporary and early writings. L. van Aitzema, op. cit.,
V. 534 ff., 863 ff., 869, VI. 203-233 ; A. van Wicquefort, Histoire des
Provinces-Unies (ed. 1861-1874), III. 227 ff., 280 ff., 362-366; Brieven
geschreven cnde gewisselt tusschen de Heer Johan de Witt ende de Gevol-
maghtigden van den Staedt der Vcreenigde Nederlanden (1723-1725),
II., VI., passim; Comte d'Estrades, Lettres, Memoires, et Negociations
(1743), III.-V., passim; T. H. Lister, Edward, First Earl of Clarendon
(1837-1838), III. 445-448, 464; J- R- Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y.
( 1 853-1883). See Bibliography of Doc. 54.

References: Later writings. G. A. Lefevre-Pontalis, John de Witt (1885),
I. 356, 420 ; C. K. S. Sprinchorn, " History of the Colony of New Swe-

13 See Louis's instructions to Terlon, on June 30, 1665, in Recueil des Instructions aux
Ambassadeurs de France, II., Suede (1885), p. 57, and D'Estrades, Lettres, Memoires,
et Negociations (1743), IV. 214, et passim.

14 Aitzema, op. cit., VI. 207.

15 Ibid., p. 210.

The Hague, 1667 113

den ", translated by G. B. Keen, in Pa. Mag. Hist, and Biog., VIII. ( 1884)
250-252; A. Johnson, Swedish Settlements (1911), II. 654, 655; F. F.
Carlson, Geschichte Schwedens, IV. (1855) 498, trans, by J. E. Petersen,
in Heeren and Ukert, Geschichte der Europdischen Staaten ; V. Gran-
lund, " Svenska Af rikanska Kompaniets Historia ", in Historiskt Bib-
liotek,\l. (1879) 3845.

Text.16

Ordines Generales Foederati Belgii universis et singulis has visuris lecturis-
que salutem. Quandoquidem vicesimo octavo Julii proxime praeteri[ti] trac-
tatus amicitiae cum corroboratione f oederum ante hac initorum f actus, initus, et
conclusus est inter Serenissimum ac Potentissimum principem et dominum,
dominum Carolum Suecorum, Gothorum, Vandalorumque regem etc. ab una et
Confoederatum Belgium ab altera parte per ejusdem regis legatum extra-
ordinarium, campi-mareschalum, consiliarium bellicum, dominum Cristophorum
Delphicum burggravium et comitem in Dhona, haereditarium dominum in
Carwinden, Schlobitten, Borgsdorff, Stockenf els, et Fischbach, uti etiam Regiae
Majestatis Sueciae ablegatum extraordinarium, dominum Haraldum Appel-
boom, haereditarium de Soderby, nee non commissarios nostros dominos Johan-
nem, baronem de Gent, Philippum Jacobum van den Boetzelaer, baronem
d'Asperen, Johannem de Witt, consiliarium et pensionnarium Hollandiae
Westfrisiaeque, Johannem Kien, Gijsbertum van der Hoolck, senatorem atque
exconsulem Ultra jectinum, Epaeum Bootsma, Everwijn van Bentheim, J. U.
doctorem, et Johannem Isbrandts, senatorem Groninganum, respective depu-
tatos ordinarios ad consessum nostrum, nomine provinciarum Gelriae, Hol-
landiae Westfrisiaeque, Zelandiae, Ultrajecti, Frisiae, Transisalaniae, et Gron-
ingae Omlandiaeque, cujus tractatus tenor hie de verbo ad verbum insertus est ;

Serenissimi ac Potentissimi principis ac domini, domini Caroli, Suecorum,
Gothorum, Vandalorumque regis et principis haereditarii, magni principis Fin-
landiae, ducis Scaniae, Esthoniae, Livoniae, Careliae, Bremae, Verdae, Stetini,
Pomeraniae, Cassubiae, et Vandaliae, principis Rugiae, domini Ingriae et
Wismariae, nee non comitis palatini Rheni, Bavariae, Juliaci, Cliviae, et Mon-
tium ducis, legatus extraordinarius, campi mareschallus, consiliarius bellicus
Christophorus Delphicus, burggravius et comes in Dhona, haereditarius dom-
inus in Carwinden, Schlobitten, Borgsdorff, Stockenf els, et Fischbach ; Sacrae
Regiae Majestatis Sueciae ablegatus extraordinarius et consiliarius aulicus
Haraldus Appelboom, haereditarius de Soderby; nee non Celsorum ac Prae-
potentium Dominorum Ordinum Generalium Foederati Belgii ad hunc actum
specialiter deputati commissarii Johan, baro de Gent, Philippus Jacobus van den
Boetzelaer, baro d'Asperen, Johan de Witt, consiliarius et pensionnarius Hol-
landiae et Westfrisiae, Johannes Kien, Gijsbertus van der Hoolck, senator
atque exconsul Ultra jectinus, Epaeus Bootsma, Everwijn van Bentheim, J. U.
doctor, et Johan Isbrandts, senator Groninganus, respective deputati ordinarii
ad consessum Ordinum Generalium Foederati Belgii nomine provinciarum
Gelriae, Hollandiae Westfrisiaeque, Zeelandiae, Ultrajecti, Frisiae, Transisa-
laniae, et Groningae Omlandiaeque, notum testatumque facimus, quod sicuti
Sacrae Regiae Majestatis praedecessoribus regibus Sueciae et Celsitudini Dom-
inorum Ordinum Generalium Foederati Belgii constans semper fuit proposi-
tum ac propensissima voluntas stabiliendi atque promovendi veterem illam

16 The text is taken from the original manuscript of the ratification by the States
General, preserved in the Riksarkiv at Stockholm, Originaltraktater, Holland.

114 Doc. $6. Sweden — United Netherlands

amicitiam atque necessitudinem, quae a multis retro annis inter eos viguit,
ac magno utriusque subditorum 17 commodo arctioribus aliquot foederum
vinculis firmata fuit, nee non in herba opprimendi atque componendi omnes
difficultates atque controversias, quae prout variae sunt rerum humanarum
vicissitudines, subinde enatae fuerunt, quo suus in perpetuum dictae amicitiae
foederibusque vigor constaret atque conservaretur, ita etiam impraesentiarum
domini ac superiores respective nostri laudabili majorum atque praedecessorum
suorum instituto insistere decreverint, nobisque in mandatis dederint, ut
examinatis probeque perpensis omnibus iis, quae Sacra Regia Majestas Sueciae
ac Celsitudo Dominorum Ordinum Generalium Foederati Belgii pro jure
amicitiae ac vigore foederum a sese invicem desiderare profitentur, eo consilia
nostra dirigeremus, quo dictis dominorum 18 atque superiorum nostrorum votis
satisfieret, atque ut statueremus et decerneremus omne id, quod in turbato hocce
rerum statu bono communi conducere judicaremus. In eum itaque finem con-
gressi, matura instituta deliberatione, et exhibitis procuratoriis, vigore potes-
tatis nobis per ea concessae in sequentia capita consensimus et convenimus :

5. Controversiae autem, quae inter Sacram Regiam Majestatem Sueciae
ejusque privilegio instructam societatem Sueco Africanam et Celsos ac Prae-
potentes Dominos Ordines Generales Foederati Belgii eorumque itidem privi-
legio munitam Societatem Generalem Indiae Occidentalis ejusdem Foederati
Belgii obortae fuerunt de proprietate quorundam locorum et nominatim for-
talitii Cabo Corso in Guinea Africae littore siti, et de commerciis quae iisdem in
locis exercentur, nee non de navi quadam Christina nuncupata in dictis oris
capta ac subhastata, compositae atque sopitae sunt, modo et conditionibus
sequentibus :

Ac primo quidem Serenissimus et Potentissimus Rex Sueciae ejusdemque
Societas Sueco Africana suo quisque nomine renunciabunt, quemadmodum
hisce praesentibus renunciant, omnibus omnino actionibus et praetensionibus
quae ab iis in hunc usque diem in Societatem Indiae Occidentalis Foederati
Belgii, circa dictum fortalitium Cabo Corso et dictam navim Christinam insti-
tutae vel motae sunt, qualescunque illae sint aut quo nomine institutae fuerint
vel institui possint ; sicut ab altera quoque parte Celsi ac Praepotentes Domini
Ordines Generales Foederati Belgii et eorum privilegio munita Societas Indiae
Occidentalis renunciant etiam omnibus actionibus et praetensionibus quae ab
iis aut ab ea in dictam Societatem Africanam motae sunt, aut moveri possent,
qualescunque ea sint, sine ulla exceptione.

Secundo, summe memoratus Rex Sueciae dictaque ejusdem Societas Sueco
Africana, altememoratis Dominis Ordinibus Generalibus dictaeque Societati
Indiae Occidentalis Foederati Belgii cedunt, et in eos transferunt, omne jus,
possessionem, actiones, et praetentiones quas Sacra Regia Majestas Sueciae,
aut ejusdem Societas Sueco Africana, aut revera habuerunt aut se habere puta-
yerunt in fortalitium situm in promontorio Cabo Corso nominato, ut et omne
jus ab eo dependens, nee non omnia reliqua fortalitia et receptacula in Guinea
in Africae littore sita, cum omnibus juribus ab iis dependentibus, cum hac
renunciatione speciali, quod nee altissime memorato regi, nee ejusdem Societati
Africanae, nec_ etiam reliquis ejusdem coronae subditis ad dictum fortalitium
dictaque receptacula, locaque ab iis dependentia, navigare, aut ibidem com-
merciorum gratia appellere licebit, directe vel indirecte, et quod dicta Sacra

17 The MS. reads subiitorum.

18 The MS. reads dominatum.

The Hague, 1667 115

Regia Majestas dictaque Societas Sueco Africana nemini omnino, nee subditis
nee advenis, ut ad dicta loca navigent, neque auctores erunt neque permittent
neque etiam eos protegent.

Tertio, quod navis dicta Christina, cum suo onere et cum suis dependentiis,
cedet dictae societati Indiae Occidentals Foederati Belgii et eum in finem
dicta Sacra Regia Majestas renunciat, tarn suo nomine quam nomine dictae
Societatis Sueco Africanae et reliquorum omnium quorum interest, et quibus
in dictam navem et in merces quibus onerata erat, cum omnibus dependentiis,
aliquod jus erat, commodo et usui dictae societatis Indiae Occidentalis Foederati
Belgii.

Quarto et postremo, hac de causa persolventur Amstelodami ei vel iis, quos
dicta Regia Majestas ad id constituet, centum et quadraginta millia imperialium
in specie, vulgo de banca dictorum, simul ac hisce tabulis subscriptum et earum
ratihabitiones in debita forma exhibitae et commutatae erunt.

6. Controversias autem, quae inter Societatem Sueco Americanam dictam-
que Societatem Indiae Occidentalis Foederati Belgii intercedunt, ratione dam-
norum quae sibi a sese invicem in America illata esse praetendunt, secundum
justitiae et aequitatis regulas, cum dictae Sacrae Regiae Majestatis ablegato
Hagae Comitis quantocius examinandas, de super transigendum, partique
laesae confestim et sine mora satisfaciendum esse, statutum atque decretum
est.19

Pacta haec bona fide praestanda, atque a Sacra Regia Ma j estate Sueciae et
Celsitudine Dominorum Ordinum Generalium Foederati Belgii rata habenda,
ratihabitionesque hinc inde intra spatium trium mensium exhibendas atque
tradendas fore promittimus. In cujus rei fidem majorem nos supranominati
Serenissimi ac Potentissimi Regis Sueciae legatus et ablegatus extraordinarii
nosque Celsorum ac Praepotentium Dominorum Ordinum Generalium Foed-
erati Belgii commissarii manu nostra, nostroque sigillo tabulas hasce sancivimus.
Actum Hagae Comitum anno 1667 die 18/28 Julii signatum et sigillatum erat
ut sequitur.

Christophorus Delphicus, J. van Gent.

B[aro]ac comes in Dhona. Baro d'A[s]PEREN.

Har aldus Appelboom. Johan de Witt.

JOHAN KlEN.

G. v. Hoolck.

E. V. BOOTSMA.

E. VAN Bentheim.

J. ISBRANDTS.

Proinde nos praefatum tractatum acceptavimus, approbavimus, ratihabui-
mus, et confirmavimus, sicuti eundem acceptamus, approbamus, ratihabemus, et
confirmamus per praesentes, spondentes nos omnia et singula in eodem contenta
inviolabiliter observaturos et impleturos, neque admissuros esse, ut ullo modo
quomodolibet id accidat aut accidere possit, per directum vel indirectum, huic
contrarium aut adversum fiat sub hypotheca atque obligatione praedicti Foed-
erati Belgii bonorum et proventuum generalium et specialium, praesentium et
f uturorum ; in quorum fidem veritatisque robur hasce majoris sigilli nostri ap-

19 Sprinchorn believed that Sweden did not receive any compensation from the States
General for the loss of New Sweden, since soon after the signing of the treaty of the
Hague it sought to be indemnified by England. " History of the Colony of New
Sweden", ub'% supra, p. 252.

110 Doc. $6. Sweden — United Netherlands

pensione muniri, pariterque per consessus nostri praesidem signari, et per
graphiarium subscribi jussimus. Actum in consessu nostro Hagae Comitis die
vigesimo primo Octobris anni millesimi sexcentesimi sexagesimi septimi.

H. Gockinga v[id]t.
Ad mandatum altememoratorum Dominorum Ordinum Generalium.

N. Ruysch.

Translation.

The States General of the United Netherlands to all and singular who shall
see and read these presents, greeting. Whereas on the twenty-eighth day of
July last past a treaty of friendship with confirmation of previous alliances
was made, entered into, and concluded between the Most Serene and Most
Potent prince and lord, lord Charles, king of the Swedes, Goths, and Vandals,
etc., on the one part, and the United Netherlands on the other part, by the
said king's ambassador extraordinary, field marshal, and councillor of war, lord
Christopher Delphicus, burggrave and count in Dohna, hereditary lord in
Kurvinden, Schlobitten, Burchardsdorff, Stockenfels, and Fischbach, and also
the envoy extraordinary of his Royal Majesty of Sweden, Harald Appelboom,
hereditary lord of Soderby; also our lords commissioners Johan, baron van
Gent, Filips Jacob van den Boetzelaer, baron of Asperen, Johan de Witt,
councillor and pensionary of Holland and West Friesland, Johan Kien, Gijs-
bert van der Hoolck, senator and ex-burgomaster of Utrecht, Epo van Bootsma,
Everwijn van Bentheim, doctor of law, and Johan Ysbrandts, senator of Gron-
ingen, respectively deputies ordinary to our assembly in the name of the prov-
inces of Gelderland, Holland and West Friesland, Zeeland, Utrecht, Friesland,
Overyssel, and Groningen and Ommeland, the tenor of which treaty is here
inserted, word for word :

We, Christopher Delphicus, burggrave and count in Dohna, hereditary lord
in Kurvinden, Schlobitten, Burchardsdorff, Stockenfels, and Fischbach, am-
bassador extraordinary, field marshal, and councillor of war of the Most Serene
and Most Potent prince and lord, lord Charles, king and hereditary prince of
the Swedes, Goths, and Vandals, great prince of Finland, duke of Scania, Es-
thonia, Livonia, Carelia, Bremen, Verden, Stettin, Pomerania, Cassubia, and
Vandalia, prince of Riigen, lord of Ingria and Wismar, also count palatine of
the Rhine, and duke of Bavaria, Julich, Cleves, and Berg ; Harald Appelboom,
hereditary lord of Soderby, envoy extraordinary and aulic councillor of his
Sacred Royal Majesty of Sweden; also the commissioners of the High and
Mighty lords, the States General of the United Netherlands, especially deputed
for this purpose, Johan, baron van Gent, Filips Jacob van der Boetzelaer, baron
of Asperen, Johan de Witt, councillor and pensionary of Holland and West
Friesland, Johan Kien, Gijsbert van der Hoolck, senator and ex-burgomaster of
Utrecht, Epo van Bootsma, Everwijn van Bentheim, doctor of laws, and
Johan Ysbrandts, senator of Groningen, respectively ordinary deputies to the
assembly of the States General of the United Netherlands in the name of
the provinces of Gelderland, Holland and West Friesland, Zeeland, Utrecht,
Friesland, Overyssel, and Groningen and Ommeland, make known and testify
that even as the predecessors of his Sacred Royal Majesty the kings of Sweden,
and the High and Mighty lords the States General of the United Netherlands,
always had the fixed intention and most earnest desire to establish and promote
that ancient friendship and alliance, which for many years past has flourished
between them, and to the great advantage of the subjects of each has been

The Hague, 1667 11?

strengthened by the closer bonds of several treaties ; and also to suppress at
sight and settle all the difficulties and controversies which have arisen from
time to time in accordance with the various vicissitudes of human affairs,
whereby the said friendship and treaties might be kept in vigor and preserved
forever, so likewise now, our respective masters and superiors have decided to
follow the praiseworthy plan of their forefathers and predecessors, and have
commanded us that, after examining and pondering justly all those matters
that his Sacred Royal Majesty of Sweden, and their High Mightinesses the
States General of the United Netherlands, profess to desire mutually of their
own accord and conformably to the obligation of friendship and the force of
treaties, we should so direct our councils as to satisfy the said wishes of our
masters and superiors, so that we should establish and determine all that we
might judge to be conducive to the common welfare in this disturbed state of
affairs. And so, having come together for this purpose, after mature deliber-
ation and the exhibition of our credentials, by virtue of the power granted to
us thereby, we have agreed and united upon the following heads:

5. Moreover the controversies which have arisen between his Sacred Royal
Majesty of Sweden and the Swedish African Company chartered by him,
and the High and Mighty lords the States General of the United Netherlands
and the General West India Company of the said United Netherlands, simi-
larly chartered by them, concerning the ownership of certain places, and par-
ticularly of the fortress of Cabo Corso, situated in Guinea on the coast of
Africa, and concerning the trade carried on in these places, and also concerning
a certain ship named the Christina, taken on those coasts and sold at public
auction, have been composed and settled in the manner and on the conditions
following :

First, the Most Serene and Most Potent King of Sweden and his Swedish-
African Company will each renounce in their own name, and by these presents
they do renounce, all actions and pretensions whatsoever, instituted or moved
by them up to this day, against the West India Company of the United Nether-
lands, in respect to the said fortress of Cabo Corso, and the said ship Christina,
whatsoever they may be, or in whosoever's name they have been or may be
begun ; just as, on the other hand, also, the High and Mighty lords the States
General of the United Netherlands, and the West India Company chartered
by them, likewise renounce all actions and pretensions that have been or might
be brought by either against the said African Company, whatever they may
be, without any exception.

Secondly, the aforesaid King of Sweden and his said Swedish-African Com-
pany cede to the aforesaid lords the States General and to the said West India
Company of the United Netherlands, and transfer to them, all right, posses-
sion, actions, and pretensions, that his Sacred Royal Majesty of Sweden, or his
Swedish-African Company, either actually had, or thought they had, in the
fortress situated on the promontory called Cabo Corso, and every right de-
rived therefrom, and all the rest of the fortresses and magazines in Guinea on
the African coast, with all the rights dependent thereupon, with this special
renunciation that neither the aforesaid king, nor his African Company, nor the
other subjects of his crown, shall be permitted to sail to the said fortress and
said magazines, and to their dependencies, or to take a ship there for the pur-
pose of commerce, directly or indirectly, and that his said Sacred Royal Majesty
and the said Swedish-African Company shall neither encourage nor permit any
one at all, either subjects or aliens, to sail to the said places, nor shall they
protect them.

118 Doc. 56. Sweden — United Netherlands

Thirdly, that the said ship Christina, with its cargo and appurtenances, passes
to the said West India Company of the United Netherlands ; and to that end
his said Sacred Royal Majesty gives it up (both in his own name, and in the
name of the said Swedish-African Company, and of all others whom it concerns,
and who had any right in the said ship and in the merchandise with which
it was laden, with all its appurtenances) to the use and benefit of the said West
India Company of the United Netherlands.

Fourthly and lastly, for this there shall be paid at Amsterdam, to the person
or persons whom his said Royal Majesty shall appoint for the purpose, 140,-
000 rixdollars in specie, commonly called de banca, at the same time that this
treaty is signed, and the ratifications of it shown and exchanged in due form.

6. Moreover, it is determined and resolved that the controversies existing
between the Swedish-American Company and the said West India Company
of the United Netherlands, with respect to the injuries that each alleges that
the other has committed against it in America, ought to be examined as ^quickly
as possible according to the rules of justice and equity with the envoy of his
said Sacred Royal Majesty at the Hague. An agreement should be reached
thereupon and satisfaction given forthwith and without delay to the injured
party.

We promise that these agreements shall be executed in good faith, and
ratified by his Sacred Royal Majesty of Sweden and by their High Mighti-
nesses the lords States General of the United Netherlands, and that the rati-
fications shall be exhibited and delivered on both sides within the space of
three months. For the fuller confirmation of which, we, the above-named
ambassador extraordinary and envoy extraordinary of the Most Serene and
Most Potent King of Sweden, and we, the commissioners of the High and
Mighty lords the States General of the United Netherlands, have sanctioned
these writings with our hand and seal. Done at the Hague, July 18/28, 1667,
and signed and sealed as follows :

Christophorus Delphicus, J. van Gent.

baron and count of Dohna. Baron d'AsPEREN.

Harald Appelboom. Johan de Witt.

JOHAN KlEN.
G. VAN HOOLCK.
E. VAN BOOTSMA.

E. VAN Bentheim.

J. YSBRANDTS.

As we have accepted, approved, ratified, and confirmed the aforesaid treaty,
so we do accept, approve, ratify, and confirm it by these presents, promising
that we will inviolably observe and fulfill all and singular contained therein,
and will not admit that in any way whatever anything may or can happen,
directly or indirectly, contrary or adverse to this, under pledge and guaranty
of the goods and products, general and special, present and future, of the afore-
said United Netherlands; in confirmation whereof and support of the truth
we have ordered these presents to be safeguarded by appending our greater
seal, and likewise to be signed by the president of our assembly, and to be
subscribed by the clerk. Done in our session at the Hague, October 21, 1667.

H. Gockinga, vidit.
By command of the aforesaid Lords States General.

N. Ruysch.

57.

Treaty of peace and alliance between the United Netherlands and
Great Britain, concluded at Breda, July 21/31, 1667. Ratifi-
cation by the States General of the United Netherlands,
July 28, 1667. [Ratification by the King of Great Britain,
Jidy 29/ August 8, 166/.]

Introduction.

In the summer of 1664, Louis XIV. of France tried to avert the war then
threatening between Great Britain and the United Netherlands.1 Failing in
this, he attempted to have it confined to Africa and America ; 2 and after Eng-
land took the offensive in Europe by seizing Dutch merchant vessels, near
the close of 1664,3 he sought to mediate between the two belligerents. The
reason for his anxiety to stop this war is obvious. The treaty that he had
concluded with the Dutch in 1662 required him to aid them against any enemy
attacking them in Europe.4 But he was averse from being drawn into hostil-
ities against England, lest this should cause her to form an alliance with Spain
— a country with which he would soon be at war since he was planning to
assert his wife's partial pretensions to the Spanish succession by invading the
Spanish Netherlands.

Pressed by the Dutch to come to their aid in fulfilment of the terms of the
treaty of 1662, yet reluctant to do so, Louis, in the spring of 1665, sent to
London " une celebre ambassade extraordinaire ", the Duke of Verneuil and
Honore de Courtin, to act with the ambassador ordinary, Cominges, in mediat-
ing a settlement.5 If obliged to make the first offers they were instructed to
propose that each belligerent should restore what it had taken from the other
on the coasts of Guinea and in New Netherland ; that the Dutch should pay
the amount legitimately due for the two East India ships, the Bonaventura and
the Bona Esperanza ; 6 and that a regulation of commerce should be agreed on.
The instructions suggested that if the question of New Netherland could not

1 On the causes of the war, see above, pp. 86-87. On the attitude of Louis toward
the war, see the articles by Japikse and Pages mentioned in the Bibliography.

2 D'Estrades, Lettres, II. 504-537, passim (Oct. 16-Nov. 27, 1664).
8 Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y ., II. 287-295, 304.

4 Doc. 52, articles 2 to 5.

5 For accounts of this embassy, see D'Estrades, Lettres, III. 59, et passim; Wicque-
fort, Histoire dest Provinces-Unies, III. 187 ff. ; Clarendon, Life (1827), III. 382, 383;
J. J. Jusserand, A French Ambassador at the Court of Charles the Second (1892),
PP. 138 ff.

6 These vessels are mentioned in the Anglo-Dutch treaty of 1662, art. 15. See above,
p. 83, and cf. p. 75-

119

120 Doc. 57. United Netherlands — Great Britain

be otherwise adjusted, the two parties might settle the dispute there by arms,
without troubling Europe further about it.7

The proposal of a settlement based on the mutual restitution of captures,
including New Netherland, accorded with the desires of the Dutch govern-
ment.8 In resolutions and memorials the States General, the states of Holland,
the Dutch West India Company, and the Dutch ambassador at London, Van
Gogh, complained of the seizure of New Netherland by England as a violation
of former treaties,9 and demanded that it be restored. On the other hand,
Downing, English ambassador at the Hague, attempted to justify England's
action.10

After England's naval victory off Lowestoft, in June, 1665, the French
mediators, with De Witt's secret consent, proffered more liberal terms : that
Great Britain might keep New Netherland while abandoning Pulo Run to the
Dutch,11 and retain the islands of Boa Vista and Fort St. Andre, both seized
by Captain Holmes in 1661 ; 12 and that the Dutch should give back to the
English the fort of Cormantine on the Guinea Coast, which De Ruyter had
taken in 1664. The King of England rejected these tenders, making counter-
proposals that the English keep Pulo Run and all that they had taken (New
Netherland, St. Andre, Boa Vista), while the Dutch restore their conquests
(the most important being Cormantine), and pay an indemnity for the two
East India ships and the cost of the war. He argued that New Netherland
belonged to the English and that they had merely tolerated Dutch occupation
for a time.13 Towards the end of the year he refused further offers made by
Louis XIV. without authorization from the States.14 Thereupon Louis re-
called his ambassadors from London ; and many cities of Holland, said D'Es-
trades, thanked God that Charles had not accepted the terms proffered.15

The year 1666 brought domestic disaster and diplomatic and naval defeats
to England, which were by no means offset by her naval successes. In January
France declared war on England ; in February Denmark joined France and
the States against her ; Brandenburg leagued with the States against the Bishop
of Miinster, England's only active ally against the Dutch, and the bishop made
peace with the States General. In the West Indies, the French conquered the
British part of St. Christopher, and the islands of Antigua and Montserrat.
Early in September the greater part of London was destroyed by fire, and the
government was in sore financial straits. Neither the king nor Parliament
any longer desired the continuance of the war.

7 A copy of the instructions to the ambassadors is in the British Museum, Egerton
MSS. 812. Cf. also D'Estrades, op. cit., III. 92, 93.
8D'Estrades, op. cit., III. 11, 12.

9 Brodhead, op. cit., II. 282.

10 For resolutions, memorials, and counter-memorials published by either side, see
ibid., pp. 272-335, passim.

11 D'Estrades, op. cit., III. 249, 250, 261, 262, 265; Brodhead, op. cit., II. 341, 343.
347-354- With regard to Pulo Run, see also above, p. 75.

12 See above, p. 59.

13 D'Estrades, op. cit., III. 330-354 ; Brodhead, op. cit., II. 355"36o.

14 D'Estrades, op. cit., III. 461 ff . -473 ff. ; and cf. Japikse, in Revue Historique, XCVIII.
(1908) 42, and notes 6 and 7.

15 D'Estrades, op. cit., III. 565.

Breda, 1667 121

In condoling with King Charles on account of the disastrous fire, the Swedish
ambassadors to England, Flemming and Coyet, who in the preceding summer
had offered to act as mediators, took occasion to urge a peace ; 18 and on
October 4/14, King Charles invited the States General to send deputies to
London. The Dutch replied that they would never treat apart from their allies,
and that if the king wished to negotiate he must appoint a neutral place to
which France and Denmark might honorably despatch their representative.17
In February, 1667, King Charles proposed the Hague — a suggestion displeas-
ing to De Witt and the French, who suspected the English of designing to
intrigue there in favor of the Orange party. The States General therefore
named three other Dutch cities as acceptable, of which Charles selected Breda.
Here assembled in May the representatives of England, Denzil Holies and
Henry Coventry ; of France, the Count d'Estrades and Courtin ; of Denmark,
Clingenberg and Charisius ; the three Dutch plenipotentiaries, Van Beverningk,
of Holland, Jongestal, of Friesland,18 and Peter de Huybert, pensionary of
Zeeland ; and the Swedish mediators, Flemming, Coyet, and, after the latter's
death, the Count of Dohna. The French government, eager to end the war,
was no less active than the Swedes in trying to adjust difficulties. In April,
Louis came to a secret agreement with Charles, in order to ensure England's
neutrality in the approaching Franco-Spanish conflict ; 19 but his ambas-
sadors at Breda did rot sacrifice Dutch to English interests.

The Dutch had virtually agreed to the surrender of New Netherland by
proposing in December, 1665, 20 in April, 1666, 21 and again in September,
1666,22 that one of two alternatives be chosen as a basis of settlement — either
that each party should restore what it had taken from the other, or, that each
should keep what it possessed.23 The King of England accepted in general the
latter alternative, but hoped for some further concessions. In particular he
wished the Dutch to restore Pulo Run, as stipulated by the treaties of 1654 and
1662, and also to indemnify the individuals whose claims in regard to the ships
Bonaventura and Bona Esperansa were expressly excepted from the general
annulment of pretensions provided for by the treaty of 1662. While these
points were being debated, and the English government was neglecting its
navy and other defenses, De Witt was preparing a bold attack on the English
shipping in the Thames and Medway. The successful execution of this plan in
the latter part of June caused the English to yield in the matter of Pulo Run.24

16 Aitzema, Sakcn van Staet, V. 748.

17 Ibid., p. 752.

18 Van Beverningk and Jongestal were among the negotiators of the Anglo-Dutch
treaty of 1654. See above, pp. 10 ff.

19 On this secret convention, see Doc. 58, introduction.

20 D'Estrades, Lettres, III. 578, 579-

21 The April proposal was made by Van Beuningen at a conference held with Lord
Holies and De Lionne at Paris, when the queen mother hoped to reconcile the kings
of France and England. Lister, III. 431 ff . ; J. Cartwright, Madame (1000), pp. 236, 237.

22 D'Estrades, op. cit., IV. 470-472.

23 See especially D'Estrades, op. cit., IV. 515 ff., V. 274 ff.

24 Life of Clarendon, III. 262 ff.

9

122 Doc. 57. United Netherlands — Great Britain

The invasion of Flanders by Louis XIV. made the Dutch desirous of a speedy
conclusion of the treaty. By July 13, an agreement was reached whereby
Pulo Run was left in the hands of the Dutch and all claims of either side
against the other, originating either before or after the treaty of 1662, were
forever annulled and renounced. Both parties were to keep all the lands and
colonies of which they were in possession on May 10/20, 1667. Proclama-
tions made by officials in Africa and America prejudicial to the liberty of trade
and navigation were to be annulled, and subjects of both parties should enjoy
the same freedom in those respects as when the treaty of 1662 was concluded.
One of the separate articles mitigated the English Act of Navigation by per-
mitting the Dutch to import into England such products of Germany as were
generally and most conveniently conveyed through the United Netherlands.

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The ratification by the King of Great Britain is in the Rijks-
archief at the Hague ; a certified copy is in the P. R. O., St. Pap. For.,
Treaties, no. 324.

Text: Printed. J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VII.,
pt. I., pp. 44-52.

Translations: English. G. Chalmers, Collection of Treaties (1790), I. 133-
151. Dutch. L. van Aitzema, Saken van Staet ( 1669-167 2) , VI. 54-63.

References : Contemporary and early writings. Comte d'Estrades, Let-
tres, Memoires, et Negotiations (1743) , III.-V., passim ; Brieven, geschre-
ven ende gewisselt tnsschen Johan de Witt ende, etc. (1723-1725), II.,
passim ; same in French translation, Lettres et Negotiations entre Jean de
Witt et les, etc. (1725), III., IV., passim; L. van Aitzema, op. tit., V.
372 ff., 384 ff., 393 ff., 577 ff., 693 ff., 728 ff., 732 ff ., 748, 750 ff., 934,
935> 937> VI. 4-70; A van Wicquefort, Histoire des Provinces-Unies
(ed. 1861-1874), III. 298-320; Life of Edward, Earl of Clarendon, by
himself (1827), II. 234 ff., 286 ff., 382 ff., III. 37 ff., 195-228, 245 ff.,
260-264, passim; T. H. Lister, Edward, First Earl of Clarendon (1837-
1838), III. 431-434, 450-464, 466, 467 ; T. Bebington, The Right Honour-
able the Earl of Arlington's Letters ( 1710) , I., passim ; Sir William Tem-
ple, Works (1814), I. 274-281 ; J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y.
(1853-1883), II. 250-517, passim, III. 104, 107, 115, etc.; Cal. St. Pap.
Col., 1661-1668 (1880), passim. For additional references see the foot-
notes to Brodhead, Hist. St. N. Y ., II. 78-136, passim.

References: Later writings. J. R. Brodhead, Hist. St. N. Y. (1853-1871),
II. 78-136; L. von Ranke, England (1875), III. 419-446; G. A. Lefevre-
Pontalis, John de Witt, Grand Pensionary of Holland (1885), I. 378-
393 J N. Japikse, " Louis XIV. et la Guerre Anglo-Hollandaise de 1665-
1667", in Revue Historique, XCVIII. 22-60 (1908); G. Pages, "A
propos de la Guerre Anglo-Hollandaise de 1665 a 1667 ", ibid., XCVIII.
61-71 ; O. Klopp, Der Fall des Hauses Stuart (1875-1888), vol. I., bk.
2; Julia Cartwright (Mrs. Henry Ady), Madame: a Life of Henrietta,
Daughter of Charles I. and Duchess of Orleans ( 1900) , pp. 159-238, pas-
sim. For additional references, see foot-notes to Brodhead, loc. tit.

Breda, 1667 123

Text.25

Notum sit universis et singulis quorum interest aut quomodolibet interesse
potest ; Cum, annis proxime elapsis, orta sint quaedam dissidia inter Serenis-
simum ac Potentissimum principem ac dominum, dominum Carolum ejus nom-
inis Secundum, Magnae Britanniae regem, ab una, et Celsos ac Praepotentes
dominos Ordines Generales Foederatarum Belgii Provinciarum, ab altera
parte, quae eo usque increverunt ut non modo in apertum et acre bellum ex-
arserint, sed et Serenissimum et Potentissimum principem ac dominum, dom-
inum Ludovicum XlV.um, Galliarum et Navarrae regem Christianissimum,
ut et Serenissimum et Potentissimum principem ac dominum, dominum Fred-
ericum IILum, Daniae et Norvegiae regem, ratione foederum quae iis cum
praefatis Dominis Ordinibus intercedebant, in partes traxerint,_ unde multa
Christiani sanguinis effusio cum ingenti utriusque partis dispendip secuta est,
tandem Divina bonitate factum esse, ut Serenissimo ac Potentissimo principe
ac domino, domino Carolo, Suecorum, Gothorum, ac Vandalorum rege, etc.,
pro singulari suo amore et affectu quo belligerantes hosce reges et dominos
Ordines Generales eorumque respective regna et status complectitur, turn etiam
publicae salutis et quietis in Christiano orbe redintegrandae ac conservandae
studio, mediationis suae arnica et sincera officia interponente, de pace sit suscep-
ta cogitatio ; in eumque finem ex mutua partium conventione Bredae congressui
legatorum et plenipotentiariorum locus constitutus sit ; quo in negotio ad finem
optatum provehendo, cum altissimememoratae Sacrae Regiae Majestatis Sue-
ciae legati extraordinarii, illustrissimi atque excellentissimi domini, dominus
Georgius Flemingh, liber baro in Libelitz, dominus in Nomaas et Lydinge,
Sacrae Regiae Majestatis regnique Sueciae senator et consiliarius cancellariae,
ut et dominus Christophorus Delphicus, burggravius et comes in Dona, hered-
itarius dominus in Carwinden, Schlobitten, Burgsdorf, Stockenfels, etFisch-
bach, Sacrae Regiae Majestatis Sueciae campi mareschallus et consiliarius
bellicus, nee non dominus Petrus Julius Covet haereditarius in Bengtsboda et
Liungebygardh, eques, Sacrae Regiae Majestatis Sueciae cancellariae et status
consiliarius aulicus (qui tamen haud diu post suum ad hunc locum adventum.
dum pio huic negotio simul insudat, inopina morte praeventus est) nomine
Clementissimi regis ac domini sui omnem industriam, dexteritatem, atque pru-
dentiam sincere et absque taedio impenderint ; pariterque altissime-memoratus
Magnae Britanniae Rex, alteque memorati domini Ordines Generales ad tarn
bonam metam collimantes, ad pacificationem hancce pertractandam commis-
erint et deputarint legatos suos extraordinarios et plenipotentiaries, dominum
Denzell Holies, baronem de Ifield et consiliarium regium, et dominum Henricum
Coventrye, honoratissimi Thomae baronis Coventrye, Magni Angliae sigilli
quondam custodis filium, a cubiculis Regis intimis, in supremo Angliae concilio
sive parlamento senatorem, et in Hiberniae regno ad res agrarias adjudicandas
commissarium ab una: et in consessu Dominorum Ordinum Generalium a
parte Provinciarum Geldriae, Hollandiae, Zelandiae, Frisiae, Groningae et
Omlandiae deputatos, prius quidem dominum Hieronymum van Beverninck,
dominum Petrum de Huybert, dominum de Rengerskerken, Everswaart. etc.,
consiliarium et syndicum dominorum Ordinum Zelandiae, et dominum Allar-
dum Petrum Tongestal, supremae Frisiorum curiae consiliarium primarium et
praesidem, vigore earum plenipotentiarum quae quinto die Maii proxime elapsi

25 The text is from King Charles IT.'s original ratification of the treaty of Breda, in
the Rijksarchief at the Hague ; the ratification by the States General was apparently lost
before this date.

124 Doc. 57. United Netherlands — Great Britain

expeditae, in ipso tractatuum ingressu extraditae f uerunt ; et postea itidem
dominum Adolphum Henricum de Ripperda ac Beurse, dominum de Heer Jans
Dam ; et dominum Ludolphum Tiarda de Starckenborch, dominum de Weede,
Surdyck, et Nyenclooster, ad solemniorem eorundem tractatuum subsig-
nationem, secundis plenipotentiarum tabulis, vigesimo octavo hujus mensis de-
putatos, ab altera parte; post mutuas plenipotentiarum tabulas (quarum apo-
grapha sub finem hujus instrumenti de verbo ad verbum inserta sunt) rite com-
mutatas, in mutuas pacis, amicitiae, et confoederationis leges consensum ac
conventum est, tenore sequenti :

1. Imprimis, quod ab hoc die sit vera, firma, et inviolabilis pax, amicitia
sincerior, intimior atque arctior confoederatio et unio inter Serenissimum
Magnae Britanniae Regem atque Celsos et Praepotentes Ordines Generales
Foederatarum Belgii Provinciarum, terrasque regiones civitatesque sub utrius-
que ditione, sine distinctione locorum positas, earumque subditos et incolas,
cujuscunque demum gradus fuerint.

2. Item, ut in futurum omnes inimicitiae, hostilitates, discordiae, et bella
inter dictum dominum Regem, et praedictos dominos Ordines Generales eorum-
que subditos et incolas, cessent et aboleantur ; et utraque pars ab omni direp-
tione, depraedatione, laesione, injuriisque, ac infestatione qualicunque, tam
terra quam mari et aquis dulcibus, ubivis gentium, ac maxime per omnes alteru-
trius ditionis tractus, dominia, loca, et praefecturas, cujuscunque demum illae
sint conditionis, temperet abstineatque prorsus.

3. Item, uti omnes offensae, injuriae, damna, dispendia, quae dictus dom-
inus rex ejusque subditi, vel praedicti domini Ordines Generales eorumque
subditi altrinsecus, durante hoc bello vel antehac, quibuscunque retro tempori-
bus, qualicunque de causa aut quocunque sub praetextu, alter ab altero pertul-
erunt, eae oblivioni tradantur, et e memoria eradantur plane ac si nullae unquam
intercessissent ; sed et ut praedicta pax, amicitia, et confoederatio firmis atque
inconcussis fundamentis innitatur, utque ab ipso hoc die omnes novi dissidii et
altercationis ansae praecidantur, conventum praeterea est ut utraque jam desig-
natarum partium cum plenario jure summi imperii, proprietatis, et posses-
sionis, omnes ejusmodi terras, insulas, urbes, munimenta, loca, et colonias
teneat et possideat imposterum, quotquot, durante hoc bello aut ante hoc bellum
ullis retro temporibus, vi et armis aut quoquo modo ab altera parte occupavit
aut retinuit, eum prorsus in modum, quo ea decimo/vigesimo die Maii proxime
elapsi occupaverat et possedit, nullis eorundem locorum exceptis.

4. Quin etiam naves omnes cum suis armamentis mercimoniisque et bona
cuncta mobilia, quae 'durante hoc bello vel antehac ullis retro temporibus in
potestatem unius vel alterius alte memoratarum partium vel ad earum sub-
ditos pervenerunt, sine ulla compensatione vel restitutione, occupantium sint
et maneant ; sic ut quisque horum ejus quod ita occupatum f uit, sine ulla con-
troversia locive aut temporis aut rerum exceptione, fiat maneatque proprietar-
ius et possessor in perpetuum.

5. Turn, uti ad haec omnes actiones et praetensiones, qualescunque demum
illae sint, aut quocunque modo ullis jam ante pacis aut foederum tabulis, spec-
ialiter etiam articulo XV0 earum quae anno millesimo sexcentesimo sexagesimo
secundo subsignatae sunt,26 restrictae, circumscriptae, definitae, aut reservatae
fuerint, quas dictus dominus rex et dicti domini Ordines Generales, eorumve
subditi, sibi invicem ultro citrove intentare, instituere, aut movere possent
aut vellent, de ejusmodi negotiis aut rebus, quae durante hoc bello aut ullis

26 See above, Doc. 53.

Breda, 1667 125

retro temporibus, tam ante quam post praedictum anni millesimi sexcentesimi
sexagesimi secundi tractatum, ad diem usque hujus praesentis confoederationis
initae acciderunt, irritae, obliteratae, cassae nullaeque sint et maneant ; quem-
admodum dictus dominus rex dictique domini Ordines Generales declarabunt,
sicuti et hoc ipso declarant, se omnibus ejusmodi actionibus et praetensionibus
pro se et successoribus suis vigore praesentium in perpetuum et penitus re-
nunciaturos, quemadmodum et hoc ipso renuntiant, ita ut earum nomine nihil
unquam amplius hinc inde urgeri nihilque controversiarum in posterum moveri
possit aut debeat.

6. Sin autem post decimum/vigesimum diem Maii articulo tertio superiore
expressum, vel post instauratam pacem, aut subsignatas hujus confoederationis
tabulas, pars alterutra terrarum, insularum, urbium, munimentorum, colon-
iarum, aliorumve locorum quodcunque alterutri parti interceperit et occupaverit,
omnia et singula horum, absque ulla loci temporisve distinctione, bona fide in
eodem plane statu conf estim restituantur quo turn temporis reperientur, quan-
docunque de instaurata pace in iisdem locis constabit.

7. Sed ad evitandam porro omnem litis et contentionum materiam quae
oriri interdum solet ex causa restitutionis aut liquidationis ejusmodi navium,
mercium, aliarumque rerum mobilium, quas in locis et oris longe dissitis, post
conclusam pacem, et priusquam ea ipsa pax ibidem innotuerit, captas aut
occupatas fuisse, utraque pars aut alterutra causari possit, conventum est,
uti omnes ejusmodi naves, merces, aliaque bona mobilia, quae forte post con-
clusionem et publicationem praesentis instrumenti occupari possent, intra
spatium duodecim dierum in Freto Britannico, atque in mari Boreali ; intra
spatium sex septimanarum ab ostio dicti Freti Britannici usque ad Promon-
torium Sancti Vincentii ; ut et intra spatium decern hebdomadum ultra praedic-
tum promontorium et cis lineam aequinoctialem vel Aequatorem, tam in
Oceano et Mari Mediterraneo quam alibi : turn inde intra spatium octimestre
trans terminos praedictae lineae per universum orbem, sine aliqua exceptione
vel ulteriore temporis locive distinctione, ullave restitutionis aut compensa-
tionis ratione habita, occupantium sint et maneant.

9. Cumque in regionibus longe dissitis, ut in Africa et America, praecipue
in Guinea, protestationes et declarationes quaedem aliaque ejus generis scripta
a gubernatoribus et officialibus nomine superiorum suorum hinc inde emissa
et promulgata sint, commercii et navigationis libertati adversa ; itidem con-
ventum est, ut omnes et singulae ejusmodi protestationes et declarationes
scriptaque praedicta aboleantur, et pro nullis et irritis in posterum habeantur ;
eademque commercii et navigationis libertate, tam in Africa quam in America,
utraque alte memoratarum partium eorumque incolae et subditi guadeant et
fruantur, qua guadebant et fruebantur, aut de jure gaudere et frui poterant,
id temporis quo tractatui anni millesimi sexcentesimi sexagesimi secundi sub-
scriptum est.27

II. Item, uti dictus dominus Rex dictique domini Ordines Generales mane-
ant amici, confoederati, necessitudine et amicitia conjuncti et adstricti, ad jura
atque immunitates subditorum alterutrius contra quoscunque demum tuendas,
qui utriusve status pacem terra marive disturbare conabuntur, vel qui infra
alterutra dominia degentes, publici utriusque status hostes denunciabuntur.

27 Declarations coming- under this head are those of Director General Valckenburg,
who claimed that the Dutch had an exclusive right to the possession of the Gold Coast;
and the counter-declaration of Francis Selwin of June 14, 1664. Brodhead, Docs. Col.
Hist. N. Y., II. 257, 258 ; Zook, Company of Royal Adventurers, pp. 179, 180.

12G Doc. 57. United Netherlands — Great Britain

23. Item, quod si accident ut quamdiu foedus, amicitia, et societas haec dur-
averit ab ullo ex subditis aut incolis alterutrius partis contra hoc foedus aut
ullum ejus membrum, mari, terra, aut aquis dulcibus quicquam fiat aut tentetur,
amicitia haec, foedus, et societas inter has nationes non idcirco interrumpentur
aut infringentur, verum integra nihilominus perstabunt, vimque suam plen-
ariam obtinebunt ; tantummodo illi ipsi qui contra foedus praedictum commis-
erint, singuli punientur et nemo alius, justitiaque reddetur et satisfactio dabitur
illis omnibus quorum id interest, ab iis omnibus qui terra, mari, aut aliis aquis
contra hoc foedus quidquam commiserint, ulla in parte Europae aut ubivis
locorum intra fretum Gaditanum sive in America, vel per Africae littora,
ullisve in terris, insulis, aequoribus, aestuariis, sinubus, fluminibus, ullisve in
locis cis Caput Bonae Spei, intra anni spatium quam justitia postulabitur,
in omnibus autem (uti supradictum est) ultra praedictum caput locis, intra
menses octodecim quam justitia praedicto modo poscetur. Quod si vero foed-
eris ruptores non comparuerint, neque se judicandos submiserint, neque satis-
factionem dederint intra hoc vel illud temporis spatium pro loci longinquitate
modo constitutum, praedicti illi utriusque partis hostes judicabuntur, eorum-
que bona, facultates, et quicunque redditus publicabuntur, plenaeque ac justae
satisfactioni impendenda erunt earum injuriarum quae ab ipsis illatae sunt,
ipsique praeterea cum in alterutrius partis potestate fuerint iis poenis obnoxii
erunt, quas suo quisque crimine commeruerit.

37. Sub hoc praesentis pacis tractatu comprehendentur illi, qui ante rati-
habitionum permutationem vel intra sex menses postea ab una alteraque parte
ex communi consensu nominabuntur. Interim, tamen, quemadmodum partes
paciscentes grate agnoscunt sincera ofricia et indefessa studia quibus Serenis-
simus Rex Sueciae, interposita sua mediatione, hoc salutare pacificationis
opus, Divino adjuvante auxilio, ad exitum optatum promovit, ita ad testan-
dum parem affectum communi partium omnium consensu sancitum et conven-
tum est, ut altissime memorata Sacra Regia Majestas Sueciae, cum omnibus
suis regnis, ditionibus, provinciis, ac juribus huic tractatui sit inclusa, et
praesenti pacificatione omni meliori modo comprehensa.

38. Item, conventum, conclusum, et concordatum est, quod praesens tracta-
tus, atque omnia et singula in eo contenta et conclusa, a dicto domino Rege
Magnae Britanniae, dictisque dominis Ordinibus Generalibus Foederatarum
Provinciarum, per patentes utriusque partis literas sigillo magno munitas, debita
et authentica forma, intra quatuor septimanas proxime insequentes (aut citius
si fieri poterit) confirmabuntur et ratihabebuntur, mutuaque instrumenta intra
praedictum tempus hinc inde Bredae extradentur ; nee non et tractatus hie et
cqnfoederatio statim a traditis et permutatis instrumentis forma et loco solitis
publicabitur.

In quorum omnium et singulorum fidem, majusque robur, nos praedicti
Dominorum Ordinum Generalium deputati plenipotentiarii cum illustrissimis
et excellentissimis dominis legatis extraordinariis et mediatoribus huic pacis
instrumento subscripsimus, illudque sigillis nostris signavimus.

Actum Bredae [21/31 die Julii, 1667.]

Georgius Flemingh. A. H. Ripperda van Buirse.

Christophorus Delphicus H. van Beverningk.

in Dhona. P'r de Huybert.

a. p. jongestal.

L. TlARDA VAN StARCKENBORG.

Breda, 1667 127

Carolus, Dei gratia Magnae Britanniae, Franciae, et Hiberniae rex, Fidei
Defensor, etc. omnibus praesentes literas inspecturis salutem. Cum in vim
facultatum et mandatorum respective datorum tarn a nobis quam a dominis
Ordinibus Generalibus Foederati Belgii legatis nostris extraordinariis, dominis
baroni Holies et Coventrye et deputatis plenipotentiariis dictorum Ordinum
Generalium dominis Adolpho Henrico de Ripperda, Hieronymo van Bever-
ningk, Petro de Huybert, Alardo Petro Jongestal, et Ludolpho Tiarda de
Starckenborck, ipsi vigesima prima die mensis Julii, stylo veteri, stylo autem
novo trigesima prima, ejusdem mensis anni praesentis tractatum pacis et recon-
ciliationis Bredae concluserint et subscripserint modo et tenore praecedenti,

Nos pactum f oedusque illud singulosque articulos in eo comprehensos gratos
acceptosque habentes, eos tarn nostro quam haeredum, successorum, regnorum,
regionum, terrarum, ditionum, subditorum nostrorum nomine, approbavimus,
confirmavimus, acceptos ratosque habemus, totumque fide et jurejurando regio,
sub obligatione et hypotheca omnium et singulorum nostrorum bonorum tarn
praesentium quam futurorum, nos servaturos et impleturos pollicemur nee
unquam quidquam contrafacturos nee attentaturos directe nee indirecte aut
alio quovis modo. In cujus rei fidem praesentes propria manu subscripsimus
easque magno Angliae sigillo muniri jussimus. Datum apud Westmonasterium
vigesimo nono die mensis Julii, stylo veteri, stylo autem novo octavo die men-
sis Augusti, anno reparatae salutis millesimo sexcentesimo sexagesimo sep-
timo, nostri vero regni decimo nono.

Carolus R.
guil. morice.

Translation.28

Be it known to all and singular whom it concerns, or may in any way con-
cern ; Whereas in recent years certain difficulties have arisen between the Most
Serene and Most Potent prince and lord, lord Charles, the Second of that name,
king of Great Britain, on the one part, and the High and Mighty lords the
States General of the United Provinces of the Netherlands on the other part,
and these dissensions increased so far that they not only broke out into
open and fierce war, but also the Most Serene and Most Potent prince and
lord, lord Louis XIV., the Most Christian king of the Gauls and of Navarre,
as also the Most Serene and Most Potent prince and lord, lord Frederick III.,
king of Denmark and of Norway, by reason of the treaties which they had
with the aforesaid States General, were brought into the conflict, whereby
there followed a great shedding of Christian blood with very great loss to
either side — at length, through Divine goodness, it came to pass that when
the Most Serene and Most Potent prince and lord, lord Charles, king of the
Swedes, Goths, and Vandals, etc. (on account of his singular love and affec-
tion for these warring kings and the lords States General and their respective
kingdoms and provinces, and also with the desire to restore and preserve the
public welfare and repose of Christendom) interposed his friendly and sincere
offices of mediation, deliberations respecting peace were resumed. For this
purpose1 by mutual agreement a place for the assembling of ambassadors and
plenipotentiaries was appointed at Breda. In order to bring this business to
the desired end, the ambassadors extraordinary of his aforesaid Sacred Royal

28 This translation is based on that published by authority in 1686, and reprinted in
Chalmers, Collection of Treaties, I. 133, 161 ; but many alterations have been made in
that antiquated version, and a translation of the concluding formula of ratification has
been added.

128 Doc. 57. United Netherlands — Great Britain

Majesty of Sweden, the most illustrious and most excellent lords, lord George
Fleming, free baron in Libelitz, lord in Nomas and Lydinge, senator of his
Sacred Royal Majesty and of the kingdom of Sweden, and councillor of the
chancellery, lord Christopher Delphicus, burggrave and count in Dohna,
hereditary lord in Carwinden, Schlobitten, Burgdorf, Stockenfels, and Fisch-
bach. field-marshal and councillor of war of his Sacred Royal Majesty of
Sweden, also lord Peter Julius Coyet, hereditary lord in Bengtsboda and
Liungbygardh, knight, chancellor of his Sacred Royal Majesty of Sweden
and aulic councillor of state (who, nevertheless, not long after coming to
this place, while he was active in this pious negotiation, was suddenly over-
taken by death), employed all their industry, dexterity, and prudence, in the
name of their Most Clement king and lord, sincerely and unweariedly. Like-
wise the aforesaid King of Great Britain and the aforesaid lords the
States General aiming at so good a mark, sent and deputed to negotiate the
said peace their ambassadors extraordinary and plenipotentiary, lord Denzil
Holies, baron of Ifield and king's councillor, and lord Henry Coventry, son
of the most honorable Thomas baron Coventry, formerly keeper of the great
seal of England, nobleman of his Majesty's bedchamber, member of the
highest council or Parliament of England, and commissioner for settling land
claims in the kingdom of Ireland, on the one side ; and on the other side, the
deputies in the assembly of the lords the States General on behalf of the
provinces of Gelderland, Holland, Zeeland, Friesland, and Groningen and
Ommeland, first, lord Hieronimus van Beverningk, lord Petrus de Huybert,
lord of Rengerskerken, Everswaart, etc., councillor and pensionary of the
lords States of Zeeland, and lord Allard Pieter Jongestall, first lord coun-
cillor and president of the high court of Friesland, on the strength of the
full powers which were conferred on the fifth of May last, and were delivered
over in the beginning of the negotiations, and also afterwards the lord Adolf
Hendrik van Ripperda and Beurse, lord of Heerjansdam, and lord Ludolph
Tiarda van Starkenborg, lord of Wee, Suurdijk, and Nyencloster, being
deputed for the solemn signing of the said treaty by the further letters of
full powers of the 28th of this month [of July]. After the mutual exchange of
full powers was duly performed (copies of which are inserted word for word
at the end of this instrument) accord and agreement were reached respecting
mutual conditions of peace, friendship, and alliance as follows :

1. First, that from this day there shall be a true, firm, and inviolable peace,
a more sincere friendship, a closer and stricter alliance and union between the
Most Serene King of Great Britain and the High and Mighty States General
of the United Provinces of the Netherlands, and the lands, countries, and
cities under the obedience of both parties, wheresoever situate, and their sub-
jects and inhabitants, of whatsoever degree they may be.

2. Also, that for the time to come, all enmities, hostilities, discords, and
wars, between the said lord king, and the aforesaid lords States General, and
their subjects and inhabitants, shall cease and be abolished ; and that both
parties shall altogether forbear and abstain from all plundering, depredation,
wrongs, injuries, and molestation whatsoever, as well by land as by sea and
in fresh waters everywhere, and especially in all regions, dominions, places,
and governments (of what condition soever they may be) within the jurisdic-
tion of either party.

3. Also, that all offences, injuries, damages, and losses, which the said
lord king and his subjects, or the aforesaid lords the States General and their
subjects, have on either side sustained, during this war or at any time what-

Breda, 1667 129

soever heretofore, upon any cause or pretext whatsoever, be buried in obliv-
ion, and completely erased from memory, as if no such things had ever oc-
curred. But in order that the aforesaid peace, friendship, and alliance may stand
upon firm and unshaken foundations, and that from this very day all occasions
of new dissensions and differences may be cut off, it is further agreed that both
of the aforesaid parties, or either of them, shall keep and possess hereafter,
with plenary right of sovereignty, property, and possession, all such lands,
islands, cities, forts, places, and colonies (how many soever) as during this
war. or in any former times before this war, by force of arms, or in any other
way they have seized or retained from the other party, and this precisely in the
manner in which they were seized of and possessed them on the tenth day of
May last past, none of the said places being excepted.

4. Moreover, that all ships, with their equipment, and cargoes, and all
movable goods which during this war, or at any time heretofore, have come
into the power of either of the aforesaid parties, or of their subjects, shall
be and remain to the present possessors, without any compensation or restitu-
tion ; so that each may become and remain proprietor and possessor in per-
petuity of that which has been thus seized, without any controversy or excep-
tion of place, time, or things.

5. Moreover, that all actions and pretensions, whatsoever they be, or in
what manner soever they have been restricted, circumscribed, defined, or re-
served in any former articles of peace or alliance (and especially in the fif-
teenth article of those which were signed in the year 1662), which the said lord
the king and the said lords States General, or their subjects, may or would
attempt, institute, or move against one another about such matters or events
as have happened during this war or in any former times, before as well as
after the aforesaid treaty of 1662, up to the day of this present alliance, be
and remain void, obliterated, and annulled ; as the said lord king and the
said lords States General have declared and they do hereby declare, that by
virtue of these presents they will forever utterly renounce, even as hereby
they do renounce, all such actions and pretensions, for themselves and their
successors, so that on account of them nothing further may or should be urged
on either side, nor any controversy engaged in hereafter.

6. But if, after the 10/20 day of May, mentioned in the preceding article
third, or after the peace is made, or this treaty signed, either party shall take
away and seize from the other any lands, islands, cities, forts, colonies, or
other places whatsoever, all and every one of them, without any distinction
of place or time, shall without delay be restored bona fide in the same condition
in which they shall be found to be whenever it has become known in those
places that peace is made.

7. But to avoid all matter of strife or contention hereafter, which is some-
times wont to arise concerning the restitution or liquidation of such ships,
merchandise, and other movables, as both parties, or either of them, may claim
to have been taken or seized in places and coasts far distant, after the con-
clusion of peace, and before it shall have become known in those places, it
is agreed, that all such ships, merchandise, and other movables, as may chance
to fall into either party's hands after the conclusion and publication of the
present instrument, within the space of twelve days, in the British Channel
and the North Sea ; and within the space of six weeks, from the mouth of the
said British Channel unto the Cape of St. Vincent ; as also within the space
of ten weeks beyond the said Cape, and on this side of the equinoctial line or
Equator, in the Ocean and the Mediterranean Sea as well as elsewhere; and
from thence within the space of eight months, beyond the limits of the said

130 Doc. 57. United N etherlands — Great Britain

Line, throughout the whole world, shall be and remain unto the possessors
without any exception or further distinction of time or place, or without any
consideration of restitution or compensation.

9. And whereas in countries far remote, as in Africa and America, especial-
ly in Guinea, certain protestations and declarations and other writings of that
kind, prejudicial to the liberty of trade and navigation, have been put forth
and published on either side by the governors and officials in the name of their
superiors ; it is further agreed that all and every such protestations, declara-
tions, and writings aforesaid, be abolished, and held hereafter as null and void ;
and that both the above-mentioned parties, and their inhabitants and subjects,
may use and enjoy the same liberty of trade and navigation, in Africa as well
as in America, which they used and enjoyed, or of right might use and enjoy,
at the time when the treaty of the year 1662 was subscribed.

1 1 . Also, that the said lord king and the said lords States General shall re-
main friends and allies, united and bound together by necessity and friendship,
for the protection of the rights and immunities of the subjects of either against
such as shall endeavor to disturb the peace of either state by sea or land, or
such as, living within either's dominions, shall be declared public enemies of
either state.

• •••*•••• •••*•

23. That in case it happen, that within the duration of this treaty, amity,
and alliance any thing shall be done or attempted by any of the subjects or
inhabitants of either party, against this treaty or any part thereof, by sea,
land, or fresh waters, nevertheless this amity, treaty, and alliance between the
said nations shall not be broken or interrupted, or weakened on that account,
but shall remain entire and preserve their full force ; and that only those par-
ticular persons shall be punished who have committed any act against this
treaty aforesaid, and none other ; and that justice shall be rendered and satis-
faction given to all persons concerned, by all such as have committed any act
contrary to this treaty, by land or sea or other waters, in any part of Europe,
or in any places within the Straits, or in America, or upon the coasts of
Africa, or in any lands, islands, seas, creeks, bays, rivers, or in any places on
this side of the Cape of Good Hope, within twelve months space after justice
shall be demanded ; and in all places whatsoever on the other side of the Cape
(as hereinbefore said) within eighteen months next ensuing after justice shall
be demanded in manner aforesaid. But in case the offenders against this treaty
do not appear and submit themselves to judgment, and give satisfaction within
the respective times above expressed, according to the distance of the places,
they shall be declared enemies of both parties, and their estates and goods and
revenues of whatever kind shall be confiscated, and used for full and due
satisfaction of the injuries caused by them ; and their persons also, when they
come within the power of either party, shall be liable to such punishments as
each shall deserve for his offences.

37. Under this present treaty of peace those shall be comprehended who
shall be named by either party with common consent before the exchange of
ratifications, or within six months after. But in the mean time, as the cove-
nanting parties do thankfully acknowledge the friendly offices and unwearied
endeavors whereby the Most Serene King of Sweden, interposing his media-

Breda, 1667 131

tion, has, through the assistance of God, promoted and carried on this beneficial
work of pacification to the desired conclusion ; so, to testify their like affection,
it is decreed and covenanted by the common consent of all parties, that his
abovementioned Most Serene and Royal Majesty of Sweden, with all his king-
doms, dominions, provinces, and rights, be included in this treaty, and com-
prehended in the present pacification, in the most effectual manner.

38. Also it is covenanted, concluded, and agreed, that the present treaty,
and all and every thing therein contained and concluded, shall be confirmed and
ratified by the said lord King of Great Britain, and the said lords States General
of the United Provinces, by letters patent on both sides, sealed with the great
seal in due and authentic form, within four weeks next ensuing, or sooner
if it can be done, and that within the said time ratifications on both sides shall
be exchanged at Breda ; and that immediately after the delivery and exchange
of the same, this treaty and alliance shall be published in the accustomed form
and place.

For witness and further confirmation of these, all and singular, we the afore-
said deputies plenipotentiary of the lords States General, with the most illus-
trious and most excellent lords, the ambassadors extraordinary and mediators,
have subscribed this instrument of peace, and have sealed it with our seals.

Done at Breda on the 21/31 day of July, 1667.

Georgius Flemingh. A. H. Ripperda van Buirse.

Christopher Delphicus W. van Beverningk.

in Dhona. P'r de Huybert.

a. p. jongestall.
l. tlarda van starckenborg.

Charles, by the grace of God king of Great Britain, France, and Ireland,
Defender of the Faith, etc., to all those who shall examine the present letters,
greeting. Whereas in virtue of powers and instructions respectively given by
us and by the lords States General of the United Netherlands to our ambas-
sadors extraordinary, the lords Baron Holies and Coventry, and to the plenipo-
tentiaries of the said States General, the lords Adolph Hendrick van Ripperda,
Hieronymus van Beverningk, Petrus de Huybert, Allard Petrus Jongestall,
and Ludolph Tiarda van Starckenborg, they on the twenty-first day of the
month of July, old style, thirty-first of that month, new style, in the present
year, concluded and signed a treaty of peace and reconciliation at Breda,
of the style and tenor set forth above,

We, favoring and accepting that pact and treaty and the several articles in-
cluded therein, have in our name and in the name of our heirs, successors,
kingdoms, regions, lands, jurisdictions, and subjects approved and confirmed
them, and do accept and ratify them, and promise, on the faith and oath of a
king, under obligation and pledge of all and singular our possessions both
present and future, that we will keep and fulfill the whole, and will not con-
travene or impair the same directly or indirectly or in any way whatever. In
faith whereof we have subscribed these presents with our own hand, and have
ordered them to be confirmed with the great seal of England. Given at West-
minster on the twenty-ninth day of the month of July, old style, eighth day
of August, new style, in the year of salvation one thousand six hundred and
sixty-seven, and of our reign the nineteenth.

Charles, King.
William Morice.

58.

Treaty of peace between Great Britain and France, concluded at
Breda, July 21/31, 1667. Ratifications exchanged, August
14/24, 166/.

Introduction.

Although Louis XIV. declared war on England in January, 1666,1 he osten-
sibly desired to maintain neutrality in America. At all events, he so instructed
the governors of the French West Indies 2 and also M. de Tracy, lieutenant-
general of all the French possessions in America.8 The King of England, on
the other hand, wished to follow the same policy toward the French that he
had attempted toward the Dutch, both in Africa and America, to " root them
out " of their colonial possessions. He therefore instructed the governors of
Jamaica and Barbados to attack the French in the West Indies, and the gov-
ernors of Connecticut, Massachusetts, and Nova Scotia to try to subjugate
Canada.4

In the West Indies, success lay with the French, who captured the British
part of St. Christopher and the English islands of Antigua and Montserrat,
and also took places which the English had seized from the Dutch in the
course of the war — the islands of St. Eustatius and Tobago, and Bauroma on
the mainland.5 In the North, the activity of the French in sending expeditions
against the Mohawks and building forts within the bounds of New York
alarmed, with some reason, the English of the neighboring colonies.6 Never-
theless the English colonists limited themselves almost entirely to defensive
measures, despite the appeals of Governor Nicolls of New York.7

In Europe Louis XIV. gave insignificant aid to his Dutch allies, and when
towards the close of 1666 Charles II. showed a strong desire for peace, Louis

1 See above, p. 120.

2 J. B. Du Tertre, Histoire Generate des Antilles habite'es par les Frangois (1667-
1671), IV. 11, 13.

3 Garneau, Histoire du Canada (1913- ), I. 112.

4 Cal. St. Pap. Col, 1660-1668, pp. 338, 339, 356-358; Mass. Hist. Soc. Collections,
XVIII. (1819) 102.

6 For events in the West Indies at this period, see Du Tertre, op. cit., IV., passim, and
S. L. Mims, Colbert's West India Policy (1912), ch. 5.

6 One of the reasons submitted by Talon to Tracy and Courcelles for sending the ex-
pedition against the Mohawks in the autumn of 1666 was that this enterprise, if suc-
cessful, would open the door for the seizing of Albany, and, in any case, would intimi-
date the English colonists and turn their minds from the idea of invading Canada,
if they had planned it (Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y '., IX. 53). On Nov. 13, 1666, Talon
wrote Colbert that Louis XIV. should persuade the King of England to restore New
Netherland to the Dutch and then find means to treat for it with the States General.
P. Margry, Memoires et Documents pour scrvir a I'Histoire des Origines Frangaises des
Pays d'Outre-Mer (1879-1888), I. 78, or Brodhead, op. cit., IX. 56, 57.

7 The only offensive measure appears to have been that of the captain of an English
privateer of New York, who is said to have destroyed two French forts in Acadia. Brod-
head, Hist. St. N. Y., II. 127.

132

Breda, 1667 133

entered into secret negotiations with him, in order to ensure his neutrality in
the approaching Franco-Spanish war. On April 17, 1667, the two kings con-
cluded a secret treaty, stipulating that neither should enter into any alliance
opposed to the interests of the other, within the period of a year; and that
Louis should return the English part of St. Christopher to Charles II. on con-
dition that Acadia should be restored to France.8 The public treaty concluded
at Breda between France and England on the same day as the Anglo-Dutch
treaty, July 21/31, 1667,9 provided that France restore to Great Britain the
English part of St. Christopher and the islands, etc., taken by France but
possessed by Great Britain before the Anglo-Dutch war (thus excepting the
former Dutch possessions of Tobago, etc.) ; and it also stipulated that Great
Britain surrender " Acadia " to France.

Just what " Acadia " included was a matter of dispute.10 In 1656, Cromwell
had ceded to Thomas Temple, William Crowne, and Charles de la Tour
" Acadia and part of the country called Nova Scotia ", making Acadia in effect
only a part of the peninsula. But when, in pursuance of the treaty of Breda,
King Charles ceded Acadia to France, in 1668, his letters patent denned it as
including "the forts and habitations of Pentagoet (Penobscot), St. John,
Port Royal, La Heve, and Cape Sable ". Temple at first refused to yield this
territory, at least before St. Christopher was surrendered, alleging that Pen-
tagoet, St. John's, and Port Royal were not in Acadia but " in Nova Scotia,
bordering upon New England ". However, King Charles, who as early as
1662 had shown his inclination to surrender these conquests of Cromwell, re-
newed his order, which was duly executed in 1670.

Massachusetts objected to the returning of Nova Scotia to the French on
the ground that it would obstruct the fur trade and fishing and be a source
of danger in time of war. They complained that the restoration of St. Christo-
pher by no means offset these disadvantages.11

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by the King of Great
Britain is in the bureau of the archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs
in Paris.

Text: Printed. L. van Aitzema, Saken van Staet (1669-1672), VI. 257-259.

Translations: English. A General Collection of Treatys (1710), I. 127-134.
French. J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), vol VII., pt. I.,
pp. 40-44; F. Leonard, Recueil des Traitez de Paix (1693), V.; Comte
d'Estrades, Lettres, Memoires, et Negociations (1743), V. 458-471.

8 The agreement is in F. A. A. Mignet, Negociations relatives a la Succession d'Es-
pagne sons Louis XIV. (1835-1842), II. 43-45, in Collection de Documents Inedits
sur I'Histoire de France.

9 Doc. 57.

10 An excellent account of the controversy is in W. F. Ganong. " Monograph of the
Evolution of the Boundaries of the Province of New Brunswick ", in Transactions of
the Royal Society of Canada, second ser., vol. VII. (1901), pp. 174 ff. See also Memoires
des Commissaires du Roi, I. xiv ff., IV. 30, ct passim. For earlier references to Acadia
in treaties, see pp. 41-43.

11 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1669-1674, pp. 25, 26.

134 Doc. 58. Great Britain — France

References : Contemporary and early writings. Comte d'Estrades, op. cit.,
IV.-V., passim ; The Memorials of the English and French Commissaries
concerning the Limits of Nova Scotia or Acadia (1755), passim; Me-
moires des Commissaires du Roi et de ceux de Sa Majeste Britannique sur
les Possessions et les Droits respectifs des Deux Couronnes en Amerique
(1755-1757), I. xiv ff., II. 292-326, 542-559. IV-> passim; Cat. St. Pap.
Col, 1661-1668 (1880), pp. 338-638, passim, and 1669- 1674 (1889), pp.
2, 3, 7-13, 19, 20, 24, 26, et passim ; Acts of the Privy Council of England,
Col Ser. (1908-1912), vol. I., nos. 717, 734, 753. 779. 785. 7&7> 792>
799. 835. 838, etc. ; T. H. Lister, Edzvard, First Earl of Clarendon ( 1837-
1838), III. 443, 444, 450-464; Oeuvres de Louis XIV. (1806), II. 285-
289; J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y. (1853-1883), III. 120-162,
passim.

References: Later writings. J. R. Brodhead, Hist. St. N. Y. (1853-1871),
II. 113-121, 124-128, 131, 133-136; N. Japikse, "Louis XIV. et la Guerre
Anglo-Hollandaise de 1665 a 1667", in Revue Historique,XCVIll.
(1908) 55-58; P. de Segur-Dupeyron, Histoire des Negociations Com-
mercials et Maritimcs (1872-1873), I. 106-123; L. von Ranke, England
(1875), III. 441-443; B. Murdoch, History of Nova-Scotia (1865-1867),
I. 140-146.

Text.12

Notum sit universis et singulis quorum interest, aut quomodolibet interesse
potest: Postquam exarsit bellum inter Serenissimum et Potentissimum prin-
cipem ac dominum dominum Carolum Il.dum Magnae Britanniae regem ab
una parte, et Serenissimum ac Potentissimum principem ac dominum dominum
Ludovicum XlV.mum Galliarum et Navarrae regem Christianissmum ab al-
tera, occasione belli jam saevientis inter dictum dominum Magnae Britanniae
Regem et Celsos ac Praepotentes dominos Ordines Generales Foederatarum
Belgii Provinciarum, tandem divina bonitate factum esse ut Serenissimo ac Po-
tentissimo principe ac domino domino Carolo Suecorum, Gothorum, ac Vanda-
lorum rege pro singulari suo amore et affectu quo belligerantes reges eorumque
regna complectitur, turn etiam publicae salutis et quietis in Christiano orbe re-
dintegrandae ac conservandae studio, mediationis suae arnica et sincera officia
interponente, de pace sit suscepta.cogitatio, in eumque finem ex mutua partium
conventione, Bredae congressui legatorum et plenipotentiariorum locus con-
stitutus sit, quo in negotio ad finem optatum provehendo cum altissime mem-
oratae Sacrae Regiae Majestatis Sueciae legati extraordinarii illustrissimi at-
que excellentissimi domini dominus Georgius Flemming liber baro in Liebelits,
dominus in Nornaas et Liidinge, Sacrae Regiae Majestatis regnique Sueciae
senator et consiliarius cancellariae, ut et dominus Christophorus Delphicus,
burggravius et comes in Dhona, haereditarius dominus in Corbitten, Schlo-
witten, Burgsdorf, Stockenfelts, et Fischbach, Sacrae Regiae Majestatis campi
marescallus et consiliarius bellicus, necnon dominus Petrus Julius Coyet, haere-
ditarius in Bengtsboda et Liangebygard, eques, Sacrae Regiae Majestatis Sue-
ciae cancellariae et status consiliarius aulicus, qui tamen haud diu post suum
ad hunc locum adventum, dum pio huic operi simul insudat, inopina morte
praeventus est, nomine clementissimi regis ac domini sui, omnem industriam,
dexteritatem atque prudentiam, sincere et absque toedio impenderint ; pariter-
que supramemorati reges, ad tarn bonam metam collimantes, ad pacificationem

12 The text is taken from the original ratification by the King of Great Britain, in the
archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris.

Breda, 1667 135

hancce pertractandam commiserint et deputarint legatos suos extraordinarios
et plenipotentiaries — Rex quidem Magnae Britanniae illustrissimos atque ex-
cellentissimos dominos, dominum Denzell Holies, baronem de Ifield etc. Sacrae
Regiae Majestati a consiliis, necnon dominum Henricum Coventrye honora-
tissimi Thomae Coventrye magni Angliae sigilli quondam custodis filiurm eidem
Sacrae Regiae Majestati a cubiculis intimis, in supremo Angliae consilio sive
parlamento senatorem, et in Hiberniae regno ad res agrarias adjudicandas
commissarium ; Rex vero Christianissimus, illustrissimos atque excellentissimos
dominos, dominum Godefridum comitem D'Estrades regiorum exercituum
locum tenentem generalis, Dunquercae gubernatorem, Burdegalae praetorem
urbicum perpetuum, Americae proregem, ordinum Sacrae Regiae Majestatis
equitem, necnon dominum Honoratum Courtin, eidem Sacrae Regiae Majestati
a secretioribus consiliis et libellorum supplicum magistrum ; qui post mutuas
plenipotentiarum tabulas, quarum apographa sub finem huius instrumenti de
verbo ad verbum inserta sunt, rite commutatas, in mutuas pads, amicitiae, et
confoederationis leges consenserunt et convenerunt tenore sequenti :

1. Pax sit universalis, perpetua veraque et sincera amicitia inter Serenis-
simum et Potentissimum Magnae Britanniae Regem et Serenissimum ac
Potentissimum Regem Christianissimum, eorumque haeredes et successores,
necnon utriusque regna, status et subditos, eaque ita sincere serioque servetur
et colatur ut alter alterius utilitatem, honorem, ac commodum promoveat ;
omnique ex parte fida vicinitas et secura pacis atque amicitiae cultura revi-
rescant et reflorescant.

7. Rex Christianissimus Magnae Britanniae Regi, aut iis qui ipsius mandata,
magno Angliae sigillo debite munita, ad id acceperint, illam insulae Sancti
Christophori partem, quam Angli Kalendis Januariis anni millesimi sexcentes-
imi sexagesimi quinti ante nuperrimi belli denunciationem possidebant, quam
primum fieri poterit, aut ad summum intra sex menses a die subscriptionis
praesentis pacti numerandos, restituat. Eoque dictus Dominus Rex Christianis-
simus, statim ab eiusdem pacti ratihabitione, instrumenta et mandata omnia
necessaria, rite confecta, dicto Domino Magnae Britanniae Regi aut ipsius
ministris ad id delegatis tradat aut tradi jubeat.

8. Si tamen aliquis subditorum dicti domini Magnae Britanniae Regis bona
quae in ea insula possidebat vendiderit, venditionisque pretium ipsi numeratum
fuerit, non ante in eorum bonorum possessionem in vim praesentis pacti mit-
tatur ac restituatur, quam pretium aut acceptam pecuniam de facto solvent
ac rependerit.

9. Si vero contigerit (quod tamen hue usque compertum non est) subditos
domini Regis Christianissimi dicta Sancti Christophori Insula, a supramemorati
domini Magnae Britanniae Regis subditis, ante aut post praesentis pacti sub-
scriptionem, expulsos f uisse : nihilominus res in eum statum restituantur in quo
initio anni millesimi sexcentesimi sexagesimi quinti (id est ante cessantis jam
belli denunciationem) erant : dictusque dominus Magnae Britanniae Rex, statim
atque res innotuerit citra ullam moram ac dilationem, instrumenta et mandata
omnia rite confecta ad earn restitutionem necessaria supra memorato domino
Regi Christianissimo aut ipsius ministris, ad id delegatis, tradat aut tradi
jubeat.

10. Dictus etiam dominus Magnae Britanniae Rex, dicto domino Regi
Christianissimo aut iis qui ab ipso mandatum magno Galliae sigillo debite
munitum ad id acceperint, regionem quae Acadia dicitur, in America Septen-

136 Doc. 58. Great Britain — France

trionali sitam, qua dictus dominus Rex Christianissimus olim potiebatur, resti-
tuat ; eoque dictus dominus Magnae Britanniae Rex, statim ab huius foederis
ratihabitione, instrumenta et mandata omnia rite confecta ad earn restitutionem
necessaria, dicto domino Regi Christianissimo aut ipsius ministris ad id dele-
gatis, tradat aut tradi iubeat.

11. Si qui vero ex incolis regionis illius quae Acadia dicitur, Serenissimi
Magnae Britanniae Regis dominio inposterum subesse malint, liberum sit ipsis
intra spatium unius anni a die restitutionis regionis illius computandum disce-
dere ; f undos. agros, mancipia, bona denique omnia mobilia, vel immobilia,
vendere, alienare, vel aliter ut ipsis visum fuerit de iis ad libitum disponere,
et qui cum ipsis contraxerint ad eiusmodi contractus implendos Serenissimi
Regis Christianissimi authoritate teneantur ; Si vero praetulerint nummos, sup-
ellectilem, vasa, mancipia, omnia denique bona mobilia secum avehere, hoc ipsis
citra ullum impedimentum aut quamcunque molestiam integrum ac licitum sit.

12. Item, Rex Christianissimus Magnae Britanniae Regi, in modum supra-
dictum, insulas quae Antigoa et Monsarat nuncupantur, si sint in ejus potestate,
restituat ; atque etiam quasvis alias insulas, regiones, arces, et colonias, quae
dicti domini Regis Christianissimi armis, ante aut post praesentis tractatus sub-
scriptionem, obtineri potuerint ; quasque dictus dominus Magnae Britanniae
Rex possidebat antequam cum dominis Generalibus Foederati Belgii Ordinibus
bellum (cui finis hoc tractatu imponitur) iniret. Et vice versa, dictus dominus
Magnae Britanniae Rex in modum supradictum, insulas omnes, regiones, arces
et colonias ubivis gentium sitas, quae ipsius armis ante aut post praesentis
pacti subscriptionem obtineri potuerint, quasque ante Kalendas Januarias anni
millesimi sexcentesimi sexagesimi quinti dictus dominus Rex Christianissimus
possidebat supra memorato domino Regi Christianissimo restituat.

13. Si qui vero ex illis servis et mancipiis qui Anglis serviebant in ea insulae
Sancti Christophori parte quae ad supradictum Magnae Britanniae Regem
pertinebat, ut et in insulis quae Antigoa et Monsarat nuncupantur, cum supra-
dicti Regis Christianissimi armis occupatae sunt, in Anglorum dominium redire
iterum velint (citra tamen omnem vim ac coactionem) id ipsis intra spatium
sex mensium a die quo eaedem insulae restituentur computandorum liberum
atque licitum sit. Si vero Angli antequam dictis insulis excederent aliquos ser-
vos vendiderint, pretiumque ipsis numeratum fuerit, non aliter ii servi resti-
tuantur nisi pretium redditum ac repensum fuerit.

14. Similiter si quidam ex supradicti Magnae Britanniae Regis subditis (qui
inter servos et mancipia non numerabantur) operas suas locaverint, militis vel
coloni vel alio quocunque titulo, supradicto Regi Christianissimo vel alicui ex
ipsius subditis in praedictis insulis degenti, mercede in annum vel mensem vel
diem pacta, post insulae vel insularum restitutionem cesset talis locatio seu
obligatio, accepta pro rata operarum iam exhibitarum mercede, liberumque sit
ipsis ad suos redire et sub dominio Serenissimi Magnae Britanniae Regis
vivere.

15. Quodcunque de praedictis insulis subditisque ibi degentibus statuitur,
eodem modo statutum intelligatur de omnibus aliis insulis, arcibus, regionibus,
et coloniis, subditisque et servis ibi degentibus, quos quasque supra memoratus
Rex Christianissimus armis suis occuparit vel occupabit ante vel post subscrip-
tionem huius tractatus, modo eos easve dictus dominus Magnae Britanniae Rex
possederit antequam cum dominis Generalibus Foederati Belgii Ordinibus
bellum (cui finis hoc tractatu imponitur) iniret, et vice versa idem etiam statu-
tum intelligatur, quoad eas insulas, regiones, arces, et colonias, subditosque et
servos ibidem degentes, qui quaeve supradicti Regis Christianissimi fuerint

Breda, 1667 137

ante kalendas Januarias anni millesimi sexcentesimi sexagesimi quinti, quosque
vel quas supra memoratus Magnae Britanniae Rex armis suis ante vel post
subscriptionem huius tractatus occuparit vel occupabit.

17. Cum ad praecidendam omnem litis et contentionum materiam, quae oriri
posset ex causa restitutionis navium, mercium aliarumque rerum mobiiium quas
in regionibus et oris longe dissitis post sancitam pacem et antequam ibidem in-
notescat captas et occupatas fuisse alterutra pars ab altera conqueri posset:
omnes naves, merces, aliaque bona mobilia quae post subscriptionem et publi-
cationem praesentis pacti utrinque occupari poterunt, intra spatium [duodecim
dierum in maribus proximis, intra spatium] sex hebdomadum a dictis maribus
usque ad Sancti Vincentii promontorium, turn intra spatium decern hebdoma-
dum ultra dictum promontorium cis lineam aequinoctialem vel Aequatorem, tarn
in Oceano et Mari Mediterraneo quam alibi, denique intra spatium sex men-
sium, trans terminos praedictae lineae per universum orbem, sine ulla excep-
tione, vel ulteriore temporis locive distinctione, ullave restitutionis aut com-
pensationis ratione habenda, occupantium sint et maneant.

19. Sub hoc praesenti pacis tractatu comprehendentur illi qui, ante rati-
habitionum permutationem vel intra sex menses postea, ab una alteraque parte
ex communi consensu nominabuntur, interim tamen quemadmodum partes
paciscentes grate agnoscunt sincera officia ac indefessa studia quibus Serenis-
simus Rex Sueciae, interposita sua mediatione hoc salutare pacificationis opus,
Divino adjuvante auxilio, ad exitum optatum promovit, ita ad testandum parem
affectum communi partium omnium consensu sancitum et conventum est, tit
altissime memorata Sacra Regia Majestas Sueciae cum omnibus suis regnis,
ditionibus, provinciis ac juribus huic tractatui sit inclusa, et praesenti pacifica-
tione omni meliori modo comprehensa.

20. Denique huius praesentis pacti ac foederis solemnes ac rite confectae
ratihabitiones intra quatuor hebdomadum spatium a die subscriptionis compu-
tandum, vel citius si fieri possit Bredae utrinque exhibeantur, et reciproce rite-
que commutentur.

In quorum omnium et singulorum fidem, majusque robur nos legati extra-
ordinarii et plenipotentiarii cum illustrissimis et excellentissimis dominis lega-
tis extraordinariis mediatoribus huic pacis instrumento subscripsimus, illudque
sigillis nostris signavimus. Actum Bredae die vigesima prima styli veteris,
novi autem trigesima prima mensis Julii anno millesimo sexcentesimo sexa-
gesimo septimo.

Georgius Flemingh. Holles. D'Estrades.
Christophorus Delphicus Henricus Coventry. Courtin.
in Dhona.

[Here follow the powers granted by Charles II. to Holles and Coventry,
and the powers granted by Louis XIV. to D'Estrades and Courtin.]

Carolus Dei gratia Magnae Britanniae, Franciae, et Hiberniae rex, Fidei
Defensor, etc., omnibus praesentes literas inspecturis, salutem. Cum in vim
f acultatum ac mandatorum respective datorum tarn a nobis quam a Serenissimo
ac Potentissimo principe Galliae et Navarrae Rege Christianissimo, charissimo
ac dilectissimo fratre et cognato nostro, dominis Baroni Holles et Coventrye
ac dominis Comiti d'Estrades et Courtin, ipsi vigesima prima die mensis Julii
stylo veteri, stylo autem novo trigesima prima eiusdem mensis anni praesentis,

10

138 Doc. 58. Great Britain — France

tractatum pads et reconciliationis Bredae concluserint et subscripserint modo
et tenore praecedenti ;

Nos pactum f oedusque illud singulosque articulos in eo comprehensos gratos
acceptosque habentes, eos tarn nostro quam haeredum, successorum, regnorum,
regionum, terrarum, ditionum, subditorum nostrorum nomine approbavimus,
confirmavimus, acceptos ratosque habemus totumque fide et jure jurando regio
sub obligatione et hypotheca omnium et singulorum nostrorum bonorum, tarn
praesentium quam futurorum, nos servaturos et impleturos pollicemur nee
unquam quidquam contrafacturos nee attentaturos, directe nee indirecte aut
alio quovis modo. In cuius rei fidem praesentes propria manu subscripsimus
easque magno Angliae sigillo muniri jussimus. Datum apud Westmonasterium
vigesimo nono die mensis Julii stylo veteri, stylo autem novo octavo die mensis
Augusti ; anno reparatae salutis millesimo sexcentesimo sexagesimo septimo,
regnique nostri decimo nono.

Carolus R.

Guil. Morice.

Translation.

Be it known to all and singular whom it concerns, or may concern in any
way whatsoever, that after war broke out between the Most Serene and Most
Potent prince and lord, lord Charles II., king of Great Britain, on the one part,
and the Most Serene and Most Potent prince and lord, lord Louis XIV., Most
Christian king of the Gauls and of Navarre, on the other part, on the occasion
of the war then raging between the said lord King of Great Britain and the
High and Mighty Lords States General of the United Provinces of the Nether-
lands, at length Divine goodness brought it about that thoughts of making peace
were conceived, when the Most Serene and Most Potent prince and lord, lord
Charles, king of the Swedes, Goths, and Vandals, interposed the friendly
and sincere offices of his mediation on account of his particular love and af-
fection for the warring kings and their kingdoms, and also with the desire of
renewing and preserving public safety and quiet in the Christian world, and
to this end, Breda was chosen by mutual agreement as the place of assembly
of the ambassadors and plenipotentiaries. To carry this negotiation through to
the desired end, the ambassadors extraordinary of his aforesaid Sacred Royal
Majesty of Sweden, the most illustrious and excellent lords, lord George Flem-
ing, free baron of Liebelitz, lord of Norrnas and Lydinge, senator of his
Sacred Royal Majesty and of the kingdom of Sweden, and councillor of the
chancellery, as well as lord Christopher Delphicus, burggrave and count of
Dohna, hereditary lord of Kurvinden, Schlobitten, Burchardsdorff , Stockenfels,
and Fischbach, field marshal and councillor of war of his Sacred Royal Maj-
esty, and also lord Peter Julius Coyet, hereditary lord in Bengtsboda and Liung-
bygardt, knight, aulic councillor of the chancellery of his Sacred Royal Majesty
of Sweden and of state (who, however, soon after coming to this place, while
he was laboring at this holy work, was overtaken by a sudden death), employed
all industry, dexterity, and prudence, sincerely and unweariedly, in the name
of their most clement king and master. And in like manner, the aforesaid
kings, striving toward so good a goal, commissioned and deputed their am-
bassadors extraordinary and plenipotentiary, for negotiating this peace — the
King of Great Britain, the most illustrious and most excellent lords, lord Denzil
Holies, baron of Ifield, etc., one of the councillors of his Sacred Royal Majesty,
and also lord Henry Coventry, son of the right honorable Thomas Coventry,
formerly keeper of the great seal of England, gentleman of the bedchamber of

Breda, 1667 139

his Sacred Royal Majesty, senator in the supreme council or Parliament of
England, and commissioner for settling land claims in the kingdom of Ireland ;
— the Most Christian King, the most illustrious and most excellent lords, lord
Godefroy count d'Estrades, lieutenant-general in the royal armies, governor
of Dunkirk, mayor perpetual of Bordeaux, viceroy of America, knight of the
orders of his Sacred Royal Majesty, and also lord Honore Courtin, councillor
of state of his Sacred Royal Majesty, master of requests; Who, after the
mutual full powers, verbatim copies of which are inserted at the end of this
document, were duly exchanged, agreed and decided upon mutual laws of peace,
friendship, and alliance, as follows :

1. There shall be universal peace, and perpetual, true, and sincere friendship
between the Most Serene and Most Potent King of Great Britain and the Most
Serene and Most Potent Most Christian King, and their heirs and successors,
and also between their kingdoms, states, and subjects, and this peace shall
be preserved and respected so sincerely and inviolably that each shall promote
the profit, honor, and advantage of the other ; and on all sides neighborly con-
fidence and secure cultivation of peace and friendship shall be renewed and
flourish.

7. The Most Christian King shall restore to the King of Great Britain or to
those who shall have received his commands therefor, duly secured with the
great seal of England, the part of the island of St. Christopher, which the
English possessed on January 1, 1665, before the declaration of the last war,
as soon as it can be possibly done, or at the most within six months reckoned
from the day of the signing of the present peace. And for this purpose, im-
mediately after the ratification of this peace, the said lord the Most Christian
King shall deliver or order to be delivered to the said lord King of Great Britain
or to his ministers commissioned therefor, all the necessary documents and
orders, drawn up in due form.

8. If however any of the subjects of the said lord King of Great Britain
shall have sold the goods which he possessed in that island, and the amount of
the sale has been paid to him, he shall not be restored to possession of these
goods by virtue of the present treaty until in fact he shall have paid and re-
turned the price or money accepted.

9. If however it should so happen (a thing however not yet known) that
the subjects of the Most Christian lord King, should have been driven out of
the said island of St. Christopher, by the subjects of the aforesaid lord King
of Great Britain before or after the signing of the present treaty, things shall
nevertheless be restored to the state in which they were at the beginning of
the year 1665 (that is, before the declaration of the war now ending) ; and the
said lord King of Great Britain as soon as he shall have learned of this thing,
shall without any hesitation or delay deliver or order to be delivered to the Most
Christian lord King aforesaid, or to his ministers empowered for this purpose,
all the documents and orders properly drawn up that are necessary for this re-
stitution.

10. Moreover the said lord King of Great Britain shall restore to the said
lord the Most Christian King, or to those who shall receive for that purpose
his powers duly passed under the great seal of France, the country which is
called Acadia, situated in North America, which the said lord the Most Chris-
tian King formerly possessed ; and for this purpose immediately upon the
ratification of this treaty the said lord King of Great Britain, shall deliver or

140 Doc. 58. Great Britain — France

order to be delivered to the said lord the Most Christian King, or to his min-
isters empowered therefor, all acts and orders, properly drawn up, which shall
be necessary to the said restitution.

11. If however any of the inhabitants of that country called Acadia shall
prefer to be subject in future to the rule of the Most Serene King of Great
Britain, they shall be at liberty to depart within the space of one year, to be
reckoned from the day of the restitution of that country; they shall be at
liberty to sell, alienate, or otherwise, as shall seem good to them, freely dispose
of their lands, fields, slaves, and all their goods, movable and immovable;
and whoever shall have contracted with them for the same shall be held to
fulfill such contracts by the authority of the Most Serene Most Christian King.
But if they shall prefer to carry away with them their money, household fur-
nishings, utensils, slaves, and all their movables, they may do so freely without
any hindrance or molestation whatsoever.

12. Also, the Most Christian King shall in the manner aforesaid restore to
the King of Great Britain the islands called Antigua and Montserrat, if they
shall be in his power ; and likewise any other islands, countries, fortresses,
and colonies which shall have been taken by the arms of the said lord the Most
Christian King before or after the signing of the present treaty, and which the
said lord the King of Great Britain possessed before he entered into war with
the States General of the United Provinces of the Netherlands — a war which
this treaty ends. And reciprocally the said lord King of Great Britain shall
restore to the aforesaid lord the Most Christian King, in the manner aforesaid,
all the islands, countries, fortresses, and colonies, situated in whatsoever part
of the world, which shall have been taken by his arms before or after the sign-
ing of the present agreement, and which the said lord the Most Christian King
possessed before January 1, 1665.

13. But if any of those slaves, that served the English in that part of the
island of St. Christopher belonging to the aforesaid King of Great Britain, and
also in the islands called Antigua and Montserrat, when they were taken by
the arms of the aforesaid Most Christian King, shall wish to return again under
the dominion of the English (but without any force or constraint), they shall
be at liberty to do so within the period of six months reckoned from the day
on which these islands shall be restored. But if the English before leaving the
said islands shall have sold any slaves and the money shall have been paid for
them, those slaves shall not be restored unless the price be returned and repaid.

14. Similarly if any of the subjects of the aforesaid King of Great Britain
(who were not reckoned among the slaves) have hired themselves, under the
name of soldier, laborer, or any other title whatsoever, to the aforesaid Most
Christian King or to any of his subjects dwelling in the aforesaid islands, for
wages by the year, month, or day, such hiring or agreement shall cease after
the restitution of the island or islands, and, wages having been paid in pro-
portion to the labor already performed, they shall be at liberty to return to
their own countrymen and to live under the dominion of the Most Serene King
of Great Britain.

15. Whatever is agreed on concerning the aforesaid islands and the subjects
dwelling therein shall be understood to be similarly agreed on with respect to
all other islands, forts, countries, and colonies, and the subjects and slaves
dwelling therein, whom and which the aforesaid Most Christian King has
taken by his arms, or shall take before or after the signing of this treaty, pro-
vided that the said lord King of Great Britain possessed them before he entered
into the war with the lords States General of the United Netherlands — the
war which is terminated by this treaty. Reciprocally the same shall be also

Breda, 1667 141

understood to be agreed on with respect to the islands, countries, fortresses,
and colonies, and the subjects and slaves dwelling therein, who or which be-
longed to the aforesaid Most Christian King before January 1, 1665, and whom
or which the aforesaid King of Great Britain has taken or shall take by his
arms before or after the signing of this treaty.

17. And to remove all ground for disputes or controversies that might arise
with reference to the restitution of ships, merchandise, and other movables
that either party might complain had been captured and seized by the other in
far distant regions and coasts after peace had been signed and before it became
known there : all ships, merchandise, and other movable goods which after the
conclusion and publication of the present covenant shall have been taken by
either side, shall remain in the possession of those who have seized them with-
in the period of twelve days in the nearest seas, within the period of six weeks
from the said seas as far as to Cape St. Vincent, and within the space of ten
weeks beyond that Cape and on this side of the equinoctial line or Equator,
both in the Ocean and in the Mediterranean Sea and elsewhere, and finally
within the period of six months beyond the aforesaid line, throughout the
whole world, with no exception or further distinction of time or place, and
without furnishing any ground for restitution or compensation.

19. Those who before the exchange of ratifications, or within six months
after, shall be named by common consent of both parties shall be comprehended
in the present treaty of peace. But meanwhile as the contracting parties grate-
fully recognize the sincere offices and unwearied zeal with which the Most
Serene King of Sweden, by interposing his mediation, has, with the assistance
of Divine aid, forwarded this salutary work of peace to the desired end, there-
fore, to show a like affection, it has been agreed and determined with the com-
mon consent of all parties, that his aforesaid Sacred Royal Majesty of Sweden,
with all his kingdoms, dominions, provinces, and jurisdictions, shall be included
in this treaty, and comprehended in the present peace in the best possible form.

20. And finally solemn ratifications, properly drawn up, of this present
treaty and alliance shall be exhibited at Breda by both sides, within the space
of four weeks reckoned from the day of signing, or sooner if possible, and
shall be reciprocally and duly exchanged.

In confirmation and for the greater authority of all and singular whereof,
we the ambassadors extraordinary and plenipotentiary together with the most
illustrious and most excellent lords, the ambassadors extraordinary, the medi-
ators, have signed this instrument of peace, and thereto put our seals. Done at
Breda, July 21, old style, or July 31, new style, in the year 1667.

Georgius Flemingh. Holles. D'Estrades.

Christophorus Delphicus Henry Coventry. Courtin.
in Dohna.

[Here follow the powers granted by Charles II. to Holies and Coventry,
and the power granted by Louis XIV. to D'Estrades and Courtin.]

Charles by the grace of God king of Great Britain, France, and Ireland,
Defender of the Faith, etc., To all who shall inspect these present letters, greet-
ing. Whereas by virtue of the faculties and mandates respectively given both
by us and by the Most Serene and Potent prince, the Most Christian King of
France and Navarre, our most dear and most beloved brother and kinsman,

142 Doc. 58. Great Britain — France

to the lords Baron Holies and Coventry and to the lords Count d'Estrades
and Courtin, they on July 21 old style, of the present year, July 31, new style,
have concluded and signed a treaty of peace and reconciliation at Breda in the
manner and form preceding,

We, regarding that treaty and alliance and the individual articles compre-
hended therein as pleasing and acceptable, both have approved and confirmed
them in our own name and in that of our heirs, successors, kingdoms, coun-
tries, lands, dominions, and subjects, and accepted and ratified them, and we
promise on our royal faith and oath under pledge and security of all and singu-
lar our goods, both present and future, that we will preserve and fulfill them
and will never infringe or violate any of them, directly or indirectly or in any
other way. In confirmation whereof, we have signed these presents with our
own hand and commanded them to be secured with the great seal of England.
Done at Westminster, on the 29th day of the month of July, old style, or the 8th
day of the month August, new style, in the year of salvation 1667 and of our
reign the nineteenth.

Charles, King.
Wm. Morice.

59.

First treaty of partition of the Spanish dominions between France
and the Emperor, concluded at Vienna, January 20, 1668,
N. S. Ratification by the Emperor, February 28, 1668.
[Ratification by France, February 2, 1668.]

Introduction.

On November 7, 1659, tne plenipotentiaries of France and Spain concluded
a treaty of peace between the two crowns (treaty of the Pyrenees), and signed
a contract of marriage between Louis XIV. and the Infanta Maria Theresa,
older daughter of Philip IV. and only surviving child of his first wife.1 The
marriage contract provided that Philip IV. should pay a dowry of 500,000
crowns, and that, on condition of this payment, the Infanta should never claim
any further paternal or maternal inheritance (art. 4) ; nor should she or her de-
scendants succeed to any of the dominions appertaining to the Spanish crown,
unless she should return to Spain a childless widow and remarry (arts. 5 and
6).2 In accordance with the terms of the contract, and shortly before the
celebration of her marriage, in June, 1660, the Infanta renounced these public
and private rights.8 But on various grounds, of which the non-payment of the
dowry was perhaps the most important, Louis XIV. held that the renunciation
was invalid, and sought in vain to have it revoked by Philip IV.4

In September, 1665, Philip IV. died, and was succeeded by his only surviving
son, Charles II., a frail young child, whose mother, Mariana of Austria, be-
came regent. In case Charles should die without legitimate heirs, as seemed
probable, Philip had bequeathed the whole inheritance to his younger daughter,
Margarita Theresa, and her descendants. At the time of her father's death,
Margarita was betrothed to the Emperor Leopold, and she married him a year
later.5

Louis XIV. refused to acquiesce in the exclusion of his wife and their de-
scendants from the entire Spanish succession. For some years he had been
seeking to establish, on the basis of ancient local customs and particularly of
the so-called droit de devolution, the right of his wife, as the child of Philip's

1 The contract is published, in Spanish and French, in Abreu y Bertodano, Colcccion
de los Tratados de Pas de Espana, VII. 324-363 ; in French, in Dumont, Corps^ Diplo-
matique, vol. VI., pt. II., pp. 283-287, and in H. Vast, Les Grands Traites du Regne de
Louis XIV. (1893-1899), I. 177-187.

2 Vast (op. cit., p. 180, n. 1) argues cogently, in opposition to Legrelle (La Diplomatic
Francaise et la Succession d Espagne, I. 19), that the payment of the dowry was a con-
dition of the renunciation of Maria Theresa's public as well as private rights.

3 The renunciations are given in Spanish in Abreu y Bertodano, op. cit., pp. 385-400,
and in French in Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, vol. VI., pt. II., pp. 188-292.

4 Mignet, Negociations relatives a la Succession d'Espagne, I. 71 ff.

5 Ibid., pp. 377, 382.

143

144 Doc. 59. France — The Emperor

first marriage, to succeed to the greater part of the Spanish Netherlands, as
well as to parts of Burgundy and of Luxembourg, immediately upon the death
of her father. Abandoning an attempt to negotiate with De Witt an agree-
ment to divide Flanders between the United Provinces and France, and failing,
after the death of Philip, to win the Spanish government's recognition of the
droit de devolution, Louis XIV. determined to take possession of part of the
Spanish Netherlands by arms.

Circumstances and the skillful diplomacy of Louis's minister, De Lionne,
made the spring of 1667 a propitious time for him to invade Flanders. Louis
had made treaties with Portugal against Spain ; 6 with the United Provinces,7
and with England,8 prohibiting them from aiding Spain ; and secret alliances
with the German princes of the Rhineland, promising them subsidies and
binding them not to permit imperial troops to pass through their territory to
support the Spaniards against France.9 After these preparations, Louis, in
May, 1667, began his " journey" into the Spanish Netherlands, and in about
three months gained control of the greater part of the country. Military
operations then paused, and diplomacy was again set in motion.

Upon the outbreak of hostilities, Spain had appealed to the Emperor Leopold
and the states of the Empire for aid,10 while France warned them to refrain
from giving assistance on the ground that this would violate the treaty of
Minister and the capitulation of Frankfurt.11 The German princes did not
wish to intervene, except by way of mediation, and the timorous, irresolute,
and powerless Emperor feared to act without their support.12 Nevertheless,
during the summer, Leopold became more and more inclined to help the Span-
ish government, which pressed its cause vigorously ; but the bold representations
of De Gremonville, the supremely adroit envoy extraordinary of France at the
court of Vienna, stopped any unfriendly action, even the raising of recruits
for the imperial army.13 In October the imperial ambassador in France hinted
that the Emperor would be more disposed than formerly to listen to overtures
for a treaty partitioning the Spanish inheritance between the Austrian and
French crowns in case Charles II. should die without legitimate heirs.14
Such a treaty would involve the recognition by the Emperor of Louis's right to
the Spanish succession and would tend to a speedy termination of the existing
war between France and Spain and to a permanent peace. For the latter reason
a treaty of partition had been approved by the electors of Cologne and
Mainz in the earlier part of the year 1665 ; 15 for the former reason it was urged
by the King of France from the autumn of 1665 until early in the year 1667.16

6 See above, Doc. 55, pp. 97-98.

7 See above, Doc. 52.

8 See above, pp. 119, 132-133.

9 The treaties with the German princes are in Mignet, op. cit., II. 23 ff.

10 Ibid., pp. 137, 138, 203.

11 Ibid., pp. 139-143, 164-165.

12 Ibid., pp. 254 ff.

13 Ibid., pp. 211-224, 234, 239-254.

14 Ibid., p. 337-

15 Legrelle, Succession d'Espagne, I. 106-109.
1G Ibid., pp. 109-124.

Vienna, 1668 145

At the beginning of the year 1668, De Gremonville began negotiations at
Vienna. Negotiations and treaty were to be kept a profound secret. With this
in view, only one plenipotentiary was appointed on either side — De Gremon-
ville for France ; Auersperg for Austria. De Gremonville knew that Auers-
perg had an overweening ambition for the cardinal's hat, and at crises in the
negotiations he won concessions from him by promising that Louis XIV. would
aid him to obtain the coveted honor. The French plenipotentiary also consulted
with Lobkowitz, another of the leading councillors of the Emperor, favorably
inclined to France.

De Gremonville was instructed 17 to urge the advantages of establishing a
community of interests between France and Austria that would render them
independent of other powers and would prevent them from engaging in a
war against one another, from which other princes would probably profit. If
such a war extended to the Indies the Emperor would have to depend absolutely
upon the Spanish garrisons there, and the islands would be left to the Eng-
lish and Dutch to pillage and would perhaps set up as many kinglets as
they had viceroys and governors. It would be much better for the sons-
in-law of the late King of Spain to avoid these dangers by agreeing to an
eventual partitioning, which would render the governors of the Indies (as well
as of other places) obedient to him who should be their master. The treaty was
to be in two parts, of which one concerned the rights in Flanders already
claimed as fallen to the queen by the death of her father ; the other, the much
greater rights that would fall to the queen in case her brother, Charles II.,
died without legitimate heirs. In connection with the first, De Gremonville
was empowered to agree to the following conditions of peace with Spain : that
the King of Spain should make peace with the King of Portugal de roi a roi ;
that he should yield to the King of France the places occupied by the latter
in the recent campaign ; or, as an alternative, the duchy of Luxembourg, Cam-
brai and the Cambresis, Douai, Aire, St. Omer, Bergues, and Furnes ; in which
case, the King of France would restore to him Charleroi.18

De Gremonville was to persuade the Emperor not to aid the Spaniards, if
they rejected these offers ; or at least to promise to do all that he could to make
the Spaniards accept them.

As to the second part of the treaty, the eventual inheritance of the brothers-
in-law should be divided as follows : the Emperor should have the kingdoms
of Spain, except Navarre and its dependencies and Rosas ; all the West Indies ;
the Canary Islands ; all the places of Africa ; Sicily ; Sardinia ; the Balearic Isles.
The King of France should have the remainder of Flanders, not previously
ceded to him ; Franche-Comte ; the duchy of Milan ; the kingdom of Naples ;
the ports of Tuscany, including Porto Longone ; Finale ; Navarre and its de-
pendencies ; Rosas ; the Philippines. If De Gremonville could not possibly ob-
tain this division, he might by degrees surrender the Philippines, Rosas, and

17 Mignet, op. cit., II. 358 ff.

18 These were (virtually) the terms accepted by De Witt as those which the Dutch
would help him to obtain from Spain. Ibid., pp. 365 ff. Cf. Doc, 60.

146 Doc. 59. France — The Emperor

Navarre and its dependencies. Rather than break on the point of Milan and Fi-
nale, he might yield them in exchange for Sicily and Sardinia.

The Austrians professed themselves dissatisfied with the proposed partition.
In vain did De Gremonville urge that Spain and the West Indies were worth
all the rest.19 " What have we to do with the Indies? " said Lobkowitz. " Take
them for yourselves, for your king will have more power than we to oblige the
Spaniards to undergo his domination ; besides he has such great sea forces that
he could better preserve these islands and these places in Africa that you offer
us." 20 At another time he said, " In the name of God deliver us from these
Indies, or give us the means to take possession of them." But he laughed for a
quarter of an hour when De Gremonville replied that the King of France would
see that in the division of the personal property all the ships went to him.21
The Austrians argued that the Emperor should have all of Italy in his share,
since he could take possession of this easily, whereas there would be infinite
difficulties in taking possession of Spain and the Indies ; 22 yet when De Grem-
onville proposed that Leopold take Naples, Milan, Sardinia, and Spain (with
exceptions), while Louis took Sicily, the Balearic Islands, Catalonia, the
places in Africa, the Philippines, the Canaries, the West Indies, Navarre,
Rosas, and Flanders, Auersperg declared that the Indies were inseparable from
Spain, and that she must also have at least a port in the Canaries for the navi-
gation to the Indies.23

Another point of dispute was connected with the guaranty that either party
should, if necessary, aid the other to obtain possession of its inheritance. De
Gremonville hesitated to promise naval aid, since it would involve too great
and unequal a burden if France should be obliged to help the Emperor to ac-
quire Spain and the Indies.24 However, he finally yielded this point and con-
ceded Milan and the Italian ports to Austria, as well as Spain (with excep-
tions), the West Indies, Sardinia, the Canaries, and the Balearic Islands ; while
Austria yielded to France the whole of Flanders, Franche-Comte, the Philip-
pines, Navarre, Rosas, the places on the African coast, the kingdom of Naples,
and Sicily.

The treaty, which contained elaborate provisions for the utmost secrecy,
was signed on January 20, about two hours after midnight, but dated the 19th
because Auersperg's powers extended only to that date.25

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The ratification by the Emperor is in the bureau of the archives
of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris. The ratification by Louis
XIV. is in the Austrian State Archives, according to L. Bittner, Chrono-
logisches Verzeichnis der Oesterreichischen Staatsvortrage (1903-1917),
1.68.

19 Mignet, op. cit., II. 399-

20 Ibid., pp. 402, 403.

21 Ibid., p. 404.

22 Ibid., pp. 40S, 4". 415, 4i6, 432.

23 Ibid., p. 425.

24 Ibid., pp. 418, 419, 430.

25 Ibid., p. 437-

Vienna, 1668 147

Text : Printed. A. Legrelle, La Diplomatic Francaise et la Succession d'Es-
pagne (1888-1892), vol. I., app. no. 5, pp. 518-528.

Translation : French. F. A. A. Mignet, Negotiations relatives a la Succes-
sion d'Espagne sous Louis XIV. (1835-1842), II. 441-449, in Collection
de Documents Inedits stir I'Histoire de France.

References : Contemporary and early writings. F. A. A. Mignet, op. cit.,
II. 326-481, passim; Oeuvres de Louis XIV. (1806), II. 328, 329, 369-
372, VI. 403-419; Memoires pour VInstruction du Dauphin (ed. Charles
Dreyss, 1859-1860).

References: Later writings. F. A. A. Mignet, op. cit., II. 323-481, passim;
A. Legrelle, op. cit., I. 101-148; A. Wolf, Fiirst Wenzel Lobkowitz
1869), pp. 159 ff . ; Franz Scheichl, Leopold I. und die Oesterreichische
Politik wahrend des Devolutionskrieges 1667/8 (Leipzig, 1887?) ; A. F.
Pribram, Franz Paul Freiherr von Lisola, 1613-1674, und die Politik
seiner Zeit (1894) ; E. Lavisse, Histoire de France (1900-1911), vol.
VII., pt. II., pp. 286-293 ; B. Erdmannsdorffer, Deutsche Geschichte vom
Westf'dlischen Frieden bis sum Regierungsantritt Friedrich's des Grossen
(1892-1893), I. 512-519, inW. Oncken, Allgemeine Geschichte in Einzel-
darstellungen (1879- 1893), III. (7).

Text.26

Nos Leopoldus Dei gratia Romanorum imperator, semper augustus, Ger-
maniae, Hungariae, Bohemiae, Dalmatiae, Croatiae, et Sclavoniae rex, archidux
Austriae, dux Burgundiae, Stiriae, Charinthiae, Carnioliae, comes Tyrolis et
Goritiae, etc. significamus omnibus et singulis praesentes literas inspecturis,
quod cum tractatum decimo nono proxime praeterlapsi mensis Januarii in hac
nostra ressidentia et urbe Vienna initum, et nostro nomine, a nostro intimo
consiliario Joannis Waichardi ducis Miinsterbergensis in Silesia et nostri et
Sacri Romani Inperii principis ab Auersperg dilectione ex una, deinde Serenis-
simi Galliarum et Navarrae Regis Christianissimi consiliorum status, locum
tenentem generalem militiae regiae, et equitem Hyerosolimitanum de Gremon-
ville ex altera parte, mutuis plenipotentiarum tabulis recognitis et pro validis
et sufficientibus habitis, obsignatum viderimus, examinaverimus, qui sequentis
tenoris est :

In nomine Sanctissimae et Individuae Trinitatis. Amen.

Notum sit universis et singulis, quorum interest aut quomodolibet interesse
potest.

Postquam Serenissimus et Potentissimus princeps ac dominus, dominus
Leopoldus electus Romanorum imperator, semper augustus, Germaniae, Hun-
gariae, Bohemiae, Dalmatiae, Croatiae, Sclavoniae etc. rex, archidux Austriae,
dux Burgundiae, etc. comes Goritiae et Tyrolis, etc. aeque ac Serenissimus
et Potentissimus princeps ac dominus, dominus Ludovicus XIV., Galliarum
et Navarrae Rex Christianissimus, assidue apud animum suum cogitarent,
quanto id bono rei Christianae fieret, si praesens bellum Belgicum facile alio-
quin vicina quoque regna sui flamma correpturum non modo mox sopiretur,
sed omnis praeterea occasio, radix, et fomes futuris etiam bellis alimentum
praebiturus penitus tolleretur, neque ulli regum orbis Christiani magis con-
venire quam majestatibus suis, omni studio conatuque atque adeo intentissima

26 From the original manuscript of the ratification by the Emperor, preserved in the
archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris.

148 Doc. 59. France — The Emperor

in id cura incumbere, ut suae cuique posteritati a bellorum malis satis superque
praecautum esset, quippe quae et mutuo inter se, et utraque cum Serenissimo
ac Potentissimo domino, domino Carolo Secundo, Hispaniarum Indiarumque
Rege Catholico, et cognationis et affinitatis nexu arctissime devinciantur, quod
propterea statuerint mutuo foedere se strictius jungere, ideoque suis ministris,
et quidem Sacra Caesarea Majestas (titulus:) Joanni Waichardo duci Mun-
sterbergensi, Sacri Romani Imperii principi ab Auersperg, a consiliis arcanis
etc. et Sacra Regia Majestas Christianissima vero (titulus:) Jacobo Brethel
a Gremonvilla, Sacri Ordinis Hyerosolimitani equiti ac commendatori, consi-
liario in consiliis status Sacrae Regiae Majestatis Christianissimae, necnon
locum tenenti generali in militia Galliae, plenam potestatem fecerint ad foedus
tractandum concludendumque, iique ministri, visis, recognitis, atque invicem
plenipotentiarum tabulis commutatis, sub obligatione rati, id ipsum foedus
sanciverint, quod sequentibus articulis explicatius proditur.

1. Sit firma, constans pax atque amicitia foedusque perpetuum inter Sacram
Caesaream Majestatem, ejusque filios, haeredes, et successores, regna et pro-
vincias, ex una, et Sacram Regiam Majestatem Christianissimam, ejusque filios,
haeredes, et successores, regna et provincias, ex altera parte, altera alterius
commoda promoveat, avertat incommoda, et, si quae (ut humana sunt) im-
posterum dissensiones, discordiae, et controversiae nascerentur, eae non nisi
vel jure vel amicabili via et modo finiantur, vi omni armorumque usu remoto.

2. Cum Ordines Generales Foederatarum Provinciarum Belgii receperint
quantocius Serenissimo Hispaniarum Regi Catholico proponere media reinte-
grandae pacis, nimirum ut Serenissimi Galliarum Regis Christianissimi per-
petui juris et dominii fiant cedanturque sequentia loca — Cameracum, Cambresi,
Ducatus Lucemburgi, vel, hujus loco, Burgundia vulgo Franche Conte dicta,
Duacum, Aire, Sanct Omer, Berg, Furnes — alte memorata Majestas Regia
Christianissima quoque bono pacis in id consentiat, promittatque eo casu reliqua
omnia proxime elapso anno occupata loca, una cum Charles Roy (cujus tamen
munimenta extructa demolienda sunt), restituere, dummodo intra totum
mensem Martium proximum Serenissimus Hispaniarum Rex Catholicus pro-
position! huic decenter annuat, simulque pacem Lusitanam de rege ad regem
tractando amplectatur, conventum est, ut Sacra Caesarea Majestas, a die sub-
scripti et utrinque ratificati hujus foederis, vi ejusdem teneatur, apud Serenis-
simam Hispaniarum Reginam, sororem suam amantissimam, velut ejusdem filii
Caroli Secundi Hispaniarum Regis Catholici tutricem et regentem, summo
studio conatuque adlaborare, ut, concessis nimirum restitutisque supradictis
locis, pax pristina inter cognatos reges mox denuo sanciatur ; quod si vero
dicta propositio paxque Lusitana de rege ad regem tractando sic super condi-
tionibus, de quibus inter partes conventum est, ab Hispanis rejiceretur, in-
coeptumque bellum diutius extrahi, inque eo occupari contingeret loca, quae
in futura haereditatis divisione ad Sacrae Caesareae Majestatis ejusque fili-
orum, haeredum, ac successorum portionem pertinerent, Sacra Regia Majestas
Christianissima ejusque filii, haeredes, et successores sancte bonaque fide pro-
mittunt ea loca eveniente casu Sacrae Caesareae Majestati, ejusque filiis, hae-
redibus, et successoribus, nullis prorsus belli sumptibus imputandis, restituere.
Vicissim vero sancitum sit, si ab Hispano regimine supradictae conditiones,
vel aliae similes iis, per Ordines Generales Foederatarum Provinciarum Belgii
oblatae propositaeque respuerentur, ut Sacra Caesarea Majestas ejusque filii,
haeredes, et successores hoc bello durante, nullas neque directe neque indirecte
in Belgio suppetias et auxilia ferant. Si vero vel a Rege Christianissimo ejusque
filiis. haeredibus, et successoribus, vel a quolibet alio quavis de causa extra
Belgium in aliis quibuscunque regnis et provinciis, quae juris et ditionis His-

Vienna, 1668 149

paniarum Regis Catholici sunt, bellum moveatur, ut Sacrae Caesareae Majestati
ejusque filiis, haeredibus, et successoribus integrum atque liberum sit, quaeli-
bet eo, idest in eis provinciis et regnis extra Belgium sitis, auxilia dare, quodque
propterea nulla ratione praesens hocce foedus haereditatis dividendae infrac-
tum infirmatumque sit, sed in suo nihilominus robore et firmitate esse et per-
manere intelligatur, quin imo si talia extra Belgium auxilia ferendo inter
Sacram Caesaream et Sacram quoque Regiam Majestatem Christianissimam,
ejusque filios, haeredes, et successores, ad arma veniretur, neque propterea
etiam Sacrae Caesareae Majestati in Gallias iisque incorporatas provincias,
neque Sacrae Regiae Majestati Christianissimae in regna et provincias Sacrae
Caesareae Majestatis haereditarias, neque per se neque per alios arma inferre
ullo modo concessum permissumque sit.

3. Etsi Majestatibus suis vel sola cogitatione nedum re ipsa nil in vita
acerbius tristiusque evenire posset quam si Serenissimus Hispaniarum Rex
Catholicus consanguineus cognatus et affinis utrique amantissimus, sine liberis
ex legitimo matrimonio natis immature decederet, suisque precibus Divinam
Bonitatem enixe rogaturae sint ne id eveniat; quia tamen in humanis omnia
rluxa et caduca, et Majestatibus suis praecipue incumbat, malis inde nascituris
quoad fieri potest et tempestive mederi, idque emcere, ne novi belli incendia,
quae ex tantae haereditatis additione controversa facile orirentur, charissimam
cuique posteritatem flagrantius comprehendant, propterea, re diu multumque
deliberata perpensoque Europae statu, bonoque rei Christianae, necessarium
quidem aliquod, nullum vero convenientius ipsoque fine optimo excusatius
remedium inventum est, quam si jam nunc in supradictum et nunquam satis
dolendum casum mortis eventualis fieret haereditatis divisio. Itaque implorato
in primis Divino auxilio conventum est, ut si Sacram Caesaream Majestatem,
ejusque filios, haeredes, et successores, et suam quoque regiam Majestatem
Christianissimam ejusque filios, haeredes et successores, Serenissimo Carolo
Secundo Hispaniarum Regi Catholico sine liberis ex legitimo matrimonio natis
decedenti superstites esse contingeret, totius haereditatis monarchiae His-
panicae divisio sit, fiat, valeatque tunc, eo casu eveniente, modo sequenti, —
Nempe Sacrae Caesareae Majestati ejusque filiis, haeredibus, et successoribus
cedat obtingatque pro haereditatis portione, regna Hispaniae, exceptis excipi-
endis iis de quibus mox infra explicatius dicetur : Indiae Occidentales, duca-
tum Mediolanensis, atque eo pertinens jus subinf eudandi ducatum Senae, Final-
ium, Portus vocatus Longon, Herculis, Orbitello, et qui portus juris Hispanici,
in littore Ligustici maris, sive vulgo mare di Toscana dictum, usque ad regni
Neapolitani confinium sive territorium interjacent, Sardiniae Insula, Insulae
Canariae, Insulae Baleares, vulgo Maiorica, Minorica, Iviza dictae; Sacrae
Regiae Majestati Christianissimae vero, ejusque filiis, haeredibus, et succes-
soribus cedat obtingatque pro haereditatis suae portione Belgium totum quod
Hispani possident, sub quo etiam comprehenditur Burgundia, Franche Conte
dicta, Insulae Philippinae Orientales, Regnum Navarrae cum iis pertinentiis
quae hodie pro talibus habentur, Rosas cum pertinentiis suis, loca in littoribus
Affricae sita, regnum Neapolitanum et Siciliae cum suis pertinentiis et in-
sulis adjacentibus quae hodie eo pertinent, sub istis vero non censeatur portus
vocatus Longon, Herculis, Orbitello, et loca et portus ditionis Hispanicae qui
a Finalio ad territorium et confinium usque regni Neapolitani interjacent, sed
maneant ut supra ad portionem Caesaream ; et quia etiam ad possessionem
ejusdem regni Neapolitani et Siciliae obtinendam investitura Summorum
Pontificum necessaria est, pars utraque suo tempore decenter indesinenterque
instabit apud Suam Sanctitatem, tempore evenientis casus existentem, ut earn
quoties opus fuerit de more impertiatur.

150 Doc. 59. France — The Emperor

4. Si vero contingeret, ut alterutri parti in adeunda suae haereditatis por-
tione difficultas oriretur, atque alterius ope indigeret, statuitur ut pars altera
alteri, ubi et quandocunque opus fuerit, terra marique, ad possessionem haere-
ditatis obtinendam reciproca auxilia requirenti, consilio, opere, viribus, armis,
classibus, justo denique exercitu praesto sit succurratque ; sic tamen ut belli
sumptus nulla ratione et praetextu parti requirenti imputentur, sed eos pars
auxilia ferens faciat, et pro requirentis voluntate cum eodem milite, classibus,
aut exercitu, non attentis quibuscunque praetextibus morae, mox iterum in
ditiones proprias recedat.

5. Statutum insuper est, ut neutri partium contra hoc foedus liceat alegare,
valeantque ullae exceptiones juris vel facti, quae hodie sunt vel unquam esse
excogitarive possunt, sed id cum omnibus suis clausulis et articulis firmum con-
stansque et inviolabile sit et maneat usque donee Serenissimus Hispaniarum
Rex Catholicus (quod Ma j estates suae unice exoptant) prima prole auctus
fuerit, et ad sex insuper annos a nativitate prolis computandos, ita ut exactis
his sex annis foedus hoc ipso facto exspiret, et partes obstrictae sint, sua quae-
libet instruments foederis, ratificationis et plenipotentiae recipere tanquam
nunquam quidquam actum fuisset: licitum tamen sit partibus de extensione
foederis durantibus his sex annis porro agere et convenire.

6. Intra mensem a die subscriptionis hujus instrumenti computandum tene-
antur partes suas sibi omnino in optima forma conceptas ratificationes pro se,
uxore, filiis, haeredibus, et successoribus, et quidem Sacra Regia Majestas
Christianissima sub sigillo minori munitas, sua tamen propria manu subscriptas,
et omnes pro tempore solemnitatum solitarum deffectus supplente exhibere,
ubi vero casus supradictus mortis evenerit, indeque necessum erit originalia
instrumenta mutuo commutare, turn insuper, et Sacra Majestas Caesarea,
ejusque filii, haeredes, et successores, itidem et Sacra Regia Majestas Chris-
tianissima, ej usque filii, haeredes, et successores teneantur pro se, uxore, filiis,
haeredibus, et successoribus omnium maxime solemnem ratificationem pariter
ac renunciationem super portione sibi mutuo cessa et attributa ea forma et
clausulis, quae in curia regnoque utriusque validissimae esse judicantur,
praeter supradictas sibi invicem extradere.

7. Pro majori quoque secreto tanti negotii sancitum sit, ut partis utriusque
instrumenta originalia, ratificationes una cum plenipotentiarum tabulis in unum
fasciculum convoluta sigillisque D. Principis ab Auersperg et D. Equitis a
Gremonvilla obseratum includantur, isque fasciculus apud dominum Magnum
Etruriae Ducem deponendus curetur, sic tamen, ut Serenitas sua, a Majestati-
bus suis per utriusque ministros ad id plenipotentia idonea instructos, una
requisita utrique, et Majestati Caesareae et Sacrae Regiae Christianissimae lit—
eras reversales binas ejusdem exempli prius extradat, quibus pro se, filiis, hae-
redibus, et successoribus suis depositionis fidem, custodiam, secretumque,
sancte et in verbo principis promittat, quodque dictum fasciculum depositum
nulli partium seorsim, sed utrisque simul et semel ubi et quoties ab ambabus
partibus una requiretur, fideliter omnique fraude ommissa reddet illaesa.
Partes vero ipsae intra sex septimanas a die supradictae mortis computandas
teneantur dicti fasciculi restitutionem petere, et instrumenta in eo contenta
commutare, indeque altera alterius executionem ubi opus fuerit, et quemad-
modum supra articulo quarto plenius memoratum est, omnino promovere.

8. Sancitum quoque sit, ut nulli partium quacunque de causa aut praetextu
interea sit permissum cum quo unque rege, principe, aut republica ullum foedus
aut pactum ferire, quod huic foederi, directe vel indirecte, in quolibet sui
articulo vel clausula, repugnet, et si quod simile casu vel quavis alia de causa

Vienna, 1668 151

iniretur, id pro ea qua adversatur parte pro irrito nulloque habeatur. Licitum
tamen sit partibus extra Belgium belligerantibus pro eo sibi bello socios pro
voluntate per foedera asciscere, in suo tamen interim vigore manentibus in-
strumento pacis Monasterii Westfalorum concluso, illoque altero ad Pyrreneos
a cognatis duobus regibus inito juratoque.

9. Caeterum cum totius orbis Christiani, maxime vero et Sacrae Caesareae
et Regiae suae Majestatis Christianissimae, eorumque filiorum, haeredum, et
successorum, regnorum, et provinciarum intersit f oedus hocce perpetuum atque
inviolabile esse, atque eveniente casu in exsecutionem effectumque deduci,
suae quoque Majestates nil quieti publicae convenientius existimant, quam id
omnibus suis clausulis sanctissime servari, neque unquam committent ut suae,
suorumque filiorum, haeredum, et successorum in eo exsequendo partes de-
siderentur. Attamen pro majori securitate atque adeo abbundante cautela
nujusce foederis sancitum sit, ut mox a resseratis commutatisque instrumentis
originalibus a Sacra Caesarea et Sacra Regia Maj estate Christianissima,
eorumque filiis, haeredibus, et successoribus, una et simul cum fidejussoribus,
sive ut vocant garantia praestanda decenter requirentur Summus Pontifex in-
primis, dein Serenissimi et Potentissimi Reges Angliae, Sueciae, Daniae,
electores et principes Imperii, Respublica Veneta, Dux Sabaudiae, Magnus
Dux Florentiae, Helyetiae Respublica et Genova atque Ordines Generales
Foederatarum Provinciarum Belgii, et si qui alii pro eo tempore partibus vide-
buntur idonei. In quorum omnium et singulorum fidem majusque robur, nos
duo vi plenipotentiae nostrae instrumentum hocce manibus sigillisque nostris
propriis subscripsimus et munivimus. Datum Viennae die decima nona Janu-
arii, anno milesimo sexgentissimo sexagesimo octavo.

Nos acceptaverimus, aprobaverimus, et ratificaverimus, et per has praesentes
manu et subsignatione nostra corroboratas, approbemus, confirmemus, et rati-
ficemus dictum tractatum et omnes ejusdem articulos suprascriptos, tarn
nostro quam Imoeratricis nostrae sponsae et omnium nostrorum haeredum
et successorum nomine, promittentes sub fide et verbo Caesareo tenere, custo-
dire, et observare inviolabiliter dictum tractatum de puncto et capite in caput
et punctum, secundum ejusdem forman et tenorem sine ulla contra ventione,
nee etiam nos permissuros ut huicce vel per directum vel indirectum ullo modo
vel praetextu, quo modo id fieri posset, contraveniatur. In quorum fidem
hasce praesentes sigillo nostro muniri curavimus. Dabantur in nostra resi-
dentia et urbe Vienna die vigesima octava Februarii, anno millesimo sexcen-
tesimo sexagesimo octavo, regnorum nostrorum Romani decimo, Hungarici
decimo tertio, et Bohemici duodecimo.

Leopoldus.

Joannes Gars Hocher.

Translation.

We, Leopold, by the grace of God emperor of the Romans, ever august,
king of Germany, Hungary, Bohemia, Dalmatia, Croatia, and Slavonia, arch-
duke of Austria, duke of Burgundy, Styria, Carinthia, Carniola, count of
Tyrol and Gorz, etc., Signify to all and singular who shall see these present
letters, that whereas, on the nineteenth of the month of January last past, in
this our residence and city of Vienna, a treaty was entered into and signed in
our name by our privy councillor, Johann Weichard, duke of Munsterberg in
Silesia, and by our favor and that of the Holy Roman Empire prince of Auers-
perg, on the one part, and on the other part by De Gremonville, one of the

152 Doc. 59. France — The Emperor

councillors of state of the Most Serene and Most Christian King of France
and Navarre, lieutenant-general of the royal forces, and knight of Jerusalem,
after their powers had been mutually examined and deemed valid and sufficient,
which treaty we have viewed and examined, and which is of the following
tenor :

In the name of the Most Holy and Indivisible Trinity, Amen.

Be it known to all and singular whom it concerns or may concern, in any way
whatsoever :

After the Most Serene and Most Potent prince and lord, lord Leopold,
elected emperor of the Romans, ever august, king of Germany, Hungary,
Bohemia, Dalmatia, Croatia, Slavonia, etc., archduke of Austria, duke of
Burgundy, etc., count of Gorz and of Tyrol, etc., and the Most Serene and
Most Powerful prince and lord, lord Louis XIV., Most Christian king of
France and Navarre, had assiduously pondered how much it would be for the
good of Christianity, not only to settle quickly the present war in Flanders,
which otherwise might easily inflame neighboring kingdoms, but also entirely
to remove henceforth every occasion, root, and source of heat that might
nourish future wars ; and [had reflected] that none of the kings of Christen-
dom could more fittingly than their Majesties apply themselves to this task
with the greatest zeal, effort, and most intense concern, so that the utmost
precaution might be taken to guard their posterity against the evils of war,
since they are bound together by the closest ties of blood relationship and
marriage alliance, and both are thus bound to the Most Serene and Most
Potent lord, lord Charles the Second, Catholic king of Spain and of the Indies ;
— they therefore have determined to unite still more closely by a mutual league
and for that purpose have given full powers to their ministers, to wit, his
Sacred Imperial Majesty to Johann Weichard, duke of Miinsterberg, prince
of Auersperg of the Holy Roman Empire, of the secret council, etc., and his
Most Christian Sacred Royal Majesty to Jacques Brethel de Gremonville,
knight and commander of the Sacred Order of Jerusalem, councillor of state of
his Most Christian Sacred Royal Majesty, and lieutenant-general in the army
of France, to treat and conclude the present treaty, and these ministers, after
having mutually viewed, examined, and exchanged their full powers, have
sanctioned this present treaty, under obligation that it be ratified, which treaty
is more clearly set forth in the following articles :

1. There shall be a firm and constant peace and friendship and an everlast-
ing alliance between his Sacred Imperial Majesty and his children, heirs, and
successors, kingdoms and provinces, on the one part, and his Sacred Royal
Most Christian Majesty and his children, heirs, and successors, kingdoms and
provinces, on the other part. Each shall promote the advantage of the other,
avert what is disadvantageous, and if, hereafter (as is the way of human af-
fairs) any dissensions, discords, and controversies shall arise, these shall not
be terminated otherwise than by law and amicable measures, without any use
of force or arms.

2. Whereas the States General of the United Provinces of the Netherlands
have undertaken to propose as soon as possible to the Most Serene Catholic
King of Spain as the means of restoring peace, that the following places be
yielded and remain in the perpetual possession and dominion of the Most
Serene, Most Christian King of France — namely, Cambrai, the Cambresis, the
duchy of Luxembourg, or, in its place, Burgundy, commonly called Franche
Comte, Douai, Aire, Saint Omer, Bergues, and Furnes — and his aforesaid
Most Christian Royal Majesty also consents to this for the benefit of peace, and

Vienna, 1668 153

promises in that event to restore all the rest of the places occupied with-
in the year last past, together with Charleroi (whose fortifications never-
theless are to be demolished), provided that before the end of the month
of March next following, the Most Serene Catholic King of Spain shall
agree in due form to this proposal, and at the same time shall negotiate
a peace with Portugal, negotiating as king with king, it is agreed that his
Sacred Imperial Majesty, from the day of the signing and of the mutual rati-
fication of the present treaty, shall be bound by virtue thereof to labor with the
greatest zeal and energy with the Most Serene Queen of Spain, his very beloved
sister, as regent and guardian of her son Charles the Second, Catholic king
of Spain, to bring about an early re-establishment of the former peace between
the related kings, on the basis of the cession and restitution of the aforesaid
places. But if the said proposal, and the Portuguese peace thus made, as king
with king, on the conditions agreed upon between the parties, should be re-
jected by Spain, and the present war should be further prolonged, and by
that means places should come to be occupied which in the future division of
the inheritance should pertain to the portion of his Sacred Imperial Majesty,
and of his children, heirs, and successors, his Most Christian Sacred Royal
Majesty and his children, heirs, and successors, promise religiously and in
good faith to restore, in case of the eventuality, the said places to his Sacred
Imperial Majesty and his children, heirs, and successors, without demanding
anything at all for the expenses of the war. It is further agreed, on both sides,
that if the government of Spain should reject the aforesaid or other such
conditions offered and proposed to them by the States General of the United
Provinces of the Netherlands, his Sacred Imperial Majesty and his children,
heirs, and successors, will not send any aid or assistance directly or indirectly
into Flanders during this war. But if the Most Christian King or his children,
heirs, and successors, or any other person, for any cause whatever, shall carry
the war beyond Flanders into any other kingdoms and provinces whatever,
that are under the jurisdiction of the Catholic King of Spain, his Sacred Im-
perial Majesty and his children, heirs, and successors shall be permitted to
give aid there, that is, in the provinces and kingdoms situated outside Flanders,
and this present treaty of partition of inheritance shall not be broken or
weakened in any way on this account, but shall always be understood as being
and remaining in full force and vigor. Moreover if, through rendering such
aid outside Flanders, war should arise between his Sacred Imperial Majesty
and his Sacred Royal Most Christian Majesty, or their children, heirs, or suc-
cessors, his Sacred Imperial Majesty shall not on that account be permitted,
or allowed in any manner to carry the war, either by himself or by others,
into France, or the provinces incorporated therein, nor shall his Sacred Royal
Most Christian Majesty be permitted to carry the war, whether for himself or
for others, into the kingdoms and hereditary provinces of his Sacred Im-
perial Majesty.

3. Although no thought, and still more, no event could ever in the world be
more painful and grievous to their Majesties than that the Most Serene Cath-
olic King of Spain, their well-beloved relative, allied by marriage to them
both, should die prematurely without children of a lawful marriage, and al-
though they will earnestly beseech the Divine Goodness in their prayers that
this may not happen ; nevertheless, since all human affairs are changing and
transitory, and since it is especially incumbent upon their Majesties to provide
betimes, so far as possible, against the evils that might arise from this death,
and effectively to prevent the fires of a new war, which might easily be kindled
by controversy over so great an inheritance, from consuming too fiercely a

11

154 Doc. 59. France — The Emperor

posterity very dear to each; for these reasons, after long and frequent deliber-
ations upon the matter, and deep reflection upon the state of Europe and the
good of Christianity, some remedy was found necessary, but none [seemed]
more fitting, and, from its most excellent purpose more excusable, than that
a partition should be made just now of the eventual inheritance in case of the
death aforesaid, never to be sufficiently lamented. And so (Divine aid having
been first implored), it has been agreed that if it should happen that his Sacred
Imperial Majesty, or his children, heirs, or successors, and also his Royal Most
Christian Majesty, or his children, heirs, or successors, should survive the Most
Serene Charles the Second, Catholic king of Spain, deceased without children
born of lawful marriage, a partition of the whole inheritance of the Spanish
monarchy shall then, in case of that eventuality, be made, and be effective in
the following manner — To his Sacred Imperial Majesty and his children,
heirs, and successors, there shall go as their portion of the inheritance, the
kingdom of Spain (except those to be excepted, respecting which explanation
will be made below) , the West Indies, the Duchy of Milan, with the right which
pertains to it of giving the investiture of the duchy of Sienna, Finale, the ports
called Longone, Ercole, Orbetello, and the other ports which are subject to the
law of Spain, on the shore of the Ligurian sea, commonly called the sea of
Tuscany, along to the borders or territory of the kingdom of Naples, the island
of Sardinia, the Canaries, the Balearic Islands, commonly called Majorca,
Minorca, and Iviza ; and to his Sacred Royal Most Christian Majesty, and to
his children, heirs, and successors there shall fall and accrue as the portion of
their inheritance, all of Flanders which Spain possesses (under which is also
comprehended Burgundy, called Franche Comte), the Philippine Islands, in the
East, the kingdom of Navarre with its dependencies, such as are so regarded
to-day, Rosas, with its dependencies, the places situated on the coasts of Africa,
the kingdom of Naples and Sicily with its dependencies and adjacent islands,
which pertain to it to-day, but without including thereunder the ports called
Longone, Ercole, Orbetello, and the places and ports under Spanish sovereignty
which lie between Finale and the territory and frontier of the kingdom of
Naples, but these remain, as aforesaid, to the portion of the Emperor, and
because also investiture by the Supreme Pontiffs is necessary for obtaining pos-
session of the said kingdom of Naples and Sicily, both parties shall, at the
proper time, fittingly and persistently solicit His Holiness who shall occupy
the Holy See at the time when the eventuality occurs, that he may bestow it
wherever necessary, according to custom.

4. But if it should happen that either party should meet with any difficulty
in entering into its share of the inheritance, and should need aid from the other,
it is agreed that the one party shall aid and assist the other party, that asks for
reciprocal aid, where and whenever necessary, by land and sea, to obtain pos-
session of its inheritance, [aiding] with counsel, action, forces, arms, ships,
and finally with a sufficient army ; so nevertheless that the costs of the war
shall not for any reason or pretext be charged to the party requiring aid,
but the party bringing aid shall bear them * and at the desire of the one requir-
ing aid, the other shall speedily retire again into his own dominions, with the
same soldiery, fleet, or army, no pretext whatsoever for delay being considered.

5. Moreover it is determined that neither party shall be permitted to bring
forward against this treaty, nor shall they be valid, any exceptions, either of
law or of fact, which exist at present, or can ever exist or be devised, but that
it shall be and remain firm, constant, and inviolable, in all its clauses and articles,
until the Most Serene Catholic King of Spain, in accordance with the especial
desire of their Majesties, shall be increased with a first child, and until the end

Vienna, 1668 155

of a period of six years, reckoned from the birthday of the child, so that these
six years being completed, this treaty expires, ipso facto, and the parties shall
be obliged to take back all their instruments of treaty, ratification, and full
powers, as if nothing had ever been done. Nevertheless during these six
years the parties may negotiate and agree respecting extension of the treaty.

6. The parties shall be held (within a month from the day of the signing of
this instrument) to present, on behalf of themselves, their wives, children, heirs,
and successors, their ratifications drawn up in the best possible form, and
that of his Most Christian Sacred Royal Majesty, sealed with the petty seal,
but signed with his own hand, and supplying all deficiencies in the usual formal-
ities resulting from the circumstances ; but in case the aforesaid death should
occur and it should therefore be necessary to exchange reciprocally the original
instruments, then, indeed, besides the aforesaid ratifications, both his Sacred
Imperial Majesty, and his children, heirs, and successors, and in like manner
his Most Christian Sacred Royal Majesty, and his children, heirs, and succes-
sors, shall be held reciprocally to deliver in behalf of themselves, their wives,
children, heirs, and successors, a most solemn ratification and renunciation of
everything respecting the portion mutually ceded and attributed to each of them,
using such form and clauses as are judged to be most valid in the court and
kingdom of each.

7. Moreover, for the greater secrecy of so important a matter, it is decreed
that the original instruments and ratifications of either party, together with the
full powers, shall be rolled into a bundle, fastened with the seals of the lord
Prince of Auersperg and of the lord Chevalier de Gremonville, and this bundle
shall be carefully deposited with the lord Grand Duke of Tuscany ; so, never-
theless, that his Serenity shall previously deliver to both his Imperial Majesty
and his Sacred Royal Most Christian Majesty, two revocatory letters of the
same purport, upon the requisition of either of their Majesties through their
ministers instructed with full powers sufficient for that purpose, by which
letters his Serenity shall promise religiously and on the word of a prince, in
behalf of himself, his children, heirs, and successors, the security, safe-keeping,
and secrecy of the deposit, and that he will not return the said deposited bundle
to either of the parties separately, but will deliver it faithfully and without
fraud to both of them at the same time and place where and whenever it shall
be required by both parties together. But the parties themselves shall be bound
within six weeks from the day of the aforesaid death to seek the restitution
of the said bundle and to exchange the instruments contained in it and mutually
to procure their execution as shall be necessary, and in the manner more fully
set forth above in the fourth article.

8. It is also established that neither of the parties shall be permitted mean-
while, for any cause or pretext whatsoever, to make any treaty or covenant
with any king, prince, or republic, which is directly or indirectly repugnant to
this treaty in any of its articles or clauses, and if any such shall be entered into
by chance or for any other reason, it shall be considered as void and of no
effect, as regards that party to which it is adverse. Nevertheless the parties,
when making war outside Flanders, shall be permitted by means of treaties to
acquire allies for themselves at will for such a war, the treaty of peace of
Miinster in Westphalia and the other treaty made and sworn to at the Pyrenees
by the two related kings remaining nevertheless in force.

9. For the rest since it is of interest to the whole Christian world, and
especially to his Sacred Imperial Majesty and his Sacred Royal Most Chris-
tian Majesty, and to their children, heirs, and successors, kingdoms, and prov-
inces, that this treaty should be perpetual and inviolable, and, in case of the

156 Doc. 59. France — The Emperor

eventuality be put into execution and effect, their Majesties consider nothing
more conducive to the public tranquillity than that the treaty should be most
religiously observed in all its clauses, nor will they permit that they, or their
sons, heirs, and successors, should ever be guilty of failure to carry it out.
Nevertheless for the greater security and very abundant surety of this treaty,
it is established that immediately after the original instruments have been
opened and exchanged, first the Supreme Pontiff, and afterwards the Most
Serene and Most Potent Kings of England, Sweden, Denmark, the electors
and princes of the Empire, the Republic of Venice, the Duke of Savoy, the
Grand Duke of Florence, the Republic of Switzerland, and Genoa and the
States General of the United Provinces of the Netherlands, and any others who
shall at that time seem to the parties suitable, shall be in proper terms invited
by his Sacred Imperial Majesty and his Most Christian Sacred Royal Majesty
and their children, heirs, and successors to act with the sureties or guarantors.
In faith of these things, all and singular, and for their greater force, we two
by virtue of our full powers, have signed this instrument with our own hands,
and sealed it with our seals. Given at Vienna on the nineteenth of January,
1668.

We have accepted, approved, and ratified, and by these presents, strengthened
by our hand and seal, we approve, confirm, and ratify the said treaty and all its
above-written articles, in our name, as well as that of our wife the Empress,
and of all our heirs and successors, promising by our faith and imperial word to
hold, keep, and inviolably observe the said treaty, point for point, and head for
head, according to its form and tenor, without any contravention, nor will we
permit it to be contravened directly or indirectly, in any way or under any
pretext that may be.

In faith whereof we have caused these presents to be strengthened by our
seal. Given in our residence and in the city of Vienna, on the twenty-eighth
of February, 1668, the tenth year of our Roman, the thirteenth of our Hun-
garian, and the twelfth of our Bohemian reign.

Leopold.

Johann Gars Hocher.

60.

Treaty of peace between Portugal and Spain, concluded at Lisbon,
February 13, 1668, N. S., by the mediation of Great Britain.
Ratification by King Alfonso VI. of Portugal, March 3,
1668 \ and by the Prince Regent Dom Pedro of Portugal, May
15, 1668. [Ratification by Spain, February 23, 1668.]

Introduction.

In the latter part of 1667, after Great Britain had made peace with the
United Netherlands and France at Breda,1 and while France and Spain were
still at war,2 each of the belligerents tried to win the support of England. The
terms offered by Louis XIV., unacceptable as a whole, provided that if Charles
II. would attack Spain in the West Indies, Louis would help him to take
possession of the islands ; and that if the Dutch violated the treaty which
they had concluded with France in 1662, France and England would divide the
world commerce of the Dutch between themselves.3 In the negotiations con-
ducted at Madrid, the English ambassador, the Earl of Sandwich, demanded
large concessions in respect to colonial trade as the price of an offensive and
defensive alliance. He proposed, " an assiento ; he suggested that Spain should
give [the English] liberty to send one ship yearly to the Philippines, three
vessels to Buenos Ayres, two with the galleons, and two to New Spain, there
to enjoy freedom of commerce. He also asked security for any conquests made
in America or Africa, and the acknowledgment of lawful right and possession,
if made from the enemies of Spain. And if Spain made new conquests, the
English there were to have a grant of equal privileges." But Spain was not
yet ready to depart so far from her policy of exclusion.4

While these negotiations with the belligerents were in progress, the English
were also treating with the Dutch government, which, alarmed by the successes

1 Docs. 57 and 58.

2 See above, pp. 143-144.

3 Mignet, Negotiations relatives a la Succession d'Espagne, II. 519; the pro jet of a
proposed league sent by Louis XIV. to Charles II. on January 4, 1668, contained the
following article :

" Si le roi de la Grande-Bretagne veut songer a la conquete des Indes occidentales des
Espagnols, ou ceux-ci lui ont refuse tout commerce dans les ports qui leur appartien-
nent, S. M. tres-chretienne l'assistera d'une escadre de ses vaisseaux de tel nombre
dont on conviendra pour lui donner plus de moyens de faire cette conquete-la, qui lui
sera raeme tres-aisee, les Espagnols ayant autant d'occupation qu'ils en ont en Europe ;
ou bien, au lieu de ladite escadre, le roi fournira au roi de la Grande-Bretagne, a son
option, une somme de 200,000 ecus par an pour l'aider a armer un plus grand nombre
de vaisseaux, afin de faire ladite conquete." Mignet, op. tit., II. 545.

4 F. R. Harris, Life of Edward Mountagu, First Earl of Sandwich, II. 112, 113.

157

158 Doc. 60. Portugal — Spain

of Louis XIV. in the Spanish Netherlands, desired to form an alliance with
Great Britain to preserve Flanders. In accordance with the demands of Parlia-
ment the anti-Dutch policy of Great Britain was suddenly reversed. On Janu-
ary 23, 1668, the English envoy extraordinary to the States General, Sir
William Temple, concluded with De Witt and the other Dutch commissioners
three treaties : a defensive alliance ; a mutual agreement to oblige France and
Spain to make peace on the basis of the " alternatives " already proposed by
France or of an equivalent ; 5 and secret articles which included provisions that
the Franco-Spanish peace should contain nothing prejudicial to the rights of
either signatory with respect to the Spanish succession, and that Great Britain
and the States General should mediate a peace between Spain and Portugal.0
A few months later Sweden joined this league, known as the Triple Alliance.
A political revolution in Portugal, in the latter part of 1667, facilitated the
conclusion of peace between the Peninsular powers. King Alfonso VI. was de-
posed ; the people demanded the assembling of the Cortes, which met in Janu-
ary, 1668; there was a strong popular reaction, expressed in part through the
Cortes, against the French alliance and in favor of peace with Spain. This
feeling was strengthened when the English envoy at Lisbon, Sir Robert South-
well, reported that the Queen Regent of Spain had empowered the Marquis
of Carpio, Spanish prisoner in Lisbon, to treat for peace. Urged by the Earl
of Sandwich, English ambassador at Madrid, the Spanish government, fearing
that Louis XIV. would renew hostilities in the spring, was willing to make
concessions. In January, 1668, Sandwich arrived in Lisbon, bringing full
powers and a project of thirteen articles.7 Despite the protests of the French
ambassador at Lisbon, who threatened dire consequences if the peace were
made, the commissioners of both sides signed the articles with a few changes,
after conferring for only four days. The terms differed little from those which
were signed by Fanshawe in 1666 but not then ratified.8 They recognized the
right of the sovereign ruler of Portugal to the title of king, and the fourth article
provided that both parties should enjoy the privileges accorded to the English
by the treaty of May 23, 1667.9 This treaty had expressly extended to the
English the benefits which Spain had conceded to the Dutch by the treaty of
Minister.10 Hence the treaty of peace between the Peninsular powers involved
Spain's recognition of the right of Portugal to the territories and trade that
the latter actually possessed in America, Asia, and Africa. It prohibited the
Portuguese from frequenting the Philippines, and forbade Portuguese and
Spaniards from sailing to and trafficking in each other's possessions in America.

5 These "alternatives" are referred to in Doc. 59, pp. 145, 148, 152-153.

6 Texts of the treaties, with English translations, are in The Works of Sir William
Temple (1814), I. 344-360.

7 Harris, op. cit., II. 126.

8 Ibid., p. 132.

9 Doc. 55.

10 Davenport, European Treaties to 1648, Doc. 40.

Lisbon, 1668 159

Bibliography.

Text: MSS. The original manuscripts of the ratifications by King Alfonso
VI. and by Dom Pedro, the prince regent, are in the London Public Record
Office, State Papers Foreign, Treaty Papers, Portugal, no. 387.

Text : Printed. J. F. Borges de Castro, Collecgdo dos Tratados de Portugal
(1856-1858), I. 357-372; J. A. de Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccion de los
Tratados de Espana: Reynado de Carlos II. (1751-1752), I. 292-316;
J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VII., pt. I., pp. 70-74
(Spanish text from contemporary official print).

Translations: English. Memoirs of the Sieur [Fremont] d'Ablancourt
(1703), pp. 247-253. French. Memoires de M. Fremont d 'Ablancourt
(1701), pp. 361-370.

References: Contemporary and early writings. [T. Carte], History of
the Revolutions of Portugal, with Letters of Sir Robert Southwell during
his Embassy there (1740), pp. 207-374, passim ; F. A. A. Mignet, Negoti-
ations (1835-1842), II. 571-577; Viscount de Santarem, Quadro Ele-
mentar (1842-1876), torn. IV., pt. II., pp. 603-608, XVIII. , 96-109;
Memoires de M. Fremont d'Ablancourt (1701), pp. 346-352; Memoirs
of the Sieur [Fremont'] d'Ablancourt (1703), pp. 236-240.

References: Later writings. F. R. Harris, Life of Edward Mountagu,
K. G., First Earl of Sandwich (1912), II. 1 14-139; H. Schaefer,
Geschichte von Portugal (1838-1854), IV. 670-676; Viscount de San-
tarem, op. cit., torn. IV., pt. II., pp. ccxxxv-ccxli.

Text.

11

Dom Pedro 12 por graga de Deos principe de Portugal e dos Algarves d'aquem
e d'allem mar em Africa, senhor de Guine e da conquista, navegagao, e com-
mergio da Etiopia, Arabia, Persia, e da India, etc., como successor, governador,
e regente destes reynos e senhorios, Fago saber aos que esta minha carta patente
de approvagao, ratificagao, e confirmagao virem, que nesta cidade de Lisboa no
convento de Sancto Eloy em os treze dias do mes de Fevereiro do anno de mil
e seiscentos e sessenta e outo se ajustou, concluio, e assinou o tratado de paz
perpetua entre estes ditos reynos e os de Castella, do qual o traslado he o
seguinte.

Dom Afonso por graga de Deos rey de Portugal e dos Algarves d'aquem e
d'allem mar em Africa, senhor de Guine e da conquista, navegagao, e commergio
de Etiopia, Arabia, Persia, e da India, etc. Fago saber a todos os que esta
minha carta patente de approvagao, ratificagao, e confirmagao virem, que nesta
cidade de Lisboa no convento de Sancto Eloy em os treze diaz do mes de
Fevereiro desto anno prezente de mil seiscentos sessenta e outo se ajustou,
concluio, e assinou hum tratado de paz entre mim, meus successores, e meus
reynos, e o Muito Alto e Serenissimo principe Dom Carlos Segundo, rey
Catolico das Espanhas, seus successores, e seus reynos, com Dom Gaspar de
Haro Guzman e Aragao, marques del Carpio, commissario deputado para este
efeito em virtude do poder e procuragao da Muito Alta e Serenissima rainha
Dona Mari' Anna de Austria, como tutora da real pessoa de el rey seu filho, e

11 The text is taken from the original Portuguese ratifications in the P. R. O., St. Pap.
For., Treaty Papers, Portugal, no. 387.

12 Pedro, afterward Pedro II., had imprisoned his brother King Alfonso VI., and
made himself regent of the kingdom.

160 Doc. 60. Portugal — Spain

governadora de todos seus reynos e senhorios, de hua parte, e da outra os com-
missarios deputados por mim abaxo declarados, intervindo tambem como medi-
ador e fiador do dito tratado em nome do Muito Alto e Serenissimo principe
Carlos Segundo, rey de Gra Bretanha meu bom irmao o Conde de Sanduick
seu embaxador extraordinario com poder, que para o dito efeito presentou,
doqual dito tratado reduzido a treze artigos e poderes, o teor he o que se segue.

Artigos de paz entre o Muito Alto e Serenissimo principe Dom Carlos Segun-
do, rey Catholico, seus successores, e seus reynos, e o Muito Alto e Serenis-
simo principe Dom Afonso Sexto, rey de Portugal, seus successores, e seus
reynos, a mediacao do Muito Alto e Serenissimo principe Carlos Segundo, rey
de Gra Bretanha, irmao de hu, e aliado muito antiguo de ambos, ajustados por
Dom Gaspar de Haro Gusman e Aragao, marques del Carpio, como plenipo-
tencjario de sua Majestade Catholica, e Dom Nuno Alvrez Pereira, duque do
Cadaval, Dom Vasco Luiz da Gama, marques de Nisa, Dom Joao da Silva,
marques de Gouvea, Dom Antonio Luiz de Meneses, marques de Marialva,
Enrique de Sousa Tavares de Silva, conde de Miranda, e Pedro Vieira da
Silva, como plenipotentiaries de sua Magestade de Portugal, e Duarte, conde
de Sanduick, plenipotencjario de sua Majestade da Gra Bretanba, mediador e
fiador da dita paz em virtude dos poderes seguintes.

[Here follow the powers given by the kings of Spain, Portugal, and Great
Britain to their above-mentioned plenipotentiaries.]

Em nome da Sanctissima Trindade, Padre, Filho, e Spirito Santo, tres
Pessoas e hu So Deos Verdadeiro.

1. Primeiramente declarao os senhores Reis Catholico e de Portugal, que
pello presente tratado f azem e estabelecem em seus nomes, de suas coroas, e de
seus vassallos hua paz perpetua, boa, firme, e inviolavel, que comecara do dia da
publicacjio deste tratado, que se f ara em termo de quinze dias, cessando desde
logo todos os actos de hostilidade de qualquer maneira que seiao entre suas
coroas, por terra e por mar, em todos seus reynos, senhorios, e vassallos de
qualquer qualidade e condigao, que seiao sem exceiqao de lugares nem de pes-
soas ; e se declara que hao de ser quinze dias para rataficar o tratado, e quinze
para se publicar.

4. Os ditos vassallos e moradores de hua e de outra parte, terao recipro-
camente a mesma seguranza, liberdades, e privilegios, que estao acordados com
os subditos do Serenissimo Rey da Gra Bretanha pelo tratado de 23 de Mayo
de 1667, e do outro do anno de 1630, no em que este tratado esta ainda empe,
assim e da maneira como se todos aquelles artigos, em razao do comercjo e
immunidades tocantes a elle, forao aqui expressamente declarados, sem excei-
cao de artigo algu, mudando somente o nome em favor de Portugal ; e destes
mesmos privilegios uszara a nacao Portuguesa nos reynos de S. Majestade
Catholica assim e da maneira que o usavao em tempo do dito Rey Dom Sebas-
tiao.

5. E porque he necessario hu largo tempo para se poder publicar este tratado
nas partes mais distantes dos senhorios de hu e outro rey, para cessarem
entre elles todos os actos de hostilidade, se acordou que esta paz comecara
nas ditas partes, da publicacao que della se fizer em Espanha a hu anno
seguinte; mas se o aviso de paz puder chegar antes a aquelles lugares, ces-
sarao desde entao todos os actos de hostilidade; e se, passado o dito anno,
se cometer por qualquer das partes algu acto de hostilidade, se satisfara todo
a danno que delle nacer.

Lisbon, 1668 161

10. A coroa de Portugal, pelos interesses que reciproca e inseparavelmente
tem com a de Inglaterra, podera entrar a parte de qualquer liga ou ligas offen-
siva e defensiva, que as ditas coroas de Inglaterra e Catolica fizerem entresi,
juntamente com quaesquer confederados seus, e as condigoes e obrigagoes re-
ciprocas que em tal caso se ajustarem ou se acrescentarem aodiante, se terao
e guardarao inviolavelmente em virtude deste tratado, assim e da maneira como
se estiverao particularmente expressadas nelle, e estiverao ja nomeados os
colligados.

11. Prometem os sobreditos senhores Reys Catblico e de Portugal de na faz-
erem nada contra e em perjuizo desta paz, nem consentir se faga, directa ou
indirectamente, e se acaso se fizer, de o reparar sem nenhua dilagao ; e para
observangia de tudo o assima conteudo se obrigao com o Serenissimo Rey da
Gra Bretanha, como mediador e fiador desta paz ; e para firmeza de tudo
renungiao todas as leys, costumes, ou cousa que f aga em contrario.

12. Esta paz sera publicada por todas as partes donde convier, o mais
brevemente que ser possa despois da ratificagao destes artigos pelos senhores
Reys Catolico e de Portugal, e entregues reciprocamente na forma costumada.

13. Finalmente serao os presentes artigos e paz nelles conteuda ratificados
tambem e reconhecidos pelo Serenissimo Rey da Gra Bretanha, como mediador
e fiador della por cada hua das partes, dentro de quatro meses despois de sua
ratificagao.

Todas as quaes cousas nestes artigos referidas f orao acordadas, estabalecidas,
e concluidas por nos Dom Gaspar de Haro Gusman e Aragao, marques del
Carpio, Duarte conde de Sanduich, Dom Nuno Alvrez Pereira, duque do
Cadaval, Dom Vasco Luis da Gama, marques de Nisa, Dom Joao da Silva,
marques de Gouvea, Dom Antonio Luis de Meneses, marques de Marialva,
Enrique de Sousa Tavares de Silva, conde de Miranda, e Pedro Vieira da
Silva, commissarios deputados para este efeito em virtude das plenipotengias
que ficao declaradas em nome de suas Majestades Catolica, da Gra Bretanha,
e de Portugal, em cuja fe, firmeza, e testimunho de verdade fizemos este
presente tratado firmado de nossas maos, e sellado com o sello de nossas armas.
Em Lisboa no convento de Sancto Eloy a os 13 de Fevereiro de 1668. Don
Gaspar de Haro Guzman e Aragao. Conde de Sanduich. O Duque Mar-
ques de Perreira. Marques de Niza almirante da India. Marques de Gouvea
mordomo mor. Marques de Marialva. Conde de Miranda. Pedro Vieira
da Silva.

E havendo eu visto o dito tratado de paz perpetua, despois de considerado
e examinado com toda a attencao, hey por bem aceitallo, aprovallo, ratificallo,
e confirmallo, como em efeito por esta minha carta patente o ageito, aprovo,
ratifico, e confirmo, prometendo em meu nome, no de meus successores e meus
reynos, de observar, guardar, e cumprir, e de fazer observar, guardar, e cum-
prir inviolavelmente todas as cousas nelle conteudas, sem admittir que por mo-
do ou acontecimento algu, que haja ou possa haver, directa ou indirectamente,
se contradiga ou va contra elle, e se se houver f eito ou se fizer em algua maneira
cousa em contrario de o madar reparar, sem dificuldade ou dilagao algua, casti-
gar e mandar castigar os que f orem nisso complices, com todo o rigor ; e tudo
o referido prometo e me obrigo guardar debaxo de fe e palavra de rey, em
meu nome, no de meus successores e reynos, e da hipoteca e obrigagao de todos
os bes e rendas geraes e especiaes, presentes e f uturas delles. E em f e e firmeza
de tudo mandey passar a presente carta por mim assinada e sellada com o

162 Doc. 60. Portugal — Spain

sello grande de minhas armas. Dada na cidade de Lisboa a os tres dias do mes
de Margo (Luiz Teixeira de Carvalho a fez) anno do Nacimento de Nosso
Senhor Jesu Cristo de mil e seiscentos e sessenta e outo. Pedro Vieira da
Silva o fiz escrever.

O Principe.

E porque o dito tratado de paz f oy aprovado, ratificado, e confirmado pelos
sobreditos reys de Portugal, Castella, e da Gra Bretanha como mediador e
fiador delle, e solenemente publicado assim nesta cidado como na villa de
Madrid, e o mesmo se fez em todo o reyno a suas conquistas, e eu deseio que
da mesma maneira se continue e perpetue por mim e meus successores na
coroa destes reynos, hey por bem aceitallo, aprovallo, ratificallo, e confirmallo,
e por esta minha carta patente o aceito, aprovo, ratifico, e confirmo, e prometo
em meu nome, no de meus successores e reynos, de observar, guardar, e f azer
observar, guardar, e cumprir inviolavelmente todas as cousas nelle conteudas,
sem admitir que por modo ou acontecjmento algu que haja ou possa haver,
directa ou indirectamente, se contradiga ou va contra elle ; e se se houver f eito
ou se fizer em algua maneira cousa em contrario, de o mandar reparar, sem
dificuldade ou dilagao algua, castigar e mandar castigar os que forem nisso
complices, com todo o rigor ; e tudo o ref erido prometo e me obrigo guardar
debaxo da fe e palavra real, em meu nome, no de meus successores e destes
reynos, e da hipoteca e obrigacao de todos os bes e rendas, geraes e especiaes,
presentes e futuras delles ; e em f e e flrmeza de tudo mandey passar a presente
carta por mim assinada e sellada com o sello grande de minhas armas. Dada na
cidade de Lisboa a os quinze dias do mes de Mayo do anno do Nacimento de
Nosso Senhor Jesu Cristo de mil e seiscentos e sessenta e outo. P. Janches
Farinha o fes escrever.

O Princepe.

Translation.

Dom Pedro, by the grace of God prince of Portugal and of the Algarves
on this side and beyond the sea in Africa, of Guinea and of the conquest, navi-
gation, and commerce of Ethiopia, Arabia, Persia, and India, etc., as successor,
governor, and regent of these kingdoms and lordships — I make known to all
who shall see this my letter patent of approval, ratification, and confirmation,
that in the city of Lisbon, in the convent of St. Eloi, on the thirteenth day of
the month of February of this present year, 1668, there was adjusted, con-
cluded, and signed the treaty of perpetual peace between these said kingdoms
and those of Castile, a copy of which is as follows :

Dom Alfonso, by the grace of God king of Portugal and of the Algarves on
this side and beyond the sea in Africa, lord of Guinea and of the conquest, navi-
gation, and commerce of Ethiopia, Arabia, Persia, and India, etc. — I make
known to all who shall see this my letter patent of approval, ratification, and
confirmation, that in this city of Lisbon, in the convent of St. Eloi, on the
thirteenth day of the month of February of this present year, 1668, there was
adjusted, concluded, and signed a treaty of peace between me, my successors,
and my kingdoms, and the Very High and Most Serene prince Don Carlos
II., Catholic king of Spain, his successors and his kingdoms, by Don Gaspar
de Haro Guzman y Aragon, marquis of Carpio, commissioner deputed for this
purpose by virtue of the power and procuration of the Very High and Most
Serene queen, Dona Maria Anna of Austria, as guardian of the royal person
of the Catholic king, her son, and governor of all his kingdoms and dominions,

Lisbon, 1668 163

on the one part, and on the other part by the commissioners deputed by me,
mentioned below, and likewise in the name of the Very High and Most Serene
prince Charles the Second, king of Great Britain, my good brother, the Earl
of Sandwich, his ambassador extraordinary, intervening as mediator and
guarantor of the said treaty, with power which he has exhibited for this pur-
pose. The tenor of this treaty, reduced to thirteen articles, and the tenor of
the powers, is as follows :

Articles of peace between the Very High and Most Serene Prince Don
Carlos the Second, Catholic king, his successors and his kingdoms, and the
Very High and Most Serene prince Dom Alfonso Sixth, king of Portugal,
his successors and his kingdoms, through the mediation of the Very High and
Most Serene prince Charles the Second, king of Great Britain, brother of one,
and very ancient ally of both, adjusted by Don Gaspar de Haro Guzman y
Aragon, marquis of El Carpio, as plenipotentiary of his Catholic Majesty,
and Dom Nuno Alvrez Pereira, duke of Cadaval, Dom Vasco Luiz da Gama,
marquis of Niza, Dom Joao da Silva, marquis of Gouvea, Dom Antonio Luiz
de Menezez, marquis of Marialva, Henrique de Souza Tavarez da Silva, count
of Miranda, and Pedro Vieira da Silva, as plenipotentiaries of his Majesty
of Portugal, and Edward, earl of Sandwich, plenipotentiary of his Majesty
of Great Britain, mediator and guarantor of the said peace, by virtue of the
following powers.

[Here follow the powers given by the Kings of Spain, of Portugal, and
of Great Britain to their abovementioned plenipotentiaries.]

In the name of the Most Holy Trinity, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, three
distinct persons, and only One True God.

1. First, the lords the Catholic King and the King of Portugal declare that
by the present treaty they make and confirm in their own names, and in those
of their crowns and subjects, a perpetual, sincere, firm, and inviolable peace,
which shall begin from the day of the publication of this treaty (which shall
be within the period of fifteen days), immediately after which there shall be a
cessation of all acts of hostility of every kind, on land and on sea, in all their
kingdoms and dominions, between their crowns and their subjects, of what-
soever quality and condition they may be, without exception of places or per-
sons. And it is declared that this treaty shall be ratified in fifteen days and
published in fifteen days thereafter.

4. The said subjects and inhabitants, of either side, shall reciprocally enjoy
the same privileges in the kingdoms of his Catholic Majesty in the manner
the Most Serene King of Great Britain by the treaty of May 23, 1667, and by
that of the year 1630, in so far as that treaty is still in force, in the form and
manner, as if all these articles regarding commerce and immunities relating
thereto, were here expressly declared, without exception of any article, only
changing the name in favor of Portugal ; and the Portuguese nation shall enjoy
the same privileges in the kingdoms of his Catholic Majesty in the manner
that, and as, they enjoyed them in the time of the said king Don Sebastian.

5. And since it will necessarily be a long time before this treaty can be
published in the most remote parts of the dominions of either king, in order
nevertheless that all acts of hostility shall cease between them, it is agreed
that this peace shall begin in those parts within a year from the date of its
publication in Spain ; but if news of the peace can reach those places sooner,

164 Doc. 60. Portugal — Spain

all acts of hostility shall cease from that time, and if after the expiration of
the said year, any act of hostility shall be committed by either party, all the
damages resulting therefrom shall be satisfied.

10. The crown of Portugal, because of the interests that it has reciprocally
and inseparably with the crown of England, may enter into any league or
leagues, offensive and defensive, that the said crowns of England and Spain
shall make between themselves, together with any of their allies; and the
conditions and reciprocal obligations which shall be agreed upon in that case,
or which shall afterwards be added, shall be inviolably kept and observed by
virtue of this treaty, as much as if they were expressly mentioned therein, and
as if the allies were already named.

11. The aforesaid lords, the Catholic King and the King of Portugal, promise
to do nothing against or to the prejudice of this peace, nor to allow anything
to be done against it, directly or indirectly, and if anything should happen to
be done against it, to repair it without any delay ; and they bind themselves
with the lord King of Great Britain, as mediator and guarantor of this peace,
for the observance of all that is contained above ; and for the security of the
whole they renounce all laws, customs, or anything contrary to it.

12. This peace shall be published in all places agreed on, as soon as possible
after the ratification of these articles by the lords the Catholic King and the
King of Portugal, and after the ratifications are exchanged reciprocally in the
customary manner.

13. Finally, the present articles and the peace contained in them shall like-
wise be ratified and acknowledged by the Most Serene King of Great Britain
as mediator and guarantor thereof, on behalf of each of the parties, within
four months after its ratification.

All which things contained in these articles were accorded, established, and
concluded by us, Don Gaspar de Haro Guzman y Aragon, marquis of El Car-
pio, Edward, earl of Sandwich, Dom Nufio Alvrez Pereira, duke of Cadaval,
Dom Vasco Luiz da Gama, marquis of Niza, Dom Joao da Silva, marquis of
Gouvea, Dom Antonio Luiz de Menezez, marquis of Marialva, Henrique de
Souza Tavarez da Silva, count of Miranda, and Pedro Vieira da Silva, commis-
sioners deputed for this purpose by virtue of the full powers which are written
in the name of their Majesties of Spain, of Great Britain, and of Portugal. In
witness and confirmation whereof, and in testimony of its truth, we have made
this present treaty, signed by our hands and sealed with the seal of our arms.
In Lisbon in the convent of St. Eloi, February 13, 1668, Don Gaspar de Haro
y Guzman. Earl of Sandwich. Duke Marquis of Perreira. Marquis of
Niza, admiral of India. Marquis of Gouvea, chief steward. Marquis of
Marialva. Count of Miranda. Pedro Vieira da Silva.

And I, having seen the said treaty of perpetual peace, and after having
considered and examined it with all attention, have accepted, approved, rati-
fied, and confirmed it as good, as in effect, by this my letter patent, I accept,
approve, ratify, and confirm it, promising in my name and in that of my suc-
cessors and my kingdoms, to observe, keep, and fulfill, and to cause to be in-
violably observed, kept, and fulfilled, everything contained therein, without
admitting that in any way or event which may or can be, it shall be contradicted
or violated directly or indirectly ; and if anything to the contrary shall have
been done or shall be done, in any manner, orders shall be given to repair it,
without any difficulty or delay ; to punish and order to be punished rigorously

Lisbon, 1668 165

those who were accomplices in it ; and I promise and bind myself to observe
all the aforesaid, on the faith and word of a king, in my name, in that of my
successors and kingdoms, and under the pledge and obligation of all goods and
revenues, general and special, present and future. And in witness and security
of all the above I have ordered the present letter to be issued, signed by me,
and sealed with the great seal of my arms. Done in the city of Lisbon, March
3 (Luiz Teixeira de Carvalho made it) in the year of the nativity of Our
Lord Jesus Christ 1668. Pedro Vieira da Silva caused it to be written.

The Prince.

And inasmuch as the said treaty of peace has been approved, ratified, and con-
firmed, by the aforesaid Kings of Portugal and Castile, and by the King of
Great Britain as mediator and guarantor thereof, and solemnly published both
in this city and in the town of Madrid, and the same has been done in all the
kingdom and its conquests, and I desire that it shall be continued and per-
petuated in the same manner by me and by my successors to the crown of these
kingdoms, I have willingly accepted, anproved, ratified, and confirmed it, and
by this my letter patent 1 accept, approve, ratify, and confirm it, and I promise
in my name and in that of my successors and kingdoms to observe, keep, and
cause to be observed, kept, and inviolably fulfilled all the things contained there-
in, without admitting that in any way or event that may or can be, directly
or indirectly, it shall be contradicted or violated, and if anything to the con-
trary shall have been done or shall be done in any manner, I will order it to be
repaired without difficulty or delay, and punish and order to be punished rig-
orously those who were accomplices in it. And I promise and bind myself to
keep all the above, on the royal faith and word, in my name and in that of my
successors, and in that of these kingdoms, and under the pledge and obligation
of all goods and revenues, general and special, present and future. And in faith
and confirmation of all these things I have ordered the present letter to be
issued, signed by me, and sealed with the great seal of my arms. Done in the
city of Lisbon, May 15, in the year of the nativity of Our Lord Jesus Christ
1668. P. Janches Farinha has caused it to be written.

The Prince.

61.

Treaty of guaranty of all the states of the King of Spain, con-
cluded betzveen Great Britain, Sweden, and the United
Netherlands, at the Hague, May y, 1669, N. S. [Ratification
by England, May 17/ ' 2j, 1669; ratification by Sweden, May
19, 1669.}

Introduction.

The successes of Louis XIV. in the War of Devolution 1 having alarmed his
neighbors, in January, 1668, the Dutch, English, and, conditionally, the Swed-
ish governments united in a Triple Alliance 2 for the purpose of compelling
France and Spain to make peace, and of guaranteeing that peace after it
should have been concluded. The King of Sweden promised to engage in
the League on an equal footing with the other two powers, whenever they
should satisfy him with respect to the subsidies which he claimed as reimburse-
ment for having maintained troops in the duchy of Bremen, to the advantage
of Spain, during the war.3 The conferences held by the Dutch, English,
Swedish, and Spanish representatives concerning the subsidies were long-
continued and tedious. The Dutch and English negotiators insisted that the
subsidies, either wholly or in part, must be paid by Spain ; and helpless, poverty-
stricken Spain consented, on condition that the allies should guarantee her
adequately against any violation of the prospective peace treaty between her
and France.

A notable stage in the negotiations was reached on April 25/May 5, 1668,
when England and the United Provinces pledged themselves to make every
effort to induce Spain to pay Sweden the sum of 480,000 rixdollars,* and Swe-
den entered the Triple Alliance as a principal.6 Three days earlier, the plenipo-
tentiaries of France and Spain had signed a treaty of peace at Aix-la-Chapelle.6

Spain was eager to obtain a general guaranty of the treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle,
which should protect her against attack by France, not only in the Spanish

1 On the War of Devolution, see above, Doc. 59, pp. 143-144, Doc. 60, p. 157.

2 On the Triple Alliance, see also p. 158.

3 The Swedish act is printed in W. Temple, Works (1814), I. 360-363.

4 The provisional agreement is printed in J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, torn. VII.,
pt. I., pp. 95, 96, and in Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccion de los Tratados, I. 347-351.

5 Dumont, op. cit., torn. VII., pt. I., pp. 91 ff. ; Abreu y Bertodano, op. cit., I. 352 ff.

6 The first article of the treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle is as follows : " II est convenu et
accorde qu'a l'avenir, il y aura bonne, ferme et durable paix, confederation et perpetu-
elle alliance et amitie entre les Roys, Tres-Chretien et Catholique, leurs enfants nais
et a naistre, leurs hoirs, successeurs et heritiers, leurs royaumes, estats, pays et sujets;
qu'ils s'entre-aymeront comme bons freres, procurant de tout leur pouvoir le bien, l'hon-
neur et reputation Tun de l'autre, et evitant de bonne foy tant qu'il leur sera possible le
dommage Tun de l'autre." H. Vast, Les Grands Trait is du Regne de Louis XIV. (1893-
1899), II. 14-22.

166

The Hague, i66p 167

Netherlands, but in all her possessions, in whatever part of the world. Some
of her statesmen believed that the French would soon make an attempt against
Milan or Catalonia, where the Dutch would have little interest in opposing
them ; others thought that, under the influence of Colbert, Louis XIV. would
make himself master of commerce, and deprive Spain of her Indies. The
Count of Molina, the Spanish ambassador at London, urged that the Span-
ish government must be prepared to forestall the French king's efforts to win
over the King of England, by helping Charles II. to maintain his fleet indepen-
dently of Parliament, paying him in Campeche wood and other merchandise.
Molina argued that if Louis succeeded in attaching Charles, the loss of the
Indies would be inevitable ; but that a fleet supported at the common expense
of England and Spain would make the King of Spain master of the sea and
enable him to block the commercial designs of France.7

The Dutch at first opposed a general guaranty,8 but the English approved
it, and on October 5, or 15, 1668, articles were drafted at the Hague, stipu-
lating that Great Britain, Sweden, and the United Netherlands guarantee the
peace of Aix-la-Chapelle to the Spanish crown, in all its territories, without
exception of any countries or places, whatever name they might bear, or
wherever they might be situated.9

Thereafter negotiations dragged on for some months longer, while Spain
failed to furnish the subsidies to Sweden. On May 7, 1669, the general guar-
anty of the treaty was at last concluded, and two days later the Spanish am-
bassador to the States General signed a promise to pay the subsidies.10 This
promise, however, Spain subsequently refused to perform, until the allies
should enter into a Triple Concert, specifying the forces that each would con-
tribute to Spain's aid in case France broke the peace of Aix-la-Chapelle.11 The
Concert was signed on January 31, 1670,12 and a month later, on the first of
March, the ratifications of the guaranty of May 7, 1669, as well as of the
Triple Concert, were exchanged.13

Bibliography.

Text : MS. The Dutch ratification of the guaranty is in the London P. R. O.,

St. Pap. For., Treaty Papers, no. 74.
Text : Printed. J. A. de Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccion de los Tratados de

Espana (1751-1752), I. 403-407; J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-

1731), torn. VII., pt. L, pp. 107, 108.
Translation : Spanish. Abreu y Bertodano, loc. cit.

7 Despatch from the Count of Molina, May 24, 1668, in G. Maura Gamazo, Carlos II.
y su Corte.l. (igxx) 507-517-

8 Van Dijk, Bijdrage tot de Geschiedenis der Nederlandsche Diplomatic, p. 306.

9 The articles are in Dumont, op. cit., torn. VII., pt. I., pp. 101-102, and in Abreu y
Bertadano, op. cit., I. 395-399- Both dates are given. Cf. Van Dijk, op. cit., p. 306, note 2,

10 This act, whereby Spain promised to pay the 480,000 rixdollars offered to Sweden
by the convention of April 25/May 5, 1668, is printed in Abreu y Bertodano, op. cit.,
p. 407.

11 Van Dijk, op. cit., pp. 312 ff ; The Works of Sir William Temple, II. 54-97, passim.

12 The text of the Concert is in Abreu y Bertodano, op. cit., pp. 415-419.

13 Van Dijk, op. cit., p. 351.

168 Doc. 61. Great Britain — Szveden — United Netherlands

References : Contemporary and early writings. " Despacho del Conde de
Molina, embajador cerca de S. M. B., expedido en Londres el 24 de Mayo
de 1668 ; recibido el 22 de Junio ", in G. Maura Gamazo, Carlos II. y su
Corte (1911-1915), I. 507-517 ; other material relating to the negotiations,
but with few or no references to the Indies, is in T. Bebington, The Earl
of Arlington's Letters to Sir W. Temple (1701), pp. 212-402, passim;
id., The Earl of Arlington's Letters (1701), II. 273-295, passim; The
Works of Sir William Temple (1814), I. 417-431, passim, II. 12-41,
passim; J. de Witt, Brieven (1724-1725), II. 593-654, passim, IV. 605-
880, passim ; id., Lettres (1725), IV. 288-387, passim ; A. van Wicquefort,
Histoire des Provinces-Unies (1861-1874), III. 445-447, IV. 4-20; L.
van Aitzema, Saken van Staet (1669-1672), VI. 402 ff., 941 ff.

References: Later writings. H. A. van Dijk, Bijdrage tot de Geschiedenis
der Nederlandsche Diplomatie : Handelingen met Frankrijk en Spanje,
1668-16J2 (1851), pp. 281 ff. ; T. P. Courtenay, Memoirs of the Life,
Works, and Correspondence of Sir William Temple (1836), I. 301-315;
G. A. Lefevre-Pontalis, John de Witt (1885), II. 12-19. F. A. A. Mignet,
Negociations relatives a la Succession d'Espagne (1835-1842), III. 281-
284.

Text.

1+

Les Rois de la Grande Bretagne et de Suede, comme aussi les Etats Gene-
raux des Provinces-Unies des Pays-Bas, estans dez le 23. Janvier, stile nou-
veau, et le 25. Avril, stile vieil, l'un et l'autre de 1'annee passee, entrez ensemble
dans un concert et une liaison estroite, tant pour aider a faire finir par leur in-
tervention la guerre qui s'estoit alors allumee entre les deux couronnes voisines,
et particulierement dans les Provinces des Pays-Bas de l'obeissance du Roy
d'Espagne, que pour guarantir aussi le plus f ortement et efficacement que faire
se pourroit la paix, qui par la benediction de Dieu s'en pourroit en suivre, afin
de prevenir par la de semblables inconveniens a l'advenir et les suites qui en
pourroient naistre tant funestes a toute la Chrestiente, et leurs salutaires in-
tentions et bons offices, qui ont este emploiez aupres de Tune et de l'autre des-
dites couronnes, ayant este tellement benis par sa Divine Majeste que le 2.
May de la meme annee ladite paix tant desiree s'en est effectivement ensuivie,
par 1'instrument de laquelle conclu le meme jour en la ville d'Aix la Chapelle
lesdites couronnes ont expressement consenty an 7. Article, que tous les rois,
potentats, et princes qui voudront bien entrer dans un pareil engagement, puis-
sent donner a leurs Majestez leurs promesses et obligations de guarantie de
l'execution de tout le contenu dudit traite,

Lesdits Rois de la Grande Bretagne et de Suede, comme aussi lesdits Seig-
neurs Estats Generaux des Provinces-Unies des Pays-Pas, perseverans en
leurs bon et pacifiques desseins, et aussi voulant appuyer efficacement 1'inten-
tion louable et Chrestienne desdits deux rois exprimee audit septieme article,
ont accorde et consenti a la requisition du Roi Catholique et promis irrevoca-
blement en la maniere la plus forte et plus solemnele qu'il se peut, ainsi que les-
dits Rois de la Grande Bretagne et de Suede, comme aussi lesdits Seigneurs
Etats Generaux des Provinces-Unies des Pays-Bas tous ensemble, et chacun
d'eux en particulier, accordent et promettent irrevocablement par ces presentes,
de garantir ledit traite de toute leur force et pouvoir, selon le vray sens et esten-
due du mesme traite ; et par consequent, en cas qu'il arrive (ce qu'a Dieu ne
plaise) que le Roy Tres-Chrestien vienne un jour a manquer a l'execution

14 Text from P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaty Papers, no. 74.

The Hague, 1669 169

ou observation ponctuelle de ce que par luy ou de sa part a este promis audit
traite, et principalement, si au prejudice et par infraction du premier article
de la dite paix, il vienne a attaquer ou incommoder a force d'armes, ou par voye
de fait, sous quelque pretexte que ce soit, aucun des royaumes, estats, pays,
on sujets du Roy Catholique en quelque lieu, ou en quelque partie du monde,
que cette attaque ou trouble de fait puisse estre f aite ou arriver par mer, ou par
terre, sans aucune exception de pais ou personnes, quelque nom qu'ils puissent
avoir, ou en quelque bien qu'ils puissent estre situes, qu'en tel cas inespere et
imprevu, ils employeront toutes leurs forces, ou telle partie qu'il sera neces-
saire, par mer et par terre, et les feront agir avec la derniere vigueur, non
seulement pour ayder a s'opposer a ladite attaque ou trouble et pour la detour-
ner, mais aussi pour faire deuement reparer la contravention qui aura este
faite. Et en cas que ladite attaque se fit en des quartiers eloignez, en sorte que
la distance ou autre inconveniens les puissent empecher d'aider a faire sur le
lieu la deffence necessaire, qu'alors ils tascheront de tout leur pouvoir par le
moien de leurs armes qu'ils emploieront ailleurs, tant par mer que par terre,
la ou ils pourront le plus sensiblement incommoder l'attaquant ou aggresseur,
de l'obliger a desister de son aggression et insulte, ainsi qu'a reparer deuement
la contravention qu'il aura faite : et lesdits roys confederez entreront aussi-
tost apres telle agression ou insulte dans un concert particulier avec l'attaque
sur les moyens et les forces qu'ils employeront actuellement et en effet, tant
pour detourner que pour faire reparer pareille infraction selon les proportions
et les especes, qui par un commun accord seront trouvez les plus necessaires a
la deffence de l'attaque et le plus utiles au bon succez de la cause, qui en tel cas
deviendra commune ; et de ce que dessus seront fait trois originaux, dont l'un
sera signe par le Roy de la Grande Bretagne, ou de sa part, l'autre par le Roy
de Suede, ou de sa part, et le troisieme par les Seigneurs Etats Generaux des
Provinces-Unies des Pays Bas, ou de leur part, ce que nous soubsignez leurs
plenipotentiaires nous sommes chargez et avons promis de procurer et de faire
effectuer en bonne et deue forme dans l'espace de deux mois ou plustost si
faire se pourra. Fait a la Haye le septiesme de May mille six cent soixante
neuf.

G. Hoolk v[idi~]t.
Par ordre des dits Estats Generaux des Provinces Unies des Pais Bas.

N. Ruysch.

12

62.

Treaty of commerce between Great Britain and Savoy, concluded
at Florence, August 30/ September 9, 1669. Ratification by
Savoy, December 31, 1669/ January 10, 16/0.

Introduction.

The Duke of Savoy, Carlo Emanuele II., desiring to advance in every way
the economic prosperity of his state, was actively interested in promoting its
maritime commerce. Urged by the president of the newly created Savoyard
Chamber of Commerce to develop his Mediterranean ports of Nice and Villa-
franca,1 and probably influenced also by the example of the Grand Duke of
Tuscany, whose efforts had recently increased the commercial importance of
Leghorn,2 Carlo Emanuele adopted various measures to attract foreign traders.
Being especially eager to draw English merchants to his ports, he authorized
his agent Alberio, in the early summer of 1668, to confer with the British resi-
dent at Florence, Sir John Finch, respecting a commercial treaty with Great
Britain.3

Political as well as commercial reasons led the Duke of Savoy to desire an
alliance with his cousin, Charles II.4 Since the occupation of Pignerol by
Richelieu, the rulers of Savoy had feared the encroachments of Louis XIV.,
who claimed that Nice and Villafranca rightfully belonged to France.5 Against
an attack from France or any other power, England would be an effective pro-
tector.

The negotiations between Alberio and Finch were delayed by two difficulties :
first, Great Britain's demand that her subjects might enjoy the ministrations
of a Protestant clergyman in the ports of Savoy ; 6 second, the duke's insistence
that he be conceded the title of Alt esse Roy ale.'' While these difficulties were
being adjusted, towards the end of 1668, the British Council of Trade consid-
ered Finch's draft of a treaty.8 In January, 1669, the Council reported on the
treaty, but without enthusiasm, preferring to dwell upon the strategical advan-
tages of Leghorn.9 On January 27, 1669, Finch was commissioned to ne-

1 Claretta, Storia di Carlo Emanuele II., II. 346, and n. 1. For an account of the
Chamber of Commerce, see Ricotti, Storia della Monorchia Piemontese, VI. 344.

2 R. Galluzzi, Storia del Granducato di Toscana (1822), VII. 93 ff.

3 Claretta, op. cit., II. 354-

4 Ibid., III. 28, 33; letter from John Dodington at Turin, Apr. 26, 1670, in P. R. O.,
St. Pap. For., Savoy, no. 24.

5 Oeuvres de Louis XIV., Memoires (1806), II. 381.

6 Claretta, op. cit., III. 31, 33, 36, 43-

7 Ibid., III. 47, 50, 57. Cf. also D. Carutti, Storia della Diplomazia della Corte di
Savoia (1875-1880), III. 39-41-

8 Hist. MSS. Comm., Report on the Manuscripts of Allan George Finch, I. (1013) 517.

9 F. R. Harris, Life of Edward Mountagu, First Earl of Sandivich (1912), II. 209.

170

Florence, 1669 171

gotiate the treaty ;10 and on the following August 5, Signor Giuseppe Maurizio
Filippone, councillor, auditor, and procurator general of the Duke of Savoy's
revenues, was empowered for this purpose by the ruler of Savoy.11

The instrument was signed at Florence on September 9, 1669.12 Among
the privileges conceded to the English therein, were permission to land and
store any products from any part of the world at the ports of Villafranca,
Nice, and Saint Hospice, without payment of customs duties ; and to sell freely
to the Savoyards all products of the British dominions (expressly including the
West Indies) except tobacco and other goods of which a monopoly had been
granted to certain persons. These prohibited goods might, however, be sold
by the English to the monopolists themselves.

The results of this treaty were disappointingly small.13

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by the Duke of Savoy
is in the P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 441. (The treaty was also
in the archives of Piedmont at Turin, in 1876, according to N. Bianchi,
Le Materie Politiche relative all'Estero degli Archivi di Stato Piemontesi,
1876, p. 332.)

Text : Printed. Solaro della Margarita, Traites Publics de la Royale Maison
de Savoie depuis la Paix de Chat eau-Cambre sis jusqu'd nos Jours (1836-
1861), II. 91-103.

Translations: English. G. Chalmers, A Collection of Treaties (1790),
II. 309-321. French. J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1 726-1 731),
torn. VII., pt. I., pp. 1 19-122.

References: Contemporary and early writings. G. Claretta, Storia del
Regno e dei Tempi de Carlo Emanuele II. (1877-1878), vol. II., " Docu-
ment ", pp. 669, vol. III., " II Memoriale Autografo di Carlo Emanuele
II.", pp. 28, 31, 33, 36, 43, 46, 47, 50, 57, 60, 62, 65, 76, 78, 103, 104.

References: Later writings. G. Claretta, op. cit., IL 343-358; F. Sclopis,
Delle Relazioni Politiche tra la Dinastia di Savoia e il Govemo Bri-
tannico, 1 240-181 5 (1853), pp. 12-16, also in Memorie della Reale Acca-
demia delle Sciense di Torino, second ser., torn. XIV. (1854), pp. 260-
26^; E. Ricotti, Storia della Monarchic Piemontese (1861-1869), VI.
341-345 ; F. de Filippi, " The Relations of the House of Savoy with the
Court of England ", in Proceedings of the British Academy, 1918.

10 P. R. O., Treaty Papers, no. 54.

11 Ibid.

12 The treaty signed by the two commissioners did not reach England promptly, if at
all. On Apr. 26, 1670, the English ambassador, Thomas Belasyse (Viscount Fauconberg),
arriving in Turin on his way to Venice, notified the duke that the treaty had not ar-
rived at the time of his departure, or he would have brought the king's ratification
with him. About the same time Fauconberg wrote Arlington that he was sending him
the duke's ratification, " upon delivery whereof they require here a noate of receipt with
a promise annexed for procuring the delivery of that part which His Majesty is to
ratify". P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Savoy, no. 24. Cf. Claretta, op. cit., III. 103.

13 Sclopis, Delle Relazioni Politiche tra la Dinastia di Savoia ed il Govemo Britannico,
p. 15; Claretta, op. cit., II. 358; Ricotti, op. cit., VI. 345.

172 Doc. 62. Great Britain — Savoy

Text.14

Carolus Emanuel Dei gratia Sabaudiae, Chablasii, Augustae, Gebennensis,
et Montisferrati dux, Pedemontium princeps, Salutiarum marchio, necnon
Genevae, Niciae, Astae, Rotundimontis, et Tendarum comes, Vercellarum,
marchionatus Cenae, Oneliae, et Macri dominus, marchio in Italia, Sacri Ro-
mani Imperii princeps et vicarius perpetuus, rex Cipri, etc.

Universis et singulis notum sit, quod postquam edicto nostro sub 22 Januarii,
1667, promulgato Portum Villaefrancae, pluribus fulcitum immunitatibus ac
praerogativis, ad publicam commercii utilitatem toti Europae liberum offerre
duximus, nonnulli exinde peculiares ea de re tractatus emerserint cum Serenis-
simo ac Potentissimo Magnae Britanniae Rege, eoque perducti fuerint, ut inter
Majestatis suae oratorem et commissarium nostrum, utrumque legitimo in-
structum mandato, post plures congressus Florentiae habitos, in certa pacta
conventum sit quorum tenor hie sequitur.15

1. Primum. Cum commercium semper extiterit pacis socius, paxque licet
bello a multis annis nunquam interrupta fuerit, rata iam, confirmata, et stabi-
lita habeatur inter Potentissimum Monarcham Carolum Secundum, Magnae
Britanniae etc. regem, et Celsitudinem Regalem Caroli Emanuelis Secundi
hujus nominis, ducis Sabaudiae etc. Quorum subditi teneantur tarn per mare,
quam per terras, omnia humanitatis officia, prout occasio obtulerit, mutuo
praestare.

2. Secundum. Quod permissum fuerit navibus cujuscunque generis aut
ordinis, quae spectant ad Serenissimum Magnae Britanniae etc. Regem, vel
quoscunque suos subditos, advehere in portus Villaefrancae, Niciae vel S. Hos-
pitii, omnes res seu omnium generum merces, sive natura productas vel arte
f actas in quacumque parte orbis terrarum ; quae omnia sic advecta licebit
libere navium ducibus aut magistris vel quibuscumque iis inservientibus, aut
mercatoribus aut commissionariis subditis suae Majestatis, ea omnia ad terram
afferre et in domos introducere vel in repositoria extra domos in dictis locis,
ibique apud se custodire et retinere quantum voluerint, absque confiscatione,

14 The text is from the original manuscript of the ratification by the Duke of Savoy,
in the London P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 441.

15 In the original treaty a preamble, omitted from this ratification, preceded the first
article. The first part of this preamble is as follows :

" The convenient situation of the port of Villafranca in the Mediterranean Sea, and
the capacity of the same, together with the security of it in all respects, have been
efficacious motives to his most Serene Highness the Duke of Savoy, for the exhibiting
and pronouncing the same free to the whole world ; with a belief, that it might in time
prove advantageous to the public, and to his Royal Highness in particular. But it so
falling out, that the vigour of things which are established by the best counsel, in
process of time are rendered languid and subject to mutation: it has therefore pleased
his Royal Highness, not only to re-confirm the free state and condition of his port, but
over and above to offer the same to his Majesty of Great Britain, etc. increased with
new privileges, and augmented with inviolable capitulations. To these motives a most
valid and reciprocal inducement joins itself ; to wit, the luxuriant fertility of soil, which
is obvious in the kingdoms and other plantations which are under the dominion of his
Majesty of Great Britain, etc. as also in the dominions of his said Royal Highness;
which superfluity, since it is so properly and naturally transmitted and emptied into
the mutual territories, with the reciprocal fruit and advantage of the subject, it was
easy for both Princes, between whom there passed long since the ties of an ancient
friendship, confirmed by repeated alliances, and by late conjunction in blood, to enter-
tain thoughts of superadding the new tie of mutual commerce, by which they might,
upon the score of advantaging their subjects, further oblige and reciprocally engage
themselves to each other." Chalmers, Collection of Treaties between Great Britain and
other Powers, II. 309, 310.

Florence, 1669 173

vectigalis impositione, vel exactione quacumque ; ulterius, si praedicta omnia
aut eorum aliqua non venundabuntur eodem loco, licebit cuicunque eorum prae-
nominatorum eadem per mare quocunque libuerit ad alia loca transf erre, libere
et absque solutione vectigalis, tributi, vel absque impositione cujuscunque gen-
eris.

4. Quartum. Omnia et singula rerum ac mercium genera, quae natura pro-
ducta vel arte facta fuerint in quibuscunque regnis Majestatis suae, vel in
quibuslibet coloniis Indiarum Occidentalium sive Orientalium, vel aliis terri-
toriis, quae de praesenti sunt vel de futuro erunt sub dominio suae Majestatis,
libera conceditur subditis eius facultas vendendi per universa dominia suae
Celsitudinis Realis, atque per omnes ipsius districtus ac ditiones, absque pro-
hibitione ulla vel poena, non obstante quacunque lege vel edicto in contrarium,
exceptis semper et solummodo sale, herba regina, sive tabacco, bombardico
sive bellico pulvere, fune sclopetario sive nitrato, italice miccia, anglice match,
globulis vel globis plumbeis cujuscunque generis sclopetis inservientibus, balen-
arum ossibus, chartis lusoriis cujuscunque generis, quoniam in consueto est
haec omnia ut monopolia ad certos quosdam solummodo locare ; nihilominus
conceditur facultas subditis suae Maiestatis, juxta normam secundi capituli,
haec etiam omnia in repositoriis suis in praedictis portubus conservandi, et
retinendi, absque ulla vectigalis impositione aut exactione alicujus alterius
poenae; quin imo insuper iisdem facultas conceditur ea omnia ipsis talium
rerum monopolistis venditandi. Omnia autem mercium genera (exceptis prae-
nominatis) quae introducentur in portus Villaefrancae, Niciae, vel S. Hos-
pitii, quando eadem extrahentur e dictis portubus eum in finem, ut intra dominia
suae Realis Celsitudinis venditio fiat, exigetur ab illo qui talia extraxerit, sive
emptore sive venditore, dimidium solummodo istius vectigalis sive impositionis
pecuniariae, quod continetur in capitulis et taxatione ilia, sive tariffa, cujus
exemplar excusum, et manu propria domini procuratoris suae Realis Celsitu-
dinis subscriptum, traditum est domino equiti Finch, quo vectigali semel soluto
nihil ulterius sive ab emptore sive a venditore pro supradictis mercibus intra
dominia suae Realis Celsitudinis solvendum erit, cum declaratione expressa,
quod pro singulis mercimoniis ex lana manu confectis vel quibuscumque mer-
cibus praedictis, quae ut apparet in dicta taxatione sive tariffa non specificen-
tur, solvendum erit vectigal unius cum dimidio per centum, hoc est dimidium
illorum trium per centum quae exiguntur virtute ultimi capituli praedictae
taxationis seu tariffae, quod ad calcem ipsius reperitur, quo semel soluto, nihil
ulterius sive ab emptore sive a venditore pro dictis mercibus intra dominia
suae Realis Celsitudinis solvendum erit.

15. Decimum quintum, et ultimum. Ultimo pactum est, immunitates et
privilegia ea omnia, quae in ordine generali portus liberi suae Realis Celsitud-
inis jam publicata sunt, quorum in praedictis capitulis mentio non fit, habean-
tur de verbo ad verbum in hoc instrumento pro specificatis; et quicquid de
futuro immunitatis, privileggii, aut beneficii cuicunque alteri regno aut statui
concedetur, totum illud cum omnibus circumstantiis subditis Majestatis Mag-
nae Britanniae etc., aeque, plene, et ample pro concesso habeatur virtute hujus
instrumenti. In quorum omnium plenam et integram fidem, perlectis et pon-
deratis singulis praedictis quindecim capitulis, praedicti procuratoros suae
Majestatis Magnae Britanniae et Celsitudinis suae Realis praesens hoc instru-
mentum subscriptionibus propriis confirmaverunt, et propriis sigillis munive-

174 Doc. 62. Great Britain — Savoy

runt. Florentiis, die nona Septembris, annoque salutis millesimo sexcentesimo
sexagesimo nono.

Joannes Finch. Joseph Mauritius Fillipponus.

In praesentia Thomae Baines. Mario Alberio, Joannes Carolus Pal-
merius, Petrus Battaglinius a secretis domini residentis, Joannes Bap-
tista Madonus.

Cum itaque relatum nuper ad nos f uerit ratificationem nostram et aliquas
declarationes ex parte praememorati Serenissimi ac Potentissimi Regis ultro
requiri; Nos, cupientes sinceram et enixam propensionem, qua erga Majes-
tatis suae desideria ducimur, magis magisque patefacere, et ut ejusdem subditi
ad proposita commercia instituenda luculentius invitentur, iisque alacriori
animo ad commune bonum incumbere valeant, requisitioni ex corde annuentes,
suprascripta pacta rata habere, confirmare, et approbare voluimus, prout ea
omnia tenore praesentium rata habemus, confirmamus, et approbamus.
[Three additional articles are here inserted.]

Haec autem omnia et singula pacta, necnon adjectas declarationes qua ad
nos spectat, in verbo principis servaturos nos pollicemur, prout, et serio prae-
cepturos magistratibus, ministris, et subditis nostris quatenus id ipsum prae-
stare inviolabiliter teneantur. In quorum fidem praesentes expediri jussimus
propria manu firmatas, et per Marchionem a S. Thoma mmistrum et primum
a secretis subscriptas, necnon magnae nostrae cancellariae sigillo munitas.
Dabantur Augustae Taurinorum, die decima Januarii, anno millesimo sexcen-
tesimo septuagesimo.

Emanuel.

V. Burchettus,

de St. Thomas.

Translation.

Charles Emanuel by the grace of God duke of Savoy, Chablais, Aosta,
Geneva, and Montferrat, prince of Piedmont, marquis of Saluzzo, and count
of Genoa, Nice, Asti, Romont, and Tenda, lord of Vercelli, of the marquisate
of Cenis, Oneglia, and Magra, marquis in Italy, prince and perpetual vicar of
the Holy Roman Empire, king of Cyprus, etc.

Be it known to all and singular that, after we had decided by promulgating
our edict of January 22, i66y, to offer the port of Villafranca, endowed with
many immunities and prerogatives, as a port free for all Europe for the public
advantage of commerce, there arose thereafter some special negotiations con-
cerning this matter with the Most Serene and Potent King of Great Britain ;
and they were so conducted that after several conferences had been held at
Florence between the envoy of his Majesty and our commissioner, who were
both provided with legal powers, a certain pact was agreed upon, the tenor of
which follows :

1. First, since commerce has always been the associate of peace, peace,
although it has not been interrupted for many years by war, is now ratified,
confirmed, and established between the Most Potent monarch Charles II., king
of Great Britain, etc., and his Royal Highness Charles Emanuel, second of
that name, duke of Savoy, etc., whose subjects are bound to perform for each
other mutually all kind offices, on both sea and land, as there shall be occasion.

Florence, i66p 175

2. Secondly, ships of every sort and kind, belonging to the Most Serene
King of Great Britain, etc., or to any of his subjects, shall be permitted to
bring into the ports of Villafranca, Nice, or Saint Hospice, all things, or all
kinds of merchandise, whether produced by nature or made by art in whatso-
ever part of the world. The captains of the ships, or the masters, or any of
those serving them, or the merchants or factors, subjects of his Majesty, shall
be freely permitted to land all the things so brought, and to take them into
houses or into repositories outside the houses in the said ports, and to preserve
and keep them there near them, as much as they please, without confiscation,
imposition of tax, or any exaction. Furthermore, if all or any of the aforesaid
things are not sold in that same place, any of the aforesaid persons shall be
permitted to transfer these things freely by sea to any other places they desire,
without paying any tax, tribute, or imposition of any sort.

4. Fourthly, all and every sort of things and merchandise, produced by
nature or made by art in any kingdoms of his Majesty or in any colonies of
the West or East Indies, or other territories, which at present are or in future
shall be under the dominion of his Majesty, may be freely sold by his subjects
throughout all the dominions of his Royal Highness, and through all his districts
and territories, without any prohibition or penalty, notwithstanding any law
or edict to the contrary, always with these sole exceptions, salt, tobacco, gun-
powder, fuses or match, bird shot or bullets serviceable for any sort of arms,
whalebone, and playing cards of any sort, because it is customary to farm
out all these things as monopolies to certain individuals only. Nevertheless the
subjects of his Majesty are permitted, in conformity with the second article,
to preserve and keep all these things in their repositories in the aforesaid
ports, without the imposition of any tax, or exaction of any other penalty;
and furthermore they are permitted to sell all these things to the monopolists
of the prohibited commodities themselves. Moreover, when any kind of mer-
chandise (except the aforementioned), which shall be brought into the ports
of Villafranca, Nice, or Saint Hospice, shall be carried out of the said ports for
the purpose of selling it within the dominions of his Royal Highness there shall
be demanded of him who carried out such things, whether he be the buyer or
the seller, only one half of that tax or money imposition which is specified in
the articles in that book of rates or tariff of which a copy was made, and
signed by the hand of the lord procurator of his Royal Highness, and delivered
to Sir John Finch. And when once this tax is paid, nothing further is to be
paid for the aforesaid goods by either the buyer or seller within the domains
of_his Royal Highness, with express declaration, that for all woolen manu-
factures, or any of the aforesaid goods, which as it appears are not specified in
the said book of rates or tariff, a tax of one and one half per cent, shall be paid,
that is, one half of that three per cent, exacted by virtue of the last article of
the aforesaid book of rates or tariff, near the end of it, and when once this is
paid, nothing more shall be paid for the said merchandise by either buyer or
seller, within the dominions of his Royal Majesty.

15. Fifteenth and last. Lastly it is agreed, that all these immunities and
privileges already published in the general regulation for the free port made
by his Royal Highness, of which there is no mention in the aforesaid articles,
be considered as specified word for word in this instrument ; and whatever
immunity, privilege, or favor shall be granted in future to any other kingdom
or state, all these with all their accompaniments shall be considered as granted

176 Doc. 62. Great Britain — Savoy

to the subjects of his Majesty of Great Britain, etc., equally, fully, and amply
by virtue of this instrument. And for the full and entire confirmation of all
the above, after each of the aforesaid fifteen articles had been read through and
weighed, the aforesaid procurators of his Majesty of Great Britain and of
his Royal Highness, have confirmed this present instrument with their own
signatures and have strengthened it with their own seals. At Florence on the
ninth day of September in the year of salvation 1669.

John Finch. Joseph Mauritius Fillipponus.

In the presence of Thomas Barnes. Mario Alberio, Joannes Carolus
Palmerius, Petrus Battaglinius, secretary of the lord resident, Joannes
Baptista Madonus.

Whereas we have recently been informed that our ratification and some ad-
ditional declarations were further required on the part of the aforesaid Most
Serene and Most Potent King, desiring that the sincere and earnest inclination
whereby we are drawn toward the wishes of his Majesty shall more and more
appear and that his subjects may be the better invited to institute the proposed
commerce and may have the power to apply themselves with greater alacrity to
the common good, assenting heartily to the requirement, we desire to ratify,
confirm, and approve the aforesaid pacts, even as we do ratify, confirm, and
approve them all by the tenor of these presents.

[Three additional articles are here inserted.]

Moreover, we promise on the word of a prince, to keep these pacts, all and
singular, and also the declarations added thereto, in so far as it pertains to us,
even as we shall also earnestly command our magistrates, ministers, and sub-
jects that they shall be held to perform them inviolably. In confirmation
whereof, we have ordered these presents to be drawn up, signed with our own
hand., and subscribed by the Marquis de St. Thomas, our minister and first
privy councillor, and strengthened with the seal of our great chancellery.
Given at Turin, January 10, 1670.

Emanuel.

v. burchettus,

de St. Thomas.

63.

Secret treaty between Great Britain and France, concluded at
Dover, May 22/ June 1, 16/0. Ratification by Great Britain,
June 14/24, 1670.

Introduction.

No sooner had Louis XIV. signed the peace treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle,1
than he began to work for the dissolution of the Triple Alliance.2 He aimed
at isolating and ultimately destroying the United Provinces, which had dared
to oppose his claims respecting the Spanish succession, and particularly his
design of annexing the Spanish Netherlands, and were trying to enlarge the
confederation against him.8 For the purpose of detaching England from the
Triple Alliance, and of uniting her with France against the Dutch, Louis XIV.
despatched Colbert de Croissy, brother of the controller-general of finances,
to the English court.4 Arriving in London in August, 1668, Colbert found
Charles II. desirous of joining with France, and not averse from making war
upon the United Provinces, yet hesitating to take these steps, so he said, through
fear of opposition from his people and Parliament, as well as from Arlington,
his secretary of state, the known friend of Holland and Spain. For a time,
therefore, Colbert moved cautiously, busying himself about a commercial
treaty,5 while Buckingham, Arlington's rival, dabbled in the political negotia-
tions. Little progress was made until, early in the year 1669, Charles brought
forward a new consideration. He avowed a desire to declare himself a Catho-
lic, and to re-establish the Catholic religion in England. Here was an object
for which he might well ask Louis XIV. 's liberal support. Lord Arundell of
Wardour and Sir Richard Bellings, former secretary of the Catholic confed-
eration in Ireland, were sent to confer with the King of France, with whom
the Earl of St. Albans and Charles II. 's sister, Henrietta, duchess of Orleans,
were also negotiating.6 It was not until November, 1669, that Colbert was
informed of these secret activities, or that Arlington began to share in them.7
Parliament was then in session, and unwilling to grant Charles the desired

1 See above, Doc. 61, pp. 166-167.

2 For the Triple Alliance, see Doc. 60, p. 158, and Doc. 61, p. 166.
8 Mignet, Negotiations, III. 29.

4 For Colbert's instructions, see Mignet, op. tit., III. 24-39 ; extracts from his corres-
pondence are in Mignet, op. tit., III. 23 ff., and in Dalrymple, Memoirs, II. 31 ff.

5 " The treaty of commerce is only to throw dust in the eyes of the trading class in
England ", wrote the minister Colbert to his brother. H. Forneron, Louise de Keroualle
(1891), p. 41.

6 For correspondence with the Duchess of Orleans, see Dalrymple, op. tit., II. 19 ff.,
and J. Cartwright, Madame, passim.

7 Barbour, Henry Bennet, Earl of Arlington, p. 162. Mignet gives June, 1669, as the
date of Arlington's admission to the negotiations for the secret alliance. Op. tit., III.
90.

177

178 Doc. 63. England — France

supplies. The king's need of money seems to have led him to hasten the nego-
tiations.3 On December 18, 1669, Sellings presented a draft of a treaty to
Colbert.9 This stipulated that Louis should pay Charles £200,000 before the
latter declared himself a Catholic, and should aid him further with troops and
money in case the English rebelled. Both kings were to make war with all
their forces against the United Provinces and Hamburg. Louis was to pay
Charles i8oo,ooo, annually, as long as the war lasted. Charles was to have
part of Zeeland — the town of Sluys and the islands of Walcheren and Cadsand
— as his share of the conquest. The Prince of Orange was to be provided for.
If any " new titles and rights to the Spanish monarchy " should fall hereafter
to the Most Christian King, *. e., if the King of Spain should die without heirs,
Charles II. would aid Louis in the acquisition of these rights on condition
that Louis help him to take possession of the island of Minorca, Ostend, and
all that the King of Spain possessed in America.

The demand for Spanish America could not have surprised the King of
France. Some two years earlier, he had himself proposed to help Charles to
secure this region, on condition that Charles should not ally himself with the
Dutch while France was at war with Spain.10 Despite this offer, the King of
Great Britain, as has been said, joined the Triple Alliance. When France again
sought England's friendship, Charles II. naturally reverted to the old proposal.
In March, 1669, Trevor offered to support the pretensions of Louis to the
Spanish Succession, provided the English were given some Spanish territory.
He hinted at West Indian islands.11 Charles's later demand for specified por-
tions of the Spanish dominions was awkward for Louis, since, in January, 1668,
the latter had concluded with the Emperor Leopold a secret treaty of partition
giving Spanish America and Minorca to Austria.12 The French king there-
fore urged that for the present the provision touching the Spanish inheritance
be limited to a general obligation to joint action, in accordance with particular
conventions to be made upon the death of the King of Spain.13 Charles II.
consented to this limitation on condition that it should be stipulated at the
same time that no treaty regarding the matter was to be made with the Emperor

8Mignet, op. cit., III. 116, 117.

9 The project is printed ibid., III. 1 17-123, and, together with a translation, in Dalrymple,
op. cit., II. 44-54. The passage concerning America is as follows: "de plus, sa Majeste
Tres-Chretienne promet et s'engage, tant en son nom qu'en celui de la Reine Tres-
Chretienne, ses heritiers, successeurs, et ayants cause, lesdits droits sur la monarchic
lui etant echus, d'assister le Roi de la Grande-Bretagne a se rendre maitre des contrees
et places en Amerique qui sont a present sous l'obeissance des Espagnols, et de faire
tout son possible pour obliger les peuples qui habitent ces pays et places de I' Amerique
de se soumettre au gouvernement dudit seigneur Roi d'Angleterre, ses hoirs et suc-
cesseurs ; et s'etant soumis ou etant reduits a se soumettre, lesdits peuples seront tou-
jours reputes sujets dudit seigneur Roi de la Grande-Bretagne et de ses hoirs et suc-
cesseurs. A ete conclu et arrete qu'aucun desdits seigneurs rois ne pourra faire la paix
sans le consentement et approbation de l'autre, avec quelque prince ou etat que ce soit,
qui se seraient opposes aux droits et justes titres devolus au Roi Tres-Chretien, ainsi
que dit est auparavant."

10 See above, Doc. 60, p. 157, and note 3.

11 A. Legrelle, La Diplomatic Francaise et la Succession d'Espagne, I. 218, 219;
Mignet, op. cit., III. 101.

12 See above, Doc. 59.

13 Mignet, op. cit., III. 126, 131, 143, 148.

Dover, 1670 179

or with Don Juan, the king of Spain's illegitimate brother, unless Charles and
Louis mutually agreed thereto.14 There was further wrangling over the pre-
cise terms of the article, which finally provided (1) that the King of England
should aid the King of France to acquire the " new rights " that might fall to
him with respect to the Spanish monarchy; (2) that particular provisions re-
garding the joining of the forces of both kings, and the " advantages " that the
King of Great Britain might reasonably desire, would be agreed on after the
death of the King of Spain (but this eventuality was euphemistically referred
to) > (3) trjat neither king should, in future, make a treaty with any prince or
potentate on account of these " new rights ", except by mutual consent. Other
principal provisions of the treaty were that Charles should declare himself
a Catholic, and, since this might cause a rebellion of his subjects, should be
assisted by the King of France with 2,000,000 livres, and, if necessary, with
troops; that after Charles's declaration, which should be at a moment con-
venient for himself, he should join Louis in making war against the United
Provinces, at a time to be determined by the latter ; that neither king should
make peace without the other's consent ; that Charles was to have Sluys, Wal-
cheren, and Cadsand as his share of the conquests, and was to be paid 3,000,-
000 livres, annually, by Louis, during the war ; that Louis should bear the ex-
pense of the land forces, except the 6,000 English infantry, and should join
thirty men-of-war to Charles's fifty.

The treaty, secretly concluded at Dover on May 22/ June 1, 1670, could not
be revealed in its entirety to the Protestant councillors, Buckingham, Ashley,
and Lauderdale. Buckingham was led into engaging in pretended negotiations
terminating in the sham treaty of December 21, 1671, whose stipulations were
nearly identical with those of the treaty of Dover, barring the provisions re-
lating to Catholicism, and to the Spanish Succession.15 This treaty was signed
by all the members of the cabal, as was also a third closely similar treaty, signed
on February 2/12, i672,1G apparently for the purpose of convincing those
to whom it was made known that no treaty had been concluded earlier.

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The ratification by England is in the bureau of the archives of
the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris. An original, signed by Colbert
de Croissy, was, in 1830, in the keeping of Lord Clifford of Chudleigh,
a descendant of one of the signers, Sir Thomas Clifford.

Text: Printed. J. Lingard, The History of England to the Accession of
William and Mary in 1688 (ed. 1883), IX. 503-510; F. A. A. Mignet,
Negociations relatives a la Succession d'Espagne (1835-1842), III. 187-
199.

References : Contemporary and early writings. F. A. A. Mignet, op. cit.,
III. 5-268, passim ; Sir John Dalrymple, Memoirs of Great Britain and
Ireland (1771-1788), II. 4-88; Julia Cartwright (Mrs. Henry Ady),

14 Ibid., III. 132.

15 The text of Buckingham's treaty is in Mignet, op. cit., III. 256-265.

16 Ibid., III. 700, 701.

180 Doc. 63. England — France

Madame, a Life of Henrietta, Daughter of Charles I. and Duchess of
Orleans (1900), pp. 267-343, passim; Oeuvres de Louis XIV. (1806),
V. 446, 450, 451, 460, 463-466, 468-472, VI. 422-450 ; Hist. MSS. Comm.,
Report on the MSS. of the Duke of Buccleuch and Queensberry, I.
(1899) 418 ff.
References: Later writings. A. Legrelle, La Diplomatic Frangaise (1888-
1892), I. 149-226; F. A. A. Mignet, op. cit., III. 5-268, passim; L. von
Ranke, England (1875), III. 491-504; O. Klopp, Der Fall des Houses
Stuart und die Succession des Houses Hannover (1875-1888), I. 227-
275; V. Barbour, Henry Bennet, Earl of Arlington (1914), ch. IX. ; R.
Lodge, The History of England from the Restoration to the Death of
William III. (1910), pp. 96-103.

Text.17

Charles par la grace de Dieu roy de la Grande Bretagne, France, et Irlande,
def enseur de la f oy, a tous ceux qui ces presentes lettres verront, salut. Comme
en vertu des pouvoirs respectivement donnes par nous, et le Serenissime et
Tres Puissant prince le roy Tres Chrestien, nostre tres cher et tres ame bon
frerc et cousin, a nostre tres cher et bien ame le mylord Arlington, conseiller
en nostre conseil prive, et nostre premier secretaire d'estat, a nostre tres cher
et bien ame le mylord Arundel de Warder, a nostre tres cher et bien ame le sieur
chevalier Clifford, conseiller en nostre conseil prive, tresorier de nostre maison
et commissaire de nos finances, et nostre cher et bien ame le sieur chevalier
Bellings, secretaire des commandemens de la reine, nostre tres chere espouse,
et le sieur Charles Colbert, seigneur de Croissy, conseiller ordinaire au con-
seil d'estat de nostredit frere et son ambassadeur vers nous, ils ayent dans la
ville de Douvres, le vingt deuxiesme jour de may, suivant l'ancien stile, et le
premier de juin suivant le nouveau, conclu, arreste, et signe un traite de plus
estroite union, amitie, et alliance entre nous et nostredit frere, duquel traite
la teneur ensuit.

Au nom de Dieu tout puissant, soit notoire a tous et un chacun que comme
ainsi soit que le Serenissime et Tres Puissant prince Charles Second par la grace
de Dieu roy de la Grande Bretagne et le Serenissime et Tres Puissant prince
Louis Quatorziesme, par la mesme grace de Dieu roy Tres Chrestien, auroient
toujours donne tous leurs soins et toute leur application a procurer a leurs sujets
une felicite parf aite, et que leur propre experience leur auroit asses fait con-
noistre que ce bonheur commun ne se peut rencontrer que dans une tres estroite
union, alliance, et confederation entre leurs personnes, et les pays et estats qui
leur sont soumis, a quoy s'estans trouves egallement portes, tant par la sincere
amitie et affection que la proximite du sang, celle de leurs royaumes et beau-
coup d'autres convenances ont estably entre eux, et qu'ils ont conserve chere-
ment au plus fort des desmesles que les interests d'autruy leur ont fait avoir
ensemble, que par le desir qu'ils ont de pourvoir pour tousjours a la seurete
de leurs dits pays et estats, comme aussy au bien et a la commodite de leurs
sujets, dont le commerce doit recevoir dans la suitte du temps de notables
advantages de cette bonne correspondence et liaison d'interests, Lesdits seig-
neurs roys, pour executer ce saint et louable desir, et pour tousjours fortifier,
confirmer et entretenir la bonne amitie et intelligence qui est a present entre
eux, ont commis et depute chacun de sa part, scavoir ledit seigneur Roy de la

17 The text is from the original manuscript of the ratification by the King of England,
preserved in the bureau of the archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris.

Dover, 1670 181

Grande-Bretagne le my lord Arlington, conseiller au conseil prive de sa Ma-
jeste et son premier secretaire d'estat, le my lord Arundel de Warder, le sieur
chevalier Clifford, conseiller au conseil prive de sa Majeste, tresorier de sa
maison et commissaire de ses finances, le sieur chevalier Bellings, secretaire des
commandemens de la Reyne de la Grande Bretagne, et ledit seigneur Roy Tres
Chrestien le sieur Charles Colbert, seigneur de Croissy, conseiller ordinaire de
sa Majeste en son conseil d'estat, et son ambassadeur ordinaire vers sa Majeste
de la Grande Bretagne, suffisamment autorises ainsi qu'il apparoistra par la
teneur desdits pouvoirs et commissions a eux respectivement donnes par lesdits
seigneurs rois, et inseres de mot a mot a la fin de ce present traite, en vertu
desquels pouvoirs ils ont accorde, au noms des susdits seigneurs rois, les articles
qui ensuivent.

1. II est convenu, arreste, et conclu qu'il y aura a toute perpetuite bonne,
seure, et ferme paix, union vraye, conf raternite, confederation, amitie, alliance,
et bonne correspondence entre ledit seigneur Roy de la Grande Bretagne, ses
hoirs et successeurs, d'une part, et ledit seigneur Roy Tres Chrestien de l'autre,
et entre tous et chacun de leurs royaumes, estats, et territoires, comme aussy
entre leurs sujets et vassaux qu'ils ont et possedent a present, ou pourront
avoir, tenir, et posseder cy apres, tant par mer et autres eaiies que par terre ;
et pour tesmoigner que cette paix doit estre inviolable sans que rien au monde
la puisse a jamais troubler, il s'ensuit des articles d'une confiance si grande et
d'ailleurs si avantageux seigneurs rois, qu'a peine trouvera-on que dans aucun
siecle, on en ait arreste et conclu de plus importans.

3. Item, a este convenu entre le Roy Tres-Chrestien et sa Majeste de la
Grande Bretagne que ledit seigneur Roy Tres Chrestien ne rompra ny n'en-
freindra jamais la paix qu'il a fait avec l'Espagne, et ne contreviendra en chose
quelconque a ce qu'il a promis par le traite d'Aix la Chappelle, et par con-
sequent il sera permis au Roy de la Grande Bretagne de maintenir ledit traite
conformement aux conditions de la triple alliance et des engagemens qui en
dependent.

4. II est aussy convenu et accorde que s'il escheoit c'y apres au Roy Tres
Chrestien de nouveaux titres et droits sur la monarchic d'Espagne, que ledit
seigneur Roy de la Grande Bretagne assistera sa Majeste Tres Chrestienne de
toutes ses forces, tant par mer que par terre, pour luy faciliter l'acquisition
desdits droits, le tout suivant les conditions particulieres dont lesdits seigneurs
roys se reservent de convenir, tant pour la jonction de leurs forces apres que le
cas de l'escheance desdits tiltres et droits sera arrive que pour les avantages
que ledit seigneur Roy de la Grande Bretagne pourra raisonnablement desirer ;
et lesdits seigneurs rois s'obligent reciproquement des a present de ne faire
aucun traite de part ny d'autre, pour raison desdits nouveaux droits et titres,
avec aucun prince ou potentat, quel que ce puisse estre, que de concert et du con-
sentement de l'un et de l'autre.

• ••••••••••• •■

Lesquels points et articles cy-dessus enonces, ensemble tout le contenu en
chacun d'iceux, ont este traittes, accordes, passes, et stipules entre le my lord
Arlington, le my lord d'Arundel de Warder, le sieur chevalier Clifford, et le
sieur chevalier Bellings, commissaires de sa Majeste de la Grande Bretagne,
et le sieur Colbert, ambassadeur de sa Majeste Tres Chrestienne, aux noms
desdits seigneurs roys et en vertu de leurs pouvoirs donts les copies sont in-
serees au bas du present traite, ont promis et promettent sous l'obligation de
tous et chacuns des biens et estats presens et a venir desdits seigneurs rois,

182 Doc. 63. England — France

qu'ils seront par leurs Majestes inviolablement observes et accomplis, et de
s'en bailler et delivrer reciproquement, dans un mois du jour et datte des
presentes et plustost si faire se peut, les lettres de ratification desdits seigneurs
roys en la meilleure forme que faire se pourra ; et d'autant qu'il est absolument
necessaire, pour le bon succes de ce qui est stipule par le present traite, de le
tenir fort secret jusqu'a ce qu'il soit temps de le mettre a execution, lesdits
sieurs commissaires et ambassadeur sont demures d'accord qu'il suffira pour
la validite dudit traite, que les ratifications desdits seigneurs roys soient signees
de leurs propres mains et cachetees du sgeau de leur secret, que lesdits seig-
neurs declareront dans lesdites lettres de ratification avoir pour cet effect la
mesme force que si leur grand sqeau y estoit appose, ce que mesme chacun
d'eux s'obligera de faire aussytost qu'il le pourra et qu'il en sera requis. En
foy de quoy lesdits sieurs commissaires et ambassadeur ont signe le present
traite et a iceluy fait apposer le cachet de leurs armes. A Douvres ce vingt
deuxiesme jour du mois de May, l'an de grace mil six cents soixante et dix.
Signe: Arlington, Arundel, Clifford, Bellings, et Colbert.

Nous ayans le traite susdit agreable en tous et chacuns des points et articles
qui y sont contenus et declares, avons iceux tant pour nous que pour nos
heritiers, successeurs, royaumes, pays, et sujets, accepte, approuve, ratifie, et
confirme, acceptons, approuvons, ratifions, et confirmons, et le tout promettons
en foy et parolle de roy, et sous l'obligation et hypotheque de tous et chacuns
nos biens presens et a venir, garder, observer, et entretenir inviolablement, sans
jamais rien faire ni entreprendre au contraire directement ou indirectement, en
quelque maniere que ce soit ; en tesmoin de quoy, et pour plus grande seurete
du secret qui doit estre garde dudit traite, nous avons signe ces presentes let-
tres de ratification de notre propre main, et fait mettre a icelles nostre seel
secret, lequel pour cet effect aura la mesme force que si nostre grand sceau y
estoit appose, ce que nous promettons de faire aussytost qu'il se pourra et que
nous en serons requis. Donne a Whitehall, le quatorziesme juin, l'an de grace
mil six cents soixante dix et de nostre reigne le vingt deuxiesme.

Charles R.
Par le commandement de sa Majeste,
Arlington.

64.

Agreement concluded between the English governor of Nova
Scotia and the commissioner of France, at Boston, July J,
1670, O. S.

Introduction.

It was three years after the conclusion of the treaty of Breda 1 before its
provision for restoring Acadia to France was carried into effect. Among the
reasons for this delay were the procrastination of the French in restoring the
English part of the island of St. Christopher,2 also stipulated by this treaty ;
the desire of Sir Thomas Temple, governor of Nova Scotia, to retain territory
which was his by grant and purchase, and on whose defense he had spent con-
siderable sums ; 8 the undetermined character of the boundaries of Acadia,
which were a matter of dispute between the English and French ; and possibly
the fact that a part of the territory claimed by the French fell within the
Duke of York's patent.4

The question of the limits of Acadia was of great importance to Massa-
chusetts, some of whose citizens owned land and trading posts between the Ken-
nebec and the Penobscot. The colony dreaded having the French so near, and
were suspicious of their plans for " making a passage " by land from Penta-
goet to Quebec.5 The tenth article of the treaty of Breda vaguely described
the territory to be restored as " the country which is called Acadia, situated
in North America, which the Most Christian King formerly possessed ". The
King of England's order to Temple, of December 31, 1667, to surrender this
territory to France, specified " the forts and habitations of Pentagoet, St.
John, Port Royal, La Heve, and Cape Sable", which the French "enjoyed
until the English took possession of them in 1654, 1655, and since ".6 The
same king's letters patent, of February 17, 1667/8, restoring this territory em-
ployed the same terms, which are said to have been inserted at the request of
Ruvigny, the French envoy extraordinary.7 Clearly, Charles had accepted the
French definition of " Acadia ". But when Louis XIV.'s commissioner, Du-
Bourg, presented the King of England's order to Temple, in Boston, where
Temple resided, on October 21, 1668, the latter made various pretexts for not
obeying it. Distinguishing between Nova Scotia and Acadia, Temple claimed
that the former extended from Mirlegash to Pentagoet, and that of the five

1 See above, Doc. 58, p. 133.

2 St. Christopher was not restored until July 5/15, 1671. For an account of the
negotiations and occurrences leading up to this event, see C. S. S. Higham, The Devel-
opment of the Leeward Islands under the Restoration, 1660-168S (1921), ch. III.

3 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1661-1668, nos. 1641, 1877; id., 1669-1674, nos. 24, 25.

* The patent, of March, 1664, is printed in J. R. Brodhead, Hist. St. N. Y., II., app.
6 Memoires des Commissaires du Rot, II. 299 ff.

6 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1661-1668, p. 528. On the seizure of these places by the English,
see above, Doc. 47, p. 41.

7 The letters patent are in Memoires des Commissaires du Roi, II. 292-298.

183

184 Doc. 64. Nova Scotia — France

places named only La Heve and Cape Sable were in Acadia.8 On November 10
he had the pleasure of showing DuBourg a letter from Charles II. commanding
Temple not to hand over Acadia until his Majesty's further pleasure was
known.0 DuBourg, however, appealed to the French ambassador at London.
Colbert de Croissy,10 who used his persuasive art to such good effect that on
March 9, 1669, and again, emphatically, on August 9 following, the King of
England ordered Temple to surrender Acadia in conformity with the earlier
order of December 31, 1667.11 Louis XIV. then sent a new commissioner,
the Sieur Grandfontaine, to Boston,12 and here on July 7, 1670, the two men
signed the agreement printed below. This instrument consisted of a promise
by Grandfontaine that immediately upon the restitution by Temple to him
of the five places and of all the country of Acadia, in conformity with the
king's letter and the tenth and eleventh articles of the treaty of Breda, he
would give entire liberty to all of Temple's people in Acadia to withdraw
with their shallops, merchandise, etc. He would observe with regard to the
English in Acadia the said articles of the treaty, and would not appropriate
anything belonging to Temple. The fishermen who might be in the harbors
and along the coasts of Acadia by Temple's permission might remain and
fish there for three months, but in the following year might not go there at all,
without leave from the French king or commander. The same provision was
to apply to persons who might be at Cape Breton for the purpose of loading
coal. It is noteworthy that in Grandfontaine's instructions for these negotia-
tions, Acadia is said to extend from the Kennebec and Pentagoet to Canso and
Cape Breton and to the St. Lawrence.

On August 27, 1670, Pentagoet was surrendered to Grandfontaine, and, a
few days later, Jemseg and Port Royal to Grandfontaine's lieutenant.13 Grand-
fontaine made his chief residence at Pentagoet, now Castine, the place nearest
to the dominions of the English.

Massachusetts objected to this restoration of Nova Scotia, as harmful to
her commercial interests and a source of danger in time of war.14 She at once
set about determining her northeastern limits ; found them in Penobscot Bay,
and notified the Count de Frontenac to this effect.15

8 Memoires des Commissaires du Roi, II. 310-312.

0 Memorials of the English and French Commissaries, pp. 591 ff. ; Cal. St. Pap. Col.,
1661-1668, nos. 1868, 1877.

10 Collection de Manuscrits, I. 188, 189, and Memoires des Commissaires, II. 557.

11 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1669-1674, nos. 4, 24; Memoires des Commissaires du Roi, II.
558, 559J Memorials of the English and French Commissaries, pp. 601-603.

12 Grandfontaine's instructions are in Collection de Manuscrits, I. 191 ff.

13 Memoires des Commissaires du Roi, II. 319-326 ; Collection de Manuscrits, I.
199-202.

14 Cal. St. Pap. Col, 1669-1674, no. 68.

15 C. W. Tuttle, Capt. Francis Champemowne, pp. 132-134. Denonville, in a memoir
on the French limits in North America, drawn up in 1688, states that besides the treaty
concluded between Grandfontaine and Temple " they have concluded still another, which
bounds the country of Acadia and separates it from that which the English occupy by
the River Kinibeki. Mr. de Grandfontaine and Mr. Temple ought to have each a dupli-
cate thereof. A copy of it has been seen in the hands of Mr. Richard Denis de Fronsac,
or of Jean Fevrean St. Aubin, inhabitants of Acadia. Sieur Denis, father of said
Sieur de Frontenac [sic] has written the history of Acadia, to which reference may
be had ". J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y., IX. 380.

Boston, i6jo 185

Bibliography.

Text : MS. No original has been found. In the archives of the Ministry of
Foreign Affairs in Paris, Memoires et Documents, torn. 5, is a copy, made
in the year 1750 from a copy then in the Chateau St. Louis at Quebec, but
not now to be found there.

Text : Printed. The text of the agreement, signed by Temple, is printed,
from the above Quebec manuscript, in Collection de Manuscrits conte-
stant Lettres, Memoires, et autres Documents Historiques rclatifs a la
Nouvelle France (ed. under auspices of the legislature of Quebec, 1883-
1885), I. 198, 199.

References: Contemporary and early writings. Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1661-
1668, nos. 1598-1600, 1635-1638, 1641, 1643-1646, 1654, 1655, ID99-
1701, 1709, 1808, 1815, 1868, 1877, 1898, and 1669-1674, nos. 4, 23, 24,
2,2, 68, 95, 384, 1010; Collection de Manuscrits, I. 187-210; Memoires
des Commissaires du Roi et de ceux de Sa Majeste Britannique (1755),
II. 292-326, 557-559, IV. 16 ff., 31 ff., 257 ff., 284, 286 ft, 317, 328 ff.,
337 ff., 350 ff., 361 ; The Memorials of the English and French Com-
missaries concerning the Limits of Nova Scotia or Acadia (1755), pp.
20 ff., 121, 122, 165 ff., 409 ff., 449 ff., 581-613, 742-744; J. R. Brodhead,
Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y. (1853-1883), IV. 476, 477, IX. 267, 268, 379, 380,
787, 788, 800 ; P. F. X. de Charlevoix, History and General Description of
Nezv France (translated with notes by J. G. Shea, 1866-1872), III. 138,

139-
References: Later writings. B. Murdoch, Nova Scotia (1865-1867), I. 145-
146; James Hannay, History of Acadia front its First Discovery to its
Surrender to England by the Treaty of Paris (1879), PP- 207-209 ; W. F.
Ganong, " A Monograph of the Evolution of the Boundaries of the Prov-
ince of New Brunswick ", in Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada,
second ser., vol. VII. (1901), sect. 2, pp. 185, 186; W. D. Williamson,
History of the Sta.te of Maine (1832), I. 428, 429, 441 ; C. W. Turtle,
Capt. Francis Champcmozvne: the Dutch Conquest of Acadie, and other
Historical Papers (1889), pp. 132 ff.

Text.16

Faict a Baston le 7me juillet 1670.
Hector Dandigny, chevallier, sieur de Grandfontaine, porteur du grand
sceau de France et d'une lettre du Roy de la Grande Bretagne pour M. le
Chevallier Temple, lieutenant general et gouverneur des pais de l'Acadie pour
le Roy de la Grande Bretagne et luy demander en vertu de ladite lettre et
au nom de Sa Majeste Tres Chrestienne la restitution des forts et pais de
l'Acadie, et pourvu d'une commission de sadite Majeste Tres Chrestienne pour
y commander, certifie et promet qu'ensuitte de la restitution qui lui sera faicte
par ledit Chevallier Temple des forts de Pentagouet, la Riviere St. Jean, le
Port Royal, Cap Sable, La Heve, et generalement touttes les terres et rivieres
qui sont comprises dans l'estendue dudit pais de l'Acadie, conformement a
la lettre dudit Roy de la Grande Bretagne et aux articles dix et onzieme du
traitte de Breda, qu'il donnera une liberte entiere a tous ceulx qui apparti-
endront au dit Sieur Chevallier Temple qui se trouveront dans lesdits ports,

16 The text is that printed in the Collection de Manuscrits rclatifs a la Nouvelle
France, except for a few evident emendations drawn from the copy in the Ministry of
Foreign Affairs in Paris.

13

186 Doc. 64. Nova Scotia — France

terres, et pais de l'Acadie, de se retirer incessamment aussytost l'ordre recu
avec ses [queches] 17 chaloupes, marchandises de traitte, bestiaux, et pelleteries
et aultres meubles qu'ils pourront y avoir sans y porter aulcun empeschement
quelconque ; et, en outre, il promet 18 aussy d'observer a l'egard des Anglois
qui pourront estre habitues dans lesdits pais de l'Acadie le contenu desdits
articles dix et onze du traitte de Breda, et qu'il ne sera faict aulcun acte d'hos-
tilite de part ny d'aultre, ny derobe aulcune chose appartenant audit Chevalier
Temple, et le tout cy dessus sera execute de bonne foy entre eulx, comme ils en
sont convenus et que chacun en signera un double et appliquera son sceau.

[Fait a Baston chez mon dit sieur Chevalier Temple ce septieme Juillet mil
six cent septante, etc., en et signe Temple.]

Et a l'egard des pescheurs qui pourront estre dans les havres et le long des
costes dudit pais de l'Acadie, avec congez dudit sieur Chevallier Temple, ils
pourront y demeurer et achever leur pesche d'icy a trois mois sans qu'on 19
leur apporte aulcun trouble et l'annee qui vient ils n'y pourront aller en aul-
cune maniere, a moins qu'ils [n'Jayent eu un conge expres de sa Majeste Tres
Chrestienne, ou de celuy qui commandera dans ledit pais en son nom.

Cet article aura lieu pour ceulx qui pourront estre presentement au Cap
Breton pour charger du charbon pareillement pour lesdits pescheurs.

Faict le mesme jour qu'en l'aultre1 part et est escrit et scelle du cachet de ses
armes.

Temple,

17 This word, Anglice ketches, is in the Paris copy, but not in the printed text.

18 77 promet in the Paris copy ; je promets in the printed text.

19 On in the Paris copy ; il in the printed text.

65.

Treaty between Great Britain and Spain, concluded at Madrid,
July 8/18, 16/0. Ratification by Spain, October 8, 1670.
[Ratification by Great Britain, August 12/22, 1670.1]

Introduction.

The treaty of peace and amity negotiated by Lord Sandwich at Madrid in
1667 2 utterly failed to end the strife between Englishmen and Spaniards in
the West Indies. Jamaican privateers continued their attacks upon Spanish
ships and territories, confident of protection from their good friend Sir Thomas
Modyford, the governor of Jamaica. Modyford, who had granted them letters
of marque against the Spaniards,3 declared that he had not seen the treaty of
Munster to which the treaty of 1667 referred,4 and that he would not alter
his attitude until further orders.5 One of his pretexts for licensing the buc-
caneers was his suspicion that Spain was planning to retake Jamaica.6 He
declared that the island would never be secure until the Spanish government
acknowledged England's right to it, and named it in a treaty.7

After Morgan's sacking of Porto Bello, the Spanish ambassador in En-
gland, the Count of Molina, remonstrated, as he had before, against the in-
fractions of the treaty of 1667. He desired satisfaction for his mistress the
Queen Regent of Spain, and punishment for Modyford, and threatened to
leave London.8 In April, 1669, the queen ordered her governors in the West
Indies to proclaim war against the English south of the tropic of Cancer.9

The British government was anxious to avoid a breach with Spain that
might interrupt Anglo-Spanish commerce to the advantage of the Dutch.10
It believed that Spain's terror of France, and realization of her own defense-
lessness within and without Europe, would induce her to buy Great Britain's
friendship by concessions in America. The British government therefore
adopted a conciliatory attitude, and sent Sir William Godolphin, Lord Sand-
wich's former secretary, as envoy extraordinary to Madrid, to negotiate a
treaty providing amnesty for the past, good intelligence for the future, and
the kind reception of English ships into Spanish-American harbors. Great

1 The ratification by the King of England is printed in Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccivn
de los Tratados de Pas de Espana: Reynado de Carlos II. (1751-1752), I. 522-524.

2 Doc. 55.

3 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1669- 1674, pp. 38, 39, no. 103.

4 See above, p. 107 ; for the treaty of Munster, see Treaties to 1648, Doc. 40.

5 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1661-1668, p. 528, no. 1652.

6 Ibid., p. 610, no. 1838.

7 Ibid., p. 615, no. 1850.

8 Acts of the Privy Council, Colonial, I. (1908) 497, no. 822; Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1669-
1674, P- 1, no. 1 ; T. Bebington, Arlington's Letters to Sir W. Temple (1701), p. 395.

9 Cal. St. Pap. Col, 1669-1674, p. 54, no. 149, p. 73, no. 211, p. 109, no. 280.

10 Ibid., p. 68, no. 193 ; P. R. O.. St. Pap., Spain, no. 57, Godolphin to Charles II., July
19/29, 1670.

187

1SS Doc. 65. Great Britain — Spain

Britain did not at this time ask for liberty to trade in Spanish America, partly
because her own Navigation Act was inconsistent with reciprocal free trade
in those regions, and partly because her merchants believed it more profitable
to send goods thither by way of Spain than to ship them there directly.11

In Godolphin's negotiations with the Spanish commissioner, the Count of
Penaranda, which began in the autumn of 1669, the English envoy assumed
the attitude of consenting to an adjustment rather than of seeking it.12 Taking
the position already assumed by the English government,13 he successfully
combatted the Spanish contention that the first article of the treaty of 1667
had established a general peace between the two crowns, all over the world,
and that therefore reparation should be made for the acts of the privateers and
justice done to Modyford.14 No satisfaction was arranged for in the treaty
of 1670, although Modyford was sent home to England as a prisoner in 1671.15

The articles of Godolphin's projet met with strong opposition, especially
from the Council of the Indies and from Spanish commanders long in America.
As to accommodating English ships in distress, the Spaniards argued that the
English could always pretend that they were pursued, or in need of supplies ;
and, once in port, the Spaniards themselves would seek trade with them, which
could not be prevented.16 They proposed several restrictive clauses and urged
the substituting of a royal cedilla for a formal treaty, lest other princes, es-
pecially the French, should press for the same privileges. Godolphin rejected
these proposals, and forced them to accept most of his own. But he did not
succeed in enlarging the privileges already granted to Lord Sandwich in the
Philippines,17 by obtaining " some freedom of trade at Manilla . . . from
[English] plantations and factories in the East Indies ", as had been recom-
mended to him by the East India Company.18

The treaty was signed on July 8/18, 1670, to the chagrin of the
Spaniards. " This treaty ", said Godolphin, " pierceth generally the hearts of
the people, having never yet made any particular one on this subject, nor in-
dulged any negotiations approaching thereto." 19 In fact, it went much farther

11 P. R. O., St. Pap., Spain, no. 57, Godolphin to Arlington, July 13/23, 1670 ; Cat. St.
Pap. Col., 1669-1674, p. 68, no. 194.

12 P. R. O., St. Pap., Spain, no. 56, Godolphin to Arlington, May 4/14, 1670.

13 Cat. St. Pap. Col., 1669-1674, p. 54, no. 149. But cf. ibid., 1661-1668, p. 641, no. 1908.

14 Ibid., 1669-1674, pp. 159, 172, 174, 245, 246, etc.

15 Godolphin to Arlington, June 28/July 8, 1670.

10 " They excepted the South-Sea ", writes Godolphin, " then many of their principal
ports, allowing in case of necessity only a certain number by name ; then they long
insisted that all our ships that sayl'd to the Indyes should give security for their good
behaviour before they left England. Then the difficulties of declaring our right unto,
dominion, and lawfull propriety of our islands, or colonys ther. Then returning to their
old proposition of buying Jamaica. Then the Biscayners and Ostenders (and among
these many Hollanders) offering to maintain a constant fleet of ships in those seas to
chastize us ther, upon condition they might trade to some certain remote ports, and have
the use of all in the manner agreed now to us." Godolphin to Williamson, July 13/23,
1670. On the proposals of the Biscayners and Ostenders, cf. C. H. Haring, Trade and
Navigation in the Indies (1910), p. 256.

17 F. R. Harris, Edzvard Montagu, II. 103 ; see also Doc. 55.

1S Godolphin to Arlington, May 4/14, 1670.

10 Same to same, June 28/July 8, 1670.

Madrid, 1670 189

in some important respects than Lord Sandwich's treaty of 1667,20 which
it confirmed. The article stipulating Britain's ownership of the regions pos-
sessed by her subjects in America was far more explicit, comprehensive, and
forcible than the corresponding concession in the earlier treaty, although
neither Jamaica nor the other British-American possessions were mentioned
by name. The promise of kind entertainment in Spanish-American ports for
British vessels in distress, with permission to provision and undergo repairs
there, was an entirely new concession, not previously granted by Spain, in any
treaty with any power.

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The treaty concluded on July 8/18, 1670, between Great Britain
and Spain for the settlement of all disputes in America, and its ratification
by Spain on Sept 28/Oct 8, 1670, are in the P. R. O., St. Pap. For.,
Treaties, no. 470.

Text: Printed. J. A. de Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccion de los Tratados
(1751-1752), I. 498-513, 522-526; J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique
(1726-1731), torn. VII., pt. I., pp. 137-139-

Translations: English. A General Collection of Treatys (1710), pp. 162-
167; G. Chalmers, A Collection of Treaties (1790), II. 34-40; British and
Foreign State Papers, I. 608-611 (Extract) ; same in L. Hertslet. A
Complete Collection of Treaties (1827- ), II. 196-199. Spanish.
Abreu, loc. cit. ; C. Calvo, Recueil Complet des Traites . . . de tons les
£tats de VAmerique Latine (1862-1866), I. 162-172.

References: Contemporary and early writings. Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1661-
1668 (1880), pp. 528, 610-612, 615-617, 636, 641, and 1669-1674 (1889),
pp. 1, 27, 28, 38, 39, 46, 54, 57-83, passim, 105-109, 130, 142, 146, 158,
159, 174; Acts of the Privy Council, Colonial (1908-1912), I. 497, 498,
716, 717, 880, 881 ; T. Bebington, The Earl of Arlington's Letters to Sir
W. Temple (1701), p. 395; Hispania Illustrata (1703), p. 115.

References : Later writings. V. Barbour, " Privateers and Pirates of the
West Indies ", in Am. Hist. Rev., XVI. 558-563 (1911) ; C. H. Haring,
The Buccaneers in the West Indies in the XVII. Century (1910), pp. 196-
198.

Text.

21

Carolus Secundus, Dei gratia Hispaniarum, etc. rex, et Serenissima Regina
Maria Anna Austriaca, etc., Notum facimus per praesentes nostras litteras
approbationis, ratihabitionis, et confirmationis, quod decimo octavo die mensis
Julii, anni praesentis millesimi sexcentesimi septuagesimi, Matriti, tractatus
de componendis controversiis, depraedationibus coercendis, et pace concilianda
in America inter nos, praefatum Serenissimum ac Potentissimum Regem atque
Reginam Hispaniarum, ab una, et Serenissimum ac Potentissimum Carolum
Secundum, Magnae Britaniae regem, etc. fratrem, consanguineum, et amicum
nostrum charissimum, ab altera parte, factus, initus, et conclusus fuit tenore
sequenti.

20 Doc. 55.

21 The text is taken from the original manuscript of the ratification by the Queen-
Regent of Spain, preserved in the P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 470.

190 Doc. 65. Great Britain — Spain

Cum pluribus retro annis bona intelligentia et arnica gentes inter Hispanam
Anglicanamque correspondentia in America interruptae fuissent, et ad utram-
que restaurandam certisque pro futuro regulis stabiliendam Serenissimus ac
Potentissimus dominus Carolus Britaniae etc. rex misisset in Hispaniam able-
gatum suum extraordinarium dominum Guilielmum Godolphin, equitem aura-
tum, aerarii reddituumque regiorum auditorem et in parlamento Angliae
senatorem, ipsique plenam et omnimodam dedisset potestatem ineundi quem-
cunque tractatum in hunc finem necessarium : necnon Serenissimi Potentissimi-
que dominus Carolus rex Hispaniarum, etc. et regina domina Maria Anna
Austriaca ipsius parens, tutrix, et curatrix, regnorumque ejus ac ditionum
gubernatrix, ut tam sanctum opus promoveretur, plenipotentiarium quoque
suum deputasset excellentissimum virum dominum Gasparem de Bracamonte
et Guzman, comitem Peiiarandae, consiliarium status et praesidem Indiarum,
qui cum supradicto domino Guilielmo Godolphin ablegato extraordinario de
iis ageret, tractaret, et concluderet : Tandem ab utraque parte in subsequentis
tractatus articulos conventum est, virtute suarum respective commissionum,
quarum copiae hie inseruntur.

1. Concordatum imprimis est inter alte memoratos plenipotentiaries domi-
num Comitem de Pefiaranda, et dominum Guilielmum Godolphin, nomini-
bus Serenissimorum respective Regum dominorum suorum, uti tractatus pacis
et amicitiae inter coronas Hispaniae et Magnae Britanniae Matriti initus
decimo/vigesimo tertio die Maii anno domini millesimo sexcentesimo sexages-
simo septimo, ullave ejus capita per praesentes articulos et conventiones nequa-
quam sublata censeantur vel antiquata, sed ut ea perpetuo maneant in pristino
suo robore, firmitate, ac vigore, quatenus non sint contraria aut repugnantia
praesenti tractatui aut articulorum alicui in eodem contento.

2. Pax sit universalis, sincera atque vera amicitia, tam in America quam
in caeteris mundi partibus, inter Serenissimos Hispaniarum et Magnae Britan-
niae reges, eorumque haeredes et sucessores, necnon inter regna, status, colon-
ias, fortalitia, civitates, praefecturas, insulas, sine distinctione locorum sub
utriusque ditione positas, earumque populos et incolas, quae ab hoc die in per-
petuum durabit, et tam terra quam mari atque ubivis aquarum sancte observa-
bitur, ita ut alter alterius commoda ac utilitates promoveat, populique sibi
invicem studiis mutuis ac honesto affectu auxilio sint et faveant, omnique ex
parte in remotis illis regionibus (uti in propinquioribus) fida vicinitas et secura
pacis atque amicitiae cultura crescat in dies et augeatur.

3. Item uti in futurum omnes inimicitiae, hostilitates, et discordiae inter
praedictos dominos reges eorumque subditos et incolas cessent et aboleantur:
et utraque pars ab omni direptione, depraedatione, laesione, injuriisque ac
infestatione qualicumque, tam terra quam mari et aquis dulcibus ubivis gen-
tium, temperet prorsus et abstineat.

4. Item ut iidem Serenissimi Reges subditos suos ab omni vi et injuria
abstinere curent, revocentque quascunque commissiones ac literas, tam rep-
resaliarum seu de marca, quam facultatem praedandi in Occidentali India
continentes cujuscumque generis aut conditionis sint, in praejudicium alterius
aut subditorum ejus, subditis suis aut incolis sive extraneis datas et concessas,
easque nullas, cassas, et irritas declarent ut hoc pacis tractatu nullae, cassae, et
irritae declarantur, et quicunque contravenerint, puniantur, ac praeter inflic-
tam criminalem poenam subditis laesis et id requirentibus illata damna resarcire
compellantur.

Madrid, 1670 191

5. Renuntiabuntque praeterea, prout tenore praesentium dicti reges ac quili-
bet eorum renuntiavit et renuntiat cuicumque ligae, confoederationi, capitula-
tioni, et intelligentiae in praejudicium unius vel alterius quomodolibet factae,
quae praesenti paci et concordiae omnibusque et singulis in ea contentis repug-
nat vel repugnare possit, easque omnes et singulas quoad effectum praedictum
cassabunt et annullabunt nulliusque momenti declarabunt.

6. Captivi utrinque ad unum omnes, cujuscumque ordinis aut sortis sint,
qui ratione hostilitatis cujusvis in America dudum commissae detinentur, abs-
que lytro aut alio ullo redemptions pretio, sine mora dimittantur.

7. Omnes offensae, dispendia, damna, injuriae, quae gentes Hispana et An-
glicana altrinsecus quibuscunque retro temporibus, qualicunque de causa aut
praetextu, alia ab altera pertulerunt in America, ea oblivioni tradantur et e
memoria eradantur plane ac si nullae unquam intercessissent. Conventum
praeterea est quod Serenissimus Magnae Britanniae Rex, haeredes et succes-
sors ejus, cum plenario jure summi imperii, proprietatis, et possessionis,
terras omnes, regiones, insulas, colonias, ac dominia in Occidentali India aut
quavis parte Americae sita habebunt, tenebunt, et possidebunt in perpetuum
quaecunque dictus Magnae Britanniae Rex et subditi ejus impraesentiarum
tenent ac possident, ita ut eo nomine aut quacunque sub praetensione nihil
unquam amplius urgeri, nihilque controversiarum in posterum moveri possit
aut debeat.

8. Subditi et incolae, mercatores, navarchae, naucleri, nautae, regnorum,
provinciarum, terrarumque utriusque regis respective abstinebunt cavebuntque
sibi a commerciis et navigatione in portus ac loca fortalitiis, stabulis mercimon-
iorum, vel castellis instructa, aliaque omnia quae ab una vel ab altera parte occu-
pantur in Occidentali India: nimirum Regis Magnae Britanniae subditi nego-
tiationem non dirigent, navigationem non instituent, mercaturam non facient
in portubus locisve quae Rex Catholicus in dicta India tenet, neque vicissim
Regis Hispaniarum subditi in ea loca navigationes instituent aut commercia
exercebunt quae ibidem a Rege Magnae Britanniae possidentur.

9. Si vero tractu temporis visum fuerit alterutri regum licentiam aliquem
generalem vel spetialem aut privilegia concedere alterius subditis navigationum
instituendi et commercium habendi in quibusvis locis suae ditionis, qui dictas
licentias et privilegia concesserit, dicta navigatio et commercium exercebuntur
et manu tenebuntur juxta ac secundum formam, tenorem, et effectum permis-
sionum aut privilegiorum quae indulgeri poterint, quorum securitati praesens
tractatus ejusdemque ratihabitio inserviet.

10. Item concordatum est, quod si alterutrius confoederatorum subditi et
incolae cum navibus suis (sive bellicae sint et publicae, sive onerariae ac priva-
tae) procellis abrepti fuerint, vel persequentibus pyratis inimicis ac hostibus
aut alio quovis incommodo cogantur se ad portum quaerendum in alterius
foederati flumina, sinus, aestuaria, ac stationes recipere, vel ad littora quae-
cunque in America appellere, benigne omnique humanitate ibidem excipiantur,
arnica gaudeant protectione, et benevolentia tractentur. Nullo autem modo
impediantur quo minus integrum omnino habeant reficere se, victualia etiam et
omne genus commeatum, sive vitae sustinendae sive navibus reparandis et
itineri faciendo necessarium, aequo et consueto pretio comparare. Nulla quo-
que ratione prohibeantur ex portu et statione vicissim solvere ac egredi, quin
ipsis licitum sit pro libitu migrare loco libereque discedere quandocunque et
quocunque visum fuerit, absque ulla molestatione aut impedimento.

11. Pari ratione si naves alterutrius confoederati ejusdemque subditorum ac
incolarum ad oras aut in ditionibus quibuscunque alterius impegerint, jactum
fecerint, vel (quod Deus avertat) naufragium aut damnum quodcunque passae

192 Doc. 65. Great Britain — Spain

fuerint, ejectos aut detrimenta passos in vincula aut servitutem abducere nefas
esto, quin periclitantibus aut naufragis benevole ac amicissime subveniatur
atque auxilium feratur, literaeque illis salvi conductus exhibeantur, quibus inde
tuto et absque molestia exire et ad suam quisque patriam redire valeat.

12. Quando autem alterutrius naves (uti supradictum est) maris periculo
aliave cogente ratione compulsae in alterius portus adigantur, si tres quatuorve
fuerint, justamque suspitionis occassionem praebere poterint adventus istius-
modi causa, gubernatori vel primario loci magistratui statim exponetur, nee
diutius ibi mora trahetur quam quae illis a dicto gubernatore aut praefecto
permissa, et victui comparando, navibusque turn resarciendis turn instruendis
commoda atque aequa f uerit ; cautum vero semper sit ut onus non distrahant,
neque mercium aut sarcinarum aliquid e navibus efferant et vendi exponant,
nee etiam mercimonia ab altera parte in naves receperint aut quicquam egerint
contra hoc foedus.

13. Utraque pars vere ac firmiter observabit atque executioni mandabit
praesentem tractatum, omniaque et singula in eodem contenta et comprehensa,
atque a suis quaeque subditis ac incolis observari et praestari efficaciter curabit.

14. Nulla privata injuria amicitiam hanc pactumque ullo modo infirmabit,
neque odium aut dissidia inter praedictas nationes suscitabit, sed quilibet de
facto suo proprio respondebit deque eo tenebitur, neque per represalias aut
alios hujusmodi odiosos processus alter id luet, in quo alter deliquit nisi justicia
denegabitur aut plus justo def eretur ; in quo casu regi illi cujus subditus dam-
num et injuriam passus est licitum erit juxta juris gentium leges et prescripta
omni modo procedere, donee facta fuerit laeso reparatio.

15. Praesens tractatus nihil derogabit preeminentiae, juri, ac dominio cui-
cunque alterutrius confoederatorum in maribus Americanis, fretis, atque
aquis quibuscunque, sed habeant retineantque sibi eadem pari amplitudine quae
illis jure competit ; intellectum autem semper esto libertatem navigandi neuti-
quam interrumpi debere, modo nihil adversus genuinum horum articulorum
sensum committatur vel peccetur.

16. Denique pacti hujus ac foederis solennes ac rite confectae ratihabitiones
intra quatuor menses ab hoc die utrinque exhibeantur et reciproce commuten-
tur, atque intra octo mensium spatium a dicta commutatione instrumentorum
computandum, aut citius si fieri poterit, per omnia utriusque confoederati
regna, status, dominia, et insulas, ubi convenerit, tarn in Occidentali India
quam alibi, publicentur.

In quorum omnium et singulorum fidem nosi supra memorati plenipotentiarii
praesentem tractatum manibus nostris et sigillis mutuis subsignavimus et
munivimus. Matriti decimo octavo die mensis Julii, anno domini millesimo
sexcentessimo septuagesimo. El Conde de Penaranda. D. Guilielmus
Godolphin.

Quern tractatum superius exaratum et insertum nobis a prefato commissario
ac plenipotentiario nostro exhibitum, post quam visus et in consilio nostro
mature examinatus esset, pro nobis et Serenissimo Hispaniarum, etc., Rege
Carolo Secundo, filio nostro charissimo, proque haeredibus et successoribus
ejus, necnon vassallis, subditis, et incolis regnorum, ditionum, ac dominiorum
nostrorum, et totum ejus contentum, et quodcunque ejus punctum separatim,
ut bonum, firmum, et stabilem acceptavimus, approbavimus, et ratificavimus, et
per praesentes acceptamus, approbamus, et ratificamus, spondentes verbo ac
fide regia et dicti Serenissimi Regis filii nostri nomine locoque, necnon haeredum
ac successor um ejus, dictum nos tractatum juxta formam et tenorem suum con-
stanter ac inviolabiliter observaturos et perfecturos, atque ut observetur et

Madrid, 1670 193

perficiatur curaturos esse, eo modo ac si eundem in propria persona nostra
tractassemus, neque ulla quacunque tandem ratione sive directa sive indirecta
contraventuros, neque ut ab aliis contraveniatur permissuros esse, cum obstric-
tione in eum finem atque obligatione dicti Serenissimi Regis Catholici filii nostri
charissimi, atque haeredum, successorum posterorumque ejus, quin etiam
omnium et singulorum regnorum, regionum, et dominiorum nostrorum, nullis
exceptis, ut et omnium aliorum bonorum nostrorum, praesentium et futurorum.
Quo autem supradicta obligatio eo magis confirmetur, legibus, consuetudinibus,
et exceptionibus quibuscunque contrafacientibus vel adversantibus renuncia-
mus. In eorum autem omnium quae supra dicta sunt fidem et testimonium
jussimus expediri praesentes literas propria nostra manu subscriptas ac sigillo
nostro secreto munitas, manuque secretarii nostri status subsignatas octavo
die mensis Octobris, anno Domini millesimo sexcentesimo septuagessimo.

Yo la Reyna.

Don Diego de la Torre.

Translation.

We, Charles the Second, by the grace of God king of Spain, etc., and the
most Serene Queen, Maria Anna of Austria, etc., make known by our present
letters of approval, ratification, and confirmation, that, on the eighteenth day
of July of the present year, 1670, at Madrid, there was made, entered into, and
concluded between us, the aforesaid Most Serene and Most Potent King and
Queen of Spain on the one part, and the Most Serene and Most Potent Charles
the Second, king of Great Britain, our dearest brother, kinsman, and friend, on
the other part, a treaty for adjusting disputes, repressing depredations, and
procuring peace in America, which is of the following tenor :

Whereas, for many years past, good understanding and friendly correspon-
dence between the English and Spanish nations have been interrupted in
America, and for the purpose of restoring both, and establishing them with
fixed regulations for the future, the Most Serene and Most Potent lord Charles,
king of Great Britain, etc., despatched into Spain his envoy extraordinary, Sir
William Godolphin, knight, auditor of the treasury and of the royal revenues,
and member of the English Parliament, with full and complete power to enter
into any treaty necessary to this end ; and likewise, in order to promote so holy
a work, the Most Serene and Most Potent lord Charles, king of Spain, etc.,
and the Queen, Dona Maria Anna of Austria, his parent, guardian, and trustee,
and governor of his kingdoms and lordships, also deputed their plenipotentiary,
the most excellent Don Gaspar de Bracamonte and Guzman, count of Peiia-
randa, councillor of state and president of the Indies, to confer, treat, and con-
clude respecting these matters with the aforesaid Sir William Godolphin, envoy
extraordinary — at length both parties agreed upon the articles of the following
treaty, by virtue of their respective commissions, of which copies are here
inserted.

1. First, it is agreed between the aforesaid plenipotentiaries, the lord Count
of Penaranda and Sir William Godolphin, in the names of the Most Serene
kings, their respective masters, that the treaty of peace and friendship adjusted
between the crowns of Spain and of Great Britain at Madrid, on May 13/23,
1670, or any of its articles, shall in no wise be considered as annulled or
abrogated by the present articles and conventions, but they shall retain their
original force, stability, and vigor forever, in so far as they are not contrary
or repugnant to the present treaty or to any of the articles therein contained.

194 Doc. 65. Great Britain — Spain

2. There shall be a universal peace, and true and sincere amity, as well in
America as in other parts of the world, between the Most Serene kings of
Spain and Great Britain, their heirs and successors, and likewise between the
kingdoms, states, colonies, forts, cities, provinces, and islands, without any
distinction of places, under the jurisdiction of either, and between the peoples
and inhabitants of their dominions. This peace and amity shall endure from
this day forth and forever, and shall be religiously observed as well on land
as on sea and in all waters, so that each shall promote the welfare and advantage
of the other, and the peoples shall reciprocally favor and assist each other with
mutual zeal and true affection, and in every respect in those remote regions
(as in those nearer home) a faithful neighborliness and the secure observance
of peace and amity shall daily increase and be augmented.

3. Also that for the future all enmities, hostilities, and dissensions between
the aforesaid lord kings and their subjects and inhabitants shall cease and be
abolished ; and both parties shall wholly forbear and abstain from all pillage,
depredation, hurt, and injury and any sort of molestation, as well by land as
by sea or in fresh waters, in whatever part of the world.

4. Also that the said Most Serene kings shall take care that their subjects
abstain from all violence and injury, and they shall revoke all commissions and
letters containing powers either of reprisal or marque, or of making prizes in
the West Indies, of whatever sort or condition they may be, to the prejudice
of either king, or of their subjects, whether the commissions have been given
and granted to their own subjects or inhabitants or to strangers ; and they shall
declare them null, void, and of no effect, as by this treaty of peace they are
declared null, void, and of no effect. Whoever shall contravene this shall be
punished, and in addition to the criminal penalty imposed, they shall be obliged
to indemnify the injured subjects who demand it.

5. Moreover they will renounce, as by the tenor of these presents the said
kings and each of them has renounced and does renounce, any league, con-
federacy, capitulation, and understanding, made in any way whatsoever to the
prejudice of either, which is or may be repugnant to the present peace and
agreement, and to all and singular therein contained. They shall annul, make
void, and declare of no moment these agreements, all and singular, so far as
necessary for the aforesaid purpose.

6. Prisoners on both sides, one and all, of whatsoever rank or condition they
may be, detained on account of any act of hostility previously committed in
America, shall be freed promptly, without paying ransom or any thing else
for their release.

7. All offenses, losses, damages, and injuries which the English and Spanish
nations have, for whatsoever cause or pretext, suffered from each other at any
time past, in America, shall be buried in oblivion, and completely effaced from
memory, as if they had never occurred. Moreover it is agreed that the Most
Serene King of Great Britain, his heirs and successors, shall have, hold, and
possess forever, with full right of sovereignty, ownership, and possession, all
the lands, regions, islands, colonies, and dominions, situated in the West Indies
or in any part of America, that the said King of Great Britain and his subjects
at present hold and possess ; so that neither on that account nor on any other
pretext may or should anything ever be further urged, or any controversy
begun in future.

8. Subjects and inhabitants, merchants, captains, skippers, and seamen of
the kingdoms, provinces, and territories of either king respectively, shall abstain
and forbear from trade and navigation to the ports and places provided with

Madrid, 1670 195

forts, warehouses, or castles, and all others which either party occupies in the
West Indies. Subjects of the King of Great Britain shall on no account direct
their commerce or undertake navigation to the ports or places which the Cath-
olic King holds in the said Indies, nor trade in them. Reciprocally, the subjects
of the King of Spain shall not sail to or trade in the places that are possessed
there by the King of Great Britain.

9. But if in the course of time either king shall deem it convenient to grant
any general or special license or any privileges to the subjects of the other for
navigating and trading in any places under the jurisdiction of the one who
shall have granted the said licenses and privileges, the said navigation and
commerce shall be practised and maintained according to the form, tenor, and
effect of the permissions or privileges to be conferred, for whose authority
the present treaty and its ratification will serve.

10. Also it is agreed that if the subjects and inhabitants of either confeder-
ate with their ships (whether warships and public, or merchant ships and pri-
vate), shall be driven by storm or forced by pursuit of hostile pirates and
enemies or by any other misfortune to betake themselves for refuge into the
rivers, bays, estuaries, and stations of the other confederate, or to land upon
any coasts in America, they shall be received there kindly and with entire
humanity, they shall enjoy friendly protection and shall be treated with be-
nevolence. Moreover, they shall not be hindered in any way from refitting en-
tirely, and likewise from buying at a just and usual price victuals and all kinds
of supplies necessary for the support of life, the repair of ships, and the
continuation of their voyage. Moreover, they shall not be in any way prevented,
on the other hand, from setting sail and leaving the port and roadstead ; but they
shall be allowed to go away at will, and freely depart whenever and wherever
they please, without any molestation or hindrance.

11. Likewise, if the ships of either ally, his subjects and inhabitants, run
aground, are cast away, or (which God forbid) suffer shipwreck or damage
upon the coasts or in any dominions of the other, it is forbidden to take prisoner
or confine the persons cast on shore or suffering harm ; but on the contrary, be-
nevolent and friendly assistance and relief shall be rendered those who are in
peril or shipwrecked, and they shall be given letters of safe conduct, in order
that they may depart thence safe and unmolested, and each return to his own
country.

12. But when ships of either ally (as is aforesaid), compelled by any peril
of sea, or other urgent necessity, shall be driven into the ports of the other, if
there be three or four, and they give just ground for suspicion, the reason
for their coming shall be immediately given to the governor or chief magis-
trate of the place, and they shall stay there no longer than the said governor
or chief magistrate shall permit, and than shall be right and suitable for the
purchase of provisions and repair and equipment of ships. And they shall
always refrain from unloading any cargo or carrying out of their ships any
goods or packs and exposing them for sale, and from receiving merchandise
from the other party on board their ships, or from doing anything contrary to
this treaty.

13. Both parties shall sincerely and constantly observe and execute this
present treaty, and all and every the matters therein contained and compre-
hended, and shall cause the same to be observed and performed by their respec-
tive subjects and inhabitants.

14. No private offense shall in any way weaken this friendship and alliance,
nor stir up ill-will or dissensions between the aforesaid nations, but every one
shall be obliged to answer for his own deed ; nor by reprisals or other such

196 Doc. 65. Great Britain — Spain

odious proceedings shall one man compensate for the transgression of another,
unless justice be denied or unjustly delayed. In that case, the king whose sub-
ject has suffered loss and injury may permissibly take any course in accordance
with the rules and methods of the law of nations, until reparation be made
to the injured party.

15. The present treaty shall detract nothing from any pre-eminence, right,
or dominion of either ally in the American seas, straits, and other waters ; but
they shall have and retain them in as ample a manner as is their rightful due.
Moreover, it is always to be understood that the freedom of navigation ought
by no means to be interrupted, provided nothing be committed or done contrary
to the genuine meaning of these articles.

16. Finally, solemn ratifications of this treaty and alliance, made in due
form, shall be presented on both sides and reciprocally exchanged within four
months from this day ; and within the space of eight months, to be reckoned
from the said exchange of the instruments (or sooner, if possible), the rati-
fications shall be published in all convenient places throughout all the kingdoms,
states, dominions, and islands of either confederate, both in the West Indies
and elsewhere.

In testimony of all and singular the contents hereof, we, the above-mentioned
plenipotentiaries, have signed and sealed the present treaty with our respective
signatures and seals. At Madrid, on the eighteenth day of the month of July,
in the year of the Lord 1670.

The Count of Penaranda. William Godolphin.

This treaty, written and inserted above, having been exhibited to us by our
aforementioned commissioner and plenipotentiary, after it had been viewed and
maturely examined in our council, we have accepted, approved, and ratified,
and by these presents we do accept, approve, and ratify, with all its contents
and each separate part thereof, as good, firm, and stable, for us and for the
Most Serene King of Spain, etc., Charles the Second, our very dear son, and
for his heirs and successors, and also for the vassals, subjects, and inhabitants
of our kingdoms, provinces, and dominions, promising on our word and royal
faith, and in the name and place of the said Most Serene king our son, and
of his heirs and successors, that we will observe and execute the said treaty,
constantly and inviolably, according to its form and tenor, and we will cause it
to be observed and executed, in the same manner as if we had negotiated it in
our own person, nor shall we contravene it, in any way whatsoever, directly
or indirectly, nor permit it to be contravened by others, binding and obliging
for that purpose the said Most Serene Catholic king, our very dear son, and
his heirs, successors, and descendants, as well as all and singular our kingdoms,
provinces, and seignories, without any exception, together with all the rest of
our goods, present and future. And in order that the aforesaid obligation may
be the better confirmed, we renounce laws, customs, and all exceptions, opposed
or contrary thereto. And in faith and testimony of all the aforesaid, we have
ordered these present letters to be drawn up, signed by our own hand, and
sealed with our privy seal, and undersigned by the hand of our secretary of
state. Given at Madrid, on the eighth day of October, in the year of our Lord
1670.

I, the Queen.

Don Diego de la Torre.

66.

Treaty of alliance and commerce between Great Britain and Den-
mark, concluded at Copenhagen, July n, 1670, O. S. Ratifica-
tion by Denmark, August 11, 16/0.

Introduction.

In June, 1669, Count Ulrik Frederik Gyldenlove, illegitimate son of the
reigning King of Denmark (Frederik III.), viceroy of Norway, and, according
to the British ambassador at Copenhagen, the finest gentleman in Denmark,
arrived in London for the purpose of establishing better relations and nego-
tiating a treaty of commerce and alliance between the two crowns.1

His chief political aim was to separate Great Britain from Sweden ; 2 his
main commercial object, to alter the provisions of the treaty of 1661 ; 3 in par-
ticular to change the definition of contraband, and to add new stipulations re-
garding importation into either country and access to the Danish colonies.4
The British commissioners 5 accepted some, but not all, of his proposals,6
and signed the treaty on November 29, 1669.7

Gyldenlove was on his way to Denmark with this instrument when Frederik
III. ordered him to return to London to have it altered.8 But no sooner had
the Danish ambassador reached England, than he learned of the death of his
master, which had occured on February 9, 1670.9 He therefore hurried back
to Copenhagen, where after the arrival in June of the representative of the

1 Denmark had joined the United Provinces and France in their war against England
in 1666, but had signed a treaty of peace with England on July 21/31, 1667. See above,
pp. 120, 121. A translation of the peace treaty is in G. Chalmers, Collection of Treaties
between Great Britain and other Pozvers, I. 74-78. For the date of Gyldenlove's arrival
in England, see Cal. St. Pap. Dom., 1668- 1669, p. 378.

2 J. Steenstrup et al., Danmarks Riges Historie (1896- ), IV. 524.

3 The treaty of 1661 is in Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, torn. VI., pt. II., pp. 346-348;
translation in Hertslet, Collection of Treaties, I. 179-186.

4 P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Holland, no. 18; Foreign Entry Book, no. 176.

5 The commissioners were appointed on Aug. 26/Sept. 5, 1669. They are named in the
preamble of the treaty.

6 The Danish ambassador's projet is in P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaty Papers, no. 3.
The articles of most interest to us are the following: (2) license required for prohibited
ports and plantations; (3) wares of Danish growth or brought on the Elbe or Baltic
free for England. From England all commodities but wine, salt, and tobacco were to be
prohibited. The British commissioners wished to restore the alliance and base the com-
mercial articles on the treaties concluded but not ratified between England and Denmark
in 1665 (ibid.). For the treaties of 1665, see H. L. Schoolcraft, "England and Denmark,
1660-1667", in Eng. Hist. Rev., XXV. 462-478.

7 The text of the treaty signed on this date is printed in Dumont, op. cit., torn. VII.,
pt. I., pp. 126-130.

8 Dan-ske Samlinger for Historie. second ser., III. 35, 58. Gyldenlove's recredentials
are in P. R. O., Foreign Entry Books. 175.

9 Cal. St. Pap. Dom., 1670, Add. 1660-1670 (1895), pp. 85, 87, 90, 95.

197

198 Doc. 66. Great Britain — Denmark

British government, Arthur Capel, earl of Essex,10 the treaty was concluded
on July ii, 1670.

The articles of this treaty are practically identical with those of the instru-
ment signed nine months before. They are of interest as revealing the Danish
government's intention to imitate Great Britain's general policy indicated in
the Navigation Acts as well as in various treaties and elsewhere, to exclude
toreigners from her colonies, and to restrict imports by foreigners into her
other dominions to commodities produced in the territories of the ruler to whom
the importer owed allegiance.

For two years preceding the conclusion of this treaty, as well as subse-
quently, the Danish government was interested in encouraging its merchants
to engage in distant trade.11 In November, 1670, the Danish East India Com-
pany was founded, and in March, 1671, the Danish West India Company
received its charter, which permitted it to enjoy possession of the island
of St. Thomas in the West Indies, and of other islands in the vicinity.12 In
connection with the provision of the treaty that British subjects should not
come to the colonies of Denmark without special license from the Danish
king, it is interesting to note that the charter of the Danish West India Com-
pany provided that " so long as the Company exists, none other than it, neither
his Majesty's own subjects nor foreigners, shall receive any passports or per-
mission to trade with the West Indies in any fashion whatever, upon penalty
of confiscation of ships and goods ".

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by the King of Den-
mark, Aug. 11, 1670, is in the P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 35.
Text: Printed. L. Laursen, Danmark-Norges Traktater, 1523-1750, VI.

317-334.
Translations: English. G. Chalmers, A Collection of Treaties (1790), I. 73-

97; L. Hertslet, Complete Collection of Treaties (1840- ), I. 186-201.

French. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VII., pt. I.,

pp. 132-137.
References: Contemporary and early writings. C. F. Allen, " Bidrag til

Darimarks Historie under Christian V., samlede fra Udenlandske Ar-

kiver ", in Danske Samlinger for Historie, Topograti, Personal og Liter-

aturhistorie, second ser., III. (1873-1874) 35, 58.
References : Later writings. L. Laursen, loc. cit. ; C. F. Bricka, Dansk

BiograUsk Lexikon (1887-1905)^1. 351, 352 (art. on U. F. Guldenlove) ;

W. Westergaard, The Danish West Indies under Company Rule, 16/1-

1754 (1917), PP. 24-27.

10 Cat. St. Pap. Dom., 1670, Add. 1660-1670 (1895), pp. 165, 185, 332.

11 See W. Westergaard, The Danish West Indies under Company Rule, 1671-1754
(1917), pp. 21-23, 31 ff. In Frederick Third's last years the government expressed its
sorrow oyer the fact that Denmark and Norway had neglected navigation in the Western
seas. Edict of July 23, 1669, referred to in E. Holm, Danmark-N orges Indre Historie
fra 1660 til 1720, vol. I. (1885), p. 222.

12 The substance of the charter of the Danish West India Company is given in Wester-
gaard, op. cit., pp. 294-298.

Copenhagen, 1670 199

Text.

13

Nos Christianus Quintus, Dei gratia rex Daniae, Norvegiae, Wandalorum,
Gothorumque, dux Slesvici, Holsatiae, Stormariae, ac Dithmarsiae, comes in
Oldenborg et Delmenhorst, Notum facimus universis ac singulis inter nos ab
una et Serenissimum ac Potentissimum principem dominum Carolum Secun-
dum, eadem gratia Magnae Britanniae, Franciae, et Hiberniae regem, Fidei
Defensorem, fratrem, cognatum, et amicum nostrum charissimum ab altera
parte, certa pacta capitaque foederis a perdilectis et fidelibus nostris consil-
iariis summo rei bellicae praefecto nostro Johanne Scackio, domino de Mogel-
tonder et Gram, equite Ordinis Elephantini, consiliario nostro intimo, collegii
militaris praeside, collegii status supremique tribunalis assessore, legionis
equestris ac pedestris tribuno, praef ecturae Ripensis gubernatore ; magno nos-
tro cancellario Petro Reedtz, domino de Turebye, Paldstrup, etc., equite
Ordinis Elephantini, consiliario nostro intimo, collegii cancellariae praeside,
collegii status et supremi tribunalis assessore, Hadelandiae, Romerigae, Busch-
erudae, et Ringerigae gubernatore ; magno nostro admiralio Henrico Bielcke,
domino de Ellinggaard, equite Ordinis Elephantini, consiliario nostro intimo,
collegii admiralitatis praeside, collegii status et supremi tribunalis assessore,
Tslandiaeque gubernatore ; pro rege nostro Norvegiae et ibidem generali mili-
tiae praefecto Uldarico Friderico Guldenlowio, domino de Calloe, equite Or-
dinis Elephantini, consiliario nostro intimo, collegii status et supremi tribun-
alis assessore, praefecturae Aggershusiensis eique subjectarum ditionum guber-
natore ; uti et vice-cancellario nostro Christophoro Parsberg, domnio de Iongs-
hofvet, consiliario nostro intimo, collegii cancellariae vice-praeside, collegii
status et supremi tribunalis assessore, et cancellariae nostrae consiliario ; Petro
Schumachero, primario nostro et intimo camerae nostrae secretario, collegii
status et supremi tribunalis assessore, specialiter ad hoc delegatis et sufficient!'
a nobis potestate instructis, uti et ab illustrissimo Arthuro Essexiae comite,
vice comite Camoloduni, barone Capel de Hadham, statae militiae praefecto et
locum tenente regis in provinciis Wiltoniae et Hertfordiae, praedicti Serenis-
simi Regis Magnae Britanniae legato extraordinario earn ob rem hue ad nos
misso, exhibitis hinc inde mandatae commissionis plenaeque potestatis Uteris,
maturo ac deliberato consilio parique animorum consensu votoque conclusa
prorsus uti hie inserta ac descripta leguntur.

Quandoquidem Serenissimus ac Potentissimus princeps ac dominus, dominus
Carolus Secundus, Dei gratia Magnae Britanniae, Franciae, et Hiberniae rex,
Fidei Defensor, etc., legatum suum extraordinarium illustrissimum dominum
Arthurum Essexiae comitem, vice-comitem Camaloduni, baronem Capel de
Hadham, statae militiae praefectum et locum tenentem regium in provinciis
Wiltoniae et Hertfordiae, etc., ad Serenissimum ac Potentissimum principem
ac dominum dominum Christianum Quintum, Dei gratia regem Daniae, Norve-
giae, Wandalorum, Gothorumque, ducem Slesvici, Holsatiae, Stormariae, ac
Dithmersiae, comitem in Oldenborg et Delmenhorst, dominum nostrum cle-
mentissimum ablegavit, ut non solum Sacrae Majestati Daniae et Norvegiae
fausta et auspicata regni primordia optaret, devolutosque ad praedictum Seren-
issimum Daniae et Norvegiae regem, haereditario jure, regni fasces ac sceptri
diadematisque honorem gratularetur, sed et inprimis ut pristina inter poten-
tissima Daniae, Norvegiae, Magnaeque Britanniae regna foedera pactaque et
jacta nuper arctioris inter reges amicitiae fundamenta inchoatosque ab illustre
Norwegiae pro rege domino Uldarico Friderico Guldenlowio, etc., solaque divi

13 The text is from the original manuscript of the ratification by the King of Denmark,
preserved in the P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 35.

200 Doc. 66. Great Britain — Denmark

Friderici Tertii morte et acerbo funere interpellates tractatus perficeret con-
summaretque, Sacra Regia Majestas Daniae et Norvegiae nobis delegatis ac
commissariis suis summo rei bellicae praefecto suo Iohanni Sexackio, domino
de Mogeltonder et Gram, equiti Ordinis Elephantini, consiliario suo intimo,
collegii militaris praesidi, collegii status supremique tribunalis assessori, leg-
ionis equestris ac pedestris tribuno, praefecturae Ripensis gubernatori, magno
suo cancellario Petro Reedtz domino de Turebye, Paldstrup, etc., equiti Ordinis
Elephantini, consiliario suo intimo, collegii cancellariae praesidi, collegii status
et supremi tribunalis assessori, Hadelandiae, Romerigae, Busckerudae, et
Ringerigae gubernatori ; magno suo admiralio Henrico Bielche, domino de
Ellinggaard, equite Ordinis Elephantini, consiliario suo intimo, collegii admir-
alitatis praesidi, collegii status et supremi tribunalis assessori, Islandiaeque
gubernatori ; pro rege suo Norwegiae et ibidem generali militiae praefecto,
Uldarico Friderico Guldenlowio, domino de Calloe, equiti Ordinis Elephantini,
consiliario suo intimo, collegii status et supremi tribunalis assessori, praefec-
turae Aggershusiensis eique subjectarum ditionum gubernatori ; uti et vice
cancellario suo Christophoro Parsberg domino de Iongshofvet, consiliario suo
intimo, collegii cancellariae vice praesidi, collegii status et supremi tribunalis
assessori, et cancellariae suae consiliario, Petro Schumachero, primario suo et
intimo camerae suae secretario, collegii status et supremi tribunalis assessori,
plenaque ad id potentate instructis in mandatis dedit, ut cum praedicto Magnae
Britanniae Regis legato extraordinario conveniremus et concluderemus, quod
e re communi stabiliendaeque inter utrosque reges amicitiae consentaneum
aptissimumque arbitraremur, Unde post varios congressus habitaque ultro ci-
troque colloquia in haec demum pacta capitulaque foederis et subsequentes
articulos (prorsus sicut jam antea a praedicto pro rege Norwegiae domino Ul-
darico Friderico Guldenlowio in Anglia cum Serenissimi Magnae Britanniae
Regis commissariis conclusi fuerant) mutua animorum conspiratione consen-
simus, videlicet:

i. Sit inter ambos Serenissimos reges eorumque haeredes et successores, nee
non regna, principatus, provincias, ditiones, comitatus, insulas, civitates, sub-
ditos, et vasalos, cujuscunque conditionis, dignitatis, et gradus illi fuerint, terra
marique, in fluminibus, aquis dulcibus, et ubivis locorum tarn in Europa quam
extra Europam, nunc et in futurum, sincera, vera, et perfecta amicitia, pax,
et confoederatio, ita ut neque alter alterius regnis, principatibus, provinciis,
et ditionibus, hominibusve et subditis ullum detrimentum, damnum, vel incom-
modum inferat neque hoc ab aliis, quantum in se erit, fieri permittat, sed potius
se invicem sincera amicitia, benevolentia, et amore prosequantur, atque alter
alterius ut et subditorum ejus utilitatem et rationes tanquam proprias, omni
tempore promoveat, damna autem, laesiones, et injurias, facto et consiliis,
cunctis viribus prohibeat et avertat.

4. Conventum praeterea et concordatum est, quod si ullo unquam tempore
aliquis princeps vel status Serenissimi Regis Daniae et Norvegiae, etc., regna
haereditaria, provincias, comitatus, oppida, insulas, territoria, aut dominia
quae jam possidet invaserit, vel quovismodo hostiliter aggressus fuerit, tunc
Serenissimus Rex Magnae Britanniae talem terrestrium copiarum atque belli-
carum navium numerum Serenissimo Regi Daniae et Norwegiae, etc., contra
ejusmodi aggressorem auxilio in tempore suppeditabit, qualis ad depellendam
vim suffecerit, ejusdemque rerum status postulaverit, qua ratione Serenissimus
Rex Magnae Britanniae, etc., omnibus suis viribus impeditum ibit, ne per
ejusmodi invasionem vel turbationem Serenissimo Regi Daniae et Norwegiae,
etc., quicquam de regnis, dominiis, aut juribus suis decedat, et si dictus Serenis-

Copenhagen, 16/0 201

simus Rex Daniae et Norvegiae, etc., dictusve Serenissimus Rex Magnae
Britanniae, etc., ullum foedus, amicitiam, confoederationem, aut necessitudi-
nem, cum aliis quibuscumque regibus, principibus, rebuspublicis, aut statibus
contrahent, aut paciscentur, alter una alteram ej usque dominia in iis (quantum
in ipso fuerit) comprehendere conabitur, so comprehendi voluerit.

5. Utriusque regis subditis liberum erit alterius regna et provincias, em-
poria, portus, et flumina cum mercibus suis, tarn terra quam mari, tempore pacis
absque licentia aut salvo conducto generali vel speciali adire, ubique versari
ac negotiari, dummodo vectigalia consueta pendant, salva tamen utriusque
regis superioritate ac jure in regnis, provinciis, principatibus, atque territoriis
respective suis.

6. Convention tamen et conclusum est quod subditi Serenissimi Magnae
Britanniae Regis ad portus prohibitos, quorum in praecedentibus foederibus
mentio sit, neque colonias absque speciali licentia Regis Daniae et Norvegiae
etc. petita et obtenta nullatenus accedant, nisi evidens maris periculum aut
tempestatum impulsus, vel piratae insequentes, accedere vel intrare coegerint,
ubi tunc minime ipsis mercandizare licebit, quemadmodum invicem nee subditi
Serenissimi Regis Daniae et Norvvegiae etc. ad colonias Britannicas accedere
debent, nisi speciali licentia Serenissimi Regis Magnae Britanniae petita et
obtenta.14

7. Serenissimi Regis Daniae et Norwegiae etc. subditis in cellas et recon-
ditoria sua in Anglia, Scotia, et Hibernia et reliquos Magnae Britanniae etc.
Regis portus in Europa tales merces importare licebit quas ditiones, regiones,
et dominia, Serenissimo Regi Daniae et Norvegiae etc. subjecta, nunc vel in
posterum ferre et producere poterunt et quae ibi fabricatae erunt itemque ex
universo Fluvio Albi provenientes ; 15 subditis etiam Magnae Britanniae etc.
Regis vicissim fas erit, in Daniam, Norvegiam, omnesque alios portus et colo-
nias non prohibitas Serenissimi Regis Daniae et Norwegiae etc. omnis generis
mercimonia importare et afferre, quae nunc vel in posterum in regnis, ditioni-
bus, et dominiis Serenissimo Regi Magnae Britanniae etc. subjectis producta et
f abricata erunt ; si vero deinceps aliis peregrinis nationibus permittatur omnis
generis merces absque exceptione in Angliam, Scotiam, et Hiberniam aliosque
Serenissimi Magnae Britanniae etc. Regis portus ferre et advehere, tunc illud
ipsum Serenissimae Regiae Majestatis Daniae et Norwegiae etc. subditis etiam
licitum erit, quod vicissim etiam Serenissimi Magnae Britanniae etc. Regis
subditis in Serenissimi Regis Daniae et Norwegiae etc. portubus et coloniis
prohibitis pariter concessum erit.

28. Naves praesidiariae seu bellicae alterutrius partis, quascunque naves
mercatorias vel alias quae ad alterum foederatum vel ejus subditos pertinuerint
idemque iter fecerint in mari intra vel extra Europam obviam habentes aut
assequentes, iis praesidio esse easque defendere tenebuntur quamdiu eundem
cursum tenuerint.

40. Item concordatum est, quod si gens Belgica vel alia quaecumque gens,
(Suedica gente tantummodo excepta), aliqua meliora pacta, conventiones, ex-
emptiones, sive privilegia quam ea quae in hoc tractatu continentur, a domino
Rege Daniae et Norwegiae etc. hactenus obtinuit vel in futurum obtinebit,

14 The treaty of 1654 (Doc. 46) included a similar provision in regard to the British
colonies. The treaty of February, 1661, lacked this provision.

15 This modification of the Navigation Act, allowing the Danes to import products
brought down the river Elbe, resembles the concession granted to the Dutch by a separate
article of the treaty of Breda. See above, p. 122.

14

202 Doc. 66. Great Britain — Denmark

quod eadem talia et consimilia domino Regi Magnae Britanniae etc. et sub-
ditis suis communicentur, et cum effectu concedantur libere et cum omni pleni-
tudine, et e contra si gens Belgica vel alia quaecumque gens aliqua meliora
pacta, conventiones, exemptiones sive privilegia, quam ea quae in hoc tractatu
continentur, a domino Rege Magnae Britanniae etc. obtinuit vel in futurum
obtinebit, quod eadem talia et consimilia domino Regi Daniae et Norvegiae
etc. et subditis suis communicentur, et cum effectu concedantur, libere et cum
omni plenitudine.

In quorum omnium fidem omnia et singula ut supra sunt contenta manibus
nostris subscripsimus sigillisque munivimus. Dabantur Hafniae die undecimo
Julii anno Domini millesimo sexcentesimo septuagesimo.

[Here follow the powers of the Danish and of the British plenipotentiaries.]
Proinde omnia quae praedicti nostri commissarii virtute datae ipsis a nobis
plenae potestatis egerunt, tractaverunt, concluserunt prorsus uti jam heic
inserta descriptaque extant, firma rataque habemus, plenumque foederi huic
robur addimus, recipientes in nos verboque regio promittentes pro nobis ac
haeredibus successoribus nostris nos quaecunque heic stipulata regia et inviol-
abili fide servaturos et a nostris servari curaturos. In quorum omnium fidem
praesentes manu nostra subscriptafs] magno nostro sigillo corroborari jus-
simus. Dabantur in arce nostra regia Hafniae die undecimo mensis Augusti
anno Domini millesimo sexcentesimo septuagesimo, regni nostri primo.

Christian.
ad mandatum Sacrae Regiae Majestatis proprium

P. Schumacher.

Translation.

We, Christian the Fifth, by the grace of God king of Denmark, Norway,
the Vandals and Goths, duke of Sleswick, Holstein, Stormarn, and Ditmarsh,
count of Oldenburg and Delmenhorst, make known to all and singular that be-
tween us, on the one part, and the Most Serene and Most Potent prince, lord
Charles the Second, by the same grace king of Great Britain, France, and
Ireland, Defender of the Faith, and our most dear brother, kinsman, and
friend, on the other part, certain stipulations and heads of a treaty have been
concluded (after ripe consideration and discussion and by common desire and
consent) by our well-beloved and faithful councillors, our commander-in-
chief, Hans Schack, lord of Mogeltonder and Gram, knight of the Order
of the Elephant, our privy councillor, president of the board of war, member
of the council of state and of the highest court, commander of cavalry and
infantry, governor of the amt of Ribe; our grand chancellor, Peder Reedtz,
lord of Thureby and Paldstrup, etc., knight of the Order of the Elephant, our
privy councillor, president of the board of the chancellery, member of the
council of state and of the highest court, governor of Hadeland, Romerike,
Buskerud, and Ringerike; our grand admiral, Henrik Bielke, lord of Eling-
gaard, knight of the Order of the Elephant, our privy councillor, president of
the board of admiralty, member of the council of state and of the highest
court, and governor of Iceland ; our viceroy of Norway and commander of the
general militia there, Ulrik Frederik Gyldenlove, lord of Calloe, knight of the
Order of the Elephant, our privy councillor, member of the council of state and
of the highest court, governor of the amt of Akershus and of the districts sub-
ject thereto ; as also our vice-chancellor, Kristoffer Parsberg, lord of Jungs-
hoved, our privy councillor, vice-president of the board of the chancellery,

Copenhagen, 1670 203

member of the council of state and of the highest court, and councillor of our
chancellery; Peder Schumacher, our principal secretary and the secretary of
our privy council, member of the council of state and of the highest court, espe-
cially delegated for this purpose and furnished by us with sufficient powers, as
also by the illustrious Arthur, earl of Essex, viscount Maiden, baron Capel of
Hadham, commander in the army, and lord lieutenant in the counties of Wilts
and Hertford, ambassador extraordinary of the aforesaid Most Serene King
of Great Britain, sent hither to us for this purpose, [and] the commissions and
full powers having been exhibited on both sides [the aforesaid articles] are
found to be exactly as here inserted and described :

Whereas the Most Serene and Most Potent prince and lord, lord Charles
the Second, by the grace of God king of Great Britain, France, and Ireland,
Defender of the Faith, etc., has despatched his ambassador extraordinary,
the illustrious lord Arthur, earl of Essex, viscount Maiden, baron Capel of
Hadham, commander in the army, and lord lieutenant in the counties of Wilts
and Hertford, etc., to the Most Serene and Most Potent prince and lord, lord
Christian the Fifth, by the grace of God king of Denmark, Norway, the
Vandals and Goths, duke of Sleswick, Holstein, Stormarn, and Ditmarsh, count
of Oldenburg and Delmenhorst, our most clement lord, in order not only
to wish his Sacred Majesty of Denmark and Norway a favorable and auspic-
ious beginning of his reign, and congratulate him on the office of kingship and
the honor of the sceptre and crown, which have devolved upon the aforesaid
Most Serene King of Denmark and Norway by hereditary right — but also,
chiefly, in order that he might carry out and perfect the pristine leagues and
covenants between the most powerful kingdoms of Denmark, Norway, and
Great Britain, and the recently laid foundations of closer friendship between
the kings, and the treaties only begun by the illustrious lord Ulrik Frederik
Gyldenlove, etc., for the King of Norway, and interrupted only by the death
and sad funeral rites of the divine Frederik III. — his Sacred Royal Majesty
of Denmark and Norway has provided us, his delegates and commissioners,
Hans Schack, lord of Mogeltonder and Gram, knight of the Order of the
Elephant, his privy councillor, president of the board of war, member of the
council of state and of the highest court, commander of cavalry and infantry,
governor of the amt of Ribe ; his grand chancellor, Peder Reedtz, lord of
Thureby and Paldstrup, etc., knight of the Order of the Elephant, his privy
councillor, president of the board of the chancellery, member of the council
of state and of the highest court, governor of Hadeland, Romerike, Buskerud,
and Ringerike ; his grand admiral, Henrik Bielke, lord of Elinggaard, knight
of the Order of the Elephant, his privy councillor, president of the board of
admiralty, member of the council of state and of the highest court, and governor
of Iceland; his viceroy of Norway, and commander of the general militia
there, Ulrik Frederik Gyldenlove, lord of Calloe, knight of the Order of the
Elephant, his privy councillor, member of the council of state and of the
highest court, governor of the amt of Akershus and of the districts subject
thereto ; as also his vice-chancellor, Kristoffer Parsberg, lord of Jungshoved,
his privy councillor, vice-president of the chancellery, member of the council
of state and of the highest court, and councillor of his chancellery; Peder
Schumacher, his principal secretary and the secretary of his privy council,
member of the council of state and of the highest court, with instructions and
full powers for this purpose, in order that we might agree and conclude with
the aforesaid ambassador extraordinary of the King of Great Britain, what
we might think consistent with the common interest and best adapted to
establishing the friendship between both kings, Whence after various meet-

204 Doc. 66. Great Britain — Denmark

ings and conferences held on both sides, we have at length unanimously united
on these compacts and points of a treaty and the following articles, precisely
as they had been previously concluded in England with the commissioners of
the Most Serene King of Great Britain by the aforesaid lord Ulrik Frederik
Gyldenlove, viceroy of Norway, to wit :

i. There shall be between the two Most Serene Kings and their heirs and
successors, and also between their kingdoms, principalities, provinces, domin-
ions, counties, islands, cities, subjects, and vassals, of whatever condition, dig-
nity, and rank, by land and by sea, in rivers, fresh waters, and in all other
places both within Europe and without Europe, now and in future, sincere,
true, and perfect amity, peace, and confederacy, so that neither party do
any injury, damage, or detriment to the kingdoms, principalities, provinces,
and dominions, or to the people and subjects of the other, nor, so far as pos-
sible, shall they permit this to be done by others ; but rather they will treat each
other mutually with sincere friendship, benevolence, and love, and each shall
promote on all occasions the advantages and interests of the other, and of his
subjects as if they were his own, and also prevent and avert with all his power,
by deed and counsel, damages, wrongs, and injuries.

4. It is further covenanted and agreed that if ever at any time any prince
or state shall invade the hereditary kingdoms, provinces, counties, towns,
islands, territories, or dominions of the Most Serene King of Denmark and
Norway, etc., which he now possesses, or in any way whatever shall attack
them in a hostile manner, then the Most Serene King of Great Britain shall
aid in time the Most Serene King of Denmark and Norway, etc., against
such aggressor, with such a number of land forces and warships as shall suffice
to repel the force, and as the state of the same king's affairs shall require ;
for which reason the Most Serene King of Great Britain, etc., shall use all
his force, in order that through such invasion or disturbance the Most Serene
King of Denmark and Norway etc., shall not suffer any loss in his kingdoms,
dominions, or rights, and if the said Most Serene King of Denmark and Nor-
way, etc., or the said Most Serene King of Great Britain, etc., shall contract or
agree to any alliance, friendship, confederacy, or connection with any other
kingdoms, princes, republics, or states whatsoever, each shall attempt to include
the other and his dominions therein (so far as he can) if the other shall wish
to be included.

5. The subjects of both kings shall be free to come to the kingdoms and
provinces, market places, ports, and rivers of the other with their goods by
both land and sea in time of peace, without licence or safe conduct, general
or special, and to remain jn any place therein and to trade, provided that they
pay the usual imposts, but saving the superiority and right of both kings in
their own respective kingdoms, provinces, principalities, and territories.

6. It is nevertheless agreed and concluded that the subjects of the Most
Serene King of Great Britain shall in no wise come to the prohibited ports,
mentioned in the earlier treaties, nor to the colonies, without seeking and ob-
taining special license from the King of Denmark and Norway, etc., unless
compelled to make thither or enter therein by evident peril of sea or stress of
weather, or pursuit by pirates, in which case they shall by no means be per-
mitted to trade there. In like manner, the subjects of the Most Serene King
of Denmark and Norway should not go to the British colonies without seeking
and obtaining special license from the Most Serene King of Great Britain.

7. Subjects of the Most Serene King of Denmark and Norway, etc., shall
be allowed to import into their storehouses and repositories in England, Scot-

Copenhagen, 1670 205

land, and Ireland, and into the remaining ports of the King of Great Britain,
etc., in Europe such goods as the districts, regions, and dominions, subject to
the Most Serene King of Denmark and Norway, etc., now or in future can
bear and produce. and those which shall be manufactured there, and also such
as come from any part of the river Elbe. On the other hand, the subjects of
the King of Great Britain, etc., shall be permitted to import and carry into
Denmark, Norway, and all other ports and colonies not prohibited and belong-
ing to the Most Serene King of Denmark and Norway, etc., goods of all
sorts, which now are or in future shall be produced or manufactured in the
kingdoms, districts, and dominions, subject to the Most Serene King of Great
Britain, etc., but if hereafter other foreign nations shall be allowed to bring
and carry goods of all sorts without exception into England, Scotland, and
Ireland and other ports of the Most Serene King of Great Britain, then this
same privilege shall also be permitted to the subjects of his Most Serene
Royal Majesty of Denmark and Norway, etc., which under like circumstances
shall also be conceded in turn to the subjects of the Most Serene King of
Great Britain, etc., in the prohibited ports and colonies of the Most Serene
King of Denmark and Norway, etc.

28. The convoying ships or warships of either party, meeting or overtaking
any merchant ships or others, belonging to the other confederate or his sub-
jects, and making the same course at sea within or without Europe, shall be
bound to guard and defend them as long as they hold the same course.

40. Furthermore it is agreed, that if the Dutch, or any other nation, with the
sole exception of the Swedish nation, has already obtained or shall thereafter
obtain, from the lord King of Denmark and Norway, etc., any more favorable
agreements, conventions, exemptions, or privileges, than are contained in this
treaty, the same and similar shall be shared by the lord King of Great Britain,
etc., and his subjects, and granted to them effectually, freely, and in entire
completeness ; and on the other hand, if the Dutch or any other nation has
obtained, or shall hereafter obtain, from the lord King of Great Britain, etc.,
any more favorable agreements, conventions, exemptions, or privileges, than
are contained in this treaty, that the same and similar shall be shared by the
lord King of Denmark and Norway, etc., and his subjects, and granted to
them freely, effectively, and with entire completeness.

In pledge of all of which we have subscribed with our hands and secured
with our seals all and singular, as contained above. Given at Copenhagen, on
the seventeenth day of July, in the year of our Lord 1670.

[Here follow the powers of the Danish and the British plenipotentiaries.]

Therefore all that our aforesaid commissioners have done, treated, and con-
cluded by virtue of the full powers given them by us, we regard as fixed and
established, precisely as they are already inserted and described, and we add
full support to this treaty, engaging and promising on our royal word, for
ourselves and our heirs and successors, that we will observe what is stipulated
with royal and inviolable faithfulness and will take care that it is observed. In
pledge of all of which we have subscribed these presents with our hand and
have ordered them to be strengthened by our great seal. Given in our royal
castle at Copenhagen, on the eleventh day of August in the year of our Lord
1670, in the first year of our reign.

Christian.
By command of his Sacred Royal Majesty,

P. Schumacher.

67.

Treaty between Sweden and the United Netherlands, concluded
at the Hague, April 22/May 2, 1673. Ratification by the
United Netherlands, August 16, 16J3.

Introduction.

After Louis XIV. had determined to attack the United Netherlands, he
tried to detach Sweden, as well as England,1 from the Triple Alliance, in order
to secure her neutrality and even, if possible, her aid against the Dutch. As an
ally in the approaching war, Sweden might be of the greatest use to either
side, especially on account of her possessions south of the Baltic — Bremen,
Verden, and Western Pomerania. As lord of these places, the King of
Sweden had voices in the imperial diet, and opportunity to shape the policy of
the Germanic states as potential allies of the first importance. From Bremen,
moreover, Swedish troops could quickly move to the United Provinces or to the
Spanish Netherlands.2

Therefore both the States General and the King of France sent representa-
tives to Stockholm to court Sweden's friendship.

For a time Spanish subsidies held Sweden to the Triple Alliance ; 3 but
Spain did not keep up her payments, and Louis made attractive offers, promis-
ing " more money to Sweden for doing nothing, than the States would have
been willing or able to give for maintaining a great army ".4 Moreover the
French party at the Swedish court was very strong, and Sweden's ancient
grudges against the Dutch government still rankled. On April 14, 1672, a
Franco-Swedish alliance was concluded.5 It provided that if France attacked
the United Netherlands, and the Emperor, or any prince of the Empire, or the
King of Spain aided the Dutch, Sweden should oppose these enemies and for
this purpose put 1600 troops into Bremen and Pomerania, while France, on
the other hand, would pay Sweden 600,000 crowns yearly during the war, and
400,000 crowns yearly in time of peace, for the duration of the treaty.

A few days before the conclusion of this agreement, France declared war
on the United Provinces. England had already taken this step. Miinster and
Cologne followed. The military successes of France and her allies were rapid
and overwhelming. The Prince of Orange was forced to retreat behind the
dykes of the province of Holland.

1 For Louis's dealings with England, see above, Doc. 63.

2 A. Geoffroy, " Nos Diplomates sous Louis XIV. : Suede et France ", in Revue des Deux
Mondes, LXVIII. 592 ff. (1885). ,

3 In regard to the Spanish subsidies, see above, Doc. 61, introduction.

4 Wicquefort, Histoire des Provinces-Unies, IV. 629.

5 The treaty is printed in Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, torn. VII., pt. I., pp. 167 ff.
The secret articles are also in Mignet, Negotiations, III. 365-374.

206

The Hague, 16/3 20?

Sweden may not have regretted the humiliation of the United Provinces,
but it was not to her interest that they should be destroyed.6 She wished the
war to end as speedily as possible. She was unwilling that England should
be sole mistress of the sea and acquire an important part of the coast of Zee-
land. An edict of the States General, declaring most of Sweden's commodities
contraband, was ruining her trade.7 She desired to mediate between the bellig-
erents. Before the end of the year 1672 the Kings of Great Britain and
France had accepted her proposal. In January, 1673, Sparre and Ehrensteen,
the Swedish ambassadors extraordinary, coming from London to the Hague,
began negotiations.

Discussions revolved chiefly about the questions of suspension of arms and
the place at which a peace conference should be held. Cologne was finally de-
cided upon. On the eve of their departure for that place the Swedish ambassa-
dors on April 22/May 2 made a treaty with the commissioners of the States
General, which seems intended to conciliate the Swedish government. It con-
firmed the abrogation of the Act of Elucidation of the treaty of Elbing, as
provided for in the treaty of July 18/28, 1667 ; 8 annulled the tax, hateful to
the Swedes, levied by the Dutch on ships or merchandize brought into the
Baltic or exported thence into the United Netherlands ; renewed the articles
of general application of the treaty of July 6, 1667, concerning contraband
and the security and liberty of navigation and commerce ; provided that ships
seized by privateers contrary to this treaty be restored ; and that the controver-
sies between the Swedish American Company and the Dutch West India Com-
pany on account of alleged mutual damages in America, which had not been
settled as stipulated in the treaty of July 18/28, 1667, should be investigated,
and satisfaction given within a year.

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by the States General
is in the Riksarkiv, Stockholm, Originaltraktaten, Holland, no. 15 d.

Text: Printed. J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VII.,
pt. I., pp. 222, 223. The text will doubtless be included in O. S. Rydberg
and C. Hallendorff, Sverges Traktater med Frdmmande Magter (1877-).

References : Contemporary and early writings. A. van Wicquef ort, His-
toire des Provinces-Unies (ed. 1861-1874), IV. 324-326, 628-633 ; L. Syl-
vius [Lambert van den Bos], Historien onses Tyds, behelzende Saken
van Staat en Oorlogh (1685), (continuing L. van Aitzema's Saken van
Staet en Oorlogh), pp. 474, 497, 531 ff., 590, 591, 598 ; F. A. A. Mignet,
Negociations relatives a la Succession d'Espagne (1835-1842), IV. 138
ff. ; J. Basnage, Annales (1726), II. 364, 392-395.

References : Later writings. M. A. Lefevre-Pontalis, John de Witt ( 1885) ,
II. 137 ff. ; A. Johnson, Swedish Settlements on the Delaware (1911),
II. 656.

6 Mignet, op. cit., IV. 139.

7 P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Sweden, no. 8; Wicquefort, op. cit., IV. 628.

8 See above, Doc. 56.

208 Doc. 67. Sweden — United Netherlands

Text.9

Ordines Generales Foederatarum Belgii Provinciarum, Notum testatumque
facimus universis et singulis quorum scire interest, quod cum inter Serenis-
simum et Potentissimum principem ac dominum, dominum Carolum, Suecorum,
Gothorum, Vandalorumque regem etc. ex una, et nos ex altera parte, per depu-
tatos, ad hoc sufficienti utrimque mandato instructos, Hagae Comitis die tertia
mensis Maji anni millesimi sexcentesimi septuagesimi tertii conventio in se-
quentem modum inita et conclusa sit.

Serenissimi et Potentissimi principis ac domini, domini Caroli, Suecorum,
Gothorum, Vandalorumque regis, magni principis Finlandiae, ducis Scaniae,
Esthoniae, Livoniae, Careliae, Bremae, Verdae, Stettini, Pomeraniae, Cassu-
biae, et Vandaliae, principis Rugiae, domini Ingriae et Wismariae, nee non
comitis palatini Rheni, Bavariae, Juliaci, Cliviae et Montium ducis, etc., regis
et domini nostri clementissimi, nos pedestrium copiarum generalis et gubernator
in Elfsborgs Laehn et Daal, Petrus Sparre liber baro in Chronebergh, dominus
in Nasby et Beltebergk, nee non ejusdem Sacrae Regiae Majestatis consiliarius
cancellariae et secretarius status, Eduardus Ehrensteen, haereditarius in Fors-
bygard, Lindesio et Barkestorp, ad Serenissimum et Potenttissimum Magnae
Britanniae regem atque Rempublicam Unitarum Provinciarum Foederati Belgii
pro pacis mediatione obeunda missi et constituti legati, ut et altissime quoque
memoratae Sacrae Regiae Majestatis ad Unitos Belgas ablegatus extraordin-
arius et consiliarius aulicus Haraldus Apelboom, haereditarius de Soderby,
quemadmodum et Celsorum ac Praepotentium dominorum Ordinum Gener-
alium Foederati Belgii nos ad hunc actum specialiter deputati commissarii,
Gaspar Fagel, consiliarius et pensionarius Hollandiae et Westfrisiae, Johan
de Mauregnault, Wilhelmus ab Haren, agri Biltani in Frisiis grietmannus,
Johan Isbrandts, hoofling in Hooghkercke et senator Groninganus, deputati
ad consessum Ordinum Generalium Uniti Belgii, notum testatumque facimus
omnibus et singulis quorum interest aut quocunque nomine interesse poterit,
quod cum altissime memorata Sacra Regia Majestas Sueciae nihil magis vo-
veat, quam ut se inter regnumque Sueciae ab una, et Celsitudinem Dominorum
Ordinum Uniti Belgii ab altera parte, firma et constans semper amicitia vigeat
et floreat, idque omne tollatur et complanetur, quod vel minimo impedimento
esse queat, animorumque consensus, sicuti olim, cum hi respective status essent,
non sine fructu ingenti, quam conjunctissimi, ad illud reciprocae et fidae cor-
respondentiae fastigium rursus evehatur, ut mutui foederis antiqua necessitudo
plane illibata et illaesa deprehendatur, atque altememorati D. D. Ordines Gener-
ales declaraverint in eo studii genere omnem in simul promptitudinem seque
tarn bonae Sacrae Regiae Majestatis intentioni pari voluntate responsuros, et in
eundem finem propositumque certatim et libenter cooperaturos esse ; proinde
congressi sunt utriusque partis supra nominati plenipotentiarii, interque eos
actum et conclusum est modo sequenti :

3. Deinde cum articulo sexto dicti tractatus anni 1667 statutum et decretum
sit, ut controversiae, quae inter Societatem Sueco-Americanam et Societatem
Indiae Occidentalis Foederati Belgii intercedunt, tarn ratione occupationis
quam damnorum quae sibi a sese invicem in America facta et illata esse prae-
tendunt, secundum justitiae et equitatis regulas cum Sacrae Regiae Majestatis
ablegato Hagae Comitis examinarentur, desuper transigeretur, partique laesae

9 The text is from the ratification by the States General, preserved in the Riksarkiv
at Stockholm, Originaltraktaten, Holland, no. 15 d.

The Hague, 1673 209

confestim et sine mora satisfieret, neque hactenus ex illo tempore amplius
quidquam actum sit ; et tamen D. D. legati Suecici contendant evidenter con-
stare a Societate Indiae Occidentalis Belgica ditionem Societatis Suecicae
ejusdem Indiae, Novam Sueciam dictam, vi et armis subactam esse, a parte
vero alte memoratorum D. D.rum Ordinum Generalium Uniti Belgii petitum sit
ut, collatis prius utriusque societatis rationibus, demonstretur quomodo ditio
ilia sit occupata, quidve injuriae vel damni illati quaelibet societas ab altera prae-
tendere sustineat, idque per temporis brevitatem nunc peragere cum non vacet,
conventum est ut statim post confectum et conclusum hoc pactum controver-
siae illae a parte Sacrae Regiae Majestatis per ejusdem hie loci ministrum,
vel quemcunque alium aliosve ab altissime memorata Sacra Regia Maj estate
ad illud negocium constitutos vel ordinatos, ex parte vero D. D. Ordinum
Generalium ad id deputatos reassumantur, et quid quantumve damni et injuriae
alterutra pars ab altera passa sit accurate investigetur, expendatur, et sine
ulteriore cunctatione definiatur, partique laesae secundum dictam definitionem,
tarn ratione occupationis quam damni dati, intra currentis anni spacium satis-
fiat.

In fidem horum majorem, duo exemplaria invicem commutanda confecta
et dein extradita sunt, plenipotentiariorum manibus sigillisque munita, addita
stipulatione mutua de ratificatione intra tres menses subsecutura, quae hie loci
mox commutari debeat. Actum Hagae Comitis die vigesima secunda Aprilis
/secunda Maii anni millesimi sexcentesimi septuagesimi tertii.

P. Sparre. Gasp. Fagel.

Ed. Ehrensteen. J. de Mauregnault.

Harald Appelboom. W. v. Haren.

J. ISBRANDTS.

Cumque simul etiam convenerit ut ejusdem initae et conclusae conventionis
ratificatio a Regia Sacra Majestate et nobis intra tres menses subsequi et hie
loci commutari debeat, nos huic conventioni satisf acientes eandem conventionem
initam et conclusam per omnia et singula approbavimus, conflrmavimus, et
ratihabuimus, quemadmodum hisce approbamus, confirmamus, et ratum habe-
mus ; promittentes insuper, nos omnia et singula in praef ata conventione con-
tenta, divina aspirante gratia, bona fide praestituros et adimpleturos, omnique
ratione impedituros ne a nostris vel aliis ullo modo violentur ; in cujus rei
fidem hasce majoris sigilli nostri appensione muniri, et per consessus nostri
praesidem signari curavimus, ut et per graphiarium nostrum subscribi jussimus.
Actum in consessu nostro, die decima sexta Augusti anni millesimi sexcentesimi
septuagesimi tertii.

ISBR. VAN VlERSSEN v[idi]t.

10. 16. 1673.

Ad mandatum altemem oratorum Dominorum Ordinum Generalium.

H. Fagel.

Translation.

We, the States General of the United Provinces of the Netherlands, make
known and testify to all and singular whom it concerns, that whereas between
the Most Serene and Most Potent prince and lord, lord Charles, king of the
Swedes, Goths, and Vandals, etc., on the one part, and us on the other part, a
convention was entered into and concluded by deputies instructed for this pur-

210 Doc. 67. Sweden — United Netherlands

pose by a sufficient mandate from both sides, at the Hague, on May 3, 1673,
in the following manner :

We, Pehr Sparre, general of infantry, and governor in Elf sborg county and
valley, free baron in Kronoberg, lord in Nasby and Beltebergk, also Edvard
Ehrensteen, councillor of the chancellery and secretary of state of his Sacred
Royal Majesty, hereditary in Forsbygard, Lindesio, and Barkestorp, ambas-
sadors of the Most Serene and Most Potent prince and lord, lord Charles,
king of the Swedes, Goths, and Vandals, great prince of Finland, duke of
Scania, Esthonia, Livonia, Carelia, Bremen, Verden, Stettin, Pomerania,
Cassubia, and Vandalia, prince of Riigen, lord of Ingria and Wismar, count
palatine of the Rhine, duke of Julich, Cleves, and Berg, etc., our most clement
king and lord, appointed and sent to the Most Serene and Most Potent King
of Great Britain, and to the republic of the United Provinces of the Nether-
lands, for undertaking the mediation of peace; as also Harald Appelboom,
envoy extraordinary of his above-named Sacred Royal Majesty to the United
Dutch, and aulic councillor, hereditary of Soderby ; and likewise we the com-
missioners of the High and Mighty lords the States General of the United
Netherlands, especially deputed for this purpose, Gaspar Fagel, councillor and
pensionary of Holland and West Friesland, Johan de Mauregnault, Wilhelmus
van Haren, grietman of the district of the Bildt in Friesland, Johan Isbrandts,
hooffing in Hoogkerk and senator of Groningen, deputies to the assembly of
the States General of the United Netherlands, make known and testify to all
and singular whom it concerns, or may for any reason concern, that whereas
his aforesaid Sacred Royal Majesty of Sweden desires nothing more than
that a firm and constant friendship shall always thrive and flourish between the
kingdom of Sweden on the one part, and their Highnesses the lords the States
of the United Netherlands, on the other part, and that every possible smallest
impediment shall be removed and smoothed away, and the concord of minds
shall again be brought to the same height of mutual and true harmony as form-
erly, when these respective states were (not without important consequences)
very closely joined, so that the ancient bond of mutual alliance may be clearly
perceived to be unimpaired and uninjured ; and whereas the aforementioned
lords, the States General, have shown entire promptness in such endeavor and
have declared that they will respond with equal good-will to this good purpose
of his Sacred Royal Majesty, and will co-operate earnestly and willingly to
that proposed end — therefore the above-named plenipotentiaries of both
parties have met together, and have negotiated and concluded between them,
as follows :

• ••••1 ««••••••

3. Furthermore, since it has been prescribed and decreed by the sixth article
of the said treaty of the year 1667, that controversies arising between the
Swedish American Company and the West India Company of the United Neth-
erlands, both on account of occupation [of territory] and on account of dam-
ages which, they allege, each has caused and occasioned to the other in America,
should be examined according to the rules of justice and equity, with the envoy
of his Sacred Royal Majesty at the Hague, and that a decision should be reached
thereupon, and satisfaction should be given immediately and without delay
to the injured party, and since from that time to the present nothing further
has been done ; and since nevertheless, the lords the Swedish ambassadors
maintain that it is clearly established that the district of the Swedish West India
Company called New Sweden was subjugated by force and arms by the Dutch

The Hague, 1673 211

West India Company, but on the part of the above-mentioned lords the States
General of the United Netherlands it was desired that after the views of both
companies had been compared it should be shown how that district had been
occupied, and what injury or damage either company may venture to allege
that it has suffered from the other, and since, on account of the shortness of the
time, there is at present no opportunity to put the matter through, it has been
agreed that immediately after this covenant has been finished and concluded
those controversies shall be again taken up on the part of his Sacred Royal
Majesty by his minister resident here, or by some other or others designated
or appointed by his aforesaid Sacred Royal Majesty for that business, and by
some deputed for that purpose on the part of the lords States General ; and that
what or how much damage and injury either party may have suffered from the
other shall be accurately investigated, weighed, and determined, without further
delay, and that within the space of the current year satisfaction in accordance
with the said decision, both on account of the occupation [of territory] and on
account of the injury inflicted, shall be given to the injured party.

For the better confirmation of these articles, two copies have been mutually
exchanged, completed, and afterwards transmitted, strengthened by the hands
and seals of the plenipotentiaries, and with the addition of the mutual stipu-
lation that ratifications shall follow within three months, and shall soon there-
after be exchanged in this place.

Done at the Hague on April 22/May 2, 1673.

P. Sparre. Gasp. Fagel.

Ed. Ehrensteen. J. de Mauregnault.

Harald Appelboom. W. v. Haren.

J. ISBRANDTS.

And whereas at the same time it was also agreed that the ratification of this
covenant, which had been entered into and concluded, ought to be completed
by his Royal Sacred Majesty and by us within three months, and exchanged at
this place, we in satisfaction of this agreement have approved, confirmed, and
ratified in all and singular this covenant, entered into and concluded, even as
by these presents we do approve, confirm, and ratify it, promising moreover
that by the aid of Divine grace we will perform and execute in good faith all
and singular contained in the aforesaid covenant, and will prevent in every way
the violation of them, in any manner, by ourselves or by others. In witness
whereof we have caused these presents to be strengthened by the affixing of our
greater seal, and signed by the president of our assembly, and we have also
ordered them to be subscribed by our clerk. Done in our assembly, August 16,
1673.

ISBR. VAN VlERSSEN Vldit.
IO-16-1673.

By command of the aforementioned lords States General.

H. Fagel.

68.

Treaty between the United Netherlands and Spain, concluded at
the Hague, August 30, 1673, N. S. Ratification by Spain,
November 10, 1673.

Introduction.

When De Witt became convinced that Louis XIV. intended to attack the
United Netherlands, he turned for aid to the Empire and Spain. Spain was
inclined to a treaty with the Dutch ; for she feared that, in spite of the treaty
of Aix-la-Chapelle,1 Louis would attack the Spanish Netherlands before he
moved against the United Provinces.2 Because of this fear, Van Beverningk,3
the Dutch ambassador at Madrid, was able to pave the way for certain agree-
ments. Acts signed at the Hague on December 16, 1671, bound Spain and the
United Provinces to assist each other if either was attacked by the French.4
Supplementary acts, exchanged on February 22, 1672, obliged each government,
in case of formal rupture, not to make a separate truce or peace with France.5

After England and France had declared war on the United Netherlands,
in the spring of 1672, the Republic tried to induce Spain, as well as the Em-
peror, to break openly with France. To effect this, in the summer of 1672, it
sent Adriaan Paets as ambassador to Madrid, where news of the rapid success
of the French arms in the United Netherlands had preceded him. Paets found
the Spanish government wavering, the council divided. To overcome this
hesitation, he was empowered to promise that if the Emperor and the Elector
of Brandenburg would make the same pledge, and Spain would declare war
on France, the United Provinces and their allies would not make peace except
with the consent of Spain, until Spain had been restored to the state in which
she was at the conclusion of the peace of the Pyrenees, in 1659.6 The trend of
events gradually brought the reluctant queen regent of Spain to accept the
necessity of a breach with France. After Monterey, the governor-general of
the Spanish Netherlands, had given important military aid to the Prince of
Orange, the resentment of the French, their conquest of Maastricht, and the
disposition of their troops obviously threatened the Spanish Netherlands. The

1 For the treaty of Aix-la-Chapelle, see above, p. 166.

2 Kramer, De Nederlandsch-Spaansche Diplomatic, pp. 62 ff.

3 Van Beverningh was instructed to allay the resentment felt in Spain on account of
the trade alleged to be carried on by the Dutch in the Spanish West Indies (Wicquefort,
Histoire des Pr ovine es-Unies, IV. 168). In a memoir for the queen-regent, Van Bever-
ningh proposed that trade between the Dutch East India Company and Manila, prohibited
by the fifth article of the treaty of Miinster, be opened. H. A. van Dijk, Bijdrage tot de
Geschiedenis der Nederlandsche Diplomatic (1851), p. 479.

4 The text of this agreement is in Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, torn. VII., pt. I., pp.
155, 156.

5 Dumont, op. cit., pp. 162, 163.

6 Kramer, op. cit., p. 87.

212

The Hague, 1673 213

Elector of Brandenburg deserted the Dutch. If they were not helped it seemed
certain that they would make peace with France, which might then turn its
full strength against the Spanish possessions.7

In the summer of 1673 negotiations parallel to those at Madrid were actively
conducted between Van Beuningen and the other Dutch commissioners on the
one part, and De Lira, the Spanish minister at the Hague, and Monterey at
Brussels, on the other part, for a treaty between the Republic and Spain. The
chief stumbling-block was the demand made by the Dutch that if they were
unable to make a separate peace with Great Britian — which Spain was to
mediate — Spain should agree to break with Great Britain as well as with France.
The Spanish government feared to go to war with England on account of the
danger to its American possessions. To overcome its reluctance Van Beuningen
was empowered to insert in the treaty a provision for mutual help in America
in case an attack was made there.8

About the first of August Monterey declared to the Dutch government that
Spain would openly break with France if the Emperor should decide to do so.9
Since the autumn of 1672, the Spanish government had been trying to form
an alliance with the Emperor. One of Spain's demands was that the Emperor
should support her wherever she should be attacked, even if it were in
America ; 10 the Emperor asked for subsidies. In the summer of 1673, the Em-
peror became much more ready than before to break with France, because of
her increasingly aggressive attitude with respect to the Empire; because of the
likelihood of her soon making peace with the Dutch ; and because the danger of
a Turkish attack on Hungary had become less. He was finally prevailed upon
to take the step, by Spain's decision to pay him the subsidies that he required.11
A treaty between Austria and Spain was signed on August 28, 1673.12 Two
days later, each of these powers concluded an alliance with the States General
of the United Netherlands. The Duke of Lorraine also joined the allies in this
coalition against France.13

The Spanish-Dutch treaty provided for the mutual guaranty of lands, com-
mercial rights, and navigation both within and without Europe ; the restoration
to either ally of its pre-war possessions, and in particular to Spain of all that
had been taken from it since the treaty of the Pyrenees in 1659 '■> tne cession of
Maastricht by the States General to Spain ; and open war by Spain and the
Emperor against France, in case the peace negotiations at Cologne failed. In
a separate article it was agreed that Spain should break with Great Britain,
if unable to mediate promptly a satisfactory peace, and that Spain should offer
Great Britain on behalf of the United Provinces the following terms : satis-

7 Mignet, Negotiations, IV. 169-176, 178-181 ; Kramer, op. tit., pp. 92 ff.

8 Kramer, op. cit., pp. 119, 120.

9 Pribram, Franz Paul Freiherr von Lisola, p. 622.

10 Ibid., pp. 601, 603, note 4.

11 Ibid., p. 628.

12 This treaty was printed for the first time by Pribram, op. cit., pp. 609-703.

13 The Austrian-Dutch treaty is in Dumont, op. cit., pp. 242, 243, and in Oesterreich-
ische Staatsvertriige: Niederlande, Band I. (1912), pp. 152-160, in Veroftcntlichungen
der Kommission fitr Neuere Geschichte Oesterreichs. The treaty with the Duke of
Lorraine is in Dumont, op. cit., pp. 235, 236, 244, 245.

214 Doc. 68. United Netherlands — Spain

faction to Great Britain in the matter of the flag ; the restitution of places out-
side Europe occupied by the States General during this war, in consideration
of a reciprocal restitution ; and the payment of from 400,000 to 800,000 crowns.

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The ratification by Spain is in the Rijksarchief in the Hague.
It gives the text in Spanish, as below.

Text: Printed. J. A. de Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccion de los Tratados
(1751-1752), I. 603-623 [but this seems to be a Spanish translation from
the French texts named below ; it differs from that which is printed on the
following pages (from a photograph of the ratification)].

Translations : French. Actes et Memoires des Negotiations de la Paix de
Nimegue (third ed., 1697), torn. I., pt. II., pp. 585-600; F. Leonard,
Recueil des Traitez de Paix (1693), VI. ; J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique
(1726-1731), torn. VII., pt. I., pp. 240-242. Dutch. L. Sylvius [Lam-
bert van den Bos], Historien onses Tyds (continuation of Aitzema's Saken
van Staet) (1685), I. 654-657. (Translation?)

References : Contemporary and early writings. F. A. A. Mignet, Negotia-
tions (1835-1842), IV. 167-208, passim, 215-217; A. van Wicquefort,
Histoire des P r ovine es-Unies (ed. 1861-1874), IV. 161 ff., 167 ff., 198 ft.,
317-322, 381 ff., 453 ff., 593-595; J- Basnage, Annales (1726), II. 44<>>
441.

References : Later writings. F. J. L. Kramer, De N ederlandsch-Spaansche
Diplomatie voor den Vreede van Nijmegen (1892), pp. 1-124; F- A. A.
Mignet, loc. tit., passim; J. Wagenaar, V aderlandsche Historie (1782-
181 1 ), XIV. 241, 242, 276, 277; A. F. Pribram, Franz Paul Freiherr von
Lisola und die Politik seiner Zeit (1894), pp. 594-636, passim.

Text.

14

Don Carlos Segundo por la gracia de Dios rey de las Espanas, de las dos
Sicilias, de Jerusalem, de las Indias, etc. ; archiduque de Austria, duque de
Borgofia y de Milan, conde de Abspurg y de Tirol, etc. ; y la Reyna Dona Mar-
iana de Austria, su madre, tutora, y curadora de su real persona, y governadora
de todos sus reynos y sefiorios ; Por cuanto haviendose ajustado en el Haya a
treinta de Agosto deste presente afio, un tratado indisoluble de nueba alianza
para la consecucion de una firme y durable tranquilidad de Europa entre el
Rey mi hijo y los Estados Generales de las Provincias Unidas del Pays Vajo
por medio de los respectivos ministros nombrados para este efecto en virtud de
los poderes presentados de sus principales, cuya copia de verbo ad verbum
es del tenor siguiente :

Despues de los grandes y considerables socorros con que la monarchia de
Espafia ha asistido generosamente desde el principio de la presente guerra a
los Estados de las Provincias Unidas del Pays Vajo, y despues de las continuas
demostraciones de reconocimiento que los seiiores Estados Generales de
dichas provincias han manifestado a su Magestad como a un principe que con

14 The text is from the manuscript of the ratification by Spain, in the Rijksarchief in
the Hague. The separate article and the addition to it are also there, in the French text
here given, differing considerably from that printed in Actes et Memoires de la Paix de
Nimegue, loc. cit.

The Hague, 1673 215

firmeja incontrastable se ha opuesto a la ruyna que les amenazaba la imbasion
de enemigos tan poderosos, reconociendose por parte de los dichos sefiores
Estados que para afixar la esperanza de su restablecimiento y subsistencia en
adelante, por medio de un acomodamiento decente y estable, f altava la ultima
experiencia de la propension de su Magestad al bien, union, y prosperidad del
cuerpo Belgico, han hecho repetidas instancias a su Magestad para que se
sirviese de perficionar esta grande obra, no solo con la renovacion de los tra-
tados que ay entre su Magestad y los dichos sefiores Estados sino tambien por
demostracion final de su real benebolencia con una alianza nueva y indisoluble
para llegar al unico fin que se propone de una tranquilidad durable en Europa,
y como al parejer no se puede conseguir este bien por solo los medios que de
presente se le aplican, los dichos sefiores Estados Generales con la esperanza
que han tenido siempre de que al fin loable de la paz y de la conserbacion de
todos los Payses Vajos amenazados generalmente con los progresos de las
armas enemigas, su Magestad les ampararia con las suyas en guerra abierta,
por cuyo medio se pudiese restablecer unidamente con la asistencia del favor
Divino, el reposo interrumpido de la Cristiandad en una paz general, justa, y
permanente, condescendiendo su Magestad a los deseos y a las instancias de
los dichos sefiores Estados, y atendiendo separadamente a otros motibos de
razon y de justizia, se ha combenido, ajustado, y concluydo, en nombre de su
Magestad de una parte por Don Manuel Francisco de Lira, conductor de era-
baxadores en la corte de Espafia, y embiado plenipotenciario de su Magestad
en la Haya, y en nombre de dichos Estados Generales, de la otra, por Conrard
Wanbeuninghen, antiquo burgo mestre de Amsterdam, Gaspar Fagel, consexero
pensionario de los Estados de Holanda y Westfrisa, Juan de Mauregnault,
Is. Brant vanvierssen, y Schato gockinga, consejero de Groninga. todos depu-
tados ordinarios en la asamblea de los dichos sefiores Estados Generales, lo
siguiente :

1. Habra entre el Rey y los reyes sus subcesores y sus reynos, de una parte,
y los sefiores Estados Generales de las Probincias Unidas del Pays Vajo, de la
otra, y sus estados y tierras pertenecientes y sus vasallos reciprocamente, una
sincera, firme, y perpetua amistad y buena correspondencia, asi por mar como
por tierra, en todo y por todo, tanto fuera como dentro de Europa.

2. Ademas, habra entre su Magestad y los reyes sus subcesores y sus reinos,
y los dichos sefiores Estados Generales y sus estados y tierras pertenecientes,
una alianza estrecha y una fiel confederacion para mantenerse y conserbarse
mutuamente, uno y otro, en la posesion de todos los estados, villas, plazas, y
payses que les pertenecen, y en el goze de todos los derechos, franquezas, y
livertades de navegacion, de comercio, y otras qualesquiera de qualquiera natu-
raleza que sean, asi por mar como por tierra, de que gozan 6 tienen derecho de
gozar por el derecho comun 6 los que tienen adquiridos 6 adquirieren en adelante
por los tratados de paz, de amistad, 6 de neutralidad hechos antes, 6 los que
se hizieren despues conjuntamente y de comun concierto con otros reyes, re-
publicas, principes, 6 villas, pero todo dentro de los terminos de Europa sola-
mente.

3. Y assi prometan y se obligan de garantirse uno a otro, no solo todos los
tratados que su Magestad y los dichos sefiores Estados Generales tienen hechos.
ya con otros reyes, republicas, principes, y estados, los quales se manifestaran
de una y otra parte, antes del trueque de las ratificaciones, pero tambien todos
los que se pudieren hazer en adelante, conjuntamente y de comun concierto,
y de defenderse, asistirse, y conservarse reciprocamente en la posesion de los
estados, villas, plazas, y payses que les pertenecen de presente y pertenecieren
en adelante, tanto a su Magestad y a los reyes sus subcesores, como a los dichos

216 Doc. 68. United Netherlands — Spain

senores Estados Generates, por los tratados referidos 6 de otra suerte en qual-
quiera parte de Europa que los dichos estados, villas, plazas, y payses esten
situados, de manera que si su Magestad 6 los reyes sus subcesores 6 los dichos
senores Estados Generates llegaren a ser acometidos 6 en qualquiera manera
que sea turbados en la posesion 6 goze de los estados, villas, plazas, y payses,
derechos, immunidades y livertades de navegacion, de comercio, 6 otras quales-
quiera de qualquiera naturaleza que sea, por mar 6 por tierra, que su Magestad
6 los dichos senores Estados Generates poseen 6 gozan, 6 tienen derecho de
poseer 6 de gozar, sea por el derecho comun 6 por tratados hechos, 6 por los
que pudieren hazerse, como queda referido, su Magestad y los dichos senores
Estados Generates, estando advertidos y requeridos, el uno por el otro, haran
conjuntamente todo lo posible para hazer que cese el disturbio 6 la hostilidad
y que se reparen las sin razones y injurias que se huvieren hecho al uno de
los aliados.

4. Y en caso que al dicho acometimiento 6 inquietud se siga una guerra
abierta. aquel de los dos aliados que no fuere acometido estara obligado de
romper tres meses despues del primer requerimiento del que se hallare ya
en rompimiento, y en este intermedio hara todo esf uerzo por sus embaxadores
6 otros ministros para mediar un acomodamiento justo entre el agresor 6
turbador y el acometido y inquietado, y entre tanto dara un socorro de ocho
mil infantes bien armados en los regimientos y compafiias, y con los coroneles
y otros ofiziales que juzgare a proposito, y entregara dicho socorro y le entre-
tendra a su costa, para el servicio del acometido 6 inquietado todo el tiempo,
que no huviere obligacion de entrar en rompimiento segun este tratado, y
sera arbitrario el tomar el socorro, 6 todo en soldados 6 todo en dinero 6 parte
en soldados, dinero, navios, armas, municiones, 6 otras proprias al uso
de la guerra, de manera que mil soldados se taxaran a diez mil florines al mes,
segun el curso del banco de Amsterdan, contando doce meses en el ano, y el
pagamiento dellos se hara al principio de cada mes, por partes yguales, y las
monedas se entregaran en Amberes 6 Amsterdan, respectivamente, pero en
caso que la dicha prestacion se haga en parte 6 toda en municiones, navios,
6 en otras cosas proprias al uso de la guerra, el asistido estara obligado de yr
a recivirlas y tomarlas el mismo al pays del que diere el socorro, bien entendido
que si el socorrido desea tener en parte alguna caballeria 6 dragones se com-
putara para llevar el numero de todos los ocho mil hombres 6 la parte dellos
que el acometido 6 inquietado pidiere cada soldado de a caballo 6 dragon por
tres infantes, y quando el socorro se diere en soldados estaran enteramente
suxetos al mando y ordenes de aquel a quien fueren embiados para servirse
en campana, en sitios, en guardia de plazas, y en todo lo que la necesidad 6
la utilidad requiriere, pero con la reserva de que las compafiias no puedan estar
enteramente separadas unas de otras, sino que queden unidas de bajo de sus
vanderas, por lo menos en numero de docientos 6 trecientos hombres de cada
regimiento ; y quando la necesidad de los negocios requiriere que el socorro
prometido y acordado se deva augmentar, su dicha Magestad y los senores
Estados Generates procuraran combenirse juntos en ello, y quedara despues de
espirado el termino de los dichos tres meses a eleccion del aliado que estuviere
en rompimiento el continuar en gozar el f ruto del mismo socorro en caso que
la coyuntura del tiempo 6 las circunstancias de los negocios le hagan preferir
el efecto del al del rompimiento abierto de su aliado.

5. Hallandose establecida y prometida en esta conformidad la garantia
reciproca quando uno de los aliados fuere acometido 6 inquietado, y se hallare
obligado a entrar en guerra abierta, el otro aliado estara ygualmente obligado
a romper con el agresor 6 perturbador y a emplear todo su poder y todas sus

The Hague, 1673 217

fuerzas, por mar y por tierra, y las juntara a las del dicho aliado acometido 6
inquietado, para reducir el enemigo comun a un acomodamiento decente, seguro,
y justo, con uno y otro aliado.

6. Y en este caso, las fuerzas de su Magestad y de los sefiores Estados Gen-
erates obraran unida 6 separadamente, segun lo que mas particularmente se
concertare entonces entre su dicha Magestad y los dichos Estados Generates,
los quales consultaran y resolberan unidamente los medios mas adequados para
inf estar al enemigo comun, sea por via de diversion 6 de otra suerte, afin (como
dicho es) de reducirle con mas brevedad a un acomodamiento.

7. Y aunque por lo que queda dicho al fin del segundo articulo deste presente
tratado, el efecto desta liga se encierra dentro de los limites de Europa, se
entiende sin embargo que si su Magestad Catholica 6 los dichos sehores
Estados Generates fueren acometidos en adelante 6 de qualquiera suerte que
sea perturbados en la posesion de los estados, villas, plazas, y payses, derechos,
immunidades, y libertades de navegacion, de comercio, 6 otras qualesquiera de
qualquiera naturalez que sean, por mar 6 por tierra, que su Magestad 6 los
dichos sefiores Estados Generates poseen 6 gozan 6 tienen derecho de poseer
6 de gozar, fuera de Europa mismo, y en qualquiera parte del mundo que sea,
6 por el derecho comun 6 por tratados hechos antes 6 que se pudieren hacer
despues, como queda dicho, su Magestad y los dichos sehores Estados haviendo
sido advertidos y requeridos, uno por otro, haran unidamente todo lo posible
para hazer que cese el disturbio 6 la hostilidad y se de reparacion de las sin
razones y injurias que se huvieren hecho al uno de los aliados, y que en caso
que esto no pueda efectuarse por vias amigables en quatro meses, y que aquel
de los aliados que fuere en esta forma acometido 6 inquietado fuera de Europa
en qualquiera parte del mundo que sea, se hallare obligado a emplear sus armas
en Europa contra el agresor 6 perturbador para reducirle a la razon, aquel
de los dos aliados que no fuere acometido 6 inquietado dara al que lo estubiere
el socorro sobre dicho y rompera consecutivamente con el agresor 6 perturbador
la guerra abierta de la misma manera que si el acometimiento 6 disturbio se
huviese hecho dentro de los limites de Europa.

8. Y quando se halle declarado ya una vez la guerra con ambos aliados
segun el presente tratado, no se podra por parte de alguno de dichos dos aliados
hazer despues ninguna suspension de armas con el que huviere sido declarado
y reconocido por enemigo, sino es conjuntamente y de comun consentimiento.

9. Pero sucediendo el caso de venirse a entrar en negociacion, sea para
tratar de paz 6 de tregua de algunos ahos, no se podra comenzar por el uno
de los aliados sin la participacion del otro y sin procurarle al mismo tiempo
y tan presto, como assi mismo la facultad y seguridad requerida y necesaria
para embiar sus ministros al lugar donde se tratase, como tambien sin dar
sucesivamente, de tiempo en tiempo, comunicacion de todo lo que pasare en la
dicha negociacion, y no podra uno ni otro pasar a la conclusion de la dicha paz
6 tregua, sin comprender en ella a su aliado, y hazerle bolver a poner, si lo
desea, assi en posesion de los payses, tierras, y plazas, y goze de derechos y
immunidades, que tenia y de que gozaba antes de la guerra, y sin estipular del
enemigo comun para el aliado los mismos derechos, immunidades, exemp-
ciones, y demas prerrogatibas que para si mismo, sino es que los aliados se
combengan de otra suerte.

10. Y para que la sincera intencion que su Magestad y los dichos sehores
Estados Generates tienen de establezer entre si y sus estados y vasallos, de una
parte y otra, por esta presente combencion, una amistad y union estrechisima
para el bien y quietud del uno y del otro, se asegure con tanto mayor cuydado
contra todo genero de alteraciones, no se ha combenido solamente en que ni su

15

218 Doc. 68. United Netherlands — Spain

Magestad Catholica ni los dichos senores Estados no entren en adelante en
algun empeno contrario a este, pero no haran tratado alguno sin comprehender
en el el uno al otro, si lo deseare asi, y sin darse a tiempo la noticia requerida
para poderse declarar en orden a la dicha comprehension.

ii. Y afin de que esta liga que se haze para el restablecimiento y conser-
bacion de la publica tranquilidad sea tanto mas eficaz, se combidara a. entrar
en ella al Emperador y a todos los otros reyes, principes, y estados que se
juzgare a proposito de comun consentimiento, y se tratara de una y otra parte
singularmente para conserbar en su vigor la triple liga de garantia hecha para
la conserbacion de la paz de Aquisgrana en favor de su Magestad Catholica
luego que se de fin a la presente guerra con su Magestad Britanica.

12. El tratado de paz y de amistad hecho entre la corona de Espafia y los
dichos seiiores Estados, en Munster, el ano de mil seiscientos y quarenta y
ocho, y el tratado de marina hecho y firmado en diez y siete de Diciembre de
mil seiscientos cinquenta, y la garantia de la paz de Aquisgrana prometida por
los dichos senores Estados Generales, y todas otras combenciones hechas.
seran consiguientemente observadas en todos sus articulos y gozaran su Mag-
estad y los dichos senores Estados y sus subditos, de una y otra parte, de todo
lo que esta combenido y regulado en ellas, tanto para los negocios publicos
como para los negocios particulares.

13. Pero respecto de hallarse hoy los dichos senores Estados Generales en
una guerra grande y peligrosa con el Rey Cristianisimo y el Rey de la Gran
Bretafia, como tambien con el Elector de Colonia y el Obispo de Munster, y
de estar los plenipotenciarios de todas las partes juntos en Colonia para ter-
minarla, si es posible, con un tratado de paz que pueda dar a la Europa su
primer tranquilidad y librar el estado de las Provincias Unidas de la opresion
en que esta, su Magestad, para dar a los dichos senores Estados las ultimas
experiencias du su real generosidad, del afecto con que los honrra, y del cuy-
dado que aplica a su conserbacion, promete y se obliga a contribuyr con todo lo
que dependiere de si al succeso de la conclusion de la paz, sin ulterior dilacion,
con las condiciones en que se juzgare poder consentir para el bien comun, y
para salir de los riesgos y de las calamidades en que se hallan ; pero en caso
que este buen intento de la conclusion de la paz no pueda tener el succeso que
se desea, su Magestad rompera la guerra abierta juntamente con su Magestad
Cesareo, desde luego y al primer requerimiento de dichos senores Estados
Generales que se ha de hazer al seiior Governador General de su Magestad en
los Payses Vajos y Borgona, para emprender desde luego las operaciones de
comun concierto en ventaja del bien publico y en alivio de los oprimidos, y
el dicho Governador General obrara consecutibamente por probision con todo
su poder y con todos sus fuerzas contra el Rey Cristianisimo, como tambien
su Magestad hara obrar, por mar y tierra, en otras partes dentro de Europa,
como queda dicha ariba, y esto por lo que toca al dicho Gobernador General
antes mismo que haya venido de Espafia la ratincacion deste presente tratado,
y entonces entregara sin dilacion la de los dichos senores Estados.

14. Haviendose hecho en esta forma comun la guerra, entre su Magestad
y los dichos senores Estados del un lado y el Rey de Francia del otro, su dicha
Magestad y los dichos senores Estados se obligan de no hazer suspension de
armas alguna sin comun consentimiento, ni de continuar el presente congreso,
establecido en Colonia, ni de entrar de nuevo en adelante en negociacion alguna
de paz 6 tregua de algunos anos, si no es observando exactamente lo que esta
combenido arriba en el articulo nuebe.

15. Y respecto de que se han ocupado a los dichos senores Estados muchas
villas, plazas, y payses pertenecientes a su estado, su Magestad se obliga de no

The Hague, 1673 219

hazer paz sino es haciendo restablezer los dichos seiiores Estados en todas
las dichas villas, plazas, y parses de su estado que les son 6 podran ser en ade-
lante ocupados en esta guerra, sino es que por el bien de la dicha paz se com-
benga en otra forma.

16. Y los dichos sefiores Estados, en reconocimiento deste favor real y de
todos los grandes socorros con que han sido y aun son asistidos en esta guerra
por su Magestad en su mas urgente necesidad, se obligan, desde que su Mag-
estad hubiere entrado en rompimiento conjuntamente con ellos, a no hacer paz
con su Magestad Cristianisima sin el consentimiento de su Majestad Catholica,
sino es que sea establecido en la posesion de todas las villas, plazas, y payses
que le fueron ocupados por su dicha Magestad Cristianisima despues de con-
cluyda la paz entre las dos coronas en los Pireneos el aiio seiscientos y sesenta,
sino es que por el bien de la paz se combengan en otra forma despues.

17. Pero en lo que mira a las otras partes que se hallaren entonces en guerra
comun contra su Magestad y los dichos Estados se observara en el hecho de la
paz lo que esta combenido arriba en el articulo nuebe.

19. Este tratado durara el expacio de veinte afios, y antes que espire este
termino se combendra para el tiempo que se huviere de continuar por el bien
comun, y se ratificara este tratado dos meses despues de firmado de una parte
y otra, bien entendido que si los dichos Estados durante este termino vinieren
a gozar del rompimiento que su Magestad les ha prometido ariba en caso de
no poderse obtenir la paz como queda dicho, los dichos seiiores Estados en
este case haran la entrega de su acto de ratificacion antes y sin aguardar al de
su Majestad. Fecha en la Haya a treinta dias del mes de Agosto de mil
seiscientos y setenta y tres. Don Manuel Francisco de Lira; C. Van
Beuninguen ; Gaspar Fagel; Johan de Mauregnaupt; Isbrant van

VlERSSEN ; SCHATO GoCKINGA.

Por tanto haviendose visto y examinado en nuestro consexo el dicho tratado
de nueva alianza, he resuelto por mi y por el Muy Alto, Serenisimo principe
Don Carlos Segundo, rey de las Espanas, mi muy charo y muy amado hijo,
aprobarle y ratificarle, como en virtud de la presente le apruebo y ratifico,
prometiendo en fee y palabra real de cumplirle en la forma que en el se con-
tiene. En fee de lo qual mande despachar la presente, firmada de mi mano,
sellada con nuestro sello secreto, y refrendada del infrascripto secretario de
estado. Dada en Madrid a diez de Noviembre de mil seiscientos y setenta y
tres.

Yo la Reyna.

Don Diego de la Faria.

Separate Article.

Quoy que par le traitte, conclu et signe ce jourd'huy entre sa Majeste
Catholique et les Seigneurs Estats Generaux des Provinces Unies, sadite
Majeste ne s'est engagee qu'a entrer en rupture avec la France en cas que la
paix ne se puisse faire aux conditions qu'on jugera convenir, et que sadite
Majeste ne pourroit voir qu'avec un grand deplaisir qu'elle fust obligee a
rompre l'amitie qu'elle a avec le Roy de la Grande Bretagne, estant pourtant
evident par plusieurs raisons tres concluantes que si ledit Roy de la Grande
Bretagne persiste a ne vouloir faire la paix avec lesdits seigneurs Estats, Ton

220 Doc. 68. United Netherlands — Spain

ne peut attendre l'effect qu'on desire de l'employ des armes de sa Majeste
Catholique, sans qu'elles agissent conjoinctement avec celles desdits seigneurs
Estats indistinctement contre ceux qui continueront a les persecuter en guerre,
sans vouloir venir a une juste paix, II a este convenu, que si Ton ne peut par-
venir a un prompt accommodement avec sadite Majeste de la Grande Bre-
tagne, et que tous les devoirs qu'on a employes pour cela, et qu'on employera
par l'entremise des offices de sa Majeste Catholique, demeureront inutiles,
sa Majeste Catholique se declarera en guerre ouverte contre ledit Roy de la
Grande Bretagne, tout de meme comme contre le Roy de France ; mais afin
que rien ne soit neglige de tout ce qui peut servir pour eviter ladite rupture,
lesdits seigneurs Estats pour satisfaire aux desirs de sa Majeste Catholique,
et estans d'ailleurs tres-portes a tout ce qui peut servir pour renouer l'ancienne
amitie avec ledit Roy de la Grande Bretagne, demeureront d'accord que de la
part de sa Majeste il se fasse un dernier effort pour porter ledit Roy de la
Grande Bretagne a la paix, en luy offrant les conditions mentionnees cy des-
sous ; bien entendu que si lesdites conditions ne soient acceptees, et la paix avec
sadite Majeste de la Grande Bretagne ne soit conclue en trois semaines apres
la ratification extradee du present traitte, qu'en ce cas, et la guerre contre la
France de la part de sa Majeste Catholique estant ouverte et commencee, sa
Majeste Catholique rompra avec ledit Roy de la Grande Bretagne. Et pour
ce qui concerne lesdites conditions que sa Majeste Catholique poufra presenter
au Roy de la Grande Bretagne et s'obliger de les faire accepter auxdits seig-
neurs Estats Generaux, en cas que sadite Majeste de la Grande Bretagne peut
estre disposee par la a la paix avec eux, il a este convenu que, quoy que lesdits
seigneurs Estats ne reconnoissent aucun principe de justice ni succes des
armes pour les obliger a des conditions desavantageuses, et que les grandes de-
penses et dangers, qu'on leur a fait supporter et essuyer, par tous les efforts
contre lesquels ils se sont defendus avec l'aide de Dieu, les dispense de toute
pensee de redimer la paix a des concessions non deues, que toutesfois pour
finir, s'il se peut, la presente guerre avec sadite Majeste de la Grande Bretagne,
sa Majeste Catholique, ne pouvant faire ladite paix a moins, pourra offrir a
sadite Majeste de la Grande Bretagne, pour toutes pretensions qu'elle a for-
mees ou pourroit former contre lesdits seigneurs Estats: I. l'ajustement de
l'affaire du pavilion au contentement de sa Majeste de la Grande Bretagne : 2.
une restitution des pais et places que les armes desdits seigneurs Estats, durant
cette guerre, ont ou pourront avoir occupes aux Anglois hors de l'Europe,
moyennant une restitution reciproque ; et 3. une somme de quatre, cincq, six,
sept, ou huit cent mille patacons, payables aux termes suivantes, a scavoir, un
quart en mesme temps que les ratifications du traitte d'accommodement se-
rent extradees, et le reste en trois termes, a payer un la premiere annee apres
la fin de cette guerre, l'autre la seconde annee, et le dernier la troisiesme, en
portions egales, et donneront lesdits seigneurs Estats Generaux caution suf-
fisante pour ledit payement a la satisfaction des ministres de sa Majeste Cath-
olique.

Fait a la Haye le trentiesme Aoust, l'an mil six cent soixante treze.

Man'l Fran'co de Lira.

Van Beuningen.

Gasp. Fagel.

j. de mauregnault.

ISBR. VAN VlERSSEN.
SCATO GOCKINGA.

The Hague, 1673 221

Addition to the Separate Article.

L'article separe touchant l'Angleterre conclu ce jourd'huy entre le min-
istre et les commissaires soussignes de la part de sa Majeste Catholique et
desdits seigneurs Estatz Generaux des Provinces Unies des Pais Bas n'ayant
este accorde par le sieur Don Manuel Francisco de Lyra, envoye extraordin-
aire de sa Majeste, que sous l'aveu et l'approbation qu'on doit attendre d'Es-
pagne en quatre semaines apres la signature de la presente, il a este convenu,
pour oster tout scrupule qui pourroit naistre la dessus, que les articles quin-
zieme et seizieme du traite signe ce jourd'huy entre lesdits soussignes, touchant
ce qui se doit observer a la negociation d'une paix apres la rupture commune,
ne seront pas obligatoires, si f aute dudit aveu et approbation ledit article touch-
ant le Roy de la Grande Bretagne ne subsistat point, bien entendu que tant que
Ton attendra ledit aveu et approbation, la rupture etant commencee par Mon-
sieur le Gouverneur General du Pais Bas, on observera lesdits articles quin-
zieme et seizieme, comme tous les autres, meme avant la ratification formele
dudit traite. Fait a la Haye le trentieme d'Aoust mil six cent soixante et
treize.

Man. Fran'co de Lira.

Van Beuningen.

Gasp. Fagel.

j. de mauregnault.

Isbr. van Vierssen.

scato gockinga.

translation.

Don Carlos the Second, by the grace of God king of Spain, of the two
Sicilies, of Jerusalem, of the Indies, etc., archduke of Austria, duke of Bur-
gundy and of Milan, count of Hapsburg and of Tyrol, etc., and the Queen
Dona Mariana of Austria, his mother, tutrix, and guardian of his royal person,
and regent of all his kingdoms and lordships :

Whereas there has been concerted at the Hague, on the thirtieth day of
August in this present year, an indissoluble treaty of new alliance for the
securing of a firm and durable peace in Europe, between the king my son and
the States General of the United Provinces of the Netherlands, through the
respective ministers designated for this purpose in virtue of the full powers
exhibited from their principals, of which treaty the text is, word for word,
of the following tenor :

In view of the great and considerable succors with which the monarchy of
Spain has from the beginning of the present war generously assisted the States
of the United Provinces of the Netherlands, and in view of the continuous
evidences of gratitude which the lords States General of the said provinces
have manifested to his Majesty, as to a prince who with perfect firmness has
resisted the ruin which menaced them from the invasion of enemies so power-
ful, and the said lords States General recognize that in order to give permanent
hope of their re-establishment and their continuance in the future by means of
a suitable and stable arrangement, there was needed the final evidence of his
Majesty's devotion to the well-being, union, and prosperity of the Dutch state,
they have repeatedly urged his Majesty to be pleased to perfect this great
work, not only by the renewal of the treaty existing between his Majesty and
the said lords States, but also by the faithful demonstration of his royal good-

222 Doc. 68. United Netherlands — Spain

will through a new and indissoluble alliance in order to arrive at the single
end which is proposed, that of an enduring peace in Europe, and as apparently
this good can not be secured by those means alone which at present are being
applied, the said lords States General, in the hope they have always entertained
that for the laudable purpose of peace and the preservation of all the Nether-
lands, universally menaced by the progress of hostile arms, his Majesty might
support them with his own arms, in open warfare, whereby, with the assistance
of the Divine favor, the interrupted repose of Christendom might be unitedly
restored in a general, just, and permanent peace, his Majesty, acceding to the
desires and urgings of the said lords States, and giving heed also to other
motives of reason and justice, the following has been agreed upon, concerted,
and concluded in the name of his Majesty, on the one part, by Don Manuel
Francisco de Lira, introducer of ambassadors at the court of Spain and envoy
plenipotentiary of his Majesty at the Hague, and in the name of the said
States General, on the other part, by Conrad van Beuninghen, former burgo-
master of Amsterdam, Gaspar Fagel, councillor and pensionary of the States
of Holland and West Friesland, Jean de Mauregnault, Isbrandt van Vierssen,
and Schato Gockinga, councillor of Groningen, all of them ordinary deputies
in the assembly of the said lords States General :

i. There shall be, between the king and the kings his successors and his
kingdoms, on the one part, and the lords States General of the United Provinces
of the Netherlands and their states and lands and vassals on the other hand,
reciprocally, a sincere, firm, and perpetual friendship and good correspondence,
both by sea and by land, in every way, both outside of Europe and within.

2. Furthermore there shall be, between his Majesty and the kings his succes-
sors and his kingdoms and the said lords States General and their states and
lands, a strict alliance and a faithful confederation for maintaining and pre-
serving each other mutually in the possession of all the states, towns, places,
and districts which belong to them, and in the enjoyment of all the rights,
franchises, and liberties of navigation and commerce, and all others of what-
soever nature, both on sea and on land, which by common law they have a
right to enjoy, or those which they have acquired or shall hereafter acquire by
those treaties of peace, friendship, or neutrality already made, or those which
shall hereafter be made conjointly and by common agreement with other kings,
republics, princes, or cities — but all this within the bounds of Europe solely.

3. And also they promise and bind themselves to guarantee, the one to the
other, not only all those treaties which his Majesty and the said lords States
General have made with other kings, republics, princes, and states, which
shall transpire, on the one and the other part, before the exchange of the rati-
fications, but also all those which may be made hereafter, conjointly and by
common agreement, and reciprocally to defend, assist, and preserve each other
in the possession of the states, towns, places, and districts which belong to
them at present and~ which shall hereafter belong either to his Majesty and the
kings his successors or to the said lords States General, by the treaties men-
tioned or by any other fortune, in whatsoever part of Europe the said states,
towns, places, and districts may be situated, in such manner that if his Majesty
or the kings his successors or the said lords States General shall be attacked or
in any manner disturbed in the possession or enjoyment of the states, cities,
places, and districts, rights, immunities, and liberties of navigation and com-
merce, or any other such of whatsoever nature, whether by sea or by land, which
his Majesty or the said lords States General possess or enjoy or have a right to
possess or enjoy, whether by common right or by treaties made or which may
be made, as above said, then his Majesty and the said lords States General,

The Hague, 1673 223

being notified and called upon, the one by the other, shall conjointly do all that
is possible to the end that the disturbance or hostility shall cease and that the
iniquities and injuries which have been committed on one of the allies shall be
remedied.

4. And in case the said attack or disturbance shall be followed by open war,
that one of the two allies who is not attacked shall be obliged to make open war
three months after the first request from him who finds himself at war, and in
that interval shall make every effort, through his ambassadors or other min-
isters, to arrange a just accommodation between the aggressor or disturber and
the one who is attacked or disturbed, and meanwhile shall give aid of eight
thousand foot-soldiers, well armed, in regiments and companies and with their
colonels and other officers deemed appropriate, and shall deliver the said rein-
forcements and maintain them at his own expense, for the service of the one
attacked or disturbed, throughout the whole time during which he is by this
treaty not obliged to enter upon open warfare ; and it shall be at the recipient's
choice either to take the aid wholly in soldiers, or wholly in money, or partly
in soldiers, money, ships, arms, munitions, or other things appropriate to the
uses of warfare, in such manner that a thousand soldiers shall be rated equiva-
lent to ten thousand florins a month, at the rate of exchange of the Bank of
Amsterdam, counting twelve months to the year, the payment of them to be
made in equal installments at the beginning of each month, and the money
shall be delivered in Antwerp or Amsterdam respectively ; but in case the said
assistance is given partly or wholly in munitions, ships, or other things appro-
priate to the uses of warfare, the one assisted shall be obliged to go and receive
them in the country of him who renders the aid, it being well understood that
if the one aided desires to have cavalry or dragoons in part, the reckoning shall
be made by taking for the number of the eight thousand men, or the part of them
which the one attacked or disturbed shall solicit, each cavalryman or dragoon
for three foot-soldiers ; and when the aid is given in soldiers they shall be
entirely subject to the command and orders of the one to whom they have been
sent, to serve in the field, in encampments, in garrisons, and in all ways that
need or utility may require, with the reservation however that the companies
shall not be entirely separated one from another, but shall remain united under
their own banners to the number at least of two or three hundred men of each
regiment ; and when the necessity of the situation shall require that the aid
promised and granted should be increased, his said Majesty and the lords States
General shall come to an agreement respecting this ; and after the term of the
said three months has expired, it shall remain at the option of the ally who is
in open warfare to continue to enjoy the benefit of the said aid, in case the sea-
son or the circumstances cause him to prefer those effects to those of open war-
fare on the part of his ally.

5. When in conformity to the above the reciprocal guaranty, in case one of
the allies shall be attacked or disturbed, has been established and promised and
he has been obliged to enter into open warfare, the other ally shall be equally
obliged to break with the aggressor or disturber and to employ all his power
and forces, by sea and by land, and shall join them to those of the said attacked
or disturbed ally, to reduce the common enemy to a suitable, secure, and just
accommodation with both allies.

6. And in that case, the forces of his Majesty and the lords States General
shall operate together or separately, according to what is more particularly
arranged at that time between his said Majesty and the said States General,
who shall consult and resolve together on the means most adequate for assur-

224 Doc. 68. United Netherlands — Spain

ing the common enemy, whether by diversion or otherwise, in order, as above
said, to reduce him as speedily as possible to an accommodation.

7. And although, by what has been said at the end of the second article of
the present treaty, the effect of this alliance is confined within the limits of
Europe, nevertheless it is understood that if his Catholic Majesty or the said
lords States General shall hereafter be attacked or in any manner disturbed
in the possession of the states, towns, places, districts, rights, immunities, and
liberties of navigation and commerce, or others of whatsoever nature, on sea
or by land, which his Majesty or the said lords States General possess or enjoy
or have a right to possess or to enjoy, outside of Europe, and in whatsoever
part of the world, whether by common right or by treaties made previously
or which may hereafter be made, as already said, his Majesty and the said
lords States, having been notified and requested, the one by the other, shall
unitedly do all that is possible to cause that the disturbance or hostility shall
cease, and that reparation shall be made for the aggressions and injuries which
have been inflicted on one of the allies ; and that in case this can not be achieved
in four months in friendly ways, and that that one of the allies who has been
thus attacked or disturbed outside of Europe, in any part of the world, shall find
itself obliged to employ its arms in Europe against the aggressor or disturber
to reduce him to reason, that one of the two allies that has not been attacked
or disturbed shall give, to the one who has been, the aid stated above, and shall
immediately make open warfare upon the aggressor or disturber, in the same
manner as if the attack or disturbance had been effected within the limits of
Europe.

8. And when war has once been declared by both allies according to the
present treaty, no suspension of arms against him who has been declared and
recognized as an enemy shall be effected thereafter on the part of either of
the two allies, except conjointly and by common consent.

9. But if it shall be the case that negotiation is entered upon, whether to
treat of peace or of a truce of some years, it shall not be begun by one of the
allies without the participation of the other, and without procuring that partici-
pation for him at the same time and equally early, together with the opportunity
and security required and necessary for sending his representatives to the
place of negotiation, nor without communicating successively, from time to
time, all that shall go on in the said negotiation, and neither the one nor the
other shall proceed to the conclusion of the said peace or truce without includ-
ing in it his ally, and causing him to be placed, if he desires it, in possession
of the districts, lands, places, and enjoyment of the rights and immunities which
he held and enjoyed before the war, nor without stipulating from the common
enemy for the ally the same rights, immunities, and exceptions and other pre-
rogatives as for himself, unless the allies agree upon other arrangements.

10. And in order that the sincere intention which his Majesty and the said
lords States General have, to establish between themselves and their states and
vassals, mutually, by this present agreement, a most strict friendship and union
for the good and peace of both, may be secured with so much the greater care
against every sort of changes, it has been agreed, not only that his Catholic
Majesty and the said lords States shall not hereafter agree to any arrange-
ments contrary to this, but also that they shall not make any treaty without
each including in it the other, if he desires, nor without giving sufficient and
timely notice for declaring himself with a view to such inclusion.

11. And in order that this alliance which is made for the re-establishing and
preservation of public tranquillity may be the more effective, the Emperor and

The Hague, 1673 225

all of the kings, princes, and states who by common consent may be judged ap-
propriate shall be invited to enter into it, and both parties shall negotiate for
preserving in its full force the triple alliance of guaranty made for the pres-
ervation of the peace of Aix-la-Chapelle in favor of his Catholic Majesty
when the present war with his Britannic Majesty is ended.

12. The treaty of peace and friendship made between the crown of Spain
and the said lords States at Miinster in 1648, and the maritime treaty made
and signed on the seventeenth of December in 1650, and the guaranty of the
peace of Aix-la-Chapelle promised by the said lords States General, and all
other treaties made, shall be continually observed in all their articles, and his
Majesty and the said lords States and the subjects of both shall enjoy all that
is agreed and regulated therein, in respect to both public and private affairs.

13. But inasmuch as the said lords States General now find themselves en-
gaged in a great and dangerous war with the Most Christian King and the
King of Great Britain, as also with the Elector of Cologne and the Bishop of
Miinster, and as the plenipotentiaries of all these parties are assembled m
Cologne to end it if possible by a treaty of peace which may give to Europe its
former tranquillity and free the state of the United Provinces from the op-
pression to which they are now subject, his Majesty, to give the said lords
States the final experience of his royal generosity, of the esteem with which he
honors them, and of the care which he applies to their preservation, promises
and pledges himself to contribute to the full extent of his powers to the success
of the concluding of peace, without further delay, on the conditions which shall
be deemed suitable for the common good, and to escape from the risks and
calamities in which they find themselves ; but in case this good purpose toward
the conclusion of peace can not achieve the success which is desired, his
Majesty will conjointly enter upon open warfare against his Imperial [sic]
Majesty, thereupon and at the first request made by the said lords States
General upon the lord Governor General of his Majesty in the Low Countries
and Burgundy, to undertake thereupon in common concert operations for the
advantage of the public good and the relief of the oppressed, and the said
Governor General shall operate immediately with all his power and forces
against the Most Christian King, as also his Majesty shall cause operations
to be conducted, by sea and land, in other parts of Europe as has been said
above, and these provisions as to the said Governor General shall come into
operation even before the ratification of the present treaty has come from
Spain, and the ratification by the said lords States General shall then be de-
livered without delay.

14. War having thus been made in common between his Majesty and the
said lords States on the one side and the King of France on the other, his
said Majesty and the said lords States bind themselves not to effect any sus-
pension of arms without common consent, nor to continue the present congress
assembled at Cologne, nor to enter anew hereafter into any negotiation of
peace or several years' truce save in exact compliance with all that has been
agreed upon in article IX.

15. And whereas many towns, places, and districts belonging to or under
the government of the said lords States have been conquered, his Majesty
binds himself not to make peace without causing said lords States to be re-
established in all the said towns, places, and districts of their government which
are or which may hereafter be conquered, unless for the good of the said peace
agreement is made in some other form.

16. And the said lords States, in recognition of this royal favor and of all
the great aid with which they have been and still are assisted by his Majesty

226 Doc. 68. United Netherlands — Spain

in this war, in their most urgent need, bind themselves, after his Majesty shall
have entered upon open war conjointly with them, not to make peace with his
Most Christian Majesty without the consent of his Catholic Majesty, unless
the latter has been established in the possession of all the towns, places, and
districts that have been taken from him by his said Most Christian Majesty
since the conclusion between the two crowns of the peace of the Pyrenees in
1670, unless for the good of the peace matters are otherwise agreed upon here-
after.

17. But as regards the other parties that may at that time be engaged in
common warfare against his Majesty and the said States, those things shall
be observed in the making of the peace which have been agreed upon above in
article IX.

19. This treaty shall continue for the space of twenty years, and before
that time expires agreement shall be made as to the time which it shall continue
for the common good, and this treaty shall be ratified by both parties two
months after it has been signed, it being however understood that if the said
States during that term shall be aided by the open making of war which his
Majesty has promised them above in case peace can not be obtained as above
said, in that case the said lords States shall deliver their act of ratification
earlier, and without awaiting that of his Majesty. Done at the Hague on the
thirtieth day of the month of August, one thousand six hundred and seventy-
three. Don Manuel Francisco de Lira ; C. van Beuningen ; Gaspar
Fagel ; Johan de Mauregnault ; Isbrant van Vierssen ; Schato
gockinga.

Having seen and examined in our council the said treaty of new alliance it
has been resolved by me and by the Most High and Most Serene prince Don
Carlos the Second, king of Spain, my very dear and well beloved son, to ap-
prove and ratify it, as in virtue of the present I do approve and ratify, prom-
ising on my faith and royal word to fulfill it in the form in which it stands. In
faith whereof I have ordered the present to be executed, signed with my hand,
sealed with our privy seal, and countersigned by the subscribed secretary of
state. Given in Madrid on the tenth of November one thousand six hundred
and seventy-three.

I, the Queen.

Don Diego de la Faria.

Separate Article.

Although by the treaty concluded and signed this day between his Catholic
Majesty and the lords States General of the United Provinces his said Majesty
has engaged to enter into open warfare with France only in case peace can
not be made on conditions deemed suitable, and though his Majesty could only
with great regret see himself obliged to break the friendship which he has
with the King of Great Britain, yet it being evident for various very conclusive
reasons that if the said King of Great Britain persists in unwillingness to make
peace with the said lords States the desired effect can not be expected from
the employment of his Catholic Majesty's arms, unless they act in strict union
with those of the said lords States against those who shall continue to persecute
them in war without being willing to come to a just peace, It has been agreed,
that if a prompt arrangement with his said Majesty of Great Britain can not be

The Hague, 1673 227

reached, and all the efforts made toward that end or to be made through
the good offices of his Catholic Majesty shall remain fruitless, his Catholic
Majesty shall declare open war against the said King of Great Britain,
the same as against the King of France ; but in order that nothing may
be neglected that can serve toward avoiding the said rupture, the said
lords States, to satisfy the desires of his Catholic Majesty, and being other-
wise greatly inclined toward all that may serve to renew the former friend-
ship with the said King of Great Britain, shall continue to agree that a
last effort be made to bring the said King of Great Britain to peace, by offering
him the conditions mentioned below ; it being understood that, if the said con-
ditions are not accepted and peace with his said Majesty of Great Britain is
not concluded within three weeks after the exchange of ratifications of the
present treaty, in that case, and open warfare against France on the part of
his Catholic Majesty having been begun, his Catholic Majesty will make war
on the said King of Great Britain. And as to the said conditions which his
Catholic Majesty may offer to the King of Great Britain and bind himself to
cause to be accepted by the said lords States General in case his said Majesty
of Great Britain is disposed toward peace with them on that basis, it has been
agreed that, although the said lords States recognize no principle of justice or
successful warfare obliging them to accept disadvantageous terms, and al-
though the great expenses which they have been obliged to sustain and undergo,
by reason of all the efforts against which they have with the aid of God de-
fended themselves, release them from every thought of buying peace by undue
concessions, yet to finish if possible the present war with his said Majesty of
Great Britain, his Catholic Majesty, if he can not obtain peace for less, may
offer to his said Majesty of Great Britain, in lieu of all claims he has made or
may make against the said lords States: 1., an adjustment of the matter of
the flag satisfactory to his Majesty of Great Britain ; 2., a restitution, against
reciprocal restitution, of all the countries and places which the arms of the
said lords States have or may have conquered from the English during this
war ; and, 3. a sum of four, five, six, seven, or eight hundred thousand pata-
coons, to be paid on the following terms, to wit, one fourth at the same time
with the exchange of ratifications of the treaty of accommodation, and the rest
in three equal installments, one to be paid in the first year after the end of this
war, another in the second year, and the last in the third year, and the said
lords States shall give sufficient security for the said payment, satisfactory to
the ministers of his Catholic Majesty.

Done at the Hague, on the thirtieth of August in the year one thousand six
hundred and seventy-three.

Manuel Francisco de Lira.

Van Beuningen.

Gasp. Fagel.

j. de mauregnault.

ISBR. VAN VlERSSEN.
SCATO GOCKINGA.

Addition to the Separate Article.

Whereas the separate article concerning England concluded this day between
the undersigned minister and commissioners on behalf of his Catholic Majesty
and the said lords States General of the United Provinces of the Netherlands
has been agreed to by the lord Don Manuel Francisco de Lira, his Majesty's

228 Doc. 68. United Netherlands — Spain

envoy extraordinary, only on condition of the acknowledgment and approval
that are to be awaited from Spain within four weeks after the signing- of these
presents, it has been agreed, to remove all scruple that might arise on that
account, that articles XV. and XVI. of the treaty this day signed by the sub-
scribers, touching what shall be observed in the negotiation of a peace after
the entrance upon war in common, shall not be binding if, for lack of the said
acknowledgment and approval, the said article concerning the King of Great
Britain does not go into effect, it being however understood that, while the
said acknowledgment and approval are being awaited, my lord the Governor
General of the Low Countries having begun war, the said articles XV. and
XVI. shall be observed, like all the others, even before the formal ratification
of the said treaty. Done at the Hague, on the thirtieth of August, one thousand
six hundred and seventy-three.
Manuel Francisco de Lira.

Van Beuningen.

Gasp. Fagel.

j. de mauregnault.

ISBR. VAN VlERSSEN.
SCATO GOCKINGA.

69.

Treaty of peace between Great Britain and the United Nether-
lands, concluded at Westminster, February 9/19, 16/3/4.
Ratification by Great Britain, February 10/20, 16/3/4.
[Ratification by the States General, March 6, 1674.]1

Introduction.

Dismayed by the swift advance of the armies of Louis XIV. into the heart
of the United Netherlands, the States General, under De Witt's leadership,
resolved, in June, 1672, to send embassies to France and England to treat
for peace.2 Charles II. detained the Dutch ambassadors as virtual prisoners
at Hampton Court; but sent Buckingham, Arlington, Halifax, and Monmouth
to the camp of the French king to arrange a peace jointly with the French
commissioners.3 At Heeswijk, on July 16, an Anglo-French treaty was con-
cluded.4 It engaged each king anew not to make peace with the Dutch except
with the other's consent,5 and not to treat except on the basis of conditions
agreed on between them.6 England's terms included the lowering of the Dutch
flag, even when entire Dutch fleets met a single English ship in British waters ;
permission for the English detained in the colony of Surinam (Dutch Guiana)
to depart thence with their goods; £ 1,000,000 for the costs of the war; an
annual rent of £10,000 for the herring fisheries; sovereignty of the Prince of
Orange over such part of the United Provinces as should not be given to the
two kings or their allies, or at least the perpetuity of the stadholdership in the
prince's family ; a treaty of commerce, with regulation of the East Indian
trade ; and the surrender of Sluys and other places on the Zeeland coast, as
security. On the advice of Prince William of Orange, since early July stad-
holder of Holland and Zeeland and virtual ruler of the Republic, the States
General rejected these terms.7 The prince was bent upon making a separate
peace with England, with the hope of eventually drawing her into an alliance
against France. By means of very liberal offers, he strove to prevent Charles
II., his uncle, from ratifying the treaty of Heeswijk. Failing in this, he tried
to gain his end by secretly strengthening the opposition or country party in

1 C. Hop and N. Vivien, Notulen gehouden ter Staatenvergadering van Holland (1903),
pp. 432, 433.

2Mignet, Negotiations, IV. 20 ff.; G. A. Lefevre-Pontalis, De Witt (1885), II. 397.

3 Accounts of this embassy are in H. C. Foxcroft, Life and Letters of Sir George
Savile, First Marquis of Halifax (1898), I. 78 ff., and Lefevre-Pontalis, op. tit., II. 399 ff.

4 The text of the treaty of Heeswijk is in J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique , torn. VII.,
pt. I., p. 208.

5 The treaty of Dover (see Doc. 63) had provided against a separate peace with the
Dutch.

6 The conditions are given in Dumont, op. tit., pp. 206, 207, and, in abstract, in Mignet,
op. tit., pp. 48, 49.

7 Burnet's History of My Own Time (ed. O. Airy), pt. I., vol. I., pp. 591, 592; Lefevre-
Pontalis, op. tit., II. 403, 404.

229

230 Doc. 69. Great Britain — United Netherlands

the English Parliament, which was averse to the war with the Dutch, to the
French alliance, and to Catholicism.8

Another promising means to a separate peace was the mediation of Spain,
provided for in the Spanish-Dutch treaty signed at the Hague on August 30,
1673.9 In a separate article of that instrument, the States General had agreed
that Spain should offer Great Britain, as conditions of peace, satisfaction with
respect to the flag ; a sum of from 400,000 to 800,000 crowns ; and restitution
of all places taken by the Dutch from the English during the war outside
Europe, in return for a reciprocal restitution. The last condition was sub-
stituted for the cession of Sluys, on August 17, 1673, eight days after the
Dutch had retaken New York.10 If Great Britain failed to make peace on
these terms within a specified period, Spain was to break with her. The Dutch
believed that the danger of losing the Spanish trade would force England to
a settlement.11 But they feared that Spain's dread of an attack on her American
possessions might lead her to avoid war with England at the expense of Dutch
interests.12 Spain disappointed them by her delay in delivering the ratification
of the Hague treaty,13 and by her request, made as late as January, 1674, for
an alteration of the treaty to provide for the co-operation of the Dutch with
the Spanish fleet, if necessary, even in the Indies, and especially for the re-
conquest of Jamaica.14

Negotiations for a general peace, begun at Cologne at the end of June, 1673,
under the mediation of Sweden, were shared in by representatives of all the
belligerent powers. The demands presented by the English plenipotentiaries
were much the same as those previously made by Buckingham and Arlington.
Sweden did not press the Dutch to accept them, since she was mainly interested
in preserving the balance of power and averse from seeing the English estab-
lished on the Zeeland coast.15

More effective probably than foreign mediation was the demand of the
English people and Parliament for a separate peace.16

The Parliament that met early in the year 1672/3 refused to vote supplies
for continuing the war until the king should withdraw the Declaration of
Indulgence and should assent to the Test Act. The Parliament that assembled
in October, 1673, aroused by the Duke of York's Catholic marriage, was still
more fearful of the Catholic tendencies of the government, more hostile to
France, and desirous of peace with the Dutch. The United Provinces, on the
other hand, which, in the preceding months, had held their own against the
English at sea, and formed alliances with Spain, the Emperor, and Lorraine,

8 R. F. Fruin, " Willem III. en zijn Geheime Onderhandelingen met Karel II. van
Engeland in 1672", in Robert Fruiris Verspreide Geschriften (1900-1905), IV. 338-356;
Mignet, op. cit., IV. 52, 53.

9 Doc. 68.

10 J. L. Kramer, De Nederlandsch-Spaansche Diplomatic, p. 120.

11 Ibid., p. 126.

12 Ibid., pp. 140, 145.

13 Doc. 68.

14 Kramer, op. cit., pp. 133, 141-143-

15 Wynne, Life of Sir Leoline Jenkins, I. 42, 44.
1G Cf. below, note 27.

Westminster, 167 s 231

were in a stronger position than formerly. A few days before Parliament
opened, the States General sent a trumpeter with an address to Charles II.,
asking for a renewal of friendship, and relating their efforts to obtain peace.17
This address was drawn up on the very day on which the States received a
detailed report of the recovery of New York by Dutch forces ; and it reached
London at the same time as that report.18 Shaftesbury called it an appeal to the
English people against their king,19 and it doubtless helped to stiffen opposi-
tion to the war. At any rate the supply which the king asked for was refused
by Parliament " unless it shall appear, that the obstinacy of the Dutch shall
render it necessary ; nor before this kingdom be effectually secured from the
dangers of popery, and popish counsels and counsellors, and the other present
grievances be redressed ".20 Suddenly, on November 4/14, the king prorogued
Parliament until the following January. On November 7/17, he made an un-
satisfactory reply 21 to the address sent by the trumpeter. This the States
answered in a conciliatory manner on December 9/19, offering to renew the
treaty of Breda (but with clearer regulation of the ceremony of the flag) ;
to repair all injuries done by them to the English between the treaty of Breda
and the outbreak of the war ; and to restore New Netherland and all the other
places and colonies taken by them during the war, being firmly persuaded that
the King of England would not refuse to restore to them reciprocally the lands
or ports that his subjects had taken from them.22

This offer accorded with the terms which the States had authorized Spain
to urge, and which, on December 10/20, the Spanish ambassador at London,
the Marques de Fresno, proposed as a basis for peace.23 Dissatisfied therewith,
the English government demanded three additional articles, providing for a
regulation of the East India trade; permission for the English to withdraw
with their goods from Surinam; and abstention of the Dutch from fishing
on the British coasts without special permission.24 The terms of both parties
having been thus set forth, their plenipotentiaries at Cologne, assisted by the
Swedish mediators, strove to reach an agreement. But knowing that the
English Parliament was on their side, the Dutch would not admit any mention
of the fishery, or any regulation of the East Indian or Guinea trade, which
they wished to refer to commissioners.25

Parliament, meanwhile, having assembled on January 7/17, was determined
to end the war and other grievances. Despite the king's appeal for supplies
for the war, both Houses opposed the continuance of hostilities against the
Dutch and the league with France ; and called for the suppression of popery
and the removal of the king's evil counsellors.26 To this strong opposition,

17 Sylvius, Saken van Staat, bk. IX., pp. 684 ff.

18 J. R. Brodhead, Hist. St. N. Y., II. 247.

19 Cobbett's Parliamentary History, vol. IV., col. 588.

20 Ibid., col. 602.

21 Sylvius, op. cit., bk. IX., pp. 690 ff. ; Basnage, Annates, II. 463 ff.

22 Sylvius, op. cit., bk. IX., pp. 708 ff. ; Basnage, op. cit., II. 465 ff.

23 Ibid., II. 467, 468; Pari. Hist., vol. IV., col. 615.

24 Basnage, op. cit., II. 468.

25 Wynne, op. cit., I. 239-295, passim.

26 Pari. Hist., vol. IV, cols. 611 ff.

232 Doc. 69. Great Britain — United Netherlands

and to Spain's threat of war, Charles felt compelled to yield.27 On January
24/February 3, 1674, he caused to be laid before the House the project of a
treaty drawn up and agreed to by the States General.28 Of its five articles, the
fourth provided for the mutual restoration of all places taken by either party
from the other during the war. By this article the States offered Charles " the
restitution of so considerable an acquisition as the New Netherlands, without
hoping for anything in exchange ",29 Both Houses desired the king to con-
clude a peace with the States promptly.30 At about the same time, having
learned that the States and the provinces had resolved to make hereditary
the offices held by the Prince of Orange, the king appointed Sir William
Temple to negotiate peace at the Hague ; but before his departure an express
arrived from the States, empowering the Spanish ambassador to act for them
in London. The king then ordered Temple to treat with Fresno,31 and also
commissioned the Lord Keeper Finch, Arlington, and others for the same pur-
pose.32 Temple and Fresno reached an agreement in three days,33 and on
February 9/19 the treaty was signed, to the great satisfaction of the English.34
It was speedily ratified, and ratifications were exchanged on February 24/
March 6, 1674.35

The treaty, which renewed the treaty of Breda,36 met some, but not all, of
the demands made by the English in 1672. Notably the surrender of towns on
the Zeeland coast and the rent for the fishery were omitted. From the point
of view of this volume its chief importance lies in the fact that it stipulated the
restoration of New Netherland to Great Britain.

Bibliography.

Text: MS. An attested copy of the King of England's ratification of the
treaty is in the P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 312. The original
from which this copy was made is in the Rijksarchief at the Hague.

Text: Printed. J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VII.,
pt. I., pp. 253-255 ; Actes et Memoir es des Negotiations de la Paix de
Nimegue (1697), I. 606; J. A. de Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccion de los
Tratados de Pas de Espana (1751-1752), II. 17-30.

Translations: English. A General Collection of Treatys (1710), III. 275-
281; G. Chalmers, A Collection of Treaties (1790), I. 172. Spanish.
Abreu y Bertodano, loc. cit.

27 Mignet, op. cit., IV. 265. Arlington (Barbour. Henry Bennet, Earl of Arlington,
1914, p. 215") and Temple {Works, II. 246) refer to the impossibility of England's
breaking with Spain. Kramer concludes that it was not the danger of war with Spain
but the opposition of Parliament that determined Charles to make peace with the Dutch.
But cf. Burnet's History of My Own Time (ed. O. Airy), pt. I., vol. II., p. 48 and notes.

28 Journals of the House of Lords, XII. 617, 618.

29 Ibid., p. 616.

30 Ibid., p. 622; Pari. Hist., IV. 659.
si Temple, Works, IV. 6, 7,

32 Cal. St. Pap. Dom., 1673-1675 (1904), p. 137.

33 Temple, Works, IV. 16.

34 Cal. St. Pap. Dom., loc. cit., p. 154; Letters to Sir Joseph Williamson (ed. W. D.
Christie, for the Camden Soc, 1874), II. 146.

35 Cal. St. Pap. Dom., loc. cit., p. 182.
3(5 Doc. 57.

Westminster, 1673 233

References : Contemporary and early writings. Journals of the House
of Lords, XII. 588 ff., 594 ff., 616-628, 649; Anchitell Grey, Debates of
the House of Commons from 1667 to 1694 (1763), II. 182 ff., 197 ff., 228
ff., 338 ff., 343 ff., 363 ff., 375 ff., 385 ; Cobbett's Parliamentary History
of England ( 1806- 1820), vol. IV., cols. 586 ff., 592 ff., 611, 613 ff., 621 ff.,
660, 665 ; W. Wynne, Life of Sir Leoline Jenkins (1724), I. 1-297, pas-
sim; F. A. A. Mignet, Negociations (1835-1842), IV. 143-167, 221-271 ;
Letters addressed from London to Sir Joseph Williamson while Plenipo-
tentiary at the Congress of Cologne in the Years 1673 and 1674 (ed. W.
D. Christie for the Camden Soc., 1874), II. 3I"I58, passim; Essex Papers
(ed. O. Airy for the Camden Soc), I. (1890) 121, 131, 132, 153-180,
passim; The Works of Sir William Temple (1814), II. 249-266, IV. 6-
16; J. Basnage, Annates (1726), II. 458-470, 483, 492-499; A. van
Wicquefort, Histoire des Pr ovine es-Unies (ed. 1861-1874), IV. 579~584»
635-637; L. Sylvius [Lambert van den Bos], Historien onses Tyds
(1685), bk. IX., pp. 649 ff., 659, 665, 673, 684, 685. 687 ff., 708 ff., bk.
X., pp. 4-21 ; J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y. (1853-1883), II. 527-
531, 533-538, III. 207-216; Burnet's History of My Own Time, pt. I.
(ed. O. Airy, 1897-1900), vol. II., pp. 23, 24, 45-50; T. Bebington, The
Earl of Arlington's Letters (1701), II. 450-468.

References: Later writings. J. R. Brodhead, Hist. St. N. Y. (1853-
1871), II. 244-259; F. J. L. Kramer, De Nederlandsch-Spaansche Diplo-
matie (1892), pp. 125-150; J. Lingard, The History of England (1912-
191 5), IX. 214-216, 235-248; L. von Ranke, England (1875), III. 543-
559; V. Barbour, Henry Betmet, Earl of Arlington (1914), pp. 189-239,
passim ; P. J. Blok, History of the People of the Netherlands ( 1898- 191 2) ,
IV. 414-419; R. Lodge, England from the Restoration to the Death of
William III. (1910), pp. 120-124, in W. Hunt and R. L. Poole, The Polit-
ical History of England, VIII. ; O. Klopp, Der Fall des Houses Stuart
(1875-1888), I. 356-368; J. Wagenaar, Vaderlandsche Historie (1782-
1811), XIV. 293-301.

Text.37

Nos Carolus Secundus Dei gratia Magnae Britanniae, Franciae, et Hiber-
niae rex, Fidei Defensor, etc. constare volumus omnibus et singulis, quorum

37 The text is taken from an attested copy in the P. R. O., Treaties, no. 312, of the
English ratification preserved in the Rijksarchief at the Hague. The text is preceded
by the following part of the attestation (translation) : " The States General of the
United Netherlands, to all those who shall see or hear read these presents, greeting. Be
it known that we to-day the 29th of May, 1682, in our assembly have seen and viewed
a certain original act of ratification of the King of Great Britain td the treaty of peace
concluded between his Majesty and us at Westminster, February 9/19, in the year
1673/1674, the same being entirely clean and whole, without cancellation or erasure,
written on parchment in the Latin language, the tenor whereof here follows, word for
word, and reads thus " :

The text is followed by the remainder of the attestation (translation) : "[The treaty]
is signed Carolus R., and has the great seal of England depending from a gold and red
silk cord.

" In testimony whereof we have caused these letters of vidimus to be made, and
paraphed by the president of our assembly, signed by our clerk, and sealed with our seal.
Done in our assembly in the above day and year. Johan Becker v[idi]t.

" By ordinance of the aforesaid lords the States General. H. Fagel."

Below the attestation is the following order for enrollment : " Itt being for his
Ma[jes]tyes especialle service, I recommend it to the Hono[ra]ble the Master of the
Rolls to take care that the before specified treaty be inrolled in chancery notwithstanding
the warrant for the originall treaty be wanting. 7 Junii 1682. Nottingham, Cfustos].

"8 Junii 1682. Let it be enrolled accordingly. Har[bottle] Grimston."

The treaty is enrolled on Treaty Roll No. 220.

16

234 Doc. 6p. Great Britain — United Netherlands

interest aut quomodolibet interesse poterit, quod cum Serenissima domina
Regina Regens Hispaniae conatus suos saepius adhibuerit ut pax et amicitia
inter nos et Celsos ac Praepotentes dominos Ordines Generales Foederati
Belgii redintegraretur, ipsique Ordines Generales pro eadem pace et amicitia
recuperanda iteratas ad nos literas miserint, ac tandem illustrissimum et
excellentissimum dominum Petrum Fernandez de Jovar et Velasco, marchi-
onem de Fresno, Majestati suae Catholicae a cubiculis intimis, et Serenissimi
ac Potentissimi principis domini Caroli Secundi, Hispaniarum, etc. regis apud
eundem Serenissimum dominum Magnae Britanniae, etc. regem legatum
extraordinarium, plena potestate muniverint (quemadmodum ilia ad cal-
cem hujus tractatus subjuncta est) ad tractandum eorum nomine et con-
cludendum cum deputatis commissariis ac procuratoribus a parte nostra con-
stitutis, et pari plena potestate (quae post finem hujus tractatus etiam adjicitur)
ex parte nostra munitis : Qui quidem commissarii nostri cum praedicto domino
Marchione de Fresno congressi sunt, ac cunctis utrinque deliberatis, tandem
in tractatum sequentibus articulis expressum unanimiter consenserunt :

Quandoquidem ut extingueretur funestum illud bellum, quod inter Serenis-
simum et Potentissimum principem dominum Carolum Secundum, Magnae
Britanniae, Franciae, et Hiberniae regem, Fidei Defensorem, etc. et Celsos
ac Praepotentes dominos Ordines Generales Foederati Belgii nuper exortum
etiam num flagrat non solum totius fere Christiani orbis suspiria efflagitaverunt,
sed praecipue Serenissima domina Regina Hispaniae ex intuitu antiquae illius
necessitudinis et amicitiae quae inter coronas Britannicam et Hispanicam
semper intercessit, eo operam suam curamque adhibuit, ut dissidiis omnibus
inter regnum Magnae Britanniae et Foederati Belgii provincias prorsus sublatis
pax quantocijus restitueretur ; Quumque praedicti Ordines Generales Foederati
Belgii supranominatum Serenissimum dominum Magnae Britanniae Regem
tarn per literas suas quam per nuncia repetita flectere conati sint, ut conditioni-
bus pacis aurem animumque accommodare vellet, atque ut pacifica negotiatio
f acilius f eliciusque ad optatum exitum perduceretur, illustrissimo et excellentis-
simo domino Petro Fernandez de Jovar et Velasco, marchioni de Fresno,
Majestati Suae Catholicae a cubiculis intimis, et Serenissimi ac Potentissimi
principis domini Caroli Secundi Hispaniarum, etc. regis apud eundem Serenis-
simum dominum Magnae Britanniae, etc. regem legato extraordinario plenam
potestatem clederint, ut eorum nomine atque ex eorum parte pacem pro iis
cum praefato Serenissimo domino Magnae Britanniae Rege tractaret et con-
cluderet ; toties memoratus Serenissimus dominus Magnae Britanniae Rex,
qui non nisi firmae ac duraturae pacis causa hoc bellum primo suscepit, inter-
positionem supradictae Serenissimae dominae Reginae Regentis Hispaniae
tanti fecit, ut desideriis praememoratorum Ordinum Generalium in hac parte
libenter accedere voluerit, adeoque ad pacis tractatum inter Majestatem suam
dictosque Ordines Generales ineundum conficiendumque deputatos, com-
missarios, et procuratores suos, plena potestate munitos, nominavit et con-
stituit perquam fidelem et praedilectum consiliarium suum intimum Heneagium
baronem Finch de Daventry, magni Angeliae sigilli custodem, perquam fideles
et praedilectos consanguineos et consiliarios suos intimos Thomam vice-comi-
tem Latimer, summum Angliae thesaurarium, Jacobum, ducem de Monmouth,
equestris turmae pro custodia Majestatis suae capitaneum, Jacobum ducem
Ormundiae, hospitii regii seneschallum, Henricum comitem de Arlington,
primariorum Majestatis suae secretariorum unum, et perquam fidelem ac
praedilectum consiliarium suum intimum Henricum Coventry armigerum pri-

Westminster, 1673 235

mariorum secretariorum alterum ; Qui quidem commissarii ac deputati cum
praefato domino Marchione de Fresno parem a praedictis Ordinibus Gen-
eralibus Foederati Belgii potestatem habente congressi et collocuti in haec
demum pacta capitulaque tractatus et subsequentes articulos concordibus animis
mutuo consenserunt conveneruntque, videlicet :

1. Conclusum et concordatum est, quod ab hoc usque die sit vera, sincera,
et inviolabilis pax, unio, et amicitia inter Serenissimum ac Potentissimum
dominum Magnae Britanniae Regem ac Celsos et Praepotentes dominos Or-
dines Generales Foederati Belgii eorumque respective subditos, tarn intra
quam extra Europam, in omnibus utriusque partis regionibus, dominiis, et
locis quibuscunque.

2. Et quo vera est \sic\ haec unio inter praefatum Serenissimum dominum
Regem Magnae Britanniae et dictos dominos Ordines Generales citius effectum
suum sortiatur, conventum ab iis et conclusum est, quod immediate post promul-
gationem hujus tractatus pacis omnes actus hostilitatis ab utraque parte statim
prbhibeantur, neque ullum diploma, commissio, vel instructio privatim vel
publice, directe vel indirecte, ab alterutra parte detur nee foveatur, aut ullo
modo permittatur ad infestandum, aggrediendum, oppugnandum vel spolian-
dum alterutrius res, dominia, vel subditos, verum e contrario subditis utriusque
nationis stricte mandetur ut ubivis locorum pacate se invicem gerant et amice.

3. Quoniam vero distantiae locorum adeo variae sunt, ut mandata et direc-
tiones respective superiorum ad omnes subditos suos eodem tempore pervenire
nequeant, visum est, pro actibus hostilitatum, aut vi in utramvis partem com-
mittenda, hosce limites subsequentes statuere, videlicet: Quod post expira-
tionem duodecim dierum publicationem hujus tractatus proxime sequentium,
nulla committatur hostilitas a termino in occidentali plaga Canalis Britannicae,
vulgo the Soundings appellato, usque ad alterum terminum, qui Naz dicitur
in Norvegia, neque post finem sex septimanarum a dicto termino the Soundings
usque ad civitatem Tingitanam, neque post finem decern septimanarum in
Oceano, Mari Mediterraneo, vel ullibi alias inter dictam civitatem Tingitanam
et Aequatorem, neque post finem octo mensium in ulla orbis regione ; et quicun-
que actus hostilitatis post expirationem praedictorum terminorum cujusvis
prioris commissionis, literarum repressaliae, aut similium praetextu commissi
fuerint pro illegitimis habebuntur, et actores ad reparationem et satisfactionem
faciendum tenebuntur, atque ut publicae pacis violatores punientur.

6. Conclusum et concordatum est, quod quaecunque terrae, insulae, oppida,
portus, castella, aut fortalitia ab una parte capta sunt vel erunt ab altera ex
eo tempore quo nuperum infelix bellum erupit, sive intra Europam vel alibi,
et ante expirationem terminorum suprapositorum pro cessatione hostilitatis,
priori domino ac proprietario restituentur, in eadem plane conditione qua
fuerint tunc cum pax ista promulgabitur ; post quod tempus nulla erit expilatio
vel direptio incolarum, nulla fortalitiorum demolitio, nee asportatio tormen-
torum, pulveris, vel ullius bellici apparatus, quae ad ullum castellum aut fortali-
tium pertinebant eo tempore quo captum erat.

7. Quod tractatus Bredae conclusus anno Domini 1667, sicut etiam omnes
alii praecedentes tractatus per ilium tractatum confirmati, renoventur et
maneant in plena vi ac vigore, in quantum praesenti tractatui nullatenus con-
tradicunt.

8. Quod tractatus marinus Hagae Comitis inter partes utrasque anno Domini
1668 conclusus continuetur pro spatio novem mensium post hujus praesentis
tractatus publicationem, nisi per subsequentem tractatum aliter provisum
f uerit ; interea autem ut consideratio novi super hac re tractatus ad eosdem
commissarios referatur, ad quos commercium per Indias Orientales in arti-

236 Doc. 69. Great Britain — United Netherlands

culo proxime sequenti referetur ; quod si tales commissarii intra tres menses
post primum congressum suum in novum tractatum marinum ex voto non con-
senserint, turn res ilia quoque ad arbitrium ac dispositionem Serenissimae
dominae Reginae Regentis Hispaniae referetur eodem plane modo, quo com-
mercii orientalis regulatio ad Majestatis suae arbitrationem in dicto articulo
proxime sequenti refertur.

9. Eo quod a mutua et non turbata commercii ac navigationis libertate non
solum opulentia, sed pax etiam utriusque nationis summopere pendet, nihil
magis curae esse debet utrique parti quam justa et aequa commercii regulatio,
et praecipue in Indiis Orientalibus ; et tamen quia res est maximi momenti,
et multum temporis requiret ut firmi ac duraturi articuli ad satisfactionem et
securitatem subditorum utriusque partis conficiantur, cum tamen languens
et paene intermoriens plerarumque Europae regionum conditio non minus
quam duarum partium in hoc bello implicatarum ad properam hujus trac-
tatus conclusionem anhelet, supramemoratus Serenissimus dominus Magnae
Britanniae Rex votis et desideriis praedictorum Ordinum Generalium ac-
cedere dignatur, ut ejusdem consideratio aequali numero commissariorum
ab utraque parte nominandorum referatur, iisdem Ordinibus Generalibus
spondentibus ut illi quos ipsi nominaverint, Londinum mittantur, ad tractandum
cum illis quos Majestas sua Britannica pariter a parte sua deputaverit, idque
intra spacium trium mensium post hujus tractatus publicationem. Numerus
item commissariorum utrinque nominandorum sex erit personarum. Sin
autem post tres menses quam congressi fuerint eorum conatus non tarn
feliciter successerint ut tractatus inde concludatur, capita inter eos con-
troversa ad arbitrationem Serenissimae dominae Reginae Regentis His-
paniae referentur, quae undecim commissarios nominabit; et quodcunque
major eorum pars determinaverit in differentiis non prius compositis, id utram-
que partem obligabit ; proviso semper, quod judicium suum declarent intra
spacium sex mensium a die quo primum congredientur, quod etiam intra
spacium erit trium mensium postquam Serenissima domina Regina Regens
Hispaniae praedictum arbitrium in se susceperit.

n. Quod altememoratus Serenissimus dominus Rex Magnae Britanniae et
praefati Celsi ac Praepotentes domini Ordines Generales Unitarum Provin-
ciarum omnia et singula capita in praesenti tractatu conventa et stabilita
sincere et bona fide observabunt, perque suos subditos et incolas observari
facient, neque illis directe vel indirecte contravenient, aut a suis subditis vel
incolis contraveniri permittent, omniaque et singula ut supra conventa per
literas patentes, manibus suis subscriptas, magnisque sigillis sigillatas rati-
habebunt et confirmabunt in sufficienti, valida, et efficaci forma conceptas et
exaratas, easdemque reciproce intra quatuor hebdomadas post datum prae-
sentium (vel citius, si fieri poterit) tradent seu tradere facient, bona fide,
realiter, et cum effectu.

12. Denique simulac dictae ratihabitiones utrinque exhibitae reciproce rite-
que commutatae fuerint, pax ista promulgabitur Hagae Comitis intra spacium
viginti quatuor horarum post ratificationes ibi extraditas et commutatas.

Actum Monasterii 9/19 die Februarii, anno Domini 1673/4.

H. Finch C[usto]s

Latimer. El Marques

Ormonde. del Fresno.

Arlington.

H. Coventry.

Westminster, 1673 237

[Here follow the powers granted by the King of Great Britain on Feb-
ruary 5/15, 1673/4, and by the States General on February 2/12, 1674.]

Nos igitur Carolus Secundus, Dei gratia Magnae Britanniae, Franciae et
Hiberniae rex, Fidei Defensor, etc., supradictos foederis articulos, tanquam
ad mandata nostra confectos in omnibus suis clausulis laudavimus, appro-
bavimus, et ratihabuimus, quemadmodum vigore praesentium laudamus, ap-
probamus, et ratihabemus, nomine nostro ac verbo regio spondentes omnia
et singula in eodem f oedere contenta inviolabiliter et bona fide nos servaturos
et impleturos esse, nee passuros ut a subditis incolisve regnorum aut domin-
iorum nostrorum ullo modo violentur vel contraveniantur ; in quorum fidem
majorem hasce praesentes manu nostra subscriptas magno nostro Angliae
sigillo communiri jussimus. Actum apud Westmonasterium decimo die Feb-
ruarii anno Domini millesimo sexcentesimo septuagesimo tertio/quarto regni-
que nostri vicesimo sexto.

Carolus R.

Translation.

We, Charles the Second, by the grace of God king of Great Britain, France,
and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, etc., make known to all and singular
whom it concerns or may in any way concern, that whereas the Most Serene
lady the Queen Regent of Spain has made frequent efforts to restore peace
and amity between us and the High and Mighty lords the States General of
the United Netherlands, and the States General themselves have repeatedly
sent letters to us, in behalf of restoring the said peace and amity, and at
length have empowered with full powers (as they are annexed at the end of
this treaty), the most illustrious and most excellent lord, Peter Fernandez de
Jovar and Velasco, marquis of Fresno, of the privy bedchamber of his Cath-
olic Majesty, and ambassador extraordinary of the Most Serene and Most
Potent prince, lord Charles Second, king of Spain, etc., to the said Most Serene
lord, the King of Great Britain, etc., to treat in their name and conclude
with the deputy commissioners and attorneys, appointed on our part, and
empowered on our part witlr like full powers, which are also added after the
conclusion of this treaty ; which commissioners of ours met with the afore-
said lord Marquis of Fresno, and after the whole matter had been deliberated
by both sides, at length they unanimously agreed on this treaty set forth in the
following articles :

Whereas, for the extinguishing of that fatal war, which, having lately broken
out between the Most Serene and Most Potent prince, lord Charles Second,
king of Great Britain, France, and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, etc. and the
High and Mighty lords the States General of the United Netherlands, even
now burns, not only the sighs of almost the whole Christian world have pleaded,
but especially the Most Serene lady, the Queen Regent of Spain, out of re-
gard to that ancient union and friendship which has always existed between
the crowns of Britain and Spain, has bestowed care and pains in order that, all
dissensions between the kingdom of Great Britain and the provinces of the
United Netherlands being entirely removed, peace might be restored as quickly
as possible ; and whereas the aforesaid States General of the United Nether-
lands have tried to persuade the aforesaid Most Serene lord the King of Great
Britain, as well by their letters as by repeated messages, to be willing to lend
his ear and mind to conditions of peace, and, that the negotiation of peace
might the more easily and happily be brought to its desired issue, have given

238 Doc. 6p. Great Britain — United Netherlands

full powers to the most illustrious and most excellent lord Peter Fernandez
de Jovar and Velasco, marquis del Fresno, one of the lords of the bedchamber
to his Catholic Majesty, and ambassador extraordinary of the Most Serene
and Most Potent prince lord Charles the Second, king of Spain, etc., with the
said Most Serene lord King of Great Britain, etc., that in their name and on
their part he might treat of and conclude a peace for them with the aforesaid
Most Serene lord King of Great Britain ; the said Most Serene lord the King
of Great Britain, who at first undertook this war only for the sake of a firm
and durable peace, has valued so highly the interposition of the aforesaid Most
Serene lady the Queen Regent of Spain, that he willingly assented to the
desires of the aforesaid States General in this respect, and in order to make
and conclude a treaty of peace between his Majesty and the said States General
he named and appointed as his deputies, commissioners, and procurators, vested
with full powers, his very faithful and well-beloved privy councillor, Hene-
age, baron Finch of Daventry, keeper of the great seal of England, his very
faithful and well-beloved kinsmen and privy councillors, Thomas, viscount
Latimer, high treasurer of England, James, duke of Monmouth, captain of
a troop of his Majesty's life guards, James, duke of Ormonde, steward of
the king's household, Henry, earl of Arlington, one of his Majesty's principal
secretaries, and his very faithful and well-beloved privy councillor, Henry
Coventry, esq., the other of his principal secretaries. These commissioners
and deputies, having met and conferred with the aforesaid lord Marquis of
Fresno, who had like power from the aforesaid States General of the United
Netherlands, with concordant minds mutually consented and agreed to these
final pacts and chapters, treaties, and following articles ; to wit :

i. It is concluded and agreed that from this day there shall be a true,
sincere, and inviolable peace, union, and amity between the Most Serene and
Most Potent lord the King of Great Britain, and the High and Mighty lords
the States General of the United Netherlands, and their respective subjects,
as well within as without Europe, in all the territories, dominions, and places
whatsoever of either party.

2. And in order that this true union between the aforesaid Most Serene
lord the King of Great Britain and the said lords the States General may the
sooner attain its end, they have agreed and concluded that immediately after
the promulgation of this treaty of peace, all acts of hostility shall at once be
prohibited by either party, and no writ, commission, or instruction shall be
given or supported or in any way permitted by either party, privately or
publicly, directly or indirectly, to molest, attack, assail, or despoil the posses-
sions, dominions, or subjects of the other, but on the contrary the subjects of
both nations shall be strictly commanded to behave to each other everywhere
peaceably and amicably.

3. But since the distances of places are so various that the commands and di-
rections of the respective superiors cannot reach all their subjects at the same
time, it has seemed proper to assign the following limits for the acts of hostility
or violence that might be committed against either party : viz., that after the ex-
piration of the twelve days next following the publication of this treaty, no hos-
tility shall be committed from the limit in the western quarter of the British
Channel, commonly called the Soundings, to the other limit, called the Naze in
Norway, nor after the end of six weeks from the said limit of the Soundings as
far as the city of Tangier, nor, after the end of ten weeks, in the Ocean, Medi-
terranean Sea, or elsewhere between the said city of Tangier and the Line, or
after the end of eight months in any part of the world ; and whatever acts of
hostility shall be committed after the expiration of the aforesaid terms, under

Westminster, 1673 239

pretext of any former commission, letters of reprisal, or the like, shall be
deemed illegal, and the authors shall be obliged to make reparation and satis-
faction, and shall be punished as violators of the public peace.

6. It is agreed and concluded that whatsoever lands, islands, towns, ports,
castles, or forts have been or shall be taken by one party from the other, either
within Europe or elsewhere, from the time when the late unhappy war broke
out, and before the expiration of the terms above mentioned for the cessation
of hostilities, shall be restored to the former lord and proprietor in exactly the
same condition in which they shall be at the time when this peace shall be pro-
claimed. After that time, there shall be no plundering or pillaging of the in-
habitants, no demolition of fortresses, nor carrying away of guns, powder, or
other military stores, that belonged to any castle or fort at the time when it
was taken.

7. That the treaty of Breda, concluded in the year of our Lord 1667, as also
all other preceding treaties, confirmed by that treaty, shall be renewed and re-
main in full force and validity, in so far as they do not in any wise contradict
the present treaty.

8. That the marine treaty concluded at the Hague, between the two parties,
in the year of our Lord 1668, shall be continued for the period of nine months
after the publication of this present treaty, unless a subsequent treaty shall
provide otherwise ; and that meanwhile consideration of a new treaty on this
matter shall be referred to the same commissioners to whom the trade in the
East Indies is referred in the article next following ; but if such commissioners
shall not agree on a new marine treaty within three months after their first
meeting, then that matter shall also be referred to the arbitration and disposal
of the Most Serene lady the Queen Regent of Spain, in precisely the same
manner as the regulation of Eastern trade is referred to the arbitration of her
Majesty in the said article next following.

9. And since it is on the mutual and undisturbed freedom of commerce and
navigation that not only the wealth but also the peace of both nations in the
highest degree depends, nothing should be of more concern to both parties than
a just and equitable regulation of trade, especially in the East Indies. And
nevertheless, because the matter is of the greatest moment, and it will require
much time to draw up firm and durable articles to the satisfaction and security
of the subjects of both parties, and since on the other hand the feeble and dying
condition of most of the countries of Europe, as well as of the two parties
involved in this war, makes them desire eagerly the speedy conclusion of this
treaty, the aforesaid Most Serene lord the King of Great Britain deigns to
accede to the wishes and desires of the aforesaid States General, to have the
consideration of this matter referred to an equal number of commissioners to
be named by each party, the said States General engaging to send their ap-
pointees to London, to treat with those similarly deputed by his Britannic
Majesty on his behalf, and this within the period of three months after the
publication of this treaty. Moreover the number of the commissioners to be
named by each side shall be six. But if within three months after they have
first assembled their efforts have not had such good success as to lead to the
conclusion of a treaty, the points in dispute shall be referred to the arbitration
of the Most Serene lady the Queen Regent of Spain, who shall name eleven
commissioners. Any decision of the majority of these as to the differences not
previously composed shall bind both parties ; provided always that they render

240 Doc. 69. Great Britain — United Netherlands

their decision within the period of six months from the date of their first
meeting, which shall be within three months after the Most Serene lady the
Queen Regent of Spain shall have undertaken the aforesaid arbitration.

11. That the aforesaid Most Serene lord King of Great Britain and the
aforesaid High and Mighty lords the States General of the United Provinces
shall observe sincerely and in good faith, and shall cause their subjects and
inhabitants to observe, all and singular the articles agreed on and concluded
in the present treaty, and they shall not contravene them directly or indirectly,
or permit their subjects or inhabitants to contravene them, and shall ratify
and confirm them all and singular as above agreed, by letters patent, drawn up
and written in sufficient, valid, and effectual form, signed by their own hands,
and sealed with their great seals, and they shall deliver or cause the same to
be delivered reciprocally within four weeks after the date of these presents
(or sooner if possible), in good faith, really, and effectually.

12. Lastly, as soon as the said ratifications shall have been reciprocally ex-
hibited and duly exchanged on both sides, this peace shall be published at the
Hague within the space of twenty-four hours after the ratifications have been
delivered and exchanged there.

Done at Westminster, February 9/19, in the year of our Lord 1673/4.

H. Finch, Keeper.

Latimer. El Marques del Fresno.

Ormonde.

Arlington.

H. Coventry.

[Here follow the powers of the commissioners.]

We therefore, Charles the Second, by the grace of God king of Great Britain,
France, and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, etc., have commended, approved,
and ratified the aforesaid articles of treaty, as made in accordance with our
commands, in all their clauses, as, by force of these presents, we do commend,
approve, and ratify them, promising in our name and by our royal word, that
we will observe and fulfill all and singular contained in the said treaty, in-
violably and in good faith, nor will we suffer them to be violated or contra-
vened in any way by the subjects or inhabitants of our kingdoms or dominions.
For the greater faith of these, we have ordered these presents, subscribed by
our hand, to be secured by our great seal of England.

Done at Westminster, February 10, in the year of our Lord 1673/4, and
the twenty-sixth of our reign.

Charles, King.

70.

Marine treaty between Great Britain and the United Netherlands,
concluded at London, December i/ii, 16/4. Ratification by
the States General, January 18/28, 1675.

Introduction.

In accordance with the eighth and ninth articles of the treaty of West-
minster,1 English and Dutch commissioners met in London in the summer
of 1674, to frame a regulation of trade, especially in the East Indies, and a
marine treaty to replace that of February, 1668.2 Negotiations began about
the first of September. The English promptly brought forward a draft of a
marine treaty, and somewhat later the draft of a treaty regarding the East
India trade.3 The former, which alone concerns us here, was laid before
Charles II., who took an active interest in the labors of the English commis-
sioners, and frequently ordered them to attend upon him.4 The draft of the
marine treaty did not stipulate that its provisions were to apply generally to
the entire world. Indeed, on September 24, the English commissioners re-
solved against such a stipulation.5 They soon changed their minds, however,
for when an amended projet was laid before the Dutch commissioners an
article — the sixteenth — had been added, extending the treaty to all the world.
The Dutch disapproved of this article. They did not wish the treaty to extend
to the East India trade, concerning which they desired a separate instrument.6
On the other hand, they urged the insertion of an article permitting either
party to trade to and from the ports of the other, without distinction as to the
place from which the wares came, or payment of any customs not paid by the
natives of the port.7 Such an article being contrary to the Navigation Act.

1 Doc. 69. See also pp. 235-236, 239-240.

2 The treaty is in Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, torn. VII., pt. I., pp. 74-76; and, in
translation, in G. Chalmers, Collection of Treaties, I. 161-171.

3 P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Holland, no. 106.

4 Ibid., nos. 196, 197.

5 Ibid., no. 196.

fi The article substituted by the Dutch was as follows : " Conventum denique est, quod
hie tractatus solummodo locum habebit in partibus Europae, et quod alius tractatus ab
hoc separatus conficietur pro regulatione navigationis et commerciorum in Indiis, ita ut
ab uno tractatu ad alium non possit fieri argumentatio." P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaty
Papers, no. 48, Oct. 7, 1674.

7 " Utque aequitate et libertate omnimoda commercia inter utramque nationem magis
magisque efflorescant, et secundum exactam aequi bonique normam uberrime hincinde
exerceantur, conventum et cautum est ut subditis unius partis liceat cum suis navibus
ad ditiones et portus alterius partis undiquaque quaslibet merces advehere, atque inde
evehere, nulla distinctione habita loci unde provenerint vel ubi factae sunt, neque fas sit
ab iis plus portorii aut vectigalis exigere pro advectione aut evectione taliurn mercium
neque pro navibus quae eas vehunt quam ab indigenis pro mercibus cum suis navibus
advectis ipsisque illorum navibus persolvitur, sed deinceps ex more fidelium amicorum
omnes subditi Serenissimi Magnae Britanniae Regis in portubus et fluminibus Foederati
Belgii eodem favore recipientvtr et simili libertate fruentur ac si Belgae Foederati essent
et incolae Unitarum Provinciarum, et vice versa, Serenissimus Magnae Britanniae Rex
eadem benevolentia prosequetur subditos Dominorum Ordinum, ac si Angli essent et
incolae regni Anglicani." Ibid.

241

242 Doc. 70. Great Britain — United Netherlands

the English commissioners would not hear of it, declaring that they could
not alter the laws of England. With regard to limiting the marine treaty to
Europe, they argued that neither the eighth article of the treaty of West-
minster, nor the marine treaty of 1668, mentioned any such limitation. " The
bounds of the seas of Europe are not known, nor can be marked out ", said
they, and consequently, " the making of a treaty marine for Europe separately,
would, instead of making trade and navigation more certain, subject the
shipping on both sides to further and endless disputes and controversies." 8
To the argument that the English could not change the Navigation Act, the
Dutch commissioners replied that contracts between two nations involved the
alteration of laws, and that the statute of 1650 and the restrictive laws
following it were certainly no better than other laws, since their beginnings
were in a Parliament that had usurped the kingly power.9 As to the difficulty
of determining the bounds of Europe, they offered to extend the limits " to
such a degree of longitude that no controversies shall hereafter arise touching
the same, unless it be in distinguishing the districts of the privileges which
are granted to several companies trading out of Europe, as well in this kingdom
as in our state ". They urged that it had been customary to make separate
treaties for India, and that some treaties included articles of free trade to
each other's lands and countries " which would not fitly agree to the Indies ".10
Vain were the arguments of the Dutch. By the fourth article of the recent
treaty of Westminster, the States General had confessed England's supe-
riority on the sea. They could not prevent her from making laws for it.11 On
November 30 the Dutch commissioners agreed to a marine treaty valid through-
out the entire world ; but to prevent other nations from inferring that all
treaties were for the whole world, the States General asked to be permitted
to make two instruments of the same tenor, giving to one the title of the
treaty for Europe and other parts of the world, and to the other the treaty
for the East Indies.12 On the following day the treaty was signed. Like other
marine treaties, it prescribed rules for the neutral trade of the subjects of
either party with the enemies of the other. It defined contraband, and gave
a list of non-contraband articles which included tobacco.13 Its sixteenth article

8 P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaty Papers, no. 48, under date of Oct. 19, 1674.

9 Cf. above, Doc. 42, introduction, pp. 8-9.

10 Treaty Papers, ubi sup., under date of Nov. 9.

11 The English East India Company wished the marine treaty to be extended to all
parts of the world. On Nov. 30, 1674, the foreign committee (of the Privy Council),
after the English commissioners had produced a paper " That his Majesty insists that
by the VIII. article of the Treaty of London [Westminster] he has a right to demand
that the treaty marine which is now negotiated upon is to be a general treaty marine ",
agreed that the Dutch ought to consent to this. P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Holland, no. 197,
Nov. 25, 26, 30, 1674.

12 Ibid.

13 The English government, in opposition to the French, long maintained that victuals
were contraband. Cf. Treaties, vol. I., p. 297, art. 20 (Doc. 33) ; but from 1667 until
the last quarter of the eighteenth century they adopted the French view. The treaty of
1674 appears to be the first in which tobacco is specified among non-contraband articles.
During the war between Spain and the States General, Spaniards seized an English ship
laden with tobacco for the United Netherlands. In the Spanish maritime court the
Spaniards argued that tobacco should be regarded as a food; that at any rate by its use

London, 1674 243

provided that the governors of the English East India and African companies,
the directors of the Dutch East and West India companies, and the chief
officers of the Dutch and English colonies, should enforce the treaty throughout
the world.

Bibliography.

Text : MS. The ratification by the States General of the United Netherlands
is in the P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 313.

Text : Printed. Resolution van de Heeren Staten van Hollandt ende West-
Vrieslandt, Nov. 21-Dec. 24, 1674, pp. 87-95 '> J- Dumont, Corps Diplo-
matique (1726-1731), torn. VII., pt. I., pp. 282-284.

Translations: English. G. Chalmers, A Collection of Treaties (1790), I.
177-189. Dutch. Groot Placcaet-Boek (1658-1797), III. 352-357; L.
Sylvius [Lambert van den Bos], Historien onses Tyds (1685), bk. X.,
pp. 157-160.

References: Contemporary and early writings. Secrete Resolutien van
de Staten van Hollandt ende West-Vrieslandt (1653- 1790), HI. 429»
430; Works of Sir William Temple (1814), IV. 64, 93, 94.

References: Later writings. J. Wagenaar, Vaderlandsche Historie (1770-
1789), XIV. 338.

Text.

14

Ordines Generates Foederatarum Belgii Provinciarum notum testatumque
facimus universis et singulis quorum scire interest, quod cum inter Regiam
suam Majestatem Magnae Britanniae ex una, et nos ex altera parte, per
dominos Thomam, baronem Culpeper, Georgium Downingh equitem et baro-
nettum, Richardum Ford, Guilielmum Tomson equites, Johannem Jollif et
Johannem Buckworth armigeros, commissarios ex parte altememoratae Regiae
suae Majestatis Magnae Britanniae, et dominos Johannem Corver et Aegidium
Sautin, civitatis Amstelodamensis consiliarios et senatores, Samuelem Beyer
et Andream van Vossem civitatum Rotterodamensis et Enchusensis respective
consiliarios et syndicos, Petrum Duvelaer civitatis Medioburgensis excon-
sulem et Michaelem Michaelson civitatis Vlissinganae scabinum et consil-
iarum, ex parte nostra deputatos, sufficienti utrinque mandato instructos,
Londini prima/undecima die mensis Decembris anni millesimi sexcentesimi
septuagesimi quarti proxime elapsi tractatus de rebus maritimis sequentem in
modum initus et conclusus sit.

Quandoquidem pace restabilita inter Serenissimum et Potentissimum prin-
cipem dominum Carolum Secundum, Dei gratia Magnae Britanniae Franciae
et Hyberniae regem, Fidei Defensorem, etc., et Celsos et Praepotentes dominos
Ordines Generales Foederati Belgii per tractatum Westmonasterii nono/
decimo nono die Februarii anno Domini millesimo sexcentesimo septuagesimo
tertio/quarto conclusum, articulis octavo et nono provisum fuit, ut sex com-
missarii ex parte dicti Serenissimi domini Magnae Britanniae Regis nomin-

the consumption of food was prolonged. The English offered medical evidence estab-
lishing that " tobacco smoke is not nutritious ". Judgment was given in favor of the
Spaniards, in their own court; but the English appealed to their own sovereign, who
then granted letters of reprisal against the Spaniards. R. Zouch, Juris et Judicii Fecialis
. . . Explicatio, An Exposition of Fecial Law and Procedure (ed. T. E. Holland, trans.
J. L. Brierly, in the series of Classics of International Law, Washington, 191 1, I. 131,
132, II. 125, 126) ; quoted by T. Twiss, Law of Nations (War), sect. 127, p. 249.

14 The text is taken from the ratification by the States General in the P. R. O., St.
Pap. For., Treaties, no. 313.

244 Doc. 70. Great Britain — United Netherlands

andi, cum totidem commissariis ex parte dictorum dominorum Ordinum
Generalium Londinum mittendis, novum ibi tractatum marinum conficerent.

Quumque in eum finem dominus Thomas baro Culpeper, Georgius Downing
eques et baronettus, Richardus Ford, Guilielmus Thompson equites, Johannes
Tollif et Johannes Buckwoorth armigeri, commissarii ex parte supramemorati
Serenissimi domini Magnae Britanniae Regis deputati ; item domini Johannes
Corver et Aegidius Sautin civitatis Amstelodamensis consiliarii et senatores,
Samuel Beyer et Andreas van Vossem civitatum Roterodamensis et En-
chusensis respective consiliarii et syndici, Petrus Duvelaer civitatis Medio-
burgensis exconsul, et Michael Michaelson civitatis Vlissingae scabinus et
consiliarius, commissarii ex parte dictorum dominorum Ordinum Generalium
Londinum missi, saepius congressi sint, et sermones ea de re ultro citroque
habuerint ; tandem secundum literas plenae potestatis utrinque exhibitas
(quarum exemplar in calce hujus tractatus insertum est) in articulos sequentes
pro tractatu marino per omnes et singulas universi orbis regiones et partes
terra marique observando juxta tenorem praefati octavi articuli unanimiter
et ex voto consenserunt.

16. Conventum denique et conclusum est, quod praesens tractatus omniaque
et singula in eo contenta, quam mature fieri poterit, respective rati habebuntur
et confirmabuntur, quodque ratificationes desuper habitae intra duos menses
a data presentium numerandos reciproce et rite inter partes permutabuntur ;
dictusque porro tractatus intra unum mensem post ejusmodi permutationem
ratificationum tarn apud gubernatores Communitatum hinc Anglicanarum per
Indiam Orientalem et Africam commercia exercentium, quam apud directores
Communitatum illinc Belgicarum per Indias Orientales et Occidentales com-
mercia itidem exercentium in debita et authentica forma deponetur, et tarn
a Regia Majestate supramemorata, quam a praefatis Dominis Ordinibus ad
suos respective coloniarum et locorum in quacunque orbis regione extra
Europam sitarum gubernatores et praefectos cum prima quaque occasione
transmittetur, in eum finem ut ab illis et ab omnibus aliis intra ditiones suas
et sub eorum potestate respective degentibus quam exactissime observetur et
perimpleatur.

In quorum omnium et singulorum fidem et robur nos altememoratae Regiae
Majestatis suae et praefatorum dominorum Ordinum Generalium commis-
sarii, facta nobis ad id sufficienti potestate, hisce tabulis nomina nostra sub-
scripsimus illasque sigillis nostris signavimus Londini primo die Decembris
millesimo sexcentesimo septuagesimo quarto. Signatum erat :

Tho. Culpeper. J. Corver.

G. Downing. G. Sautyn.

Richard Ford. Samuel Beyer.

Will. Thomson. And. van Vossen.

John Jollif. P. Duvelaer.

John Buchworth. M. Michielson.

[Here follow the full powers given by the King of England on June 21,
1674, and by the States General on September 1, 1674.]

Cumque simul etiam convenerit ut ejusdem initi et conclusi tractatus de
rebus maritimis ratihabitiones intra duos menses a die subscriptionis reciproce
et rite inter partes permutentur, nos huic conventioni satisfacientes eundem

London, 16/4 245

de rebus maritimis tractatum initum et conclusum per omnia et singula ap-
probavimus, confirmavimus, et ratihabuimus, quemadmodum hisce appro-
bamus, confirmamus, et ratum habemus, promittentes insuper nos omnia et sin-
gula in praefato tractatu contenta bona fide praestituros et adimpleturos, omni-
que ratione impedituros ne a nostris vel aliis ullo modo violentur. In cujus rei
fidem hasce majoris sigilli nostri appensione muniri, per consessus nostri
praesidem signari curavimus, ut et per primarium graphiarium nostrum sub-
scribi jussimus. Actum in consessu nostro die vigesimo octavo Januarii anni
millesimi sexcentesimi septuagesimi quinti.

D. van Wyngaerd.
Ad mandatum altememoratorum Dominorum Ordinum Generalium.

H. Fagel.

Translation.

We, the States General of the United Provinces of the Netherlands, make
known and testify to all and singular whom it concerns, that whereas between
his Royal Majesty of Great Britain on the one part, and us on the other part,
by the agency of Lord Thomas, baron Culpeper, Sir George Downing, knight
and baronet, Sir Richard Ford and Sir William Thompson, knights, John
Jollif and John Buckworth, esquires, commissioners on behalf of his afore-
said Royal Majesty of Great Britain, and Messieurs Johan Corver and Gilles
Sautin, councillors and schepens of the city of Amsterdam, Samuel Beyer
and Andries van Vossem, councillors and pensionaries of the cities of Rotter-
dam and Enkhuisen respectively, Pieter Duvelaer, former burgomaster of
the city of Middelburg, and Michiel Michielson, schepen and councillor of
the city of Flushing, deputed on our behalf, and furnished with sufficient in-
structions by both sides — a treaty regarding marine affairs was entered into
and concluded in the following manner, at London, December 1/11, 1674.

Whereas upon the restoration of peace between the Most Serene and Most
Mighty prince, lord Charles the Second, by the grace of God king of Great
Britain, France, and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, etc., and the High and
Mighty lords the States General of the United Netherlands, by the treaty con-
cluded at Westminster on February 9/19, 1673/4, it was provided in the
eighth and ninth articles that six commissioners, to be named on behalf of the
said Most Serene King of Great Britain, with the same number of commis-
sioners to be sent to London on behalf of the said lords the States General,
should there make a new marine treaty, and whereas to this end Lord Thomas,
baron Culpeper, Sir George Downing, knight and baronet, Sir Richard Ford
and Sir William Thompson, knights, John Jollif and John Buckworth, esquires,
commissioners deputed on behalf of his aforesaid Most Serene Majesty the
King of Great Britain, and Messieurs Johan Corver and Gilles Sautyn, coun-
cillors and schepens of the city of Amsterdam, Samuel Beyer and Andries van
Vossem, councillors and pensionaries of the cities of Rotterdam and Enk-
huisen respectively, Pieter Duvelaer, former burgomaster of the city of
Middelburg, and Michiel Michielson, schepen and councillor of the city
of Flushing, commissioners sent to London on behalf of the said lords the
States General, having often met and debated concerning this matter to and
fro, at length, in accordance with their full powers exhibited on both sides (a
copy of which is inserted at the foot of this treaty), according to the tenor
of the said eighth article, have unanimously and with one consent agreed to

246 Doc. JO. Great Britain — United Netherlands

the following articles for a marine treaty to be observed throughout all and
singular the countries and parts of the entire globe, by land and sea.

16. Lastly, it is agreed and concluded that the present treaty and all and
singular therein contained shall be ratified and confirmed on both sides as
soon as possible, and that within two months from the date of these presents
the ratifications thereof shall be duly and reciprocally exchanged between both
parties. Moreover, within one month after such exchange of the ratifications,
the said treaty shall be deposited, in due and authentic form, with the governors
of the English East India and African companies, and, on the other hand, with
the directors of the Dutch East and West India companies, and shall, on the
first opportunity, be also sent by his said Royal Majesty and also by the lords
the States General to their respective governors and commanders-in-chief of
their colonies and places situated in any part of the world outside Europe,
to the end that it may be observed and fulfilled as exactly as possible by them
and by all others dwelling within their respective dominions and under their
power.

In testimony and confirmation of the premises, all and singular, we, the com-
missioners of his Royal Majesty, and of the lords the States General, aforesaid,
being sufficiently empowered hereunto, have subscribed our names to these
presents, and sealed them with our seals, at London, December i, 1674. It
was signed :

Thomas Culpeper. J. Corver.

G. Downing. G. Sautyn.

Richard Ford. Samuel Beyer.

Will. Thomson. And. van Vossem.

John Jollif. P. Duvelaer.

John Buckworth. M. Michielson.

[Here follow the full powers given by the King of England on June 21,
1674, and by the States General on September 1, 1674.]

And whereas it was at the same time agreed that the ratifications of this
treaty, entered into and concluded respecting maritime affairs, should be re-
ciprocally and duly exchanged between the parties within two months from
the day of signing, we, in satisfaction of this agreement, have approved, con-
firmed, and ratified, as by these presents we do approve, confirm, and ratify,
in all and singular, the said treaty entered into and concluded respecting
maritime affairs, promising moreover that we will perform and fulfill in good
faith all and singular contained in the aforesaid treaty, and prevent them by
every means from being violated in any way by ourselves or others. In faith
whereof, we have caused these presents to be confirmed by the appending of
our great seal, and to be signed by the president of our assembly, and have
also ordered them to be subscribed by our chief secretary. Done in our
assembly, January 28, 1675.

D. van Wyngaerd.
By command of the aforesaid lords the States General.

H. Fagel.

71.

Treaty of defensive alliance for ten years between the United
Netherlands and Brandenburg, concluded at Coin on the
Spree, February 26/March 8, 1677/8. Ratification by the
United Netherlands, August 6, 1678.

Introduction.

Soon after England and France attacked the United Netherlands, in the
spring of 1672, the Elector of Brandenburg, Frederick William, known after-
wards as the Great Elector, boldly and disinterestedly allied himself with the
Dutch.1 Although compelled, as he felt, to conclude peace with Louis XIV. in
June of the following year, the electors sympathies remained with his co-
religionists,2 to whose alliance he returned a year later.3 But after the in-
vasion of his territories by the Swedes in 1675, and his absorption in the
struggle against them, his relations with the States General cooled.

Diverging interests drew the allies apart. On account of their commercial
interests, the States were unwilling to break with Sweden, and the activities
of the privateers fitted out for the Great Elector in the ports of Zeeland
jeopardized their relations with the Swedish government.4 The States were
also offended by the elector's withdrawal of auxiliary troops which they needed
against the French.

The elector, on his part, had grievances against the Dutch : their failure to
give subsidies and other aid due against Sweden ; the eagerness of their peace
party to make terms with France at almost any price ; the treaty for promot-
ing peace concluded between the States General and Great Britain on December
31, 1677/ January 10, 1678,5 after the marriage of the Prince of Orange to
an English princess ; and their support of the claims of the Duke of Bruns-
wick and the Bishop of Miinster to the exclusive appropriation of Bremen
and Werden, in whose conquest from Sweden Brandenburg troops had
shared.6

1 A. Waddington, he Grand £lecteur, Frederic Guillaume de Brandebourg, II. 243-265.

2 Ibid., pp. 311 ff.

3 The text of the alliance, with French translation, is in Actes et Memoires des Nego-
tiations de la Paix de Nimegue (1680), I. 655 ff. The text is also in Dumont, Corps Diplo-
matique, torn. VII., pt. I., pp. 267-269.

4 R. Schiick, Brandenburg-Preussens Kolonial-Politik unter dem Grossen Kurfurstcn
(1889), I. 81 ff., and cf. Doc. 67.

5 The text is in Dumont, op. cit., pp. 341, 342. For the significance of the treaty, see
Waddington, op. cit., p. 391.

6 For relations between the States General and the elector at this time, see Urkunden
und Actenstiicke, III. 120-126, XVIII. 445 ff.; Waddington, op. cit., II. 367 ff., 374 ff.,
382 ff., 391.

247

248 Doc. 71. United Netherlands — Brandenburg

To persuade the elector to accept a convention made at the Hague regarding
the Bremen- Werden affair, and to treat for a league more permanent than the
existing war-alliance, the States General, in the spring of 1676, despatched
Jacob van der Tocht to the court of Berlin, where his negotiations, which
were not continuous, extended over a period of nearly two years. As a result
of these negotiations, a defensive alliance was concluded on February 26/
March 8, 1678, to last for ten years after the end of the war. It stipulated that
in case either party were attacked in its territories, commerce, and rights, the
other party should aid it with specified numbers of infantry and cavalry. It
further expressly provided that the same aid should be given if hostilities
occurred in Europe in consequence of an attack upon the territories, rights,
and freedom of navigation and commerce, enjoyed by either party, even out-
side Europe, in any part of the world. This provision seems to have been
proposed by the Dutch, and although Oberprasident Otto von Schwerin, the
head of the Brandenburg commissioners, observed that it was somewhat
dubious (bedenklich) , yet he agreed to it.7 Probably he was the more ready
to consent, because of the elector's intention to organize an overseas trade with
stations in Africa and the West Indies.8

The elector, displeased at the stand taken by the Dutch in the general peace
conference at Nymwegen, delayed in ratifying the treaty. But near the end
of January, 1678/9, ratifications were finally exchanged at the Hague.9

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The ratification by the States General is in the Geheimes Staats-
archiv at Berlin-Dahlem.

Text: Printed. (Dutch.) J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731),
vol. VII., pt. I., pp. 342-347-

Translation: French. J. Dumont, loc. cit.

References: Contemporary and early writings. Urkunden und Acten-
stticke zur Geschichte des Kurfursten Friedrich Wilhelm von Branden-
burg (1864, etc.), III. (ed. H. Peter) 463-517, passim, XVIII. (ed. F.
Hirsch) 146-199, 231, 674, passim; Holland, Secrete Resolutien (1669-
1677), III. 554-559. 563, 564; S. von Pufendorf, De Rebus Gestis

7 Urkunden und Actenstiicke, III. 515. It is of interest to note that in the negotiations
for the treaty of defensive alliance between the United Netherlands and Great Britain
signed on Mar. 3/13, 1678 (P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 321), the Dutch wished
the alliance and mutual guaranty of rights and possessions to extend beyond the limits
of Europe, but the English would not agree to this (P. R. O., Treaty Papers, no. 49,
espec. June, 1677; Foreign Entry Book, no. 179; Holland, Secrete Resolutien, 1678, pp. 20,
etc.). The first article of the treaty provided for " f erme et perpetuelle amitie et bonne
correspondance, tant par mer que par terre, en tout et par tout, tant dehors que dedant
l'Europe"; but the alliance, art. 2, was "dans l'estendue de l'Europe seulement".

8 On Feb. 14/24, 1678, B. Raule, recently appointed director-in-chief for the maritime
affairs of Brandenburg, advised that in case this closer alliance were made with Holland,
care must be taken that the elector's subjects might go to the places where the Dutch
companies had no comptoirs. Schuck, op. cit., II. 73. In the summer of 1679 the elector
tried to obtain for his subjects the right of importing Guinea negroes into the French
Antilles. Ibid., I. 135, n. 5.

9 Urkunden und Actenstiicke, XVIII. 231, n. 2.

Coin on the Spree, i6jS 249

Friderici Wilhelmi Magni Electoris Brandenburgici Commentariorum
Libri Novendecim (1733), torn. II., lib. 16, sects. 97-100.
References: Later writings. Urkunden und Actenstucke, III. 450, 451,
XVIII. 120-126; A. Waddington, Le Grand Electeur Frederic Guillawme
de Brandebourg (1908), II. 392, 393.

Text

10

De Staten General der Vereenighde Nederlanden, alien den genen, die desen
sullen sien ofte horen lesen, salut. Doen te weten, alsoo opden xxvi Febru-
arii/viii Maart lestleden tot Coin aande Spree tusschen den Heere Jacob
vander Tocht, raadt, out-burgermeester, ende pensionaris der stadt Goude,
onsen extraordinaris envoye aan syne Churfurstelyke Doorluchtigheyt van
Brandenburgh uyt onsen name ter eenre, ende den hooghwaardigen, hoogh-
welgeboren heer Otto, vryheer van Schwerin, heer van Oudenlandtburgh, etc.,
erff-camerheer der Chur- ende Marck-Brandenburgh ende domproost vande
hooge stifts kercke tot Brandenburgh, syne Churfurstelyke Doorluchtigheyts
van Brandenburgh geheyme ende 00k leenraadt ende opper president, etc.,
als mede den hoog-edel geboren heer Christoffel van Brandt syne Chur-
furstelyke Doorluchtigheyts van Brandenburgh geheyme raadt ende can-
celier in Nieumarck, ende den hoogh-edelen gestrengen heer Frangois Meyn-
ders hooghged, syne Churfurstelyke Doorluchtigheyts geheyme raadt, uyt
den naam ende van wegen syne Chur- fur stelyke Doorluchtigheyts van Bran-
denburgh ter andere zyde, in krachte van wederzydts procuratien ende vol-
machten, staande aant ' eynde deses geinsereert, is gemaakt, gesloten, ende
getekent op approbatie ende ratificatie vanderselver hoge principalen een
nader alliancie ende verbintenisse ten besten van wedersydts landen ende onder-
danen, waar van den inhout hiernaar van woorde te woorde volght geinsereert.

Nadien tusschen de Hoogh Mogende heeren, heeren Staten Generaal der
Vereenighde Nederlanden ende den Doorluchtighsten furst ende heere, heere
Fredrick Wilhelm, markgrave van Brandenburgh, des Heyligen Roomschen
Rycx aarts camerheer en churfurst (t:tit:), als 00k syne Churfurstelyke
Doorlughtigheyts heeren voorvaderen, markgraven ende churfursten van
Brandenburgh hooghloffelyker gedagtenis, niet alleen t'allentyden goede
vriendschap, correspondentie, ende nabuyrlyk vertrouwen geweest, maar 00k
door de van tydt tot tydt ende na vereysch der conjuncturen opgeregte allian-
cien dermaten onderhouden ende bevestigt geworden is, dat die ten desen
effecte ende werkinge nogh ten huydigen dage, sonderlinge by de jegen-
woordige van anno 1672 aff ontstane oorlogen te bespeuren syn, ende aan den
dagh leggen, ende soo wel haar Hoogh Mogentheden als syne Churfurstelyke
Doorluchtigheyts by sigh overwogen hebbende de bysondere grote nuttigheyt
vvelke niet alleen harer beyderzyds landen ende luyden daardoor albereyts
aangewassen is, maar 00k int' toekomende door een eensgesinde 'tsamen-
spanning en nadere verbintenisse te verwaghten staat ; soo syn sy wederzyds
daarhenen te rade gewerden op sulk een alliancie en bestendige verbintenisse
te dencken, waardoor de tot nu toe goede intelligentie ende versrant niet alleen
onder haar bewaart, maar 00k tot beyderzyds landens ende onderdanens seker-
heyt, bescherminge, ende welvaart op de nakomelingen gebraght en voortge-
plant mogen werden. Tot welken eynde sy dan beyderzyds hare ministers ende
raden, namentlyk haar Hoogh Moghende den heere Jacob van der Tocht, raadt,

10 The text is from the ratification by the States General, preserved in the Gcheimes
Staatsarchiv at Berlin-Dahlem

17

250 Doc. 71. United Netherlands — Brandenburg

out burgermeester, ende pensionaris der stadt Gouda, ende syne Chur-fur-
stelyke Doorluchtigheyt den hooghwaardigen, hooghwelgeboren heer Otto,
vryheer van Schwerin, heer van Oudenlandsburg, etc., erffkamerheer der
Chur en Mark Brandenburg ende domproost van de hoge stifts-kercke tot
Brandenburgh, syne Chur-furstelyke Doorluchtigheyts van Brandenburgh
geheyme ende oock leenradt en opper-president, etc., alsmede den hoogh
edelgeboren heer Christoffel van Brandt, syne Churfurstelyke Doorluchtig-
heyts van Brandenburgh geheyme raadt ende syne Chur-furstelyke Door-
luchtigheyts cancelier inde Nieuwmark, ende den hooge edel gestrenghen
heere Francois Meynders, syne Chur-furstelyke Doorluchtigheyts van Bran-
denburgh geheyme raadt, etc., als hare hier toe gevolmaghtigde extraordinaire
gedeputeerden gecommitteert ende geordonneert hebben, welke sigh daarop
te samen hebben gevoeght, ende zyn naar hinc inde geproduceerde ende uytge-
wisselde volmachten 00k verscheyden gehoudene conferentien op de navolgende
pointen ende articulen, in name harer hoge principalen en op derselver ap-
probatie ende ratificatie onder den anderen overeengekomen ende vergeleken.

1. Dat blyvende het tractaat tusschen den staat van haar Hoogh Moghende
ende syne Chur-furstelyke Doorluchtigheyt over den tegenwoordigen oorlogh
opgereght, in syn geheel, geconvenieert ende verdragen is, dat naar t' eyndigen
van desen oorlogh tusschen beyde hoghe parteyen, te weten den staat der
Vereenighde Nederlanden ende syne Chur-furstelyke Doorluchtigheyt van
Brandenburgh, desselffs hoghe nakomelingen ende successeuren, voort en voort
eene bestendige correspondentie ende vriendtschap zyn en blyven, ende in
krachte van deselve den eenen des anderen beste soecken ende bevorderen,
maar schade ende nadeel affkeren ende daar van waarschouwen zall.

2. Dienvolgende soo het gebeurde dat syne Chur-furstelyke Doorluchtigheyt
in alle ende yder van syne havenen en landen in en buyten het Roomsche Ryk
geene uytgesondert die syne Chur-furstelyke Doorluchtigheyt toebehorende
zyn, ofte hiernamaals toebehoren zullen, geweldsamer wys van yemand wie hy
00k zy, aangetast, in syne gerechtigheden, hoogheden, commercien, ende
rechten gekrenkt en geturbeert off daaraan verhindert wierde, so zullen de
Hoogh Mogende Heeren Staten Generaal der Vereenighde Nederlanden ge-
houden zyn, 00k beloven hetselve hiermede aan syne Chur-furstelyke Door-
luchtigheyt en syne successeuren, tot afsweringe van sulk geweldt, indraght,
en hindernisse met vier duysent vyff hondert man te voet en vyffthien hondert
te paart op hare eygen kosten te hulp te komen, ende daarmede soo lange te
continueren tot dat syne Chur-furstelyke Doorluchtigheyt en syne landen in
ruste en sekerkeyt gestelt zullen zyn, en hy wegens syne geledene schade vande
gewelddoenderen satisfactie bekomen zall hebben.

3. Hiertegens versprecht en belooft syne Chur-furstelyke Doorluchtigheyt
in diergelyken val, indien haar Hoogh Mogende in de Vereenighde Neder-
landen ofte in derselver onderhorige aangrensende landschappen, steden, ofte
plaatsen geattaqueert ofte aan hare hoogheden, domainen, commercie, ofte
eenige andere rechten indraght ofte geweldt aangedaan moghte werden,
deselve te lande met drie duysent man te voet, en duysent te paardt, van
gelyken tot den eynde van den oorlogh ende verkregene satisfactie ende seker-
keyt toe, op syne Chur-furstelyke Doorluchtigheyts kosten te assisteren ; dat
deselve secourssen 00k plaats zullen hebben en by syne Chur-furstelyke
Doorluchtigheyt moeten gepresteert worden, so wanneer haar Hoogh Mogende
te water zouden mogen werden geattaqueert, tot sulken effecte dat de militie
die syne Chur-furstelyke Doorluchtigheyt in dat geval haar Hoogh Mogende
sail komen toe te schicken in de guarnisoenen geleyt ofsook wel buyten de

Coin on the Spree, i6j8 251

Geunieerde Provincien tot affbreuk van den vyand te lande geemployeert
zall mogen werden. Gelyk mede geconvenieert is, dat by aldien de Staten
Generaal ofte syne Chur-furstelyke Doorluchtigheyt hierna mogten werden
geattaqueert ofte in eeniger maniere, hoe het ook mogte zyn, getroubleert int
besit ofte gebruyk van staten, steden, plaatsen, ende landen, rechten, vry-
dommen, en vryheyt van navigatie, commercie, ofte eenige andere hoedanig
die ook mogen zyn, te water ende te lande, die hooghstgemeldte Heeren
Staten Generaal ofte syne Chur-furstelyke Doorluchtigheyt besitten ofte
genieten, selffs buyten Europa en in welke delen van de werelt het magh zyn,
off door t'allgemeyne recht off door tractaten alrede gemaakt off die hierna-
maals gemaakt mochten werden, de hooghstgemeldte Heeren Staten ende
syne Chur-furstelyke Doorluchtigheyt zullen, den eenen van den anderen
geadverteert ende versoght zynde, gesamenderhand haar uytterste best doen,
om die ontrustinge en vyandtlycke bejegeninge te doen ophouden, ende te
repareren het geweld en ongelyk dat aan een van de geallieerden gedaan is,
ende indien sulx binnen den tydt van vier maanden niet kan geeffectueert
werden door minnelyke wegen, en dat de geallieerden die soodanigh geatta-
queert en getroubleert werdt buyten Europa, in wat deel van de wereldt het
ook magh zyn, sigh genootsaakt vind syne wapenen tegens den attaquant ofte
turbateur binnen Europa te gebruyken om hem tot reden te brenghen, zall den
geallieerde die niet geattaqueert ofte getroubleert is, aan den geattaqueerden
het voorsegde secours geven, even eens als off de attaque en trouble gedaan
was binnen Europa.

4. Waarby dan goet gevonden en versproken is, dat het een deel het ander
in tyden van gevaar, narightgeven ende hulpe, na gedane requisitie, ten
langhsten binnen ses weken gedaan werden zall.

5. Waar het ook zake dat de int tweede en derde articul gedetermineerde
hulpe tot volkomene affweringe des gewelds ende nootdruks, daartegens deselve
verschaft werdt, niet toereyken moghte, so zall deselve na vereysch van de
omstandigheyt, gevaar, ende sterkte des vyandts met sulken maght en middelen
vermeerdert werden als tot derselver terugh dryven nodigh geoordeelt zall
werden, edogh met dien verstanden, dat de contraherende partyen yder maal
daar over en op wat conditie sulcx geschieden sail, sigh int bysonder zullen
hebben te vergelyken.

10. De commercie en handel zall tusschen beyderzyds onderdanen sonder
eenige verhinderinge off ophoudinge gedreven en voortgeset werden, en zall
dienvolgende beyder parthyen ofte harer onderdanen schepen vry staan in
beyderzyds havenen uyt en in te loopen off daarinne stil te leggen.

16. Ende zall dese alliantie duyren den tydt van thien jaren naar de expiratie
van den jegenwoordigen oorlogh, en werdt van nu aff aan vastgestelt dat de
hooghstgemeldte partyen contrahenten om de voorsegde alliantie, soo veel
doenlyk is, eewigdurende te maken, ende vervolgens daar aan te meerder
nadruk te geven, een jaar voor d'expiratie van de voorsegde thien jaren by
den anderen zullen komen, ofte hare gemagtighden tot dien eynde behoorlyk
geinstrueert in den Hage senden, om over de prolongatie van de jegen-
woordighe alliantie nader te convenieren.

17. De approbatie ende ratificatie van dese alliantie zall van wegen den
staat der Vereenighde Provincien als ook van wegen syne Chur-furstelyke
Doorluchtigheyt yder van syne zyde binnen twee maanden naar t'sluyten ende
onderteykenen desselffs daarop volghen.

252 Doc. /i. United Netherlands — Brandenburg

Aldus gedaan, vergeleken, ende gesloten by beyderzydts hoge geallieerdens

bovenstaande ministers, raden, ende extraordinaris gedeputeerde, ook van

deselve onderteykent, en met hare gewoonlyke signature bezegelt, tot Coin

aan de Spree, den xxvi Februarii/viii Martii anno XVIC acht en tzeventigh.

Jacob van Tocht. Otto V. von Schwerin.

Christoff van Brandt.
Frantz Meynders.

[Here follow the powers given by the States General on February 19,
1677, and by the Elector of Brandenburg on January 8, 1678.]

Soo ist, dat wy de voorsegde nadere alliantie in alien syne pointen ende
articulen hebben geapprobeert, geconfirmeert, ende geratificeert, gelyk wy
die approberen, confirmeren, ende ratificeren, mits desen belovende sinceerly-
ken, oprechtelyken, ende ter goeder trouwen de voorsegde nader alliancie
naar syne forme ende inhouden onverbreeckelycken naar te komen, te onder-
houden, ende observeren, ook te doen naarkomen, onderhouden, ende obser-
veren, sonder ter contrarie yetwes te laten doen ofte geschieden, directelyken
ofte indirectelycken, in wat manieren ofte onder wat pretext het ook zoude
mogen wesen. Des t'oirkonden hebben wy desen met onsen groten zegele doen
bevestighen, door den presiderende in onse vergaderinge laten parapheren,
ende door onsen eersten griffier doen tekenen, in den Haghe den sesden
Augusti des Jaars XVIC acht en 'tzeventigh.

W. VAN HlNCKELEM v[idi]t

Ter ordonnantie vande hooghgem [eldtenl Heeren Staten General.

H. Fagel.

Translation.

The States General of the United Netherlands to all those who shall see
these or hear them read, greeting. We notify that, in virtue of credentials and
full powers on both sides, which are inserted at the end of this, and for the
benefit of the lands and subjects of both parties, a closer alliance and union
has been made, concluded, and signed, subject to the approbation and ratification
of the high principals, on February 26/March 8 last, at Coin on the Spree,
between Jacob vander Tocht, councillor, ex-burgomaster, and pensionary of
the town of Gouda, our envoy extraordinary to his Electoral Highness of
Brandenburg, acting in our name, on the one side, and the very reverend
noble lord Otto, baron of Schwerin, lord of Alt-Landsberg, etc., hereditary
chamberlain of Electoral Brandenburg and the Mark, and dean of the cathe-
dral of Brandenburg, privy councillor, feudal councillor, and upper-president
to his Electoral Highness of Brandenburg, and also the noble lord Christoff
von Brandt, privy councillor to his Electoral Highness of Brandenburg and
chancellor in the Neumark, and the noble lord Frantz Meynders, privy coun-
cillor to his Electoral Highness of Brandenburg, these acting in the name and
on behalf of his Electoral Highness of Brandenburg, on the other side, of
which treaty the contents, word for word, here follow :

Whereas not alone has good friendship, correspondence, and neighborly
confidence at all times existed between the High and Mighty lords the lords
States General of the United Netherlands and the Most Serene prince and
lord, lord Friedrich Wilhelm, margrave of Brandenburg, arch-chamberlain
and elector of the Holy Roman Empire and his Electoral Highness's fore-
fathers, margraves and electors of Brandenburg of laudable memory, but

Coin on the Spree, 1678 253

also these sentiments have been to such degree upheld and confirmed by the
alliances concerted from time to time according to the demand of the cir-
cumstances, that they are to be traced to the present day, to this effect and
result, especially during the present wars begun in 1672, and are plainly to be
seen, and both their High Mightinesses and his Electoral Highness have been
convinced of the especially great advantage which not only has thereby come
to the lands and people of both, but also is in the future to be expected from
a harmonious union and closer relation ; they have accordingly, on both sides,
been brought to think of such an alliance and permanent connection, whereby
not only the previous good understanding may be preserved between them but
also the security, protection, and welfare of the lands and subjects of both
may be continued to posterity and extended. To which end they have com-
missioned and ordained as their extraordinary plenipotentiaries for that
purpose their respective ministers and councillors, namely, their High Mighti-
nesses have appointed Jacob vander Tocht, councillor, ex-burgomaster and
pensionary of the city of Gouda, and his Electoral Highness the very reverend
noble lord Otto, baron of Schwerin, lord of Alt-Landsberg, etc., hereditary
chamberlain of Electoral Brandenburg and the Mark, and dean of the cathedral
at Brandenburg, privy councillor, feudal councillor, and upper-president to
his Electoral Highness of Brandenburg, and the noble lord ChristorT von
Brandt, privy councillor to his Electoral Highness of Brandenburg and his
Electoral Highness's chancellor in the Neumark, and the noble lord Frantz
M"eynders, privy councillor to his Electoral Highness of Brandenburg, who
have applied themselves to this together and, after mutual exhibition and ex-
change of full powers and the holding of various conferences, have in the
name of their high principals, and subject to their approbation and ratification,
agreed upon the following points and articles :

I. That, the treaty continuing in full force which has been concerted be-
tween the state of their High Mightinesses and his Electoral Highness re-
specting the present war, it is agreed and held that, after the end of this war,
permanent correspondence and friendship shall exist and continue between
both the high parties, to wit, the state of the United Netherlands and his
Electoral Highness of Brandenburg and his exalted posterity and successors
continually, and in virtue of the same each shall seek and promote the good
of the other and shall ward off harm and disadvantage and give warning of
the same.

II. Accordingly if it shall happen that his Electoral Highness shall in any of
his harbors and lands within or without the Roman Empire belonging now
or hereafter to his Electoral Highness, none excepted, be attacked or injured
or disturbed or hindered in his privileges, prerogatives, commerce, and rights,
then the High and Mighty lords States General of the United Netherlands
shall be held, and they hereby promise it to his Electoral Highness and his
successors, to come to his help at their own expense with 4500 foot and 1500
horse to the warding off* of such force, violence, and hindrance, and to con-
tinue therewith until his Electoral Highness and his lands have been put in
rest and security, and till he shall have received satisfaction from the aggressors
for the injury suffered.

III. Correspondingly his Electoral Highness promises, in similar case, if
their High Mightinesses have been attacked in the United Netherlands or in
neighboring territories, towns, or places subject to them, or in their preroga-
tives, domains, commerce, or any other rights have suffered violence or force,
to assist them by land, at the cost of his Electoral Highness, with 3000 foot
and 1000 horse, similarly, to the end of the war and the obtaining of satisfaction

254 Doc. yi. United Netherlands — Brandenburg

and security ; and that the same aid shall also take place and be afforded by
his Electoral Highness whenever their High Mightinesses shall be attacked
by water, to such effect that the troops which his Electoral Highness shall
in that case supply to their High Mightinesses may either be brought into the
garrisons or employed outside the United Provinces for the repulse of the
enemy by land. It is also agreed that whenever the States General or his
Electoral Highness may hereafter be attacked or in any manner whatever
troubled in the possession or use of states, towns, places, lands, rights, har-
bors, freedom of navigation, commerce, or anything else, on water or on
land, which the aforesaid lords States General or his Electoral Highness have
possessed or enjoyed, even outside Europe and in whatever parts of the
world, appertaining to them either by general right or through treaties already
made or that hereafter may be made, the aforesaid lords States and his
Electoral Highness, the one being notified and requested by the other, shall
jointly do their best to restrain the disturbance and hostile actions and to
obtain amends for the violence and harm that has been done to one of the
allies, and if this can not be achieved by friendly means within the period of
four months, and if the allies who are attacked and troubled outside Europe,
in whatever part of the world, find themselves compelled to use their arms
against the attacker or disturber within Europe to bring him to reason, the
ally that is not attacked or troubled shall give the aforesaid help to the one
attacked, even as if the attack and trouble was made within Europe.

IV. Respecting this it is determined and promised that one party shall in
time of danger, on request, give enforcement and help within six weeks at
the longest.

V. In case the help specified in articles II. and III. shall not suffice for the
complete warding off of the violence and aggression against which it is
directed, it shall, as circumstances, the danger, and the strength of the enemy
may require, be increased with such force and means as shall be judged
necessary toward the repelling of the same, yet with this understanding, that
the contracting parties are to come to an agreement each time thereon, and as
to the conditions under which it shall be done.

X. Commerce and trade shall be carried on and advanced between the sub-
jects of both parties without any hindering or interruption, and accordingly
the ships of both parties or of their subjects shall be free to go in or out of
each other's harbors, or to remain therein.

XVI. This alliance shall continue for the period of ten years after the ex-
piration of the present war, and it is from now on determined that the afore-
said contracting parties, in order to make the aforesaid alliance, so far as may
be, perpetual, and thereby to give it the greater validity, shall come together
one year before the expiration of the aforesaid ten years, or send to the
Hague their commissioners suitably instructed to that end, in order to agree
further concerning the prolongation of the present alliance.

XVII. The approbation and ratification of this alliance shall take place,
on the part both of the state of the United Provinces and of his Electoral
Highness, within two months after the conclusion and signing of the same.

Done, agreed upon, and concluded by the ministers, councillors, and extraor-
dinary deputies of both the high allies, and signed by them and sealed with

Coin on the Spree, 16/8 255

their customary seals, at Coin on the Spree, February 26/March 7, in the year
one thousand six hundred and seventy-eight.

Jacob van Tocht. Qtt0 v> von Schwerin.

Christoff van Brandt.
Frantz Meynders.

[Here follow the powers given by the States General on February 19,
1677, and by the Elector of Brandenburg on February 8, 1678.]

Accordingly we have approved, confirmed, and ratified, and do approve,
confirm, and ratify, the aforesaid closer alliance in all points and articles, there-
with promising sincerely, rightly, and in good faith to support, sustain, and
observe the aforesaid closer alliance according to its form and content, in-
violably, and to cause it to be supported, sustained, and observed, without
allowing anything to be done or to happen to the contrary, directly or indirectly,
in any manner whatever or under any pretext.

In testimony whereof we have caused this to be verified with our great
seal, countersigned by our president in our assembly, and signed by our first
secretary, in the Hague the sixth of August of the year one thousand six
hundred and seventy-eight.

W. van Hinckelem, vidit.

By order of the aforesaid lords States General.

H. Fagel.

72.

Treaty of neutrality between subjects of Great Britain and sub-
jects of France in the West Indies, concluded between the
governors of the English and French parts of the island of
St. Christopher, at Sandy Point, May p/ip, 16/8. Ratified
by the governor -in- chief of the British Leeward Islands,
May 12/22, 16/8. Ratified by the governor of the French
islands in America, June 2, 1678. Not ratified by the home
governments.

Introduction.

As early as May 13, 1627, the French and English in the West Indian
island of St. Christopher had agreed that if war broke out between their
countrymen in Europe they themselves would not begin hostilities unless
expressly commanded by their sovereigns, and then only after giving one
another notice.1 After several renewals, this " treaty of neutrality " was
again signed in January, 1666, the very month that Louis XIV. joined the
Dutch in their war against England.2 News of Louis's declaration of war
did not reach the West Indies until April, and meanwhile the French officials
there, in accordance with instructions from the newly organized French West
India Company, strove to persuade the English governor, Lord Willoughby,
to consent to a more general treaty of neutrality, that should include not only
the Caribbees, but also Jamaica, and provided for a full month's notice of the
commencement of hostilities.3 This the English did not accept.4 In 1678,
when the English in the Leeward Islands were inferior in strength to the
French,5 and were dreading an attack from D'Estrees's powerful fleet." Sir
William Stapleton, governor of the Leeward Islands, was surprised by an
offer of a new treaty of neutrality, from de Blenac, governor general of the
French Antilles.7 The offer was very pleasing to both the governor and the
planters. Stapleton informed the Lords of Trade and Plantations that De

1 The text of the treaty is in Du Tertre, Histoire Generate des Antilles habitees par
les Franqois (1667-1671), I. 18-20. The eighth article reads as follows: " S'il arrive
guerre en l'Europe entre les Francois et Anglois, pour cela ne pourront lesdits Sieurs se
faire la guerre, s'il ne leur est expressement commande par leurs princes ; et en cas de
tel commandement, seront obligez de s'entre-avertir auparavant de faire aucun acte
d'hostilite." On this treaty, see C. S. S. Higham, Development of the Leeward Islands,

PP- 32, 33,

2 See above, Doc. 57, p. 119. The text of the treaty is in Du Tertre, op. cit., III. 280,
281. The neutrality clause included a provision that " thrice twenty-four hours' " grace
should be given after the order to begin hostilities was communicated to the enemy
governor.

3 The proposed provisions are stated in Du Tertre, op. cit., III. 288.
* Higham, op. cit., pp. 43, 44.

5 Ibid., pp. 100-105.

6 Du Tertre, op. cit., III. 282.

7 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1677-1680, no. 665 ; Higham, op. cit., p. ill.

256

Sandy Point, 1678 257

Blenac had empowered St. Laurens, governor of the French part of St.
Christopher, to treat with him or with the governor of the English part of that
island, for the continuance of friendship,8 and asked for powers to conclude
a peace, similar to the powers held by De Blenac.9 Anxious to close with the
French offer as promptly as possible, and feeling that, under the circum-
stances, his own instructions " to do anything which may tend to the safety
and security of the islands under his government " authorized him to enter
into a compact so advantageous to the English planters and merchants, Staple-
ton empowered the governor of the English part of St. Christopher to nego-
tiate.10 On May 9/19, 1678, the two governors of St. Christopher, assisted by
other commissioners, signed the treaty printed below. Its principal provision
was for peace, amity, and neutrality between the islands governed by De Blenac
and Stapleton, respectively.11 The third article stipulated that all that had been
" done by virtue and in explication of the treaty of Breda " was to be fully
observed, only excepting the Act of Trade. Hostages were to be given by
either party, and two of these were to be sent to Europe to petition the kings
of France and Great Britain to ratify the instrument.

De Blenac and Stapleton ratified the treaty, but the government at Paris
refused to confirm it unless its scope were broadened so as to include Jamaica
and Barbados.12 " They could never agree to exempt the weakest of the
English plantations from attack, and yet leave themselves liable to attack from
the stronger islands." 13 The English government consented to this enlarge-
ment of the neutral field, provided that the clause relating to the treaty of
Breda were altered so as to safeguard English interests.14 Commissioners
were appointed who drew up a projet with some new provisions.15 France,
however, was unwilling to substitute this for the earlier treaty, which she
again offered to ratify, if extended to Jamaica and Barbados.16 The home
governments, being unable to reach an agreement, never ratified the treaty ;
yet the document is of interest as an important step toward the more com-
prehensive treaty of neutrality concluded between the French and English,
in 1686, with reference to all of America.17

Bibliography.

Text : MS. The original manuscript of the treaty is preserved in the P. R. O.,

C. O. 1 : 42, ff. 250-253.
Text: Printed. It is believed that the text has not been printed hitherto.

8 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1677-1680, no. 665.

9 Ibid., no. 687.

10 See below, text, p. 260.

11 Among the French Islands was St. Croix, one of the Virgin Islands, which later
passed to Denmark, and recently to the United States.

12 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1677-1680, nos. 1007, 1032.

13 Higham, op. cit., p. 114.

14 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1677-1680, nos. 1019, 1021.

10 Ibid., nos. 1043, 1065, 1066. The powers of these commissioners are preserved in the
British Museum, Add. Ch. 39942.

16 Cal. St. Pap. Col.. 1677-1680, no. 1151.

17 See below, Doc. 79.

258 Doc. J2. Great Britain — France (St. Christopher)

References : Contemporary and early writings. Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1677-
1680 (1896), nos. 665, 674, 687, 729, 741, 742, 745, 763, 784, 1007, 1010,
1019, 1021, 1032, 1043, 1063, 1065, 1066, 1076, 1151, 1158, 1 192, 1557.

References: Later writings. C. S. S. Higham, The Development of the
Leeward Islands under the Restoration, 1660-1688 (1921), pp. 105, 111-
120.

Text.

18

Att a meeteing off the governors off this Island Stt. Christophers on the
fronteer att Sandy Poyntt the 9/ 19th day off May anno 1678 (viztt) Coll.
Abednego Mathew governor ffor his Ma j 'tie of Greatt Brittaine and Monsr.
De St. Laurens kntt, governor ffor his Mostt Christian Maj'tie assisted by
Ltt. Coll. Jno. Estridge, Ltt. Coll. John Crooke, Major Roger Elrington, and
Captt. Joseph Crisp off the English Nation, and off Monsr. Auger, Monsr.
Bonnemere, Monsr. Sinolle, and Monsr. De Guerre off the French nation all
comission'rs off the nationall courtt in this island, by vertue off a power derived
to Coll. Abednego Mathew from William Stapleton captt. gen'll and governor
in cheife in and over his Maj'ties off Great Brittaine his Leeward Islands in
America, and vice admiral to his Royall Highnes James duke off Yorke
etc. dated the 23th off Aprill 1678 etc. Engl, style the coppy whereoff is
written att the foott off this present treaty, according to the power given to
him by his Maj'tie off Greatt Brittaine, and off the power given to Monsr.
De Stt. Laurens by Monsr. De Earle off Blenacq governor and ltt. generall
ffor his Most Christian Maj'tie both by sea and land in America dated the
19th off Aprill 1678 etc. French style, the coppy whereoff is written att the
foott off this presentt treaty according to the power given him by his
Most Christian Maj'tie to agree upon a treaty off neutrallyty, good cor-
respondance, peace, amity, and perpetuall union for ever betweene the
subjectts of his Maj'tie off Greatt Brittaine in the islands off America under
the government off the sayd Genii. Stapleton or other succeding him in
the sayd governm'tt and the subjectts off his Mostt Christian Maj'tie in the
islands under the governm'tt off the sd Earle off Blenacq or other succeeding
him in the sayd governm'tt with the good likeing off there Maj'ties according
to the afores'd powers, in which meeteing wee have promised, and doe promise
by oath upon the Holy Evangelistt, to hold, doe, keepe, and observe invio-
lably, faythfully and bona fidae, all and every the articles in this presentt
treaty contayned and spesyfyed, viztt

Firstt, that there shall be peace, union, concord, good correspondance, amity,
and neutrallyty betweene the two nations English and French depending off
the governm'tts off Monsr. Gen'rll Stapleton, and off Monsr. the Earle off
Blenacq, and others succeeding them in there governm'tts allthough there
shold be rupture betweene both crownes in Europe (which God forbid) which
neutrallyty, peace, union, and amity hath bin required off the two governors
off Stt. Christophers by the English offic'rs and inhabitants, as well as French
offic'rs and inhabitantts off the sayd island, thatt they might obtayne powers
from there Maj'ties to make this sd. treaty.

2dly. To that effectt its promised, covenanted, accorded, and agreed upon
thatt iff the sayd rupture shold happen in Europe betweene both crownes.
there shold be noe actt of hostillyty be used by any the English (neither by sea
nor land) whoe inhabitt the islands under the governm'tt off sayd Gen'll
Stapleton or others succeeding him in sd. governm'tt which islands are Stt.

™ From P. R. O., C. O. 1 : 42, ff. 250-253.

Sandy Point, 1678 259

Christophers, Nevis, Montserratt, Antego, Anguilla, Stt. Estatia, Barbuda,
Saby, Tortolla, and others agaynst the inhabitants off the French islands de-
pending off the governm'tt off Monsr. the Earle off Blenacq or others succeed-
ing him in sayd governm'tt by the souldyers thatt mightt be there in garrisson,
inhabitantts, and others, and reciprocally the subjectts off his Mostt Christian
Maj'tie whoe inhabitt in the islands of Stt. Christopher, Martinico, Guarda-
loupe, Tortudos, coastt of Sta. Domingo, Granade, Sta. Crux, Cayenne, Stt.
Martin, Stt. Barthollomew, Marigalante, and others depending off the gov-
ernm'tt off Monsr. De Earle off Blenacq or others succeeding him in his
governm'tt shall nott use any actt off hostillyty agaynst the subjectts off the
King of Greatt Brittaine inhabiting and depending off the government off
the sayd Gen'r'll Stapleton or others succeeding him in his governm'tt neither
by sea nor land by the souldyers thatt mightt be there in garrisson inhabitantts
and others.

3dly. Thatt the old concords as likewise all thatt hath bin done by vertue and
in the explication off the treaty off Breda shall be observed in itts ffull contentts,
only excepting the actt off trade which is forbidden by theire Majestyes.

4thly. Thatt noe shipps, barques, boates, and other vessells off the sayd
English islands shall be imployed to runn agaynstt nor doe any wrong or
dammage to the subjectts off the Mostt Christian King whoe are in the islands
under the governm'tt off Monsr. the Earle off Blenacq or others succeeding
him in the sayd governmentt.

5thly. In reversse thatt noe shipps, barques, boates, and other vessells off
the sayd French islands depending off the govermentt off Monsr. the Earle
off Blenacq, shall be imployed to runn agaynstt or doe any wrong or dammage
to the subjectts off the King off Greatt Brittaine in the islands under the
governm'tt off Gen'r'll Stapleton or others succeeding him in his sayd gov-
ernmentt.

6thly. Thatt noe souldyers and other warlike men inhabitantts and others
whoe dwell and resyde or shall come from Europe into garrison or inhabiting
in the English islands depending off the governm'tt off the sayd Gen'r'll
Stapleton shall be imployed or doe any actt off hostillity wrong or dammage,
dyrectly or indyrectly, to the subjectts off the Mostt Christian King whoe
inhabitt the islands under the governm'tt off Monsr. De Earle off Blenacq or
others succeeding him in the sayd governmentt.

7thly. And reciprocally thatt noe souldyers and other warlike men, in-
habitantts, and others, whoe dwell or resyde or shall come from Europe into
garrison or inhabiting in the French islands depending off the sayd Monsr.
Earle off Blenacq his governm'tt shall be imployed to doe any actt off hostyllity
wrong or damage, dyrectly or indyrectly, to the subjectts off the King off
Greatt Brittaine in the islands under the governm'tt off Gen'r'll Stapleton or
others succeeding him in the sayd governmentt.

8thly. Thatt the French shipps, barques, boates, and other vessells shall
be in surety in and neare the roades off the English islands under the gov-
ernm'tt off the sayd Gen'r'll Stapleton or others succeeding him in the sayd
Governmentt.

9thly. And reciprocally thatt the English shipps, barques, boates, and other
vessells shall be in surety in and neare the roades off the French islands de-
pending off the sayd Earle off Blenacq his governm'tt or off others succeed-
ing him etca.

iothly. In case there shold happen any differences betweene the subjectts
off the King off Great Brittaine and those off the Most Christian King in the

260

Doc. 72. Great Britain — France (St. Christopher)

islands off both sayd governm'tts be the same by either sea or land, they shall
be judged and determined by the English and French generalls, and by those
whome they shall please to nominate to be assembled att Stt. Christophers and
else where where itt shall please them.

1 ithly. And ffor greater surety itt hath bin agreed on thatt hostages shall
be given on either partts (viztt.) foure on the French partt outt off the islands
under the governm'tt off Monsr. de Earle off Blenacq, thatt is to say, outt off
Stt. Christopher one, outt of Martinico one, outt off Guardaloupe one,
and outt off the coastt Sta. Domingo one, which are to be offic'rs, cap-
taines, councellors, and other gentlemen, or there children, and in regard
Gen'r'll Stapleton his power which he hath received from his Maj'tie off
Greatt Brittaine seemes nott to be soe sufficientt to assure this presentt
treaty, as thatt off Monsr. de Earle off Blenacq, itt hath bin agreed upon thatt
the English shall give six hostages (viztt.) outt off Stt. Christophers [two],
outt off Nevis two, outt off Montserratt one, and outt off Antego one, which
shall be off like quallyty as the others, and that off each nation one hostage
shall be deputed whoe shall both be off the island off Stt. Christophers, with
the good likeing off both the Genner'lls, which shall be fforthwith sentt in
Europe humbly to pray there Maj'ties thatt they will please to ratty f ye this
presentt treaty (viztt.) the French hostage shall be sentt into England, and
the English hostage into France, and thatt when itt may have pleased there
Majesties to make us soe happye as thatt wee obtaine the sayd rattiffycation,
the sd. hostages shall be then of equall number, or be rendered on both partts
according to the good pleasure off their Maj'ties, And further thatt the sayd
hostages are to be delivered on one and the other partt immediately after the
confirmation had off both the generalls.

Done att Stt. Christophers the day and yeare above.

Le Chvr. de St. Laurens.

Abed. Mathew. Auger.

John Estridge. Bonnemere.

John Crooke. Si nolle.

Roger Elrington.19 De Guerre.

Bigot, Inte. A. de Bourg, Greff'r.

[Here follow the powers given by Governor Stapleton, April 23, 1678,
and by the Comte de Blenac, April 19, 1678.]

The power on the other side I doe
attest and the articles preceding the
subscriptions of Coll. Abed Mathews
and Monsr. le Che'lier St. Laurens,
I doe ratifie and confirme. I humbly
pray his Maj'tie to confirme the same.
Given under my hand and seale in
Nevis the 12th of May 1678.

Wm. Stapleton.

J'atteste le pouvoir traduit au lautre
par et je ratifie et confirme les articles
quy presedent les subscriptions de
Monsieu le Chevalier de Sint Lorans
et du Coronel Abdenago Maheu et je
prie et priray tres humblement sa Ma-
jeste de les confirmer. Fait au for
royal de la Martvnique le deus Juin
1678.

le Conte de Blenac.

19 In the copy (P. R. O., C. O. 1 : 42, f. 255 d) Joseph Crisp's name appears, but not in
this original.

73.

Act for the cessation of hostilities in America, concluded between
the plenipotentiaries of France and Brandenburg at Nym-
wegen, May 6/16, 1679.

Introduction.

The war between France and her ally Sweden on the one hand, and the
Dutch and their continental allies, including Brandenburg 1 and Denmark, on
the other hand, continued for more than four years after Great Britain made
her separate peace with the States General, in February, 1674.2 Soon after
ratifying that treaty the King of England offered his mediation, which was
accepted ; but negotiations for a general peace were not actually begun at
Nymwegen until the spring of 1677. The war extended to the West Indies,
and the treaties signed at Nymwegen in 1678 and 1679 must be referred to,
since they affected so vitally international relations in those seas.

For a few years prior to the outbreak of the great war in 1672, the French
government had tried to exclude all foreigners from trading with its West
Indian islands, or even from cruising in their waters. In enforcing this policy,
it treated the Dutch, who virtually controlled the commerce of the Antilles,
with extreme brutality.3 During the war each nation tried to drive the other
from the Caribbean. The famous Dutch admiral, De Ruyter, failed to capture
Martinique, but Binckes, in two notable voyages, took Cayenne and certain
of the French Antilles, besides attacking others, and destroying French
shipping.4 On the other hand, the French vice-admiral, D'Estrees, nearly
succeeded in his mission of ruining the Dutch posts in the West Indies and
on the north coast of Africa, but wrecked his fleet on its way to Curagao.5
The French, then in possession of St. Croix (Santa Cruz), one of the Virgin
Islands, also attacked, but could not take, the neighboring island of St. Thomas,
formally occupied by the Danish West India Company since 1672.6 In alli-
ance with the buccaneers, moreover, they pillaged various places on the Span-
ish islands and mainland.7

The peace treaty between France and the United Netherlands, signed at
Nymwegen on August 10, 1678, extended to all parts of the world its stipu-
lation for future amity by sea and land, and its provision that each party

1 For relations between the United Provinces and Brandenburg at this period, see
Doc. 71, introduction.

2 See above, Doc. 69.

3 S. L. Mims, Colbert's West India Policy (1912), chs. VIII. and IX.

4 Sailing north from the West Indies in 1673, Binckes burned some English ships in
the James River, and recaptured New York.

5 Ch. de La Ronciere, Histoire de la Marine Frangaisc (1899- ), V. 597 ff., 647 ff.

6 W. Westergaard, The Danish West Indies (1917), p. 42.

7 A. Dessalles, Histoire Getierale des Antilles, II. 7 ff. ; C. H. Haring, Buccaneers in
the West Indies (1910), pp. 219 ff.

261

2G2 Doc. 73. France — Brandenburg

should retain the places then in its possession.8 On the other hand, the com-
mercial treaty concluded between the same powers on the same day stipulated
freedom of commerce and navigation in Europe only.8 The treaty of peace
between France and Spain concluded at Nymwegen on September 17, 1678,10
provided in its first article for peace and alliance, which however were not
stated to extend beyond Europe. The omission was doubtless intended by
France, who was soon to take advantage of it. The seventh article of this
treaty provided for the mutual restitution of all places taken by either power
during the war in any part of the world.11

The signing of these treaties constituted a defection of the United Nether-
lands and Spain which was a severe blow to the Elector of Brandenburg.
Worse misfortunes followed. During February and March, 1679, the Em-
peror, the Dukes of Brunswick, and the Bishop of Miinster also made peace
with their common enemies, leaving the Elector to face France and Sweden,
with Denmark as his sole ally. Eager, now, to end the war, Frederick William
could not bring himself to accept the terms demanded by France — the restor-
ation to Sweden of all that had been taken from her. His conquest of Pom-
erania had seemed to offer an opportunity for the realization of his hopes for
commercial and colonial expansion. Necessity alone forced him to yield.
Towards the end of March, 1679, French troops entered his territory of
Cleves.

On March 31, the representatives of Brandenburg and Denmark, as well
as of France and Sweden, signed an armistice providing for the cessation of
all hostilities on land until May first.12 On May 3, the representatives of
France and Brandenburg signed articles at Xanten prolonging the armistice
until May 18, stipulating that the elector's towns of Wesel and Lippstadt
should be delivered over to the French, as a guaranty, and that commerce
should be free on sea as well as on land.13

Although by May 3 the elector seems to have given up all hope of resis-
tance, yet only a short time before he had sanctioned an attack on French

8 Articles 3 and 7. The text of the treaty is in H. Vast, Les Grands Traites du Regne
de Louis XIV. (1893-1899), II. 53-61. It left Arguin, Goree, Cayenne, and Tobago (?)
in the hands of the French (Ch. de Lannoy and H. vander Linden, Histoire de I'Ex-
pansion Coloniale: Neerlande et Danemark, p. 135; Mims, op. cit., pp. 288, 289). Minis is
mistaken in his reference to a provision of the treaty of Nymwegen as serving as a
basis for the retention of Arguin by the French. The article to which he refers relates
to prizes, which, if taken beyond Cape St. Vincent within a certain period, were to be
restored. The article which seems to have justified the retention of Arguin is the
seventh. The phrase " qu'il tient et possede a present " probably refers to the date of
the exchange of ratifications, rather than to the date of the signing of the treaty. See
Coleman Phillipson, Termination of War and Treaties of Peace (1916), p. 198, and cf.
pp. 187, 188. According to Mims, the French took .possession of Arguin on Sept. 2, 1678.
The States General did not ratify the treaty until Sept. 19, 1678. Vast, op. cit., II. 61,
note 1.

0 The text is in Vast, op. cit., II. 63-78.

10 The treaty is ibid., II. 79-99.

11 P. F. X. de Charlevoix states that the peace treaties made by France with Spain
and the United Netherlands at Nymwegen obliged many adventurers to abandon " la
course" and become habitans, thus marking the establishment (affermissemcnt) of the
French colony of San Domingo. Histoire de I'Isle Espagnole (1730, 1 73 1 ) , II. 122.

12 Dumont, Corps Diplomatique , torn. VII., pt. I. pp. 403, 404.

13 Ibid., p. 406.

Nymwegen, 1679 263

ships in American waters. At the end of April, Louis XIV. was informed
that two armed vessels fitted out in the ports of Zeeland, and commissioned
by Frederick William against the French, had sailed for the American islands.
Now, a squadron under D'Estrees had started for the West Indies, instructed
to reconnoitre Spanish posts and navigation and to aid French commerce
there. " Peace ", wrote Colbert, " being made with Spain in Europe and not in
the other parts of the world, his Majesty might resolve to trouble the great and
free commerce that the Spaniards have in the West Indies." 14 Louis ordered
D'Estrees to take or sink the Brandenburg frigates.

However, on May 8, the French ambassador and plenipotentiary at Nym-
wegen, Colbert de Croissy, offered to the Brandenburg ambassador and
plenipotentiary there, Blaspeil, that in case the captains of the frigates should
be forbidden to do anything prejudicial to the Xanten articles or to the sub-
jects of France, then D'Estrees would be commanded not to molest these
vessels.

To prevent, by this arrangement, the threatened hostilities in America and
the consequent retardation of the peace, Colbert de Croissy and Blaspeil signed
the act printed below. In conformity with this act, on June 1/11, the elector
ordered all captains or others sailing under his flag not to harm any ship
carrying the banner of France, on the seas and coasts of Europe or America ;
but to favor them in every way, and to release French ships or cargoes already
taken. In return, on June 18, Louis XIV. instructed D'Estrees to permit not
only the captains of the two frigates, but all vessels under the Brandenburg
flag, to navigate " par tout et ainsi qu'ils estimeront a propos, pourveu toute-
fois qu'ils ne f assent aucun commerce dans mesdites isles ".1S
/ The treaty of peace concluded between France and Brandenburg at Saint-
Germain-en-Laye on June 29 provided for peace and amity between France
and Sweden and Brandenburg " avec une entiere et reciproque liberte de
commerce, tant par terre que par mer et autres eaux ".18 The elector was by
no means satisfied with this treaty. He desired a close political and economic
alliance with France. He proposed that Brandenburg ships should be free
to enter and leave the seas, harbors, and rivers of France, both without and

14 P. Clement, Lettres, Instructions, et Memoires de Colbert (1861-1882), torn. III.,
pt. I., pp. 131, 132. Cf. De La Ronciere, op. cit., V. 696 ff. D'Estrees's instructions for
this voyage, dated April 12, 1679, are printed in Memoires du Marquis de Villette (pub.
for the Soc. de l'Histoire de France by M. Monmerque, 1844), p. 191, note 1.

15 The correspondence is given in Actes et Memoires des Negotiations de la Paix de
Nimegue (1680), torn, IV., pt. II., pp. 483-488. It may be noted that B. Raule, director-
in-chief of the maritime affairs of Brandenburg, had great faith in the efficacy of
privateering. After Sweden's attack on the elector's territories Raule had successfully
organized such undertakings against Sweden and France. His point of view is clearly
set forth in his proposals to the elector dated Feb. 14, 1678 : " Wanneer S. C. V. D.
dese saeke synen voortganck sal nemen, soo sal S. C. V. D. in zwee jaer bequaem syn,
om in cas S. C. V. D. door alliancie ofte andere oorsaeck in oorloge quaem met eenige
commersierende prins ofte Koninck, haere commersie te ruineeren, immers soodanich
als die van Duynckerken nu doen, en sal S. C. V. D. meer daer mede gevreest worden
met 8 a 10 clyne snauwen en fregatten, als van syne gantze armee, en byzonder by
Sweeden, Engelant, Vranckeryck, Hollant, Spaignien, Portugael en Daenemarcken."
Schiick, op. cit., II. 73.

16 The text is in Vast, op. cit., II. 117-125.

264 Doc. 7J. France — Brandenburg

within Europe; and that his subjects might carry negroes from Guinea, and
provisions, manufactures, and other merchandise from the territories of
Brandenburg to the French Antilles.17 These proposals, so contrary to Col-
bert's West India policy, were not accepted. The secret treaty concluded
between Louis XIV. and the elector on October 25, 1679, provided that
" Les sujets de part et d'autre pourront exercer en toute liberte le commerce
dans les terres, royaumes et pais de sa Majeste Tres Chrestienne, comme
aussy dans les estats et pais de son Altesse Electorale et dans les havres et
ports qui leur appartiennent ". At least the article was not expressly limited
to Europe.18

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original should be in the archives at Berlin and Paris, but
has not been found in either repository. A copy is preserved in the
archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris, torn. 13, f. 149,
and another copy is in the British Museum, Harleian MSS. 1517, no.
129, f. 233.

Text : Printed. Actes et Memoires des Negotiations de la Paix de Nimegue
(1680), torn. IV., pt. II, pp. 484, 485; J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique
(1726-1731), torn. VII., pt. I., pp. 407, 408.

Translation: Dutch. Hollantse Mercurius, XXX. (1680) 147.

References : Contemporary and early writings. Actes et Memoires des
Negotiations de la Paix de Nimegue (1680), torn. IV., pt. II., pp. 483-
488; W. Wynne, Life of Sir L. Jenkins (1724), II. 589; R. Schiick,
B r and enburg-P reus sens Kolonial-Politik unter dem Grossen Kurfursten
(1889), II. 73.

References : Later writings. For side-lights on this document see Schiick,
op. cit., I. 98 ff., 108, etc.; P. Boissonnade, Histoire des Premiers Essais
de Relations ftconomiques Directes entre la France et I'Etat Prussien
(1912), pp. 250 ff. ; G. Pages, Le Grand Electeur et Louis XIV. (1905),
ch. 6; A. Waddington, Le Grand Electeur Frederic Guillaume de Bran-
debourg (1905-1908), vol. II., ch. IV.; G. Bulard, Les Traites de Saint-
Germain (1898) ; A. Dessalles, Histoire Generate des Antilles (1847-
1848), II. 23, et passim ; S. L. Mims, Colbert's West India Policy (1912),
chs. VIII., IX.

Text.

19

Nous Charles Colbert, ambassadeur extraordinaire et plenipotentiaire de
sa Majeste Tres-Chrestienne pour les traittez de paix, et nous Vernar Guil-
laume de Blaspil, aussy ambassadeur extraordinaire et plenipotentiaire de
son Altesse Electoralle de Brandebourg pour le mesme sujet, declarons a
tous quil appartiendra que comme sa Majeste ayant este informee que deux
particuliers avoient fait depuis peu un armement dans les ports de Zelande,
et quils en estoient partis avec deux vaisseaux armez en guerre pour aller

17 P. Boissonnade, Histoire des Premiers Essais de Relations Economiques Directes
entre la France et I'Stat Prussien, pp. 447, 450, 453.

18 Vast, op. cit., II. 127.

19 The text is from the copy in the archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs
in Paris.

Nyrnzvegen, 1679 265

dans les isles de l'Amerique faire la guerre a ses sujets sous la commission de
son Altesse Electorale de Brandenbourg, auroit fait partir pour lesdites isles
M. le Comte d'Estrees avec une escadre de quatorze vaisseaux, pour les
chercher, et les prendre ou couler a f onds ; nous pour empescher que les
hostilitez par mer ne puissent apporter quelque retardement aux dispositions
quil y a a les faire cesser au plustost par terre, serions convenus en vertu
de nos pleins pouvoirs, quil sera incessamment donne ordre par son Altesse
Electorale aux capitaines desdites deux fregattes, de ne rien entreprendre
contre les vaisseaux et sujets de sa Majeste, et que sur les duplicatas qui
seront expediez dudit ordre, et remis entre les mains de nous ambassadeur
de France, sa Majeste Tres Chrestienne fera aussy sgavoir audit Sr. Comte
d'Estrees que son intention est, quil laisse la liberte auxdites deux fregattes
de naviguer par tout ou bon leur semblera. En f oy de quoy nous avons signe
le present acte, et a iceluy fait apposer les cachets de nos armes. Fait a
Nimegue ce i6e May, 1679.

Colbert.20

W. G. Blaspeil.

20 The signatures are not found in the copy from which the text is taken, but are given
by Dumont.

18

74.

Treaty of defensive alliance betzveen Great Britain and Spain,
concluded at Windsor, June 10/20, 1680. Ratification by
Great Britain, August 2/12, 1680. [Ratification by Spain,
July 22, 1680.]

Introduction.

Early in the year 1678, when the Spanish Netherlands were suffering
desperately from the military operations of the French, the Marquis de Borgo-
manero, Spanish envoy extraordinary to the English court, tried to form an
offensive and defensive alliance with Great Britain. In return for money and
troops for the defense of Flanders, Spain offered the silver that would come
from America in the galleons and flota. The English minister at Madrid, Sir
William Godolphin, pointed out the inadequacy of this security, and proposed
other means of raising revenue, including the following : ( 1 ) that the asiento
or contract for supplying slaves for Spanish America be put into the hands
of a single person or company,1 obliged to take their negroes from the English
in Jamaica and Barbados, and paying, over and above the price of the negroes,
the tax due to the King of Spain ; (2) that two or three English ships be per-
mitted to go yearly to Buenos Aires; (3) that the English be granted the
monopoly of logwood or, as it was called, Campeche wood ; and (4) that they
be allowed to lade salt freely at Punta de Araya.2

The instructions given on June 2 and 10, 1679, to Sir Henry Goodricke,
Godolphin's successor at Madrid, directed him to find out on what terms
Spain would allow the English to trade to Campeche. They also directed him
to impress upon the Spanish court Great Britain's interest in the preservation
of Flanders.3

Charles II. had already determined to send Sir Henry Sidney to the Hague
to make a closer alliance with the States which would guarantee the Franco-
Spanish treaty of Nymwegen with a view to protecting Flanders.4 When
Sidney began negotiations, in August, 1679, he found that the Prince of
Orange desired more than the guaranty as a defense against Louis XIV. " We
are willing ", said the prince, " to enter with you and Spain into the firmest
and strongest league that can be proposed to us for the preservation of
Europe." 5 The Dutch statesman, Van Beuningen, opposing the guaranty,
insisted on an alliance between England and Spain.6 Many of his country-
men, also, distrusted England's offer of guaranty, knowing the insincerity of

1 As was done in 1662 with Grillo and Zomelin. See above, Doc. 55, p. 94, and note 3.

2 For the Anglo-Spanish negotiations of 1678, see especially Sir Richard Fanshawe,
Original Letters and Negotiations (1724), II. 346-405.

8 C. A. Goodricke, History of the Goodricke Family (1885), pp. 26, 27.

4 Sidney, Diary, I. 28, 47.

5 Ibid., p. 47.
8 Ibid., p. 48.

266

Windsor, 1680 267

Charles II., his quarrels with his Parliament, the factions among his councillors
and people, and the uncertainty of the succession to the English throne. More-
over, the Dutch were terrified by the intrigues and threats of D'Avaux, the
French ambassador at the Hague, who declared that his master would con-
sider the guaranty equivalent to a league against France and would send
100,000 men against them.7

The Dutch suspicions of Charles II. were well founded ; for, in the autumn
of 1679, he was again bargaining with Louis XIV. Angered, however, by the
French king's trickery, he broke off negotiations.8 But meanwhile, in October,
the States General had refused the English alliance,9 and Charles was alarmed
by the prospect of their forming an alliance with France.10 His breach with
Louis prepared him to fall in with the Prince of Orange's project of forming
a coalition against the French king. The United Netherlands had made an
alliance with Spain in 1673. xl To checkmate the designs of Louis it seemed
of first importance that England should promptly enter into alliances with
Spain and the Emperor.12 Moreover, an Anglo-Spanish alliance would tend
to reconcile Charles II. and his Parliament.13 Charles's chief minister, Sun-
derland, and the Duchess of Portsmouth favored the alliance, to gain popu-
larity.1* Negotiations were begun with Borgomanero. They were continued
with Don Pedro Ronquillo, who arrived in England toward the end of May,
1680. Within a month after his arrival the treaty was signed. It was modelled
closely upon the above-mentioned Hispano-Dutch treaty of 1673. Its seventh
article, closely similar to the seventh article of that treaty, mutatis mutandis,
provided that if the kings of Great Britain or Spain should be troubled in
their dominions or rights of navigation and commerce in any part of the
world, the one not attacked should try to stop such hostile acts, and to secure
reparation.15 If this could not be done by peaceful means within four weeks,
and the molested ruler was forced to make war upon his aggressor in Europe,
his ally must give him the same aid as if the attack had been made in Europe.

The French ambassador in London, Barillon, immediately notified his
master that England and Spain had signed " un traite deffensif et de garentie
de la paix dans toutes les parties du monde." 16

Ratifications were exchanged at Windsor, on August 9/19, 1680.17

7 Ibid., pp. 144, 147, 148, etc. ; and cf. D'Avaux, Negotiations, pp. 12 ft".

8 Dalrymple, Memoirs, I. 269-272.

9 Sidney, Dairy, I. 171, 173.

10 Sirtema de Grovestins, Histoire des Luttes entre les Puissances Maritimes et France,
IV. yy ff. ; Groen van Prinsterer, Archives ou Correspondance Inedite de la Maison
d' Orange-N assau, deuxieme ser., torn. V., pp. 374 ft*. The States General were less op-
posed to France than was the prince.

11 Doc. 68.

12 Sidney, Diary, I. 205, 245-247, 256, 272; Groen van Prinsterer, op. tit., pp. 380 ff.

13 Ibid., p. 394.

14 Dalrymple, op. tit., I. 335..

15 The provisions of the projct of the Anglo-Imperial treaty dated September, 16S0,
are carefully restricted to places in Europe. The projet is printed in A. F. Pribram,
Oesterreichische Staatsvertrdge: England (1907, etc.), I. 179-185. It did not ripen into
a treaty.

16 P. R. O., Transcripts, 41.

17 Cal. St. Pap. Dow., 1679-1680 (1915), p. 595.

268 Doc. 14. Great Britain — Spain

Bibliography.

Text: MS. There is no manuscript of the treaty in the P. R. O., and one
which formerly was in one of the Spanish archives is now reported, by
the archivist, not to be there.

Text: Printed. J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VII.,
pt. II., pp. 2-4 ; J. A. de Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccion de los Tratados
(1751-1752), II. 4I9-434-

Translation. A General Collection of Treatys of Peace and Commerce
(1732), III. 324-331.

References: Contemporary and early writings. Henry Sidney (later,
Earl of Romney), Diary of the Times of Charles the Second (ed. R. W.
Blencowe, 1843), I.-H. 75 ; J- A. de Mesmes (Count d'Avaux), Negoti-
ations de Monsieur le Comte d'Avaux en Hollande (ed. E. Mallet, 1752),
I. 1-99 ; The Negotiations of Count d'Avaux, translated from the French
(1754, 1755), I. 1-55; Sir John Dalrymple, Memoirs of Great Britain
and Ireland (1790), I. 269-273, 335 ff . ; Groen van Prinsterer, Archives
ou Correspondance Inedite de la Mais on d' Orange-Nassau, deuxieme
sen, torn. V. (1861), pp. 368-414, passim; Baron Sirtema de Grovestins,
Guillaume III. et Louis XIV.: Histoire des Luttes et Rivalites Politiques
entre les Puissances Maritimes et la France (1851-1854), IV. 77-129,
passim ; O. Klopp, Der Fall des Houses Stuart und die Succession des
Houses Hannover (1875-1888), II. 466-471.

References: Later writings. O. Klopp, op. cit., II. 214-302, passim; L.
von Ranke, England (1875), IV. 99-101; H. C. Foxcroft, Life and
Letters of Sir George Savile, Bart., First Marquis of Halifax (1898),
I. 163-165, 183-186, 194-224, passim.

Text.

18

Carolus Secundus, Dei gratia Magnae Britanniae Franciae et Hiberniae
rex, Fidei Defensor, etc. omnibus et singulis ad quos praesentes literae per-
venerint salutem. Quandoquidem inter nos et Serenissimum et Potentissimum
principem ac dominum Carolum Secundum Hispaniarum regem Catholicum
tractatus quidam arctioris defensionis, unionis, et foederis decima die mensis
Junii postremo elapsi initus et conclusus sit, cujus tenor sequitur :

Quandoquidem Serenissimus et Potentissimus princeps Magnae Britanniae
Rex universae Europae testatum dedit quanto zelo quantoque affectu, dum
mediatoris munere in congressu Neomagi habito fungebatur, ad reducendam
orbi Christiano pacem operam navavit, quae, Deo favente, ad felicem exitum
perducta est ; quumque Majestati suae semper in animo fuerit pari studio
tranquilitatis publicae conservation! prospicere, cui nihil magis conducere
potest quam ut arcta defensionis foedera cum iis omnibus principibus stati-
busque, quorum interest ut restituta pax generalis sartatecta servetur, ineantur,
praecipue vero cum Serenissimo et Potentissimo principe Hispaniarum Rege
Catholico, cui cum Majestate sua constans intercessit amicitia, quam et Ma-
jestas sua, prout sese obtulerit occasio, in dies augere cupit ; quumque Rex
Catholicus pariter declaraverit nihil ipsi magis cordi esse quam media rationes-
que amplecti, quae ad tarn justum tamque laudabile consilium conducere
possint, Serenissimique duo reges animo perpendentes foedera defensiva,
scilicet illud quod 20/30 mo mensis Augusti 1673 19 initum inter Hispaniarum

18 The text is taken from Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccion de los Tratados, etc., II. 419-434.

19 Doc. 67.

Windsor, 1680 269

Regem et dominos Ordines Generales Foederatarum Belgii Provinciarum, et
illud quod 3. mensis Martii 1678 inter Magnae Britanniae Regem et praefatos
Ordines Generales Foederatarum Belgii Provinciarum conclusum est, tan-
quam solida fundamenta ad pacem generalem conservandam et ditiones hinc
inde suas defendendas, consultum et visum est praefatis Serenissimis Regibus
par defensionis et unionis foedus invicem inire, eo praecipue consilio, tit tanti
momenti confoederatio Europae pacem securiorem redat, in quern finem
Magnae Britanniae Rex commissarios et plenipotentiaries suos nominavit et
constituit Robertum comitem de Sunderland, primariorum status secretar-
iorum unum, Laurentium Hyde, armigerum, thesaurarii sui primum com-
missarium, Leolinum Jenkins, equitem auratum, primariorum status secretar-
iorum alterum, et Sidneium Godolphin, armigerum, e secretiori et intimiori
suo consilio omnes ; uti et Rex Hispaniarum commissarium et plenipotentiarium
suum nominavit dominum Petrum de Ronquillo legatum suum in aula Britan-
nica, qui quidem commissarii sufficientibus ad id instrncti mandatis conven-
erunt in articulos sequentes.

1. Pax sit perpetua inter Regem Magnae Britanniae ex una, et Hispaniarum
Regem Catholicum ex altera parte, ut et inter ipsorum successores et regna,
ditiones, et terras ad alterutrum spectantes, eorumque hinc inde subditos,
necnon sincera, firma, et perpetua amicitia et bona correspondentia, tam mari
quam terra et ubivis locorum, tam extra quam intra Europam.

2. Erit praeterea inter praedictos Serenissimos Reges eorumque successores,
regna et ditiones et terras ad ipsos spectantes, arctius defensionis et unionis
foedus ad se invicem tuendos et conservandos in possessione earum omnium
ditionum, urbium, locorum, et regionum ad ipsos spectantium, necnon in
fruitione eorum omnium jurium, immunitatum, et libertatum navigationis,
commercii, et aliorum quorumcunque, cujuscunque demum generis sint, tam
mari quam terra, quibus jam gaudent vel de jure communi gaudere debent,
et quibus jam potiuntur aut imposterum potientur, ex vi quorumcunque
tractatuum pacis, amicitiae, aut neutralitatis olim initorum (et eorum omnium
jurium, quae tractatu Neomagi nuper inito comprehensa existunt) aut dehinc
ineundorum, conjunctim et de communi consilio cum aliis regibus, rebus-
publicis, principibus, et civitatibus. illud vero omne intra Europae duntaxat
limites.

7. Et quamvis hujusce tractatus obligatio, prout sub finem articuli secundi
statutum est, inter Europae limites circumscribitur, id tamen ita intelligendum
est, uti si Serenissimum Magnae Britanniae Regem aut Serenissimum His-
paniarum Regem dehinc invadi aut quocunque demum modo turbari conti-
gerit in possessione aut fruitione ditionum, locorum, regionum, urbiumque,
jurium, libertatum, et immunitatum navigationis, commercii, aut aliorum
quorumcunque, cujuscunque demum generis sint, tam mari quam terra, quibus
jam gaudent et fruuntur, aut frui et gaudere debent, etiam extra Europam,
et in quacunque mundi regione, de jure communi, aut juxta tractatus jam
initos aut imposterum modo supradicto ineundos, Serenissimi Reges ea de re
rogati et invicem requisiti omnem omnino operam et studium adhibebunt quo
ejusmodi hostilitas aut molestia cesset, et ut damna et injuriae, quae alterutri
confoederatorum illata fuerint, resarciantur. Quod si vero via amicabili id
intra quatuor menses effectum dare nequeant, atque ille confoederatorum, qui
sic invasus aut turbatus fuerit extra Europam, quacunque mundi regione sit,
arma sua adversus turbatorem sive invasorem intra Europam adhibere coge-
tur, ut ad aequam pacem amplectendam redigatur, ille confoederatorum qui

270 Doc. Y4. Great Britain — Spain

invasus aut turbatus non fuerit praedictum auxilium alteri qui invasus aut
turbatus est subministrare tenebitur, posteaque in aperti belli societatem ad-
versus turbatorem seu invasorem erumpere, eodem plane modo ac si invasio
seu molestia intra Europae limites contigisset.

11. Cumque praecipuus hujttsce foederis scopus sit, ut publica tranquillitas
et restaurata orbi Christiano pax illaesa et inviolata maneat, rogabitur Serenis-
simus Romanorum Imperator, ut et alii reges, principes, et status rogabuntur,
eas cum ambobus foederatis rationes et consilia inire, quae ad tarn salutarem
finem conducere maxime possunt, praesertim vero omnis opera hinc inde
dabitur, ut tractatus Neomagi nuper initi (quibus orbi Christiano quies red-
dita est) in pleno vigore maneant et conserventur.

12. Tractatus pacis et amicitiae anno 1667 inter Serenissimos Reges Madriti
initus, itidemque alter tractatus pro stabilienda inter Magnae Britanniae et
Hispaniarum regna pace, etc., in America, Madriti pariter anno 1670 initus,
ut et alii omnes tractatus et pacta inter Serenissimos Reges conventa, in
singulis eorum articulis sincere observabuntur, et tarn Serenissimi Reges quam
eorum hinc inde subditi, omnibus rebus, quae in iisdem contentae sunt, qua
publicas qua privatas res spectant, libere et cum effectu gaudebunt et freuntur.

13. Foedus hoc usque ad 20/30 um diem mensis Augusti anno Domini
1693 durabit et vigebit, et ante illius temporis decursum convenient inter se
dicti Serenissimi Reges de ulteriori ejusdem in publicum commodum proro-
gatione : et intra duos menses a die subscriptionis numerandos hinc inde
ratihabebitur.

Actum in arce regia Windesoriensi 10. die Mensis Junii anno Domini
1680.

Sunderland.

L. Hyde.

L. Jenkins.

S. Godolphin.

D. Pedro Ronquillo.

Nos viso et perpenso dicto tractatu, eundem cum omnibus ac singulis ejus-
dem articulis et clausulis acceptavimus, approbavimus, et ratihabuimus, sicut
per praesentes pro nobis, haeredibus, et successoribus nostris acceptamus, ap-
probamus, et ratihabemus ; spondentes et promittentes in verbo regio, nos
praefaturri tractatum omniaque in eo contenta sancte et inviolabiliter obser-
vaturos et adimpleturos, neque passuros ut a quoquam violentur. In quorum
majus robur et testimonium praesentes manu nostra regia subscriptas magno
nostro Angliae sigillo communiri fecimus. Quae dabantur in arce nostra
regia Windesoriensi secunda die mensis Augusti anno Domini supra mille-
simum sexcentesimum octuagesimo regnique nostri 32.

Carolus R.

Separate Article.

Carolus Secundus, Dei gratia Magnae Britanniae, Franciae, et Hiberniae
rex, Fidei Defensor, etc. omnibus et singulis ad quos praesentes literae per-
venerint, salutem. Quandoquidem articulus quidem separatus tractatus arcti-

Windsor, 1680 271

oris defensionis, unionis, et foederis inter nos et Serenissimum et Potentis-
simum principem ac dominum Carolum Secundum, Hispaniarum regem
Catholicum, nuper initi 10 die Junii conclusus sit, cujus tenor sequitur:

Conventum et conclusum est praesenti articulo separato, quod si dominis
Ordinibus Generalibus Foederatarum Belgii Provinciarum consultum visum-
que fuerit, copiarum numerum articulis quarto et septimo tractatus inter
Regem Hispaniarum et ipsos trigesimo die mensis Augusti anno 1673 initi
memoratarum, classe seu viribus maritimis adaugere, Serenissimus Magnae
Britanniae Rex pollicetur se quoque parem navium bellicarum numerum
Serenissimo Hispaniarum Regi in auxilium missurum, praeter copias illas
de quibus quarto et septimo articulis hujusce tractatus mutuo conventum
est. Actum in arce regia Windesoriensi 10 die mensis Junii anno Domini
1680.

Sunderland.

L. Hyde.

L. Jenkins.

S. Godolphin.

D. Pedro Ronquillo.

Nos viso et perpenso dicto articulo separato eundem acceptavimus, ap-
probavimus, et ratihabuimus, sicut per praesentes pro nobis, haeredibus et
successoribus nostris acceptamus, approbamus, et ratihabemus ; spondentes
et promittentes in verbo regio nos praefatum articulum separatum sancte et
inviolabiliter observaturos et adimpleturos, neque passuros ut a quoquam
violetur. In cujus rei majus robur et testimonium praesentes manu nostra
regia subscriptas magno nostro Angliae sigillo communiri fecimus. Quae
dabantur in arce nostra regia Windesoriensi secunda die mensis Augusti
anno Domini 1680, regnique nostri 32.

Carolus R.

Translation.

Charles the Second, by the grace of God king of Great Britain, France,
and Ireland, Defender of the Faith, etc., to all and singular to whom the present
letters shall come, greeting. Whereas a certain treaty of closer defense, union,
and alliance was entered into and concluded between us and the Most Serene
and Most Potent prince and lord, Charles the Second, Catholic King of Spain,
on the tenth day of the month of June last past, whose tenor follows :

Whereas the Most Serene and Most Potent prince, the King of Great
Britain, has given proof to all Europe of the great zeal and good-will with
which, while discharging the office of mediator in the Congress of Nymwegen,
he labored to restore peace to the Christian world, which by God's grace has
been happily accomplished ; and whereas it was always his Majesty's purpose
to provide with equal zeal for the preservation of the public tranquillity, to
which nothing can be more conducive than the entering into close defensive
leagues with all those princes and states whom it concerns that the general
peace, which has been restored, may be preserved, and more especially with
the Most Serene and Most Potent prince, the Catholic King of Spain, be-
tween whom and his Majesty there has been a constant friendship, which his
Majesty also, as occasion shall offer, desires to increase daily ; and whereas
the Catholic King has likewise declared that he has nothing more at heart
than to adopt the ways and means conducive to so just and praiseworthy a

272 Doc. 74. Great Britain — Spain

purpose, and the two Most Serene kings, carefully considering the defensive
treaties, namely, that of August 20/30, 1673, entered into between the King
of Spain and the lords the States General of the United Provinces of the
Netherlands, and that of March 3, 1678, concluded between the King of
Great Britain and the aforesaid States General of the United Provinces of
the Netherlands, as solid foundations for preserving the general peace, and
mutually defending their dominions, the Most Serene kings have deemed
it desirable to enter mutually into such a treaty of defense and union, chiefly
with this aim, that an alliance of such great moment may render peace more
secure for Europe ; to which end the King of Great Britain has named and
appointed as his commissioners and plenipotentiaries, Robert, earl of Sunder-
land, one of the chief secretaries of state, Laurence Hyde, esquire, first
commissioner of his treasury, Leoline Jenkins, knight, the other of the chief
secretaries of state, and Sidney Godolphin, knight, all members of his secret
and privy council ; and the King of Spain has likewise named as his com-
missioner and plenipotentiary Don Pedro Ronquillo, his ambassador in the
British court, who. being provided with sufficient powers for this purpose,
have agreed upon the following articles :

1. There shall be a perpetual peace between the King of Great Britain on
the one part, and the Catholic King of Spain on the other part, as also between
their successors and the kingdoms, dominions, and lands belonging to either,
and their subjects on both sides ; and there shall be a sincere, firm, and per-
petual amity and good correspondence, both on sea and land, in all places,
both within and without Europe.

2. There shall be, moreover, a closer league of defense and union between
the aforesaid Most Serene kings and their successors, and the kingdoms,
dominions, and lands belonging to them, for mutually defending and maintain-
ing one another in the possession of all the dominions, cities, places, and
regions belonging to them, and also in the enjoyment of all their rights, im-
munities, and liberties of navigation, commerce, and any others of whatsoever
kind, both on sea and land, which they already enjoy, or by common right
ought to enjoy, and which they already possess or shall possess in future,
by virtue of any treaties of peace, friendship, amity, or neutrality, formerly
entered into (and of all their rights comprehended in the treaty of Nymwegen,
recently entered into) or to be entered into hereafter, jointly and with com-
mon consent, with other kings, republics, princes, and states ; but all this
only within the limits of Europe.

7. And although the binding force of this treaty, as has been declared at
the end of the second article, is confined within the bounds of Europe, never-
theless it is to be so understood that if it should happen that the Most Serene
King of Great Britain or the Most Serene King of Spain should be hereafter
invaded, or in any way whatsoever disturbed in the possession or enjoyment
of his dominions, places, regions, cities, rights, liberties, and immunities of
navigation, commerce, or any others whatsoever, of whatsoever kind, whether
on sea or land, which they already enjoy and possess or ought to enjoy and
possess, even outside of Europe, and in whatsoever part of the world, by
common right, or in accordance with treaties already entered into, or to be
entered into hereafter in the manner aforesaid, the Most Serene kings, upon
each other's request and requirement, shall make every effort to cause such
hostility or molestation to cease, and to cause the damages and injuries done to
either of the allies to be made good. But if this cannot be accomplished by
peaceful means within four months, and if the ally who shall be thus attacked

Windsor, 1680 273

or troubled outside Europe, in whatever part of the world, shall be forced to
use his arms against the disturber or aggressor within Europe, in order that he
may be brought to accept a just peace, then the ally who shall not have been
attacked or disturbed shall be bound to furnish the aforesaid aid to the other,
who has been attacked or disturbed, and later, in alliance with him, to make
open war against the disturber or aggressor, in just the same manner as if the
invasion or molestation had happened within the limits of Europe.

11. And whereas it is the chief purpose of this present treaty that the public
quiet and peace restored to Christendom shall continue unbroken and inviolate,
the Most Serene Emperor of the Romans shall be desired, and also other kings,
princes, and states, to enter into such counsels and measures with both parties
as shall be most effectual to so salutary an end ; and both parties shall use
every endeavor to maintain and preserve in full vigor the treaties lately con-
cluded at Nymwegen, by which peace has been restored to Christendom.

12. The treaty of peace and friendship concluded between the Most Serene
kings at Madrid, in the year 1667, and also the other treaty for establishing
peace, etc., in America between the realms of Great Britain and Spain, made
also at Madrid in the year 1670, and all other treaties and conventions made
between the Most Serene kings, shall be observed sincerely in all their articles,
and both the Most Serene kings and their subjects respectively shall enjoy
freely and effectively the benefit of what is agreed in them, in respect to both
public and private affairs.

13. This treaty shall continue in force until the 2o/30th of August in the
year of our Lord 1693, and before the termination of that time the said Most
Serene kings shall agree as to the further continuance of the same for the
common good ; and this treaty shall be ratified, by both parties respectively,
within two months after the signing thereof.

Done at Windsor Castle, on the tenth day of June in the year of our Lord
1680.

Sunderland.

L. Hyde.

L. Jenkins.

S. Godolphin.

Don Pedro Ronquillo.

We, having seen and carefully considered the said treaty, have accepted,
approved, and ratified the same with all and singular its articles and clauses,
as by these presents we do accept, approve, and ratify it for ourselves, our
heirs and successors, engaging and promising on our royal word that we
will sacredly and inviolably observe and fulfill the aforesaid treaty and every-
thing contained therein, nor will we suffer them to be violated by anyone. For
the greater confirmation and evidence whereof, we have caused these presents,
subscribed by our royal hand, to be secured by our great seal of England.
These are given in our royal castle of Windsor, August 2, in the year of our
Lord 1680, and of our reign the thirty-second.

Charles, King.

Separate Article.

Charles the Second, by the grace of God king of Great Britain, France, and
Ireland, Defender of the Faith, etc., to all and singular those to whom the

274 Doc. 74. Great Britain — Spain

present letters shall come, greeting. Whereas a certain separate article of the
treaty of closer defense, union, and alliance just made, on the tenth day of
June, between us and the Most Serene and Most Potent prince and lord Charles
the Second, Catholic king of Spain, has been concluded, whereof the tenor is
as follows :

It is agreed by this present separate article, that in case the lords States
General of the United Provinces of the Netherlands shall think fit to augment
with any fleet or sea forces the succors mentioned in the fourth and seventh
articles of the treaty between the King of Spain and themselves, concluded on
the thirtieth of August in the year 1673, that the Most Serene King of Great
Britain promises that he also will assist the Most Serene King of Spain with
the like number of ships of war, over and above the forces mutually stipulated
by the fourth and seventh articles of the present treaty. Done in the royal
castle of Windsor, on the tenth day of June in the year of our Lord 1680.

Sunderland.

L. Hyde.

L. Jenkins.

S. Godolphin.

Don Pedro Ronquillo.

We, having seen and considered the said separate article, have accepted, ap-
proved, and ratified the same, and by these presents do, for ourselves, our heirs
and successors, accept, approve, and ratify it, promising on our royal word that
we will observe and fulfill the said separate article sacredly and inviolably, and
will not suffer any to violate it. For greater security and testimony whereof
we have caused these presents, signed by our royal hand, to be confirmed with
our great seal of England. Given in our royal castle of Windsor, on the
second day of August, in the year of our Lord 1680, and of our reign the
thirty-second.

Charles, King.

75.

Treaty between France and Brandenburg, concluded at Coin on
the Spree, January i/ii, 1681. Ratification by France,
February 1, 1681. [Ratification by Brandenburg, February
14, 1 68 1. y

Introduction.

In the summer following the conclusion of the secret treaty of October 25,
1679, between Brandenburg and France,2 commissioners of both powers began
negotiations for a firmer and closer alliance. Louis XIV. was represented by
Rebenac, his ambassador at Berlin, Frederick William by von Meinders and
Friedrich von Jena.

Louis XIV. was glad to form this alliance in order to assure himself of a
powerful friend within the Empire — a friend who would further his election
to the imperial crown, as the elector had already promised — and who would
not oppose his policy of " reuniting " to France various places, mostly in the
Rhine regions, which were subject to the Empire, Spain, or Sweden.

To Frederick William, who was on cordial terms with scarcely any nation
but Denmark, the alliance was indispensable, as security against such potential
enemies as Sweden, the Empire, Spain, and the United Netherlands. He
doubtless hoped that the alliance would enable him to separate France from
Sweden, and thus lead eventually to his acquisition of the coveted Pomeranian
coast.8 It might help him, moreover, to obtain the arrears of the subsidies
promised by Spain, and to carry out projects of commercial and colonial ex-
pansion that were certain to be obnoxious to both Spain and the United
Netherlands.

It is the last aspect of the proposed alliance that alone concerns us here.

In order to wrest from Spain the 1,800,000 thalers promised the elector by
the treaty of July 1, 1674, but apparently unrecoverable by peaceful means,
Frederick William determined to make reprisals against Spanish ships and
goods.4 For this purpose he despatched six warships to cruise on the Flemish
coasts and Spanish seas, or, failing to make prizes there, to sail to the West
Indies.5 After capturing, near Ostend, on September 18, 1680, a Spanish
vessel, the Carolus Secundus® five 7 ships of the squadron proceeded to the
West Indies. During their four months' cruise in the Caribbean Sea,8 they en-

1 The dates of the ratification are given in Pages, Le Grand Slecteur et Louis XIV.,

P- 455-

2 See above, pp. 263-264.

3 Cf. above, p. 262.

4 Schiick, Brandenburg -Preussens Kolonial-Politik, I. H2ff.

5 Urkunden und Actenstucke, XIX. 393, and note 4.

6 Schiick, op. cit., I. 114. The name of the Carolus II. was changed to Der Markgraf
von Brandenburg. Ibid., p. 118.

7 Sir Henry Morgan reported that four Brandenburg frigates came to Jamaica.
Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1681-1685 (1898), p. 5, no. 13, Jan. 27, 1681 ; but D'Estrees states that
he met five vessels. See p. 276 and note 9.

8 Schiick, op. cit., I. 114.

275

276 Doc. 75. France — -Brandenburg

countered the French fleet, which, under D'Estrees, was also on the track of the
Spaniards.0 They captured only a few small prizes, some of which they sold
at Jamaica, where " they urged the Duke's [sic] alliance with England for
permission to sell their prizes " ; and assured Deputy Governor Morgan that
" the King of Denmark would very speedily send a larger force on the same
errand as themselves, to gain that satisfaction from the Spaniards which is
denied in Europe ".10

To facilitate such sea-expeditions as this, the elector urged Louis XIV. to
order his ships' commanders and others to give all favor and secure retreat to
Brandenburg ships in French harbors, both in Europe and the West Indies.11
The king, who had already promised to support the elector's just pretensions
against Spain,12 readily granted the request in respect to his European ports,13
but demurred with respect to those in the West Indies. The French secretary
of state, Colbert de Croissy, argued that in America " everyone lived and
acted only for himself, allowed no entrance to their harbors to others, not
even to those with whom they are in close friendship in Europe. If this privi-
lege were granted to the elector, it was to be feared that other friends and allies
of France would also claim it ". The king hoped the elector would not press
them further in regard to this matter.14 Yet within a fortnight the king
changed his mind — probably because of the seizure of the Carolus Secundus,
seemingly a presage of war — and sent orders, dated September 26, 1680,
to De Blenac, governor general of the French West Indies, to grant Branden-
burg ships the privileges asked for in West Indian harbors.15

The United Provinces and England, allies of Spain,16 resented the capture of
the Carolus Secundus, and demanded its restoration. Another cause of strained
relations between the Dutch and Brandenburg governments was the creation
of the Brandenburg-African Company,17 which in September, 1680, sent out
two ships to Guinea.18

These disputes between Brandenburg and the United Netherlands and Spain
played into the hands of Louis XIV. by strengthening Frederick William's
desire for the French alliance. The elector's intention of promptly despatch-
ing a second flotilla to cruise against the Spaniards from Ostend to Madeira
and in the West Indies made him eager to conclude the treaty with all pos-
sible speed.19 On November 2, his ministers gave Rebenac a draft of general
articles for the treaty.20 Ten days later, he expressed his willingness to con-

9 Memoires du Marquis de Villette (ed. M. Monmerque for the Soc. de l'Histoire de
France), torn. LIII. (1844), pp. 244, 245.

10 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1681-1685, p. 5. England was indignant because the governor offered
the Brandenburgers a market. Pufendorf, De Rebus Gestis Friderici Wilhelmi Magni
Elect oris Brandenburgici, sect. 11.

11 Urkunden und Actenstiicke, XIX. 393, and note 4.

12 Ibid., Bd. XX., Th. I., pp. 464, 465.
is Ibid., p. 474, XIX. 395.

14 Ibid., p. 395-

15 Ibid., p. 397. n. 1.

16 See above, Docs. 68 and 74.

17 For further references to this company, see Doc. 76, introduction and text.

18 Schiick, op. cit., I. 142.

19 Urkunden und Actenstiicke, Bd. XX., Th. I., p. 512; Schiick, op. cit., I. 114.

20 Urkunden und Actenstiicke, Bd. XX., Th. I., pp. 505-507.

Coin on the Spree, 1681 277

elude, even without the subsidies he had asked for.21 By November 16 the
Brandenburg pro jet was completed.22 The French counterproject intro-
duced few changes.23

Meanwhile, the offers of the English and Dutch governments to mediate
the disputes between Brandenburg and Spain, and the Emperor's counsel of
peace, caused the elector to abandon the proposed expedition.24 But, in a
memorial dated December 18, Raule opposed this policy; and, since Spain
was quite unable to pay the subsidies, Frederick William again took up his
plans for privateering in the West Indies.25

On January 8, Rebenac reported to his master that the elector's ships,
equipped for a year, had orders to sail to Havana, Vera Cruz, Cartagena, and
Mexico.26 Three days later, the treaty, together with nine separate articles,
was signed.

The treaty confirmed the preceding treaties, and bound the elector to aid
the King of France in maintaining all the " advantages " due him by virtue of
the treaty of Nymwegen, i. e., the " reunions ". The allies engaged to assist
each other in case either were disturbed in his territories, commerce, rights,
etc. If asked for aid, the King of France was to send the elector, within two
months, 4000 horse, 8000 foot, and 1200 dragoons ; in like circumstances, the
elector was to send half as many troops to the king. Should the forces sent
not suffice, the numbers were to be increased. Money, munitions, food, ships, or
other forms of aid might be substituted for troops. The assisting ally need
not break with the enemy ; if he did, peace must be made by common agree-
ment. The alliance should last for ten years. The twentieth article, printed
below, provided that, if Spain should attack the elector on account of his re-
prisals, the King of France was to assist him in the manner stipulated in the
preceding articles and would give the elector's vessels, troops, and subjects
free entry into French ports and an assured retreat into French territory.
" Ports " undoubtedly included those in the West Indies, since the French
king, as stated above, had already opened them to Brandenburgers.

The separate articles confirmed the secret treaty of October 25, 1679 ; bound
the allies to draw as many as possible of the neighboring states into the league ;
stipulated the maintenance of good intelligence with the King of Denmark,
who, if it was deemed advisable, should be invited to enter into a common
alliance with the king and the elector; provided that Louis XIV. should aid
the elector if he were attacked on account of the marriage of his younger son
with the Polish heiress, the Princess Radziwill ; and included a promise on the
part of the King of France to pay the elector 100,000 crowns annually.

For the purpose of this book, the interest of this treaty lies in two facts :
first, that it marks a stage towards the eventual participation of Brandenburg

21 Ibid., XIX. 402.

22 Ibid., Bd. XX., Th. I., p. 510.

23 Ibid., p. 516.

24 S. von Pufendorf, loc. cit.; Urkunden und Actcnstiicke, XXI. 336.

25 Schiick, op. cit., I. 114.

26 Urkunden und Actenstiicke, Bd. XX., Th. I., p. 522.

278 Doc. 75. France — Brandenburg

in trade, and in territorial rights on land later acquired by the United States,
in the West Indies ; and, second, that it provides that a European ruler shall
be aided by an ally, powerful in both Europe and America, to recover sums
due him from Spain, by reprisals on Spanish ships and goods in the West
Indies.

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the French ratification is in the
Geheimes Staatsarchiv at Berlin.

Text: Printed. G. Pages, Le Grand Electeur et Louis XIV. (1905), app.
IV., pp. 623-633 ; Th. v. Moerner, Kurbrandenburgs Staatsvertr'dge von
1601 bis 1700 (1867), pp. 708-715.

References: Contemporary and early writings. Urkunden und Acten-
stiicke zur Geschichte des Kurfiirsten Friedrich Wilhelm von Branden-
burg (1864, etc.), Bd. XIX. (ed. F. Hirsch), pp. 389-405, passim, Bd.
XX. (ed. F. Fehling), Th. I., pp. 395-540, passim, cf. also Bd. III. (ed.
H. Peter), pp. 585-600, Bd. XIV. (ed. A. F. Pribram), pp. 916-987,
passim, Bd. XXI. (ed. F. Hirsch), pp. 11-34, passim; L. van den Bos
[L. Sylvius], Vervolgh van Saken van Staat en Oorlogh, 16/9-1686, het
Tweede Stuck van het Vervolgh op de Historie van de Heer Lieuwe van
Aitzema (1688), pp. 62-65 ; S. von Pufendorf, De Rebus Gestis Friderici
Wilhelmi Magni Electoris Brandenburgici C ommentariorum Libri Nov-
endecim (1733), lib. XVIII. , sect. 11 ; H. Prutz, Aus des Grossen Kur-
fiirsten letzten Jahren (1897), pp. 347-350.

References: Later writings. G. Pages, op. cit., pp. 441-461; R. Schiick,
B r and enburg-P reus sens Kolonial-Politik (1889), I. 112 ff., 134 ff. ; P.
Boissonnade, Histoire des Premiers Essais de Relations Hconomiques
Directes entre la France et 1'S.tat Prussien (1912), pp. 288-292 ; A. Wad-
dington, Le Grand Electeur Frederic Guillaume de Brandebourg (1905-
1908), II. 450-473; F. Fehling, Frankreich und Brandenburg in den
Jahren i6yp bis 1684 (1906), pp. 47-85; J. G. Droysen, Geschichte der
Preussischen Politik, Bd. III., Th. III. (1865), pp. 714-721; H. Prutz,
op. cit., pp. 224-238.

Text.

27

Louis, par la grace de Dieu roy de France et de Navarre, a tous ceux qui
ces presentes lettres verront, salut. Comme le Sieur Comte de Rebenac Feu-
quiere nostre lieutenant general en Navarre et Beam et nostre envoye extra-
ordinaire en Allemagne en vertu du plein pouvoir que nous luy en avions donne
auroit conclu, arreste, et signe a Cologne sur la Spree le 11 st. n./pr. st. v. jour
de Janvier dernier avec les Sieurs Jena et Meinders, ministres et conseillers
d'estat et prive de nostre tres cher et tres ame f rere l'Electeur de Brandebourg,
pareillement munis de plein pouvoir, le traitte dont la teneur s'ensuit :

Quoy que par les traitez qui ont este faits entre le roy Tres Chrestien et
l'Electeur de Brandebourg il ayt este convenu non seulement de tout ce qui
peut establir une bonne et parfaite amitie entre sa Majeste et son Altesse
Electoralle mais aussy des moyens d'affermir le repos de l'Europe par le moyen
des traitez qui en sont le fondement, neantmoins comme ceux qui croyent

27 The text is taken from the original manuscript of the ratification, preserved in the
Geheimes Staatsarchiv at Berlin.

Coin on the Spree, 1681 279

pouvoir trouver leur avantage dans le renouvellement d'une guerre en Alle-
magne se servent de divers pretextes, et mesme de celuy de maintenir l'interest
de l'Empire, pour porter quelques uns des princes et estats qui le composent a
prendre des resolutions d'autant plus opposees a la tranquility dont ils jouis-
sent qu'elles tendent a rompre la bonne correspondance que sa Majeste desire
conserver avec l'Empire, et que son Altesse Electorate juge aussy tres necessaire
pour le bien de toute l'Allemagne, sadite Majeste, meue du desir de rendre
durable la paix a laquelle elle a bien voulu sacrifier tant de conquestes, et
bien informee des bonnes intentions dudit electeur, auroit donne pouvoir
au Sieur Comte de Rebenac Feuquiere, son lieutenant general en Navarre et
Beam et son envoye extraordinaire vers ledit electeur de Brandebourg, de
traiter et conclurre une plus estroite alliance avec son Altesse Electorale
pour prevenir et s'opposer a tous les mauvais dessins de ceux qui voudroient
troubler le repos de l'Empire, et sadite Altesse ayant aussy donne pouvoir et
commission au Sieur Jena, ministre et conseiller d'estat et prive, et au Sieur
Meinders, ministre et conseiller d'estat et prive, lesdits sieurs envoye et com-
missaires apres s'estre respectivement communique leurs pouvoirs dont la
coppie sera cy apres transcrite, sont convenus des articles suivans.

20. Son Altesse Electorale de Brandebourg ayant este obligee d'envoyer
quelques fregates en mer pour tirer satisfaction du roy et de la couronne
d Espagne sur le payement des subsides retardez et autres pretentions legi-
times et incontestables de l'aveu mesme du Roy d'Espagne, et cesdits fregates
s'estant emparees depuis peu d'un vaisseau de guerre Espagnol a la rade
d'Ostende et pouvant arriver qu'elles se rendroient maistresses de quelques
autres encore ou qu'on fit de pareilles executions a l'avenir, soit par terre
soit par mer, on est convenu que si les Espagnols prenoient une exe-
cution si legitime pour un acte d'hostilite et une rupture, malgre la declaration
formelle que son Altesse Electoralle a fait de n'entendre point par la, troubler
la paix ny interrompre la bonne intelligence qu'elle conserve avec le Roy
Catholique, et que sous ce pretexte ledit Roy Catholique ou quelqu'autre sans
exception entroit en rupture et exerceoit des hostilitez contre son Altesse
Electorale, ses estats, sujets, appartenances, et dependances, pour lors sa
Majeste Tres Chrestienne convient d'estre obligee en vertu du present traitte
de secourir et assister sadite Altesse Electorale de la maniere dont il a este plus
amplement explique cy dessus, et donner a. ses vaisseaux, troupes, soldats,
matelots, et sujets, une entree libre dans ses portes et une retraite asseuree dans
ses propres estats. Fait a Cologne sur la Spree ce 1 1 st. n./pr. st. v. de Janvier
1681. Signe Rebenac Feuquiere, de Jena, et Meinders, avec le cachet de
leurs armes.

Nous, ayant agreable le susdit traitte en tous et en chacun les articles qui y
sont contenus, avons iceux accepte, approuve, ratiffie, et confirme et par ces
presentes signees de nostre main acceptons, approuvons, ratiffions, et con-
firmons, promettant en foy et parolle de roy de l'accomplir, observer, et faire
observer sincerement et de bonne foy en tous les points contenus en icelui,
sans aller ny souffrir quil soit alle directement ou indirectement au contraire
pour quelque cause et occasion que ce puisse estre. En tesmoin de quoy nous
avons signe ces presents et a icelles fait apposer nostre seel secret. Donne a
St. Germain en Lave le premier jour de Fevrier l'an de grace mil six cens
quatre vingt un et de nostre regne le trent huictiesme.

Louis.
Par le Roy.

Colbert.

76.

Treaty of alliance between France and Brandenburg, concluded
at Coin on the Spree, January 12/22, 1682. Ratification by
Brandenburg, February 20, 1682.1 [Ratification by France,
February 12, 1682.]

Introduction.

Soon after the conclusion of the peace treaties of Nvmwegen and St.
Germain-en-Laye,2 Charles XI. of Sweden became alienated from France,
especially on account of Louis XIV.'s policy of territorial " reunions ",3 which
touched Charles personally, and threatened to stir up another European war.
At the same time, Sweden was drawn towards the maritime powers — Great
Britain and the United Netherlands — by a common desire for peace.4 On
September 30/October 10, 1681, Sweden and the United Netherlands con-
cluded a defensive alliance guaranteeing the peace of Westphalia and Nym-
wegen, and known as the Treaty of Association.5

This reversal of Sweden's foreign policy, her adhesion to the enemies of
France, was a severe blow to Louis XIV. ; and it did, indeed, contain the seed
of the great coalition against him. The Elector of Brandenburg, on the other
hand, rejoiced at the news of the Association.6 Sweden's separation from
France gave him hope of recovering Pomerania,7 and smoothed the way for
such alliances with Denmark and France as would favor his plans for de-
veloping trade with Africa and the West Indies.

Proposals for opening up trade between Brandenburg and the west coast
of Africa were put forward in 1676 and again in 1679, by the Dutchman,
Benjamin Raule, founder, and from 1681 director general of the Brandenburg
navy.8 Approved by the Great Elector, the proposals resulted in the despatch
of two frigates to Guinea, in September, 1680 ; 9 in the conclusion of a treaty
with the natives at Cape Three Points eight months later ; 10 and in the for-
mation of a Brandenburg-African Company in 1682.11

The elector's attempt to share in the African commerce was obnoxious to
the Dutch West India Company and to the States General. They especially

1 Th. v. Moerner, Kurbrandenburgs Staatsvertr'dge von 1601 bis 1700 (1867), p. 426.

2 See above, pp. 261-264.

3 See above, p. 275.

4 F. F. Carlson, Geschichte Schwcdens, V. 167 ff., in A. H. L. Heeren and F. A. Ukert,
Geschichte der Europdischen Staaten (1829, etc.).

5 J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, torn. VII., pt. II., pp. 15, 16.

6 Urkundcn und Actenstiicke, Bd. XX., Th. I., pp. 586, 599.

7 See above, p. 262.

8 R. Schiick, Brandenburg-Preussens Kolonial-Politik, I. 137-139.

9 On this expedition, see Schiick, op. cit., I. 142 ff. The ships carried the Brandenburg
flag and soldiers, but sailed at the cost and risk of Raule.

10 Ibid., II. 100-102, 117.

11 Ibid., I. 158 ff., II. 136-142.

280

Coin on the Spree, 1682 281

resented the fact that a Dutchman played so large a part in the inception and
execution of the Brandenburg enterprise.12 On October 8, 1680, the States
General issued placaats recalling their subjects already in foreign service, and
prohibiting them — as had been done before — 13 from serving foreign rulers
within the regions assigned by charter to the East and West India companies.14
The attitude of the States General angered the elector.15 He pointed out that
other nations traded on the African coast within the charter of the West
India Company; and that the writings of the most learned Dutchmen de-
fended freedom of navigation and trade in the open sea, and with the natives
on those parts of the coast not actually occupied by subjects of the United
Netherlands.16 Even in places thus occupied he expected them not to refuse
officio, humanitatis et utilitatis, such as drawing water, etc., mentioned in
the Dutch-Brandenburg treaty of 1678.17

Despite such arguments, the Dutch did their best to nip the African ex-
peditions in the bud. In Guinea they confiscated the Wappen van Branden-
burg, one of the two first frigates sent out, and drove the other from the
coast. In the United Provinces the West India Company also tried to prevent
the departure of a third ship, fitted out at Flushing for Raule and his as-
sociates.18 The alarm of the company was not without justification. In
August, 1 68 1, Raule laid before the elector a plan for securing rights in the
Danish island of St. Thomas in the West Indies, as a base for slave-trading
operations that would " totally ruin " the Dutch West India Company.19

Confronted by the Treaty of Association, Louis XIV. early in December,
1 68 1, made overtures to the elector for a new alliance.20 Frederick William
was pleased by these advances ; found the terms for the most part acceptable—
save for the insufficiency of the subsidies — and appointed Meinders and Jena
to treat with Rebenac, the French ambassador at Berlin.21 Shortly before the
beginning of the negotiations, the elector learned of the seizure of the Wappen
van Brandenburg by the Dutch.22 He wished France to guarantee him, in
some sort, against such attacks.23 Although Rebenac had no instructions on
the matter, he agreed to this, believing that he might do so safely, since the
project of the Brandenburg-African Company, he said, was likely to fail of
itself.24

12 Ibid., I. 140-146, passim; Pages, Le Grand Electeur et Louis XIV., p. 462, n. 2.

13 Cf. the attitude of the Dutch with regard to the Danish East India Company. Vol. I.
of this series, Doc. 30, p. 275.

14 Urkunden und Actenstiicke, III. 589. The West India Company claimed exclusive
rights of trade on the Guinea coast from Assim to the east of Accra as far as to Rio
Sinea, excepting only the places occupied by the English and Danish companies. Ibid.,
p. 624.

13 Ibid., pp. 590, 592, 594, 596 ff.
18 Ibid., XXI. 30, 31.

17 Doc. 71.

18 Schiick, op. cit., I. 143, 144, 146, 147-

19 Ibid., p. 148, and see Doc. 73.

20 Urkunden und Actenstiicke, Bd. XIX., pp. 421 ff., Bd. XX., Th. I., pp. 605 ff.

21 Ibid., pp. 611 ff.

22 Ibid., III. 629.

23 Ibid., Bd. XX., Th. I., pp. 608, 609.

24 Ibid., p. 619.

19

282 Doc. j6. France — Brandenburg

On January 12/22, 1682, the treaty was signed. It confirmed the alliance
of January 1/11, 1681 ; 25 provided that the King of France take measures
with other powers to counteract the evil consequences of the Treaty of Associ-
ation ; declared that the king would limit his pretensions in the Empire to
Strasbourg and the lands he possessed on the day of the departure of his am-
bassadors to the Frankfort Conference; renewed, on this basis, the king's
and elector's mutual guaranty of each other's estates, but with more troops than
were stipulated in 1681 ; provided for the payment of larger subsidies to the
elector than were granted by the earlier treaty ; and affirmed that, if the elector
were attacked by any power, by land or sea, on account of attempted re-
prisals, the king would aid him in the manner that was provided for in 1681
in the event of an attack by Spain on the same grounds. The alliance was to
last for ten years.

The ninth article of the treaty particularly concerns us. Hereby, the King
of France agreed to accord entry and free and assured retreat to the vessels of
the elector in all his ports and havens both in Europe and elsewhere. The
treaty of 1681 had included the same provision, but in less explicit terms. The
king also promised " all sorts of favors, protection, and assistance " to the
Brandenburg-African Company, in case it or its vessels should be attacked
or insulted unjustly, and contrary to the law of nations.

Bibliography.

Text : ,MS. Originals of this treaty are preserved in the Archives des Affaires
fitrangeres in Paris, and in the Geheimes Staatsarchiv in Berlin.

Text: Printed. G. Pages, Le Grand Electeur ct Louis XIV. (1905), app.
IV., pp. 633-637 ; Th. v. Moerner, Kurbrandenburgs Staatsvertrdge von
1601 bis 1700 (1867), pp. 715-718; art. 9, in R. Schiick, Brandenburg-
Preussens Kolonial-P olitik (1889), II. 122, 123.

References : Contemporary and early writings. Urkunden und Actcn-
stucke zur Geschichte des Kurfiirsten Friedrich Wilhelm von Branden-
burg (1864, etc.), Bd. III. (ed. H. Peter), pp. 585-645, passim, Bd. XIX.
(ed. F. Hirsch), pp. 421-428. Bd. XX. (ed. F. Fehling), Th. I., pp. 586-
619, passim, p. 624, Bd. XXI. (ed. F. Hirsch), pp. 30-47, passim.

References: Later writings. R. Schiick, op. cit., I. 134 ff. ; P. Boissonnade,
Histoire des Premiers Essais de Relations Economiques Directes entre
la France et I'Etat Prussien (1912), pp. 263, 264, 290-294; G. Pages.
op. cit., pp. 462-476 ; F. Fehling, Frankreich und Brandenburg in den
Jahrcn 1679 bis 1684 (1906), pp. 134-163; A. Waddington, Le Grand
Electeur (1905-1908), II. 475-485, passim; H. Prutz, Aus des Grossen
Kurfiirsten letzten Jahren (1897), pp. 238 ff. ; Brandenburg-Preussen
auf dcr Westkiiste von Afrika, 1681 bis 1721, in Kricgsgcschichtlichc
Einzclschriften (ed. Grosser Generalstab), Heft VI. (1885), pp. 101 ff.

Text.26

Nous Frederic Guillaume, par la grace de Dieu marggrave de Brandebourg,
archichambellan et prince electeur du Sainct Empire, due de Prusse, Magde-

25 Doc. 75.

26 The text is from the ratification, by Brandenburg, preserved in the archives of the
Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris.

Coin on the Spree, 1682 283

bourg, Juliers, Cleves, Bergues, Stetin, Pomeranie, des Cassubes, Wandales,
et en Silesie de Crosne et de Carnovie, bourggrave de Nuremberg, prince de
Halberstat, Minden, et Camin, comte de la Marcke et de Ravensberg, seigneur
de Ravestein, Lauembourg, et Butaw, a touts ceux, qui ces presentes lettres
verront, faisons sgavoir, qu'ayant veu et examine le traitte fait et passe, en
nostre nom et soubs nostre ratification, entre sa Majeste Tres Chrestienne le
roy de France et nous a Cologne sur la Spree le 22 st. n./i2 st. v. jour de
Janvier dernier par le Sr. Comte de Rebenac Feuquiere, lieutenant general en
Navarre et Bearne et envoye extraordinaire en Allemagne de sadite Majeste,
d'une part, et par nos ministres et conseillers d'estat et prive le Sr. de Jena et
le Sr. Meinders d'autre part, duquel traitte la teneur s'ensuit :

Comme depuis le traitte d'alliance defensive entre le Roy Tres Chrestien
et l'Electeur de Brandebourg conclu et signe a Cologne sur la Spree le 11/1
Janvier 1681, il est survenu des changements considerables dans la situation des
affaires publiques, et que quelques puissances, sous le pretexte specieux de
former une Association pour conserver les traittes de Westphalie et Nimegue,
exposent le repos de l'Empire et peuvent le rejetter dans les mesmes troubles
dont il a ete presque accable dans ces derniers mouvemens; sa Majeste Tres
Chrestienne, qui n'a rien plus a coeur que de conserver une paix a laquelle elle
a bien voulu sacrifier tant de conquestes, ayant reconnu avec une joye ex-
treme que les sentiments de son Altesse Electorale de Brandebourg estoient
conformes aux siens, a desire de convenir avec ce prince des mesures les plus
solides et les plus certaines pour l'execution d'un dessein si juste et si neces-
saire: C'est a cet effet que sa Majeste a envoye un nouveau pouvoir au Sr.
Comte de Rebenac Feuquiere, son lieutenant general en Navarre et Beam,
et son envoye extraordinaire vers son Altesse Electorale de Brandebourg,
qui en a donne pareillement pouvoir et commission aux Sieurs de Jena et
Meinders, touts deux ses ministres et conseillers d'estat et prives, lesquels
envoye et commissaires, s'estant respectivement communiques leurs pouvoirs,
tels qu'ils seront inseres de mot a mot dans la suite, sont enfin convenus de ce
qui suit.

1. Le traitte d'alliance deffensive entre le Roy Tres Chrestien et son Al-
tesse Electorale de Brandebourg, conclu et signe a Cologne sur la Spree le
11/1 Janvier 1681, sera confirme de nouveau dans touts ses points sans ex-
ception ny reserve, et servira de fondement a cette nouvelle alliance, sadite
Majeste et sadite Altesse Electorale desirants seulement d'expliquer plus
nettement quelques uns de ses points, et y a j outer selon la necessite des con-
jonctures presentes.

2. Sa Majeste voulant prevenir les mauvaises suites du traitte de ligue ou
d'association propose par quelques puissances, a resolu de convenir avec les
princes les mieux intentionnes pour la paix des mesures certaines et solides,
non pas seulement pour la conserver mais aussy pour faire supporter a ceux
qui voudront la troubler les pertes et les dommages de leurs infractions.

3. C'est dans cette veue, que sadite Majeste, desirant oster aux princes
de l'Empire les inquietudes qu'ils pourroient avoir de ses pretentions, quoy
qu'il luy soit assez facile d'en faire voir la justice, sur plusieurs pays et estats,
en vertu des traittes de Westphalie et de Nimegue, et des conferences tenues
a Nimegue entre ses ambassadeurs et ceux de l'Empereur, elle veut neantmoins
pour le bien de la paix les reduire a la ville de Strasbourg, terres et droits, dont
elle jouissoit lors de sa soumission, comme aussy a tous les pays dont sa
Majeste Tres Chrestienne se trouvoit en possession le jour que ses ambassa-

284 Doc. 76. France — Brandenburg

deurs sont partis de sa cour pour se rendre aux conferences de Francfourt, re-
nongant pour elle, ses hoirs et successeurs, a toutes sortes de pretentions sur les
terres et droits appartenantes a PEmpire, et declare n'y avoir jamais rien
a pretendre sous le nom de dependence, reunion, ou autre pretexte, tel qu'il
puisse estre, a. condition que, quelques droits ou connoissance qui se puisse
recouvrer a l'avenir de part ou d'autre, ils seront censes de nulle valeur, et
ne pourront avoir aucun effet contraire a la position des limites declarees par
sa Majeste dans le present article.

4. Sur ce fondement sa Majeste Tres Chrestienne et son Altesse Electorale
de Brandebourg entrent de nouveau dans une garantie mutuelle de tous leurs
estats, droits, possessions, jurisdictions, et enfin dans touts les engagemens
stipules par le susdit traitte d'alliance defensive, signe a Cologne sur la Spree
le 11/1 Janvier 1681, sans en excepter aucun.

8. Comme sa Majeste Tres Chrestienne a desja promis a son Altesse Elec-
torale le secours stipule dans le traitte de l'annee precedente en cas qu'elle
fust attaquee par le Roy d'Espagne, ou par quelque autre, sous pretexte
que son Altesse Electorale auroit envoye quelques fregattes en mer, pour
tirer satisfaction dudit Roy Catholique sur le pavement des subsides retardes,
et autres pretentions legitimes et incontestables, sa Majeste Tres Chrestienne,
pour donner d'autant plus de marques de la sincerite de son amitie envers
son Altesse Electorale, a bien voulu s'engager en vertu de ce present
article de vouloir luy accorder le mesme secours et la mesme assistence
exprimee dans le susdit traitte, si elle venoit a estre attaquee par qui que
ce puisse estre, soit par terre ou par mer, sous ombre qu'elle se seroit
procuree par les moyens qu'elle auroit juge les plus propres le payement
et la satisfaction de ce qui luy est justement deu, et qu'elle est en droit
de pretendre de quelques autres, sa Majeste s'engageant de plus a employer
par tout ses offices les plus efficaces pour seconder et faire reussir les vues
et les intentions que son Altesse Electorale peut avoir sur ce sujet.

9. Sa Majeste Tres Chrestienne continuera a accorder aux vaisseaux de
son Altesse Electorale l'entree et la retraitte libre et asseuree dans tous ses
ports et havres, tant en Europe qu'ailleurs, en cas qu'ils fussent obliges d'y
mouiller l'ancre, ainsi qu'elle la leur a accordee jusques a present ; Et comme
son Altesse Electorale a fait establir depuis quelque temps une certaine com-
pagnie, qui sous son octroy et sous son pavilion trafique sur les costes d'Afri-
que en Guinee et ailleurs, ou la France ny aucun autre puissance n'ont ny
forts ny colonies, sa Majeste Tres Chrestienne promet toutes sortes de faveurs,
protection, et assistance a cette compagnie en cas qu'elle ou ses vaisseaux fus-
sent attaques ou insultes in justement et contre le droit des gens, de qui que
ce soit, et sous quelque pretexte que ce put estre.

10. La presente alliance demeurera secrete, et durera dix annees consecu-
tives a commencer du jour de la ratification eschangee, avec cette condition
expresse, que, si dans le cours de ceux dix annees l'une ou l'autre des parties
se trouvoit engagee dans une guerre, ou dans un cas exprime par cette alliance,
la partie requise s'engage et promet de continuer l'assistance, fournir les se-
cours, et executer de point en point toutes les obligations du traitte sans avoir
esgard a ce que le temps de sa duree soit expire: ce qu'elle continuera jusques
a la fin de l'accommodement a l'entiere satisfaction du requerant.

11. Sa Majeste Tres Chrestienne et son Altesse Electorale de Brande-
bourg promettent et s'engagent de fournir la ratification de ce present traitte

Coin on the Spree, 1682 285

en forme deue, en six sepmaines a conter du jour de la date, ou plustost, s'il
est possible.

Fait a Cologne sur la Spree le 22 st. n./i2 st. n. jour de Janvier 1682.
Signe Rebenac Feuquiere, de Jena et Meinders avec le cachet de leurs
armes.

Nous avons aggree et ratine ledit traitte et un chacun des articles d'iceluy
comme nous l'aggreons et ratifions en vertu des presentes, signees de nostre
main, promettans en foy et parole de prince de l'accomplir et observer invio-
lablement selon sa forme et teneur, sans souffrir qu'il y soit jamais contrevenu,
directement ny indirectement, pour quelque cause ou occasion que ce puisse
estre ; En tesmoin de quoy nous avons signes les presentes de nostre main et
y fait apposer le seel de nos armes.

Donne a Cologne sur la Spree le vingtiesme jour de Fevrier l'an de grace mil
six cents quatre vingt et deux.

Frideric Guillaume, Electeur.

77.

Truce for twenty years between France and Spain, concluded at
Ratisbon, August 15, 1684, N. S. Ratification by Spain,
September 17, 1684. [Ratification by France, September 20,
1 68 4.]

Introduction.

For several years following the peace of Nymwegen,1 France treated
Spain with unbearable insolence. In the Spanish Netherlands Louis XIV.
claimed many places, especially on the ground of the treaty of Nymwegen as
interpreted by the chamber of Metz.2 His chief pretension was to the forti-
fied town of Luxembourg, which, dominating the valley of the Moselle, was
regarded as the key to Germany. To compel Spain to surrender this fortress,
the French king sent his troops into the Spanish Netherlands to live at the
expense of the country.3 On December 11, 1683, Spain declared war on
France. The war was notable for the atrocities committed by the French in
Flanders. French forces also entered Catalonia, and bombarded Genoa, which
had aided Spain.

Spain received little help from her allies. The Dutch gave some limited
support, which the Prince of Orange was unable to increase on account of the
opposition of a faction of his countrymen who were encouraged by D'Avaux,
the French ambassador at the Hague.

Charles II. of England, having promised Louis XIV. to withdraw gradu-
ally from his Spanish alliance of 1680,4 and to permit Louis to seize Luxem-
bourg, offered his services as arbitrator.5 Suspecting his treachery Spain
declined his offer.

The Emperor, deeply aggrieved by the seizure of Strasbourg, and the other
encroachments of France, was prevented from joining Spain against Louis

1 See above, pp. 261-262.

- See Rousset, Louvois, torn. I., pt. II., pp. 212 ff., and cf. above, pp. 275, 280.

3 Oeuvres de Louis XIV., IV. 264 ff.

4 See above, Doc. 74.

5 Dalrymple, Memoirs, vol. I., app. to Review, p. 370; app. to pt. I., bk. I., pp. 85, 93 ff.
There is a "projected treaty between England and France, 1682," preserved in the
British Museum, Add. MSS. 34517 f-49, among the papers of Lord Preston, who in the
spring of 1682 was sent to France as envoy extraordinary. In this projet the King of
England promises " to make a defensive alliance with the States of Holland and to ex-
clude the Most Christian King and force him to keep peace". This will give France a
pretext for war against the States. The English will then aid the French with ships and
troops, and the alliance will last until Holland submits to them. When these provisions
are accepted a treaty will be instituted " how to divide the East and West India Com-
pany, and that the two nations, English and French only, are to sail unto those parts.
Then an agreement is to be made between them, which is to comprehend all the Provinces
without and within Europe". France is to pay 6000 florins to Charles, and supply
troops to assist in freeing him from the obligation of calling Parliament.

286

Ratisbon, 1684 287

XIV. by the advance of the Turks toward Vienna, which they besieged in
July, 1683. Brandenburg's alliance with France 6 also prevented the Empire
from acting in favor of Spain. The Imperial diet was divided in its sym-
pathies.

At the Hague, D'Avaux's diplomacy had a large measure of success, and
the capture of Luxembourg by the French on June 4, 1684, persuaded the
States General of the necessity of accepting the terms proposed by France.

On June 29, 1684, the States concluded a treaty with France whereby they
agreed to bring Spain to accept a truce in all the dominions of both powers,
for twenty years, during which the French king should keep all the places
possessed by him at the Peace of Nymwegen and in August, 1681, as well as
Luxembourg, Beaumont, Bouvines, Chimay, and their dependencies. If
Spain ratified these conditions within six weeks, France would restore to her
Courtrai and Dixmude, dismantled. The diet at Ratisbon, continuing the
efforts of the Frankfort Conference7 to compose the differences between
France and the Empire with regard to the decrees of reunion, would have a
month in which to agree to the truce.8

Abandoned by the Dutch, Spain could resist no longer, but to save her
pride empowered the Emperor, who had virtually accepted the French terms,
to act on her behalf at Ratisbon. On August 15 two treaties of truce were
signed there, one between France and the Empire, and the other, of which a
few articles are printed below, between France and Spain. The first article
of the Franco-Spanish treaty provided for a truce within Europe and with-
out, and on both sides of the Line.

Although France thus agreed to a truce in America, she was far from
desiring peace there. Louis XIV. and Seignelay, fully informed by Vice-
Admiral d'Estrees of Spain's weakness in the Gulf of Mexico and on the
Main,9 wished to drive the Spaniards out of all that region. The recent
occupation by the French of a part of Santo Domingo 10 seemed likely to
help towards this end. An expedition of filibusters from the island, in 1683,
had seized and plundered Vera Cruz.11 A large design for troubling Spanish
America, laid before Louis XIV. and Seignelay by La Salle in the spring of
1684, won their approval.12 In important respects it resembled plans also being

••The Franco-Brandenburg alliance of January 12/22, 1682 (Doc. 76), was followed
by those of Apr. 30, 1683, and Oct. 25, 1683. G. Pages, Le Grand Slecteur ct Louis XIV.,
pp. 498-512, 638-644.

7 See above, p. 282.

8 The text of the treaty is in Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, torn. VII., pt. II., pp.
79-81.

9 On the expeditions of D'Estrees to the Gulf, see above, pp. 261 and 263. The vice-
admiral wrote from Petit Goave, Santo Domingo, Aug. 24, 1680 : " Ce que j'ay veu me
confirme qu'on pourroit les obliger a partager les richesses des Indes, car je ne doute
pas qu'on ne put se fortifier sur la mer du Sud. II pourroit arriver telle resolution a la
monarchic d'Espagne que ces peuples choisiroicnt la domination du Roy plustost que
celle d'aucun autre prince." Quoted by Charles de La Ronciere, Histoire de la Marine
Francaise, V. 704. Cf. also Margry, Decouvertes, III. 9.

10 See above, Doc. 72, art. 11.

11 P. F. X. de Charlevoix, Histoire de VI sic Espagnolc (1730-173O. H- U3; C. H.
Haring, Buccaneers in the West Indies in the XVII. Century (1910), p. 241.

12 Margry, Decouvertes, II. 354, 359 ff.

288 Doc. 77. France — Spain

urged by a regenade Spaniard, Peiialosa.13 La Salle proposed to establish a
colony near the mouth of the Mississippi, not only to connect the region of the
Gulf with Canada, but also to form a base for operations against Spain. In
particular, if war with Spain continued, La Salle proposed with the aid of a
small force from France, filibusters from Santo Domingo, large numbers of
Indians, and aid from the Creoles, to wrest a rich district of northern Mexico
from Spain. If peace with Spain should prevent the immediate accomplish-
ment of this design it could be carried out at the next rupture.14 If the Span-
iards should refuse to satisfy France, the enterprise might hasten them to
conclude a peace, and to give important places to Louis in Europe in exchange
for what they would have lost in America.15 Other nations would appropriate
the proposed place of settlement if France did not. By the middle of June
Louis was impatient for the speedy departure of La Salle's little fleet,16 since
delay might endanger the success of the enterprise. 17 Sailing in July, it was
forced by a mishap to return to Rochelle, whence it finally departed on Au-
gust 1, a fortnight before the conclusion of the truce of Ratisbon.

The failure of La Salle's plans is well known. When Spanish officials first
learned of them in the summer of 1685 they were greatly disturbed, and
despatched several expeditions to destroy the colony which they believed he
had planted.18

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original treaty as well as the ratification by Spain are pre-
served in the archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris.

Text: Printed. H. Vast, Les Grands Traites du Regne de Louis XIV.
(1893-1899), II. 143-148, in Collection de Textes pour servir a V Etude
et a I'Enseignement de I'Histoire ; Abreu y Bertodano, Coleccion de los
Tratados (1 751-1752), III. 84-93 ; J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-
1731), torn. VII., pt. II., pp. 83-85.

Translations: French. F. Leonard, Recueil dcs Traitez de Paix (1693),
IV. Spanish. Abreu y Bertodano, loc. cit.

References : Contemporary and early writings. P. Margry, Decouvertes
et £tablissements des Franqais dans I'Ouest et dans le Sud de I' Amcrique
Septentrionale (1879-1888), II. 292-294, 354-504, passim, III. 3-28, 44-
101, 567 ff. Translations of many of the documents relating to La Salle's
expeditions of 1684 and 1685 are in B. F. French, Historical Collections
of Louisiana, pt. I. (1846, 2d ser., 1875), and in I. J. Cox, The Journeys
of Rene Robert Cavelier, Sieur de La Salle (1905). C. Fernandez Duro,
" Don Diego de Peiialosa ", in Memorias de la Real Accidentia de la His-
toria, torn. X. (Madrid, 1882) ; The Negotiations of Count d'Avaux
(1754, 1755), vol. II. ; Negociations de M. le Comte d'Avaux en Hollande
(1752), toms. I.-III. ; Sir John Dalrymple, Memoirs of Great Britain
and Ireland (1790), I. 98-113 ; Oeuvres de Louis XIV. (1806), IV. 874-
882.

13 Cf. Miller, " Connection of Penalosa with the La Salle Expedition ", in the Quar-
terly of the Texas State Historical Association, V. 97 ff.

14 Margry, op. cit., II. 361, 365.

15 Ibid., p. 365.

16 Ibid., pp. 367-369.

17 Ibid., pp. 387, 389, 392, 394-

18 W. E. Dunn, " Spanish Search for La Salle's Colony ", Southwestern Historical
Quarterly, XIX. 323 ff. (April, 1916).

Ratisbon, 1684 289

References : Later writings. Francis Parkman, La Salle and the Discovery
of the Great West (1879), pp. 322 ff . ; J. G. Shea, The Expedition of
Don Diego Dionisio de Penalosa in 1662, as described by Father Nicholas
de Freytas, O. S. F. (New York, 1882), introduction; J. Winsor, Carticr
to Frontenac: Geographical Discovery in the Interior of North America
in its Historical Relations, 1534-1700 (1894), pp. 307-325 ; E. T. Miller,
" The Connection of Penalosa with the La Salle Expedition ", in the
Quarterly of the Texas State Historical Association, V. 97 ff. ; R. C. Clark,
" The Beginnings of Texas ", ibid., pp. 171 ff . ; H. E. Bolton, " The
Location of La Salle's Colony on the Gulf of Mexico ", in the Mississippi
Valley Historical Review, II. 165 ff. (September, 191 5) ; W. E. Dunn,
" The Spanish Search for La Salle's Colony on the Bay of Espiritu Santo,
1685-1689", in the Southwestern Historical Quarterly, XIX. 323 ff.
(April, 191 6) ; [for further bibliographical references to La Salle's last
expedition, see I. J. Cox, op. cit., II. 246 ff., and A. P. C. Griffin's " Biblio-
graphical Account ", in H. R. Stiles, Joutel's Journal of La Salle's Last
Voyage, 1684-168/ (Albany, 1906)] ; A. Levae, Essai Historique sur les
Negociations de la Treve de Vingt Ans, conclue a Ratisbonne en 1684
(Brussels, 1844) ; H. Pirenne, Histoire de Belgique (1900, etc.), V. 33-
39 ; H. Lonchay, " La Rivalite de la France et de l'Espagne aux Pays-
Bas ", in Memoires of the Academie Royale des Sciences, des Lettres,
et des Beaux- Arts de Belgique, torn. LIV. (1896), pp. 296-305; Ff.
Vast, op. cit., II. 42-46; C. Rousset, Histoire de Louvois (1862, 1863),
III. 212-268.

Text.19

Don Carlos, por la gracia de Dios rey de las Espafias, etc. Por quanto se
hallava antecedentemente el Serenissimo sehor Emperador mi tio, con poder y
amplia facultad para tratar, aceptar, y concluir en mi nombre qualesquiera
tratados de paz o tregua con el Rey Christianissimo que hallase convenir o
bien visto le fuese; y haviendole sostituydo (en virtud de las clausulas que
contenia para ello) en sus ministros residentes en el congreso de Ratisbona,
se ha stipulado y ajustado entre ellos y el del Rey Christianissimo, que assi
mismo se hallava authorizado y con plenipotencia para este fin, el tratado de
tregua por veinte afios, cuya copia, en lengua latina, es del tenor siguiente.

1. Juxta conditiones a Rege Christianissimo oblatas pro pacis restauratione,
Rex Catholicus amplectitur vicennales inducias a die subscriptionis hujus
tractatus computandas, quibus durantibus cessent utrinque, tarn terra quam
mari aliisque aquis, omnes hostilitates in omnibus regnis, regionibus, provin-
ciis, territoriis, et dominiis, in et extra Europam, tarn cis quam trans Lineam,
omniaque restituantur hinc inde in eum statum in quern pace Neomagensi fuere
constituta, exceptis tamen illis de quibus sequentibus articulis ratione posses-
sionis fuerit conventum, qua Reges Catholicus et Christianissimus, durantibus
induciis vicennalibus, reciproce gaudebunt.

5. Tenebitur etiam Regia Christianissima Majestas, post editam ex parte
Hispaniae ratihabitionem, copias suas ex dominiis Regiae Catholicae Majestatis
revocare, ubicumque locorum sita sint ; vicissim etiam Rex Catholicus ab

19 The text is taken from the ratification by Spain in the archives of the Ministry of
Foreign Affairs in Paris.

200 Doc. 77. France — Spain

omni actu hostilitatis abstinebit, etiamque ex parte sua pro restauratione tran-
quillitatis publicae et mutuae amicitiae inter stibditos utriusque Regis Catholici
et Christianissimi eadem servabit, ad quae Regia Christianissima Majestas sese
praesenti hac conventione obstringit.

10. Sacra Catholica Majestas ut et Sacra Christianissima Majestas con-
sentiunt, ut Imperator, Universum Sacrum Romanum Imperium, Rex Magnae
Britanniae, Confoederatarum Provinciarum Ordines, et deniqne omnes reges,
principes, respublicae, ac status, qui hanc obligationem in se suscipere volent,
utrimque promittant, se pro restauranda et assecuranda bona fide ac universi
orbis Christiani tranquillitate, horum pactorum guarantiam in se suscepturos.

11. Inducias hoc modo factas promittunt utrique altememorati reges in
forma debita solitaque ratihabitum, solemniaque desuper ratihabitionum in-
strumenta intra spatium sex septimanarum, vel citius si fieri poterit, a die sub-
scriptionis computandum, vel hie vel in aula Christianissimi Regis reciproce
riteque commutatum iri.

Nos infrascripti Sacrae Caesareae Majestatis nomine Catholici Regis sub-
delegati agnoscimus articulos supra expressos cum Christianissimi Galliarum
Regis domino plenipotentiario hodie fuisse conclusos, turn tamen primum
cum ipsum armistitium cum Imperatore et Imperio fuerit conclusum sub-
scribendos : et imposterum nullo modo immutandos esse, nee per Regem
Catholicum, utpote cujus ratificatio jam adest, quae etiam tamdiu subsistet,
usque dum alia si forsan necessaria videbitur, intra tempus supra determina-
tum vel hie vel ad aulam Christianissimi Regis adferatur, nee per Christianis-
simum Regem, quippe quod de ejus ratificatione intra spatium prius expressum,
vel citius si fieri poterit, a tempore subscriptions computandum, certo cer-
tius adferenda per praedictum dominum plenipotentiarium promissio fuerit
facta. Actum Ratisbonae decima Augusti, anno Domini millesimo sex-
centesimo octogesimo quarto.

Marquardus, episcopus et

princeps Eystettensis.

Amadeus, comes de Windisgratz.
Franciscus Matthias May.

Haviendose visto y examinado este tratado, he resuelto aprobarle y rati-
ficarle como en virtud de la presente le apruevo y ratifico, en la mejor y mas
amplia forma que puedo, prometiendo en fee y palabra real de cumplirle en-
teramente como en el se contiene ; para lo qual mande despachar la presente
firmada de mi mano, sellada con mi sello secreto, y refrendada de mi infras-
cripto secretario de estado. Dada en Madrid a de mil

seiscientos y ochenta y quatro.

Yo el Rey.

Crispin Botello.

Translation.

Charles, by the grace of God King of Spain, etc. Whereas before this the
Most Serene lord the Emperor my uncle had power and ample authority to
treat, accept, and conclude in my name any treaties of peace or truce with
the Most Christian King which might be found or regarded as suitable, and
having transferred that power (in virtue of clauses which it contained for

Ratisbon, 1684 291

that purpose) to his ministers resident at the Congress of Ratisbon, there
has been stipulated and concerted between them and the minister of the Most
Christian King, who in like manner had authority and full powers for that
purpose, the treaty of truce for twenty years, the text of which, in the Latin
language, is of the following tenor :

I. In conformity with the conditions offered by the Most Christian King
for the restoration of peace, the Catholic King accepts the truce of twenty
years (to be reckoned from the day of the signing of this treaty) during which
all hostilities shall cease on both sides, both by land and by sea and other
waters, in all their kingdoms, countries, provinces, territories, and dominions,
within Europe and without, both on this side of and beyond the Line, and
everything shall be restored, on both sides, to the state established by the
peace of Nymwegen, excepting what shall have been differently regulated
in the following articles in regard to the possession which the Catholic and
the Most Christian kings shall reciprocally enjoy during the twenty years'
truce

5. His Most Christian Majesty shall also be obliged, after the delivery of
the ratification by Spain, to recall his forces from the dominions of his Royal
Catholic Majesty, wherever situated. The Catholic King, on the other hand,
shall likewise abstain from every act of hostility, and shall also observe on his
side those measures for the restoration of public tranquillity and mutual amity
between the subjects of both the Catholic and the Most Christian King to
which his Royal Most Christian Majesty engages himself by the present con-
vention.

10. His Sacred Imperial Majesty, both for himself and in the name of
the Catholic King, as also his Most Christian Majesty, agree, that the Emperor,
the entire Holy Roman Empire, the King of Great Britain, the States of the
United Provinces, and finally all kings, princes, republics, and states, who
may wish to enter into this engagement, shall promise both parties to under-
take the guaranty of these treaties, for restoring and securing the good faith
and universal tranquillity of the Christian world.

II. Both the aforesaid kings promise that the truce thus made shall be
ratified in due and customary form, and that moreover formal instruments of
ratification shall be reciprocally and duly accepted, either here or at the
court of the Most Christian King, within the space of six weeks, to be reck-
oned from the day of signature, or sooner if possible.

We the undersigned, delegates of his Sacred Imperial Majesty, in the
name of the Catholic King, acknowledge the above articles to have been con-
cluded this day with the lord plenipotentiary of the Most Christian King of
France, but to be signed only when the armistice itself has been concluded
with the Emperor and the Empire ; and that they are hereafter not to be
changed in any manner, either by the Catholic King, whose ratification is
now at hand and is to hold good until another, if it shall seem necessary, is
within the above defined time brought either here or to the court of the Most
Christian King, nor to be changed by the Most Christian King, inasmuch as
the aforesaid lord plenipotentiary has made the most explicit promise for the
bringing of his ratification within the time above defined, to be reckoned from

292 Doc. 77. France — Spain

the time of signature, or sooner if possible. Done at Ratisbon on the tenth
of August in the year of our Lord one thousand six hundred and eighty-four.
Marquard,

prince-bishop of Eichstatt. Amadetjs, count Windischgratz.

Frantz Matthias May.

Having seen and examined this treaty, I have resolved to approve and
ratify it, as in virtue of these presents I do approve and ratify it in the most
full and ample form possible, promising on my faith and royal word to fulfill
completely all that it contains, to which end I have commanded these presents
to be executed, signed with my hand, sealed with my privy seal, and certified
by my undersigned secretary of state. Done in Madrid on [the seventeenth
of September] one thousand six hundred and eighty-four.

I, the King.

Crispin Botello.

78.

Treaty between Brandenburg and Denmark concerning the
island of St. Thomas, concluded at Copenhagen, November
24/December 4, 1685. Ratification by Denmark, January 5,
1686. [Ratification by Brandenburg, December 19, 1685.]

Introduction.

Frederick William, the Great Elector, and his director general of maritime
affairs, B. Raule, were eager to obtain for Brandenburgers the benefits of
the slave trade with Spanish America. This trade had, for many years,
brought profit to the Dutch, and, to a smaller degree, to the English.1 By
1685 Dutch financiers and merchants, acting through the Dutch West India
Company, and strongly backed by their government, had acquired the manage-
ment of the asiento, or contract for supplying Spanish America with slaves.2
By engaging in this traffic Raule (a renegade Dutchman) expected to ruin
the Dutch West India Company,3 and insure the success of the Brandenburg-
African Company, chartered in 1682.4

Since the Spaniards, in accordance with their established policy, refused to
let the Brandenburgers ship negroes directly to the Spanish islands, and since
they suggested that they be delivered at some other American port, the elector
tried to acquire such a depot.5 He would gladly have taken over the Spanish
island of Trinidad, in payment of Spain's debt to Brandenburg, but Spain
would not cede it.6 Turning to France, which, by a recent treaty, had promised
to favor the ships of the Brandenburg-African Company in the West Indies,7
the elector sought to buy St. Vincent or St. Croix, or, failing that, to secure
a station for the company on St. Vincent. France, however, would not accept
these proposals.8 The elector, therefore, applied to Denmark, another friendly
power,9 for permission to build lodges for negroes on the island of St. Thomas,

1 See G. Scelle, La Traite Negricre aux Indes de Castille (1906), I. 523 ff., for an ac-
count of agreements made between the asientists and English and Dutch merchants
from 1663 onwards.

2 Ibid., pp. 575 ff., 599-660.

3 Schiick, Brandenburg-Preussens Kolonial-P olitik , I. 148, 195. Cf. above, p. 281.

4 Ibid., pp. 192, 193. For other references to this company, see above, pp. 280, 281.

5 Schiick, op. cit., I. 192.

6 A. Waddington, Le Grand £lectenr Frederic Guillaume de Brandebourg (1905-
1908), II. 525.

7 See above, Doc. 76, art. 9.

8 Schiick, op. cit., I. 192.

9 After Sweden, in October, 1681, joined the United Netherlands in the Treaty of
Association (see above, p. 280), the diplomatic efforts of France and Brandenburg pre-
vented Denmark from taking a place by her side. For the next few years Denmark
stood in close relations with Brandenburg and France, but when, from the spring of
1685, the Great Elector, alarmed for the safety of Protestantism in Europe, abandoned
his designs against Sweden, withdrew from France, and, in August, 1685, re-established
his alliance with the United Netherlands, relations between Denmark and Brandenburg
cooled. Waddington, op. cit., II. 487, 491 ff., 502 ff., 517, 527 ff., 558, n. 4.

293

294 Doc. 78. Brandenburg — Denmark

one of the Virgin Islands, where, since 1672, the Danish West India Com-
pany had been established.10 Finding the Danish king compliantly disposed,
the elector entrusted the main negotiations to Raule. Conferences, held for
the most part at Copenhagen, lasted about six weeks. The King of Denmark's
suggestion to unite the Danish and Brandenburg companies was unacceptable
to the elector. The Danes refused to relinquish their sovereignty over any
part of the island, but finally agreed to let the Brandenburgers secure a foot-
hold there.11 The treaty was signed, at Copenhagen on November 24, 1685, by
Raule and two directors of the Danish West India Company. Two supple-
mentary declarations were issued in the following year.

The treaty provided that the Brandenburgers might have as much land on
St. Thomas as could be conveniently cultivated by two hundred slaves, and
trading privileges for at least thirty years. It regulated the taxes payable
by the Brandenburgers to the Danish Company, from which the company
expected a substantial income ; 12 and prescribed methods of settling disputes
between subjects of the two nations. It permitted the Brandenburgers to
trade where the Danes had free trade, and even to traffic with buccaneers,
Spaniards, and others at their own risk, and with responsibility for any harm
arising therefrom to the Royal Company. It prohibited the subjects of the two
nations from competing on the Slave Coast to each other's disadvantage ; and
forbade the Brandenburgers to enter into agreements respecting commerce
or the land, without permission from the Danish Company ; or respecting
slaves, without giving the Danes an opportunity to participate. In the event
of war between the two nations, the Brandenburgers were not to be disturbed
in their privileges. They were not to engage in privateering without per-
mission of the Royal Company, or to its prejudice.

A lack of precision in the terms of the treaty was a contributory cause of
the dissensions arising between the two companies soon after the Branden-
burgers came to St. Thomas.13

Further explanations were however made by the Danish authorities, on
request of Raule, in a declaration dated March 5, 1686. It provided, referring
to article II. of the treaty, that the commercial director sent out by Bran-
denburg might have his own choice of vacant land for the two hundred slaves
to cultivate. Under article XIII. it amplified the privileges as to taking
wood for ballast. It improved the provision for immediate housing of the
Brandenburg settlers. It defined more closely the regulations respecting sea-
passes made in article XXXIII. It extended the provision for defense of the
Brandenburgers (art. XXXI.) to include their ships. It gave license, under
some regulation, for the Brandenburgers to trade with the buccaneers, Span-
iards, and other nations, extending article XXXV. to this ordinarily illicit
trade.

10 Westergaard, The Danish West Indies, ch. I. ; Schiick, op. cit., I. 192, 193.

11 Schiick, op. cit., I. 193-197.

12 Westergaard, op. cit., p. 78.

13 Ibid., pp. 78-87.

Copenhagen, 1685 295

A further declaration, of October 2, 1686, explains that the land allotted
for slave cultivation is not to be too near the fort ; makes further allowances
respecting wood ; and guards the provisions respecting trade with the buc-

caneers.14

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The ratification by Brandenburg is in the Rigsarkiv at Copen-
hagen. That by Denmark is in the Geheimes Staatsarchiv at Berlin.
The declarations are both in the latter repository.

Text: Printed. R. Schuck, Brand enburg-Prenssens Kolonial-Politik unter
dem Grossen Kurfilrsten (1889), II. 257-267, 278-281, 293-295. Ab-
stracts of the treaty and declarations are in Th. von Moerner, Kurbran-
denburgs Staatsvertrdge von 1601 bis iyoo (1867), pp. 470-475.

References : Contemporary and early writings. Urkunden und Acten-
stiicke zur Geschichte des Kurfilrsten Friedrich With elm von Branden-
burg (1864, etc.). Bd. XIX. (ed. F. Hirsch), p. 690. Other references
will doubtless be found in subsequently published volumes of this work,
continuing the account of Danish-Brandenburg relations.

References : Later writings. R. Schuck, op. cit., I. 174, 192 ff. ; W. Wester-
gaard, The Danish West Indies (1917), pp. 75 ff. ; A. Waddington, he
Grand Electeur (1905-1908), II. 496.

Text,

15

Wir, Friderich Wilhelm. von Gottes gnaden marggraff zu Brandenburg, des
Heiligen Romischen Reichs ertz cammerer undt churfiirst, in Preussen, zu
Magdeburg, Jiilich, Cleve, Berge, Stettin, Pommern, der Cassuben undt Wen-
den, auch in Schlesien zu Crossen undt Jagerndorff hertzog, burggraff zu
Nurnberg, fiirst zu Halberstadt, Minden undt Cammin, graff zu Hohenzollern,
der Mark und Ravensberg, herr zu Ravenstein undt der lande Lauenburg undt
Biitow, uhrkunden undt f iigen hiermit zu wissen :

Demnach zwischen ihre Konigliche Majestats zu Dennemarck West In-
dische Compagnie directoren an einer, undt unseren dessfals an hochster-
meldte ihre Konigliche Majestat ohnlangst abgefertigten rath undt direc-
teur general de marine Benjamin Raule anderer seits, krafft der von bey-
derseits principalen erhaltener absonderlichen vollmacht undt befehls wegen
der navigation undt des handels auff der insul St. Thomas ein gewisser ver-
gleich und accord getroffen, schriftlich abgefasset, undt von beyderseits rathen
und commissarys zu Copenhafen den 24 den jiingst verrichenen monaths
Novembris eigenhandig unterschrieben undt vollzogen worden, welcher ver-
gleich von wort zu wort also lautet :

Dero Konigliche Mayestat zu Dennemarch-Norwegen verordnete direc-
teurs der Koniglichen Danischen octroyrten West-Indischen undt Guine-
eschen Compagnien thuen hiermit kundt undt zu wissen, dass nachdeme ihr
Churfiirstliche Durchlaucht von Brandenburg dero rath undt general di-
rectorn Monsieur Raule anhero abgeordnet haben, umb vor die Branden-
burgische unterthanen die freyheit zu suchen, damit dieselbe, auff gewisse
masse, wie andere ihrer Koniglichen Mayestat unterthanen, auff der insul St.

14 These declarations are printed in Schuck, op. cit., II. 278-281, 293-295.

15 The text is taken from the ratification by Denmark, preserved in the Geheimes
Staatsarchiv at Berlin.

296 Doc. 78. Brandenburg — Denmark

Thomas wohnen undt bauen mochten, wie auch mit der Koniglichen Com-
pagnie wegen des freyen handels auff West Indien zu negotyren, undt ihre
Konigliche Mayestat, unser allergnadigster Konig undt Herr, gerne sehen,
dass ihre Churfurstliche Durchlaucht wegen solcher durch dero general di-
rectorn Monsieur Raule gethanen proposition undt begehrens nach miiglich-
keit vergnuget werden mochten, zu dem ende auch uns allergnadigsten befehl
gegeben, derentwegen mit wohlgedachtem Chur-Brandenburgischen herrn
general directeurn in nahere handlung zu treten, welchem zu allerunterthanigs-
ten folge wir, bis auff mehr hochstgedacht ihr Konigliche Mayestat aller-
gnadigste approbation mit demselben uns folgender articulen vereiniget.

1. Bey ihrer Koniglichen Mayestat verbleibet allezeit, gleich iiber alle dero
andere reiche undt lande, die unveranderliche souverainitat, absolutum dom-
inium, hoch undt [niedere] gerechtigkeit iiber die insul St. Thomas, St. Jean,
undt alle andere umbher liegende undt darunter sortirende eilander, in West
Virgin,16 alwo entweder die Compagnie schon in wirklicher possession ist, oder
vor diesem einigen actum possessorium exerciret haben mag, undt soil daneben
dieser contract keines weges der von hochstgemeldt ihrer Koniglichen Mayes-
tat Loblichen Danischen Compagnie allergnadigst ertheilten octroye undt
reglement praejudiciren, gestalt dan auch die Brandenburgische privilegirte
desswegen genugsam versichert sein konnen, dass ihre Konigliche Mayestat
sowohl fur die festungen undt deren defension undt maintenirung auff ob-
besagten insulen, als fur die conservation der Brandenburgischen privilegirten
(solange sie nichtes wiederliches gegen ihre Konigliche Mayestat und die
Compagnie vornehmen, sondern in alien nachfolgenden puncten unterthanigst
undt gehorsambst nachleben) nicht weniger als fiir ihre andere reiche undt
landen alle mogliche vorsorge tragen werden.

2. Ihrer Churfurstliche Durchlaucht von Brandenburg unterthanen, so lust
haben nach der insul St. Thomas sich zu verfiigen, wiirdt so viel wiist und
ungebautes undt beyeinander gesambletes landt angewiesen, als sie mit zwei-
hundert esclaven gemachlig konnen bauen lassen, und was an baumen auff
selbigem angewiesenen lande gefunden wirdt, soil ihnen zu freyer disposition
zugehoren. Wann aber bey ihrer ankunfft einiges landt vorhanden, worauff
bereits baume gekapt undt abgehauen, aber weder von der Compagnie noch
anderen in possession genommen wahren, solches soil ihnen dann vergonnet
undt angewiesen werden, welches sie dan auch eben wie ihrer Koniglichen
Mayestat unterthanen erblich besitzen sollen.

3. Soil denen Brandenburgischen privilegirten vergonnet sein, ihrem han-
del, der Danischen Compagnie gleich, dreyssig nach einander folgende jahre
zu treiben, von der zeit an zu rechnen, da das erste schiff mit volk undt
materialien dahin gesandt wirdt, undt im fall sie langer freyen handel daselbst
begehren, sollen sie gehalten seyn, gegen den ausgang solcher ihnen vergon-
neten jahre, umb weitere confirmation anzuhalten.

4. Alle ein undt auslosung sollen die Brandenburgischen privilegirten
thuen in ordinairen haffen undt rechten loss undt ladungs platzen bei der
festung Christiansfort oder wo der commandant auff Christians fort es umb
die gerechtigkeit der Compagnie desto besser zu observiren vor gut halten
mochte, undt sollen sie ihre giiter, sowohl ein- als ausgehende, richtig undt
ohne fraude angeben.

5. Umb die Brandenburgische privilegirte desto mehr zu beneficiren soil
das landt, welches denselben zu ihren plantagen angewiesen wiirdt, undt sie

16 Sic ; perhaps a mistake for West Indien.

Copenhagen, 1685 297

mit ihren eignen esclaven bebauen, undt auffs neue einrichten lassen, mit dem,
so sie darin solcher gestalt zu ihrem eignen gebrauch undt unterhalt beno-
thiget, in den dreyen ersten jahren, von der zeit an zu rechnen, da das erste
schiff mit bauer materialien undt was sonsten zu ihrem unterhalt nothig, dort
zu lande ankommen wiirdt, frey von alien landtschulden undt eingehenden
licenten seyn ; von alien kauffmanschaf ten, negros und esclaven aber, welche
sie selber mit ihren eigenen schiffen zu lande bringen, umb aldar zu verhandeln
oder wieder auszufiihren, soil in den bemeldten dreyen ersten jahren fur
das eingehende nur ein halb pro cento, undt fur das ausgehende ein pro cento,
in natura, an die Danische West Indische Compagnie bezahlet werden, jedoch
dass sie alles richtig angeben sollen.

6. Nach verlauff gemeldter drey jahren sollen die Brandenburgische pri-
vilegirte gehalten seyn, von dem lande, welches ihnen angewiesen worden,
jahrlich an die Compagnie als landtschuldt zu bezahlen von einhundert fuss
landt, zehen fuss lang undt zehen fuss breit, fiinff pf undt toback oder dessen
werth, undt so offt damit einige veranderung vorgehet, entweder dass ein
stuck landt an andere verheuret oder verkaufft wiirdt, oder auch auff begeben-
den sterbfall, sollen sie auffs neue der Compagnie zur recognition geben zwey
pro cento von dem werth des landes, wie selbiges von unpartheyischen leuten
kann taxiret werden.

7. Alle waaren ohne unterscheidt, die sie vom lande ausschiffen, sollen sie
richtig auff dem von der Compagnie gedestinirten platz angeben undt von dem
werth der waaren, so sie ausschiffen, soil bezahlet werden an die Danische
Compagnie fiinff pro cento in natura, doch gemuntzet undt ungemuntzet
silber oder goldt hierunter nicht verstanden, es sey dann, dass ins kiinfftige
solte befunden werden, dass es bey anderen nationen auff ihren eylandern im
gebrauch wahre, dass von gemuntzet oder ungemuntzet goldt und silber etwas
gegeben wiirde, alssdann die Brandenburgische privilegirte gleichermassen
solche gerechtigkeit der Compagnie zu geben gehalten seyn sollen.

8. Von alien esclaven, ohne unterscheidt, so die Brandenburgische privil-
egirte ins landt einfiihren, soil an die Compagnie ein pro cento, und von
denen, die sie auss dem lande entweder verkauffen oder ausgefuhrt werden,
zwey pro cento in natura bezahlet werden.

9. Jedweder, manns bildt ohne unterscheidt, so im lande gefunden wirdt,
iiber sechszehen jahr alt, soil jahrlich der Compagnie geben einhundert pfundt
zucker, und weibes bilder von gleichem alter fiinffzig pfundt zucker, oder
den werth nach couranten preiss, welche aber, auff dem land gebohren werden,
sollen frey seyn, bis sie zwantzig jahr erreichet haben.

10. Alle ihre waaren, die ein oder auss gehen undt im lande verkaufft
werden, sollen auff der Compagnie wage gewogen werden, undt von jeder 100
pfundt waaren, ohne unterscheidt, ein pfundt zucker, oder dessen werth an
die Konigliche Danische Compagnie bezahlet werden.

11. Da aber einige der Brandenburgischen privilegirte nicht lust hatten,
langer auff dem lande zu wohnen, sondern dasselbe quitiren undt ihre mittel
aussfiihren wolten, auff solchen fall sollen sie von dem werth ihrer aussfuh-
renden mitteln an die Compagnie fiinff pro cento zu bezahlen schuldig seyn.

12. Alle kauffmanns waaren, wie auch die zum essen undt trinken gehorige,
wein und brandewein darunter begriffen, auch leinen undt wollen undt andere
in Dennemarck undt Norwegen gemachte manufacturen, keine aussgesondert,
so von denen Brandenburgischen privilegirten mit ihren schiffen nach St.
Thomas gefiihret, undt dabey richtig bewiesen wirdt, dass sie an keinem
andern ort gekaufft oder verarbeitet seyn, sollen auff vorgehendes richtiges
angeben von alien eingehenden licenten frey seyn, von alien anderen waaren

20

298 Doc. j8. Brandenburg — Denmark

aber, die keinen richtigen beweiss haben, class sie wie vorgemeldt, in Denne-
marck undt Norwegen gekaufft oder verarbeitet seyn, undt doch nach St.
Thomas gefiihret werden, soil ohne unterscheidt an die Compagnie an licenten
3 pro cento in natura bezahlet werden.

13. Alle mineralien, salpeter, caccoum, pockenholtz, undt dergleichen mehr
kostbares holtz, soil allein der Danischen Compagnie ausszuschiffen reserviert
seyn, das holtz aber, so auff dem lande, welches den Brandenburgischen pri-
vilegirten angewiesen wirdt, sich befindet, hierunter nicht begriffen, undt soil
auch gemeldter Danischen Compagnie allein zugelassen seyn, masten undt
allerley bauholtz, eisen, pech, undt theer, nach St. Thomas zu fiihren undt
zu verhandeln.

14. Was die administration der justizie betrifft, so ist man dessfalls fol-
gender gestalt vereiniget, dass denen Brandenburgischen privilegirten zuge-
lassen seyn soil, in rechts sachen, die unter ihnen selbst, in einen oder andern
zufallen, entstehen konnen, in so weit ihr eigen recht zu haben undt in solchen
sachen selbst zu richten undt zu urtheilen.

15. Wann aber zank oder disput auff ein oder andere manier zwischen
ihrer Konigliche Mayestat unterthanen undt bedienten der Danischen Com-
pagnie undt denen Brandenburgischen privilegirten vorfallen mochten, umb
den nach miiglichkeit weitlaufftige processen, welche dem handel undt wandel
sehr schadlich seynd, zu wehren, sollen die streitige partheyen ihre memorialen
wegen ihrer sache an den Danischen gouverneur eingeben, der alssdann
Danischer seiten zwey ehrliche undt unpartheyische leute erwehlen soil, wie
dan auch Brandenburgischer privilegirter seiten ihr commercien directeur
ebenfalls zwey manner erwehlen soil, denen dessfalls schrifftliche commission
gegeben wirdt, beyde partheyen mit ihren beweisgebiihrender massen vor
sich zu citiren undt auff gefuhrten beweis den rechten nach undt ohne ansehen
der personen darinnen innerhalb sechs wochen zu urtheilen. Im fall auch
die erwehlte persohnen in solcher ihrer commission nicht accordiren konten,
soil denen 4 zugelassen seyn, einmuhtig die fiinffte person zu benennen undt
alssdann, nach den meisten votis ein nutliches undt rechtmassiges urtheil
innerhalb vorgemeldter zeit abzusprechen.

16. Weil auch offtmals sachen von solcher weitlauffigkeit vorfallen, dass
sie unmuglich innerhalb sechs wochen konnen abgethan werden, oder auch die
partheyen selbsten die sache zu prolongiren suchen, auch die commissarien
selber leichtlich schuldt haben konnten, so sollen die bey der sachen interres-
sirende, so fern dieselben in der geterminirten zeit nicht zu ende kommen
konten, mit ihrem memorial schrifftlich bey dem gouverneur auff St. Thomas
einkommen darin die umbstande der sachen berichten, die ursache der gesuch-
ten dilation zu erkennen geben undt nahmhafft machen, wie lange zeit sie
vermeinen annoch zu ausfuhrung der sache nothig zu haben, alssdan ihnen
die begehrte zeit vergonnet werden soil ; da sie aber nicht destoweniger die
sache langer auffhalten wiirden, sollen sie alss die, so das recht muthwillig
verzogern, gestrafft werden undt ohne dem nach beschaffenheit etwas zu den
armen geben.

17. In alien sachen so ehr undt leben angehen, wie auch in schuldtsachen,
so die summa uber funffhundert reichsthaler betrifft, soil appellation vergon-
net werden, jedoch dass der appellirende theil sich innerhalb sechs wochen
nach ausspruch des urtheils angebe, undt soil auff solchem fall der gouverneur
auff Christians fort die citation allein ertheilen, das gericht auch von ihm undt
denen ihme zur administration der justiz zugeordneten geheget, undt dazu
in dergleichen sachen der Brandenburgische privilegirte commercien directeur
mit sambt noch einem von den privilegirten gezogen, undt definitive in der

Copenhagen, 1685 299

sachen erkandt werden. Da aber jemand von den streitenden partheyen
vermeinte, dass ihnen durch solche urtheil zu nahe geschehen wahre, denen-
selben soil zugelassen seyn, an die directeuren hiesiger Compagnie in Copen-
hagen in conformite der Koniglichen octroye zu appelliren.

18. Denen Brandenburgischen privilegirten, die auff der insul St. Thomas
wohnen wollen, wirdt zugelassen. f rey zu handeln, gleich der Danischen Com-
pagnie, mit alien nationen, wo die Danische freyen handel haben, nur allein
dass sie an die Danische Compagnie, wie vorgemeldt, von allem, was ein-
undt aussgehet, was daran bereits stipulirt ist oder in nachfolgenden articulen
wirdt specificirt werden, richtig bezahlen.

19. Der Danischen octroy rten West-Indischen Compagnie undt denen
Brandenburgischen privilegirten soil alleine frey stehen, esclaven nach
St. Thomas zu bringen, umb dieselbe alda zu verkauffen oder ausszufiihren,
alien anderen aber solches verboten seyn ; die contracten jedoch, so hiesige
Compagnie wegen esclaven bereits geschlossen, bleiben in ihren vollen wiirden,
ohne weitere consequenz.

20. Wann es auch geschehen mochte, dass das frembde und nicht privile-
girte mit schlaven auff der ciiste ankommen wiirden, umb dieselben alda zu
verkaufen, so soil niemand von den einwohnern des landes freystehen, einige
schlaven zu kauffen, sondern bleibet solches den gouverneur auff Christians-
fort undt der Brandenburgischen privilegirten commerce-directoren zu
gleichen theilen allein vorbehalten, undt sollen sie vor einen wohlgewachsenen
frischen undt gesunden esclaven nicht hoher als sechzig reichsthaler bezahlen,
aber wohl vor geringern preiss kauffen mogen.

21. Wenns auch geschehen mochte, dass zwey schiffe, nahmlich ein Dan-
isches undt ein Brandenburgisches, entweder zugleich oder auch eins nach dem
anderen, kommen mochten auff der esclaven ciiste zu handeln, so sollen sie,
so viel moglich, suchen zu verhiiten, dass das eine dem andern keine ver-
hinderung im kauff thue, sondern sollen sich beyde mit einander berath-
schlagen, wie sie am besten im einkauff der esclaven accordiren konnen,
damit solchermassen der eine dem anderen im einkauff der schlaven nicht
schadlich, sondern vielmehr behiilfflich sey.

22. Solte es auch geschehen, dass die Brandenburgische privilegirte eine
parthey esclaven auff dem lande mehr haben mochten, als sie zu cultivirung
ihrer eigenen plantagen nothig hatten, undt die Danische Compagnie zu ihrem
gebrauch undt plantagen im lande esclaven von nohten hatten, so sollen die
Brandenburgische privilegirten verpflichtet seyn, an die Danische Compagnie
jahrlich einhundert schlaven, so feme sie deren so viel bediirffen, iiber zu
lassen, undt bezahlet die Danische Compagnie vor jeden guten wohlge-
wachsenen undt gesunden esclaven, den sie solcher massen biss zur oben-
gemeldter zahl nehmen, achtzig reichsthaler contant.

23. Es wird denen Brandenburgischen privilegirten zugelassen, ihre es-
claven, nach welchem ort sie belieben, ausszufiihren, ohne dass ihnen darin
etwas hinderliches von der Danischen Compagnie zugefiiget werden soil, wen
sie nur auff vorgehendes richtiges angeben voraussgehende dasjenige, so in
dem achten articul enthalten, bezahlen.

24. Da auch die Brandenburgische privilegirten auff die gedanken kom-
men solten, das landt zu quitiren, undt ihre gebaude, logen, undt plantagen
zu verkauffen, sollen sie sich keines weges unterstehen, das ihrige zu anderen,
weder ein- noch ausslandischen, directe oder indirecte zu verkauffen, sondern
solches unter richtig inventarium dem gouverneur der Compagnie wegen
anbieten, auff dass, nach billiger taxirung, dariiber gehandelt werden konne.

300 Doc. 78. Brandenburg — Denmark

25. Die freye handlung vvirdt denen Brandenburgischen privilegirten ein-
halts obgemeldten articuls bewilliget, doch, dass sie in keinem particulieren
tractat oder contract, die commercien oder das landt betreffend, mit jemand
der Danischen Compagnie zum praejudiz einlassen, vielweniger, ohne vor-
wissen undt zulassen obgemeldter Compagnie etwas schliessen, jedoch soil
denen Brandenburgischen privilegirten zugelassen werden, contracten wegen
der esclaven ausserhalb landes zu schliessen, mit dem beding jedoch, so bald
solcher contract geschlossen, der Danischen Compagnie anzubieten, ob sie
gesinnet seyn mochte, in solchem contract zur halffte oder geringern theil
zu participiren, undt soil der Danischen Compagnie nach belieben freystehen,
in solchem contract auff gleiche conditiones mit einzutreten undt zu parti-
cipiren.

26. Solte auch (dass Gott gnadiglich verhute) zwischen ihrer Koniglichen
Mayestat undt ihrer Churfurstlichen Durchlaucht von Brandenburg einige
streitigkeit oder uneinigkeit entstehen, undt es wider verhoffen zur offentlichen
ruptur aussfallen, so sollen doch umb desswillen die Brandenburgischen pri-
vilegirte in ihrem vergonneten privilegio, weder im lande, noch auff vier
meilen in der see, in gesicht des landes oder insul St. Thomas, gehindert undt
troubliret werden, sondern solcher handel undt fahrt beyderseits in f riedlichem
stande mit einander verbleiben undt in solcher sicherheit, als wen zwischen
ihrer Koniglichen Mayestat undt dem Churfursten von Brandenburg nie
keine ruptur gewesen.

27. Es soil auch den Brandenburgischen privilegirten leim zu graben,
umb steine zu brennen, vergonnet seyn, auch ihnen zur nothdurfft brennholtz
sowohl zur conservation ihrer volcker, als zum gebrauch ihrer zucker
muhlen, gleichwie denen Danischen unterthanen vom gouverneur angewiesen
werden. Imgleichen soil denen Brandenburgischen privilegirten zugelassen
seyn, zum gebrauch ihrer zucker muhlen pferde auss Norwegen auss dem
Stawanger ambte gegen erlegung des zolles ausszufuhren.

28. Obwohl ihre Konigliche Mayestat allergnadigst zugelassen undt gewill-
iget haben, dass nebst den Augspurgischen Confessions verwandten auch
alle andere religionen ihr frey exercitium religionis haben mogen, so wirdt
solches dennoch nicht weiter verstanden, als dass die reformirten nebst den
Augspurgischen Confession verwandten ihre eigene kirchen haben mogen,
die anderen religionen aber haben ihren privaten Gottes-dienst in der stille
unter ihnen selbst zu exerciren, undt wirdt nicht zugelassen einige closter oder
publique hauser zu bauen oder einige argerniisse auff eine oder andere
manier zu begehen.

29. In den privilegirten dreyssig jahren soil keine verhohung auff auss-
oder eingehende waaren keinerley weise geschehen, sondern es ohngehindert
bey dem, was vorhin in oben geschriebenen articuln veraccordiret ist, ver-
bleiben.

30. Solte auch (dass Gott verhute) wider verhoffen einige wider das landt
oder dessen dependentien etwas feindtseeliges vornehmen, so sollen die Bran-
denburgische privilegirte in solcher zeit der noth, gleichwie die Danische
unterthanen, allezeit geschiitzet werden, zu dem ende die Brandenburgische
privilegirte obligirt seyn sollen, ihrer Koniglichen Mayestat gouverneuren,
der das ober-commando fiihret, gebiihrende gehorsam zu beweisen, umb
also conjunctis viribus, als vor ein gesambtes interesse, unter des gouverneurn
commando undt direction wie treue unterthanen undt einwohner, alles unheil
undt was sonst unvermuthlicher weise vorfallen mochte, abzuwenden und zu
verwehren. Dagegen soil der gouverneur die Brandenburgische privilegirte
in ihrem handel undt wandel ungehindert lassen ; undt allein dahin sehen,
dass dieselbe zum besten der Compagnie sich allerdings nach diesem stipu-

Copenhagen, 1685 301

lirten accord richten undt die gerechtigkeit laut aussfiihrlicher vermeldung
eines jeden articuls insonderheit erlegen.

31. Gleich nun denen Brandenburgischen privilegirten nur bewilliget wirdt,
auff der insul St. Thomas, wie ihrer Konigliche Mayestat unterthanen zu
wohnen undt zu bauen undt ihre Konigliche Mayestat sich ihrer als dero
eigenen unterthanen annehmen wollen, undt sie dahero keinen anderen schutz
wieder feindtlichen uberfall suchen konnen, als dass sie ihre zuflucht nach
der festung Christians fort nehmen undt ihre beste undt nachstvorhandene
mittel bey vorkommender noth darin zu fiihren undt zu versichern, so soil
auch der gouverneur ihnen auff ansuchung solche sicherheit darin nicht
weigern, sondern gleiche vorsorge vor der Brandenburgischen privilegirten
giiter, als vor der Danischen unterthanen mittel undt giiter tragen.

32. Die ChurBrandenburgische privilegirte verschaffen sich selbsten auff
ihre eigene unkosten undt risico alle bauw-materialien undt dessgleichen,
ohne dass ihre Konigliche Mayestat oder die Compagnie ihnen darunter zu
assistiren sollen gehalten seyn.

33. So offt als die Brandenburgische privilegirte ihre schiffe nach St.
Thomas senden wollen, haben sie sich bey der Compagnie anzugeben, alsdan
ihnen auff ansuchen zur selbigen reise, so bald sie des capitains undt des
schiffs nahmen kundt thuen, stracks nothwendige passen vergonnet werden
sollen, die passe aber, so auff jeder schiff werden aussgegeben, sollen nicht
mehr als vor eine reise gelten, sondern nach endigung der hin- undt her-
reise dieselbe an hiesige Danische Compagnie wiederumb eingesandt werden.

34. Ihnen wirdt auch vergonnet die freye jagd von wildwerg auff St.
Thomas, so weit ihr angewiesenes territorium sich erstrecket, fischerey aber
uberall ungehindert, gleichwie den Danischen unterthanen.

35. Die Brandenburgische privilegirte sollen sich nicht unterstehen einigen
handel mit jemand zu treiben, welches es in vorhergehenden articulen nicht
zugelassen ist, sondern der Danischen Compagnie selber zu handeln allein
permittiret ist, vielweniger dass sie ohne zulassen undt guttfinden der Dan-
ischen Compagnie einige capereyen anfangen undt ihre preissen dort auff-
bringen, oder im geringsten etwas unzulassiges vornehmen, dadurch der
Danischen Compagnie etwas praejudicirliches oder schadliches in eine oder
andere manier konnte zugefuget werden. Im fall sie auch mit einer f rembden
nation zur see in disput seyn oder gerathen mochten, sollen sie bey zeiten
suchen solche zu terminiren undt vorzukommen, damit der Compagnie darauss
kein schaden noch praejudiz zuwachsen moge. Da auch die Brandenburgische
privilegirte etwas der Compagnie schadliches vornehmen wiirden, sollen sie
davor mit allem, was sie im lande besitzen, responsabel seyn. Falls aber ihrer
Koniglichen Mayestat landen undt insuln in West Indien undt der Com-
pagnie estat daselbsten dahero etwas feindliches wiirde begegnen oder zuge-
zogen werden, alsdan wollen ihre Churfiirstliche Durchlaucht von Branden-
burg, in deren hohen regard ihren unterthanen solches privilegium vergonnet
wirdt, der Compagnien alien daraus erwachsenden schaden, zu volligen satis-
faction, erstatten.

36. Ist auch beyderseits beliebet worden, dass wann ein Danisch nach
West Indien gedestinirtes schiff in Coppenhagen, oder ein Brandenburgisches
privilegirtes schiff in Embden, oder sonstwo, in der ladung liegt, undt es
sich also zutragen mochte, dass noch raum im schiff iibrig wahre, ohne dessen
ladung dadurch zu beschweren undt zu hindern, soil es dem einen oder dem
anderen theil, von dem es begehret wird, zugelassen seyn, mit einzuschiffen,
jedoch gegen bezahlung der fracht, von jeder last a 12 tonnen berechnet,
zwolff reichsthaler, undt von anderen waaren a l'advenant, undt konnen auch
auff solchen fall leute vor billige bezahlung mit ubergefiihret werden.

302 Doc. 78. Brandenburg — Denmark

37. Dieser vorgeschriebener accord ist von uns als der Kdniglichen Dan-
ischen West Indischen Compagnie directeurn wegen itztgedachter Compagnie
auff der einen undt von mir ihrer Churfiirstlichen Durchlaucht zu Branden-
burg rath undt general directeurn auff der andern seite, bis auff beyderseits
Konigliche undt Churfurstliche ratification, also beliebet, verabredet, ge-
schlossen, undt unterschrieben worden. So geschehen in Copenhagen den vier-
undtzwantzigsten Novembris anno 1685.

A. GULDENSPARRE. B. RAULE.

A. Wust.

Dass wir solchen vergleich undt recess in aller seinen clausulen undt arti-
culn gnadigst ratificiret undt genehm gehalten haben, thuen das auch undt
ratificiren denselben hiemit undt krafft dieses, bester undt bestandigster mas-
sen, undt versprechen bey unserm Churfiirstlichen wort undt glauben, dass
wir allem dem in obinserirten vergleich in unserem nahmen undt unserwegen
promittiret undt zugefiiget worden, je undt allerwege getraulich nachkommen
undt dawider nie einiger gestalt thuen oder handeln wollen. Urkundlich
unter unserer eigenhandigen unterschrifft undt auffgedruckten insiegel. Pots-
dam, den igten Decembris 1685.

Friederich Wilhelm, Churfiirst.

Translation.

We, Frederick William, by the grace of God margrave of Brandenburg,
arch-chamberlain and elector of the Holy Roman Empire, duke in Prussia
and of Magdeburg, Julich, Cleve, Berg, Stettin, Pomerania, of the Cassu-
bians and the Wends, and of Crossen and Jagerndorff in Silesia, margrave
of Nuremberg, prince in Halberstadt, Minden, and Cammin, count of Hohen-
zollern, the Mark, and Ravensberg, lord of Ravenstein and of the lands of
Lauenburg and Biitow, declare and proclaim as follows :

Whereas between the directors of his Royal Majesty of Denmarks West
India Company on the one hand, and on the other hand our councillor and
general director of marine, Benjamin Raule, recently commissioned for that
purpose to the above said Royal Majesty, by virtue of the special full powers
and commands received from both principals a certain treaty and accord re-
specting navigation and trade to the island of St. Thomas has been noted in
writing and signed and concluded by the councillors and commissioners on
both sides at Copenhagen on the twenty-fourth of the month of November
last past, which treaty, word for word, is as follows : ,

The directors of the Royal Danish West Indian and Guinea Chartered
Company, commissioned by his Royal Majesty of Denmark and Norway,
make known by these presents that whereas his Electoral Serenity of Bran-
denburg has commissioned Monsieur Raule, his councillor and general di-
rector, to come hither to seek permission for Brandenburg subjects, up to
a certain number, to dwell and build on the island of St. Thomas, like others,
subjects of his Royal Majesty, and also to negotiate with the Royal Company
regarding free trade to the West Indies ; and [whereas] his Royal Majesty,
our most gracious king and lord, desires that his Electoral Highness may
be satisfied, so far as possible, with respect to what is proposed and desired
by his general director, Monsieur Raule, and for that purpose has most gra-
ciously commanded us to enter into closer negotiations on his behalf with the
aforementioned general director of the Elector of Brandenburg, we in most
humble obedience have agreed with the same upon the following articles, sav-
ing his aforesaid Royal Majesty's most gracious approval.

Copenhagen, 1685 303

1. His Royal Majesty shall always retain, as over all his other dominions
and lands, the unalterable sovereignty, absolute dominium, and high and
low justice over the islands of St. Thomas, St. John, and all the other neigh-
boring and appertaining islands in West Virgin where the Company is in
actual possession, or may, heretofore, have exercised any possessory act.
Moreover, this contract shall not in any way prejudice the charter and con-
stitution most graciously conferred upon the worshipful Danish Company
by his aforesaid Royal Majesty. On that account the Brandenburg concession-
aries may be sufficiently assured of his Royal Majesty's making every possible
provision both for the fortresses and their defense and maintenance on the
aforesaid islands, no less than for his other kingdoms and lands, and for the
preservation of the Brandenburg concessionaries, so long as they undertake
nothing offensive to his Royal Majesty and the Company, but submissively
and obediently conform to all the following points.

2. Those subjects of his Electoral Serenity of Brandenburg, who have
a mind to proceed to the island of St. Thomas, shall be assigned as much
waste, uncultivated, and contiguous land as they shall be able to cultivate
conveniently with 200 slaves, and whatever trees are found on this assigned
land shall be at their full disposal. But if upon their arrival there is any land
on which the trees have already been cut and felled, but which has not been
taken possession of, either by the Company or others, this land shall then be
given and assigned to them, and they shall possess it heritably like subjects of
his Royal Majesty.

3. The Brandenburg concessionaries shall be permitted to carry on their
trade like the Danish Company, for thirty consecutive years, reckoning from
the time when the first ship is sent there with people and materials ; and in
case they desire free trade there longer, they shall be required, towards the
end of the term of years allowed them, to apply for further confirmation.

4. The Brandenburg concessionaries shall make all their ladings and un-
ladings in the ordinary harbors, and regular places for discharging and lad-
ing, at the citadel of Christians fort, or where the commandant at Christians-
fort may think best, in order to facilitate the collection of duties, and they
shall duly and without fraud declare their goods, incoming and outgoing.

5. For the greater benefit of the Brandenburg concessionaries, the land
assigned them for their plantations, which they cause to be cultivated by their
own slaves and improved for the first time, together with the land required
for their own use and support, shall during the first three years (reckoning
from the time of arrival of the first ship with building materials and any
other necessities), be free from all land taxes and special licenses; but from
all the merchandize, negroes, and slaves brought in by them in their own
ships, to sell there or to re-export, only one-half of one per cent, for imports,
and one per cent, for exports, shall be paid in kind to the Danish West
India Company in the said first three years ; but they shall declare everything
correctly.

6. After the expiration of the said three years the Brandenburg conces-
sionaries shall be obliged to pay the Company annually as land tax from the
land assigned them, five pounds of tobacco or its value, from [each] hundred
feet of land, ten feet long and ten feet wide, and as often as there is any
change of possession, either because a piece of land is leased or sold to others,
or because a death occurs, they shall give the Company anew, as recognition,
two per cent, of the value of the land, as the same may be assessed by im-
partial persons.

304 Doc. 78. Brandenburg — Denmark

7. They shall, at the place appointed by the Company, declare correctly all
wares without distinction, which they ship out of the country. Five per cent.
of the value of these exported wares shall be paid to the Danish Company in
kind, but minted and unminted silver or gold are not to be understood as in-
cluded hereunder ; yet if it should be found hereafter that on the islands be-
longing to other nations it is the custom to pay some minted or unminted gold
and silver, then the Brandenburg concessionaries shall likewise be bound to
pay the Company such dues.

8. Of all slaves, without distinction, brought into the country by the Bran-
denburg concessionaries, one per cent, shall be paid to the Company in kind ;
and of those sold by them out of the country, or carried out, two per cent, shall
be paid in kind.

9. Every male over sixteen years of age, without distinction, found in the
country, shall pay the Company one hundred pounds of sugar yearly, and
females of the same age fifty pounds of sugar, or its value at the current price ;
but those born within the country shall be free until they are twenty years old.

10. All their wares, carried in or out, and sold within the country, shall be
weighed on the Company's scales, and for every 100 pounds of goods, without
distinction, a pound of sugar, or its value, shall be paid to the Royal Danish
Company.

11. But since some of the Brandenburg concessionaries might not wish to
dwell longer in the country, but might wish to leave it, and take away their
property, they shall, in such case, be under obligation to pay the Company
five per cent, of the value of their withdrawn property.

12. All merchandize, as well as commodities connected with eating and
drinking, including wine and brandy, and also linens and woollens and other
manufactures, made in Denmark and Norway, without exception, brought
to St. Thomas by these Brandenburg concessionaries in their ships, and
proven not to have been purchased or manufactured in any other place, shall,
upon a previous exact declaration, be free from all import licenses ; but of
all other wares, not fully proven to have been bought or manufactured in
Denmark or Norway as aforesaid and yet brought to St. Thomas, three per
cent, in kind shall be paid, without distinction, to the Company for import
licenses.

13. All minerals, saltpetre, cacao (caccoum), lignum vitae, and other of
the more valuable woods shall be reserved for export to the Danish Company
alone, but the wood found in the territory assigned to the Brandenburg con-
cessionaries is not included hereunder. The said Danish Company shall also
have sole permission to bring to St. Thomas masts and all kinds of building
wood, iron, pitch, and tar, and to trade in them.

14. With respect to the administration of justice, the following agreement
has been reached : that in the lawsuits that may arise among themselves
through various contingencies, the Brandenburg concessionaries shall be per-
mitted to have their own law to this extent, and to judge and pronounce
sentence themselves in such matters.

15. But if a quarrel or dispute shall in any way arise between the subjects
of his Royal Majesty and the servants of the Danish Company, and these
Brandenburg concessionaries, then in order to avoid, if possible, protracted
processes, very injurious to traffic and trade, the disputants shall present their
memorials regarding the case to the Danish governor, who shall select two
honorable and impartial persons of the Danish side, and the director of com-
merce of the Brandenburg concessionaries shall likewise choose two men of
their side, to whom for this purpose a written commission shall be given, to

Copenhagen, 1685 305

summon before them duly both parties with their evidence, and to give judg-
ment within six weeks upon the evidence presented, according to law, and
without respect of persons. And in case the four persons appointed on such
a commission shall not be able to agree, these four persons shall be permitted
to name a fifth person, and then, in accordance with the majority of votes,
to pronounce a suitable and legal judgment within the aforesaid period of
time.

16. Since there are often lawsuits of such intricacy that they cannot pos-
sibly be finished within six weeks, or since the parties themselves may even
wish to prolong the case, or the commissioners themselves might be at fault,
the interested parties, if they cannot bring these matters to a conclusion in
the appointed time, shall present a written memorial to the governor of St.
Thomas, stating therein the circumstances of the case, and publishing and
making known the cause of the delay and the length of time they consider
still necessary for the completion of the suit. The desired extension of time
shall then be granted them. But if they should, nevertheless, delay the matter
longer, they shall be punished, as persons who wilfully retard justice, and
besides that, according to their circumstances, they shall give something to
the poor.

17. In all lawsuits touching honor and life as well as in actions for re-
covery of debts, when the amount involved exceeds five hundred rixdollars.
appeal shall be allowed, provided that the appellant makes application within
six weeks after the giving of judgment, and in such case the governor at
Christiansfort is alone to issue the citation, and judgment is to be dispensed
by him and those associated with him in the administration of justice, and
the director of commerce of the Brandenburg concessionaries, together with
one of the concessionaries, is to be brought into the case for that purpose,
and sentence definitively pronounced. But should one of the contending
parties believe himself wronged by such a decision, he shall be permitted to
appeal further to the directors of the Company here in Copenhagen, con-
formably to the royal charter.

18. The Brandenburg concessionaries who wish to dwell in the island of
St. Thomas shall be permitted, like the Danish Company, to trade freely with
all nations where the Danes have free trade, provided they pay the Danish
Company fully, as aforesaid, from all imports and exports, the amount al-
ready specified in this regard, or to be specified in the following articles.

19. The Danish Chartered West India Company and the Brandenburg
concessionaries shall alone be at liberty to bring slaves to St. Thomas, in order
to sell them there, or to export them, but this shall be forbidden to all others.
The contracts regarding slaves, however, already concluded by the Com-
pany here, shall remain in their full force but without further development.

20. If it should happen that foreigners and non-privileged persons should
come with slaves to the coast for the purpose of selling them there, none of
the inhabitants of the land shall be free to buy such slaves, but this privilege
rests only with the governor at Christiansfort, and with the director of com-
merce of the Brandenburg concessionaries, who may reserve equal shares ;
and they shall pay for full-grown, active and healthy slaves, not more than
sixty rixdollars, but may, of course, buy them at a lower rate.

21. If it should happen, also, that two ships, one Danish and the other
Brandenburg, should come at the same time, or one after the other to the
Slave Coast to trade, they shall, as far as possible, seek to prevent the one
from hindering the other in buying, but they shall both advise with each
other how they can best effect the purchase of the slaves so as not to harm
each other in buying them, but rather to be mutually helpful.

306 Doc. 78. Brandenburg — Denmark

22. Should it happen that the Brandenburg concessionaries should have a
larger number of slaves on the land than they should need for the cultivation
of their own plantations, and that the Danish Company should need slaves
for their use and for their plantations in the country, the Brandenburg con-
cessionaries shall be in duty bound to make over to the Danish Company one
hundred slaves, yearly, in case they need so many, and the Danish Company
shall pay for every good, full-grown, and healthy slave taken by them up to
the number aforementioned, eighty rixdollars in cash.

23. The Brandenburg concessionaries shall be permitted to export their
slaves to whatever place they please, without any obstacle being offered to
them by the Danish Company in that regard, provided that upon a previous
correct declaration they pay before exporting what is stipulated in the eighth
article.

24. Should the Brandenburg concessionaries decide to leave the land and
to sell their buildings, lodges, and plantations, they shall by no means pre-
sume to sell their possessions to others, either natives or foreigners, directly
or indirectly, but shall offer them, with a correct inventory, to the governor
on behalf of the Company so that, after a fair appraisement, negotiations
may be entered upon.

25. Free trade is conceded to the Brandenburg concessionaries, according
to the tenor of the aforesaid articles, but they are not to enter into any sepa-
rate treaty or contract with anyone concerning commerce or the land to the
prejudice of the Danish Company, much less to conclude anything without
the previous knowledge and permission of the aforesaid Company. Never-
theless, the Brandenburg concessionaries shall be allowed to conclude con-
tracts in regard to slaves outside the country, but on condition that as soon
as such contract is concluded, the Danish Company be given the option of
participating in such contract to the extent of a half or a smaller share;
and the Danish Company shall be free to enter into and participate in such
contract on equal terms, if they please.

26. Should any dispute or difference arise between his Royal Majesty
and his Electoral Serenity of Brandenburg (which God mercifully forbid!),
and should it develop, contrary to hope, into an open rupture, the Branden-
burg concessionaries shall not be hindered or disturbed on this account in the
privileges granted them, either on land, or four miles out to sea, in sight of
the country or island of St. Thomas, but this trade and navigation is to be left
in a peaceful state by both sides, mutually, and is to remain in the same
security as if there had never been any rupture between his Royal Majesty
and the Elector of Brandenburg.

27. The Brandenburg concessionaries shall be permitted to dig limestone
for burning, and firewood will be assigned them by the governor according
to their need, just as to Danish subjects, as well for the preservation of their
people, as for use in their sugar-mills. The Brandenburg concessionaries
shall likewise be allowed to export horses from Norway, from the district of
Stavanger, upon payment of the duty, for use in their sugar-mills.

28. Although his Royal Majesty has most graciously permitted and con-
sented that besides the adherents of the Augsburg confession, all other faiths
may also have free exercise of their religion, yet nothing more is to be under-
stood from this than that the Reformed (Calvinists) may have their own
churches along with the adherents of the Augsburg confession, but the other
religions must hold their divine service privately and quietly among them-
selves, and shall not be permitted to build any convents or public edifices, or
commit any scandal in any way whatsoever.

Copenhagen, 1685 307

29. During the thirty years of the concession, the charges upon exports
and imports shall in no wise be raised, but the agreement about them previously
made in the above- written articles shall stand.

30. Should any persons, contrary to hope, undertake any hostilities against
the land and its dependencies (which God forbid!), the Brandenburg conces-
sionaries shall always be protected in such time of need, just like the Danish
subjects. For that purpose, the Brandenburg concessionaries shall be obliged
to render due obedience to his Royal Majesty's governor, who holds the
chief command, in order that thus, as loyal subjects and inhabitants, under
the command and direction of the governor, they may, with united forces,
as in the presence of a common interest, guard against and avert all disaster
and emergencies. On the other hand, the governor shall leave the Branden-
burg concessionaries undisturbed in their trade and commerce, and only take
care that they act for the best interests of the Company, and in complete
accord with this stipulated agreement, and in particular pay the imposts as
more fully set forth in each of the articles.

31. Since the Brandenburg concessionaries are only permitted at present
to dwell and build on the island of St. Thomas, like subjects of his Royal
Majesty, and since his Royal Majesty will take care of them as of his own
subjects, and, for that reason, they can seek no other protection against hostile
inroads than to take refuge in the fortress of Christiansfort, and, upon im-
pending danger, to take thither for safety their most valuable and handiest
possessions, therefore the governor on his part shall not refuse them, if
they ask for such security therein, but shall take the same precaution for the
goods of the Brandenburg concessionaries as for the property and goods of
the Danish subjects.

32. The Brandenburg concessionaries shall supply themselves at their
own cost and risk with all building materials and the like, without his Royal
Majesty or the Company being bound to help them therein.

33. Whenever the Brandenburg concessionaries wish to send their ships
to St. Thomas, they must notify the Company, and thereupon, as soon as they
make known the name of the captain and the ship, they shall be granted at
once, upon request, the necessary passes for these voyages ; but the passes
issued for each ship shall not be valid for more than a single voyage, but
after the termination of the voyage to and fro, they shall be sent back again
to the Danish Company of this place.

34. They shall be permitted to hunt game freely on St. Thomas, within
the limits of the territory assigned them, and to fish everywhere, unhindered,
just like the Danish subjects.

35. The Brandenburg concessionaries shall not venture to carry on any
trade with anyone, which is not conceded in the foregoing articles, the privi-
lege of free trade being reserved to the Danish Company alone. Much less
[shall the Brandenburg concessionaries dare,] without the permission and
approval of the Danish Company, to begin any privateering and to bring
in their prizes there, or in the least to undertake anything inadmissible,
whereby any prejudice or damage could in any way fall upon the Danish
Company. In case they may be, or may come to be, in dispute with any
foreign nation at sea, they shall promptly seek to end and prevent it, so that no
harm or prejudice may arise to the Company therefrom. Moreover, should the
Brandenburg concessionaries undertake anything harmful to the Company,
they shall be responsible for it with all they possess in the country. But in
case his Royal Majesty's countries and islands in the West Indies, and the

308 Doc. 78. Brandenburg — Denmark

Company's estate there, should meet with or incur any harm on that account,
then his Electoral Serenity of Brandenburg (as a mark of high regard to
whom, this privilege has been granted to his subjects) shall reimburse the
Company in full satisfaction for all the damages arising therefrom.

36. Both sides are agreed that when a Danish ship, destined for the West
Indies, is loading in Copenhagen, or a ship of the Brandenburg concession-
aries is loading in Emden 17 or elsewhere, and it happens that there is room
left over in the ship, either party so desiring, and without thereby incon-
veniencing and hindering the loading, shall also be permitted to ship [goods] ,
on payment of the freight (twelve rixdollars for every last reckoned at twelve
tons, and for other wares in proportion). In such circumstances, persons also
can be transported for a reasonable payment.

37. This above-written accord is desired, agreed upon, concluded, and
subscribed by us, as directors of the Royal Danish West India Company, on
behalf of the said Company, on the one part, and by me, councillor and general
director of his Electoral Serenity of Brandenburg on the other part, saving
on both sides the royal and electoral ratification. Done at Copenhagen, or.
the twenty-fourth of November 24, in the year 1685.

A. GiJLDENSPARRE. B. RaULE.

A. Wust.

We have ratified this treaty and agreement in all its clauses and articles and
hold it approved, and we do hereby ratify the same, and by virtue of these
presents in the best and most permanent manner promise by our electoral
word and faith that we will in every way surely fulfill everything that in our
name and on our behalf has been promised and set down in the above inserted
treaty, and we will never in any way do or transact anything against it.
Given under our own signature and seal. Potsdam, December 19, 1685.

Frederick William, elector.

17 The principal headquarters of the Brandenburg-African Company had been estab-
lished at Emden, partly on account of its good harbor, and other advantages of location.
Schiick, op. cit., I. 169 ff.

79.

Treaty of neutrality in America between Great Britain and
France, concluded at Whitehall, November 6/16, 1686.
Ratification by France, November 2p, 1686. [Ratification by
Great Britain, November 30/ December 10, 1686.]

Introduction.

For several months after his accession to the English throne in February,
1685, James II. pursued a vacillating foreign policy.1 While his Catholic
and absolutist principles disposed him to a close union with France, yet,
on August 27, 1685, he concluded a treaty with the United Provinces which
renewed the defensive alliance of March, 1678, and other earlier treaties.2
His attitude toward the Dutch, in the latter part of 1685, alarmed Louis
XIV., who suspected the intention of the Prince of Orange to form a coali-
tion against France with England as its keystone, and knew that his own
persecution of the Huguenots, culminating, in November, 1685, in the revo-
cation of the edict of Nantes, must alienate still further the mass of the
English people.

Besides religious and political differences, conflicting commercial and co-
lonial interests tended to bring France and Great Britain into opposition, if
not into war. In the few years immediately preceding the accession of James
II., there were many points of friction between the two nations in North
America. Opposing claims were put forward and some clashes occurred. In
Canada the French found that the English were attempting to block the ex-
pansion of their fur trade on the north and south. To prevent this, in 1682-
1683 a small body of Frenchmen attacked and plundered the establishments
of the Hudson's Bay Company on the Nelson River. Soon after, the French

1 For James II.'s foreign policy during 1685, see the correspondence between
Louis XIV. and Barillon in the appendix to Charles James Fox, A History of the Early
Part of the Reign of James the Second (1808), or in A Translation of the French
Letters in the Appendix to Mr. Fox's History of the Early Part of the Reign of James
the Second (1808), pp. 14 ft.; J. A. de Mesmes, Negociations de M. le Comte d'Avaux
en Hollande (1752-1753)1 tomes V. and VI., passim; The Negotiations of Count
d'Avaux, Ambassador from His Most Christian Majesty to the States General of the
United Provinces (i754. 1755). III., IV., passim; Sir John Dalrymple, Memoirs of Great
Britain and Ireland (ed. 1771-1788), II. 102 ff.; (ed. 1700), II. iff., 32 ff., 102 ff.; F. A.
J. Mazure, Histoire de la Revolution de 1688 en Angleterrc (1825), I. 393, 395-435, II.
33-43 ; O. Klopp, Der Fall des Houses Stuart, III., bk. VIIL, passim.

2 The treaty of Aug. 17/27, 1685, is printed in J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, torn.
VII., pt. II., pp. no, in. For the treaty of March, 1678, see above, Doc. 71, note 7.
The other instruments confirmed at this time were the treaties of peace and commerce con-
cluded at Breda on July 21/31, 1667 (see above, Doc. 58), the treaty of Westminster,
of February 9/19, 1673/4 (see above, Doc. 69), and the marine and East India treaties
of the same year. Despite the appeals of the Spanish ambassador, Ronquillo, James II.
would not renew the treaty of 1680 (Doc. 74).

309

310 Doc. 7p. Great Britain — France

posts in that region were pillaged by the English.3 In New York, Governor
Dongan offended the French by protecting and aiding the Iroquois and ex-
tending his government over their country, to which the French had claims.4
Deeming that his jurisdiction over Pemaquid extended as far as the St.
Croix, Dongan warned the French dwelling between the Kennebec and the
St. Croix rivers to withdraw or swear allegiance to the King of England.5
In a region undisputedly Acadian, a fishing company recently established
under a French charter accused New Englanders of illegal fishing and trading,
and charged them also with piracy and pillage on the Acadian coasts and
waters. In retaliation for these acts the head of the company had recently
seized and sent to France eight New England vessels, and had petitioned
Louis XIV. for a man-of-war to drive such craft from the coast.6 An En-
glish captain reporting to his government concerning Newfoundland, in 1683,
pointed out the danger of French encroachment there and recommended
fortifications.7 In the Caribbee Islands, relations between French and En-
glish had grown worse after the failure of their home governments to ratify
the treaty of 1678. 8 The English complained that the French instigated the
Caribs against them, and supplied the Caribs with arms and ammunition.9 In
St. Christopher, the two nations continued to quarrel over the execution of
the treaty of Breda, and over the transport of goods along each other's high-
ways.10

In the face of so much ill-feeling between the two nationalities, Louis
XIV. and James II. sought to provide against a war in the New World,
which would be costly in itself and ruinous to their commerce and colonies.
The King of France, whose schemes for the Spanish succession required
peace with England, guardedly took the initiative in reviving the nego-
tiations for a treaty of neutrality in America. Sir William Stapleton, gov-
ernor of the Leeward Islands, and promoter of the treaty of 1678,11 having
promised to try to win the consent of the King of England to a treaty com-
prising the Leeward Islands, Jamaica, Barbados, and even New England,
the French ambassador in London, Paul Barillon d'Amoncourt, marquis de
Branges, was instructed to hint to Stapleton that the King of France might

3 Accounts of Anglo-French rivalry in the Hudson Bay region at this period are in
G. Bryce, The Remarkable History of the Hudson's Bay Company (1900), chs. V., VI.;
Beckles Willson, The Great Company, chs. X., XII.

4 J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y., IX, 265, et passim; id., Hist. St. N. Y .,
II. 394 ft.; H. Lorin, Le Comte de Frontenae (1895), pp. 287 ff.

5 J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y ., IX. 263, 265, 266; id., Hist. St. N. Y.,

II- 379, 393. 394-

6 James Hannay, The History of Acadia from its First Discovery to its Surrender to
England by the Treaty of Paris (1880), pp 216-220.

' Cal. St. Pap. Col, 1681-1685 (1898), no. 939, p. 384.

8 C. S. S. Higham, The Development of the Leeivard Islands under the Restoration
(1921), pp. 1 18-120, et passim. For the treaty of 1678, see above, Doc. 72.

9 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1681-1685 (1899), no. 1126, pp. 447, 448. For an account of the
Caribs in relation to the English and French during the period of the Restoration, see
Higham, op. cit., ch. 6.

10 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1681-1685, no. 866, pp. 360, 361; Higham, op cit., pp. 119, 120.

11 Doc. 72.

Whitehall, 1686 311

agree to such a proposal, if the King of England made it.12 On December 14,
1685, Stapleton petitioned the Lords of Trade and Plantations to consider
{inter alia) the treaty of neutrality ; illness prevented him from carrying
the matter further.13 About the same time, Louis XIV. sent as envoy to the
English court Franqois d'Usson, marquis de Bonrepaus, a man well versed
in commercial and colonial affairs, with which Barillon had neither the ca-
pacity nor the knowledge to deal.14 Bonrepaus was instructed to try to per-
suade the refugee Huguenots to return to France, and to investigate carefully
England's navy, her imports into France, fisheries, commercial companies,
colonial trade, the advantages or disadvantages of adopting a navigation act
for France, and of preventing the import of fish from the English New-
foundland fisheries. He was to inform Barillon that the king would send two
vessels to drive the New England fishermen from the Acadian coast, and
pirates from the coasts of Newfoundland. He must try to discover the senti-
ment of the English in regard to their establishment in St. Christopher, and
whether they would regard it as advantageous for their colonies to have a
treaty of neutrality with the French in that island.15 Apparently the French
proposal of neutrality was to be limited to St. Christopher so that the wider
proposal might come from England.

Assuming the attitude of a complainant rather than of a petitioner, Bonre-
paus at once brought up the affairs of Acadia and Hudson Bay.10 With
regard to the former he suggested that if James II. would renew his orders
to the governors of New England for the exact execution of the treaties of
Breda 17 and Boston 1S Louis XIV. would give similar instructions to his
commandants in Canada.19 With this suggestion James was disposed to com-
ply, but for form's sake, wrote Bonrepaus, he wished to refer the matter to
the interested merchants.20 The French envoy soon learned that James II.
desired a general treaty of neutrality for North America, and Seignelay
empowered Barillon to treat on this basis.21 To spare Barillon's self-esteem,
Bonrepaus, though guiding the negotiations, was not given full powers.
Formal conferences with the English commissioners, of whom Rochester
and Sunderland were the most actively interested, began on the first of

12 Collections de Manuscrits relatifs a la Nouvelle-France (1883-1885), I. 343.

13 Cal. St. Pap. Col, 1685-1688 (1899), no. 497, P- 127.

14 For estimates of Bonrepaus, see T. B. Macaulay, The History of England from the
Accession of James II. (1858), I. 300, II. 51, 52, and Durand, " Louis XIV. et Jacques II.",
in Revue d'Histoire Modcrne et Contemporaine, X. 30.

15 A transcript of the instructions of Dec. 20, 1685, is in P. R. O., Paris Transcripts,
bundle 162.

16 Bonrepaus to Seignelay, Jan. 7 and 17, 1686. P. R. O., Paris Transcripts, bundle
163; Cal. St. Pap. Col, 1685-1688, nos. 544, 545, pp. 141, 142.

17 This treaty is printed above, Doc. 58.

18 Printed above, Doc. 64.

19 Bonrepaus to Seignelay, Feb. 4, 1686, P. R. O., Paris Transcripts, bundle 164.

20 Same to same, Jan. 17, 1686, ibid., bundle 163.

21 Durand, " Louis XIV. et Jacques II.", in Revue d'Histoire Moderne et Contempo-
raine, X. 41.

312 Doc. yp. Great Britain — France

March.22 Besides providing for neutrality, the French were bent on pro-
hibiting English vessels from trading or fishing in the harbors or on the
coasts of French America, under penalty of confiscation of boats and mer-
chandise; on restraining English governors from aiding savages with whom
the French were at war ; on equalizing the rights of the French and English
to the fur trade in the region of the Nelson River ; on preventing the English
from taking commissions from powers hostile to France to carry on priva-
teering in American waters ; on securing the observance of the treaties of
Breda and Boston, the right of the French to fish for turtles at the Cayman
Islands, and the exchange of the English part of St. Christopher for St.
Croix or other French territory ; and on the checking of piracy.

The English, on the other hand, claimed satisfaction for the confiscation of
their vessels by the Acadian fishing company, and for their losses at St.
Christopher and Port Nelson. They desired access to the salt ponds on St.
Christopher by land and sea ; liberty for English vessels to secure water and
wood on the coasts of French America, and friendly treatment for English
ships forced by urgent necessity to seek shelter there. They desired provision
against privateering by French armateurs, unless security were given as in
Europe ; against the French receiving Indians or slaves, or goods taken from
the English by the Indians ; and against any injury to the Hudson's Bay
Company by the French.23

Bonrepaus complained of the slowness of the negotiations, attributing it
to the English ministers' fear of offending Parliament, which was opposed
to a treaty with France, and to their desire to investigate the details of the
trade and to satisfy the trading companies.24 An agreement on nearly all
points had been reached, however, when the envoy left England on the
first day of May.25 After his departure some new obstacles arose. The

22 On Feb. 21, 1686, Bonrepaus wrote to Seignelay : " Ces conferences se tiendront dans
le mesme lieu ou le Roy d'Angleterre se tient son conseil, sa chaise y est toujours."
P. R. O., Paris Transcripts, bundle 164. Since Bonrepaus lacked full powers, objections
were made to his presence at the conferences. He wrote Seignelay on Mar. 4 : " Milord
Sunderland nous dit pour raison en propres termes que le Roy son maistre estoit fort
pointilleux et qu'ayant nomine pour commissaires dans cette affaire les cinq principaux
ministres de son conseil et les plus experimentez dans les affaires de commerce, il estoit
estonne que le Roy n'en eust point voulu nommer deux." Ibid., bundle 165.

23 Bonrepaus to Seignelay, Mar. 4, 1686, P. R. O., Paris Transcripts, bundle 165;
same to same, Apr. 4, 1686, ibid., bundle 165 ; English projet of treaty, with comments
of French, joined to Bonrepaus's letter of Apr. 8, 1686, ibid. This is almost the same
as that printed in Collection de Manuscrits relatifs a la Nouvelle-France, I. 355-362.
With this is printed an early French projet, ibid., pp. 352-355. See also Durand, op. cit.,
pp. 41-43.

24 Bonrepaus to Seignelay, Mar. 4 and 18, 1686, P. R. O., Paris Transcripts, bundle 165.
On Jan. 10, 1686, Bonrepaus wrote to Seignelay that, owing to the prorogation of Parlia-
ment and the King of England's desire to attach himself more and more to France, it
would be very easy to make a good treaty of commerce and another of neutrality pro-
vided that it were done promptly and so secretly that the Parliamentarians could not
discover it. Paris Transcripts, bundle 163.

25 Bonrepaus to Seignelay, May 5, 1686, P. R. O., Paris Transcripts, bundle 166.
During Bonrepaus's residence in London he had procured copies of all the letters
patent granted by the English kings to their subjects in America " par ou Ton voit les
limites qui y sont donnees, ce qui servira de titre pour les faire contenir dans leurs
limites ". He also secured copies of commissions and instructions given to the gov-

Whitehall, 1686 313

Spanish ambassador, wrote Barillon, tried to excite the jealousy of the Eng-
lish in regard to La Salle's voyage to the Gulf of Mexico, and although
King James was not disturbed, it would seem that the merchants were.20 On
November 6, 1686, Seignelay notified Barillon that a French expedition from
Canada had seized three English forts at Hudson Bay ; and since the news had
not reached London, he urged the ambassador to hasten the conclusion of the
negotiations.27 The treaty was signed on November 6/16, and promptly
ratified by both kings. Thereupon the British government in December and
the French government in the following February ordered its publication
in the colonies.28

The treaty left untouched the Hudson Bay dispute and other controversial
matters. In the spring of 1687 commissioners were appointed to try to put
an end to all the differences existing between the two nationalities in respect
to their American territories.29

Bibliography.

Text : MS. The text of the French ratification is in the P. R. O., St. Pap. For.,
Treaties, no. 65. The text of the English ratification is in the bureau of
the archives of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris.

Text: Printed. F. Leonard, Recueil des Traitez de Paix (1693), V.; J.
Dumont, Corps Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VII., pt. II., pp. 141-
143 ; Memoires des Commissaires de sa Majeste Tres-Chretienne (Am-
sterdam, 1755), II. 76-87, 217-226; Collection de Manuscrits Histori-
ques relatifs a la Nouvelle-France (ed. J. Blanchet under auspices of
the Legislature of Quebec, 1883-1885).

Translation: A General Collection of Treatys (1732), I. 246-252.

References : Contemporary and early writings. Collection de Manuscrits
relatifs a la Nouvelle-France, I. 343, 352-362, et passim; Col. St. Pap.
Col., 1685-1688, nos. 497, 521, 1001, 1062, 1074, 1 123, 1441, 1445, 1480,
1571, 1600, 1642, 1681; Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y. (1853-1883), III.
388, 389, 465-475, 487, 490, 491.. 5°3-532, 547. IV. 169, 478, V. 620,
IX. 370 ; Memorials of the English and French Commissaries concern-
ing the Limits of Nova Scotia or Acadia (1755), pp. 28 ff., 123, 149 ff.,
170, 414 ff., 527, 529, 614-616; The Memorials of the English and
French Commissaries concerning St. Lucia (1755), pp. 29-31, 133-143,
377-402, 504 ff. ; F. X. de Charlevoix, History and General Description
of New France (ed. J. G. Shea, 1866-1872), III. 273 ff. ; Sir James
Mackintosh, History of the Revolution in England in 1688 ( 1834) , app.
1, Letter of D. Pedro Ronquillo, Aug. 12, 1686, pp. 677-679. See also
bibliography of Doc. 80.

ernors of these colonies, and " les statuts pour connoistre la maniere dont les peuples y
sont gouvernez et les loix de leurs commerces ; les cartes pour naviguer en ce pays la ou
sont marquees les sondes de tous les ports, rades et mouillages ; les mesmes choses pour
tout ce qui regarde les compagnies de commerce d'Angleterre qui sont au nombre de
sept, . . . tous les traittez de marine et de commerce qui les Roys d'Angleterre ont fait
depuis cent ans avec les Princes et Estats de l'Europe et des Indes, que j'ay fait traduire
en frangois ; les livres touchant la marine et le commerce, et tout ce qui concerne la
justice et la police sur ce fait la". Ibid.

26 Barillon to Louis XIV., July II, and July 15, 1686, Paris Transcripts, bundle 166.
For a further account of La Salle's enterprise see above, Doc. 77.

27 Durand, op. cit., p. 43.

2sCal. St. Pap. Col., 1685-1688, no. 1062, p. 302; Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y.,
III. 388, IX. 330.
29 See below, Doc. 30.

21

314 Doc. yg. Great Britain — France

References : Later writings. R. Durand, " Louis XIV. et Jacques II. a la
Veille de la Revolution de 1688: les Trois Missions de Bonrepaus en
Angleterre ", in Revue d'Histoire Moderne et Contemporaine, X.
(1908) 28-44; F.-X. Garneau, Histoire du Canada (fifth ed., 1913,
1920), I. 317-328, 408-413; H. Lorin, Le Comte de Frontenac: £tude
sur le Canada Frangaise a la Fin du XVII e Siecle (1895), pp. 299-321 ,
F. Parkman, Count Frontenac and New France under Louis XIV
(1901), ch. 7; J. R. Brodhead, Hist. St. N. Y. (1853, 1871), II. 440
ff ., 466 ff ., 474, 475 ; J. Winsor, Narrative and Critical History ( 1886-
1889), IV. 344-346; O. Klopp, Der Fall des Hauses Stuart (1875-
1888), III. 233 ff., 266 ff.

Text.

30

Louis, par la grace de Dieu roy de France et de Navarre, a tous ceux qui
ces presentes lettres verront, Salut. Ayant veu et examine le traite de neu-
tralite en l'Amerique signe a Londres le seize de ce mois en nostre nom par le
Sieur Barillon Damoncourt, marquis de Branges, conseiller ordinaire en nostre
conseil d'estat et nostre ambassadeur extraordinaire prez nostre tres cher
et tres ame bon f rere le Roy de la Grande Bretagne, en vertu du pleinpouvoir
que nous lui en avoient donne, et en celuy de nostre dit frere par les Sieurs
Baron Jeffreys de Wem, grand chancelier d'Angleterre, Comte de Rochester,
grand tresorier d'Angleterre, Comte de Sunderland, president du conseil
prive et un des principaux secretaires d'estat, Comte de Middelton, autre prin-
cipal secretaire d'estat, et Sidney Godolphin, tous conseillers secrets dudit
Roy de la Grande Bretagne, pareillement munis de pleins pouvoirs de sa part,
ledit traite de neutralite dont la teneur ensuit:

Cum Serenissimo et Potentissimo principi Ludovico 14 °, Galliarum et
Navarrae regi Christianissimo, et Serenissimo ac Potentissimo principi Jacobo
Secundo, Magnae Britanniae regi, nihil magis cordi sit quam mutuam inter
ipsos amicitiam, ac inter ipsorum regna, dominia, subditosque sinceram con-
cordiam ac correspondentiam magis magisque in dies stabilire; cumque eum
in finem ipsis visum sit tractatum pacis, bonae correspondentiae, et neutrali-
tatis in America inire, quo omnibus quantum fieri possit praeveniatur con-
troversiis et differentiis quae inter subditos utriusque coronae in remotiori-
bus partibus exoriri contigerint ; Serenissimi regis plenipotentiaries huic inde
hac de re tractaturos et conventuros constituerint, scilicet, alte memoratus
Christianissimus Rex dominum Paulum Barillon Damoncourt, marchionem
de Brangues, consiliarium ordinarium in concilio suo status, et legatum suum
extraordinarium ; et alte memoratus Magnae Britanniae Rex, dominos Geor-
gium, baronem Jeffreys de Wem, magnum Angliae cancellarium, Laurentium,
comitem de Rochester, magnum Angliae thesaurarium, Robertum, comitem de
Sunderland, presidem concilii privati et primariorum status secretariorum
unum, Carolum, comitem de Middleton, primariorum status secretariorum
alterum, et Sidneium, dominum Godolphin, Majestatis suae consiliarios in-
timos, qui post rite permutatas plenipotentiarum tabulas in sequentes, articulos
convenerunt.

1. Conclusum et concordatum est quod ab hoc usque die sit firma pax,
unio, concordia, et bona correspondentia tarn terra quam mari inter nationes
Gallicam et Britannicam in America sive Septentrionali sive Meridionali, et

80 The text is taken from the ratification by France, preserved in the P. R. O., St.
Pap. For., Treaties, no. 65.

Whitehall 1686 315

super insulas, colonias, fortalitia, civitates, et praefecturas sine distinctione
locorum sub Serenissimi Regis Christianissimi vel Serenissimi Regis Magnae
Britanniae ditione in America positas, et de praefectis utriusque regis re-
spective gubernatas.

2. Quod nullae naves aut navigia majora vel minora ad Serenissimi Regis
Christianissimi subditos in praedictis Gallici juris insulis, coloniis, fortalitiis,
civitatibus, et praef ecturis pertinentia instruantur vel adhibeantur ad aggredien-
dum Serenissimi Regis Magnae Britanniae subditos in suis insulis, coloniis,
fortalitiis, civitatibus, et praefecturis, vel ad ullam iis injuriam aut damnum
inferendum. Pari modo quod nullae naves aut navigia majora vel minora ad
Serenissimi Regis Magnae Britanniae subditos, in praedictis Anglici juris
insulis, coloniis, fortalitiis, civitatibus, et praefecturis pertinentia instruantur
vel adhibeantur ad aggrediendum Serenissimi Regis Christianissimi sub-
ditos in suis insulis, coloniis, fortalitiis, civitatibus, et praefecturis vel ad
ullam iis injuriam aut damnum inferendum.

3. Quod nulli milites, hominesve militares, vel alii qualescunque, habitantes
et commorantes in praedictis Gallici juris insulis, coloniis, fortalitiis, civi-
tatibus, et praefecturis, vel qui illuc ex Europa in praesidia veniunt, ullum
actum hostilitatis, ullumve damnum aut injuriam, directe vel indirecte, faciant
aut moliantur adversus Serenissimi Regis Magnae Britanniae subditos in
praedictis Anglici juris insulis, coloniis, fortalitiis, civitatibus, et praefecturis,
neque ullum auxilium aut ullas suppetias hominum vel victualium praebe-
bunt aut ferent barbaris cum quibus Rex Magnae Britanniae bellum geret.
Pari modo quod nulli milites, hominesve militares, aut alii qualescunque
habitantes et commorantes in praedictis Anglici juris insulis, coloniis, for-
talitiis, civitatibus, et praefecturis, vel qui illuc ex Europa in praesidia veniunt,
ullum actum hostilitatis, ullumve damnum aut injuriam, directe vel indirecte,
faciant aut initiantur adversus Serenissimi Regis Christianissimi subditos
in praedictis Gallici juris insulis, coloniis, fortalitiis, civitatibus, et praefecturis ;
neque ullum auxilium aut ullas suppetitas [sic] hominum vel victualium
praebebunt aut ferent barbaris cum quibus Rex Christianissimus bellum geret.

4. Conventum est quod uterque rex habeat retineatque sibi omnia dominia,
jura et praeeminentias in maribus Americanis, fretis atque aquis quibuscun-
que, eadem pari amplitudine quae illis jure competit et eodem modo quo illis
jam fruuntur.

5. Atque idcirco subditi et incolae, mercatores, navarchi, naucleri, nautaeque
regnorum, provinciarum, terrarumque utriusque regis respective abstinebunt
cavebuntque sibi a commerciis et piscatura in locis omnibus quae ab una vel
altera parte occupantur vel occupabuntur in America, nimirum Regis Chris-
tianissimi subditi negotiationem non dirigent, mercaturam non exercebunt et
piscaturam non facient in portubus, fluminibus, sinubus, oestuariis, stationi-
bus, littoribus, locisve quae Rex Magnae Britanniae in America tenet vel in
posterum tenebit, et vicissim Regis Magnae Britanniae subditi negociationem
non dirigent, mercaturam non exercebunt, et piscaturam non facient in por-
tubus, fluminibus, sinubus, oestuariis, stationibus, littoribus, locisve quae
ibidem a Rege Christianissimo possidentur vel in posterum possidebuntur, et
si navis aliquis sive navigium deprehendetur, mercaturam vel piscaturam
faciens contra hujus tractatus tenorem, navis ista sive navigium una cum
onere (probatione legitima facta) fisco adjudicetur ; licebit tamen parti quae
se gravatum senserit, ejusmodi confiscationis sententia, concilium status istius
regis a cujus praefectis vel judicibus lata fuerit contra ipsum sententia,
adire, ibidemque querelam suam ea de re exponere, quod tamen executionem
sententiae non impediet ; intellectum tamen semper esto, libertatem navi-

316 Doc. /p. Great Britain — France

gationis neutiquam interrumpi debere, modo nihil adversus genuinum sensum
hujus tractatus committatur.

6. Item concordatum est, quod si alterutrius regis subditi et incolae cum
navibus suis, sive bellicae sive et publicae sive onerariae ac privatae, procellis
abrupti fuerint, vel persequentibus pyratis, inimicis, ac hostibus aut aliqua
alia urgente necessitate coacti fuerint, se ad portum quaerendum in alterius
regis flumina, sinus, oestuaria ac stationes eripere vel ad littora quaecunque
in America appellere, benigne omnique humanitate ibidem excipiantur, arnica
gaudeant protectione et benevole tractantur ; nullo autem modo impediantur
quominus integrum omnino habeant reficere se, victualia etiam et omne genus
commeatuum sive vitae sustinendae sive navibus reparandis et itineri faciendo
necessarium aequo et consueto pretio comparare ; nulla quoque ratione pro-
hibeantur, ex portu et statione vicissim solvere ac egredi, quin ipsis licitum
sit pro libitu migrare loco liberoque discedere, quandocunque et quocunque
visum f uerit, absque ulla molestatione aut impedimento ; cautum vero semper
sit ut onus non distrahant, neque mercium aut sareniarum aliquid e navibus
efferant et vendi exponant ; nee etiam mercimonia ab altera parte in naves
recipiant vel piscaturam faciant, sub poena confiscationis navium et mercium,
eo modo quo praecedenti articulo conventum est ; concordatum insuper est
quod ouotiescunque alterutrius regis subditi cum navibus suis alterius portus
ingredi, prout supra dictum est, coacti fuerint, ipso ingressu vexillum vel
signum nationis suae exponere et adventus sui notitiam trina tormenti ma j oris
explosione dare tenebuntur, sin autem majora ipsis non fuerint tormenta,
trina sclopetae explosio sufficiet ; quod ni fecerint, scapham autem ad terram
miserint, confiscationi obnoxii erunt.

7. Pari ratione si naves alterutrius regis ejusdemque subditorum [aut]
incolarum ad oras aut in ditionibus quibuscunque alterius impegerint, jactum
fecerint, vel (quod Deus avertat) naufragium aut damnum quodcunque passae
fuerint, periclitantibus aut naufragis benevole et amicissime subveniatur atque
auxilium feratur, litteraeque illis salvi conductus exhibeantur, quibus inde tuto
et absque molestia exire, et ad suam quisque patriam redire valeat.

8. Quando alterutrius naves (uti supra dictum est) maris periculo, aliave
cogente ratione compulsae in alterius portus adigantur, si tres quatuorve
fuerint, justamque suspicionis occasionem praebere potuerint, adventus istius-
modi causa gubernatori vel primario loci magistratui statim exponetur. nee
diutius ibi mora trahetur quam quae illis a dicto gubernatore aut praefecto
permissa, et victui comparando navibusque turn resarciendis turn instruendis
commoda atque aequa fuerit.

9. Conventum insuper est quod regis Christianissimi subditis insulam
Sancti Christophori habitantibus licebit flumina Sinus Magni entrare ad aquam
hauriendum vel comparandum ; licebit etiam subditis regis Magnae Britan-
niae praedictae insulae salem de salinis ibidem petere ac sine ulla molestia vel
impedimento aliquo tarn mari quam terra asportare ; proviso tamen quod
regis Christianissimi subditi aquam diurno tantum tempore haurient, ibidem-
que regis Magnae Britanniae subditi salem navibus vel navigiis non nisi diurno
tempore imponent ; et quod naves vel navigia utriusque respective nationis
quae aquae hauriendae vel salis petendi gratia accesserint adventum suum
vexilli vel signi nationis suae expositione et trina tormenti majoris explosione
significabunt \ sin autem majora ipsis non fuerint tormenta, trina sclopetae
sufficiet explosio ; si vero aliqua navis alterutrius nationis sub praetextu
hauriendae aquae vel petendi salis mercaturam fecerit, fisco addicetur.

10. Quod subditi neutrius nationis excipient barbaros loci incolas. vel
servos, sive bona quae ab alterius nationis subditis direpta, dicti incolae au-

Whitehall, 1686 317

ferent, aut auxilium protectionemve ipsis exhibebunt, in ejusmodo direptioni-
bus vel depraedationibus.

n. Quod praefecti, officiales, et subditi alterutrius regis, alterius subditis
nullam molestiam inferent in coloniis respective suis stabiliendis aut in com-
mercio et navigatione facienda.

12. Et quo Serenissimi Regis Christianissimi, Serenissimi item Regis
Magnae Britanniae subditorum securitati abundantius cautum sit, quo nulla
injuria per alterutrius partis naves bellicas aut alias sumptibus privatis ad
bellum instructas iis inferetur, omnibus tam Serenissimi Regis Christianissimi
quam Serenissimi Regis Magnae Britanniae navium praefectis, omnibusque
eorum subditis, qui suis impensis naves instruent, ut et privilegiatis hinc inde
communitatibus, omni in alteram partem injuria et damno quocunque in-
terdicetur, sin secure facient poenas lucri, et praeterea obstricti etiam de
damno cum omni causa et eo quod interest satis facere per reparationem et
restitutionem sub obligatione et nexu personae bonorumque.

13. Ob hanc causam singuli navium sumptibus privatis ad bellum instruc-
tarum praefecti, antequam diplomata sive commissiones suas speciales recip-
iant, sufficientem fiduciariam cautionem, per viros idoneos qui solvendo sunt
et in tali navi partem vel interesse non habent, coram judice competente
interponere in posterum tenebuntur in summa mille librarum sterlingarum,
sive tredecim millium librarum (wulgo livres) ; et quoties centum et quin-
quaginta numero excedent homines in summa bis mille librarum sterlingarum,
sive viginti sex millium librarum, se damnis et injuriis quisbuscunque quas
suo cursu navali ipsi vel sui officiales, aliive sibi inservientes contra praesen-
tem hunc tractatum, vel alium quemcunque inter Serenissimum Regem Chris-
tianissimum et Serenissimum Regem Magnae Britanniae committant in soli-
dum satisfacturos, sub poena etiam revocationis et cassationis litterarum com-
missionalium specialium ac diplomatum, in quibus semper inseretur talem
cautionem ab ipsis (ut praefertur) interposjtam fuisse, et insuper conventum
est quod navis etiam ipsa damnis et injuriis a se illatis satisfacere tenebitur.

14. Cum vero piratae per maria Americae tam Septentrionalis quam
Meridionalis hue illuc discursantes multa commerciis inferunt damna, et
utriusque coronae subditos in partibus istis navigantes et mercaturam exer-
centes variis afficiunt molestiis, concordatum est quod utriusque regis prae-
fectis et ministris stricte injungatur, quatenus piratis cujuscunque fuerint
nationis, nullum omnino auxilium, patrocinium, vel etiam recessum, in portu-
bus aut stationibus sub eorum respective ditionibus sitis quoquemodo prae-
beant ; praedictis etiam praefectis et ministris expresse mandetur, ut omnes
qui navem vel naves sine legitima commissione ac authoritate ad cursum in-
struere deprehendentur, tanquam piratas puniant.

15. Nullus utriusvis regum subditus diploma aut commissionem, navem
vel naves ad cursum in America sive Septentrionali sive Meridionali armandi
et instruendi, petat vel accipiat a quovis principe aut statu, cum quo alter
regum bellum gerit ; si quis autem istiusmodi diploma vel commissionem ac-
ceperit ut pirata puniatur.

16. Christianissimi Regis subditi plena fruantur libertate piscandi tes-
tudines in insulis vulgo Cayman dictis.

17. Quod si quae unquam differentiae aut controversiae inter subditos
praedictorum Serenissimorum Regum in praedictis utriusque juris insulis,
coloniis, fortalitiis, civitatibus, et praefecturis (sive mari sive terra) ortae
fuerint, pax haec et bona correspondentia non idcirco interrumpetur aut
inf ringetur ; verum istae controversiae quae inter subditos amborum regum
evenerint, cognoscantur, decernantur, et determinentur a praefectis utrius-
que respective jurisdictions ubi controversiae ortae fuerint, vel ab iis quos

318 Doc. /p. Great Britain — France

ipsi deputaverint ; si vero eaedem differentiae a dictis praef ectis inter spatium
unius anni determinari non possunt, praedicti praefecti eas utrique Serenis-
simo Regi quantocius dimittant, ut pro justicia eo modo quo inter ipsos con-
veniet determinentur.

1 8. Conclusum insuper et concordatum est quod si unquam aliqua ruptura
(quod Deus avertat) inter dictas coronas in Europa accident, nullus tamen
actus hostilitatis neque terra neque mari exercebitur ab ullis Serenissimi
Regis Christianissimi praesidiis, militibus, aut subditis quibusvis insularum,
coloniarum, fortalitiarum, civitatum, et praefecturarum nunc existentium,
vel quae in posterum erint juris Gallic! in America, adversus Serenissimi
Regis Magnae Britanniae subditos in ullis Americae coloniis habitantes vel
ibidem commorantes, item reciproce quod in supradicto casu rupturae in
Europa nullus hostilitatis actus neque terra neque mari exercebitur ab ullis
Serenissimi Regis Magnae Britanniae praesidiis, militibus, aut subditis qui-
busve insularum, coloniarum, fortalitiorum, civitatum, et praefecturarum
nunc existentium, vel quae in posterum erunt juris Anglici in America adver-
sus Serenissimi Regis Christianissimi subditos in ullis Americae coloniis
habitantes vel ibidem commorantes ; sed pax et neutralitas vera et firma re-
manebit in America inter praedictas nationes Gallicam et Britannicam, eodem
plane modo ac si talis ruptura in Europa non accidisset.

19. Pro visum et concordatum est quod praesens iste tractatus nullomodo
deroget tractatui inter praedictos Serenissimos Reges 31/21 die mensis Julii
anno Domini 1667, Bredae concluso, sed quod omnes et singuli illius tractatus
articuli clausulaeque suo in vigore maneant et observentur.

20. Quod omnes tractatus sive articuli ullo antehac tempore inter praedic-
tas nationes super insulam Sancti Christophori vel alibi in America facti
et conclusi pristinum suum vigorem obtineant et ab utraque parte observentur
sicut antea, nisi in quantum contrarii esse reperiantur praesenti huic tractatui.

21. Conventum denique et conclusum est quod praesens tractatus omniaque
et singula in eo contenta, quam mature fieri poterit, hinc inde ratihabebuntur
et confirmabuntur ; quodque ratificationes desuper habitae intra duos menses
a data praesentium reciproce riteque inter ambas partes permutabuntur, atque
intra octo mensium spatium, aut citius si fieri poterit, per omnia utriusque
regis regna, dominia, et colonias, tarn in America quam alibi, publicentur.

In quorum omnium et singulorum fidem nos supra memorati plenipoten-
tiarii praesentem tractatum manibus nostris et sigillis mutuis subsignavimus et
munivimus. Datum in palatio regio de Whitehall die sexto/decimo sexto
mensis Novembris 1686. Signe Barillon d'Amoncourt, Jeffreys C,
Rochester, Sunderland P., Middelton, et Godolphin, et scelle du cachet
de leurs armes.

Nous ayans agreable le susdit traite de neutralite en tous et en chacun les
points qui y sont contenus et declarez, avons iceux acceptez, aprouvez, ratif-
fiez, et confirmez, acceptons, aprouvons, ratiffions, et confirmons, et le tout
prometons en foy et parolle de roy garder et observer inviolablement, sans
aller ni venir au contraire, directement ni indirectement, en quelque sorte et
maniere que ce soit. En tesmoing de quoy nous avons signe les presentes
de nostre main et a icelles fait apposer nostre seel. Donne a Versailles le
vingt neufvieme Novembre l'an de grace mil six cens quatre vingts six et
de nostre regne le quarante quatre.

Louis.

Par le roy.
Colbert.

Whitehall, 1686 319

Translation.

Louis, by the grace of God king of France and Navarre, to all those who
shall see these present letters, greeting. Having seen and examined the treaty
of neutrality in America signed at London on the sixteenth of this month
in our name by the Sieur Barillon d'Amancourt, marquis de Branges, or-
dinary councillor in our council of state and our extraordinary ambassador
to our very dear and greatly beloved good brother the King of Great Britain,
in virtue of the full powers which we had given him therefor, and in the
name of our said brother by the lords Baron Jeffreys of Wem, high chancellor
of England, the Earl of Rochester, high treasurer of England, the Earl of
Sunderland, president of the privy council and one of the principal secretaries
of state, the Earl of Middleton, the other principal secretary of state, and
Sidney Godolphin, all privy councillors of the said King of Great Britain,
similarly provided with full powers on his part, of which treaty of neutrality
the tenor here follows :

Whereas to the Most Serene and Most Potent prince Louis XIV., Most
Christian King of France and Navarre, and to the Most Serene and Most
Potent prince James the Second, King of Great Britain, nothing is more dear
than to establish more and more, day by day, mutual friendship between
themselves, and a sincere concord and correspondence between their kingdoms,
dominions, and subjects, and whereas toward that end it has seemed good to
them to enter into a treaty of peace, good correspondence, and neutrality in
America, whereby, so far as is possible, all controversies and differences may
be prevented which might arise between the subjects of both crowns in those
more remote regions, the Most Serene kings have commissioned plenipotenti-
aries on both sides to treat and agree respecting this matter, to wit, the afore-
said Most Christian King commissioned the lord Paul Barillon d'Amancourt,
marquis de Brangues, ordinary councillor in his council of state and his
extraordinary ambassador, and the aforesaid King of Great Britain com-
missioned the lords George, lord Jeffreys of Wem, high chancellor of England,
Laurence, earl of Rochester, high treasurer of England, Robert, earl of
Sunderland, president of the privy council and one of his principal secre-
taries of state, Charles, earl of Middleton, his other principal secretary of
state, and Sidney, lord Godolphin, privy councillors of his Majesty, who
having duly exchanged their full powers agreed upon the following articles.

1. It is concluded and agreed that from this day on there shall be firm
peace, union, concord, and good correspondence, both on land and on sea,
between the French and British nations in both North America and South
America, and throughout those islands, colonies, fortresses, states, and gov-
ernments, without distinction of place, which lie in America under the juris-
diction of the Most Serene Most Christian King and of the Most Serene
King of Great Britain, and are governed by the officers of those kings re-
spectively.

2. That no ships or vessels, larger or smaller, belonging to the subjects of
the Most Serene Most Christian King in the aforesaid islands, colonies,
fortresses, states, and governments under French jurisdiction, shall be pre-
pared or sent forth for aggression upon the subjects of the Most Serene
King of Great Britain in his islands, colonies, fortresses, states, and govern-
ments or for the bringing of any injury or damage to them. Similarly, that
no ships or vessels, greater or smaller, belonging to subjects of the Most
Serene King of Great Britain in the aforesaid islands, colonies, fortresses,
states, and governments under English jurisdiction shall be prepared or sent
out for aggression upon subjects of the Most Serene Most Christian King

320 Doc. 79. Great Britain — France

in his islands, colonies, fortresses, states, and governments or for the bring-
ing of any injury or damage upon them.

3. That no soldiers or military men or any others, inhabiting and dwelling
in the aforesaid islands, colonies, fortresses, states, and governments under
the jurisdiction of France, or who have come into garrisons thither from
Europe, shall commit any act of hostility or inflict damage or injury, directly
or indirectly, upon subjects of the Most Serene King of Great Britain in the
aforesaid islands, colonies, fortresses, states, and governments under the
jurisdiction of England, or shall offer or bring any aid or supplies of men or
provisions to barbarians with whom the King of Great Britain is carrying on
war. Similarly that no soldiers or military men or any other persons inhabit-
ing or dwelling in the aforesaid islands, colonies, fortresses, states, and gov-
ernments under English jurisdiction, or who have come into garrisons from
Europe, shall commit any act of hostility or bring any harm or injury, directly
or indirectly, to the subjects of the Most Serene Most Christian King in the
aforesaid islands, colonies, fortresses, states, and governments under French
jurisdiction, nor shall they offer or bring any aid or other supplies of men
or provisions to barbarians with whom the Most Christian king is carrying
on war.

4. It is agreed that each king shall have and retain for himself all dominions,
rights, and prerogatives in the seas, straits, or other waters of America, with
the same amplitude which belongs to each by right and in the same manner
in which he now enjoys them.

5. And moreover the subjects, inhabitants, merchants, ship-captains, skip-
pers, and sailors of the kingdoms, provinces, and lands of both kings re-
spectively, shall abstain and keep away from trade and fishing in all places
which are occupied or shall be occupied by one or the other party in America,
and further the subjects of the Most Christian King shall not direct traffic
nor carry on trade nor engage in fishing in the ports, rivers, bays, estuaries,
stations, shores, or places which the King of Great Britain holds or shall
hereafter hold in America ; and in turn the subjects of the King of Great
Britain shall not direct traffic nor carry on trade nor engage in fishing in the
ports, rivers, bays, estuaries, stations, shores, or places which there are pos-
sessed by the Most Christian King; and if any ship or vessel is apprehended
carrying on trade or fishing contrary to the tenor of this treaty, that ship or
vessel, after legal proof rendered, shall be confiscated together with its cargo.
Nevertheless it shall be permitted to any party who considers himself ag-
grieved by such sentence of confiscation to appeal to the council of state of
that king by whose officers or judges sentence was given against him, and there
to set forth his complaint concerning this matter, which nevertheless shall not
impede the execution of the sentence ; it is however to be understood that
freedom of navigation ought in no wise to be interrupted provided no act is
committed against the true meaning of this treaty.

6. It is further agreed that if the subjects or inhabitants under either
king, with their ships, whether ships of war and public or ships of burden
and private, shall be driven out of their course by storms, or shall be com-
pelled by pirates pursuing, or enemies, or any other urgent necessity, to
escape by seeking harbor in the rivers, bays, estuaries, or stations of the
other king, or to come to any shores in America, they shall be received
there kindly and with all humanity, shall enjoy friendly protection, and be
treated with benevolence ; they shall moreover be nowise hindered from mak-
ing complete repairs or from obtaining at a fair and customary price victuals
and every sort of supplies necessary either for sustaining life or for repairing
vessels or for journeying; also they shall be nowise prohibited from sailing

Whitehall, 1686 321

forth in turn from harbor or station but rather shall be permitted to change
place at will, and freely to depart whensoever and whithersoever they see
fit, without any molestation or hindrance; care shall however be taken that
they do not carry away any freight, nor land from their ships and offer for
sale any goods, nor take goods from the other party into their ships, nor carry
on fishing, under penalty of confiscation of ships and goods, as has been
agreed in the preceding article. It is moreover agreed that as often as sub-
jects of either king with their ships shall have been compelled to enter the
ports of the other, as above said, on their entrance they shall be required to
display the ensign of their nation and give notice of their arrival by three
salutes of their cannon ; if however they have no cannon three musket shots
will suffice. If they do not perform this, and send any boat to shore, they
shall be subject to confiscation.

7. Similarly, if the ships of either king and of his subjects or inhabitants
shall come upon the shores or into the jurisdiction of the other, or shall make
jettison, or (which God forbid) shall suffer shipwreck or any damage, aid
shall be given in a kind and friendly manner to those in danger or ship-
wrecked, and letters of safe conduct shall be given them by which they may
go thence safely and without harm and return each to his own country.

8. When ships of either party (as above said) driven by danger of the sea
or other compelling cause shall come into the ports of the other, if there are
three or four of them, and they may give reasonable ground for suspicion, the
arrival of such shall be immediately announced to the governor or chief
magistrate of the place, and they shall not delay there a longer time than
is permitted to them by the said governor or officer and than is suitable and
right for buying provisions and refitting or rebuilding the ships.

9. It is further agreed that subjects of the Most Christian King inhabiting
the island of St. Christopher shall be permitted to enter the rivers of the Great
Bay to draw or obtain water ; also, subjects of the King of Great Britain of
the said island shall be permitted to obtain salt from the salt-pans there and
carry it away, whether by sea or by land, without any molestation or hin-
drance ; provided nevertheless that subjects of the Most Christian King shall
draw water only in the daytime, and subjects of the King of Great Britain shall
not load salt on their ships or vessels except in the daytime, and that ships or
vessels of either nation respectively which have come to obtain water or salt
shall announce their arrival by hoisting the flag or ensign of their nation
and by three cannon shots ; but if they have no cannon three musket shots
will suffice ; if however any ship of either nation carries on merchandize
under pretext of obtaining water or salt, it shall be confiscated.

10. That subjects of neither nation shall receive barbarians dwelling in the
place, or slaves, or goods which the said dwellers may have stolen from sub-
jects of the other nation, nor shall they give them aid or protection in such
thefts or depredations.

11. That the officers of neither king shall molest the subjects of the other
in establishing their respective colonies or carrying on commerce and navi-
gation.

12. And out of more abundant caution for the security of the subjects of
the Most Serene Most Christian King and the Most Serene King of Great
Britain, in order that no harm may be inflicted upon them by war-ships of
the other party or other ships prepared at private expense for warfare, all
ship-captains, both of the Most Serene Most Christian King and of the Most
Serene King of Great Britain, and all their subjects who fit out ships at their
own expense, and all privileged communities on both sides, shall be pro-
hibited from all injury and harm toward the other party, but shall give

322 Doc. 79. Great Britain — France

security and be restrained from damage on any account and satisfy the in-
terested party by reparation and restitution, under obligation of person and
goods.

13. For this reason all captains of vessels fitted out for warfare at private
expense, before receiving their letters of marque or special commissions shall
be required hereafter to give, before a competent judge, through suitable
men, solvent and having no part or interest in such ship, suitable security in
the sum of a thousand pounds sterling or thirteen thousand livres ; and when
the men exceed the number of one hundred and fifty, in the sum of two
thousand pounds sterling or twenty-six thousand livres, to the effect that
they will give satisfaction for any injuries whatever which they or their offi-
cers or any others serving them may in their cruise commit against the present
treaty or any other between the most Serene Most Christian King and the
Most Serene King of Great Britain, under penalty of the revocation and
cancelling of their commissions and letters of marque, in which it shall always
be mentioned that such security has been given by them (as above said) ; it
is moreover agreed that the ship itself shall be held to satisfy injuries com-
mitted by it.

14. Since however pirates cruising hither and thither on the seas of both
North and South America commit many injuries upon commerce and molest
in various ways the subjects of both crowns sailing and carrying on commerce
in those parts, it is agreed that strict orders shall be given to the commanders
and officials of both kings that they shall not in any way afford aid, patronage,
or refuge to pirates of whatever nation in the harbors and stations situated
in their respective jurisdictions ; and that these commanders and officials shall
be expressly charged to punish as pirates all who are apprehended in fitting
out a ship or ships for cruising without lawful commission and authority.

15. No subject of either king shall seek or accept from any prince or
state with whom one of the kings is carrying on war any letter of marque or
commission for arming and fitting out a ship or ships for privateering in
either North America or South America; and if anyone shall have accepted
such a letter of marque or commission he shall be punished as a pirate.

16. Subjects of the Most Christian King shall enjoy full liberty for catch-
ing tortoises in the islands commonly called Cayman.

17. And if ever any differences or controversies arise, whether on sea or
on land, between the subjects of the aforesaid Most Serene kings of the afore-
said islands, colonies, fortresses, states, and governments belonging to either,
this present peace and good correspondence shall not for that reason be
interrupted or infringed, but those controversies which shall arise between
the subjects of both kings shall be taken into cognizance, tried, and deter-
mined by the governors of the respective jurisdictions in which the con-
troversies have arisen, or by such persons as these shall depute ; if however
these differences can not be determined by the said commissioners within the
period of a year, the said commissioners shall refer them immediately to either
one of the Most Serene kings, as shall be determined to be just by such mode as
may be agreed upon by them.

18. It is furthermore declared and agreed that if ever any rupture shall
occur in Europe between the said crowns (which God forbid), no act of
hostility, whether by sea or by land, shall be committed by any garrisons or
soldiers of the Most Serene Most Christian King or any subjects of islands,
colonies, fortresses, states, and governments which now are or hereafter shall
be under French rule in America against subjects of the Most Serene King

Whitehall, 1686 323

of Great Britain dwelling or sojourning in any colonies of America, and re-
ciprocally that in the aforesaid case of rupture in Europe no act of hostility,
either by sea or by land, shall be committed by any garrisons or soldiers of the
Most Serene King of Great Britain or by any subjects of islands, colonies,
fortresses, states, and governments which now are or hereafter shall be
under English rule in America against subjects of the Most Serene Most
Christian King dwelling or sojourning in any colonies of America. But true
and firm peace and neutrality shall continue in America between the aforesaid
French and British nations, in the same manner as if no such rupture had
occurred in Europe.

19. It is provided and agreed that this present treaty shall nowise derogate
from the treaty concluded at Breda on the 31/21 day of July in the year of
our Lord one thousand six hundred and sixty-seven between the aforesaid
Most Serene kings, but that all and singular the articles and clauses of that
treaty shall remain and be observed in full force.

20. That all treaties or articles made and concluded heretofore between the
aforesaid nations upon the island of St. Christopher or elsewhere in America
shall have their original force, and be preserved by both parties as before,
save in so far as they may be found to be contrary to this present treaty.

21. Finally, it is agreed and concluded that the present treaty, and all and
singular the articles therein contained, shall be ratified and confirmed on both
sides as early as shall be possible; and that the ratifications thereof shall be
reciprocally and duly exchanged between the two parties within two months
from the date of these presents, and within eight months, or less if need be,
shall be published throughout all the kingdoms, dominions, and colonies of
both kings, as well in America as elsewhere.

In faith of all and singular these things we the abovenamed plenipoten-
tiaries have mutually signed the present treaty with our hands and affixed
to it our seals. Given in the Royal Palace of Whitehall on the sixth/six-
teenth day of the month of November one thousand six hundred and eighty-
six.

Barillon d'Amoncourt.

Jeffreys, Chancellor.

Rochester.

Sunderland, President.

MlDDLETON.
GODOLPHIN.

and sealed with the seals of their arms.

We, agreeing to the aforesaid treaty of neutrality in all and singular the
points contained and declared therein, have accepted, approved, ratified, and
confirmed them, and do accept, approve, ratify, and confirm, and promise on
our loyal faith and word to keep and observe the whole inviolably, without
doing anything to the contrary, directly or indirectly, in any manner whatso-
ever. In testimony whereof we have signed these presents with our hand
and caused our seal to be affixed to them. Given at Versailles, the twenty-
ninth of November, in the year of grace one thousand six hundred and
eighty-six, and of our reign the forty-fourth.

Louis.

By the King,

Colbert.

80.

Agreement betzueen France and Great Britain respecting peace
in America, concluded at Whitehall, December i/ii, 1687.

Introduction.

The Anglo-French treaty of neutrality in America1 left the pretensions
and disputes of the two nations on that continent unadjusted. To execute
the treaty, settle controversies, and determine the limits of their respective
American dominions, in May, 1687, commissioners were appointed by both
crowns. France was represented by Barillon and Bonrepaus, negotiators of
the treaty of 1686; England, by the Earls of Sunderland and Middleton, the
principal secretaries, and by Lord Godolphin. The conferences, which began
in London on May 18/28, touched upon minor disputes relating to the West
Indian islands of St. Lucia, Dominica, and St. Christopher ; to the " country
of the Iroquois " ; the region from the Penobscot to the Kennebec ; the claim
of James Kirke respecting Canada; and the seizure, by subjects of one crown,
of ships belonging to the other.2 The chief matter of discussion was the con-
flicting claims of the two nations to the vast territory about Hudson Bay,
where their great fur-trading companies had recently clashed.

The (English) Hudson's Bay Company complained that between 1682 and
1686 Frenchmen from Canada had ruined its factory at Port Nelson, on the
west side of the Bay, and three of its forts and establishments at the bottom
of James Bay, besides seizing or destroying its men, ships, and merchandise,
and cutting off its trade with the Indians. For these losses the company asked
to be indemnified.3 The French replied that as regarded Port Nelson, the
Canadian Company of the North had sent Radisson and Groseilliers there in
1682; that these men had previously established a trade by land with the
savages of those parts, and, in 1682, built a fort and storehouse there, before

1 See above, Doc. 79.

2 For the proceedings of the commissioners in respect to these subjects, see Phillipps
MSS.,< no. 8794, Library of Congress. The matter concerning Hudson Bay, in this vol-
ume, is the same as that in " Transactions between England and France relating to
Hudson's Bay, 1687 ". See below, bibliography. On the dispute regarding St. Lucia, see
Col. St. Pap. Col., 1685-1688, nos. 871, 1255, and Memorials of the English and French
Commissaries concerning St. Lucia (1755), passim.

3 Brymner, Report on Canadian Archives, 1883, pp. 183-185. For an account of the
occurrences at Port Nelson, see Beckles Willson, The Great Company (1900), pp. 98 ff. ;
A. C. Laut, Conquest of the Great Northwest (sixth ed., 1918), pp. 166 ff. ; id., Path-
tinders of the West (1904), chs. VI., VII. For a narrative of the capture of the forts
on James Bay by the French, in 1686, see Laut, Conquest, ch. XII.; I. Caron, " Une Ex-
pedition a la Baie d'Hudson en 1686", in Soc. de Geog. de Quebec, Bulletin, XII. (1918)
129-138; I. Caron, Journal de V Exp edition du Chevalier de Troyes a la Baie d'Hudson
en 1686 (1918).

324

Whitehall, 1687 825

the arrival of the English.4 The French justified their capture of the English
forts on James Bay as reprisals for the seizure and pillaging of French build-
ings near Port Nelson, by the English, in 1683 ; and the Company of the
North proposed that the damages suffered by both sides be adjudged and
liquidated by commissioners named by the two kings.5

The commissioners of each side tried to prove the right of their nation to
the entire Hudson Bay region, on the ground of priority of discovery, pos-
session, and occupation. The English based their claims upon the discovery
of Northern America by Cabot (1497) ; upon the taking possession of places
in the Bay, by Hudson (1610), Button (1612), Fox (1631), and Newland
(1669) ; upon the building of Fort Charles on Rupert's River (1668), and
of the fort at Port Nelson in 1682 ; and upon the charter of the Hudson's
Bay Company (1670). The French adduced Roberval's commission (1540)
to take possession of the lands discovered by Verrazano (1525), and Cartier
(1534) ; letters patent to the Marquis de la Roche (1598) ; grants to trading
companies (1627-1664) ; the taking possession of places in the Bay by Bour-
don (1656),6 Dablon (1661),7 Couture (1663),7 and Father Albanel
(1672) ;8 the voluntary submission of Indian tribes from the Hudson Bay
region to French domination ; the gradual extension of the fur trade over the
vast region from the St. Lawrence and the Great Lakes to the Bay.9 They
denied the validity of the claims of the English based on the earlier voyages,
or that the " treason " of Groseilliers and Radisson, which made possible the
building of Fort Charles, could establish a title against the French Company,
or that Frontenac's failure to remonstrate against the English occupation in-
dicated acquiescence therein.10 The English, on the other hand, denied that
the French ever made any " apparent settlement " in Hudson Bay before that
at Port Nelson in 1682, after the English had been (so they said) contin-
uously established there for twenty years.11

Since no decision could be arrived at in respect to the right of either crown
to the entire ownership of the Bay, the French commissioners proposed an
" accommodation " either to win over members of the Hudson's Bay Com-

4 Brymner, op. cit., p. 183. Whether, Radisson had visited the shores of Hudson Bay
before he led the English to Fort Charles, in 1668, is a moot point. Bonrepaus wrote to
Seignelay on Sept. 4: "II faut considerer qu'avant l'annee 1681 les Frangois ne se sont
jamais avisez de faire aucun etablissement dans aucun lieu de la coste de la mer sur
cette baye, et qu'il est certain, quoyque nous leur soutenions le contraire, que les Anglois
avoient un etablissement au port de Nelson avant nous, a la verite considerable et leurs
magazins presque ruinez. J'ay verifie cela sur les livres de la compagnie angloise." P. R.
O., Paris Transcripts.

5 Brymner, op. cit., p. 185. The English declared that in dispossessing the French
in 1683 they merely recovered what belonged to them.

6 J. Edmond Roy concludes that Bourdon did not go to Hudson Bay in 1656, although,
in the following year, he attempted this journey, probably without success. " Jean Bour-
don et la Baie d'Hudson ", in Bulletin des Recherches Historiques (1896), II.

7 The evidence seems to show that Dablon and Couture did not reach the Bay. Cf.
J. E. Roy, Histoire de la Seigneurie de Lauson (1807-1904), torn. I., ch. XIV., torn. V.,
app. 1.

8 On Albanel, see Laut, Pathfinders, pp. 141-147.

9 Brymner, op. cit., pp. 182, 183; Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1685-1688, no. 1324.

10 Brymner, op. cit., pp. 178 ff.

11 Ibid., pp. 178, 181, 186, 193, 194.

326 Doc. 80. France — Great Britain

pany, or to bring about the exchange of Port Nelson, then held by the Eng-
lish, for the three forts on James Bay, recently captured, and still held, by
the French.12 This occupation of Port Nelson would have enabled the French
to control and eventually to monopolize the fur trade ; and therefore the
Hudson's Bay Company, to whom Sunderland referred the proposal, re-
jected it.13 Undiscouraged, the commissioners of Louis XIV. continued to
urge a settlement; and either the governor of the Hudson's Bay Company,
Lord Churchill — later the Duke of Marlborough — or the deputy governor,
Sir E. Dering (it is not clear which), wished to propose that either one of
the companies buy out the interest of the other, in that region. Since the
French Company was not financially able to do this, Bonrepaus tried to ward
off the proposal, and bring about a division of the commerce between the Eng-
lish and the French.14 To this end, he suggested that the English divide the
Bay into two equal parts, of which the French should choose one.15 The
English, however, preferred to reserve a decision, pending the arrival of two
of their ships from the Bay.16

Unable to make terms with the company, the French commissioners urged
that King James come to an agreement with them, independently of that
body.17 James would probably have been willing to do this (for he generally
complied with the wishes of Louis XIV.) had he not found himself, by the
autumn of 1687, in an embarrassing position. Having alienated most of his
own people, including some of the leading English statesmen, by his pro-
Catholic and absolutist conduct of affairs, he could not afford to give his
opponents a pretext for accusing him of sacrificing English to French interests
by surrendering the rights which the English believed they had to all the
coasts of the Bay. Moreover, he was obliged to treat with circumspection
the powerful trading company, whose governor, Churchill, had lately assured
the Prince of Orange of his deep devotion to the Protestant cause.18

12 On July 3 Bonrepaus wrote to Seignelay : " Comme je scay a fonds tout ce qui s'cst
passe de part et d'autre depuis que ces pais sont decouverts, je trouveray toujours des
moyens et des raisons assez fortes pour les embarraser, a fin de les obliger a proposer
euxmemes un accomodement, lequel se pourra faire de deux manieres, scavoir, en don-
nant quelque somme a la compagnie angloise pour leur faire abandonner leurs pretentions
sur ladite baye, comme la compagnie francoise de Canada la propose, ou en retirant le
fort de Nelson qui est le seul etablissement par lequel les Francois puissent s'avancer
pour estre maitres du commerce de la pelleterie, et rendant aux Anglois les trois forts
que l'on a pris sur eux, et dont la compagnie Francoise trouve le commerce fort difficile
a soutenir a cause de la difficulte des chemins et de l'excessive depense qu'il faudroit
faire pour les rendre practicables." P. R. O., Paris Transcripts. See also Bonrepaus
to Seignelay, Aug. 31, 1687; Brymner, op. cit., p. 196, or Cat. St. Pap. Col., 1685-1688,
no. 1418.

13 Brymner, op. cit., p. 197.

14 Bonrepaus to Seignelay, Sept. 29, 1687. P. R. 0., Paris Transcripts.

15 " Copie du memoire sur les affaires de l'Amerique septentrionale presente au roy
d'Angleterre par Mrs. de Barrillon et de Bonrepaus le 22 octobre 1687." P. R. O., Paris
Transcripts.

16 Durand, in Revue d'Histoire Moderne et Contemporaine, X. 195, 196.

17 Bonrepaus to Seignelay, Aug. 31 and Sept. 4, 1687. P. R. O., Paris Transcripts.

18 Sir John Dalrymple, Memoirs of Great Britain and Ireland (1773), II. 190. "After
May, 1687, the relations of William with the Opposition Lords . . . began to develop
into a conspiracy against James" (Camb. Mod. Hist., V. 241). On November 11 Bonre-
paus wrote to Seignelay that he had written to the Roman Catholic members of the
council and made them understand the importance of avoiding all subjects of conflict

Whitehall, 1687 327

After the arrival of the Company's ships, early in November, the English
were less inclined than ever to permit the French to possess any trading place
within the Bay; for they attributed to French machinations the mediocre
quality of the furs brought by the two ships.19 Under these circumstances,
James II. could not concede more than to empower his commissioners to
treat for boundaries of the two nations in America, and whatever else might
tend to the removal of all occasions of controversy between the two crowns.20

To allow time for collecting the information required for a partitioning
of the American lands, the French proposed that orders be given to prevent
either nation from molesting the other in America, until negotiations were
resumed.21 In pursuance of this proposal, on December 1/11, 1687, the
instrument printed below was mutually signed. It provided that until January
1/11, 1688/9, and afterwards until further orders, no governor or commander-
in-chief of the lands of either king in America should commit, or cause to
be committed, any act of hostility against the subjects of the other. This
agreement was not ratified, the English considering that the commands for
its execution would be a virtual ratification.22 Such orders were duly given
by both sides ; 23 but failed of their purpose on account of the changed situ-
ation resulting from the Revolution of 1688, and the ensuing Anglo-French

war.24

Bibliography.

Text : MS. A copy of the agreement is in the P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaty
Papers, no. 14, in a manuscript book entitled " Transactions between Eng-
land and France relating to Hudson's Bay, 1687 ", p. 81. Other copies
are in C. O. 5 : 288 and 1 113, C. O. 135 : 2, and C. O. 324 : 5.

Text: Printed. D. Brymner, Report on Canadian Archives, 1883, being
an Appendix to the Report of the Minister of Argiculture (Ottawa,
1884), p. 200; Memoires des Commissaires du Roi (1755), II. 89-92.

Translations : English. D. Brymner, op. cit., p. 199 ; J. R. Brodhead, Docs.
Col. Hist. St. N. Y. (1853-1883), III. 505. French. Memoires des Com-
missaires du Roi, loc. cit.

References: Contemporary and early writings. Brymner, op. cit., pp.
173-201 (" Transactions between England and France relating to Hud-
son's Bay, 1687 ") ; Cal. St. Pap. Col, 1685-1688, nos. 1254-1258, 1324,
*325> 1358, 1368* 1369, 1381, 1418, 1419, 1491-1493, 1504, 1513-1519,
1538, 1550; J- R- Brodhead, op. cit., III. 504, 506-510, 549, IX. 314,
33Q> 345, 37i > 372.

between the King of England and the, King of France, especially as the Prince of Or-
ange was doing the best he could to cause trouble between them in the matter of Hudson
Bay (P. R. O., Paris Transcripts). Three days later Bonrepaus reported to Seignelay
that he was continuing to importune the English commissioners, and that " M. de Barrii-
lon me dit a tout moment que l'affaire de l'Amerique est devenue la plus importante de
l'Europe, du succes de laquelle dependent plusieurs autres affaires que sont de la derniere
consequence ".

19 Durand, op. cit., p. 196.

20 Brymner, op. cit., p. 198.

21 In July, Bonrepaus had made Sunderland see the necessity of regulating the limits
of the two crowns in America, and had proposed the drawing up of a general map of
America " ou tous les lieux qui doivent appartenir aux deux nations seront marquez avec
leurs limites par les longitudes et latitudes et cette carte sera relative au traite ".

22 Bonrepaus to Seignelav, Dec. 11, 1687. P. R. O., Paris Transcripts.

23 J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. St. N. Y., III. 504, IX. zyi.

24 See below, Doc. 84.

328 Doc. 80. France — Great Britain

References : Later writings. R. Durand, " Louis XIV. et Jacques II. a la
Veille de la Revolution de 1688: les Trois Missions de Bonrepaus en
Angleterre ", in Revue d' Histoire Moderne et Contemporaine, X. (1908)
111-126, 192-197; J. R. Brodhead, Hist. St. N. Y. (1853-1871), II. 492-
494; F.-X. Garneau, Histoire du Canada (fifth ed., 1913, 1920), I.
328 ft" ; F.-A.-J. Mazure, Histoire de la Revolution de 1688 en Angleterre
(1843), II. 47-49; Beckles Willson, The Great Company (1899), pp.
141, 142.

Text.25

Quando quidem Serenissimo et Potentissimo principi Jacobo Secundo,
Magnae Britanniae regi, et Serenissimo ac Potentissimo principi Ludovico
Decimo Quarto, Galliarum et Navarriae regi Christianissimo, visum fuerit
commissarios suos constituere, scilicet alte memoratus Magnae Britanniae
Rex dominos Robertum, comitem de Sunderland, praesidem consilii sui privati
et primariorum status secretariorum unum, Carolum, comitem de Middleton,
primariorum status secretariorum alterum, et Sidneium dominum Godolphin,
Majestatis suae consiliarios intimos, et alte memoratus Christianissimus Rex
dominum Paulum Barillon d'Amoncourt, marchionem de Branges, consib
iarum ordinarium in concilio suo status et legatum suum extraordinarium, et
dominum Franciscum Dusson de Bonrepaus, consiliarium suum in omnibus
conciliis, lectorem ordinarium cubiculi sui, et praefectum generalem rerum
maritimarum, pro executione tractatus die 6/16 Novembris anni 1686 con-
clusi ad sapiendas et determinandas quascunque controversias et differentias
quae inter subditos utriusque coronae in America jam exortae sint aut in
posterum exoriri possint, ac etiam ad assignandos et statuendos terminos sive
limites coloniarum, insularum, terrarum et regionum sub ditione dictorum
regum in America sitarum et praefectis utriusque regis respective guber-
natorum vel ab ipsis regibus dependentium, nos commissarii supra nominati
virtute facultatum nobis a supradictis regibus dominis nostris concessarum
per praesens hoc instrumentum ipsorum nomine promittimus, convenimus,
et stipulamur, quod usque ad primum/undecimum diem Januarii anno Domini
1688/9 et deinceps a dicto die usque dum praefati Serenissimi Reges aliqua
super hac re de novo mandata dederint expressa et de scripto, prohibitum
omnino sit singulis praefectis vel gubernatoribus coloniarum, insularum,
terrarum, et regionum quae sub alterutrius regis dominiis in America sunt,
ullum hostilitatis actum exercere contra alterius dictorum regum subditos,
vel eos aggredi, neque sub quocunque pretextu dicti praef ecti vel gubernatores
permittant ut vis ulla iis inferatur sin secus faciant, poenas luent, ac etiam
obstricti erunt, sub obligatione personae bonorumque de damno ex tali contra-
ventione illato satisfacere, neque haec facient alii quicunque sub iisdem poenis.

Quoque stipulatio haec omni meliori modo effectum suum sortiatur, in-
super convenimus quod dicti Serenissimi Reges mandata sua hac in parte
necessaria quam primum praefectis respective in America mittent, authen-
ticaque eorundem exemplaria utrique vicissim parti tradi quam primum etiam
curabunt.

In quorum fidem praesentes manibus nostris et sigillis mutuis subsignavi-
mus et munivimus.

Datum in palatio regio de Whitehall 1/11 die Decembris anno Domini
1687.

Sunderland P. Barillon d'Amoncourt.

Middleton. Dusson de Bonrepaus.

Godolphin.

25 The text is from a manuscript entitled " Transactions between England and France,
relating to Hudson's Bay, 1687 ", in P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaty Papers, no. 14.

Whitehall, 1687 329

Translation.26

Whereas the Most Serene and Potent prince James the Second, king of
Great Britain, and the Most Serene and Mighty prince Louis the Fourteenth,
the Most Christian king of the Gauls and of Navarre, have thought fit to
constitute commissioners, vizt., the said King of Great Britain Robert, earl
of Sunderland, president of his Majesty's privy council, and one of the
principal secretaries of state, Charles, earl of Middleton, also principal sec-
retary of state, and Sidney, Lord Godolphin, lords of his Majesty's privy
council, and on the other side the said most Christian King has thought fit
to appoint the Sieur Paul Barillon d'Amoncourt, marquis de Branges, one of
the councillors of state in ordinary and his ambassador extraordinary, as
likewise the Sieur Francis Dusson de Bonrepaus, councillor in all his councils,
reader in ordinary of his bedchamber, and intendant general of the marine,
in execution of the treaty concluded the 6/16 of November, in the year 1686,
for the guiding and determining all controversies and disputes that have
arisen or may hereafter arise between the subjects of both crowns in America,
as also to settle and determine the bounds or limits of the colonies, islands,
lands, and territories belonging to the said kings, and governed by their re-
spective governors or otherwise depending on the said kings, respectively,
in America, We the above named commissioners, by virtue of the powers
granted unto us by the said kings, our masters, do by this present instrument,
in their names, promise, agree, and stipulate, that until the 1/11 day of
January, 1688/9, and afterwards from that day forward until their said
Most Serene Majesties shall send any new and express orders in writing
concerning this matter, it shall not be lawful for any governor or commander-
in-chief of the colonies, islands, lands, and territories, belonging to either
king's dominions in America, to commit any act of hostility against or to
attack the subjects of the other king. Nor shall the said governors or com-
manders-in-chief, upon any pretext whatsoever, permit that any violence be
done to them, but if they shall allow it, they shall suffer punishment, and
penalty of making satisfaction with their goods for the damages arising
by such contravention ; nor shall any others do the same, under the like
penalty.

And to the end the said agreement may have the better effect, we do like-
wise agree that the said Serene Kings shall immediately send necessary
orders in that behalf to their respective governors in America, and cause
authentic copies thereof to be also forthwith delivered to the other party.
In witness whereof we have mutually hereunto set our hands and seals. Given
at the palace of Whitehall, the 1/11 day of December, 1687.

Sunderland P. Barillon d'Amoncourt.

Middleton. Dusson de Bonrepaus.

Godolphin.

26 The translation is taken, with some insignificant alterations, from the manuscript
referred to in note 25.

22

81.

Convention between the United Netherlands and Great Britain
concerning the fitting out of a fleet, concluded at Whitehall,
May 11/ 21, 1689 {antedated April 29, O. S., 1689). l Ratifi-
cation by the States General, July 8, 1689.

Introduction.

Prince William of Orange, stadholder of Holland, Louis XIV.'s most de-
termined enemy, was planning, in the summer of 1688, to draw Great Britain
into the coalition long forming against France, for the purpose of restoring
political equilibrium to Europe. Dreading attack from France, the States
General withheld their consent to William's proposed expedition to England,
until the entry of French forces into the Palatinate, in September, 1688,
dissipated the United Provinces' fear of immediate invasion.

William landed in England in November; and in the same month France
declared war against the Dutch.2 Now, the treaty of defensive alliance con-
cluded between Great Britain and the States General on March 3/13, 1678,3
had provided that in case either ally were attacked, the other should break
with the aggressor within two months after the ally already engaged in a
rupture demanded it, and during that period should aid his ally powerfully.
For the purpose, among others, of arranging for joint action against the
French, on land and sea, Everard van Weede van Dijkvelt, Willem van
Nassau van Odijk, and Nicolaas Witsen were sent to England in January,
1689. Representatives of the Dutch admiralty were also in England from
February to April to confer on the estimates for the fleet.4 Shortly after
William was proclaimed king, he called the attention of Parliament to Hol-
land's need of aid ; 5 and the House of Commons resolved to assist him
" with their lives and fortunes " in supporting his alliances abroad.6 William
urged upon Parliament the necessity of equipping a fleet that in conjunction
with that of the States would make them masters of the sea, and prevent the
French from using the sea to the disadvantage of the allies.7 An estimate for
the fleet, together with an extract from the Anglo-Dutch treaty already re-
ferred to, was laid before the House of Commons on March 26/April 5.8
Fifty large ships of war, fifteen frigates, and eight fireships were to be em-

1 H. J. van der Heim, Het Archief van den Raadpensionaris Antonie Heinsius, p. 15.

2 Lambert van den Bos, Tvoeede Vervolg van Saken van Staat en Oorlog (1698), bk.
XXVI., p. 164.

3 See above, Doc. 71, note 7.

4 Wagenaar, Vaderlandsche Historie, XVI. 20-22 ; Gebhard, Witsen, I. 354.

5 Feb. 18, 1689. Cobbett, Pari. Hist., vol. V., col. 118.

6 Pari. Hist., vol. V., col. 150.

7 Ibid., col. 164.

8 Ibid., col. 206.

330

Whitehall, i68p 331

ployed in the Narrow Seas and Mediterranean ; and twenty-two ships of
war and two flreships for the plantations and convoys. A week later Not-
tingham, Carberry, Herbert, and Russell were appointed to negotiate with
the Dutch commissioners an adjustment of all matters relating to the joint
setting out of a fleet.9

The main dispute concerned the relative ranking of the officers of the
two nations in the war-council of the united fleets.10 On April 29 the treaty
was signed. It stipulated that the English rulers should put to sea fifty large
ships of war, fifteen frigates, and eight fireships ; and the States, thirty large
ships of war, nine frigates, and four fireships. The two fleets were to be
divided into three squadrons, operating, respectively, in the Mediterranean,
in the Irish Sea and the Channel, and from the Pas de Calais and Dover to
Yarmouth and the Zeeland coast. No provision was made for joint naval
operations outside European waters, but the two powers were to aid each
other there. Thus, the fourteenth article stipulated that captains of British
war vessels convoying merchant ships anywhere, or sailing to the West
Indies, should be instructed to protect Dutch merchant ships following the
same route, and desiring to put themselves under their protection. They
were also to aid in defending the Dutch colonies in the West Indies, in so
far as the state of the British colonies would permit. Captains of Dutch
vessels similarly employed were to give like protection to British ships and
colonies.

Considering the great strength of the French navy, which at this time was
numerically equal, if not superior, to the combined fleets of England and the
Dutch,11 the anxiety of the maritime powers for the safety of their planta-
tions was justified. Even before the treaty was signed, the French had seized
the Dutch West Indian islands of St. Eustatius and Saba.12 But when, on
May 2/12, 1689, William III. ordered the Committee for Trade and Plan-
tations to find out from the Commissioners of the Admiralty what ships
might speedily be got ready for the West Indian service, he had offensive as
well as defensive measures in mind.13

Bibliography.

Text : MS. The ratification by the States General is preserved in the P. R. O.,

St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 325.
Text : Printed. J. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, torn. VII., pt. II., pp. 222,

223.
Translation. A General Collection of Treatys (1732), I. 267-272.
References: Contemporary and early writings. Het Archief van den

Raadpensionaris Antonie Heinsius, ed. H. J. van der Heim (1867-1880),

I. 13-16; Hollandse Mercnrius (1689), pp. 123-125.

9 London, P. R. O., Foreign Entry Books, no. 69.

10 Wagenaar, op. cit., p. 26.

11 W. L. Clowes, The Royal Navy (1897-1903), II. 326.

12 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1689-1692, nos. 65, 88.

13 J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y. (1853-1883), III. 573, 574- Cf. also Cal. St.
Pap. Col., 1689- 1692, nos. 90, 94.

332 Doc. Si. United Netherlands — Great Britain

References: Later writings. H. J. van der Heim, Het Archief van den
Raadpensionaris Antonie Heinsius, I. 3 ff. ; J. C. J. de Jonge, Geschiedenis
van het Nederlandsche Zeetvezen (third ed., 1869), III. 141, 142, 179-
185; Jan Wagenaar, Vadcrlandsche Historic (1782), XVI. 2029; J. F.
Gebhard, jr., Het Leven van Mr. Nicolaas Corneliss. Witsen, 1641-1717
(1881, 1882), I. 333-357. passim.

Text.

14

Les Etats Generaux des Provinces Unies des Pais Bas, a tous ceux qui
ces presentes verront, salut. Comme ainsi soit, qu'entre les commissaires de
leurs majestez le Roy et la Reine de la Grande Bretagne, a savoir Daniel,
comte de Nottingham, l'un des premiers secretaires d'etat et des commande-
mens de leurs majestez et de leur conseil prive, Jean, comte de Carbery en
Yrlande et Baron Vaughan en Angleterre, un des commissaires de l'amiraute,
Arthur Herbert, ecuyer, premier commissaire de l'amiraute et du conseil prive
de leurs majestez, et Edouard Russel, ecuyer, thesaurier des flottes de leurs
majestez et de leur conseil prive, d'une part, et nos commissaires, a scavoir
Nicolas Witsen bourguemaistre, conseiller, et thesaurier de la ville d'Amster-
dam, Guillaume de Nassau, baron de Cortgene, seigneur d'Odyk, Seist,
Drybergen, et Blickenburg, premier et representant la noblesse au conseil et
a l'assemblee des etatz de Zelande, et Everhard de Weede, seigneur de Weede,
Dykvelt, Rateles, seigneur fondataire de la ville d'Oudewater, president de
l'assemblee des etatz de la province d'Utregt et deputez en nostre assemblee,
d'autre part, le vingt neufvieme du mois d'Avril de la presente annee mil six
cent quatre vingt neuf, il ait ete fait la convention dont la teneur s'ensuit.

Le Roy et la Reine de la Grande Bretagne ayant ete requis depuis plus de
deux mois par Messieurs les Etats Generaux des Provinces Unies des Pais
Bas d'executer incessamment le traitte du 3. Mars 1677/8 fait entre le feu
Roy Charles Second et les Seigneurs Etatz Generaux, parceque le cas est
arrive, que le Roy Tres Chretien leur a declare la guerre: Leurs dites Ma-
jestez voulant temoigner publiquement leur sincerite et l'affection qu'elles ont
toujours eu et auront toujours pour lesdits Seigneurs Etatz Generaux, ont non
seulement trouve juste d'executer ledit traitte, suivant sa teneur, mais aussi
pour leur donner des plus grandes marques de leur cordiale amitie et pour
parvenir d'autant plus tost a une bonne paix, elles ont juge apropos d'aug-
menter d'un plus grand nombre de vaisseaux le secours stipule par ledit
traitte. Pour cet effet et pour mieux convenir de quelle maniere on doit agir
sur mer, leursdites Majestez et lesdits Seigneurs Etatz Generaux ont nomme
des commissaires, scavoir de la part de leurs Majestez Daniel, comte de
Nottingham, l'un des premiers secretaires d'etat et des commandemens de
leurs Majestes et de leur conseil prive, Jean, comte de Carbery en Yrlande et
baron Vaughan en Angleterre, un des commissaires de l'amiraute, Arthur
Herbert, ecuyer, premier commissaire de l'amiraute et du conseil prive de
leurs Majestez, et Eduard Russel, ecuyer, thresorier des flottes de leurs Ma-
jestez et de leur conseil prive, et de la part desdits Seigneurs Etatz Generaux
Messieurs Nicolas Witsen, bourguemaitre, conseiller et thesaurier de la ville
d' Amsterdam, Guillaume de Nassau, baron de Cortgene, seigneur d'Odyk,
Seist, Drybergen, et Blickenberg, premier et representant la noblesse au conseil
et a l'assemblee des Etatz de Zelande, et Everhard de Weede, seigneur de
Weede, Dykvelt, Rateles, seigneur fondataire de la ville d'Oudewater, presi-

14 The text is from the ratification by the States General, preserved in the P. R. O.,
St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 325.

Whitehall, 1689 333

dent de l'assemblee des Etatz de la province d'Utregt, et deputez a l'assemblee
des Etatz Generaux : Lesquels commissaires et deputez apres plusieurs con-
ferences ont arreste, promis et accorde au nom de leurs Majestez et des dits
seigneurs Etatz Generaux respectivement, les articles suivans.

14. Que leurs Majeztez ordonneront, que dans toutes les instructions aux
capitaines de leurs vaisseaux de guerre destines ou qui seront destines pour con-
voyer les vaisseaux marchands par tout, et aussi qui iront de temps en temps
aux Indes Occidentales, il soit insere un article, leur enjoignant tres-expresse-
ment de proteger contre les insultes ou attaques de qui que ce soit les vaisseaux
marchands appartenans a des sujets desdits Etats Generaux, qui suivront le
meme route que lesdits vaisseaux de guerre et desireront de se mettre sous leur
protection, et qu'il y sera insere un autre article enjoignant aussi tres expresse-
ment aux dits capitaines en cas que les plantations, colonies, ou autres etatz quel-
conques que lesdits Seigneurs Etatz Generaux possedent a present ou qu'ilz
possederont a l'avenir dans les Indes Occidentales ayent besoin de secours
pour se defendre contre les attaques ou insultes de leurs ennemis, qu'aussi tost
qu'ilz en seront requis, ilz donneront toute aide et assistence pour la defense
desdites plantations, colonies, ou autres etatz contre toutes les attaques ou
insultes susdites, autant que l'etat des plantations, colonies, ou autres etatz
de leurs Majestez le pourra permettre. Et lesdits Seigneurs Etatz Generaux
ordonneront aussi, que dans toutes les instructions aux capitaines de leurs
vaisseaux destinez ou qui seront destinez pour convoyer les vaisseaux mar-
chands par tout, et aussy qui iront de temps en temps aux Indes Occidentales,
il soit insere de semblables articles, et tres expres tant a l'egard de la pro-
tection que les dits capitaines donneront aux vaisseaux marchands appartenans
a des sujets de leurs Majestez, qu'a l'egard de l'aide et assistence qu'ils don-
neront pour la defense des plantations, colonies, ou autres etatz que leurs Ma-
jestez possedent a present, ou qu'elles possederont a l'avenir dans les Indes
Occidentales : le tout dans la maniere et forme cy dessus prescrite.

15. Ce present traitte sera ratifie par leurs Majestes et lesdits Seigneurs
Etatz Generaux et les ratifications seront echangees dans l'espace de six
semaines, si ce n'est qu'un traitte d'une alliance offensive et defensive entre
leurs Majestez et lesdits Seigneurs Etatz Generaux soit conclu et signe avant
l'expiration de ce terme. Au quel cas ce present traitte y sera compris et
connrme. Cependant lesdits commissaires et deputez sont convenus qu'on ne
laissera pas de faire executer de part et d'autre tous et chacun des articles
de ce traitte ponctuellement et de bonne foy, de meme que si les ratifications
etoient deja echangees.

Fait a Whitehall ce vingtneufvieme jour d'Avril 1689. fitoit signe Not-
tingham, Carbery, Russel, N. Witsen, W. de Nassau, De Weede.

Si est ce qu'ayant pour agreable ladite convention en tous et un chacun
de ses points, nous l'avons agree, approuvee, et ratifiee, 1'agreons, approuvons,
et ratifions par ces presentes, promettant de garder, entretenir, et observer
de nostre coste tout le contenu d'icelle, et de le faire garder, entretenir, et
observer a tous et un chacun a qui il appartiendra. En foy de quoy nous
avons fait signer les presentes par le president de nostre assemblee, con-
tresigner par nostre grefner et y apposer notre cachet. Fait a la Haye le
huitieme de Juillet, mil six cens quatre vingt neuf.

Gis. Cuper v[idi]t.

Par ordonnance desdits Seigneurs Etats Generaux.

H. Fagel.

82.

Interim treaty between Brandenburg and Denmark in regard to
the island of St. Thomas, concluded at Coin on the Spree,
April 11/ 21, 1692. Ratifying declaration by Denmark, April
23, 1692, included, together with treaty, in ratification by
Brandenburg, May 3/13, 1692.

Introduction.

The different interpretation given by Danes and Brandenburgers to the
treaty concluded at Copenhagen in 1685 with respect to St. Thomas1 led to
serious difficulties on that island. The Danish West India Company felt
aggrieved by the success of the more enterprising Brandenburg African
Company in developing a West Indian slave trade from its base on the Danish
island. Moreover the Danish Company was disappointed by the failure of
the Brandenburgers to establish on the island the plantation provided for by
the treaty of 1685 — a source from which the Danish Company had hoped to
receive taxes, and other profits. The Danes held that the second article of
the treaty of 1685 obligated the Brandenburg Company to create such a plan-
tation. The Brandenburgers contended that they were merely entitled to
establish it.2

The Elector of Brandenburg, Frederick III., complained to the King of
Denmark, Christian V., in 1688, about the efforts of the governor of St.
Thomas to compel the Brandenburgers to accept the Danish interpretation of
the treaty. Two years later, the Danish vice-governor of the island, John
Lorentz, acting in accordance with orders from the company's directors in
Copenhagen, demanded 20,000 rixdollars from the Brandenburgers by way
of land tax. When the Brandenburg Company refused payment, Lorentz
and his council had the doors of the company's warehouse forced open, and
the condemned goods, mostly sugar and cotton, appraised and seized. The
Brandenburgers petitioned the elector for aid; and the latter requested the
Danish government to recall Lorentz and punish the guilty. Having received
further complaints against the Danes, especially of their threat to seize the
Brandenburg slave ships, the elector instructed his envoy at the Danish court,
De Falaiseau, together with councillor Von Worckum, to treat for the recall
of Lorentz, for compensation, and for a settlement of the disputes relating
to the cultivation of the land, quit-rent, and freedom for the Brandenburgers'
trade.3

1 See above, Doc. 78.

2 R. Schiick, Brandenburg-Preussens Kolonial-Politik, I. 231 ; W. Westergaard, Danish
West Indies, pp. 78-80.

3 Westergaard, op. cit., pp. 82-85 ; Schiick, op. cit., I. 231-232.

334

Coin on the Spree, 1692 335

These negotiations at Copenhagen were unsuccessful ; but the need of
reciprocal aid during the war of the League of Augsburg brought the two
governments together. In this war Brandenburg was a member of the Grand
Alliance against Louis XIV.4 Denmark vacillated between the two camps.
In fulfillment of a treaty made with Great Britain in August, 1689,5 Denmark
had hired out Danish troops to William III.6 But having been soon alienated
from the sea-powers by their interference with neutral trade,7 in 1691 she
concluded a treaty with Sweden for the protection of their neutral commerce,
and a secret treaty of neutrality with France.8 In 1692, the King of Den-
mark hoped to procure soldiers from Brandenburg to recruit the Danish
forces serving William III. in Flanders under the Duke of Wiirttemberg.
The elector at first demurred, on the ground that he himself had need of his
men ; but in a treaty concluded on April 8/18, he acceded to Denmark's
wishes, while Christian V., on his side, pledged his aid to Brandenburg.9 In
these negotiations, which were conducted in Brandenburg, the question of
recruiting Danish troops there was joined to the question of the disputes
between Danes and Brandenburgers in the West Indies. With respect to both
matters an interim treaty was signed at Coin an der Spree on April 11/21,
1692. It included two articles dealing with the matter of recruiting. The
remaining articles, printed below, refer to the troubles at St. Thomas. In re-
gard to the latter, the treaty provided that the King of Denmark should assume
all the claims that had been advanced by the Danish Company against its
rival ; and should order that the goods removed from the Brandenburg Com-
pany's warehouse, the confiscated slave ship, and any other detained effects
should be restored or compensated for. As to the method of paying the com-
pensation, fixed at 16,000 rixdollars, the Brandenburg Company proposed
three alternatives, leaving the choice to the King of Denmark. The same
company agreed to pay Denmark 3000 rixdollars annually for at least three
years, in lieu of export and import duties. Two days after the signing of this
treaty, the King of Denmark ratified it in an explicit declaration, and on May
3/13, 1692, the Elector of Brandenburg approved both the treaty and the
Danish declaration, in the ratification printed below.

On June 10/20, a supplementary convention respecting these matters
(printed below, as document 83) was signed by representatives of the two
powers.

* The elector was admitted to membership by the treaty of Mar. 23, 1691. See Th. von
Moerner, Kurbrandenburgs Staatsvertrdge von 160 1 bis 1700 (1867), pp. 548-550. For
his relations to foreign powers at this period, see A. Waddington, Histoire de Prusse,
torn. II. (1922), ch. IV.

5 H. C. de Reedtz, Repertoire Historique et Chronologique des Traites conclus par la
Couronne de Dannemarc (1826), p. 146.

6 In his Account of Denmark as it was in the Year 1692 (1738), pp. 78, 79, Robert
Molesworth declares that " Soldiers are . . . esteemed the riches of the Northern Kings,
and other German princes. ... So that at present soldiers are grown to be as saleable
ware as sheep or oxen, and are as little concern'd when they are sold".

7 J. Steenstrup, et al., Danmarks Riges Historie (1896-1902), IV. 659, 660.

8 H. C. de Reedtz, op. cit., pp. 148-152.

9 This treaty, referred to in the first article of the treaty of Apr. 11/21, was not found
by von Moerner. Th. von Moerner, op. cit., p. 569, note.

336 Doc. 82. Brandenburg — Denmark

Bibliography.

Text: MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by the Elector of

Brandenburg, which includes the ratifying declaration by Denmark, of

Apr. 23, 1692, as well as the treaty, is in the Rigsarkiv at Copenhagen.

Originals of the treaty and declaration are also in the Staatsarchiv at

Berlin.
Text: Printed. R. Schiick, B rand enburg-Preuss ens Kolonial-Politik (1889),

II. 398-405. Abstracts are in Th. von Moerner, Kurbrandenburgs Staats-

vertrdge vom 1601 bis ijoo (1867), pp. 569-571.
References: Later writings. R. Schiick, op. cit., I. 231-233; W. Wester-

gaard, The Danish West Indies (1917), pp. 80-87.

Text.

10

Wir, Friderich der Dritte, von Gottes gnaden marggraff zu Brandenburg,
des Heyligen Romischen Reichs ertzcammerer und churfiirst, in Preussen,
zu Magdeburg, Cleve, Jiilich, Berge, Stettin, Pommern, der Cassuben und
Wenden, auch in Schlesien zu Crossen, und Schwiebuss hertzog, burggraff
zu Niirnberg, fiirst zu Halberstadt, Minden und Camin, graff zu Hohen-
zollern, der Marck und Ravensberg, herr zu Ravenstein und der lande Lauen-
burg und Butau, p. thun kundt hiemit, demnach sowoll wegen recruitirung
der in den Spanischen Niederlanden jetzo sich befindenden Koniglichen Dan-
ischen trouppen, alss auch wegen der zwischen der Koniglichen Danischen
West-Indischen und unseren Af ricanischen Compagnie, wegen des handels nach
der insul St. Thomas ob schwebenden differentien zwischen ihrer Koniglichen
Mayestat von Dennemarck, Norwegen, und unseren darzu bevollmachtigten
rathen und ministris unterm 11/21 Aprilis jiingsthin ein gewisser tractat
aufgerichtet worden, welcher von wort zu wort also lautet :

Demnach ihre Konigliche Mayestat zu Dennemarck, Norwegen, p. dero
bey seiner Churfiirstlichen Durchlaucht zu Brandenburg subsistirenden en-
voye extraordinaire p. den von Haxthausen mit specialer vollmacht versehen,
sowoll wegen recruitirung der in Flandern bey ihren Koniglichen Mayestat in
Engelandt armee jetzo stehenden Koniglichen Danischen trouppen, als auch
iiber gewisse differentzien, so zwischen der Koniglichen Danischen West-
Indischen und der Churfiirstlichen Brandenburgischen Africanischen Com-
pagnie, wegen des handels nach der insul St. Thomas entstanden, einen
sichern vergleich mit hochstgedachter seiner Churfiirstlicher Durchlaucht
zu treffen, Und dan seine Churfiirstliche Durchlaucht umb ihro Konigliche
Mayestat bey dieser gelegenheit ein wahres kennzeichen dero gegen dieselbe
tragenden aufrichtigen affection und freundfetterlicher bestandiger zunei-
gung zu geben, auf damit, vors kiinftige eine recht vertrauliche intelligence
und nahern zusammensetzung unter ihnen beyderseits moge gestiftet werden,
zu solchem vergleich in beyden puncten sich gantz geneigt und willig befunden,
auch dem zu folge, durch dero hierzu specialiter bevollmachtigte rathe und
ministros mit vorgedachtem Koniglichen Danischen envoye extraordinaire
deshalb in handlung tretten lassen ; alss haben sich dieselbe dariiber f olgender
gestalt miteinander vereiniget:

3. Soviel aber die zwischen der Koniglichen Danischen West-Indischen
Compagnie an einem und der Churfiirstlichen Brandenburgischen African-

10 The text is taken from the ratification by the Elector of Brandenburg, in the
Rigsarkiv at Copenhagen.

Coin on the Spree, 1692 337

ischen Compagnie andererseits, wegen des handels nach der insul St. Thomas
entstandene differentzien betrifft, desshalb hat man sich folgender gestalt
miteinander vereiniget :

Weill der Konigliche Danische auf gedachter insul sich befindende gou-
verneur der Churf iirstlichen Brandenburgischen Af ricanischen Compagnie eine
quantitat zucker und cattonen, nach inhalt der von derselben eingeschickten
specification, wegnehmen lassen, auch noch gantz neulich dass schiff, die
Chur Print zesse genandt, sambt demjenigen, was aus desselben nach be-
meldter insul gebrachten schlaven-ladung geloset worden, mit arrest beleget
hat, umb sich daraus wegen des canonis von sicherer landt-cultur (worzu
man sich aber an Brandenburgischer seite nicht verbunden erachtet) bezahlet
zu machen ;

So haben ihre Konigliche Mayestat aus sonderbahrer vor seine [r] Chur-
fiirstlichen Durchlaucht tragender affection alle praetensiones, welche die
Konigliche Danische Compagnie wegen gedachter land-cultur, und sonsten
auf die Churbrandenburgische Compagnie bissher gemachet und formiret hat,
umb alien ferner daraus befahrenden unwillen aufzuheben, uber sich genom-
men, solcher gestalt, dass deshalb unter keinerley praetext an die Churfurst-
liche Brandenburgische Compagnie nun und nimmermehr nicht das aller-
geringste weiter gef ordert, vielweniger ihre handlung nach erwehnter insul und
sonst desswegen gesperret oder sonst einiger schade, hinderniis und aufenthalt
ihr, ihren leuten, schiffen und giitern deshalb ferner zugefiiget werden soil ; und
wollen ihre Konigliche Mayestat danebst die ernstliche verf iigung thun, dass die
obgedachter Brandenburgischer Compagnie von dem Koniglichen gouverneur
weggenommene guter und waaren, in eadem qualitate et quantitate derselben re-
stituiret, das vorbesagte schiff, die Chur Printsess auch, sambt dem provenu
und desselben ladung, oder was sonsten an Brandenburgischen effecten ange-
halten seyn mochte, augenblicklich wieder lossgegeben werde. Und sollen die
hierzu erforderte ordres in originali, sambt zweyen copiis authenticis der Bran-
denburgischen Africanischen Compagnie unverziiglich ausgestellet werden,
damit sie selbige mit denen jetzo segelfertig liegenden schiffen, nach der insul
St. Thomas fortsenden, und daselbst gebuhrend insinuiren lassen konne.

4. Damit aber hinkiinftig zwischen oftbesagten bey den compagnien keine
neue streitigkeiten erwachsen, sondern denenselben ein vor allemahl aus dem
grunde abgeholfen werden moge, so soil desswegen mit dem ehesten ein
naherer vergleich zwischen ihrer Koniglichen Mayestat in Dennemarck und
seiner Churfurstlichen Durchlaucht getroffen werden. Indessen aber hat
sich der Konigliche Danische gouverneur, sambt iibrigen Koniglichen Dan-
ischen bedienten auf besagter insul, aller praetension und anspruchs auf die
Brandenburgische Compagnie zu enthalten, mit derselben und ihren auf St
Thomas sich befindenden, oder ferner alda anlangtnden leuten, friedlich zu
leben und ihrem commercio in keinerley weise hinderniis zuzufiigen, wie
dan auch seine Churfurstliche Durchlaucht die ihrige ebenfals dahin halten
werden, dass sie dem Koniglichen Danischen gouverneur und anderen bedienten
woll und friedlich begegnen sollen.

5. Damit auch kein zweifel, irrung oder aufenthalt bey der oben art'o 3'o
stipulirten restitution und erstattung der aus den Brandenburgischen pack-
hausern, auf St. Thomas weggenommenen und nach Dennemarck verfiihrten
waaren, und welcher gestalt, nemblich durch was mittel und zu welcher
zeit die Brandenburgisch Africanischen Compagnie deshalb eigentlich zu
dedommagiren, entstehen moge ; so hat zwar der Konigliche Danische minister
der von Haxthausen contestiret, dass er wegen ermangelender genugsahmer
instruction sich hieruber zu nichts gewisses engagiren konte, sondern davon

338 Doc. 82. Brandenburg — Denmark

zuforderst referiren miiste; an Churbrandenburgischer seite aber sind die
drey folgende vorschlage desshalb geschehen :

Dass nemblich, entweder

(1.) Ihre Konigliche Mayestat mit denen jetzo nach St. Thomas abgehen-
den Brandenburgischen schiffen solche anstalt und disposition machen moch-
ten, damit den Chur-Brandenburgischen principal-bedienten auf der insul
eine summe von sechszehentausend reichsthaler in stiicken von achten, umb
davor, anstatt der weggenommenen, dort in loco andern waaren einzukauften,
baar erleget und bezahlet wiirden, oder aber

(2.) Dass ihre Konigliche Mayestat vor sechszehen tausend reichstaler an
holtz, vor den preiss, wie es in Norwegen gilt, zugleich audi ohne bezahlung
einigen zolls und anderer imposten, den ersten, nahmens der Chur-Branden-
burgischen Compagnie sich desshalb angebenden schiffern sofort und ohnen-
geltlich abfolgen, oder endlich,

(3.) Von denen auf der insul St. Thomas vorhandenen und der Danischen
Compagnie zustehenden schlaven, nach dortigen currenten preiss soviel in
solutum uberlassen mochten, woraus mehrerwehnte summe der sechszehen
tausend reichsthaler zu einkaufung neuer waaren erfolgen konne, und hat
man an Chur-Brandenburgischer seite ihrer Koniglichen Mayestat von Denne-
marck anheimb gegeben, was vor einen modum solutionis sie von diesen
dreyen erwehlen wollen.

6. Weill aber die zwischen der Koniglichen Danischen West-Indischen
und der Chur-Brandenburgisch-Africhanischen Compagnie entstandene dif-
ferentien daher ihren anfang genommen, dass, wie bereits oben erwehnet, der
Konigliche Danische Gouverneur auf St. Thomas die Brandenburgische Com-
pagnie zu cultivirung gewisser landereyen und abstattung einer sehr hohen
recognition davon, obligiren, die Churfurstliche Compagnie aber so wenig zu
dem einen, als dem andern sich verstehen wollen, alss soil dieser punct auch
in dem neuen tractat, welcher wegen der handlung nach St. Thomas zwischen
ihro Koniglichen Mayestat und seiner Churfiirstlichen Durchlaucht auf-
gerichtet werden wird, nach billigkeit erortert werden, und versehen sich
seine Churfurstliche Durchlaucht dabey zu ihrer Koniglichen Mayestat in
Dennemarck, dass sie die Brandenburgische Compagnie in sothanem new
aufzurichtendem vergleich von solcher cultur und canone entweder gar be-
freyen, oder ihr doch wenigstens keinen grosseren canonem, alss anderen
ihren planteurs aufbiirden ; indessen aber und wenigsten auf eine zeit von
drey jahr sich damit begniigen werden, wan die Chur-Brandenburgische
Compagnie wegen ihrer auf und von St. Thomas fiihrenden effecten, anstatt
der droits d'entree et sortie eines fiar alles an ihre Konigliche Mayestat drey
tausend reichsthaler banco, jahrlich zu Hamburg zahlen lassen wird, solcher
gestalt, dass alsdan von ihrer Koniglichen Mayestat, dero West-Indischen
Compagnie, dem Koniglichen gouverneur auf St. Thomas, und anderen
bedienten gantz keine weitere praetension, wie die nahmen haben und erdacht
werden mochte, an die Brandenburgische Compagnie gemachet, vielweniger
wehrender solcher drey jahre ihre schiffe und effecten einigerley weise genom-
men, angehalten, und molestiret werden sollen.

Und, gleichwie der Konigliche Danische minister, der von Haxthausen,
von dem inhalt dieses und des vorhergehenden 5'to articuls an ihre Konig-
lichen Mayestat favorabiliter zu referiren und nebst der ratification dieses
recessus zugleich auch dero cathegorische resolution binnen zeit von drey
wochen dariiber auszuwiirken versprochen, alss wird an Churfiirstlicher
Brandenburgischer seite dabey ausdriicklich conditioniret und ausbedungen,
dass, im fall solche Konigliche Danische resolution seiner Churfiirstlichen
Durchlaucht desideriis nicht gemess und conform ausfallen solte, dieselbe

Coin on the Spree, 1692 339

auch an dasjenige, was sie wegen recruitirung der Danischen in Flandern
[stehenden trouppen] oben art'o i'o dieses tractats, und in dem deshalb ab-
sonderlich aufgerichtetem vergleich versprochen, keines weges ferner gebun-
den seyn wollen.

Des zu urkundt haben beyder hochsten herren contrahenten darzu bevoll-
machtigte rathe und ministri dieses eigenhandig unterschrieben und mit
ihren pittschaften versiegelt, und soil die ratification von ihrer Koniglichen
Mayestat und seiner Churfiirstlichen Durchlaucht dariiber innerhalb drey
wochen a dato, oder eher, wo es moglich, ausgeliefert werden. So geschehen
und gegeben zu Colin an der Spree den 11/21 Aprilis 1692.

de Haxthausen. P. v. Fuchs. E. v. Danckelman.

Und dan nachgehends hochsterwehnte ihre Konigliche Mayestat in Denne-
marck iiber die in solchem tractat, wegen der sache von St. Thomas zu dero
naheren resolution ausgestellte puncta folgende declaration unterm dato des
23. Aprilis jtingsthin ertheilet, welche declaration eben falls von wort hiernach
f olget :

Wir Christian der Fiinfte, von Gottes gnaden Konig zu Dennemarck,
Norwegen, der Wenden und Gothen, hertzog zu Schleswig, Hollstein, Stor-
marn, und der Dithmarschen, graff zu Oldenburg undt Delmenhorst, p.,
thun kundt hiemit, alss in einem von unserm, bey des Churfiirsten zu Bran-
denburg Durchlaucht und Loblichkeit subsistirenden envoye extra-ordinaire,
dem von Haxthausen, mit denen ihme zugeordneten Churfiirstlichen rathen
und ministris den 11/21 dieses aufgerichteten recess von demselben theils in
unserm nahmen bereits zugesaget und versprochen, theils ad referendum
ubernommen worden.

2. Dass wir alle praetensiones, welche unsere Westindische Compagnie,
wegen gewisser land-cultur und sonsten auf die Churbrandenburgische Afri-
canische, nach unser insul St. Thomas negotiirende compagnie bisshero
gemachet und formiret, umb alle fernere verdriessligkeiten aufzuheben, iiber
uns zu nehmen erbietig. solcher gestalt dass deshalben unter keinerley prae-
text, an die Churfiirstliche Brandenburgische Compagnie nun und nimmer-
mehr das allergeringste weiter nicht gefordert, viel weniger ihre handlung
nach erwehnter insul und sonsten desswegen gesperret oder sonst einiger
schade, hindernuss und aufenthalt, ihr, ihren leuten, schiffen und giitern des-
halben ferner zugefiiget werden solle.

3. Dass wir danebst die ernstliche verfiigung thun wolten, dass die obge-
dachter Churbrandenburgischer Compagnie von unserm gouverneur auf St.
Thomas weggenommene guter und waaren in eadem qualitate et quantitate
derselben restituiret, das schiff, die Chur-Printzessin gennandt, sambt dem
provenu und desselben ladung, oder was sonst an Brandenburgischen effecten,
angehalten seyn mochte, augenblicklich wieder lossgegeben, und die hierzu
erforderte ordres in originali, sambt zweyen copiis authenticis der Branden-
burgischen Africanischen Compagnie unverziiglich ausgestellet werden solten,
damit sie selbige mit denen jetzo segelfertig liegenden schiffen, nach unser
insul St. Thomas fortsenden, und daselbst gebuhrend insinuiren lassen konne ;
da auch keine, oder nicht so viel guter und waaren daselbst zu bekommen seyn
mochten, dass die vollige restitution der weggenommenen vorbesagter massen
in natura geschehen konne, dass wir mit jetzterwehnten nach St. Thomas
abgehenden Brandenburgischen schiffen solche anstalt und disposition machen
wolten, dass den Chur-Brandenburgischen principal-bedienten auf der insul,
der abgang, entweder mit anderen der Churbrandenburgischen Compagnie

340 Doc. 82. Brandenburg — Denmark

anstandlichen waaren, nach dortigen landespreiss, oder audi mit baaren
gelde in stiicken von achten erstattet, und zwar, wie fiir das gantze quantum
der weggenommenen waaren 16000 reichsthaler stipuliret worden, also dar-
nach die zahlung dessen, so nicht in waaren kan geliefert werden, proportion-
iret wurde.

4. Damit auch hinkiinftig zwischen beyden compagnien keine newe streitig-
keiten erwachsen, sondern denenselben ein vor allemahl aus dem grunde
abgeholffen werden moge dass desswegen mit dem ersten ein naherer ver-
gleich zwischen uns und ihrer Durchlaucht und Loblichkeit getroffen werden,
indessen aber sich unser gouverneur, sambt iibrigen unseren bedienten auf
besagter insul, aller praetension und anspruchs auf die Brandenburgische
Compagnie enthalten, und wie ihre Durchlaucht und Loblichkeit die ihrige
dahin anweisen wollen, dass sie ermeldten unsern gouverneur und andern
bedienten woll und friedlich begegnen sollen, also die unserige auch mit
derselben und ihren auf St. Thomas sich befinden, den, oder ferner alda an-
langenden leuten, gleichfals friedlich leben, und ihrem commercio in keinerley
weise einige hindernuss zufiigen sollen.

5. Sodan, dass die zwischen oftgemeldten beyden compagnien, wegen
gewisser landt-cultur, und desfals ab seiten der unserigen, von der Churbran-
denburgischen praetendirten recognition entstandene differentien, in dem be-
vorstehende newen tractat, nach billigkeit erortert, indessen aber, und biss
auf eine zeit von 3. jahren, dafern nicht inzwischen solcher newe tractat zum
stande gebracht werden solte, von der Churbrandenburgischen Compagnie,
wegen ihrer auf und von St. Thomas fiihrenden effecten, anstatt der droits
d'entree et sortie eines fiir alles, nicht mehr als drey tausend reichsthaler in
banco, an unsere West Indische Compagnie in der stadt Hamburg jahrlich
erleget, und wan die zahlung solcher gestalt richtig erfolget an oftbesagte
Churbrandenburgische Compagnie gantz keine weitere praetension, wie die
nahmen haben und erdacht werden mochte, gemachet, vielweniger, wehrender
solcher drey jahren ihre schiffe und effecten, einigerley weise genommen,
angehalten und molestiret werden sollen.

Dass wir zu bezeugung unserer des Churfursten (sic) Durchlaucht und
Loblichkeit zutragenden besondern freund-, vetter-, schwager-, und vater-
lichen affection angeregten recess in alien seinen articulen und inhaltungen
approbiret und bestatiget, gestalt wir denselben hiemit approbiren und
bestatigen, bey konigliche worten versprechend, dass demjenigen, so darinn
stipuliret, auch unserntwegen zugesaget und versprochen werden, getreulich
nachgelebet, und solchem von uns oder den unserigen, weder jetzt noch
kiinftig in keine wege entgegen gehandelt werden solle. Wobey wir jedoch
dieses anzufiigen und zu bedingen fur nothig gehalten, dass, nachdem der
terminus, wan die articulo 5'to angefiihrte drey tausend reichsthaler recog-
nitions-gelder abgefuhret werden sollen, nicht determiniret, solcher von dato
dieser ratification seinen anfang nehmen, und die zahlung von sechs monathen
zu sechs monathen an denjenigen, so unsere West-Indische Compagnie darzu
in Hamburg committiren wird, geschehen solle ; dafern aber von der Chur-
brandenburgischen Africanischen Compagnie von die droits d'entree et sortie
etwas zwischen dem dato dieser ratification, und der zeit, dass selbige auf St.
Thomas wird bekandt gemachet seyn, bezahlet wehre, soil solches, so weit
es durch unsers dortigen gouverneurs quitung bescheiniget wird, in dem
ersten termin der jahrlichen recognition der 3000 reichsthaler decourtiret
werden. Uhrkundtlich unter unserm Koniglichen handzeichen und furge-
driicktem insiegel. Geben auf unser residentz zu Copenhagen, den 23. Aprilis
1692. Christian.

J. B. von Jessen.

Coin on the Spree, 1692 341

Dass wir nicht allein obinserirten tractat vom 11/21 Aprilis a. c. in alien
seinen puncten, clausulen, und articulen approbiret, ratificiret, und genehm
halten haben, approbiren und ratificiren audi denselben hiemit und ver-
sprechen, dasjenige, so in solchem recess sowoll wegen recruitirung der Konig-
lichen Danischen in Niederland stehenden trouppen, alss auch wegen der sache
von St. Thomas unserer seits versprechen werden getreulich zu erfullen,
sondern wir acceptiren auch die obstehende Konigliche Danische, wegen des
handels nach St. Thomas ertheilte, declaration bester und bestandigster
massen, alles ihres inhalts, nur dass dasjenige, so in solcher Koniglichen
Danischen declaration articulo 3. wegen bezahlung der verglichenen sechs-
zehen tausend reichsthaler und articulo 5'to wegen der land-cultur auf St.
Thomas erwehnet wird, durch einen neben-recess in etwas erlautert und anders
eingerichtet werde, alles mehrern inhalts derjenigen instruction, welche wir
unserm hof- und legationsrath und envoye extra-ordinaire am Koniglichem
Danischem hofe, dem von Falaiseau deshalb ertheilet haben. Uhrkundtlich
unter unserer eigenhandigen unterschrift und aufgedriickten insiegel. So
gegeben zu Colin an der Spree den 3/13 May 1692.

Friedrich.

Translation.

We, Frederick the Third, by God's grace margrave of Brandenburg, arch-
chamberlain and elector of the Holy Roman Empire, duke in Prussia, of
Magdeburg, Cleves, Julich, Bergen, Stettin, Pomerania, of the Cashubes
and Wendes, and in Silesia, of Crossen and Schwiebus, burgrave of Nurem-
berg, prince of Halberstadt, Minden, and Cammin, count of Hohenzollern.
of the Mark and Ravensberg, lord of Ravenstein and of the country of Lauen-
burg and Biitow, etc. — hereby make known that whereas, both in regard
to the recruiting of the royal Danish troops now in the Spanish Netherlands,
and also in regard to the differences pending between the Royal Danish West
India Company and our African Company respecting the trade to the island
of St. Thomas, a certain treaty has recently been drawn up between the coun-
cillors and ministers of his Royal Majesty of Denmark and Norway, fully-
empowered therefor, and our own, under the date of April 21, 1692, which,
word for word, reads as follows :

Whereas his Royal Majesty of Denmark, Norway, etc., has provided von
Haxthausen, his present envoy extraordinary etc., to his Electoral Highness
of Brandenburg, with special full powers to make a firm agreement with his
aforesaid Electoral Highness, both in regard to recruiting the royal Danish
troops, now in Flanders with the army of his Royal Majesty of England,
and also in regard to certain differences that have arisen between the Royal
Danish West India Company and the Elector of Brandenburg's African
Company respecting the trade to the island of St. Thomas ; and whereas his
Electoral Highness, in order on this occasion to give his Royal Highness a
true sign of his sincere affection for him and of his lasting cousinly attach-
ment, so that for the future a very intimate understanding and closer con-
nection may be mutually established between them, has also been entirely
disposed and ready for such an agreement on both points, and consequently,
through his councillors and ministers especially empowered therefor, entered
into negotiations to that end with the aforesaid royal Danish envoy extra-
ordinary,— they have mutually agreed thereupon in the following manner :

342 Doc. 82. Brandenburg — Denmark

3. With regard to the differences about the trade to the island of St.
Thomas that have arisen between the Royal Danish West India Company
on the one hand, and the Elector of Brandenburg's African Company on the
other hand, it has been mutually agreed as follows :

Whereas the royal Danish governor stationed on the said island caused
the removal of a quantity of sugar and cotton belonging to the Elector of
Brandenburg's African Company, according to the detailed statement pre-
sented by the said company, and also, quite lately, has arrested the ship named
the Electoral Princess together with what had been discharged of the cargo of
slaves that she had brought to the said island, in order to pay himself out of
it for the quit-rent from the cultivation of certain land which the Branden-
burgers did not consider themselves bound to cultivate, therefore his Royal
Majesty, out of the special affection that he bears his Electoral Highness
and in order to prevent any further annoyance being feared therefrom, has
assumed all the claims that the Royal Danish Company has hitherto made
and formed against the Elector of Brandenburg's Company on account of
the aforesaid land-cultivation and other matters, so that not the slightest
further demand shall be made upon the Elector of Brandenburg's Company
on this account under any pretense, now or ever — much less shall the Com-
pany's trade to the said island and elsewhere be hindered in consequence, or
it, its people, ships, or goods be subjected further on this account to any
other injury, obstruction, or stoppage. At the same time his Royal Majesty
will give strict orders that the aforesaid Brandenburg Company's goods and
wares, removed by the royal governor, shall be restored to the Company in
the same quality and quantity, and also that the aforesaid ship, the Electoral
Princess, together with the proceeds and its cargo, or whatever other Bran-
denburg effects may be detained, shall be immediately released. Moreover,
the orders required for this shall be given at once to the Brandenburg African
Company in the original together with two authentic copies, so that the
company may have them sent out to the island of St. Thomas by the ships
now lying ready to sail, and there duly delivered.

4. But in order that no new disputes may arise in future between the two
oft-mentioned companies, but that these may be redressed once for all and
completely, a closer agreement shall be made for that purpose as soon as
possible, between his Royal Majesty of Denmark and his Electoral Highness.
Meanwhile the royal Danish governor and the rest of the royal Danish
servants on the said island, are to abstain from all pretensions and claims
against the Brandenburg Company. They are to live in peace with the com-
pany and with its people who are now on St. Thomas, or who shall arrive
there hereafter, and they are not in any way to hinder their commerce. His
Electoral Highness, likewise, will oblige his people to treat the royal Danish
governor and the other Danish servants well and peaceably.

5. In order also that there may be no doubt, dispute, or delay in regard
to the restitution and compensation (stipulated in the above third article)
for the goods taken out of the warehouses on St. Thomas and transported
to Denmark, and in regard to the manner, i. e. the means and time, of properly
compensating the Brandenburg African Company on this account, the royal
Danish minister von Haxthausen has contended that on account of his lack
of sufficient instructions he could not bind himself to anything positive about
it, but must first refer the matter back. On the Elector of Brandenburg's
side, however, the three following proposals have been made.

That either (1) his Royal Majesty might make such provision and arrange-
ment with the Brandenburg ships now departing for St. Thomas, that a sum

Coin on the Spree, 1692 343

of 16,000 rixdollars in pieces of eight would be paid down in ready money
to the Elector of Brandenburg's principal servants on the island, in order to
buy there on the spot other wares in place of those that were confiscated;
or, (2) that his Royal Majesty consign immediately and gratuitously to the
first ships designated therefor in the name of the Elector of Brandenburg's
Company, 16,000 rixdollars' worth of wood at the price it sells for in Nor-
way, at the same time, and without payment of any toll or other impost ; or,
finally, (3) of the slaves on the island of St. Thomas, belonging to the Danish
company, so many might be made over, in payment, according to the price
current there, as to make up the aforesaid sum of 16,000 rixdollars for the
purchase of new wares. On the part of the Elector of Brandenburg the choice
of one of these three methods of payment was left to his Royal Majesty
of Denmark.

6. But since the differences that have arisen between the Royal Danish
West India Company and the Elector of Brandenburg's African Company
have originated from the fact that, as already mentioned, the royal Danish
governor on St. Thomas wishes to oblige the Brandenburg Company to
cultivate certain lands, and pay a very high recognition for them, but the
Elector's Company will agree as little to the one as to the other — this point
shall be settled, in accordance with justice, in the new treaty to be concluded
between his Royal Majesty and his Electoral Highness in respect to the
trade to St. Thomas. Moreover his Electoral Highness expects of his Royal
Majesty of Denmark in this new agreement which is to be made that his Royal
Majesty will either entirely free the Brandenburg Company from such culti-
vation and quit-rent, or at least will not impose any greater quit-rent upon
it than upon his other planters.

Meanwhile, and for a period of at least three years, his Royal Majesty
will be satisfied if the Elector of Brandenburg's Company shall cause 3000
rixdollars banco to be paid to his Royal Majesty, once for all, yearly, at
Hamburg, instead of the import and export duties, on the company's effects
carried to and from St. Thomas; so that then no further claim whatever,
however named or devised, shall be made upon the Brandenburg Company
by his Royal Majesty, by his West India Company, by the royal governor at
St. Thomas, and by other servants ; much less shall its ships and effects during
the said three years be in any way seized, stopped, and tampered with, and
just as the royal Danish minister, von Haxthausen, has promised to report
favorably to his Royal Majesty on the contents of this and of the foregoing
fifth article, and within the period of three weeks to procure the ratification
of this recess and his Majesty's categorical resolution respecting it, so it
is expressly conditioned and stipulated on the part of the Elector of Branden-
burg that in case the King of Denmark's resolution should not prove to agree
and conform with the wishes of his Electoral Highness, the latter shall in
no way be further bound by what he has promised in the first article of this
treaty and in the separate agreement, in regard to recruiting the Danish
troops in Flanders.

In witness whereof, the councillors and ministers of both the aforesaid
high contracting lords, being fully empowered for that purpose, have sub-
scribed this with their own hands, and sealed it with their seals ; and the
ratification of it by his Royal Majesty and by his Electoral Highness shall
be delivered within three weeks from its date, or earlier if possible.
So done and given at C61n-an-der-Spree on April 21, 1692.

de Haxthausen. P. v. Fuchs. E. v. Danckelman.

344 Doc. 82. Brandenburg — Denmark

And afterwards, moreover, his aforesaid Royal Majesty of Denmark has
lately given the following declaration, under date of April 23, regarding the
points left to his more explicit resolution in the treaty about the affair of St.
Thomas. This declaration likewise follows, word for word, hereafter :

We, Christian the Fifth, by God's grace king of Denmark, Norway, of
the Wends and Goths, duke of Sleswick, Holstein, Stormarn, and Ditmarsh,
count of Oldenburg and Delmenhorst, etc., hereby make known (as already
in part agreed to and promised in our name, and in part accepted ad referen-
dum in a recess contracted on the 11/21 instant between our envoy extraor-
dinary, Von Haxthausen — resident with his Serene Highness, the Elector
of Brandenburg — and the electoral councillors and ministers associated with
him) :

2. That we are willing to assume all claims in regard to certain land-culti-
vation and other matters, hitherto made and formed by our West India
Company against the Elector of Brandenburg's African Company, trading
to our island of St. Thomas, in order to end all further trouble, so that not
the slightest further demand shall be made on this account under any pretense
now or ever, upon the Elector of Brandenburg's Company ; much less shall
its trade to the said island and elsewhere be hindered in consequence, or any
other injury, obstruction, or stoppage, be caused in the future to the com-
pany or its people, ships, and goods, on this account.

3. That we, moreover, shall give strict orders that the goods and wares of
the aforesaid Elector of Brandenburg's Company, removed by our governor
at St. Thomas, shall be restored to the company in the same quality and
quantity, and the ship, named the Electoral Princess, together with the pro-
ceeds from it and its cargo, or whatever other Brandenburg effects may be
detained, shall be immediately released. The orders required for this shall
be given at once to the Brandenburg African Company in the original to-
gether with two authentic copies, so that the company may have them sent
out to the island of St. Thomas by the ships now lying ready to sail, and there
duly delivered. But since it might not be possible to obtain there any goods
or wares, or not enough of them, to make complete restitution in kind of
the aforesaid confiscated goods, that we would make such plans and arrange-
ments with the aforesaid Brandenburg ships departing for St. Thomas, that
the deficiency would be made up to the chief servants of the Elector of Bran-
denburg on the island, either by other wares suitable for the Elector of
Brandenburg's Company, according to the prices of that country, or by cash,
in pieces of eight; and since 16,000 rixdollars were stipulated for the whole
quantity of the confiscated wares, the payment for what cannot be delivered
in goods would be in proportion to that sum.

4. In order that no new disputes may arise hereafter between the two
companies, but that these may be once for all and completely redressed,
for this purpose a closer agreement shall be made as soon as possible, be-
tween us and his Serene Highness. Meanwhile, however, our governor and
the rest of our servants on the said islands are to abstain from all pretensions
and claims upon the Brandenburg Company ; and just as his Serene High-
ness will order his people there to treat our said governor and other servants
well and peaceably, so our people also shall likewise live in peace with the
company and its people now on St. Thomas, or who shall arrive there later ;
and they shall not in any way obstruct their commerce.

Coin on the Spree, 1692 345

5. Furthermore, that the disputes that have arisen between the aforesaid
two companies regarding the cultivation of certain land and the recognition
for it, claimed on our part from the Elector of Brandenburg, are to be settled
equitably in the new forthcoming treaty. But meanwhile, and for a period of
three years — provided that in the meantime no such new treaty should be con-
cluded— not more than 3000 rixdollars banco should be paid yearly, in the city
of Hamburg, by the Elector of Brandenburg's Company to our West India
India Company, instead of import and export duties on the Brandenburg
Company's effects carried to and from St. Thomas. And if full payment
is made in this manner by the Elector of Brandenburg's Company, no further
claim whatever, however named or devised, shall be put forward. Much less,
shall the Company's ships and effects be in any way seized, arrested, or
tampered with, during these three years.

We, in testimony of the especial affection (as of a friend, cousin, brother-
in-law, and father), that we bear to his Electoral Serene Highness, have
approved and confirmed the proposed recess in all its articles and contents,
as we do hereby approve and confirm the same, promising on our royal
word, that what is stipulated therein shall also be promised and pledged on
our part, faithfully lived up to, and not contravened by us or ours in any
way, either now or hereafter. Besides this we deem it necessary to add and
stipulate that as the term for paying the 3000 rixdollars recognition-money
referred to in article 5 is not set, it shall begin f om the date of this ratification,
and payments shall be made at intervals of six months to whomever our West
India Company appoints for that purpose in Hamburg. In case, however,
that some part of the import and export duties should be paid by the Elector
of Brandenburg's African Company between the date of this ratification and
the time that it is made known at St. Thomas, this payment, in so far as it is
vouched for by the quittance of our governor there, shall be deducted in the
first term from the yearly recognition payment of 3000 rixdollars.

Witnessed under our royal hand and the impress of our seal. Given at our
residence at Copenhagen on April 23, 1692.

Christian.

J. B. von Jessen.

We have not only approved, ratified and accepted the above treaty of April
11/21, of the current year, in all of its points, clauses, and articles, and do
hereby approve and ratify the same, and promise to fulfill faithfully what is
promised on our part in that recess, both in regard to recruiting the royal
Danish troops in the Netherlands, and in regard to the St. Thomas affair,
but we also accept the above declaration given by the Danish king in respect
to the trade of St. Thomas in the best and surest manner. [We accept] all
of its contents ; but what is said in the third article of the royal Danish declara-
tion in regard to the payment of the sixteen thousand rixdollars agreed on,
and in the fifth article in regard to the cultivation of land on St. Thomas,
will be to some extent explained and differently arranged in an additional
recess.

All of the more detailed instructions regarding this, we have given to our
court- and legation-councillor and envoy extraordinary to the royal Danish
court, von Falaiseau.

Witnessed under our own signature, and the impress of our seal, thus
given at Coin an der Spree, May 3/13, 1692.

Frederick.

23

83.

Recess supplementary to the interim treaty of April 11/21, 1692,
signed by the commissioners of Denmark and Brandenburg
at Copenhagen, on June 10/20, 1602.

Introduction.

The Elector of Brandenburg considered the payment of the indemnity of
16,000 rixdollars insufficiently secured to his subjects by the third article of
the Danish declaration of April 23, 1692.1 He also seems to have been dis-
satisfied with the existing agreement regarding the cultivation of land by the
Brandenburgers on St. Thomas. The recess printed below supplements the
earlier conventions in respect to these two matters.

Bibliography.

Text : MS. The original signed by the Brandenburg commissioner is in the
Rigsarkiv at Copenhagen. The original signed by the Danish commis-
sioners is in the Staatsarchiv at Berlin.

Text: Printed. R. Schiick, Brandenburg-Preussens Kolonial-Politik unter
dem Grossen Kurfiirsten (1889), pp. 405-407; abstract in Th. von
Moerner, Kurbrandenburgs Staatsvertrage von 1601 bis 1700 (1867),
pp. 571-572. The text will doubtless be included in L. Laursen, Traites
dn Danemark ct de la Norvege: Danmark-N orges Traktater, 1523-17 50
(1907, etc.).

References: Later writings. Th. von Moerner, op. cit., p. 571, and see
Doc. 82, bibliography.

Text.2

Demnach ihro Konigliche Mayestat zu Dennmarck, Norwegen p. in dem
mit seiner Churfiirstlichen Durchlaucht zu Brandenburg, wegen der insul
St. Thomas, unterm 11/21 Aprilis dieses jahres aufgerichteten, und von ihrer
Koniglichen Mayestat unterm 23. gedachtes monaths ratificirten vergleich sich
unter andern dahin verglichen, dass seiner Churfiirstlichen Durchlaucht Afri-
canischen auf St. Thomas privilegirten Compagnie, wegen der deroselben auf
ermelter insull von dem Koniglichen Danischen vice-gouverneurn ohnlangst,
wegen gewisser land-cultur und davon geforderten recognition, weggenom-
menen giihter und effecten behorige indemnisation und satisfaction bis zur
summa von sechzehentausend reichsthaler gegeben werden soil ; als ist der in
bemelter Koniglichen Danischen ratification art. 3 wegen abfuhrung solcher
sechszehentausend reichsthaler gesetzte modus solutionis vermittelst dieses
neben recessus folgender gestalt erlautert worden:

Wan ihro Koniglicher Mayestat West-indische Compagnie die vorgedachte
summa der sechszehentausend reichsthaler in einer monatsf rist, nach anlandung

1 See above, pp. 339-340, 344-

2 The text is from the original preserved in the Rigsarkiv at Copenhagen.

346

Copenhagen, 1692 347

der Churfiirstlichen Brandenburgischen Privilegirten schiffe auf St. Thomas,
nebst iiberlieferung ihrer Koniglichen Mayestat ordre an dero jetzigen dorti-
gen vice-gouverneurn zur vorgedachten bezahlung, wieder vermuhten, nicht
vollig oder auch gar nicht, es sey mit gelde oder wahren, nachdem dorten im
land gangbahren preyss, bezahlen wurden, auf solchem fall wollen ihre Konig-
liche Mayestat die ermangelnde bezahlung auf sich nehmen, in Hamburg
prompto ohne fernere weitlauftigkeit mit stuck von achten oder creiizthalern,
bahr zu erlegen, und zwar sechs wochen nach dem tage, das ihre Konigliche
^Mayestat wirdt declariret und durch des vice-gouverneurn handt, welcher
dazu in ihrer Koniglichen Mayestat rescript angewiesen, und dessfalls be-
horigen schein innerhalb ein monathsfrist auszustellen befehliget werd[en]
soil, dargethan und erwiesen sein, dass die Chur-Brandenburgische Privi-
legirte von ermelten ihrer Koniglichen Mayestat vice-gouverneurn, vor alles
oder zum theil wegen obbenandter summe der sechszehentausend reichsthaler
nicht bezahlet werden konnen, oder bezahlet worden : Da aber der vice-
gouverneur vorberiihrten schein in der bestimbten zeit nicht extradiren wurde,
soil er zu alien schaden, so den Chur-Brandenburgischen Privilegirten daraus
erwachsen mochte, zu antworten schuldig und gehalten sein. Solte aber mehr
bemelter vice-gouverneur gantz oder zum theile die Chur-Brandenburgische
Privilegirte fur ofterwehnte summe, es sey mit baar geld, oder durch tiich-
tige wahren, nach dem dortigen landes-preyss, in besagter monathsfrist zu
bezahlen, offeriren, selbige aber solche zahlung nicht annehmen wollen, haben
sie sich den dadurch erleidenden schaden selbsten zu imputiren.

Ferner lassen zwar ihro Konigliche Mayestat zu Dennemarck p. den punct
wegen der zwischen der Koniglichen Danischen Compagnie und den Chur-
Brandenburgischen Privilegirten, streitigen land-cultur, bis zu aufrichtung
des haubt-vergleichs, welcher unter gedachten beiden compagnien mit dem
forderlichsten getroffen werden soil, ausgestellet sein : Gleichwie aber ihre
Konigliche Mayestat durch obberuhrte dero declaration bewilliget, dass in
den nachstfolgenden dreyen jahren die Chur-Brandenburgische Privilegirte
von ihrer handlung nach St. Thomas mehr nicht als dreytausend reichsthaler
in allem entrichten sollen, alss wird hiemit ferner declariret, dass, ob zwar
die Chur-Brandenburgische Privilegirte keinesweges schuldig seindt, wehren-
der solcher dreyen jahren, einige landereyen auf der insul St. Thomas zu
cultiviren und zu bebauen, ihnen doch solches, wan es ihnen also gefalt, frey
und unverwehret sein solle, plantagien aufzunehmen und zu cultiviren, keines
weges aber die von andern angenommenen auszuhandln oder zu gebrauchen.
Und haben solchen falls die Chur-Brandenburgische Privilegirte, daferne sie
plantagien zu cultiviren belieben tragen mochten, keinen grossern canonem,
alss andere planteurs, zeit wehrender solcher dreyen jahren zu entrichten,
welcher canon den in gewissen terminen, wie von andern dort befindtlichen
planteurs geschiehet, alle jahr, ohne verwendung von freyen- jahren oder
dergleichen, richtig bezahlet werden soil.

Nach verfliesung solcher drey jahren aber, haben sich die Chur-Branden-
burgische Privilegirte, solcher plantagien nicht weiter zu gebrauchen, es
were den, dass man beiderseits sich dariiber ferner vergleichen mochte,

Im iibrigen bleibet es bey obged achtem tractat vom u/12'ten April und
der Koniglichen Danischen dariiber ausgestelten declaration vom 23. April
anni currentis in alien puncten unveranderlich. So geschehen Coppenhagen,
den 10. Junii 1692.

de Falaiseau.

348 Doc. 83. Denmark — Brandenburg

Translation.

Whereas in the convention regarding the island of St. Thomas, concluded
with his Electoral Highness of Brandenburg on April 11/21 of this year, and
ratified by his Royal Majesty on the twenty-third of the said month, his
Royal Majesty of Denmark, Norway, etc., agreed among other things that his
Electoral Highness's African Company with privileges at St. Thomas shall
be given due indemnity and satisfaction to the amount of 16,000 rixdollars,
for its goods and effects on the said island, recently removed by the royal
Danish vice-governor on account of the question of the cultivation of certain
land and the recognition demanded for it — the mode of payment stipulated in
article 3 of the aforesaid King of Denmark's ratification, in regard to the
payment of the 16,000 rixdollars, has been explained by means of this sup-
plementary recess, in the following manner:

If, contrary to expectation, his Royal Majesty's West India Company
should not pay the aforesaid sum of 16,000 rixdollars completely, or at all,
either in money or in goods, according to the prices prevalent or current in
the country, within a month after the arrival at St. Thomas of the Elector
of Brandenburg's privileged ships, and the delivery of his Royal Majesty's
orders to his vice-governor now there, for the aforesaid payment, in that
case his Royal Majesty will undertake to pay the deficit in case, in Ham-
burg, promptly and without further difficulty, in pieces of eight or
kreusthaler. His Royal Majesty will pay it in six weeks after the day that
his Royal Majesty shall have declared that it is proved and demonstrated (and
that by the hand of the vice-governor, who shall be instructed thereto in his
Royal Majesty's rescript, and shall be ordered to draw up within a month the
necessary certificate) that the Elector of Brandenburg's concessionaries
cannot be paid, or were not paid, by the said vice-governor of his Royal
Majesty, in whole or in part, in respect of the aforesaid sum of 16,000 rix-
dollars. But if the vice-governor should not deliver the above-mentioned
certificate at the appointed time, he shall be liable and obliged to answer for
all losses that the Elector of Brandenburg's concessionaries may sustain there-
from. But if, within the period of a month, the aforesaid vice-governor
should offer to pay the Elector of Brandenburg's concessionaries for the
aforesaid sum, in whole or in part, in cash, or in suitable wares, according to
the prices in that country, but the concessionaries should not accept this
payment, then they must blame themselves for the losses suffered thereby.

Furthermore, his Royal Majesty of Denmark, etc., leaves the question of
the cultivation of certain land in dispute between the Royal Danish Company
and the Elector of Brandenburg's concessionaries to be deferred until the
conclusion of the principal treaty, which will be signed as speedily as possible
between the said two companies. But just as his Royal Majesty grants, by
his aforesaid declaration, that in the three years next following the Elector
of Brandenburg's concessionaries shall not pay more than 3000 rixdollars
in all for their trade to St. Thomas, so it is hereby further declared that,
although the Elector of Brandenburg's concessionaries are in no way bound
during these three years to cultivate and improve any lands on the island of
St. Thomas, yet, if they wish, they shall be allowed and permitted to under-
take and cultivate such a plantation, but by no means to trade in or use those
undertaken by others. And in that case the Elector of Brandenburg's con-
cessionaries, provided they" should wish to cultivate plantations, will not have

Copenhagen, 1692 349

to pay any larger quit-rent than other planters during the period of these
three years. This quit-rent, then, shall be paid regularly at certain terms, as
it is paid by other planters there, every year, without making use of years
of immunity, or the like.

After the lapse of these three years, however, the Elector of Brandenburg's
concessionaries shall have no further use of these plantations, unless a further
agreement respecting the matter should be made by both sides.

For the rest, the aforesaid treaty of April 11/21, and the declaration issued
by the Danish king regarding it, on April 23 of the current year, remain in
all points unchanged.

Done at Copenhagen, June 10, 1692.

de Falaiseau.

84.

Treaty of peace between Great Britain and France, concluded at
Ryswyk, September 10/20, 1697. Ratification by France,
October 3, 1607. [Ratification by William III., king of Eng-
land, at Loo, September 25, 1607. ] x

Introduction.

The agreement between Great Britain and the United Provinces for equip-
ping a fleet against France2 was quickly followed, on May 7/17, 1689, Dv
Great Britain's declaration of war against Louis XIV.3 The reasons for this
declaration, as given in the document itself, included not only allegations
against the French king in Europe — his invasion of Imperial territory, de-
vastation of the Palatinate, declaration of war against the allies of William
III., persecution of English Protestants in France, and action in Ireland — they
embraced also the misdeeds of the French in the New World — their encroach-
ments in Newfoundland, invasion of the West Indies and of the provinces
of New York and Hudson Bay at the very time when French envoys were
negotiating a treaty of neutrality in England,4 and Louis's countenancing
of the seizure of English ships by French privateers. Taken in connection
with Louis's prohibition of importation into France of a great part of Eng-
lish products and manufactures, and with the exorbitant customs that he
levied on the rest, his conduct was deemed to show a determination to destroy
the trade and navigation upon which England's wealth and safety largely
depended.5

The story of the war of the League of Augsburg in Europe need not be
retold here.

Owing to his high-handed aggressions, Louis XIV. was surrounded by
foes — the Emperor and some of the princes of the Empire, the Dutch, Eng-
lish, Spaniards, and Savoyards. Nevertheless Louis was able to carry on
the war on enemies' soil beyond the northern, eastern, and southern frontiers
of France, and in Ireland. On the sea, at the outbreak of the war, the mari-
time strength of the French surpassed that of the English and Dutch com-

1 Another ratification by William III., with promise to invite the King of Spain and
the States General to ratify the treaty, was signed on Sept. 21, 1697. It did not include
the articles of the treaty. H. Vast, Les Grands Traites du Regne de Louis XIV., vol. II.,
p. 169.

2 See above, Doc. 81.

3 London Gazette, no. 2452, May 9 to 13, 1689, and General Collection of Treatys,
I. 281, where the date is wrong.

4 See above, Doc. 79.

5 Likewise the States General's declaration of war against France alleged that Louis
XIV. had troubled Dutch navigation and commerce in every way, both within and without
Europe. Dumont, Corps Diplomatique, torn. VII., pt. II., pp. 213-220; General Collection
of Treatys, I. 256 ff.

350

Ryswyk, 1697 351

bined. But after the defeat of the French in the battle of La Hogue, May-
June, 1692, their maritime operations were largely confined to coast defense
and commerce-destroying.6

Theoretically, the treaty of neutrality of 1686 7 and the agreement of the
following year 8 remained, like other treaties, in force after the Revolution,
and should have prevented the spread of the war to America.9 Yet there seems
to have been no serious thought of thus limiting hostilities, and they soon ex-
tended from Hudson Bay to the West Indies.

Preparations for contesting by arms the possession of Hudson Bay began
promptly. A few days after Great Britain declared war, the Hudson's Bay
Company memorialized the king for commissions and letters of marque
against the French; and for commissioning the company's governor to form
offensive and defensive alliances with the Indians.10 Frontenac, on the other
hand, who was sent back to Canada as governor in 1689, was instructed to aid
the Canadian Northern Company in expelling the English from any posts left
to them in the Hudson Bay region.11 Of the five forts at Hudson Bay, the
English, at the outbreak of the war, held only Nelson and New Severn. Three
years earlier, when the treaty of neutrality was being negotiated, the French
had deprived them of Forts Monsonis (or Moose, or Original), Saint Charles
(or Rupert), and Albany (or St. Anne).12 La Ferte, Iberville's lieutenant,
captured New Severn in the spring of 1689.13 In 1693, the English regained
Albany, Rupert, and Monsonis.14 Nelson, the most coveted post, was taken
by the French under Iberville in 1694, recaptured by the English in the
autumn of 1696, and regained by Iberville, as the result of a terrific sea-
fight, on September 10, 1697.15 At nearly the same time, the treaty of
Ryswyk was signed.

The encroachments of France in Newfoundland were another subject
of complaint in Great Britain's declaration of war. Apparently with the con-
sent of Charles II., the French had established a settlement in the easily
defended harbor of Placentia, and had taken possession of the southern and

6 E. Lavisse, Histoire de France (1900-1910), torn. VII., pt. II., pp. 26, 31. It was
stated in September, 1689, that French privateers had recently taken sixty-two ships,
chiefly from America and the West Indies. Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1689-1692, no. 467, p. 153.

7 Doc. 79.
s Doc. 80.

9 In the answer made in England to the manifesto addressed by James II. to the
Protestant allied princes, and printed by authority, the principle was laid down that the
obligation to observe treaties passes to the possessor of the crown. Actes et Memoir cs
des Negotiations de la Paix de Ryswick, I. 503. Cf. also Blathwayt to Prior, June 1, 1697,
in Bath MSS., III. 122.

10 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1689-1692, nos. 116-119, p. 37.

"J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y. (1853-1883), IX. 428.

12 L. A. Prud'homme, " La Baie d'Hudson ", in Proceedings and Transactions of the
Royal Soc. of Canada, third ser., vol. III. (1910), sect. I., pp. 9-12.

13 Ibid., p. 13. According to Charlevoix and others, there were found at the fort
orders from the company for the proclamation of William III.. Shea's ed., IV. 2>7-
B. Willson, The Great Company (1899), pp. 132-145, says that Iberville took New Severn
in October, 1689, but according to Charlevoix it was in October, 1688, and Iberville left
the Bay in September, 1689. Prud'homme's statement harmonizes best with other facts.

14 L. A. Prud'homme, op. cit., p. 14.

15 Ibid., pp. 14-18. B. Willson, op. cit., pp. 154-160, says that the fort was surrendered
on Sept. 12.

352 Doc. 84. Great Britain — France

western coasts.16 The English had fishing stations along the eastern coast,
and their principal fortified settlement at St. John's. During the war,
French privateers raided the English villages, but the English failed in an
attempt to destroy Placentia. In the early summer of 1696, St. John's re-
pulsed a large French fleet under Nesmond, but later in the year was taken
by a combined land and sea attack commanded by Iberville and Brouillon.
At the same time, all but two of the other English settlements were destroyed.17

French Acadia, from eastern Nova Scotia to Pentagoet, and New England,
from Pemaquid to the Connecticut River, suffered much from the war. In
the summer preceding the declaration of war in Europe, the eastern Indians,
or Abenakis, incited by the French, raised the hatchet against the border
settlements of New England and even captured the fort at Pemaquid.18 Early
in 1690, the French openly joined the Indians in similar attacks. French
privateers spoiled New England's trade, by seizing many ships, and raiding
the coasts, and the shores of Long Island Sound.19 Of the offensive opera-
tions undertaken by the New Englanders, the conquest of Port Royal and the
rest of Acadia in 1690 was an exceptional success. But like many of the con-
quests made by either side in this war, it was not securely held, and soon
slipped back under French control.20 Phips's naval expedition against Quebec
in 1690 was a costly failure;21 and in 1696 the French and Indians under
Iberville took the fort at Pemaquid, which had been strongly rebuilt by Mas-
sachusetts.22 Even after news of the peace signed at Ryswyk reached Canada,
the Indian raids did not cease. A treaty of peace was not made with the
Abenakis until January, 1699.23

The main objective of the French government in Canada was the conquest
of the province of 'New York. Frontenac, at the time of his return to Canada,
was instructed to organize a land and sea attack upon the town of New
York,24 but reached Canada too late to make the attempt in 1689. In the
following year he despatched the expedition that devastated Schenectady.25
The New Yorkers, who had been alarmed by rumors of the approaching war,26
hoped in conjunction with the Iroquois and New Englanders to effect the
subjugation of Canada,27 whose population was less than three-fifths of their

16 D. W. Prowse argues that there is " little doubt that the occupation of Placentia by
the French in 1662 was made with the connivance and consent of the English Kings " and
" that King Charles had really surrendered the best part of the Island to the French,
leaving only from Cape Race to Bonavista for the English ". History of Newfoundland

(1895), p. 199.

17 Prowse, op. cit., pp. 211-222, and Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1696-1697, nos. 392, 393, 422, 580.

18 F. Parkman, Count Frontenac and New France (1877), ch. XVI.

19 Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1689-1692, nos. 994, pp. 299, 300, no. 1015, p. 304.

20 F. Parkman, op. cit., pp. 236-239; James Hannay, History of Acadia from its First
Discovery to its Surrender to England by the Treaty of Paris (1879), pp. 231-233, and
ch. XIV.

21 F. Parkman, op. cit., ch. XIII.

22 Id., pp. 357, 378-382 ; Hannay, op. cit., pp. 250-254.

23 Hannay, op. cit., p. 257; T. Hutchinson, History of Massachusetts Bay, II. 109, no.

24 Frontenac's instructions are given in J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y., IX.
422-428.

25 Parkman, op. cit., pp. 211-216.

26 Brodhead, op. cit., III. 591, 610.

27 Ibid., pp. 694, 695.

Ryswyk, 1697 353

own.28 Of the war parties sent from Albany against Montreal in 1690 and
1 69 1, however, only the latter did any considerable harm to the enemy ; 29 and
subsequently the New Yorkers accomplished little. Feeling that too much of
the fighting was left to them, the Iroquois from 1693 were disposed to make
peace with the French. Their negotiations, broken off in 1696, were renewed
after Frontenac's attack on the Onondagas, but terminated in 1698, upon the
arrival at Montreal of news of the peace made at Ryswyk.30

In the West Indies, success depended on the command of the sea.81 At the
beginning of the war the French held this, and they had another advantage in
the presence of disaffected Papists and Irish in the English islands. The
French gained possession of the English part of St. Christopher in the sum-
mer of 1689, Dut a year later tne English were able to expel the French al-
together from the island, and they continued to hold all of it until the end of
the war. In 1690, also, the English captured St. Eustatius, taken by he
French from the Dutch in 1689, as well as the French islands of St. Martin and
St. Bartholomew. The French Leeward Islands suffered from raids by the
English, and Jamaica from French invasion. In Hispaniola, the French at-
tacked the Spanish settlements, and the Spaniards attacked the French. A
concerted attack made in 1695 by an English squadron and Spanish forces
upon the French in the island failed. In 1697, a great French armament under
Poinds, supported by French troops and freebooters from Hispaniola, sacked
Cartagena, obtaining much booty.32

By 1693, Louis XIV. appeared more sincerely desirous of peace than be-
fore.33 Having failed to draw a proposal of terms from the Dutch govern-
ment, he despatched D'Avaux, long resident at the Hague, as ambassador
extraordinary to Stockholm, to persuade Sweden to continue her neutrality,
and mediate in the re-establishment of peace.34 He sent D'Avaux his conditions
of peace with the Emperor and Empire, to be communicated to them by
Sweden; 35 and a few months later (October, 1693) he made known through
the same channels his conditions of peace with Spain, the States General,
Great Britain, and some of the smaller powers.36 By means of these proposals
he sought to divide the allies, whose interests were diverse. For while the
coalition as a whole aimed at restoring the European balance of power by
compelling Louis XIV. to surrender his numerous conquests and " reunions ",
made chiefly at the expense of the Empire and Spain, yet the restoration of

28 The population of the province of New York in 1689 has been estimated at 20,000;
that of Canada was about 11,000. E. Channing, Hist, of U. S., I. 222 n.

29 Parkman, op. cit., pp. 289-293.

30 Ibid., pp. 397 ff., and ch. XIX.

31 Materials for the history of the war in the West Indies are in Cal. St. Pap. Col.,
1689-1692, 1693-1696, and 1696-1697, passim.

32 C. Fernandez Duro, Armada Espaiiola (1895- ), vol. V., ch. XVIII. ; C. H. Har-
ing, Buccaneers in the West Indies (1910), pp. 258-266.

33 Van der Heim, Hct Archief van Heinsius, deel III., pp. viii-xi.

34 Negociations de M. le Comte d'Avaux, pendant les Annies ?693, 1697, 1608, I. 1-9.

35 Ibid., pp. 257 ff. ; Van der Heim, op. cit., III. xii., 18 ; F. J. L. Kramer, Archives de la
Maison d'Orange-N assail, ser. III., torn, I., p. 327.

36 Negociations de M. le Comte d'Avaux, I. 410 ff.

354 Doc. 84. Great Britain — France

each specific place had a different degree of importance for the several powers.
The Spaniards and Imperialists, moreover, had a peculiar interest in urging
the acceptance of the treaty of the Pyrenees as a general basis for the peace,
since this would tend to confirm the renunciation of the Spanish succession,
made at the time of the peace by Louis XIV. 's Spanish bride.37 The Dutch
were particularly concerned in the establishing of a " barrier " in the Spanish
Netherlands against further encroachments by France. The English had two
matters chiefly at heart — Louis XIV.'s recognition of the Prince of Orange
as king of England, and a favorable settlement of disputes in the colonies.

In stating his terms of peace with England, in October, 1693, Louis XIV.,
after expressing a hope for the solution of the difficulty arising from the depo-
sition of James II., put forward no pretension, direct or indirect, against Eng-
land, " a la reserve de ce qu'on a pris sur moy dans les Isles (pendant cette
guerre) et terres fermes de l'Amerique ". He demanded that these American
conquests be restored.38

In 1693, although the English and Dutch needed peace, and Amsterdam
was intriguing with the enemy, William III. would not accept the French
offers.39

Important negotiations between the French envoys, Harlay de Bonneuil and
Callieres, brother of the then governor of Montreal, and the Dutch agent,
Everard van Weede, lord of Dykvelt, took place at Maastricht in 1694, and
were resumed at Utrecht in the following year. The instructions of Callieres
for the Utrecht conferences included a project of several articles, of which
the fourth stipulated the re-establishment of commerce with England, on
condition that she restore what she had taken in the colonies. His terms
showed that Louis XIV. wanted peace. In a secret article he promised to
recognize the King of England.40

Probably peace could have been made in 1695, had it not been for the
Emperor's jealousy of William III. and the Dutch Republic. The Emperor
preferred to treat through Stockholm, where negotiations had been carried
on in 1694 and 1695, but little was accomplished. No longer hoping to draw
the Dutch into a separate peace, Louis XIV. also turned again to Stockholm ;
and the Swedish court, fearful of a union between Denmark and the allies,
and impressed by William III.'s conquest of Namur, showed itself more
favorable to the Coalition.41

The failure of the Jacobite plot to assassinate William III. and invade
England from France, in 1696, tended to strengthen William's influence and
hasten peace. The defection of Savoy to France, in June of this year, and
the financial difficulties of England and the United Netherlands appeared to

37 See above, p. 143.

38 Negotiations de M. le Comte d'Avaux, I. 413.

39 Van der Heim, op. cit., III. xiii-xv.

40 Vast, op. cit., II. 155.

41 Van der Heim, op. cit., III. xl-xlvi.

Ryswyk, 1697 355

make a speedy peace essential. The impoverishment of France and the
emptiness of her king's treasury led to the same result.42

Heinsius, pensionary of Holland and William's confidential helper
in the conduct of foreign affairs, continued to distrust Sweden. Through
Dykvelt and Boreel, burgomaster of Amsterdam, he treated with Cal-
lieres, throughout the year 1696, for a settlement of the main points pre-
liminary to a general congress, at which Sweden would act as mediator.43 By
the end of the year, a basis for peace had been arrived at. On December 21,
William III. named the Earl of Pembroke, Viscount Villiers, and Sir Joseph
Williamson as his plenipotentiaries at the general congress.44 A manor-house
of William's, at Ryswyk, near Delft, was chosen as the place of meeting. An
important advance was made when, on February 10, 1697, Callieres dictated
the preliminary articles to the Swedish plenipotentiary Lillieroth, and in the
presence of the latter and of Dykvelt and Boreel declared that Louis XIV.
would recognize the Prince of Orange as king of Great Britain, at the time
of the signing of the peace.45

The adjustment of questions relating to the reunions was attended by so
many difficulties that it was the ninth of May when the first meeting at
Ryswyk convened. Thereafter the Emperor, supported for a time by Spain,
continued to obstruct the negotiations. The death of Charles II. of Spain
seemed imminent, and the Emperor feared to meet the ensuing situation with-
out the support of the coalition, which peace would dissolve.46 Neither the
secret conferences between Dykvelt and Callieres, nor the public negotiations
at Ryswyk, brought agreement. In June, Dykvelt was openly authorized to
mediate at Delft between the French and English, and in July the Earl of
Portland and Marshal Boufflers secretly adjusted the point of main impor-
tance to William III., the disavowal of James II. and the Jacobites by Louis
XIV.47 The chief remaining differences related to America — in particular to
Hudson Bay.

42 Hist. MSS. Commission, MSS. of the Duke of Buccleuch and Queensberry, vol. II.,
pt. I., pp. 348, 352, 378, 398, etc.; MSS. of the Marquis of Bath, III. 82, 90; Lexington
Papers, pp. 166, 167 ; Correspondence of Duke of Shrewsbury, pp. 320 ff. The treaties with
the Duke of Savoy are in Vast, op. cit., II. 171-189. On the financial state of England, see
also Macaulay, History of England, ch. XXII.

43 For the preliminary negotiations, see Kramer, Archives de la Maison d'Orange-
Nassau, I. 412-527; MSS. of the Marquis of Bath, III. 80-101 ; Correspondence of Duke
of Shrewsbury, pp. 320 ff. ; MSS. of the Duke of Buccleuch and Queensberry, vol. II., pts.
I. and III., pp. 341-444, passim.

44 MSS. of the Marquis of Bath, III. 98.

45 By the preliminary articles Louis XIV. agreed to accept the treaties of Westphalia
and Nymwegen as the " basis and foundation " of the general peace ; to restore Stras-
bourg to the Empire; Luxembourg, Mons, Charleroy, and places in Catalonia taken by
France since the peace of Nymwegen to Spain ; Dinant to the Bishop of Liege ; all the
reunions made since the treaty of Nymwegen; and Lorraine, according to the conditions
of that treaty. Actes et Memoires des N egociations de la Paix de Ryswick, I. 263 ; MSS.
of the Duke of Buccleuch and Queensberry, I. 444.

46 MSS. of the Duke of Buccleuch and Queensberry, I. 447, 451, 471, 472, etc.; MSS.
of the Marquis of Bath, III. 103, 106-108, III, 113, etc., 511, 513, 514, etc.

47 For these conferences see P. Grimblot, Letters of William 111. and Louis XIV.,
pp. 1-94.

356 Doc. 84. Great Britain — France

Months before the opening of the congress at Ryswyk, the English Board
of Trade was considering American affairs in connection with the coming
peace treaty,48 and with an Anglo-French commercial treaty of which they
drew up a projet.4* The commercial treaty was postponed, the English am-
bassadors preferring to let it be proposed by the French.50 The English and
French ambassadors agreed that the settlement of American affairs in the
peace treaty should be on the same basis as in the treaty of Breda — restora-
tion to their status at the beginning of the war.51

Of the English projet for a peace treaty drawn up by Matthew Prior,
secretary of the English embassy, and given to the Swedish mediator at
Ryswyk on July 18, the fourth and seventh articles bore on American af-
fairs.52 By the fourth article both sides promised satisfaction for all injuries
done by subjects of one king to subjects of the other, before the declaration
of the present war. The reference, the English ambassadors explained, was
especially to damages committed by the French against the English at Hudson
Bay from 1683 to 1688, and to French interference with English trade in the
Gambia and other African rivers in 1687 and 1688.53

The seventh article contained the general stipulation that France should
restore to Great Britain all the regions, islands, fortresses, and colonies,
wherever situated, possessed by the English before the declaration of the
war, and that Great Britain should make like restoration to France. But to
this mutual restitution there was to be one exception, namely, of " such places
as belong to His Majesty of Great Britain, which the French seized during
the peace preceding this present war ". These places were to remain to
Great Britain. The clause stating this exception was inserted to meet the
objection made by William Blathwayt, of the Board of Trade, that, without
such exception, the articles would prejudice the Hudson's Bay Company by
obliging it to restore to France the three forts taken by the French in 1686.54

Remarking on the English projet, on August 9, 1697, the French ambas-
sadors suggested with regard to satisfaction for damages prior to the war,
provided for in the fourth article, that if this referred to private individuals
the parties should be left to seek redress by the ordinary ways of justice. They
objected also to the excepting clause of the seventh article, and, with respect
to the Hudson's Bay Company, further complained that the English had
violated the articles of capitulation for the surrender of Fort Nelson (or
Bourbon), in 1696. They declared that this fort should be restored, and the
imprisoned commandant released and compensated, and that after the con-
clusion of peace the right of both parties to the fort might be examined by

48 Cat. St. Pap. Col., 1696-1697, nos. 585, 603.

49 MSS. of the Marquis of Bath, III. 126; Cal. St. Pap. Col., 1696-1697, nos. 565 (p.
297), 656 (p. 341).

50 MSS. of the Marquis of Bath, III. 127, 153, 527.

51 For the treaty of Breda, see above, Doc. 58.

52 The text of the projet is in Actes et Memoires dcs Negociations de la Paix de Rys-
wick, II. 177 ff.

53 MSS. of the Marquis of Bath, III. 523, 524.
5iIbid., pp. 129-132, 135, 137, 519.

Ryswyk, 1697 357

arbitrators or commissioners. With respect to the fifth article, concerning
mutual freedom of commerce, the French asked that this reciprocity be ex-
tended to the colonies.55 They desired a treaty of neutrality in America, like
that of 1686, but would consent to postpone its consideration until after the
peace.56

In response, the English ambassadors declared that the fourth article re-
ferred only to private persons, and that, as the treaty ought to state, their
rights should be determined by " les voyes ordinaires de la justice ". As to
the fifth article, the English replied that it was expected (On attend) that
commerce should be universally free through all the kingdoms and domains
of the two kings in whatever parts of the world, " et les droits et impots sur
les marchandises estant deja regies par les loix de chaque nation, nous con-
sentons d'en remettre la consideration a un traite de commerce qui sera fait
selon la proposition f aite par les Francois ". Since the French would not admit
the excepting clause of the seventh article, King William ordered his am-
bassadors " to propose and insist on a clause, leaving all things relating to
Hudson's Bay in the condition they shall be in at the signing of the treaty,
and referring all those matters in dispute to be determined by the Commis-
sioners that shall be appointed for the treaty of commerce "." Although
William III. did not think " a neutrality in America convenient for " the
English, yet, " as the referring the consideration of such a treaty to com-
missioners may induce the French to give their concurrence in other things
that may be desired by us ", the king agreed to the French proposal.58

William, in the latter part of August, was most anxious for peace. On
the thirtieth of that month the period allowed by the French for the accep-
tance of their peace terms would expire. Later, their terms were likely to be
raised, especially since news had come to Ryswyk of the capture of Barcelona
by the Duke of Vendome, and the sacking of Cartagena by Pointis, and Spain
demanded peace at any price.59 William was determined, he said, that the
dispute over Hudson Bay should not prevent the conclusion of peace.60 He
was ready to make concessions in the matter — to agree that possession of
those forts at Hudson Bay, excepted in the seventh article of the projet,
should be restored to the French. The French on the other hand consented
that the right to these forts should be adjusted by commissioners.61

Despite William's efforts, the time-limit expired without a peace. The
French then made new offers for a general peace, which were valid until
the twentieth of September. Negotiations with England proceeded as before.

55 Ibid., pp. 545, 546 ; P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Archives of British Legations, no. 257,
" Ryswick, Sir J. Williamson's journal ", Aug. 10.
36 MSS. of the Marquis of Bath, III. 146, 546.
■* Ibid., pp. 546, 547-
»■ Ibid., pp. 148, 547, 548. Cf. p. 152.

59 F.. J. L. Kramer, Archives de la Maison d'Orange-N assau, ser. III., torn. I., p. 585
(trans, in P. Grimblot, Letters of William III. and Louis XIV., pp. 99, 100) ; Sirtema de
Grovestins, Guillaume III. et Louis XIV., VI. 618, 619.

60 P. Grimblot, op. cit., p. 100.

61 Kramer, op. cit., pp. 579, 580, 584, 593; MSS. of the Marquis of Bath, III. 155-158;
Lexington Papers, pp. 301, 302.

24

358 Doc. 84. Great Britain — France

On September 16, the remaining differences, chiefly those of Hudson Bay
and of the payment of the jointure of James II. 's queen, were adjusted, and
Prior drew up an article, the eighth of the treaty, providing for the reference
to commissioners of the disputed title to Hudson Bay.02

On September 20, the English, Spanish, and Dutch embassies met with
the French at Ryswyk. Near the end of that day the French signed treaties
of peace and of commerce with the Dutch ; next, a treaty of peace with Spain,
and, about three o'clock on the morning of September 21, the treaty of peace
with England.03 Peace with the Emperor was not concluded until October 30.

When the terms of peace became known, Englishmen were dissatisfied
with the article about Hudson Bay.64

Some delay in the exchange of ratifications was caused by the fact that the
ratifications signed by William III. at Loo, in Guelders, on September 25,
and sealed with the signet, had to be replaced by an instrument from England,
sealed with the great seal. The English ratification under the signet and the
French ratification were both left in the hands of the mediator on October 11,
and ratification was reckoned as valid from that day.65 The English ratifi-
cation under the great seal, and the French ratification, were mutually ex-
changed on October 17 (N. S.),66 and peace was published in London twelve
days later. On October 27/November 6 the Board of Trade forwarded the
proclamation of peace to the governors of the English colonies,67 and on
November 30/December 10 sent them copies of the treaty of peace.68 The
French government was very dilatory in notifying Canada of the peace. Cal-
lieres, at Montreal, first received news of it and a copy of the treaty from
Governor Fletcher of New York.69

Bibliography.

Text : .MS. The original manuscript of the ratification by the King of France
is in P. R. O., St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 66. The original manuscript of
the ratification by the King of Great Britain, in Latin, with the articles
inserted, and dated Sept. 25, 1697, *s m tne bureau of the Ministry of
Foreign Affairs in Paris, as is another ratification by the same, dated
Sept. 21, and not containing the articles. The original treaty, in French,
is in the same bureau.

Text: Printed. H. Vast, Les Grands Traites du Regne de Louis XIV.
(1893-1899), II. 202-213, m Collection de Textes pour servir a I'&tude et
a I'Enseignemcnt de VHistoire ; Actes et Memoir es des Negociations de
la Paix de Ryswick (the Hague, 1699), III. 175-192; J. Dumont, Corps
Diplomatique (1726-1731), torn. VII., pt. II., pp. 399-402; Memoires

*2MSS. of the Marquis of Bath, III. 532, 533.

63 Ibid., pp. 166, 534; Lexington Papers, p. 305.

64 MSS. of the Duke of Buccleuch and Quecnsberry, II. 561 ; W. Coxe, Correspondence
of the Duke of Shrewsbury, pp. 375, 377.

65 MSS. of the Marquis of Bath, III. 538.

66 Ibid., p. 541.

67 Cat. St. Pap. Col, 1696-1697, no. 1422.

68 Cat. St. Pap. Col., 1 697- 1 698, no. 78.

69 Ibid., no. 394, and cf. no. 504 I.

Ryswyk, 1697 359

des Commissures du Roi (i755"1757)» H. 92-108; [J. Blanchet], Co/-
lection de Manuscrits relatifs a la Nouvelle-F ranee (edites sous les aus-
pices de la Legislature de Quebec, 1883- 1885), II. 227-238.

Translations: English. Manuscripts of the House of Lords, 1699-1702,
vol. IV., n. s. (1908), pp. 233-238; Acts and Negotiations together with
the Particular Articles at Large of the General Peace concluded at Rys-
wick by the Most Illustrious Confederates with the French King, trans-
lated from the Original published at the Hague (London, 1698), pp. 105-
127; A General Collection of Treatys (1732), I. 302-308; [J. Almon],
A Collection of All the Treaties of Peace, Alliance, and Commerce, be-
tween Great Britain and other Pozvers from the Revolution in 1688 to
the Present Time {1772), I. 13-19; A Collection of All the Treaties of
Peace, Alliance, and Commerce, between Great Britain and other
Powers, 1648-1783 (1785), I. 299-305; G. Chalmers, A Collection of
Treaties between Great Britain and other Pozvers (1790), I. 332-340.

References: Contemporary and early writings. Hist. MSS. Comm., Cal.
MSS. of the Marquis of Bath, III. (1908) 81-181, 508-548; id., Report
on the MSS. of the Duke of Buccleuch and Queensberry, vol. II. (1903),
pts. I., II. (Shrewsbury Papers), pp. 341-607, passim ; W. Coxe. Private
and Original Correspondence of Charles Talbot, Duke of Shrezvsbury,
with King William, the Leaders of the Whig Party, and other Distin-
guished Statesmen (1821), pp. 316-382, passim; G. P. R. James, Letters
Illustrative of the Reign of William III. from 1696 to 1708, addressed
to the Duke of Shrewsbury by James Vernon (1848), I., passim; H.
Manners Sutton, The Lexington Papers, from the Correspondence of
Robert Sutton, Lord Lexington (1851), pp. 204-312, passim; F. J. L.
Kramer, Archives ou Correspondance Inedite de la Maison d' Orange-
Nassau, ser. III., torn. I. (1907), pp. 523-623; P. Grimblot, Letters of
William III. and Louis XIV. and of their Ministers, 1697-1700 (1848),
pp. 1-137; L. von Ranke, England (1875), vol. VI., app. (Extracts from
William III.'s Correspondence), pp. 315-331; H. J. van der Heim, Het
Archief van den Raadpensionaris Antonie Heinsius (1867-1880), I. 226,
227, II. 141-162, passim, III. 221-248; Narcissus Luttrell, Brief Histori-
cal Relation of State Affairs from September, 1678, to April, 1714 (1857),
IV., passim ; Bishop Burnet, History of His Own Time (1833), IV. 353-
370; J. R. Brodhead, Docs. Col. Hist. N. Y. (1853-1883), IV. 305, 311,
317. 333- 338-345- 348-375. passim, 402 ff., 434 ff., 450, 465, 474"478,
486 ff., 564, 577, 578, etc., IX. 677-722, passim, 878; Cal. St. Pap. Col.,
1696-1697 (1904), nos. 585, 603, 1399, 1413, 1422; ibid., 1697-1698
(1905), nos. 56, 77, 78, 82, 109, 124, 127, 132, 157, 397, 398, 449, 450,
454- 455- 472 (P- 223)- 480, 487, 488, 504 i, 558, 622 viii, 914 i, 974;
[J. Blanchet], Collection de Manuscrits relatifs a la N oiw ell e -France
(1883-1885), III. 289-335, passim; P. F. X. de Charlevoix, History and
General Description of New France (ed. J. G. Shea, i866-i872),V. 80 ff.

References: Later writings. L. von Ranke, op. cit., vol. V, bk. XX.,
ch. II. ; T. B. Macaulay, England from the Accession of James II., ch.
XXII. ; Sir Richard Lodge, England from the Restoration to the Death
of William III., (1912), ch. XVII. ; L. G. Wickham Legg, Matthew
Prior: a Study of his Public Career and Correspondence (1921), ch.
III.; O. Klopp, Der Fall des Hauses Stuart (1875-1888), bd. VII.,
buch XXI. ; Baron Sirtema de Grovestins, Guillaume III. ct Louis XIV. :
Histoire des Luttes et Rivalitcs Politiques cntre les Puissances Mari-
times et la France dans la Demicre Moitie du XVIIe Sitcle (1851-1854),

360 Doc. 84. Great Britain — France

torn. VI., ch. XVII. ; H. J. van der Heim, op. cit., III. v-lxxx ; H. Vast,
op. cit., II. 158-163; A. Legrelle, La Diplomatie Francaise et la Succes-
sion d'Espagne (1888-1892), torn. I., ch. II. ; Raxis de Flassan, Histoire
de la Diplomatie Francaise (1811), torn. IV., bk. IV., pp. 151-158; E.
Lavisse, Histoire de France (1900-1910), torn. VIII., pt. II., pp. 43-47;
G. Koch, Die Friedensbestrebungen Wilhclms III. von England in den
Jahren 1694-1697 (1903) ; H. Lorin, Le Comte de Frontenac (1895),
pp. 466, 467, 477-480, 487 ; G. Chalmers, Introduction to the History of
the Revolt of the American Colonies (1845), I- 276-279; G. H. Gutt-
ridge, Colonial Policy of William III. in America and the West Indies
(1922), pp. 74, 82, 83; F. Parkman, Count Frontenac and Nezv France
under Louis XIV. (1877), pp. 422, 423, 452 ; F. X. Garneau, Histoire du
Canada, I. (fifth ed., 1913) 418 ff. ; T. Hutchinson, History of Mas-
sachusetts (1795-1828), II. 103-106, 109. Some references to works not
noted above, and dealing chiefly with phases of the negotiations at Rys-
wyk unrelated to the subject of this volume, are given in M. Immich,
Geschichte des Europaischen Staatensystems von 1660 bis 1789 (1905),
pp. 156, 157, in G. von Below and F. Meinecke's Handbuch der Mittelal-
terlichen und Neueren Geschichte, Abt. II.

70

Text.

Louis par la grace de Dieu, roy de France et de Navarre, a tous ceux qui
ces presentes Lettres verront, salut. Comme nostre ame et feal conseiller
ordinaire en nostre conseil d'estat, Nicolas Auguste de Harlay, chevalier, sieur
de Bonneuil, comte de Cely, nostre cher et bien ame Louis Verjus, chevalier,
comte de Crecy, marquis de Treon, baron de Couray, sieur du Boulay, des
deux Eglises, de Fort-Isle, et du Menillet, et nostre cher et bien ame Franqois
de Callieres, chevalier, sieur de la Rochechellay et de Gigny, nos ambassadeurs
extraordinaires et plenipotentiaires, en vertu des plein pouvoirs que nous
leur en avions donne, auroient conclu, arreste, et signe le vingtiesme jour de
Septembre dernier a Ryswick, avec le sieur Thomas, comte de Pembrok et
de Mongommery, baron d'Herbert et de Cardiff, garde du sceau prive d'Angle-
terre, conseiller ordinaire au conseil d'estat de nostre tres cher et tres ame
frere le Roy de la Grande Bretagne, et Tun des justiciers d'Angleterre ; le
sieur Edouard, vicomte de Villiers et de Darfort, baron de Hoo, chevalier
mareschal d'Angleterre, et l'un des justiciers d'lrlande ; le sieur Robert de
Lexington, baron d'Evoram,71 gentilhomme de la chambre de sa Majeste
Britannique ; et le sieur Joseph Williamson, chevalier, conseiller ordinaire de
sa Majeste Britannique en son conseil d'estat, et garde des archives de l'estat,
ambassadeurs extraordinaires et plenipotentiaires de nostre dit frere le Roy
de la Grande Bretagne, pareillement munis de ses pleinpouvoirs, le traitte
de paix dont la teneur s'ensuit :

A tous ceux en general, et a chacun en particulier, qui sont interessez, ou
qui le pourront estre en quelque fagon que ce soit, On fait a scavoir, que la
guerre s' estant malheureusement allumee entre le Serenissime et Tres Puissant
prince, Louis quatorziesme, par la grace de Dieu roy Tres Chrestien de France
et de Navarre d'une part, et le Serenissime et Tres-Puissant prince Guillaume
Troisiesme, aussy par la grace de Dieu roy de la Grande Bretagne d'autre, les
affaires ont este enfin reduites a ce point, par la permission et la bonte Divine,

70 The text is taken from the ratification by France preserved in the London P. R. O.,
St. Pap. For., Treaties, no. 66.

71 Robert Sutton, baron Lexington of Averham.

Ryswyk, 1697 361

que Ton a conceu de part et d'autre la pensee de faire la paix ; Et leursdites
Majestez Tres Chrestienne et Britannique animee[s] d'un mesme zele,
pour arrester au plustost l'efusion du sang Chrestien, et pour le prompt re-
stablissement de la tranquility publique, ont unanimement consenty en pre-
mier lieu a reconnoistre pour cet effect la mediation du Serenissime et Tres
Puissant prince de glorieuse memoire, Charles Unziesme, par la grace de
Dieu roy de Suede, des Gots et des Vandales, mais une mort precipitee ayant
traverse l'esperance que toute l'Europe avoit justement conceue del'heureux
effect de ses conseils et de ses bons offices, leursdites Majestez ont estime
ne pouvoir mieux faire, que de continuer de reconnoistre en la mesme qualite,
le Serenissime et Tres Puissant prince Charles Douziesme, roy de Suede, son
fils et son successeur, qui de sa part a continue aussy les mesmes soins pour
l'avancement de la paix entre leursdites Majestez Tres Chrestienne et Britani-
que, dans les conferences qui se sont tenues pour cet effect au chasteau de
Ryswick, dans la province d'Hollande, entre les ambassadeurs extraordinaires
et plenipotentiares nommez de part et d'autre ; scavoir, de la part de sa Ma-
jeste Tres Chrestienne, le sieur Nicolas Auguste de Harlay, chevalier, seig-
neur de Bonneuil, comte de Cely, conseiller ordinaire de sadite Majeste en son
conseil d'estat, le sieur Louis Verjus, chevalier, comte de Crecy, conseiller
ordinaire du roy en son conseil d'estat, marquis de Treon, baron de Couray,
seigneur du Boulay, des deux Eglises, de Fort Isle, du Menillet et autres
lieux, et le sieur Frangois de Callieres, chevalier, seigneur de Callieres, la
Rochechellay et de Gigny; et de la part de sa Majeste Britanique, le sieur
Thomas, comte de Pembrok et de Montgommerry, baron d' Herbert et de
Cardiff, garde du sceau prive d'Angleterre, conseiller ordinaire du roy en son
conseil d'estat, et l'un des justiciers d'Angleterre, le sieur Edouard, vicomte
de Villers et de Darfort, baron de Hoo, chevalier mareschal d'Angleterre,
et l'un des justiciers d'lrlande, le sieur Robert de Lexington, baron d'Evoram,
gentilhomme de la chambre du roy, et le sieur Joseph Williamson, chevalier,
conseiller ordinaire de sadite Majeste en son conseil d'estat et garde des ar-
chives de l'estat, lesquels apres avoir implore l'assistance Divine et s'estre
communique respectivement leurs pleinspouvoirs, dont les copies seront in-
serees de mot a mot a la fin du present traitte, et en avoir deuement fait l'es-
change par l'intervention et l'entremise du sieur Nicolas, baron de Lillieroot,
ambassadeur extraordinaire et plenipotentiaire de sa Majeste, le Roy de Suede,
qui s'est acquitte de sa fonction de mediateur avec toute la prudence, toute la
capacite et toute l'equitte necessaire, ils seroient convenus a la gloire du saint
nom de Dieu et pour le bien de la Chrestiente. des conditions dont la teneur
s'ensuit :

1. II y aura une paix universelle et perpetuelle, une vraye et sincere amitie
entre le serenissime et tres puissant prince Louis Quatorziesme, roy Tres
Chrestien et le Serenissime et Tres Puissant prince Guillaume Troisiesme,
roy de la Grande Bretagne, leurs heritiers et successeurs, leurs royaumes,
estats et sujets, et cette paix sera inviolablement observee entr'eux, si religi-
eusement et sincerement, qu'ils feront mutuellement tout ce qui pourra con-
tribuer au bien, a l'honneur, et a l'avantage l'un de l'autre, vivans en tout
comme bons voisins et avec une telle confiance et si reciproque que cette
amitie soit de jour en jour fidelement cultivee, affermie, et augmented.

2. Touttes inimitiez, hostilitez, guerres, et discordes entre ledit seigneur Roy
Tres Chrestien, et le Roy de la Grande Bretagne, et pareillement entre leurs
sujets, cesseront, et demeureront eteintes et abolies en sorte qu'ils eviteront
soigneusement a l'avenir de se faire de part ni d'autre aucun tort, injure, ou
prejudice, et qu'ils s'abstiendront de s'attaquer, piller, troubler, ou inquieter

3G2 Doc. 84. Great Britain — France

en quelque maniere que ce soit, par terre, par mer, ou autres eaues dans tous
les endroits du monde, et particulierement dans toute l'estendue des royaumes,
terres et seigneuries de l'obeissance desdits seigneurs roys sans aucune
exception.

3. Tous les torts, dommages, injures, et offenses que lesdits seigneurs roys
et leurs sujets auront soufferts ou receus les uns des autres pendant cette
guerre seront absolument oubliez, et leurs Majestez et leurs sujets, pour quel-
que cause et occasion que ce puisse estre, ne se feront desormais ny ne com-
manderont ou ne souffriront qu'il soit reciproquement fait de part ny d'autre
aucun acte d'hostilite ou d'inimitie, trouble, ou prejudice de quelque nature
et maniere que ce puisse estre, par autruy ou par soy mesme, en public ou en
secret, directement ou indirectement, par voye de fait, ou sous pretexte de
justice.

4. Et comme l'intention du Roy Tres Chrestien a tou jours este de rendre
la paix ferine et solide, sa Ma j este s'engage et promet pour elle et pour ses
successeurs roys de France de ne troubler ny inquieter en quelque facon que
ce soit le Roy de la Grande Bretagne dans la possession de ses royaumes, pays,
estats, terres, ou gouvernemens dont sadite Majeste Britanique jouit pre-
sentement, donnant pour cet effect sa parolle royalle de n'assister directement
ou indirectement aucun des ennemis dudit Roy de la Grande Bretagne, et ne
favoriser en quelque maniere que ce soit les cabales, menees secrettes, ou
rebellions qui pouroient survenir en Angleterre et par consequent de n'ayder,
sans aucune exception ny reserve, d'armes, de munitions, vivres, vaisseaux,
argent, ou d'autres choses par mer ou par terre, personne, qui que ce puisse
estre, qui pretendroit troubler ledit Roy de la Grande Bretagne dans la paisible
possession desdits royaumes, pays, estats, terres, ou gouvernemens, sous quel-
que pretexte que ce soit ; comm'aussy le Roy de la Grande Bretagne promet
et s'engage de son coste mesme inviolablement, pour soy et ses successeurs
roys de la Grande Bretagne, a l'egard du Roy Tres Chrestien, ses royaumes,
pays, estatz, et terres de son obeissance, reciproquement, sans aucune ex-
ception ny reserve.

5. La navigation et le commerce seront libres entre les sujets desdits
seigneurs roys, de mesme qu'ils l'ont toujours este en temps de paix, et avant
la declaration de la derniere guerre, en sorte que lesdits sujets puissent libre-
ment et reciproquement aller et venir avec leurs marchandises dans les
royaumes, provinces, villes de commerce, ports et rivieres desdits seigneurs
roys, y demeurer et negocier, sans estre troublez ny inquietez et y jouir et
user de toutes les libertez, immunitez, et privileges qui sont establis par les
traittez solemnels, ou accordez par les anciennes coustumes des lieux.

6. Les voyes de la justice ordinaire seront ouvertes et le cours en sera libre
reciproquement dans tous les royaumes, terres, et seigneuries del'obeissance
desdits seigneurs roys et leurs sujets de part et d'autre, qui pouront faire
valoir leurs droits, actions, et pretentions, suivant les loix et les statuts de
chaque pays, et y obtenir les uns contre les autres, sans distinction, toute la
satisfaction qui leur pourra legitimement appartenir.

7. Ledit seigneur Roy Tres Chrestien fera remettre au seigneur Roy de
la Grande Bretagne tous les pays, isles, forteresses, et colonies, en quelques
lieux du monde quelles soient scituees, que les Anglois possedoient avant que
la presente guerre fust declaree, et pareillement, ledit seigneur Roy de la Grande
Bretagne restituera audit seigneur Roy Tres Chrestien tous les pays, isles,
forteresses, et colonies, en quelque partie du monde quelles soient scituees, que
les Francois possedoient avant la declaration de la presente guerre, et cette
restitution se fera de part et d'autre dans l'espace de six mois, ou plustost

Ryswyk, 1697 363

mesme s'il est possible, et pour cet effect, aussitost apres l'eschange des ratif-
fications du present traitte, lesdits seigneurs roys se donneront reciproque-
ment ou feront donner et delivrer aux commissaires qu'ils deputeront de
part et d'autre, pour les recevoir en leur nom, tous actes de cession, ordres,
ou mandemens necessaires et en si bonne et deue forme, que ladite restitution
soit effectivement et entierement executee.

8. On est convenu qu'il sera nomme de part et d'autre des commissaires pour
l'examen et jugement des droits et pretentions reciproques que chacun desdits
seigneurs roys peut avoir, sur les places et lieux de la Baye d'Hudson, que
les Frangois ont pris pendant la derniere paix, et qui ont este repris par les
Anglois depuis la presente guerre et doivent estre remis au pouvoir de sa
Majeste Tres Chrestienne, en vertu del'article precedent, comm' aussy que la
capitulation accordee par les Anglois au commandant du fort de Bourbon,
lors de la derniere prise qu'ils en ont fait le cinquiesme Sept'bre mil six cens
quatre vingts seize, sera executee selon sa forme et teneur, les effects dont y
est fait mention incessament rendus et restituez, le commandant, et autres
pris dans ledit fort incessament remis en liberte, si fait na este, et les con-
testations qui pouroient rester pour raison del'execution de ladite capitulation,
ensemble del'estimation de ceux desdits effects qui ne se trouveront plus en
nature, seront jugez et decidez par lesdits commissaires, qui auront pareille-
ment pouvoir de traitter pour le reglement des limites et confins des pays
cedez ou restituez de part et d'autre par ledit article precedent, et des echanges
qui pourront sy trouver estre a faire pour la convenance commune, tant de sa
Majeste Tres-Chrestienne, que de sa Majeste Britanique, et a cet effect
lesdits commissaires seront nommez de part et d'autre aussitost apres la ratif-
fication du present traitte, sassembleront a Londres dans trois mois a compter
du jour de ladite ratification, et seront tenus de terminer entierement toutte
lesdites difficultez dans six mois du jour de leur premiere conference, apres
quoy les points et articles dont ils seront demeurez d'accord, seront approuvez
par ledit seigneur Roy Tres-Chrestien, et par ledit seigneur Roy de la Grande
Bretagne, pour avoir ensuitte la mesme force et vigueur, et estre executez
de la mesme maniere que s'ils estoient contenus et inserez de mot a mot dans le
present traitte.

9. Touttes lettres, tant de represailles que de marque et contremarque qui
ont este delivrees jusqu'a present, pour quelque cause et occasion que ce puisse
estre, demeureront et seront reputees nulles, inutiles, et sans effect, et a
l'avenir aucun des deux seigneurs roys nen delivrera de semblables, contre
les sujets del'autre, s'il napparoist auparavant d'un deny de justice manifeste,
ce qui ne poura estre tenu pour constant, a moins que la requeste de celuy qui
demandera les lettres de represailles n'ayt este rapportee ou representee au
ministre ou ambassadeur qui sera dans le pays de la part du roy, contre les
sujets duquel on poursuivra lesdites lettres affin que dans l'espace de quatre
mois, il puisse s'eclaircir du contraire ou faire en sorte que le deffendeur satis-
fasse incessament le demandeur, et s'il ne se trouve sur le lieu aucun ministre
ou ambassadeur du roy, contre les sujets duquel on demandera lesdites lettres,
Ton ne les expediera encores qu'apres quatre mois expirez, a compter du
jour que la requeste de celuy qui demandera lesdites lettres aura este pre-
sentee au roy, contre les sujets duquel on les demandera ou a son conseil
prive.

10. Et pour prevenir et retrancher tous les sujets de plaintes, contestations
ou procez, qui pouroient naistre a l'occasion de la restitution pretendue des
vaisseaux, marchandises ou autres effects de mesme nature qui seroient pris
et enlevez cy apres de part et d'autre, depuis le present traitte de paix, conclu

364 Doc. 84. Great Britain — France

et signe, mais avant qu'il eut pu estre connu et publie sur les costes ou dans
les pas les plus eloignez, on est convenu que tous navires, marchandises et
autres effects semblables, qui depuis la signature du present traitte pouront
estre pris et enlevez de part et d'autre, demeureront sans aucune obligation
de recompense a ceux qui s'en seront saisis dans les Mers Britaniques et
Septentrionales pendant l'espace de douze jours immediatement apres la
signature et publication dudit traitte, et dans l'espace de six semaines pour
toutes les prises faites depuis lesdits Mers Britaniques et Septentrionalles,
jusqu'au Cap de St. Vincent, et depuis ou au dela de ce cap jusques a la
Ligne, tant dans l'ocean que dans la Mer Mediterranee ou ailleurs dans
lespace de dix semaines, et enfin dans l'espace de six mois au dela de la
Ligne et dans tous les endroits du monde, sans aucune exception, ny autre ou
plus particuliere distinction de temps et de lieu.

11. Que s'il arrivoit par hazard, inavertance, ou autre cause quelle quelle
puisse estre, qu'aucun des sujets de l'un desdits seigneurs roys fist ou entre-
prist quelque chose par terre, par mer ou sur les rivieres en quelque lieu du
monde que ce soit, qui pust contrevenir au present traitte, et empescher l'entiere
execution ou de quelqu'un de ses articles en particulier, la paix et bonne cor-
respondance, retablie entre lesdits seigneurs roys ne sera pas troublee ny
censee interompue a cette occasion, et elle demeurera toujours au contraire
en son entiere et premiere force et vigueur, mais seulement celuy desdits sujets
qui l'aura troublee, repondra de son fait particulier et en sera puny conforme-
ment aux loix et suivant les regies establies par le droit des gens.

12. Et s' il arrive (ce qu'a Dieu ne plaise) que les mesintelligences et
inimitiez eteintes par cette paix se renouvellassent entre le Roy Tres-Chrestien
et le Roy de la Grande Bretagne et qu'ils en vinssent a une guerre ouverte,
tous les vaisseaux. marchandises et tous les effects mobiliers des sujets de l'un
des deux roys qui se trouveront engagez dans les ports et lieux de la domi-
nation de l'autre ny seront point confisquez ny en aucune facon endomagez.
mais Ton donnera aux sujets desdits seigneurs roys le terme de six mois entiers
a compter du jour de la rupture, pendant lesquels ils pouront. sans qu'il leur
soit donne aucun trouble ny empeschement, enlever ou transporter, ou bon
leur semblera, leurs biens de la nature cydessus exprimee, et tous leurs autres
effects.

16. Seront compris dans le present traitte de paix ceux qui avant l'echange
des ratiffications qui en seront fournies, ou dans l'espace de six mois apres,
seront nommez a cet effect de part et d'autre, et dont on conviendra reciproque-
ment, et cependant comme le Serenissime et Tres-Puissant prince Louis
Quatorziesme, roy Tres-Chrestien, et le Serenissime et Tres-Puissant prince
Guillaume Troise, roy de la Grande Bretagne, reconnoissent avec gratitude
les offices sinceres et le zele continuel du Serenissime et Tres-Puissant prince
Charles Douziesme, roy de Suede, qui avec l'assistance Divine a si fort avance
le salutaire ouvrage du present traitte de paix, et la enfin conduit par sa medi-
ation au plus heureux succez qu'on en pouvoit souhaitter de part et d'autre,
leursdites Majestez, pour luy temoigner une pareille affection, ont arreste
et resolu d'un commun consentement, que sa Sacree et Royalle Majeste de
Suede sera comprise dans le present traitte de paix en la meilleure forme qu'il
se peut, pour tous ses royaumes, seigneuries, et provinces, et pour tous les
droits qui luy peuvent appartenir.

17. Enfin les ratifications solemnelles du present traitte, expedites en bonne
et deue forme, seront raportees et eschangees de part et d'autre dans le terme
de trois semaines ou plustost s'il est possible, a compter du jour que ledit

Ryswyk, 1697 365

traitte aura este signe, au chasteau de Ryswick dans la province d'Hollande,
et en f oy de tous et chacuns les points cy dessus expliquez et pour leur donner
dautant plus de force et une pleine et entiere authorite, nous, ambassadeurs
extraordinaires et plenipotentiaires, conjoinctement avec 1'ambassadeur ex-
traordinaire et mediateur, avons signe le present traitte et y avons appose le
cachet de nos armes. Fait a Ryswick en Hollande le vingtiesme septembre
mil six cens quatre vingts dix sept.

N. Lillieroot. De Harlay Bonneuil. Pembroke.

Verjus de Crecy. Villiers.

De Callieres. J. Williamson.

Nous ayant agreable le susd. traitte en tous et chacun les points et articles
qui y sont contenus et declarez, avons iceux tant pour nous que pour nos
heritiers, successeurs, royaumes, pays, terres, seigneuries, et sujets, accepte,
approuve, ratiffie, et confirmee, acceptons, approuvons, ratiffions, et confirmons,
et le tout promettons en foy et parolle de roy, et sous l'obligation et hypotecque
de tous et chacuns nos biens, presens et a venir, garder et observer inviolable-
ment, sans jamais aller ny venir au contraire, directement ou indirectement,
en quelque sorte et maniere que ce soit. En temoin de quoy nous avons signe
ces presentes de nostre main et a icelles fait apposer nostre seel. Donne a
Fontainebleau le troisiesme jour d'octobre, Ian de grace mil six cens quatre
vingts dixsept et de nostre regne le cinquante cinquiesme.

Louis.

Par le Roy.
Colbert.

INDEX.

Bibliographical references are entered but once; they usually refer to the first mention of

the work in a bibliographical section.

Abenakis, in King William's War, 352

Ablancourt, Fremont d', Memoirs, 159

Abreu y Bertodano, J. A. de, Coleccion de los

Tratados de Espaiia, 32
Academie Royale de Belgique, Memoires, 289
Acadia boundary question, 133, 183 ; delay in
delivery, 183 ; in Anglo-French treaty
0655), proposed commission, 43, 45, 46; in
King William's War, 352; in negotiations
for neutrality, 310, 311, 324; privateer
attack, 132m ; restoration, 133, 135, 136,
139, 140; Sedgwick's attack, 41, 42; terms
of delivery, 184-186
Actes et Memoires de la Paix de Nimcgue,

214
Actes et Memoires de la Paix de Ryswick,

358
Acts and Negotiations of the General Peace at

Ryswick, 359
Acts of the Privy Council, Colonial, 134
Acts of Trade, see Navigation Acts
Africa, Franco-Dutch war, 261 ; in Anglo-Span-
ish alliance negotiations, 157 ; in Spanish-
partition negotiations, 145, 146. 149, 154;
see also Guinea
Aire, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145, 148,

Aitzema, Lieuwe van, Saken van Staet, 13

Aix-la-Chapelle, Anglo-Dutch-Swedish guar-
anty, 167-169; and Anglo-French secret
treaty, 181 ; Franco-Spanish peace treaty
of, i66n. ; in Dutch-Spanish treaty, 218, 225

Albanel, Charles, and French claim to Hudson
Bay, 325

Albemarle, George Monk, duke of. Dutch treaty,
74-85 ; Portuguese treaty, 60-62

Alberio, Mario, and English commercial treaty,
170, 174, 176

Alexander, William, see Stirling

Alexander, William, lord, Long Island grant,
5n.

Alfonso VI. of Portugal, deposed, 158; English
treaty, 60-62

Allen, C. F., " Danmarks Historie under Chrfs-
tian V.", 198

Alleyn, Francis, Portuguese negotiations, 3m.

Alliances and negotiations for, Anglo-Danish,
36, 87, 200, 204; Anglo-Dutch (1651), 7;
(1654) and fusion, 11; (i66i\ 74, 75;
(1678) within Europe, French war (1689)
and confirmation, 248n., 330, 332; (1679),
266, 267 ; Anglo-French secret treaties, 133,
177-182, 229; Anglo-Imperial, 267m; Anglo-
Portuguese, 31 ; Anglo-Spanish defensive,
266-274; Anglo-Swedish, 21, 48, 49, 86-93;

Danish-Dutch, 21 ; Dutch-Brandenburg de-
fensive, 247-255; Dutch search (1660), 67;
Dutch-Spanish, 212; Franco-Brandenburg,
280-285; Franco-Dutch, in Europe, 70, 71,
119; Franco-Portuguese, against Spain, 98;
Franco-Swedish, 206; French and Spanish
negotiations with England (1667), 157;
general, against France (1673), 213; Por-
tuguese right in Anglo-Spanish, 161, 164 ;
suggested Dutch-New England, 6 ; Treaty
of Association (1681), 280, 283; Triple
(1668), 158, 166-169; see also Grand Alli-
ance

Almon, John, Collection of all the Treaties, 359

Amboyna, in Anglo-Dutch negotiations, 75

America, and Anglo-French war (1666), 132;
Anglo-French agreement against hostilities
(1687), 327-329; Anglo-French negotiations
on territorial pretensions, 324-327 ; Anglo-
French treaty of neutrality (1686), 309-
323 ; Anglo-Swedish amity, 88, 90, 92 ;
Franco-Brandenburg treaty for peace in,
261-265; in Anglo-Spanish alliance, 157, 267,
269, 270, 272, 273 ; in Portuguese-Spanish
peace treaty, 158; Spanish confirmation of
English possessions, 191, 194; see also Com-
merce ; Spanish America ; special regions by
name

American Historical Association, Report, 33

American Historical Review, 43

Andalusia, English merchants' trade privilege,
102, I03n., 107

Anglesey, Arthur Annesley. earl of (viscount
Valentia), Dutch negotiations, 74; Swedish
treaty, 64-66

Annesley, Arthur, see Anglesey

Antigua, French conquest, 120, 132 ; local treaty
of neutrality, 259; restoration, 136, 140; see
also Leeward Islands : West Indies

Appelboom, Harold, and restoration of New
Sweden, 87: Dutch negotiations and treaties,
no, 112-118, 208-211 ; English alliance nego-
tiations, 87

Archangel, English trade, 48

Archief van Antonie Heinsius, 331

Archives des Affaires fitrangeres, Angleterre,
42m

Arend, J. P., Algemeene Gcschicdenis, 13

Arguin, French retention, 262m

Arlington, Henry Bennet, earl of, attests treaty,
182; Dutch treaty, 232-240; French treaty
on Dutch war, 229 ; Letters, 99 ; secret
French treaty, 177-182; Spanish negotia-
tions, 97n., 98n.

Arnauld de Pomponne, Simon, see Pomponne

367

3G8

Index.

Arundell of Wardour, Henry, baron, secret
French treaty, 177-182

Asiento, see Slave trade

Association, Treaty of, 280; and Franco-Bran-
denburg alliance, 280, 283

Aubusson, Georges d' (archbishop of Embrun),
and Spanish-Portuguese relations, 97

Auersberg, Johann Weichard, prince of, Span-
ish-partition treaty, 145-156

Auger, , English local treaty of neutrality,

258-260

Austria, see Leopold I.

Avaux, Jean Antoine de Mesmes, comte d', and
Anglo-Dutch alliance negotiations, 267 ;
Negociations, 268 ; Swedish mission, 353

Baas, Paul, baron de, English negotiations, 41
Baldwin, S. E., " Boundary Line between Con-
necticut and New York ", 5n.
Balearic Isles in Spanish-partition negotiations,

145, 146, 149, 154
Baltic Sea, and Anglo-Dutch war, no; Anglo-
Russian trade, 48, Anglo-Swedish treaty, 21
Barbados, and local treaty of neutrality, 257 ;

slave trade in Spanish-alliance negotiations,

266 ; see also West Indies
Barbour, Violet, Henry Bennet, 99 ; " Privateers

and Pirates ", 99
Barbuda, local treaty of neutrality, 259 ; see also

Leeward Islands ; West Indies
Barcelona, French capture, 357
Barillon d Amoncourt, Paul, see Branges
Barnes, Thomas, attests treaty, 174, 176
Barros, M. F. de, see Santarem
Basnage de Beauval, Jacques, Annales des Pro-

vinces-Unies, 68
Bath, Marquis of, Calendar of Manuscripts,

359
Battaglinius, Petrus, attests treaty, 174, 176
Bauroma, French capture from English, 132
Baxter. George, Dutch-New England agreement,

2-6
Beaumont, in truce of Ratisbon, 287
Bebington, Thomas, Earl of Arlington's Letters,

99
Becker. Johan, attests treaty, 233n.
Beer, G. L., " Cromwell's Policy in its Economic

Aspects ", 13 ; Origins of the British Colon-
ial System, 43
Belasyse, Thomas, see Fauconberg
Bellings, Sir Richard, secret French treaty, 177-

182
Below, Georg von, Handbuch, 360
Bennet, Henry, see Arlington
Bentheim, Everwijn van, Swedish treaty, 113-

118
Bentinck, William, see Portland
Bergues, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145,

148, 152
Berkeley, Sir Charles, Dutch treaty, 74-85
Berkeley, Sir William, New Netherland treaty,

54
Beuningen, Conrad van, and English alliance,

266; French treaty, 67-72; Spanish treaty,

213-228

Beverningk, Hieronimus van, English peace
treaties, 10-20, 121-131 ; Spanish negotia-
tions, 212
Beverweert, Louis of Nassau, lord of, English

treaty, 73-85
Beyer, Samuel, English marine treaty, 243-246
Bianchi, Nicomede, Materie Politiche relative

all' Estero, 171
Bibliotheque Elzevirienne , 89
Bielke, Henrik, English treaty, 199-205
Binckes, Jacob, capture of New York, 26m. ;

in West Indies, 261
Binney, Portuguese concessions to English trade,

32

Biornklou, Matthias, English defensive-alliance

treaty, 88-93

Bischoffshausen, Sigismund von, Politik des
Protectors Cromwell, 13

Bittner, Ludwig, Chronologisches Verzeichnis,
146

Blake. Robert, capture of Portuguese fleet, 31

Blanchet, J., Collection de Manuscrits relatifs a
la Nouvelle France, 359

Bland, John, and Navigation Act, 55m

Blaspeil, Weiner Wilhelm, French treaty, 263-
265

Blathwayt, William, and Ryswyk negotiations,
, 356

Blenac, Comte de, local English treaty of neu-
trality of Antilles, 256-260

Blok, P. J., People of the Netherlands, 13

Board of Trade, and Ryswyk negotiations, 356,

35?
Boa Vista, in Anglo-Dutch negotiations, 120
Boetzelaer, Filips Jacob van den, Swedish treaty,

113-118
Boislisle, Jean de, Conseil de 1661, 60
Boissonnade, Prosper, Premiers Essais de Re-
lations Bconomiques Directes, 264
Bolton, H. E., " Location of La Salle's Colony ",

289
Bombay, in Anglo-Portuguese negotiations, 58,

61, 62
Bona Esperanza, claim, 75, 79, 83, 119-121
Bonaventure, claim, 75, 79, 83, 119-121
Bond, Dennis, Portuguese negotiations, 3m.
Bonde, Christer, English treaty, 49-52
Bonnemere, , English local treaty of neu-
trality, 258-260
Bonrepaus, Frangois d'Usson, marquis de, and
American territorial delimitation, 327n. ;
and English colonial documents, 3i2n. ; and
Hudson Bay question, 325m, 326m ; English
agreement on American peace, 327-329;
English negotiations on American neutrality,
311, 312; English negotiations on American
pretensions, 324-327 ; " Memoire snr 1'Amer-
ique ", 326m ; on negotiations and English
domestic affairs, 326m
Bootsma, Epo van, Swedish treaty, 113-118
Bordeaux, Antoine de, English treaty, 40-47
Boreel, Jacob, peace negotiations, 355
Boreel, Willem, French treaty, 67-72
Borges de Castro, J. F., Collecgao dos Tratados,

32
Borgomanero, Marques de, and English alliance,
266, 267

Index.

369

Bos, Lambert van den (L. Sylvius), Historien
onses Tyds, 207; Tweede Vervolg van
Saken, 330 ; Vervolgh van Saken, 278

Boston, Anglo-French agreement of, Acadian
boundary and delayed restoration, 183 ;
bibliography. 185; French text, 185, 186;
terms of delivery of Acadia, 184-186

Boswell, Sir William, on Dutch in America, 1

Botello, Crispin, attests treaty, 290, 292

Boufflers, Louis Francois, due de, peace negotia-
tions, 355 . . o

Boundaries, Anglo-Dutch negotiations, 8, 9;
Anglo-French negotiations on pretensions,
324-327; Dutch-New England agreement,
1-6

Bourdon, Jean, and French claim to Hudson
Bay. 325

Bouvines, in truce of Ratisbon, 287

Bracamonte y Guzman, Gaspar de, see Peiia-
randa

Bradford, William, Plymouth Plantation, in.

Bradstreet, Simon, Dutch agreement, 2-6

Brahe, Nicholas, English treaty, 63-66

Brandenburg, in Grand Alliance, 335; see also
Frederick William

Brandenburg-African Company, creation, 276,
280, 293 ; Danish treaties on St. Thomas
depot, 293-308, 334-349: French protection,
282, 284 ; headquarters, 3o8n.

Brandenburg-Preussen auf der Westkiiste von
Afrika, 282

Brandt, Christoff von, Dutch treaty, 249-255

Branges, Paul Barillon d'Amoncourt, marquis
de, English agreement on American peace,
327-329; English negotiations on American
pretensions, 324-327 ; English treaty on neu-
trality in America, 310-323; " Memoire sur
lAmerique ", 326n. ; on Anglo-Spanish alli-
ance, 267; on James II.'s policy, 30911. ; on
negotiations and English domestic affairs,
327n.

Brazil, and Dutch-Portuguese peace, 59; trade
in Anglo-Portuguese negotiations, II, 32,

58
Breda, Anglo-Dutch peace treaty of, allied and
English negotiations, 121 ; basis of terri-
torial settlement, 121, 124, 129; bibliography,
122; English desire for peace, 120; Latin
text, 123-127; Louis XIV. and mediation,
proposals, 119, 120; meeting place, 121 ;
provisions, 122: ratification, 127, 131; re-
newal in 1674, 231, 232, 239 ; Swedish media-
tion, 121, 123, 128; translation, 127-131
Breda, Anglo-French peace treaty of, and Rys-
wyk negotiations, 356 ; American affairs in
war, 132 ; American provisions, 133, 135-137,
139-141 ; bibliography, 133. ^34 ; confirma-
tion in local treaty in West Indies, 257, 259 ;
interpretation in West Indies, 310; Latin
text, 134-138; ratification, 137, 138, 141, 142;
secret treaty, 133 ; translation, 138-142
Bremen, duchy of, conquest and disposal, 247,

248 ; Swedish troops, 166
Bresay, Jacques Rene de, see Denonville
Bricka, C. F., Dansk Biografisk Lexikon, iq8
Brienne, Louis Henri de Lomenie, cotnte de,
Dutch treaty, 67-72; Memoires, 68

Brienne et Montbron, Henri Auguste de Louvry,
comte de, Dutch treaty, 67-72

Brill, W. G., Algemeene Geschiedenis, 13

British Academy, Proceedings, 171

British and Foreign State Papers, 50

British Museum, Additional Manuscripts, 74n. ;
Egerton Manuscripts, I20n. ; Harleian
Manuscripts, 264

British Seas, Anglo-Dutch agreement on joint
fleet, 331 ; Anglo-Dutch controversy, Dutch
salute, 7, 9, 214, 220, 227, 229

Brodhead, J. R., Neiv York, 3; New York
Colonial Documents, 3

Bromsebro, Danish-Swedish treaty of, 21

Brouillon, de, at Newfoundland, 352

Bruce, P. A., Economic History of Virginia, 55

Brugmans, Hajo, Nederlandsche Historische
Bibliotheek, 13

Brunswick, Duke of, and Bremen and Verden,
247 ; French peace, 262

Bryce, George, Hudson's Bay Company, 3ion.

Brymner, Douglas, Report on Canadian Ar-
chives, 327

Buccleuch and Queensberry, Duke of, Manu-
scripts, 180

Buckingham, George Villiers, 5th duke of, and
secret French treaty, 177, 179 ; French treaty
on Dutch war, 229

Buckworth, John, Dutch marine treaty, 243-246

Buenos Aires, trade in English alliance nego-
tiations, 266

Bulard, Gustave, Traites de Saint-Germain, 264

Bulletin des Recherches Historiques, 325n.

Burchettus, V., attests treaty, 174, 176

Burgundy, see Franche Comte

Burnet, Gilbert, History of My Oivn Time, 233

Butler, James, see Ormonde

Button, Sir Thomas, and English claim to Hud-
son Bay, 325

Cabo Corso, Swedish renunciation, no, in, 114,

117
Cabot, John, and English claim to Hudson Bay,

325

Cadaval, Nuno Alvrez Pereira, duque do, Span-
ish peace treaty, 159-165

Cadsand, in Anglo-French secret negotiations,

*78
Caix de Saint-Aymour, Amedee, vicomte de,

Portugal, 97n.
Calendar of State Papers: Colonial, 43 ; Do-
mestic, 43
Callieres, Frangois. treaty of Ryswyk, 354, 355,

360-365
Callieres-Bonnevue, Louis Hector de, and peace,

358
Calvo, Carlos, Recucil Complet des Traites, 189
Cambrai, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145,

148, 152
Cambresis, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145,

148, 152
Cambridge Modern History, 32611.
Campeche wood, see Logwood
Canada, and English war 0666), 132; see also

Acadia; America; Hudson Bay; King

William's War

370

Index.

Canadian Company of the North, and Hudson
Bay, 324, 326, 351

Canary Islands, in Spanish-partition negotiations,
145, 146, 149. 154

Cape Breton, coal, 184, 186

Cape Coast Castle, see Cabo Corso

Capel, Arthur, see Essex

Cape Sable, claims, delivery to French, 183-185

Cape Three Points, Brandenburg treaty with
natives, 280

Cape Verde, English expeditions, 59, 86

Carbery, John Vaughan, earl of, Dutch agree-
ment on joint fleet, 33T"333

Cardenas, Alonso de, English negotiations, 40,
96 ; treaty with Charles II., 57^-

Caribs, and Anglo-French friction, 310

Carlbom, J. L., Sverige och England, 50

Carlisle, Charles Howard, earl of, Swedish
alliance negotiations, 87

Carlo-Emanuele II. of Savoy, English commer-
cial treaty, 170-176; " Memoriale Auto-
grafo", 171; titles, 174

Carloff, Hendrick, in Guinea, 30

Carlson, F. F., Geschichte Schwedens, 64

Carolus Secundus, capture, 275, 276

Caron, Ivanhoe, "Expedition a la Baie d'Hud-
son", 324n. ; Journal de I'Expedition de
Troyes, 32411.

Carpio, Gaspar Haro Guzman y Aragon, mar-
ques del, Portuguese peace treaty, 158-165

Cartagena, sacking, 353, 357

Carte, Thomas, Revolutions of Portugal, 159

Carte Manuscripts, 97a

Carteret, Sir George, Dutch treaty, 77-85;
Swedish treaty, 64-66

Cartier, Jacques, and French claim to Hudson
Bay, 325

Cartwright, Julia, Madame, 122

Carutti, Domenico, Diplomasia di Savoia, 17cm.

Castine, see Pentagoet

Catalonia, in Ryswyk negotiations, 355n. ; in'
Spanish-partition negotiations, 146 ; French
in, 286

Catherine, Infanta, marriage treaty, 58-60, 62

Cats, Jacob, English negotiations. 9

Catterall, R. C. H., " Anglo-Dutch Relations ",
73n.

Cavelier, Robert, see La Salle

Cayenne, Dutch capture, 261 ; local treaty of
neutrality, 259

Cayman, turtle fisheries in Anglo-French treaty,
312, 317, 322

Chalmers, George, Collection of Treaties, 59;
Introduction to the History of the Revolt,
360

Channing, Edward, United States, 353n.

Chapman, A. B. Wallis, Commercial Relatio7is
of England and Portugal, 33

Charisius, Peder, Breda negotiations, 121

Charleroi, in Ryswyk negotiations, 355n. ; in
Spanish-partition negotiations, 145, 148, 153

Charles I. of England, and Swedes in America,
27n.

Charles II. of England, and Anglo-French terms
to Dutch, 229 ; and Franco-Spanish war
(1684), 286; and Newfoundland, 352n. ; and
Royal Adventurers, 75, 86, 94 ; commercial

policy, 57; Danish treaty, 197-205; Dutch
alliance (1678), 248n., 266, 267; Dutch ma-
rine treaty, 24 1 -246; Dutch-Swedish guaranty
of Spain, 166-169; Dutch treaty of friend-
ship (1662), 78-81; Dutch treaty of peace
(1667), 119-131; (1674), 229-240; France
and Spanish alliance negotiations (1667),
157; French negotiations (1682), pro jet,
286n. ; French secret treaties, 121, 133, 177-
182; French treaty of peace (1667), 132-
142 ; Portuguese alliance and marriage,
57-62; Savoyard commercial treaty, 170-
176 ; Spanish armistice, 57 ; Spanish defen-
sive alliance, 266-274 ; Spanish peace treaty
(1667), 94-109; Spanish treaty (1656), 57;
Spanish treaty on America (1670), 187-196;
Swedish alliance, 86-93 1 Swedish commer-
cial treaty, 63-66

Charles II. of Spain, accession, regency, 96, 100,
105 ; Dutch treaty, 212-228 ; English defen-
sive alliance, 266-274; English treaty on
America, 187-196; expected death, foreign
complications, 355; French truce of Ratis-
bon, 286-292 ; Portuguese peace treaty, 157-
165 ; titles 221

Charles X. Gustavus of Sweden, and Danes,
Dutch, and English (1657), 63n. ; English
treaties, 21, 48-52; Polish war, 48; titles, 51

Charles XI. of Sweden, Dutch treaties, 110-118,
206-211; English alliance, 86-93; English
commercial treaty, 63-66 ; mediation in
Anglo-Franco-Dutch peace, 121, 123, 126,
127, 130, 134, 137, 138, 141 ; titles, 65 ; Treaty
of Association, 280, 283 ; Triple Alliance,
166-169

Charles XII. of Sweden, mediation at Ryswyk,

361, 364
Charleroix, P. F. X. de, Isle Espagnole, 26211. ;

Nezv France, 185 ; on French settlement of

Santo Domingo, 262n.
Cheruel, Adolphe, France sous Masarin, 43 ;

_ Lettres de Masarin, 43
Chimay, in truce of Ratisbon, 287
Chouart, Medard, see Grose'i'lliers
Christian V. of Denmark, Brandenburg treaties

on depot at St. Thomas, 293-308, 334-349 ;

English treaty, 197-205 ; titles, 202
Christina of Sweden, English articles on Amer-
ica and Guinea, 27-30; English treaty, 21-26
Christina, claim, no, 114, 115, 117, 118
Churchill, John, see Marlborough
Clarendon, Edward Hyde, earl of, Calendar of

State Papers, 57n. ; commercial policy, 57 ;

Life, 89 ; Portuguese treaty, 60-62 ; Spanish

negotiations, 97n. ; State Papers, 43 ; State

Papers, 60
Claretta, G., Carlo Emanuele II., 171
Clark, R. C, " Beginnings of Texas ", 289
Clarke Papers, 43

Classics of International Laxv, 243m
Clement, Pierre, Lettres de Colbert, 26311.
Clifford, Sir Thomas, secret French treaty, 180-

182
Clifford of Chudleigh, Charles, 6th baron, 179
Clingenberg, Paul, Breda negotiations, 121
Clowes, W. L., Royal Navy, 33m.
Coal, in agreement on Acadia, 184, 186

Index.

371

Cobbett, William, Parliamentary History, 233

Coin on the Spree, Danish-Brandenburg treaty
of, bibliography, 336; controversy over St.
Thomas depot, 334 ; German text, 336-341 ;
method of paying compensation, 335, 339,
340, 344, 345 ; provisions on depot question,
335-339, 341-343 ; ratifications, 340, 341, 345 ;
recruiting question, 335, 336, 341 ; transla-
tion, 341-345

Coin on the Spree, Dutch-Brandenburg defen-
sive-alliance treaty of, bibliography, 248,
249 ; divergent interests, 247 ; Dutch text,
249-252; outside Europe, 248, 251, 254;
provisions, 248 ; ratification, 248, 252, 255 ;
translation, 252-255

Coin on the Spree, Franco-Brandenburg alliance
treaty of (1681), bibliography, 278; Bran-
denburg-West Indian reprisals against
Spain, 275-279 ; French text, 278, 279 ; nego-
tiations, 276 ; provisions, 277 ; purpose, 275 ;
ratification, 279

Coin on the Spree, Franco- Brandenburg alliance
treaty of (1682), Anglo-Dutch-Swedish de-
fensive alliance, 280 ; bibliography, 282 ;
Brandenburg-African trade, Dutch resent-
ment, 281; French text, 282-285; negotia-
tions, 281; provisions, 282; ratification, 285

Colbert, Jean Baptiste, American trade policy,
263, 264; Dutch treaty, 67-72; on Spanish
America and peace, 263

Colbert, Jean Baptiste, fils, see Seignelay

Colbert de Croissy, Charles, and Acadia, 184;
attests treaties, 279, 318, 323, 365 ; Branden-
burg treaty, 263-265 ; on West Indian policy,
276; secret English treaty, 177-182

Collection de Documents Incdits, 43

Collection de Manuscrits relatifs a la Nouvelle
France, 185

Collection de Textes . . . de VHistoire, 288

Colmeiro, Manuel, Economia Politica en Es-
pana, I03n.

Cologne, Elector of, and Spanish-partition treaty,
144; Dutch war, 206, 218, 225

Cologne, see Coin on the Spree

Commerce, Anglo-Danish treaty, 197, I97n., 198,
201, 204, 205 ; Anglo-Dutch negotiations
against Portuguese, 8; Anglo-Dutch nego-
tiations and treaties, freedom, 7, 8, 73-75,
236, 239, 241-246 ; Anglo-French, and neu-
trality in America, 315, 320; Anglo- Portu-
guese negotiations and treaty, 31-35, 58, 315,
320; Anglo-Russian, 48; Anglo-Savoyard
treaty, 170-176 ; Anglo-Spanish treaties, Eng-
lish privileges, 94-98, 101-103, 106-108, 188,
191, 192, 194-196, 266; Anglo-Swedish treat-
ies, 21-26, 49; Brandenburg plans, 262, 263;
Charles I. and Swedish, in America, 27n. ;
Charles II.'s policy, 57 ; Dutch-Brandenburg
treaty, 248, 251, 254; Dutch-Swedish nego-
tiations and treaty, ill, 207; Franco-Bran-
denburg treaties, 263, 264, 275, 280 ; Franco-
Dutch treaties, 67-72, 262; in Danish-Bran-
denburg treaty on St. Thomas, 294, 299-301,
305-308; in treaty of Breda, 122, 125, 130;
in treaty of Ryswyk, 356, 362; Louis XIV.
and Anglo-French world control, 157; Por-

tuguese-Spanish treaty, 158, 160, 163; Vir-
ginia-Dutch, and treaty, 53-56; see also
Navigation ; Slave trade
Company of Royal Adventurers trading into
Africa, and Dutch, capture of forts, 59, 86 ;
and West Indian slave trade, 94, 95 ; charter,

75

Connecticut River, disputed territory, Dutch-
English agreement, 1, 6

Contraband, Anglo-Danish negotiations, 197 ;
Anglo-Dutch negotiations and treaty, 7, 242 ;
Anglo-Swedish treaty, 49; Dutch-Swedish
treaty, 207

Convoy, in Anglo-Dutch agreement on fleets,
331, 333; right in Anglo-Danish treaty,
201, 205

Cooper, Anthony Ashley, see Shaftesbury

Copenhagen, Anglo-Danish treaty of, and Triple
Alliance, 197; bibliography, 198; commer-
cial questions and policy, 197, I97n., 198;
defensive alliance, 200, 204; Latin text, 199-
202 ; ratification, 202, 205 ; translation, 202-
205

Copenhagen, Danish-Brandenburg recess of, on
St. Thomas depot, bibliography, 346 ; Ger-
man text, 346, 347 ; translation, 348, 349

Copenhagen, Danish-Brandenburg treaty of,
bibliography, 295 ; Brandenburg search for
slave-trade depot, 293 ; dissensions over ex-
planation, 294, 295 ; German text, 295-302 ;
provisions for depot on St. Thomas, 294;
ratification, 302, 308; translation, 302-308

Corbett, J. S., England in the Mediterranean,
40n.

Cormantine, in Anglo-Dutch peace negotiations,
120

Cornwallis, Frederick, baron, Swedish treaty,
64-66

Corsairs, see Piracy; Privateers

Corver, Johan, English marine treaty, 243-246

Courtenay, T. P., Sir William Temple, 168

Courtin, Honore de, mediation in Anglo-Dutch
war, 119; treaty of Breda, 121, 131-142

Courtrai, in truce of Ratisbon, 287

Courts, see Justice

Couture, Guillaume, and French claim to Hud-
son Bay, 325

Coventry, Henry, Dutch treaties, 121-131, 233-
240 ; French peace treaty, 134-142 ; Swedish
alliance treaty, 87-93

Cox, I. J., Journeys of La Salle, 288

Coxe, William, Correspondence of Duke of
Shrewsbury, 359

Coyet, Peder Julius, Dutch negotiations, non. ;
English negotiations and treaty, 48, 88-93 ;
mediation in Anglo-Dutch peace, 121, 123,
128, 134. 138

Craik, Sir Henry, Edward, Earl of Clarendon,

76

Crecy, Louis Verjus, comle de, treaty of Rys-
wyk, 360-365

Criminals, Dutch-New England requisition, 6

Crisp, Joseph, French local treaty of neutrality,
258-260

Cromwell, Oliver, and Dutch union, 11; and
Dutch war, 10; and France and Spain, 41,
42; Danish treaty, 36-39; Dutch treaty,

372

Index.

7-20; Letters and Speeches, 43; Nova
Scotia grant, 133 ; Portuguese peace and
alliance, 31-35; Swedish relations and
treaties, 21-30, 40-52

Crooke, John, French local treaty of neutrality,
258-260

Crowne, William, Nova Scotia grant, 133

Culpeper, Thomas, baron, Dutch marine treaty,
243-246

Cufiiga y Fonseca, Juan de, see Monterey

Cuper, Gisbertus, attests treaty, 333

Dablon, Claude, and French claim to Hudson

Bay, 325
Dalrymple, Sir John, Memoirs, 179
Danckelman, Eberhard von, Danish treaty, 336-

339, 341-343
Dandigny, Hector, see Grandfontaine
Danish African Company, Dutch agreement, ill
Danish East India Company, founding, 198
Danish West India Company, depot on St.
Thomas for Brandenburg Company, contro-
versy, 294-308, 334-349; founding, powers,

Danish West Indies, see preceding title; St.
Thomas

Danske Samlinger for Historie, 198

Davenport, Frances G., tribute to, iv

Debts, collection in Dutch-Virginia treaty, 56

Delaware, Dutch-English controversy, 2, 4; see
also New Sweden

Delphicus, Christopher, see Dohna

Denmark, and Anglo-Dutch relations, 12, 36,
63n. ; and Franco-Brandenburg alliance,
277; and Gold Coast, rivalries, 86, in; and
Grand Alliance, 335; Brandenburg treaties
on St. Thomas depot, 293-308, 334-349!
Breda negotiations, 121 ; colonial trade pol-
icy, 198, 201, 204, 205; Dutch confederacy,
Anglo-Swedish reaction, 21 ; English alli-
ance and commercial treaties, 36-39, 87,
197-205; English war, 120, 123, 127; Euro-
pean relations (1681-85), 293n. ; French
armistice, 262; French war in West Indies,
261 ; troops in Flanders, 335, 336, 341 _

Denonville, Jacques Rene de Bresay, marquis de,
on Acadian boundary, i84n.

Dering, Sir Edward, Hudson's Bay Company,
326

Desjean, Jean, see Pointis

" Despacho del Conde de Molina", 168

Dessales, Adrien, Antilles, 264

Devolution, War of, see Spanish Succession

De Witt, Johan, and English war and negotia-
tions, 10, 75, 120, 121 ; and Flanders, 144,
I45n. ; Brieven, 13, 112; English alliance,
158; Lettres et Negociations, 68; Spanish
negotiations in French crisis, 212; Swedish
treaty, 113-118

Dexter, F. B., " New Netherland and New
England ", 3

Dijk, H. A. van, Bijdrage tot de Geschiedenis
der Nederlandsche Diplomatie, 168

Dinant, in Ryswyk negotiations, 355^.

Dixmude, in truce of Ratisbon, 287

Documents relating to the Colonial History of
New York, 3

Dohna, Christopher Delphicus, grefve till, Dutch
treaty, 112-118; mediation in Anglo-Franco-
Dutch peace, 121, 123, 128, 134, 138

Dominica, Anglo-French dispute, 324 ; see also
Leeward Islands ; West Indies

Dongan, Thomas, and French, 310

Douai, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145,
148, 152

Dover, Anglo-French secret treaty of, anti-
Dutch phase, 177-179; bibliography, 179,
180 ; Charles's Catholicism and subsidy, 177,
179; French text, 180-182; ratification, 182;
sham treaty, 179; Spanish succession, Eng-
lish spoils, Spanish America, 177, 179, 181

Downing, Sir George, and Anglo-Dutch claims,
New Netherland, 86, 120 ; commercial pol-
icy, 57; Dutch marine treaty, 243-246;
Dutch-Portuguese mediation, 59; Swedish
alliance negotiations, 87

D'Oyley, Edward, and cessation of hostilities,
. 58n.

Drisius, Samuel, Virginia negotiations, 53

Droysen, J. G., Preussische Politik, 278

Du Bourg, , and Acadia, 183

Dumont, Jean, Corps Diplomatique, 13

Dunkirk, in Charles II.'s treaty with Spain
(1656), 57, 58

Dunn, W. E., " Spanish Search for La Salle s
Colony ", 289

Durand, R., " Louis XIV. et Jacques II.", 314

Dutch East India Company, and French negotia-
tions, 68 ; and Philippines, 2i2n. ; and Por-
tugal, 58, 59, 75 ; English claims and de-
signs against, 73-75, 286n. ; in English nego-
tiations (1654), 11, 12

Dutch Guiana, in English negotiations, 229, 231

Dutch West India Co., and Anglo-Portuguese
negotiations (1661), 58, 59; and Branden-
burg African Company, 280; Danish agree-
ment, in; English designs against, 286n. ;
ruin, 59; Swedish African renunciation, no,
114, 115, 117, 118; Swedish American dam-
ages, 1 1 in., 112, 115, 118, 207, 208, 210;
West Indian slave trade, 293 ; see also New
Netherland

Du Tertre, J. B., Antilles, 132V1.

Duvelaer, Pieter, English marine treaty, 243-
246

East Indies, trade in Anglo-Dutch negotiations
and treaties (1654), 11; (1662) commission
on claims, 78-80, 83, 84, 86; (1674), 229, 231,
235, 236, 239, 241-243 ; trade in Anglo-Por-
tuguese treaties, 32, 61, 62; see also Danish,
Dutch, and English companies by title

Eaton, Theophilus, and Dutch boundary, 1

Egerton Manuscripts, I20n.

Ehrensteen, Edvard, Dutch negotiations and
treaty, non., 207-211

Elbing, treaty of, no, 112

Electoral Princess, controversy, 337, 339, 342,

344

Elmina, Dutch control, 86

Elrington, Roger, French local treaty of neu-
trality, 258-260

Elucidation Treaty, abrogation, 207; Sweden
and cancellation, 87, 88, no, 11.

Index.

373

Embrun, Archbishop of, see Aubusson
Emden, headquarters of Brandenburg Company,
3o8n.

England, aid to Portugal, 94, 96 ; and Branden-
burg-Spanish relations, 276, 277 ; and Danes,
Dutch, and Swedes (1657), 63n. ; and Dutch-
New England agreement, 3 ; anti-Dutch pro-
jet to France (1682), 286m; Danish treaties
of alliance and commerce, 36-39, 87, 197-205 ;
Danish war, 120, 127; Dutch alliances, 7,
11, 74, 75, 248m, 266, 267, 330, 332; Dutch
convention on joint fleet (1689), 330-333;
Dutch-Swedish Treaty of Association, 280,
283 ; Dutch treaties : commerce and claims
(1662), 73-81; marine (1674), 241-246;
peace and commerce (1654), 7-20; (1667),
119-131; (1674), 229-240; Dutch wars:
(1652) and Danish action, Swedish claims,
9, 10, 36, 49; (1664) and Louis XIV.'s
interest, Dutch-Swedish negotiations, 86,
110-112, 119, 121; (1672) Dutch-Spanish
alliance, 206, 207, 213, 219-221, 226-228, 230-
22)2, 234, 237 ; France and Spain and Com-
monwealth, 40 ; French and Spanish alliance
negotiations (1667), 157; French negotia-
tions on American pretensions, 324-329 ;
French treaties : neutrality in America
(1686), 309-323; peace (1655), 40-47;
(1667), 132-142; (1697), 350-365; secret
(1667), 121, 133; (1670), 177-182; terms
to Dutch (1672), 229; French wars, in,
120, 132, 350; Imperial alliance negotia-
tions, 267n. ; mediation of Spanish-Portu-
guese truce, 94-98; Portugal and Parlia-
ment, 31 ; Portuguese treaties of peace and
alliance (1654), 31-35; (1661), 57-62;
Savoyard commercial treaty, 170-176; Span-
ish defensive alliance (1680), 266-274;
Spanish treaty of commerce (1667), 94-
109; Spanish treaty on American affairs
(1670), 187-196; Spanish war (1655), 42;
Swedish articles on America and Guinea,
27-30; Swedish treaties of alliance and
commerce (1654), 21-26; (1656), 48-52;
(1661), 63-64; (1665), 86-93; Triple Alli-
ance (1668), guaranty of Spain, 158, 166-
169

English Channel, see British Seas

English Company trading to Guinea, and
Swedes, 27, 29, 30

English East India Company, and Dutch marine
treaty, 242m ; and Philippines, 99 ; and
Savoyard treaty, 173, 175 ; in Dutch nego-
tiations (1662), 75; Spanish trade, 08, 99,
107

English Historical Review, 13

Ercole, in Spanish-partition treaty, 149, 154

Erdmannsdorffer, Bernhard, Deutsche Ge-
schichte, 147

Ericeira, Luiz de Menezes, conde da, Portugal
Restaurado, 60

Essex, Arthur Capel, earl of, Danish treaty, 198-
205

Essex Papers, 233

Estrades, G^defroi, comte d', and Dutch-Swedish
negotia >ns, 112; Breda negotiations, 121,
135-142 contest for precedency, 63n. ; Let-

25

tres, Memoires, et Negociations, 681 ; on

Anglo-Dutch negotiations, 120
Estrees, Jean, due d', and Brandenburg frigates.

263, 265, 275n., 276; in West Indies, 256,

261 ; on France and West Indies, 287
Estridge, John, French local treaty of neutrality,

258-260
Evelyn, John, Diary, 63m

Fagel, Gaspar, Spanish treaty, 215-228; Swedish
treaty, 208-211

Fagel, Henric, attests treaties, 211, 233n., 245,
246, 252, 255, 333

Falaiseau, , Danish negotiations and recess,

334, 341, 345-349

Fanshawe, Ann (Harrison), lady, Memoirs, 99

Fanshawe, _ Sir Richard, Correspondence, 99;
mediation of Portuguese-Spanish peace, 94-
96, 158; Original Letters, 99; Spanish com-
mercial negotiations, 95-97

Faria, Diego de la, attests treaty, 219, 226

Faria Severim, Gaspar de, attests treaty, 62

Farinha, Janches, attests treaty, 162, 165

Fauconberg, Thomas Belasyse, viscount, and
Savoyard treaty, 17m.

Fehling, Ferdinand, Frankreich und Branden-
burg, 278

Fernandez de Jovar y Velasco, see Fresno

Fernandez del Campo y Angulo, Pedro, attests
treaty, 104, 109

Fernandez Duro, Cesareo, Armada Espahola,
353m ; " Diego de Pehalosa ", 288

Fernow, Berthold, Documents, 3, 55, 63

Fevrean St. Aubin, Jean, 184m

Fiennes, Nathaniel, Danish treaty, 36-39 ; Por-
tuguese treaty, 33-35 ; Swedish treaty, 49-52

Filippi, F. de, " Relations of Savoy with Eng-
land ", 171

Filippone, Giuseppe Maurizio, English treaty,
171-176

Finale, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145,

149. 154

Finch, Allan George, Manuscripts, 170m

Finch, Daniel, see Nottingham

Finch, Heneage, baron, see Nottingham

Finch, Sir John, Savoyard commercial treaty,
170-176

Firth, Sir Charles H., Acts of the Interregnum,
8n. ; " Capture of Santiago ", 58m ; Last
Years of the Protectorate, 50 ; Oliver Crom-
well, 13

Fisheries, Anglo-Dutch negotiations, 74, 229,
231 ; Anglo-French negotiations on Ameri-
can, 310, 312, 315, 317, 320, 322; Anglo-
Swedish negotiations and treaty, 24, 26, 49 ;
Franco-Dutch treaty, 67, 68; in delivery of
Acadia, 184, 186; New England and Por-
tuguese trade, 32; trade of English mer-
chants in Andalusia, 103m

Flag question, Anglo-Dutch, 7, 9, 214, 220, 227,
229

Flanders, see Spanish Netherlands

Flassan, Gaetan de Raxis de, Diplomatic Fran-
gaise, 360

Fleming, Joran, Dutch negotiations, lion.;
mediation in Anglo-French-Dutch peace,
121, 123, 128, 134, 138

374

Index.

Florence, Anglo-Savoyard commercial treaty of,
bibliography, 171; duke's title, 170; Latin
text, 172-174; provisions, 171; purpose, 170;
ratification, 174, 176; religious question, 170;
small results, 171 ; translation, 174, 176

Forbonnais, F. V. D. de, Finances de France,
67x1.

Ford, Sir Richard, Dutch marine treaty, 243-
246

Forneron, Henri, Louise de KerouaUe, I77n-

Fort Albany, in King William's War, 351

Fort Bourbon, 356, 363

Fort Charles, 325

Fort Monsonis, in King William's War, 351

Fort Moose, 351

Fort Nelson, Anglo-French rivalry, 309, 312,
324; in King William's War, 351, 356, 363

Fort New Severn, in King William's War, 351

Fort Original, 351

Fort Rupert, in King William's War, 351

Fort St. Anne, 351

Fort St. Charles, 351

Fouquet, Nicolas, and Anglo-Portuguese nego-
tiations, 58 ; arrest, 67n. ; commercial and
colonial policy, 67

Fox, Charles James, Early Reign of James the
Second, 3ogn.

Fox, Luke, and English claim to Hudson Bay,

325 „ .

Foxcroft, H. C, Sir George Savtle, 22on.
France, see Louis XIV.
Franche-Comte (Burgundy), French designs,

144; in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145,

146, 148, 149, 152, 154
Frederick III. of Brandenburg, Danish treaty

and recess on St. Thomas, 334-349; titles,

341

Frederick III. of Denmark, death, 197, 200, 203 ;
English treaty, 36-39; titles, 37

Frederick William of Brandenburg, and Anglo-
Dutch war, 120 ; commercial plans, 248, 262,
263, 275, 276, 280; Danish treaty on St.
Thomas, 293-308 ; deserts Dutch, 213 ;
Dutch defensive alliance, 247-255 ; French
alliance, 280-285 ; French armistice and
peace, 262, 263 ; French treaty on American
peace, 261-265 ; frigates for West Indies,
reprisal on Spain for subsidy, 263, 275-
277 ; titles, 282 ; withdrawal from France,
293a

French, B. F., Historical Collections of Louis-
iana, 288

French Company of the North, 67, 68

Fresne, Hughes de Lionne, marquis de, Anglo-
Dutch conference, 12m. ; and Flanders, 144 ;
and Spain, 94; Dutch treaty, 67-72

Fresno, Peter Fernandez de Jovar y Velasco,
marques del, Anglo-Dutch treaty, as media-
tor, 231-240

Fridericia, J. A., Adelsvaeldens Sidste Dage, 36

Friesendorff, Johan Fredrik von, English treaty,
63-66

Fronsac, Denis de, i84n.

Fronsac, Richard Denis de, i84n.

Frontenac, Louis de Buade, comte de, and
Hudson Bay, 325 ; and Massachusetts bound-
ary, 184; in King William's War, 351, 352

Fruin, Robert, Brieven van Johan de Witt, 13;

Verspreide Geschriftcn, 23on.
Fruin, R. F., " Willem III. en Karel II.", 230m
Fuchs, Paul von, Danish treaty, 336-339, 341-343
Fuensaldafia, Bernardino Lopez de Ayala, conde

de, treaty with Charles II., 57n.
Fulton, T. W, Sovereignty of the Sea, 74n.
Furnes, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145,

148, 152
Fur trade, Anglo-French rivalry, 309, 324; see

also Hudson Bay

Galluzzi, Riguccio, Granducato di Toscana, 170

Gama, Vasco Luiz da, see Niza

Gambia, English expedition against Dutch, 59;
see also Guinea

Ganong, W. F., " Boundaries of New Bruns-
wick ", 43

Gardiner, S. R., Commonwealth and Protector-
ate, 13 ; Letters relating to First Dutch War,
9n. ; on Anglo-Dutch negotiations, nn.

Garneau, F. X., Canada, 43

Gebhard, J. F., jr., Nicolaas Comelisz. Witscn,
332

Geddes, James, Administration of John de Witt,

13

General Collection of Treatys, 13

Genoa, French bombardment, 286

Geoffroy, Auguste, " Nos Diplomates sous Louis
XIV.", 2o6n.

Germain-en-Laye, peace treaty of, 263

Ghent, Johan van, French treaty, 67-72; Swed-
ish treaty, 113-118

Gockinga, H, attests treaty, 116, 118

Gockinga, Schato, Spanish treaty, 214-228

Godolphin, Sir Sidney, French agreement on
American peace, 327-329; French negotia-
tions on American pretensions, 324-327 ;
French treaty of neutrality in America, 314-
323 ; Spanish alliance, 268-274

Godolphin, Sir William, on translation of Span-
ish treaty, I05n. ; Original Letters, 99 ;
Spanish alliance and treaty, 187-196, 266

Gogh, Michael van, and New Netherland, 120;
attests treaty, 80, 85 ; English treaty, 73-85

Gold Coast, see Guinea

Goodricke, C. A., Goodricke Family, 26611.

Goodricke, Sir Henry, Spanish alliance negotia-
tions, 266

Goree, French retention, 262n.

Goring, Charles, see Norwich

Gouvea, Joao da Silva, marques de, Spanish
peace treaty, 159-165

Graham, Richard, see Preston

Grand Alliance, War of the, Anglo-Dutch joint-
fleet agreement, 330-333 ; Brandenburg, 335 ;
Danish attitude, troops, 335, 336, 341 ; Eng-
lish declaration, American causes, 350;
events, 350; seeds of coalition, 280; see
also King William's War; Ryswyk

Grandfontaine, Hector Dandigny, sieur de,
agreement on Acadia, 184-186

Granlund, Victor, " Svenska Afrikanska Kom-
paniets Historia ", 28

Greenwich, Conn., boundary agreement, 5;
claims, 5n.

Index.

375

Gremonville, Jacques Brethel de, Spanish-parti-
tion treaty, 144-156

Grenada, local treaty of neutrality, 259 ; see also
Leeward Islands ; West Indies

Grey, Anchitell, Debates of the House of Com-
mons, 233

Griffin, A. P. C, " Bibliographical Account [of
La Salle's Expedition]", 289

Grillo, Domingo, asiento, 94, 95

Grimblot, Paul, Letters of IVilliam III. and
Louis XIV., 359

Grimston, Harbottle, enrollment of treaty, 23311.

Groen van Prinsterer, Guillaume, Archives
d' Orange-Nassau, 268

Groot Placcaet-Boek, 243

Groseilliers, Medard Chouart, sieur des, and
Hudson Bay, 324, 325

Guadeloupe, local treaty of neutrality, 259; see
also West Indies

Guldensparre, A., Brandenburg treaty, 295-308

Guerre, , de, English local treaty of neu-
trality, 258-260

Guimaraes, Joao de, English negotiations, 31

Guinea, Anglo-Dutch negotiations, 119, 231;
Anglo-Swedish agreements, 22, 27, 29, 30,
88, 90, 92; Brandenburg trade, Danish
agreement, Dutch reprisals, 264, 276, 280,
281, 282, 284, 305 ; Danish-Dutch agree-
ment, in; Dutch-Swedish agreement, no,
114, 115, 117, 118; international rivalry, 86,
87n., 88n. ; in treaty of Ryswyk, 356 ; Por-
tuguese concessions to English, 32; Royal
Adventurers and Dutch, 59; see also Slave
trade

Guizot, F. P. G., Oliver Cromzvell, 43

Gusmao Soares, Vicente de, attests treaty, 34, 35

Guttridge, G. H., Colonial Policy of William
III., 360

Gyldenlove, Count Ulrik Frederik, English
treaty, 197-205

Hague, Anglo-Dutch-Swedish guaranty treaty
of the (1669), bibliography, 167, 168;
French text, 168, 169 ; guaranty of treaty of
Aix-la-Chapelle, 167-169 ; Swedish subsidies,
166, 167

Hague, Dutch-Spanish treaty of the (1673),
alliance and English war, terms, 213, 219-
221, 226-228, 230; and Anglo-Spanish alli-
ance, 267, 269, 271, 272, 274; bibliography,
214 ; defensive alliance within and without
Europe, 215-218, 222-224; French separate
article, 219-221 ; general alliance against
France, 213; offensive alliance against
France, 218, 219, 225, 226; provisions, 213;
ratification, 219, 226 ; Spain and Franco-
Dutch war, 212, 213 ; Spanish text, 214-
219; translation, 221-228

Hague, Dutch-Swedish treaty of the (1667),
American questions, 110-112; and Anglo-
Swedish relations, 110-112; bibliography,
112, 113; French interest, in ; Guinea ques-
tions and agreement, no, ill, 114, 115, 117,
118; Latin text, 113- 116; ratification, 115,
Il8; translation, 116-118

Hague, Dutch-Swedish treaty of the (1673),
bibliography, 207 ; Latin text, 208, 209 ;

provisions, 207; ratification, 209, 211;
Sweden and Franco-Dutch crisis, 206;
Swedish mediation on war, 207 ; translation,
209-211

Haje, C. F., Correspondence van Wicqucfort, 68

Halifax, George Saville, viscount, French treaty
on Dutch war, 29

Hallendorff, Carl, Sverges Traktater, 22

Hamburg, Anglo-French secret treaty against,
178; arbitrator in Anglo-French contro-
versy, 44, 46

Hannay, James, Acadia, 185

Haren, Wilhelmus van, Swedish treaty, 208-
211

Haring, C. H., Buccaneers, 99; Trade and Navi-
gation in the Indies, i88n.

Harlay de Bonneuil, Nicolas Auguste de, Eng-
lish treaty of Ryswyk, 354, 360-365

Harod de Senevas, Melchior de, see St. Romain

Haro Guzman y Aragon, Gaspar, see Carpio

Harris, F. R., Earl of Sandwich, 60

Hartford, Dutch lands, 5

Hartford, Dutch-New England agreement of,
bibliography, 3; causes, 1, 2; framing, 2;
objections, not ratified, 2, 12; text, 4-6

Haxthausen, , Brandenburg treaty, 336-339,

341-343
Hazard, Ebenezer, Historical Collections, 3
Heeren, A. H. L., Europaische Staaten, 23
Heeswijk, Anglo-French treaty of, 229
Heim, H. J. van der, Archief van Antonie

Heinsius, 359
Heimer, August, Diplomatiska Forbindcherna,

. 23

Heinsius, Antonie, and peace, 355

Hening, W. W., Statutes at Large, 55
Herbert, Arthur, Dutch agreement on joint fleet,

331-333

Herbert, Thomas, see Pembroke

Hertslet, Lewis, Complete Collection of Treaties,
22

Higham, C. S. S., Leeward Islands, 183

Hinckelem, W. van, attests treaty, 252, 255

Hirschenstierna, A., Dutch negotiations, non.

Hispania Illustrata, 189

Historical Manuscripts Commission, Bath Manu-
scripts, 359; Buccleuch Manuscripts, 180;
Finch Manuscripts, i7on. ; /. M. Heathcote
Manuscripts, 60; Portland Manuscripts, 13;
Reports, 13 ; Sunderland Manuscripts, 60

Historisch Genootschap te Utrecht, Bijdragen,
89; Werken, 13

Historiskt Bibliotek, 28

Hoadly, C. J., Neiv Haven Records, 3

Hocher, Johann Gars, attests treaty, 151, 156

Hollandse Mercurius, 76

Holies, Denzil, baron, Dutch treaties, 77-85,
121-131 ; French treaty, 134-142

Holm, Edvard, Danmark-Norges Indrc His-
toric, 198m

Holmes, Sir Robert, Gold Coast expedition, 86

Holy Roman Empire, and French reunions. 280,
287, 355 ; territory and Franco-Brandenburg
alliance, 282, 283 ; see also Leopold

Hoolk, Gijsbert van der, attests treaty, 169;
Swedish treaty, 113-118

Hoorn, Simon van, English treaty, 73-85

376

Index.

Hop, Cornelius, Notulcn gchouden, 22gn.
Hostages, in Anglo-French local treaty on West

Indies, 257, 260
House of Commons, Journals, 3m.
House of Lords, Journals, 233; Manuscripts,

359

Howard, Charles, see Carlisle

Hudson, Henry, and English claim to Hudson
Bay, 325

Hudson Bay, Anglo-French discussion of claims,
324-327; Anglo-French rivalry, 309, 313;
in King William's War, 351 ; in negotiations
for neutrality in America, 3H-3I3; m
Ryswyk negotiations and treaty, 355-358,

363
Huguenots, and Cromwell's French negotiations,

41 ; persecution and foreign relations, 309
Hunt, William, Political History of England,

233
Husey, , attests treaties, 25, 26, 38, 39, 51,

Hutchinson, Thomas, Massachusetts, 360
Huybert, Justus de, French treaty, 67-72
Huybert, Peter de, English treaty, 121-131
Hyde, Edward, see Clarendon
Hyde, Lawrence, see Rochester

Iberville, Pierre le Moyne, sieur d', in King

William's War, 352, 353
Immich, Max, Europdisches Staatensystem, 360
Indians, Dutch-Virginia treaty on, 54, 56; in

Anglo-French negotiations for neutrality in

America, 312, 316, 321
Iroquois, and Anglo-French friction, 132, 310,

324
Isbrandts, Johan, Swedish treaties, 110-118, 208-

211

Jamaica, and Brandenburg frigates, 276; and
local treaty of neutrality, 257 ; capture, 42 ;
Dutch-Spanish negotiations on restoration,
230; in Anglo-Spanish negotiations, 96, 97,
i88n., 189 ; in Charles II.'s treaty with Spain
(1656), 57, 58; slave trade in Spanish alli-
ance negotiations, 266 ; see also West Indies

James II. of England (duke of York), colonial
grant, 87 ; foreign policy, 309 ; French dis-
avowal, 354, 355, 362; French negotiations
on American pretensions, 324-329; French
treaty of neutrality in America, 309-323 ;
opposition and French American negotia-
tions, 326m ; Spanish negotiations (1665),
97m

James, G. P. R., Letters of James Vernon, 359

Jamestown, Dutch- Virginia treaty of, bibli-
ography, 55; commercial relations, 53, 54;
English text, 55, 56 ; ineffectual, 55 ; proVi-
sions, 54; Virginia act to give effect to, 54

Japikse, Nicolaas, Johann de Witt, 13 ; " Louis
XIV. et la Guerre Anglo-Hollandaise ",
122 ; Republiek en Engeland, 60

Jeffreys of Wem, George, baron, French treaty
of neutrality in America, 314-323

Jena, Friedrich von, French treaties, 275-279,
281-285

Jenkins, Sir Leoline, Spanish alliance treaty,
268-274

Jermyn, Henry, see St. Albans

Jessen, J. B. von, attests treaty, 340, 345

John IV. of Portugal, English hostilities, 31 ;

English treaty of peace and alliance, 31-35
Johnson, Amandus, Swedish Settlements, 4n.
Johnson, Edward, W onder-W or king Providence,

3211.
Jollif, John, Dutch marine treaty, 243-246
Jones, Guernsey, Cromwell and Charles X., 23 ;

"Oldest European Alliance", 31
Jonge, J. C. J. de, Nederlandsche Zeewezen, 332
Jongestall, Allard Pieter, English peace treaties,

10-20, 121-131
Journal of Negro History, 86n.
Journals of the House of Burgesses, 53n.
Juchereau de la Ferte, , at Hudson Bay,

351

Jusserand, J. J., French Ambassador to Charles
II., 63n.

Justice, in Danish-Brandenburg treaty on St.
Thomas, 298, 299, 304, 305 ; in Dutch-
Virginia treaty, 56

Railing, Pehr, grefve, Christer Bonde, 50
Kernkamp, G. W., Brieven van Johan de Witt,

13 ; " Harald Appelboom ", 89
Kieft, William, and New Haven, 2, 4
Kien, Johan, Swedish treaty, 113-118
King William's War, alleged causes, 350;
American questions at Ryswyk, restorations,
damages, 334-358, 362; Anglo-Dutch con-
vention on joint fleet, 330-333; beginning,
330; extent, 351; in Hudson Bay, 351; in
New England and Canada, 352 ; in New-
foundland, 351 ; in New York, 352; in West
Indies, 353
Kirke, James, Canadian claim, 324
Klopp, Onno, Fall des Houses Stuart, 122
Koch, Gallus, Friedensbestrebungen Wilhclms

III., 360
Kramer, F. J. L., Archives d' Orange-Nassau,
359 ; N ederlandsch-S paansche Diplomatic,
214
Kricgsgeschichtliche Einzelschriftcn, 282

La Bastide de la Croix, N. de, and Anglo-
Portuguese negotiations, 59

La Ferte, see Juchereau

Lagerfeldt, Israel, Dutch negotiations, non. ;
English negotiations and treaty, 21, 88-93;
1 New Netherland, 48

La Heve, claims, delivery to French, 183-185

La Hogue, naval battle, 351

Lambert, John, Dutch treaty, 13-20; Spanish
negotiations, 40

Lannoy, Charles de, Expansion Coloniale, 262m

La Roche, Troilus de Mesgouez, marquis de,
and French claim to Hudson Bay, 325

La Ronciere, Charles de, Marine Frangaise,
26 m.

La Salle, Robert Cavelier, sieur de, and Anglo-
French negotiations, 313 ; anti-Spanish pur-
pose of colony, 287, 288

Latimer, Thomas Osborne, viscount, Dutch
treaty, 233-240

La Tour, Charles de, Sedgwick's defeat, 41 ;
Nova Scotia grant, 133

Index.

377

Lauderdale, John Maitland, duke of, and secret

French treaty, 179
Laursen, Laurs, Danmark-N orgcs Traktater, 36
Laut, Agnes C, Conquest of the Great North-
west, 324n. ; Pathfinders of the West, 2>2j,n.
Lavisse, Ernest, France, 147
Lawrence, Henry, treaty of Westminster, 13-20
Laws and Ordinances of New Netherland, S4n.
League of Augsburg, see Grand Alliance
Leeward Islands, Anglo-French disputes, 310,

324; see also West Indies
Lefevre-Pontalis, G. A., John de Witt, 13
Legg, L. G. Wickham, Matthew Prior, 359
Legrelle, Arsene, Diplomatic Frangaise et la

Succession d'Espagne, 147
Leicester, Philip Sidney, earl of (viscount
Lisle), Dutch treaty, 13-20; French treaty,
44, 46
Le Moyne, Pierre, see Iberville
Leonard, Frederic, Recueil des Traites de Paix,

43

Leopold L, Emperor, alliance against France,
213 ; and Anglo-French secret negotiations.
178 ; and Franco-Spanish war, 286 ; and
Louis's occupation of Flanders, 144; and
peace negotiations (1695), 354, 355; English
alliance negotiations, 267n. ; first French
treaty on Spanish partition, 143-156; French
peace, 262; marriage and Spanish claim,
143; mediation in Franco-Spanish truce,
287, 289, 290; titles, 151

Le Tellier, Michel, see Louvois

Letters addressed to Sir Joseph Williamson, 233

Letters of marque, see Privateers

Levae, Adolphe, Negociations a Ratisbonne, 289

Levant Company, French seizures, 40

Leverett, John, expedition, 10, 41

Lexington, Robert Sutton, baron, Papers, 359;
treaty of Ryswyk, 360-365

Library of Congress, Phillipps Manuscripts,
324m

Lillieroth, Nicolas, baron de, mediation at Rys-
wyk, 355, 361

Linden, Herman vander, Expansion Colonxale,
262n.

Lingard, John, England, 179

Lionne, Hugues de, see Fresne

Lippstadt, as guaranty, 262

Lira, Manuel Francisco de, Dutch treaty, 213-
228

Lisbon, Portuguese-Spanish peace treaty of, and
Louis XIV.'s designs, 157; Anglo-Dutch
mediation, 158; bibliography, 159; commer-
cial privileges, 158, 160, 163; negotiations
and provisions, 158 ; Portuguese text, 159-
162; ratification, 161, 162. 164, 165; right
of alliance, 161, 164; translation, 162-165

Lisle, John, Portuguese negotiations, 3 m.

Lisle, Philip, viscount, see Leicester

Lister, T. H.. Earl of Clarendon, 60

Lobkowitz, Wenzel, fiirst von, Spanish-partition
negotiations, 145, 146

Lodge, Richard, England, 180

Logwood, trade in Anglo-Spanish negotiations,
266

Lomelin, Ambrosio, asiento, 94

Lomenie, Henry Auguste de, see Brienne et
Montbron

Lomenie, Louis Henri de, see Brienne

Lonchay, Henri, " Rivalite aux Pays-Bas ", 289

London, great fire, 120

London, Anglo-Dutch marine treaty of, bibli-
ography, 243 ; extent and Navigation Acts,

241, 242; Latin text, 243-245; provisions,

242, 244, 246 ; ratification, 244, 246 ; transla-
tion, 245, 246

London, Anglo-Portuguese treaty of, bibliog-
raphy, 59, 60; Charles II. and Spain, 57;
Dutch interest, 58, 59; Latin text, 60, 61;
Louis XIV.'s aid, 58; Portuguese need of
supply and proposals, 58; provisions, 59;
ratification, 61, 62 ; Spanish bid in oppo-
sition, 58 ; translation, 61, 62

London Gazette, 35on.

Long Island, Dutch-English boundary, 5

Longone, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145,

149, 154

Lords of Trade, and treaty of neutrality in
America, 311

Lorentz, John, and Brandenburg depot, 334

Lorin, Henri, Comte de Frontenac, 314

Lorraine, Duke of, French war, 213

Lorraine, in Ryswyk negotiations, 355n.

Louis XIV. of France, and Anglo-Dutch alliance
negotiations, 267 ; and Anglo-Dutch war,
mediation, 1 19-122; and Anglo-Portuguese
negotiations, 58 ; and Anglo-Swedish alli-
ance negotiations, 88 ; and Dutch-Swedish
negotiations, 11 1; and English Common-
wealth, 40, 41 ; and policy of James II., 309 ;
and Savoy, 170; and alliance against (1673),
213 : and Spanish Portuguese relations, 97 ;
anti-Dutch English proposal, 286m ; anti-
Spanish offer to Charles II., 157; Branden-
burg alliances, 275-285 ; Brandenburg armis-
tice and peace, 262, 263 ; Brandenburg
frigates in West Indies, 276, 277 ; Branden-
burg's withdrawal, 293m ; Brandenburg
treaty on American peace, 261-265; Breda
negotiations, 121 ; commercial policy, 67 ;
designs against Spanish America, 287 ;
Dutch treaties, peace and alliance, 67-72,
261 ; Dutch wars, West Indies, 206, 207, 261 ;
English negotiations on American preten-
sions, 324-329 ; English treaties : neutrality
in America (1686), 309-323; peace (1655).
40-47; (1667), 132-142; (1697), 350-365:
secret (1667), 121, 133; (1670), 177-182;
terms to Dutch (1672), 229; English wars,
in, 120. 132, 350; Oeuvres, 134: peace
treaties at Nymwegen, 261, 262; Portuguese
alliance against Spain, 98 ; Spain and Dutch
designs, 212 ; Soanish peace of the Pyrenees.
58; Spanish truce of Ratisbon, 286-292:
Spanish war (1683), 286; Triple Alliance
and affairs, 158, 166, 206: see also Grand
Alliance ; Spanish Succession

Louis of Nassau, sec Beverweert

Louvois, Michel le Tellier, viarquis de, Dutch
treaty, 67-72

Lowestoft, naval battle, in, 120

Luisa de Guzman, Portuguese regent, English
treaty, 61, 62

378

Index.

Luttrell, Narcissus, Brief Historical Relation,

359
Luxembourg, French designs, 144, 286, 287 ;
in Ryswyk negotiations, 355n. ; in Spanish-
partition negotiations, 145, 148, 152; in
truce of Ratisbon, 287

Maastricht, in Dutch-Spanish treaty, 213

Macaulay, T. B., England, 31m.

Mackintosh, Sir James, Revolution in England,

314

Madonus, Joannes Baptista, attests treaty, 174,
176

Madrid, Anglo-Spanish treaty of (1667), bibli-
ography, 99 ; commercial articles, 101-103,
106-108; England and Spanish-American
trade, 94, 95, 99; Fanshawe's commercial
negotiations, 95-97; influence of Franco-
Portuguese alliance, 98; Latin text, 100-104;
negotiations in London, 97 ; provisions, 98 ;
ratification, 104, 108 ; Sandwich's mission,
97; Spanish weakness, 94; translation, 105-
109

Madrid, Anglo-Spanish treaty of (1670), bibli-
ography, 189; concessions to English, ships
in distress, 188, 189; counter projets, 188;
Latin text, 189-193; ratification, 192, 196;
translation, 193-196; West "Indian strife,
187, 190, 193

Magazine of American History, 2n.

Mainz, Elector of, and Spanish-partition treaty,
144

Maitland, John, see Lauderdale

Manchester, Edward Montagu, earl of, Dutch
treaty, 74-85 ; Portuguese treaty, 60-63 ;
Swedish treaty, 64-66

Marcel, Gabriel, " Fouquet ", 67x1.^

Margarita Theresa, Infanta, marriage and claim,

143

Margry, Pierre, Decouvertes et Stablissements
des Frangais, 288 ; Memoires et Documents,
I32n.

Marialva, Antonio Luiz de Menezez, marques de,
Spanish peace treaty, 159-165

Mariana of Austria, arbitrator on Anglo-Dutch
East Indian trade, 236, 239; Dutch treaty,
214, 219, 221, 226; English treaties, 100,
105, 189, 193; Portuguese treaty, 158;
regency, 96, 143

Maria Theresa, Infanta, marriage and renun-
ciation, 143

Marie Galante, local treaty of neutrality, 259;
see also West Indies

Markgraf von Brandenburg, 275x1.

Marlborough, John Churchill, duke of, and
Prince of Orange, 326 ; Hudson's Bay Com-
pany, 326

Marquard II. of Eichstatt, bishop, see Schenk
von Kastell

Marsden, R. G., Law and Custom of the Sea,
40n.

Martinique, Dutch attack, 261 ; local treaty of
neutrality, 259 ; see also West Indies

Maryland, and New Sweden, 27, 28, 63, 76

Masham, Sir William, Portuguese negotiations,
3in.

Massachusetts, and Acadia, 133, 183, 184; and
New Sweden, 28; Records, ion.; see also
New England

Massachusetts Historical Society, Collections,
4m.

Massue, Henri de, see Ruvigny

Mathew, Abednego, French treaty of local neu-
trality, 258-260

Mathews, Samuel, death, 54

Maura Gamazo, Gabriel, Carlos II., 168

Mauregnault, Johan de, Spanish treaty, 214-
228; Swedish treaty, 208-211

May, Frantz Matthias, truce of Ratisbon, 289-
292

Mazarin, Jules, cardinal, and English Common-
wealth, 40, 42 ; death, 67 ; Lettres, 43

Mazure, F. A. J., Revolution de 1688, 309n.

Medina de las Torres, Duque de, English treaty,

95-109

Mediterranean Sea, Anglo-Dutch agreement on
, fleet, 331

Meinecke, Friedrich, Handbuch, 360

Mello, Francisco de, see Ponte

Memoires des Commissaires de sa Majeste
Tres-Chretienne, 313

Memoires des Commissaires du Roi, 43

Memoires pour I'Instruction du Dauphin, 147

Memoires sur les Possessions en Amerique, 134

Memorials concerning the Limits of Nova
Scotia, 4m.

Memorials of Commissaries concerning St.
Lucia, 313

Menezes, Luiz de, see Ericeira

Mercantile system, Danish adoption, 198, 201,
204, 205 ; French policy in West Indies, 261,
263, 264, 276; system in Franco-Dutch
negotiations, 67, 68, 71 ; see also Commerce ;
Navigation Acts

Mercenaries, German, 335, 335n. ; in Anglo-
Swedish treaty, 49; in Dutch- Virginia
treaty, 54

Mesgouez, Troilus de, see La Roche

Mesmes, J. A. de, see Avaux

Meynders, Frantz, Dutch treaty, 249-255 ;
French treaties, 275-279, 281-285

Michaud et Poujoulat, Nouvelle Collection des
Memoires, 68

Michielson, Michiel, English marine treaty, 243-
246

Middleton, Charles, earl of, French agreement
on American peace, 328, 329; French nego-
tiations on American pretensions, 324-327;
French treaty of neutrality in America, 314-

323

Miege, Guy, Three Embassies of Earl of Car-
lisle, 89

Mignet, F. A. A., Negociations relatives a la
Succession d'Espagne, 99

Milan, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145,

146, 149, 154 , T „ „

Miller, E. T., " Penalosa and the La Salle

Expedition ", 289
Mims, S. L., Colbert's West India Policy, 67x1.,

262x1.
Miranda, Henrique de Souza Tavarez da Silva,

conde de, Spanish peace treaty, 159-165
Mississippi Valley Historical Review, 289

Index.

379

Modyford, Sir Thomas, and privateer attacks,
187, 188

Moerner,Theodor von, Kurbrandenburgs Staats-
vertr'dge, 278

Mohawks, see Iroquois

Molesworth, Robert, Account of Denmark,
335n. ; on mercenaries, 33511.

Molina, Conde de, "Despacho", 168; English
negotiations, ojn., 167; on West Indian
strife, 187

Molsbergen, E. C, Frankrijk en Nederlanden,
68

Money, currency in Anglo-Spanish treaty, 103,
107

Monk, George, see Albemarle

Monmouth, James, duke of, Dutch treaty, 233-
240 ; French treaty on Dutch war, 229

Mons, in Ryswyk negotiations, 355n.

Montagu, Edward, see Manchester

Montagu, Edward, see Sandwich

Monterey, Juan de Cuniga y Fonseca, conde de,
and Franco-Dutch war, 212 ; Dutch negotia-
tions, 213

Montreal, raids, 353

Montserrat, French conquest, 120, 132; local
treaty of neutrality, 259; restoration, 136,
140 ; see also Leeward Islands ; West Indies

Moody, Sir Henry, Dutch- Virginia treaty, 55

Moreau, M. C, Acadie Frangaise, 43

Morgan, Sir Henry, and Brandenburg frigates,
275n., 276; Porto Bello, 187

Morrice, Sir William, attests treaties, 127, 131,
138, 142; Dutch treaty, 74-85; Portuguese
treaty, 60-62; Swedish treaty, 64-66

Most favored nation clause in treaties, Anglo-
Danish, 201, 202, 205 ; Anglo-Savoyard, 173,
175; Anglo-Spanish, 99, 103, 108; Anglo-
Swedish, 49

Minister, Bishop of, and Brandenburg, 120;
and Bremen and Verden, 247 ; French peace,
262

Miinster, treaty of (1648), concessions to Eng-
lish on basis of, 97, 98, 102, 103, 107, 108:
privileges extended to Portugal, 158, 160,

163
Murdoch, Beamish, Nova Scotia. 43
Myers, A. C, Narratives of Early Pennsylvania,

49n.

Nantes, edict of, revocation, 309

Naples, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145,

146, 149, 154.

Nassau van Odijk, Willem van, English con-
vention on joint fleet, 330-333

Naval stores, sources of British, 21

Navarre, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145,
146, 149, 154

Navigation, and outbreak of war, 364; hiring
ships in Anglo-Swedish treaty, 49; refuge
for ships: in Anglo-Danish treaty, 201,
204; in Anglo-French treaty on America,
316, 320, 321 ; in Anglo-Spanish treaty, 188,
189, 191, 195 ; retreat for Brandenburg ships
in French ports, 276, 277, 279, 282, 284;
see also next title ; British Seas ; Com-
merce ; Piracy ; Privateers ; Prizes

Navigation Acts, Danish negotiations, conces-
sions, 36-38, 201, 204, 205 ; Dutch negotia-
tions, 7, 9-12, 73, 74, 241 ; early colonial
attitude, 53, 55n. ; first act, 7, 8; in local
West Indian treaty of neutrality, 259; in
treaty of Breda, 122; Portuguese negotia-
tions, 32; Spanish negotiations, 96, 97n. ;
Swedish negotiations, 21, 22, 24, 26, 48, 49,
51, 63, 88; see also Commerce; Navigation
Navy, in War of the Grand Alliance, Anglo-
Dutch convention, 330-333, 350
Navy Records Society, Publications, 911.
Negotiations of Count d'Avaux, 268
Nelson River, see Fort Nelson
Nesmond, Marquis de, at Newfoundland, 352
Netherlands, see Spanish Netherlands ; United

Netherlands
Neufville, Nicolas de, see Villeroy
Neutrality, American, in Ryswyk negotiations,
357; Anglo-French local treaty on Leeward
Islands, 256-260; Anglo-French treaty of,
in America, 309-323
Neutral trade, Anglo-Dutch negotiations and

treaty, 7, 242; see also Contraband
Nevis, local treaty of neutrality, 259 ; see also

Leeward Islands ; West Indies
New England, and Dutch war, 10; in King
William's War, 352; Portuguese trade, 32;
see also next title
New England Confederation, Acts, 3; Acts, 3;
agreement with New Netherland, 1-6; and
New Sweden, 28
Newfoundland, Anglo-French rivalry, 310; in

King William's War, 351
New France, problems in English negotiations
(1655), 42; see also Acadia; Hudson Bay;
King William's War
New Haven Colony, and fugitives, 6; and New
Sweden, Delaware purchase and expulsion,
2, 4, 27, 28; Dutch seizure in harbor, I,
2, 5
New Haven Colony Historical Society, Papers, 3

Newland, , and English claim to Hudson

Bay, 325
New Netherland, and Anglo-Dutch war (1654),
10, 41; boundary, Delaware claim, 1-4;
capture of New Sweden, 50; English con-
quest, 87, 88 ; English encroachments, 63,
76; in English negotiations, 74-76, 119-
121; in Swedish negotiations, _ 1 11 ; New
England agreement, 1-6; Virginia trade and
treaty, 53-56; see also Dutch West India
Company ; New Sweden ; New York
New Sweden, Charles I.'s grant, 27n. ; Dutch
capture, 50; Dutch fear of rising, 63; Eng-
lish articles for commission, 29, 30; in
English negotiations, 48, 49 ; in Dutch nego-
tiations, restoration, damages, 87, 88, 110,
in, 115, 118, 207, 208, 210; relations with
neighbors, 27, 28
Newton, A. P., Colonising Activities of the

English Puritans, 13
Newton, Bryan. Virginia treaty, 54"56
New York, and French war (1666), 132; Dutch
capture, 230, 232, 26m.; Dutch restoration,
232, 235, 239 ; in King William's War, 352 ;
see also New Netherland

380

Index.

Nice, English trade, 170, 172, 175 ; French claim,
170

Nicholas, Sir Edward, Dutch treaty, 74-85 ;
Portuguese treaty, 60-62; Swedish treaty,
64-66

Nicolls, Richard, and French war, 132 ; capture
of New Netherland, 87

Nieupoort, Willem, and commercial freedom,
73 ; English treaty, 10-20

Nithard, Everard, English treaty, 97-109

Niza, Vasco Luiz da Gama, marques de, Span-
ish peace treaty, 159-165

Norwich, George Goring, earl of, Swedish
treaty, 64-66

Nottingham, Daniel Finch, 13th earl of, Dutch
agreement on joint fleets, 331-333

Nottingham, Heneage Finch, 12th earl of
{baron Finch), Dutch treaty, 232-240; en-
rollment of treaty, 233m

Nunez de Guzman, Ramiro Phelipe, see Medina
de las Torres

Nymwegen, Franco-Brandenburg treaty of, on
American peace, bibliography, 264; Bran-
denburg and general treaties, 262 ; Branden-
burg armistice and treaty, 262, 263 ; Bran-
denburg frigates for West Indies, 263-265 ;
commercial questions, 263, 264 ; Franco-
Dutch war in West Indies, 261 ; French
text, 264, 265

Nymwegen, peace treaties of, and Ryswyk nego-
tiations, 355m ; Anglo-Dutch-Swedish alli-
ance to guaranty, 280; colonial aspects, 261 ;
in Franco-Brandenburg alliance, 283

O'Callaghan, E. B., Calendar of Historical
Manuscripts, 55 ; New Netherland, 3

Ocsterreichische Staatsvertrdge: England, 267x1. ;
Niederlande, 213m

Oncken, Wilhelm, Allgemeine Geschichte, 147

Orbetello, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 149,

. J.S4
Original Narratives of Early American History,

. 32n-
Origineel Historisch Verhael, 76

Orleans, Henrietta, duchess of, and secret Anglo-
French treaty, 177

Ormonde, James Butler, duke of, Dutch nego-
tiations (1662), 74; Dutch treaty, 233-240;
Portuguese treaty, 60-62; Spanish treaty,
57n.

Osborne, Thomas, see Latimer

Ostend, and West Indies, i88n. ; in Anglo-
French secret treaty, 178

Oxenstierna, Axel, English articles on Guinea
and America, 27-30; English treaty, 22-26

Oxenstierna, Eric, English articles on Guinea
and America, 27-30; English treaty, 22-26

Oyster Bay, L. I., Dutch-English controversy, 5

Paets, Adriaan, Spanish negotiations, 212
Pages, Georges, Grand Llecteur et Louis XIV.,

264 ; " Guerre Anglo-Hollandaise ", 122
Palmerius, Joannes Carolus, witnesses treaty,

174, 176
Papacy, and Spanish-partition treaty, 149, 154
Paris, Franco-Dutch treaty of, alliance within

Europe, 70, 71 ; bibliography, 68; Dutch fear

of French commercial activity, 67; extent

of commercial freedom, 67, 68, 71 ; French

text, 69-72; provisions, 68; ratification, 72

Parkman, Francis, Frontenac, 314; La Salle,

289
Parliamentary History of England, 60
Parsberg, Kristoffer, English treaty, 199-205
Parsons, C. W, " Thomas Willett ", 2n.
Pas, Frangois de, see Rebenac Feuquiere
Pedro II. of Portugal, regent, Spanish peace

treaty, 159-165
Pemaquid, capture, 352
Pembroke, Thomas Herbert, earl of, treaty of

Ryswyk, 355, 360-365
Penalosa, Diego de, and La Salle, 288
Penaranda, Gaspar de Bracamonte y Guzman,
conde de, English treaties, 97-109, 188-196
Peneguiao, Joao, conde de, English treaty, 31-35
Pennsylvania Magazine of History, 89
Penobscot, see next entry

Pentagoet (Penobscot), claims, delivery to
French, 183-185 ; Sedgwick's capture, 41,
45, 46
Pereira, Nuno Alvrez, see Cadaval
Perre, Paulus van de, death, 12; English nego-
tiations, 9-12
Peters, Hugh, proposals, in.
Philip IV. of Spain, and Anglo-Portuguese nego-
tiations, 58 ; and English Commonwealth,
40; daughter's marriage with Louis XIV.,
143 ; death, 96, 100, 105
Philippines, Dutch and trade, 212m ; English
East India Company trade, 99; in Anglo-
Spanish negotiations, 188; in Spanish-parti-
tion negotiations, 145, 146, 149, 154; Por-
tuguese exclusion, 158
Phillipps Manuscripts, 324m
Phillipson, Coleman, Termination of War, 262x1.
Phips, Sir William, Quebec expedition, 352
Pickering, Sir Gilbert, Dutch treaty, 13-20;
French treaty, 44, 46 ; Portuguese treaty,
33-35; Spanish negotiations, 40; Swedish
negotiations, 49
Piedmont, Vaudois massacre, 42
Piracy, in Anglo-French negotiations and treaty,

312, 317, 322; see also Privateers
Pirenne, Henri, Belgique, 289
Placentia, in King William's War, 351
Plowden, Sir Edmund, and New Sweden, 27
Plymouth Colony, Records, 3
Pointis, Jean Desjean, baron de, in West Indies,

353, 357
Poland, Swedish war, 48
Political Science Quarterly, 13
Pomerania, and Franco-Brandenburg alliance,

275, 280 ; restoration to Sweden, 262
Pomponne, Simon Arnauld de, marquis de, and

Dutch-Swedish negotiations, 112
Ponte, Francisco de Mello, conde da, English

treaty, 60-62
Poole, R. L., Political History of England, 233
Portland, Jerome Weston, 2d earl of, Dutch

treaty, 77-85
Portland, William Bentinck, 5th earl of, peace

negotiations (1697), 355
Porto Bello, Morgan's sacking, 187

Index.

381

Port Royal, claims, delivery to French, 183-
185; expedition (1690), 352; Sedgwick's
capture, 41, 45, 46

Portsmouth, Louise de Keroualle, duchess of,
and Spanish alliance, 267

Portugal, Anglo-Dutch negotiations against
trade, 8; English aid, need, 58, 94, 96;
English mediation and Dutch peace, 59, 60,
62 ; English mediation of Spanish truce, 94-
98, 98m ; English treaties of peace and
alliance, 31-35, 57-62; French aid, ascend-
ancy and alliance, 58, 97, 98 ; in Charles II.'s
treaty with Spain (1656), 57; Spanish peace
in partition negotiations, 145, 148, 153 ;
Spanish peace treaty, 157-165

Postliminy, in treaty of Breda, 135, 136, 139,
140

Precedency, contest, 6311.

Prence, Thomas, Dutch agreement, 2-6

Preston, Richard Graham, viscount, French
negotiations, 286m

Pribram, A. F., Franz Paul Freiherr von Lisola.
147; Oesterreichische Staatsvertrdge: Eng-
land, 26711.

Prior, Matthew, peace negotiations, 356, 358

Prisoners of war, in Anglo-Swedish" treaty, 191,

194

Privateers, and peace of Nymwegen, 262m ;
Anglo-Dutch negotiations, 7 ; Anglo-French,
during Commonwealth, 40, 42, 43 ; attack in
Acadia, 132m ; English attacks on Spanish
America, 187, 190, 194; forbidden in local
treaty of neutrality in Antilles, 259; in
Anglo-French negotiations for neutrality in
America, 312, 317, 321, 322; in Danish-
Brandenburg treaty on St. Thomas, 301,
307; in King William's War, 352; in treaty
of Ryswyk, 363 ; Raule's policy, 263m

Prizes, Anglo-French commission to liquidate
losses, 43, 44, 46; Anglo-Spanish treaty on
condemned, 102, 107

Prouville, Alexandre de, see Tracy

Prowse, D. W., Newfoundland, 352m ; on
Charles II. and Newfoundland, 352a

Prud'homme, L. A., " Baie d'Hudson ", 35m.

Prutz, Hans, Aus des Grossen Kurfursten lets-
ten Jahren, 278

Public Record Office, Colonial Office, 257; For-
eign Entry Books, I97n. ; Paris Transcripts,
31m.; State Papers, Foreign: Archives,
ion. ; Holland, 197m ; Savoy, 170m ; Spain,
97n. ; Treaties, 13 ; Treaty Papers, 24m. ;
Transcripts, 267m

Pufendorf, Samuel, freiherr von, De Rebus a
Carolo Gustavo Gestis, 50 ; De Rebus Gcstis
Friderici Wilhelmi, 248

Purefoy, William, Portuguese negotiations, 31a

Pyrenees, Franco-Spanish peace of the, 58;
Dutch-Spanish guaranty, 212, 213

Quebec, Phips's expedition, 352

Radisson, Pierre Esprit, and Hudson Bay, 324,

3.25.

Radziwill, Princess, marriage, 277
Rait, R. S., Acts of the Interregnum, 8n.
Ranke, Leopold von, England, 13

Ratisbon, Franco-Spanish truce of, bibliography,
288 ; Dutch mediation, 287 ; Franco- Spanish
war (1683), European attitude, 286; French
designs against Spanish America, La Salle,
287 : outside Europe, 287, 289, 291 ; ratifica-
tion, 290, 292; Spanish text, 289, 290;
translation, 290-292
Raule, Benjamin, and Brandenburg-African
trade, 280, 293 ; and privateering, 263m ;
and reprisals against Spain, 277 ; commer-
cial plans and Dutch alliance, 248m ; Dutch
resentment, 281 ; treaty of Copenhagen on
slave-trade depot, 294-308
Real Academia de la Historia, Memorias, 288
Reale Accademia delle Scienze di Torino, Me-

morie, 171
Rebello da Silva, L. A., Quadro Elementar,

32
Rebenac Feuquiere, Francois de Pas, comte de,

Brandenburg treaties, 275-279, 281-285
Records of the Colony of New Haven, 3
Recueil des Instructions aux Ambassadeurs,

97n.
Reedtz, H. C. de, Repertoire des Traitcs, 335m
Reedtz, Peder, English treaty, 199-205
Rees, Otto van, Algemeene Geschiedenis, 13
Regents of the University, Report on Bounda-
ries, 5n.
Religious freedom, in Anglo-Savoyard negotia-
tions, 170 ; in Danish-Brandenburg treaty
on St. Thomas, 300, 306
Requisitions, Dutch-New England, 6
Resolutien van Hollandt ende W est-V rieslandt ,

2.43

Reunions, French policy, 280, 287 ; in peace nego-
tiations, 355

Revue de Geographic, 6yn.

Revue des Deux Mondes, 2o6n.

Revue d'Histoire Moderne et Contemporaine,

3*4

Revue Historique, 122

Ricotti, Ercole, Monorchia Piemontcse, 171
Ripperda, Joachim, English treaty, 73-85
Ripperda van Buirse, Adolf Hendrik, treaty of

Breda, 123, 126, 128, 131
Rising, Johan Classon, New Sweden, and neigh-
bors, 28, 49, 50
Robartes, John, baron, Dutch treaty, 78-85 ;

Swedish treaty, 64-66
Rochester, Henry Wilmot, 1st earl of, Spanish

treaty, 57m
Rochester, Lawrence Hyde, 4th earl of, French

treaty of neutrality in America, 311-323;

Spanish alliance treaty, 268-274
Rodrigues de Sa e Menezes, Joao, see Pene-

guiao
Romney, Henry Sidney, earl of. Diary, 268 ;

Dutch alliance negotiations, 266
Ronquillo, Pedro, and James II., 309m ; English

alliance treaty, 267-274
Rosas, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145,

146, 149, 154
Rosenvinge, Henrik Villumsen, English treaty,

36-39

Rousset, Camille, Eouvois, 289
Routh, Enid M. G., " English Occupation of
Tangier ", 58m

382

Index.

Roy, J. Edmond, " Jean Bourdon et la Baie
d'Hudson", 325n. ; Seigneurie de Lauzon,
325n._

Royal Historical Society, Transactions, 58n.

Royal Society of Canada, Proceedings and
Transactions, 43

Rupert, Prince, and Portuguese, 31

Russell, Edward, Dutch agreement on joint fleet,
331-333

Russia, English trade in Baltic, 48

Ruvigny, Henri de Massue, marquis de, and
Acadia, 183

Ruysch, Nicolaas, attests treaties, 72, 116, 118,
169

Ruyter, Michael A. de, in West Indies, 261

Rydberg, O. S., Svergcs Traktater, 89

Rymer, Thomas, Foedera, 74n.

Ryswyk, Anglo-French treaty of, American
questions in negotiations, restorations, dam-
ages, 354-358, 362, 363; bibliography, 358-
360; difficulties, 355, 357; English declara-
tion of causes of war, 350 ; French text, 360-
365; futile peace proposals, 353, 354; pre-
liminaries, 355 ; ratification, 350n., 358, 365 ;
Swedish mediation, 353, 354, 361, 364 ; vari-
ous treaties, 358; war events in America,
351-353; war in Europe, 350

Saba, French seizure, 331 ; local treaty of neu-
trality, 259; see also West Indies

Safe conducts, in Anglo-Swedish treaty, 49

St. Albans, Henry Jermyn, earl of, and secret
French treaty, 177

St. Andre, in Anglo-Dutch peace negotiations,
120

St. Bartholomew, in King William's War, 353;
local treaty of neutrality, 259; see also
Leeward Islands ; West Indies

St. Christopher, Anglo-French local treaty of
neutrality, 256-260; French conquest, 120,
132; home governments and local treaty,
257, 260, 310, 318, 323; in Anglo-French
negotiation and treaty of American neutral-
ity, 312, 316, 321 ; in King William's War,
353; restoration, delay, 133, 135, 139, 183;
salt ponds, 312, 316, 321 ; see also Leeward
Islands ; West Indies

St. Croix, Brandenburg offer, 293 ; French offer
of exchange, 312; local treaty of neutrality,
2S7n., 259 ; see also West Indies

St. Eustatius, French captures, 132, 331; in
King William's War, 353; local treaty of
neutrality, 259; see also Leeward Islands;
West Indies

St. Hospice, English trade, 171, 172, 175

St. John, Oliver, and Navigation Act, 8; Dutch
negotiations, 7

St. John, Acadia, claims, delivery to French,
183, 185 ; Sedgwick's capture, 41, 45, 46

St. John's, Newfoundland, in King William's
War, 352

St. Laurens, Chevalier de, English local treaty
of neutrality, 257-260

St. Lucia, Anglo-French disputes, 324; see also
West Indies

St. Martin, in King William's War, 353; local
treaty of neutrality, 259; see also Leeward
Islands ; West Indies

St. Omer, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 14s,
148, 152

St. Romain, Melchior de Harod de Senevas,
marques de, Portuguese mission, 97

St. Thomas, Marchcse de, attests treaty, 174, 176

St. Thomas, and Brandenburg trade, 281 ; Bran-
denburg treaty for depot in, terms, 293-
305; company control, 198: controversy over
depot rights, interim treaty, 294, 295, 334-
339, 341-343 ; French attack, 261 ; method
of compensation, recess, 335, 339, 340, 344-
349 ; see also West Indies

St. Thome, Portuguese concession to English
trade, 32

St. Vincent, Brandenburg offer, 293 ; see also
West Indies

Salt, St. Christopher ponds, 312, 316, 321 ; trade
in Anglo-Spanish alliance negotiations, 266

Sandwich, Edward Montagu, earl of, Dutch
treaty, 13-20; mediation in Portuguese-
Spanish peace, 158, 160, 163 ; Original Let-
ters, 99 ; Spanish negotiations and treaty, 40,
97-109, 157

Sandy Point, Anglo-French local neutrality
treaty of, bibliography, 257, 258; English
text, 258-260; home governments and rati-
fication, 257, 260, 310, 318, 323; local rati-
fication, 257, 260; negotiation, 256

Santa Cruz, see St. Croix

Santarem, M. F. de Barros, visconde de, Quadro
Elementar, 32

Santiago, Cuba, English expedition, s8n.

Santo Domingo, English defeat, 42; French
settlement, 262n. ; in King William's War,
353 1 local treaty of neutrality, 259 ; see also
West Indies

Sardinia, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145,
146, 149, 154

Sautin, Gilles, English marine treaty, 243-246

Saville, George, see Halifax

Savoy, English commercial treaty, 170-176 ; fear
of France, 170

Savoyard Chamber of Commerce, 170

Scelle, Georges, Traite Negriere, 94

Schack, Hans, English treaty, 199-205

Schaefer, Heinrich, Portugal, 33

Schaep, Gerard, English negotiations, 9

Scheichl, Franz, Leopold I., 147

Schenectady, raid, 352

Schenk von Kastell, Bishop Marquard, truce of
Ratisbon, 289-292

Schoolcraft, H. L., " Capture of New Amster-
dam ", 76 ; " England and Denmark ", 89

Schiick, Richard, Brandenburg-Preusscns Ko-
lonial-Politik, 2/gn.

Schumacher, Peder, attests treaty, 202, 205 ;
English treaty, 199-205

Schuylkill, New Haven purchase, 4n.

Schwerin, Otto, baron von, Dutch treaty, 248-

255
Sclopis de Salerano, Federigo, conte, Relasioni

Politiche di Savoia, 171
Scott, Thomas, Portuguese negotiations, 3m.
Scott, W. R., Joint-Stock Companies, 27x1.

Index.

383

Sea power, Continental powers and English
ascendancy, in; see also Commerce; Navi-
gation

Secret Collection of the Affairs of Spain, 99

Secrete Resolutien van Holland en Westvries-
land, 13

Sedgwick, Robert, expedition, 10, 41, 42

Seguier, Pierre de, see Villemur

Segur-Dupeyron, P. de, Histoire des Negotia-
tions, 68

Seignelay, Jean Baptiste Colbert, 2c marquis de,
and English treaty of neutrality in America,
311 ; designs against Spanish America, 287

Servants, fugitive, Dutch-New England agree-
ment, 6 ; Dutch-Virginia agreement, 54, 56 ;
in treaty of Breda, 136, 140

Shaftesbury, Anthony Ashley Cooper, earl of,
and secret French treaty, 179; Danish
treaty, 36-39; Dutch treaty, 74-85; French
negotiations, 40; on Dutch peace, 230;
Portuguese treaty, 33-35; Swedish treaty,
64-66

Shea, J. G., Expedition of Pehalosa, 289

Shillington, V. M., Commercial Relations of
England and Portugal, 33

Shipping, see Navigation

Shrewsbury, Charles Talbot, duke of, Corre-
spondence, 359

Shrewsbury Papers, 359

Sicily, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145,

146, 149, 154 . .

Sidney, Algernon, Portuguese negotiations, 3m.
Sidney, Henry, see Romney
Sidney, Philip, see Leicester
Sienna, in Spanish-partition treaty, 149, 154
Silfvercrona, Johan Philip, Dutch negotiations..

no
Silfverstolpe, Carl, Historiskt Bibliotek, 89
Silva, Joao da, see Gouvea
Sinderland, Matthew, Oyster Bay land, Sn.
Sinolle, , English local treaty of neutrality,

258-260
Sirtema van Grovestins, C. F., baron, Guillaume

III. et Louis XIV., 268
Slaves, fugitives, in Anglo-French negotiations

on America, 316, 321 ; in treaty of Breda,

136, 140

Slave trade, Brandenburg West Indian depot,
293-295,. 302-308, 334-345 : Dutch control
of Spanish asiento, 293 ; English desire for
West Indian, 94, 95, 157 ; in Anglo-Spanish
alliance negotiations, 266 ; Spanish asiento
to Genoese, 94 ; see also Guinea

Sluys, in Anglo-Dutch negotiations, 229, 230; in
Anglo-French secret negotiations, 178

Societe de Geographie de Quebec, Bulletin, 324n.

Solaro della Margarita, Clemente, conte, Traites
de Savoie, 171

Sound, The, and English navigation, 21

Sousa, A. C. de, Provas da Historia Genealogica,

59

Southampton, Thomas Wriothesley, earl of,
Portuguese treaty, 60-62; Spanish negotia-
tions, 97n. ; Swedish treaty, 64-66

Southwell, Sir Robert, and Spanish-Portuguese
truce, 97; Letters, 159; on Portuguese-
Spanish peace, 158

Soxithive stern Historical Quarterly, 289

Souza Tavarez da Silva, Henrique, see Miranda

Spain, and Anglo-Dutch war, mediation, 213,
219-221, 226-228, 230-232, 234, 237; and
Anglo-French secret treaty, 12 1, 133 ; and
Anglo- Portuguese negotiations, 58; and
English Commonwealth, 40, 41 ; and Franco-
Dutch crisis (1671), 212; and James II.,
309m ; and Ryswyk negotiations, 355, 357,
358; Brandenburg reprisals for subsidy,
275; Dutch alliance, 212-228; English alli-
ance negotiations and treaty, 157, 161, 164,
266-274; English armistice (1660), 57;
English peace treaty, 94-109; English war,
42; Franco-Portuguese alliance against, 97,
98 ; French peace of the Pyrenees, 58 ;
French treaty of Nymwegen, 262 ; French
truce of Ratisbon, 286-292; French war,
286; Portuguese peace treaty, 157-165; Por-
tuguese truce, English mediation, 94-08,
98m ; relations in Anglo-Dutch negotiations,
11; Triple Alliance and affairs, 158, 166,
169, 206 ; see also next titles

Spanish America, and Dutch negotiations in
England, 213 ; Brandenburg reprisal for
subsidy, 275-279; Cromwell and hostilities,
41 ; Dutch illegal trade, 21211. ; English strife
after peace of 1667, 187, 190, 193; English
treaty for peace (1670), 187-196; excepted
from French peace (1678), 262; French de-
signs, La Salle, 287, 288; in Anglo-French
secret negotiations, 157, 178; in Spanish-
partition negotiations, 145, 146, 149, 154;
relief of English ships in distress, 188, 189,
191, 195 ; trade privilege in English alliance,
266 ; see also Slave trade ; West Indies

Spanish Netherlands, and Franco-Dutch crisis
(1671), 212; defense in English alliance
negotiations, 266; French designs and in-
vasion, 144; in Spanish-partition negotia-
tions, 145, 146, 148, 149, 153, 154; Triple
Alliance to preserve, 158

Spanish succession, Aix-la-Chapelle peace
treaty, Triple Alliance guaranty, 158, 166-
169; Anglo-French secret negotiations, 157,
178, 179, 181; Flanders invasion, 144;
Franco-Austrian treaty of partition, 143-
156; French claim and designs, 94, 143

Sparre, Pehr, Dutch treaty, 207-211

Spencer, Robert, see Sunderland

Sprinchorn, C. K. S., " New Sweden ", 89

Srbik, Heinrich. ritter von, Oesterreichschc
Staatsvertr'dge: Nicderlande, 213m

Stabenisse, M., attests treaty, 72

Stapleton, Sir William, and general treaty on
American neutrality, 310, 311; local French
treaty for neutrality of Leeward Islands,
256-260

Statutes of the Realm, 7311.

Steenstrup, Johannes, Danmarks Riges Historic,
I97n.

Stiles, H. R., Joutcl's Journal, 289

Stirling, William Alexander, earl of, 5n.

Stockholm, Anglo-Swedish treaty of, Anglo-
Dutch antagonisms, 86, 87 ; bibliography, 88,
89 ; Latin text, 89-91 ; ratification, 91, 93 :
Swedish grievances against Dutch, 87;
translation, 91-93

384

Index.

Strasbourg, French seizure, 286 ; in Franco-
Brandenburg alliance, 282, 283 ; in Ryswyk
negotiations, 355n.

Strickland, Sir Walter, Danish treaty, 36-39;
Dutch negotiations and treaty, 7, 8, 13-20;
French treaty, 40, 44, 46 ; Portuguese nego-
tiations, 3m., 33-35 ; Swedish treaty, 49-52

Strong, Frank, " Cromwell's West Indian Expe-
dition", 43

Stuyvesant, Peter, and English war, 10; fear
of neighbors, 63, 76; New England agree-
ment, 1-6; on Greenwich, 5n. ; on Oyster
Bay, 511. ; Virginia treaty, 53-56

Sugar, payments in, 301

Sunderland, Robert Spencer, earl of, and Ameri-
can territorial delimitation, 327m ; French
agreement on American peace, 327-329 ;
French negotiations on American preten-
sions, 324-327 ; French treaty of neutrality
in America, 311-323; Original Letters, 99;
Spanish alliance treaty, 267-274

Surinam, see Dutch Guiana

Sutton, H. Manners, Lexington Papers, 359

Sutton, Robert, see Lexington

Sweden, and Anglo-Danish negotiations, 197 ;
and Brandenburgers and Dutch, 247; and
Danes, Dutch, and English (1657), 6311.;
and Franco-Brandenburg alliance, 275; and
War of the Grand Alliance, mediation, 353-
355. 361, 364; Brandenburg armistice and
peace, 262, 263 ; Danish neutral-trade treaty,
335 ; Dutch relations, frictions, 48, 49, 87,
88; Dutch treaties, 110-118, 206-211; Eng-
lish articles on America and Guinea, 27-30;
English treaties of alliance and commerce
(1654), 21-26; (1656), 48-52; (1661), 63-
66; (1665), 86-93; Gold Coast rivalries, 86,
87m, 88n. ; importance in Franco-Dutch
crisis (1671), French alliance, 206; media-
tion in Anglo-Franco-Dutch peace, 121,
123, 126, 127, 130, 134, 137, 138, 141;
mediation in general peace (1673), 230;
Polish war, 48; Treaty of Association, 280,
283; Triple Alliance, subsidies, 158, 166-169;
see also New Sweden

Swedish African Company, and English, 27, 29,
30; claims renounced, no, 114, 115, 117,
118

Swedish American Company, claims against
Dutch, inn., 112, 115, 118, 207, 208, 210;
see also New Sweden

Swedish Commercial College, and English
treaty, 48, 49

Sylvius, L., see Bos, Lambert van den

Talbot, Charles, see Shrewsbury

Talbot, Sir Gilbert, Danish alliance negotiations,

87
Tangier, in Anglo-Portuguese negotiations, 58,

. 94
Teixeira de Carvalho, Luiz, attests treaties, 61,

62, 162, 165
Temple, Sir Thomas, agreement on Acadia, 183-

186 ; grant, 133
Temple, Sir William, Dutch negotiations, 158,

232; Works, 122

Terlon, Hugues, chevalier de, and Dutch-
Swedish negotiations, 112

Texas State Historical Association, Quarterly,
289

Thompson, Sir William, Dutch marine treaty,
243-246

Thurloe, John, Collection of State Papers, 13;
" Review of Negotiations between England
and United Provinces ", 13

Tiarda van Starckenborg, Ludolph, treaty of
Breda, 123, 126, 128, 131

Tobacco, contraband question, 242; trade in
Anglo-Savoyard treaty, 171, 173, 175; Vir-
ginia-Dutch trade, 53, 56

Tobago, French capture, 132; French retention,
262m ; restoration, 133 ; see also West Indies.

Tocht, Jacob van der, Brandenburg treaty, 248-
255

Torre, Diego de la, attests treaty, 193, 196

Tortola, local treaty of neutrality, 254; see also
Leeward Islands ; West Indies

Tortuga, local treaty of neutrality, 259 ; see also
Leeward Islands ; West Indies

Tracy, Alexandre de Prouville, marquis de, and
English war, 132, 132m

Translation of French Letters in Fox's History,
309n.

Treaties, royal succession and obligation, 35 m.

Trevor, Sir John, French negotiations, 178 ; Por-
tuguese negotiations, 3 m.

Trinidad, Brandenburg offer, 293

Triple Alliance, and Anglo-Danish treaty, 197,
200, 204 ; Dutch-Spanish treaty on preser-
vation, 218, 225 ; France and disruption,
177-182, 206; guaranty of Spain, 166-169;
provisions, 158, 166

Trumbull, Benjamin, Connecticut, 3

Turtles, Cayman fishery, 312, 317, 322

Tuscany, Duke of, and Spanish-partition treaty,
150, 155

Tuscany, in Spanish-partition negotiations, 145

Tuttle, C. W., Francis Champernozvne, 185

Ukert, F. A., Europaische Staaten, 33
Underhill, John, and Dutch lands, 64
United Netherlands, allied war against (1672),
Swedish mediation, 206, 207; and Anglo-
Portuguese negotiations, 58. 59 ; and Anglo-
Swedish negotiations, 63, 88 ; and Branden-
burg-Spanish relations, 276, 277 ; and Danes,
English, and Swedes (1657), 63n. ; and
Flanders, 144; and Franco-Spanish war
(1684), 286; and French commercial policy,
67 ; and Ryswyk negotiations, 354, 355, 358 ;
Anglo-French projects against, 157, 177-179,
286n. ; Anglo-French treaty on terms to,
229 ; Brandenburg relations, 276, 280 ;
Brandenburg treaty of defensive alliance,
247-255; Danish agreement on Guinea, in;
Danish confederacy, Anglo-Swedish reac-
tion, 21; English alliances, 7, n, 74, 75,
248n., 266, 267, 330, 332 ; English convention
on joint fleet, 330-333; English treaties:
commerce and claims (1662), 73-81 ; marine
(1674), 241-246; peace and commerce
(1654), 7-20; (1667), 119- 131; (1674), 229-
240; English wars: (1652) and Danish

Index.

385

action, Swedish claims, 9, 10, 36, 49; (1664)
and Louis XIV.'s interest, Swedish nego-
tiations, 86, 110-112, 119, 121; (1672), 206,
207, 213, 219-221, 226-228, 230-232, 234, 237 ;
French treaties, peace and alliance, 67-72,
261 ; French war, West Indies, 261 ; James
II.'s renewal of treaties, 309; Louis XIV.
and English war, 119, 121 ; mediation in
Franco-Spanish wars, I45n., 148, 152, 287;
Portuguese peace, English mediation, 59,
60, 62; privileges in Spanish trade, 97, 98,
102, 103, 107, 108 ; search for alliances
(1660), 67; Spanish alliance, 212-228,
Swedish relations, frictions, 48, 49, 87, 88;
Swedish treaties, 110-118, 206-211 ; Treaty
of Association, 280, 283 ; Triple Alliance,
158, 166-169; War of the Grand Alliance,
350 : see also " Dutch " titles ; New Nether-
land

Upsala, Anglo-Swedish treaty of, and Naviga-
tion Acts, 21, 22; bibliography, 22, 23;
causes, 21 ; Latin text, 23-25 ; negotiations,
22; ratification, 2in., 24, 26; translation, 25,
26

Urkunden mid Actenstiicke Friedrich Wilhelms,
248

Usson, Frangois d', see Bonrepaus

Valentia, Arthur Annesley, viscount, see
Anglesey

Vane, Sir Henry, Portuguese negotiations, 3 m.

Varkens Kill, New Haven purchase, 4

Varleth, Nicholas, Virginia treaty, 54-56

Vast, Henri, Grands Traites de Louis XIV.,
58n.

Vatteville, Carlos, baron de, contest for pre-
cedency, 63n.

Vaudois massacre, and Anglo-French negotia-
tions, 42

Vaughan, John, baron, see Carbery

Vendome, Due de, capture of Barcelona, 357

Verbael gehouden door de Heeren . . . aen
Engelandt, 13

Verden, conquest and disposal, 247, 248

Verjus, Louis, see Crecy

Vermuyden, Sir Cornelius, and Anglo-Dutch
alliance, nn.

Verneuil, Due de, mediation in Anglo-Dutch
war, 119

Vernon, James, Letters to Shrewsbury, 359

V erbff cntlichungen der Kommission fiir Neuere
Gcschichte Oesterreichs, 213m

Verrazano, Giovanni da, and French claim to
Hudson Bay, 325

Victuals, contraband question, 242m

Vieira da Silva, Pedro, attests treaty, 162, 165;
Spanish peace treaty, 159-165

Vieira Lasybra, Pedro, attests treaty, 34, 35

Vienna, Franco-Austrian, Spanish-partition
treaty of, aid question, 146, 148, 150, 153,
154; and other treaties, 150, 155; attitude
of German princes, 144; bibliography, 146,
147; guarantors, 151, 156; Latin text, 147-
151; Louis XIV.'s Spanish claim, occu-
pation of Flanders, 143, 144; proposals and
partition, 145, 146, 149, 154; provision for.
secrecy, 150, 155; ratification, 151, 156;
translation, 151-156

Vierssen, Isbrandt van, attests treaty, 209, 211;

Spanish treaty, 214-228
Villafranca, English trade, 170, 172, 175;

French claim, 170
Villa Vigosa, battle, 96
Villemur, Pierre de Seguier, due de, Dutch

treaty, 67-72
Villeroy, Nicolas de Neufville, due de, Dutch

treaty, 67-72
Villette, Marquis de, Memoires, 263n.
Villiers, Edward, viscount, treaty of Ryswvk,

355, 360-365
Villiers, George, see Buckingham
Virginia, and Dutch trade, 53 ; treaty with New

Netherland, 53-56
Virginia Magazine of History, 55n.
Visingsborg, Grefve till, see Brahe
Virien, Nicolaas, Nohtlen Gehouden, 229m
Vossem, Andries van, English marine treaty,

243-246

Waddington, Albert, Grande £lectem, 249;
Prusse, 335n.

Wagenaar, Jan, Vaderlandsche Historic 214

Walcheren, in Anglo-French secret negotiations,
178

Wappen van Brandenburg , Dutch seizure. 281

Weede van Dijkvelt, Everard van, English
convention on joint fleet, 330-333; peace
negotiations, 353, 355

Weichard, Johann, see Auersperg

Wesel, as guaranty, 262

Westergaard, W. C, Danish West Indies, 198

Westerhuysen, Willem, house at New Haven, 5

West Indies, and Anglo-French war (1666),
132; and Anglo-Spanish armistice (1660),
58n., 95 ; Anglo-French local treaty of
neutrality in Antilles, 256-260 ; Anglo-
Spanish treaty for commercial freedom, 94.
96, 99, 101, 102, 106, 107; Brandenburg and
trade, 264, 334; Brandenburg cruise, 263-
265, 275-279; Cromwell's policy, 41, 42;
Danish, 198; Franco-Dutch hostilities, 261;
French policy, 276, 277 ; in Anglo-Savoyard
commercial treaty, 171, 173, 175 ; in Charles
II.'s treaty with Spain (1656), 57, 58; in
King William's War, 353; in treatv of
Breda, 133, 135. 136. 139, 140; Louis XIV.'s
offer to Charles II., 157; protection in
Anglo-Dutch joint-fleet convention, 331,
333 ; Spanish confirmation of English pos-
sessions, 191, 194; Spanish weakness, 94;
see also Slave trade; Spanish America;
islands by name

Westminster, Anglo-Danish treaty of, and Navi-
gation Act, 36-38; bibliography, 36; causes
and negotiations, 36 ; Latin text, 2>7 ', ratifi-
cation, 37, 39; translation, 38, 39

Westminster, Anglo-Dutch peace treaty of
(1654), and Navigation Act, 8, 9; bibliog-
raphy, 13 ; commercial questions in final
negotiations, 10-12, 14; earlier attempts,
Dutch, 36 articles, 7, 8; flag question, 7,9;
Latin text, 13-16; translation, 17-20; union
question, n ; war in America. 10

Westminster, Anglo-Dutch peace treaty of
(1674), Anglo-French agreement on terms
to Dutch, 229, 230; bibliography, 232, 233;

38G

Index.

East Indian trade, 229, 231, 235, 236, 239;
Latin text, 233-237 ; popular English atti-
tude, Dutch appeal, 230, 231 ; provisions,
232 ; ratification, 233a, 237, 240 ; restoration
of territory, 232, 235, 239; Spanish media-
tion, terms, 230-232, 234, 237 ; translation,
237-240

Westminster, Anglo-French peace treaty of,
bibliography, 43 ; Cromwell's relations with
Spain and France, 40, 41 ; Latin text, 44, 45 ;
proposals and problems, 41, 42; provisions,
42 ; ratification, 45, 47 ; translation, 45-47

Westminster, Anglo-Portuguese treaty of, bibli-
ography, 32, 33 ; commercial articles and
Navigation Act, 31-35; Latin text, 33, 34;
negotiations, 31 ; ratification, 34, 35 ; trans-
lation, 34, 35

Westminster, Anglo-Swedish treaty of, bibli-
ography, 50; Latin text, 50, 51; on Naviga-
tion Act, 51 ; provisions, 49 ; purpose of
negotiations, 48, 49; ratification, 51, 52;
translation, 51, 52

Westphalia, treaty of, guaranties, 280, 283

Weston, Jerome, see Portland

Whale fisheries, French company, 67, 68

Whitehall, Anglo-Dutch joint-fleet convention
of (1689), bibliography, 331, 332; colonial
provision, 331, 333; French text, 332, 333;
ratification, 333

Whitehall, Anglo-Dutch treaty of (1662), alli-
ance question, 74, 75 ; bibliography, 76 ; com-
mission on East Indian questions, 75, 78-80,
83, 84, 86; Latin text, 77-81; negotiations,
commercial questions, 73-75 ; New Nether-
land, 74-76 ; ratification, 80, 85 ; translation,
81-85

Whitehall, Anglo-French American neutrality
treaty of (1686), and territorial questions,
313, 324; bibliography, 313, 314; demands
and negotiations, 312; French initiative, 311 ;
Latin text, 314-318; points of friction, 309;
ratification, 318, 323 ; translation, 319-323

Whitehall, Anglo-French American-peace agree-
ment of (1687), and conspiracy against
James II., 32611. ; bibliography, 327, 328 ;
Hudson Bay question, claims and proposals,
324-329; Latin text, 328; order against
hostilities, pending inquiry, 327, 329; pur-
pose of negotiations, 324; translation, 329

Whitehall, Anglo-Swedish treaty of, bibliog-
raphy, 64 ; Dutch interest and aid, 63 ; Latin
text, 64, 65; occasion, 63; provisions, 63;
ratification, 65, 66; translation, 65, 66

Whitelocke, Bulstrode, and colonial trade, 48;
and Swedish ratification, 2in. ; Journal, 22 ;
Memorials, 50; Portuguese negotiations,
3m. ; Swedish articles on Guinea and Amer-
ica, 27-30 ; Swedish treaties, 22-26, 49-52

Wicquef ort, Abraham van, Correspondentie, 68 ;
Pr ovine es-Unics, 13

Willet, Thomas, Dutch-New England agree-
ment, 2-6

William III. of England (prince of Orange),
and American provisions in peace negotia-
tions (1697), 354. 357; and Anglo-French
terms (1672), 229; and English alliance
negotiations (1679), 266, 267; and Franco-
Spanish war (1684), 286; and peace (1693),
354; Anglo-Dutch convention on joint fleet,
330-333; Anglo-Dutch negotiations (1654),
12; French recognition, 354, 355, 362;
French war (1672), 206, 212; marriage,
247; plans for anti-French coalition (1685),
309 ; provision for, in Anglo-French secret
treaties, 178, 229 ; treaty of Ryswyk, 350-365

William II. of Orange, death, 7

Williamson, Sir Joseph, " Journal ", 357n. ;
of Ryswyk, 355, 360-365

Williamson, W. D., Maine, 185

Willoughby, Francis, baron, and West Indian
neutrality, 256

Willson, Beckles, Great Company, 3ion.

Wilmot, Henry, see Rochester

Windischgratz, Amadeus, graf, truce of Ratis-
bon, 289-292

Windsor, Thomas, baron, and Spanish West
Indies, 58m

Windsor, Anglo-Spanish defensive-alliance treaty
of, and Anglo-Dutch alliance negotiations,
266, 267 ; bibliography, 268 ; commercial
proposals, 266 ; Latin text, 268-271 ; outside
Europe, 267, 269,. 272; ratification, 270, 271,
273, 274; separate article on forces, 270,
271, 273, 274; translation, 271, 274

Winslow, Edward, and New Sweden, 28; on
Dutch, in.

Winsor, Justin, C artier to Front enac, 289;
Narrative and Critical History, 314

Witsen, Nicolaas, English convention on joint
fleet, 330-333

Witt, Johan de, see De Witt

Wolf, Adam, Wensel Lobkowits, 147

Wolseley, Sir Charles, Danish treaty, 36-39

Worckum, Wybrand von, Danish negotiations
on St. Thomas depot, 334

Wriothesley, Thomas, see Southampton

Wurttemberg, Duke of, force in Flanders, 335

Wust, A., Brandenburg treaty, 295-308

Wyngaerd, Daniel Oem van, attests treaty, 245,
246

Wynne, William, Sir Leoline Jenkins, 233

Xanten, armistice of, 262

York, Duke of, see James II.
Ysbrandts, Johan, see Isbrandts

Zeeland, in Anglo-French secret negotiations,
178

Zook, G. F., Company of Royal Adventurers,
86n. ; history of the Royal African Com-
pany, 59m

Zouch, Richard, Juris et Judicn Feciahs, 243n.

/

e//vo

lNG Lie

6"VO/*

***9

"<* Uer

%

is

%

E

173
D38
v. 2

Davenport, Frances Gardiner
(ed.)

European treaties bearing
on the history of the United
States

PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET

UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY